ET S-2

OF FHE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1894.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 30, 1894.)

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President.

Dr. Joun Anverson, F.R.S.

Wirt1am Bargson, Esq., M.A.,

Witriam T. Branrorp, Esq.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorez A. Bourencer, Esq.,

ERS,

Henry E, Dresser, Esq.

Hersert Drvce, Esq., F.LS.

Cartes Drummonp, Esq., Z'rca-

surer.

Str Josepx Fayrur, K.C.S.L.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Joun P, Gasstor, Esq.

Lv.-Cor. H. H. Gopwiy-Avsren,

F.RS.

Dr. AxLsert Gintuer, F.R.A.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamittox, Vice-

President.

Proressor GrorcEe B. Howes.

Lr.-Coz. Leonarp H. Irsy.

Mayor Henry PL. Sr. Joun

MitpMay.

ProressoR ALFRED Newton,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Howarp Saunpers, Esq.

Puizie Luriey Scrater, Esq.,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Henry Serrzoum, Esq., Vice-

President.

Josrrn Travurs Suitu, Esq.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Sctrarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.B.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. F. H. Warernovsn, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr, W. J. Witrrams, Chief Clerk.

L1iST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each,

Apams, W. H.

On the Habits of the Flying-Squirrels of the Genus

CAT LOTR OUT US Te POU ORME Nica orci We Lup or oy CMe us ah Cotes 243

Page

Anprews, Cuas. W., B.Sc., F.Z.S.

On some Remains of pyornis in the British Museum

Crit Eee sy Ce baie ZED ee VS) he i. oa cites die ee 108

Apuin, OLIVER VreRNoN, M.B.O.U.

Field-Notes on the Mammals of Uruguay ............ 297

BarDELEBEN, Prof. Karz von, M.D. Berol.

On the Bones and Muscles of the Mammalian Hand and

Rite (CPintes 2ORe ce Oe oe. bo is ewes « chnminehs 304

Barkwiey, MacDonawp.

Notes upon the Antelopes of the Pungué Valley ...... 130

Barrier, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

? ; Pp My

On a singular case of one Snake swallowing another in

the Society’s Reptile-House..........600655 aa Wen eso 669

Page

Barzson, WinuraM, M.A., F.RB.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s

College, Cambridge.

Exhibition of specimens of the Common Pilchard (Clupea

pilchardus), showing variation in the number and size of the

SILC re yn Se ene 5 Fd ies mye wee eS At 8 ae 164

On two Cases of Colour-variation in Flat-fishes illus-

trating principles of Symmetry. (Plate XVIL) sss .n 22 246

Exhibition of specimens and drawings of a Phytophagous

Beetle, in illustration of discontinuous variation in colour. 391

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

Notes upon the Tadpole of Xenopus levis (Dactylethra

capensis). (Plate XIIL.) ........ eee ener eee eee eees 101

On Two new Genera, comprising Three new Species, of

Earthworms from Western Tropical Africa ...........- 379

On some Points in the Visceral Anatomy of Ornitho-

BHAPTONUS 3). eo clei cn wisn On) yco/n on hie» niprindele enti aera 715

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., &c., and Mrrenxt1, P.

Cuatmers, M.A., F.Z.S.

On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta .....+.0000+-- 535

Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.8., Professor of

Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.

Notes on Three Species of River-crabs of the Genus

Thelphusa, from Specimens collected in Eastern Africa by

Dr. J. W. Gregory, Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., and Mr. F.

Dis BICHON. S 0 /4/srerak areata ete! ate: a' oo ie Snes ee 166

On the Echinoderms collected during the Voyage of

H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’ and by H.M.S. ‘ Egeria,’ when surveying

Macclesfield Bank. (Plates XXIJI.-XXVII.) ........ 392

Notice of the acquisition by the Natural-History Museum

of some Specimens of remarkable Corals of great size from

North-west Australia +... cues etal eee oe ee ee 694

Page

Benuam, W. Buaxtann, D.Se. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.),

Aldrichian Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy in

_ the University of Oxford.

Notes on a particularly Abnormal Vertebral Column of

the Bull-frog; and on certain other Variations in the

Anuram Colunime (Plate Xo VED yi oe. och 5 2) dew nc! «vie viet 477

Briaavw, F. E., C.M.Z.8.

Remarks upon drawings of the heads of two North-

American Swans (Cygnus americanus and C. buccinator) .. 606

BouLEenceErR, GrorcE ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a new

Gecko from South Africa (@dura nwaria)...........-.. 608

Third Report on Additions to the Batrachian Collection

in the Natural-History Museum. (Plates, XXXIX. &

Ea etter et eet ey gO. Sethe ce cle Pia soe as thn aos teiads 640

Second Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in

_the Natural-History Museum. (Plates XLVII.-XLIX.).. 722

Buiier, Sir Water L., K.C.M.G., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

Notes on the Petrel named (Qstrelata leucophrys by

(Casini AAT OUST aaron cc eR ply As Std -Y oUpisdnd oS oil nr 653

Burimr, Arraur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On a Collection of Lepidoptera from British Hast Africa,

made by Dr. J. W. Gregory between the Months of March

and August 1893. (Plates XXXVI. & XXXVIL)...... 557

Cotterr, Prof. Rosrert, F.M.Z.S.

On anew Agonoid Fish (Agonus gilberti) from Kamt-

BIC TUR Dieta (CR AUG: MLV gy Sprl og ated th hey aadiay ld siscnat sag ep hen 670

Continez, Waurer E., Demonstrator of Zoology and Com-

parative Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham.

Description of a new Species of Slug of the Genus

RHR Cage i554 REE CROCS SE fe eee. oe, OO

Corynpon, R. T.

On the Occurrence of the White or Burchell’s Rhinoceros

in Mashonaland: (Plate X VILE) oo. o: 2th e,

CunNINGHAM, J. T.

Notice of a Communication from, treating of the signi-

ficance of diagnostic characters in the Pleuronectide

Frower, Sir Wittiam Henry, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

Letter and Journal of the late Dr. Emin Pasha, C.M.Z.S.,

anc remarks thereon. |... 4.5 404 saa See

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Hairy

armadillo (Tatusta pilosa)’ uct on ae ee ee eee

Fowter, G. Herzert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology in University College, London.

On two Sea-pens of the Family Veretiliide from the

Madras Museum, (Plate X XI.) oo. 3. 2. S ah cae eee

Notes on some Specimens of Antlers of the Fallow Deer,

showing Continuous Variation, and the Effects of Total or

Partial Osstration.; (Plate XXXTV.)\. . 2. .)4/noteee

Garstang, Warren, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow and Lecturer of

Lincoln College, Oxford.

On the Gastropod Colpodaspis pusilla of Michael Sars.

(Plate XLIV.)

OO a) ees 8) 6 we te,'s @6)m eis 60 .¢ 9 6) 0) @) hum ae eee ew el eee

Gortp1, Dr, Emin Aveusr, Director of the Colonia Alpina

(Theresopolis).

Critical Gleanings on the Didelphyide of the Serra dos

Orgios, Brazil

ce wee te Ee em «ie Os 0 46) e%s wile) 0 wae 0 MES elaia ver wale eMece tS

Grecory, J. Watrer, D.Sc., F.Z.S.

Remarks on the factors that appear to have influenced

Zoological Distribution in Africa; and exhibition of, and

remarks upon, a series of photographie slides, illustrative

of his recent Expedition to Mount Kenia

596

655

664

vil

GintHer, Anpurt ©. L. G., M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Report on the Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made by

Dr. J. W. Gregory during his Expedition to Mount Kenia.

(CBlerbep VabE 2 NTS iy atay sat 5 a ae aha at Ree Aan ai ils V8 /a

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Lepi-

dosiren paradowa, collected by Dr. Bohls on the Upper

Paraguay ld teh cg has ht ttec sel ow Merah tly asda

Exhibition of a portion of the hollow trunk of a Tree in

which a pair of Hornbills had nested >. ................

Gurpy, R. J. Lecumurn, C.M.Z.S.

On some Foraminifera from the Microzoic Deposits of

Primidady West: Indies: « (Blate: X Elly ie ote Se rear

Hott, Ernust W. L., Naturalist on Staff, M.B. Assoc.

Studies in Teleostean Morphology from the Marine

Laboratory at Cleethorpes. (Plates XX VIII.-XXX.)....

Howss, G. B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant Professor of Zoology,

Royal College of Science, London.

On Synostosis and Curvature of the Spine in Fishes,

with especial reference to the Sole. (Plate XII.)........

JacoBy, Marrin, F.E.S.

Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the Genera

dionychis and Asphera. (Plate XXXVIIL)........

Jounson, G. Linpsay, M.D., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S.

On the Pupils of the Pelide

Kuresurt, Dr. C., C.M.Z.8.

Exhibition of a Photograph of a Mountain Antelope

CNemionhced is suniair engi) io assy eee care ek wk se Ble 8

Lanxester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

Notice of a Memoir on the External Characters which

distinguish the two Dipnoid Fishes Zepidosiren and

GTO CCI AE oa ie aks SU RE EA I ee Fa Os,

Page

647

413

. 609

. 481

654

485

Vili

Page

Last, J. T.

On the Bones of the Apyornis, and on the Localities

and Conditions in which they are found...............- 123

LittLepae, St. Gzoren, F.R.G.S.

Field-Notes on the Wild Camel of Lob-Nor.......... 446

Lover, Sir Epmunp Gites, Bart., F.Z.S.

On the “ Reem” Antelope of Algeria .............. 473

Note on the Period of Gestation of the Indian Antelope,

Antilope cervicdipra (Linn.) ...c visi <9 Sap eah pene ae 476

LYDEKKER, RicuanrpD, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Remarks on a visit to the La Plata Museum, and ob-

servations on some of the principal objects contained

Phere wg a 5. ty = eRe dm = a & ides lls ia co es ee 3

Exhibition of a painting of the head of a Wild Goat

(Capra egagrus) of unusual dimensions............++.. 3

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Photograph and

Model of an Egg from Southern Patagonia in the La Plata

WEGBCHE. 2. en ncag eee se ms ya's Seno o1e's oe ele aed 654

Manners-Smiru, T., B.A. (Cantab.), M.R.C.S., Chief Demon-

strator of Anatomy, Mason College, Birminghan.

On some Points in the Anatomy of Ornithorhynchus

DEO DIAES oh aio wine de a ie Le ee Da 694

Meyer, Dr. A. B., C.M.Z.S.

Remarks on an African Monkey, Cercopithecus wolfi.

(Plate VIL) ices cigte :iiviente a0%.9 Rikosadllete ae ee 83

Mircuet1i, P. Cuatmers, M.A., F.Z.S.

On the Perforated Flexor Muscles in some Birds ...... 495

Mircueui, P, Cuatmurs, M.A., F.Z.S., and Bupparp, F. E.,

M.A., F.RB.S.

On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta .......200.005 58

Page

Mitrorp, C. B.

Extract of a letter from, containing an account of a

visitation of Locusts in Sierra Leone .................. 1

Extract of a letter from, respecting the occurrence of

the Elephant in Sierra Leone

MOoeELLenborrr, O. F. von, Ph.D.

On a Collection of Land-Shells from the Samui Islands,

Grullt ath Sieames # (Bate SVR a Ree. eM. pe cc cc at 146

Motz, R. R., and Urtcu, F. W.

Biological Notes upon some of the Ophidia of Trinidad,

B. W.1., with a Preliminary List of the Species recorded

RCM MESES cect PR ae esd a cee Sates ee ta ple ate 499

Parxer, W. N., Ph.D., F.Z.8., Professor of Biology in the

University College of S. Wales and Monmouthshire,

Cardiff.

On some Points in the Structure of the Young of Echidna

geimeniane (ribet: — FMC) Tot. Su insted ale om Smt albeit ay 3

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S8., F.L.S., Lecturer on Com-

parative Anatomy at St, Thomas’s Hospital.

On the Myology of the Sciuromorphine and Hystrico-

THOM PUI MCR aio. Gra De ale ot =) opal larwie ida) se, . Wa ome Rw ole 251

On the Anatomy of Atherura africanus compared with

thag, ok, obhere Porempines Ue a ohare kee. BY eer sles 8 675

Ripewoop, W. G., B.Sc., F.L.S., Lecturer on Biology at

St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School.

Onthe Hyoid Arch .of Ceratodus. oc cccuet surah ones 632

Savin, OspeRt, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Exhibition of a pair of the newly described Butterfly,

Ornithoptera parddised 6... cscs nese teansvereneusans 608

Page

Sanya, Basu Ram Bramaua, C.M.Z.S.

Notes on Cynogale bennetti, Gray... seer eee ee eee 296

Sauvaasn, Dr. H. E.

Exhibition of a Vertebra of what was believed to be the

earliest known Snake yet discovered ........++.eeee0-- 391

ScHaus, WiLL1AM, F.Z.S.

On new Species of Heterocera from Tropical America .. 225

ScHERREN, Henry, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the nest of an Amphi-

podous Crustacean (Amphithoé littorind) «1. .eee scenes 485

SctatER, Purre Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Decearber b8Q3. se ...c. kegs wien et o0i9 gee eee ae 1

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a coloured drawing of

the head of Cercopithecus erythrogaster .......0.. secon 1

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

January 1804) Yadsieti. 62 acho 6. UL 92

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of

the River-hog of Madagascar (Potamocherus edwardsi), with

notes on‘its habits by Mir. J.T. Last 00. ccjdwace ems siae 92

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a stuffed specimen of

the White-billed Great Northern Diver (Colymbus adamsi)

frome Noga. 4s. Sptdehas J. .< nid be ee ee 94

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Bebruary 1894.......:./.0. 2. aigie aca te) <p Meme es 162

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of a young

male Gaur or Indian Bison (Bos gaurus) 1... 00ee eee ee 249

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

March 1894 316

OOO Reem eee noe eanatee Hewes t ee re ees es toe

Xl ‘

Remarks on the Specimens of Protopterus annectens living

in the Society’s Reptile-house ...........

eee ees ee wee w

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

April 1894

ee ee ee ee ew eee ses cee eee eee or ereeeeseeoene

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in

May 1894

ee eee nr eee eee ee ee ee eee we oe eee eee eseeee eases

Remarks upon animals observed in the Zoological Gardens

of Rotterdam, Amsterdam, Hanover, Berlin, and Hamburg.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of an African

Monkey (Cercopithecus diana ignitus)

eee eee eee eee see eee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the typical specimen

Page

456

484

of Cercopithecus gray, Frasers: iiin ld 6 gtd aa ea 484

On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,

duly, Aucust,.and September, 1694). 2.25)... daadsan aoe 594

On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October

DS eR eee hate nt Files celdcats,a Milas a aisaa are Last lennye ae oe ORL 654

On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November

SOP CE tape TaN Ee ig Le No ole dala 2 che. aera 693

SHARPE, HmMity Mary.

List of Butterflies collected by Capt. J. W. Pringle, R.E.,

on the March from Teita to Uganda, in British Hast Africa.

Cs aN ac ate ig ae A aise lca segne cas sack % 4 ogee ee ee 304

Suerporn, C, Daviss, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a copy of the reprint of

George Ord’s ‘ North-American Zoology’ .......5..+++ 609

Surptry, ArrHuR E., M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s

College, Cambridge.

Note on Nematode Parasites from the Animals in the

Zoological Gardens, London. (Plate XXXV.).......... 531

Suuretpr, Dr. R. W., C.M.Z.S.

Communication from, containing remarks upon the

xii

Page

methods used in preparing certain Invertebrates adopted in

the U.S. National Museum .......... 2 ee cece cence eee 136

On the Affinities of the Steganopodes.........-.+++-- 160

On the Osteology of certain Cranes, Rails, and their

Allies, with remarks upon their Affinities ...........-.- 250

Correction to his paper ‘‘ On the Affinities of the Stega-

TIO POUGS ve wd winnie sao o/s 2 a tie as mies ino FO ee 608

Stmon, EvGENE.

On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part I... 519

Smirn, T. Manners, see Manners-Smitu, T.

Swayne, H. G. C., Capt. R.E., C.M.Z.S.

Further Field-Notes on the Game-Animals of Somaliland. 316

TrGETMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Pheasant in abnormal

UID ce ene oes nye es eee ee ee tenets ie eee 3

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the felted covering of

a. loge-taired Ameord Rabbit Sse or aes age + +2 seine 654

Tomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S., Natural History Museum.

Description of a new Bat of the Genus Stenoderma from

Montearvat )..<\asins ow s 256 sim jo + Summ eee ly UE ne bee ae 132

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Giraffe from

Somaliland . niece .sew coset. s ese ee eee ne 135

On the Mammals of Nyasaland : third Contribution.... 136

On the Dwarf Antelopes of the Genus Madoqua ...... 323

On some Specimens of Mammals from Oman, 8.E. Arabia.

(Plate ROK.) wns das 4 ee ee eee eee 448

On some Gazelles brought by Sir Edmund Loder from

Algeria.) (Plate IX XTE) wai. ies eee ere en ek 467

xiii

Page

THomson, ArrHur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1893

TrimEen, Rotanp, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c., Curator of the South-

African Museum, Cape Town.

On a Collection of Butterflies made in Manica, Tropical

South-east Africa, by Mr. F. C. Selous, in the year 1892.

(LEE rest IVE A) pS i aee Pech etn 2 kena tee 14

Letter from, with reference to Dr. A. G. Butler’s remarks

on his paper on Butterflies from Manica................ 606

Unter, P. R.

A List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the Families

Anthocoride and Ceratocombide collected by Mr. H. H. Smith

in the Island of St. Vincent; with Descriptions of new

Fehersrand SpeTiegiis adds eee RAL Vs 156

On the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the Island of Grenada,

WAGE OIC ais, 5 9 ie, wins argos vs uele, a My Coa elle res aes 167

Unicu, F. W., and Mots, R. R.

Biological Notes upon some of the Ophidia of Trinidad,

B. W. I., with a Preliminary List of the Species recorded

pUAGTEE AALS USSU TS Ag SE os Ee ag ar ea 499

Wert, J. Jennur, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &e.

Exhibition of a specimen of the “ Tsetse ” (Glossina mor-

sitans) from the Transvaal

Woopwarp, A. Smrru, F.Z.S.

A Description of the so-called Salmonoid Fishes of the

English Chalk. (Plates XLII. & XLITI.).............. 655

‘ : : A se

bas ¥ yt ' ii ve , : s at ar rm n hy 7, ae Le sae Bet

it ‘ces i. $3 He. aad

‘ee ee

sur ge

ee ee 7 : re er, ee ek oe ee ee

Wed a t8 aa @ a6

wad

+ oe enh

Dist OF PLATES.

1894.

Page

Lie Sirushuveof youne Welidna, 5. atasa- ci de «08 528 © 3

Ter:

IV.

pa Butterflies from Manica, S.E. Africa .-..<..0:..00% 14

VI.

Ne CER CON IGMe CUS DUA) Sola. ch ay. seek: wavech cchupahhe oo keke Vos 83

WIN, Bitengenenyes mod esges ica an acvusen¥eyn ole asia nce ed

Da OU E INTO ATT) Cp NMR Ps ates, peer Eatin et reece 84

X. Fig. A. Chromis spilurus: Fig. B. Labeo gregorii ..

a YEE SHIT GLU 2 ee See te

XII. Synostosis and Curvature of the Spine in Fishes .... 95

PRES Wad poles. ob Merapnis LAtIR nosis ih atIho a «aid ate x Opes 101

aah MossilaBaries ah etipyoniis. set) .ttahies Oi <a diet ace 108

XVI. Land-Shells from the Samui Islands .............. 146

DEV Lig, VictwietynOh Feb omGUs Levies occ esis. ws « «© kckamin Oueye> 246

ONAN Ey STOLE Ol 7 CONES, ae 7 ORE ER eee ae ae 329

XIX. New Butterflies from British East Africa .......... 334

XX. Bones of Mammalian Hands and Feet ............ l 254

XXI. Muscles of Mammalian Hands and Feet .......... |

SMG, Canernmlaniitamlaparict. sa os odin deinen ania 576

DEX. « UOGPiaes Gr ORUVOEUB! ca esa dinis xo: 0's: 0)0'00a 4 md aed }

AMV -Antedom- OOSRETE-SIRIGRE co siete so. ard wie. aie-ala aeelseas = sate

XXV. Figs. 1-3. Patiria briareus; Figs. 4-6. Archaster |

tenuis; Figs. 7-9. Pectinura sphenisci.......... + 392

XXXVI. Fig.1. Culcita; Figs. 2&3. Salmacis rufa; Figs.4&5. |

LAG AA ELAD ONE Ts Simro ofa « Ga nese oe xm eine

SOV. Ophioerene @nigiit’ “pura wa stra wet onic awed gat J

XXVIII. Fig. 1. Molva abyssorum; Fig, 2. M. vulgaris ....)

XXIX. Abdominal Viscera of Molva: Figs. 3-3a, M. abys-

sorumis) Wigs, 4a ME Garda ie ae Saalatints 02 0: L 413

XXX. Dissections of Flat-fishes: Figs. 5, 6,7. Plewronectes 4

platessa; Vig. 8. Hippoglossus vulgaris; Figs.9 & 10.

Mite OVI vss Sva'd dd a eA ARE weet cee J

Plate

XXXI.

XXXII.

XXXIV.

XXXV.

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXAVIII.

XXXIX.

XL.

XLII.

XLIV.

XLV.

XLVI.

XLVII.

XLVIII.

XLIX.

Xv1

Page

TLOMAPUGUS FAYCKITE on o'sn'as ko vices Bp ae ask eee 448

GERPUBTORSA cio iw less oes sols peepee eae rae 467

Abnormal Vertebral Column of Rana mugiens ...... A477

Homes of Pallow Door. ...\..... cs smabere seven pee 485

Sections of Ascaris transfaga ..\..02.c00c00e2 +0702 531

New Lepidoptera from British East Africa.......... 557

New Coleoptera of the Genus Gtdionychis .......... 609

Fig. 1. Rana quecketti; Fig. 2. Phrynobatrachus |

ranoides; Fig. 3. Cassina obscura; Fig. 4. Hylam- |

bates Mils0nte 2. Uiidc cee yes eens ee eee L 640

Fig. 1. Nectophryne signata; Fig. 2. Hyla goeldii ; {

Fig. 3. Hylella parvula; Fig. 4. Dermophis gre- |

gort.; Big. 6... Wiomengia oe. cnninie vom ae

Foraminifera from the Microzoic deposits of Trinidad. 647

Osmeroudes: lewmesiensisy oo \< < o 5st sas 2s hae oop oe 65

Fig. 1. Elopopsis crassus; Figs. 2-6. Aulolepis typus.

Colpoinapis pusilla ene recon) ee nee te Sale ge ee 664

Aone GUBETEE. Vis coe sche aca we he HOP eas Oe 670

Dendrolagus bennetitanus .....c0cccesscassscvsess 693

Fig. 1. dura nivarta; Fig. 2. Elasmodactylus tuber->

culosus; Fig. 3. Urocentrum guenthert ......4.

Fig. 1. Anolis rizi; Fig. 2. A. rhombifer; Fig. 3:

Sceloporus bulleri; Fig. 4. S. heterolepis; Fig. 5. |

Diploglossus tvitiatuw’ 0. ee ss ess cae saens if

Fig. 1. Tachydromus holsti; Fig. 2. Lygosoma luzon-

ense; Fig. 8. L. decipiens; Fig. 4. Ablepharus

CAT ROUI ‘ola gin s'e' os sie aieip einem ahs Oxo oh Pe Ar

ff 4

Ee on

+ %, j

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1894.

Page

Left femur of pyornis titan (?), from front .........e.e. ee cea 114

Leth tens of Aopyornes (P), trom: trouks 13 «kk cdeetys ole Pe x < 114

Left femur of A’pyornis titan (?), from behind ..............005 115

Left femur of Apyornis (?), from behind ...........0.cceceueee 115

Young King Vulture in down plumage ..........0.500eeeeaeees 165

Pieris OF PCr Oise Ie. cyte aA ecnait clad EE E> 255

Shoulder-muscles of Ceredon rupestris..... 00.0 cece eee ce eeeeees 261

Left fore foot of Sphingurus prehensilis (superficial dissection)...... 267

Left fore foot of Castor canadensis (extensor tendons) ........++.. 269

Right fore foot of Coclogenys Paces. wisviaas aecanelavtcccecseccees fall

Left fore foot of Ceredon rupestris 2.2.6. eeevnivates Bc rtereers 272

Right fore foot of Caelogenys paca (deep dissection) ...........4.. 273

Right fore foot of Hystrix cristata (deep dissection) .............. 273

PE SROMILETME SS OF OCI Se oo a aly als enw wine as vik danas apes sia impade beola 274

mPeeUe ON ee Wes PANN EA CT ISEAE UL alba. de Abstr Ais -au Abie kb + a's.» waiving. 0 275

Skull of Madoqua guentheri. Side view.........ccceceececceess 324

Skull of Madoqua guenthert, Top view ......eccccsveveccsccens 325

Sein i Arai er NE HSE Ss 25 wich a'c dirts, cb diate wide Biss sella ve win vies 327

Millsonia nigra. Part of the posterior region of the body cut open

to display the excretory system............. shale ein aia ahaa 8 381

Malisonta rubenss. Wubesiinial Gasca! sou vs/en sad hie sis ev aig om vee ga 381

Nannodrilus. Male efferent apparatus...........,2.sseceeecenes 389

Adult Sole with symmetrical eyes. Anterior region from right side. 433

ioragine fron Welt Ride wa seal ee ayy aha She seme be tes %

Riale Camel of hop Norse asta pit cane ae ade eles <a pew ena alelebaa 447

Skull of Hemitragus jayukart. Front view........c0sseecceceees 452

Skull of Hemitragus jayakari. Side view ...-....0:sseccccssves 453

SaMh GAHelie TUPIE |S sinc ney aaches th Dawe Rakin ewes ants oes 468

Ree the GUACDIOMERP s » s:a:n\x's as ais, sain mr helm «ma gikn Ae Aa aiee ewes 471

Suape of the pupils in the Felid@ ovis jee evades umrwedacns 482

Cats’ eyes, showing the contraction of iris when exposed to light, &c. 483

Dissection of the right leg of Balearica chrysopelargus, seen from the

DARE UIC IG sip a WT vay aia uielxtaehe see olay etait ee Sy are: ae 496

Dissection of the right leg of Nycticorax gardent, seen from the outer

RMU sainrd dey Reed hs aig Cis «hy eae Ne So Cae 497

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1894. b

XVLl

‘Page

Dissection of the right leg of Eelectus roratus, seen from the outer

LS Mere ae nis Stes OE wh as Snel en's ae ene ee 498

Psilochorus nigrifrons. Preemaxillaris maris ..........-..++0++05 520

Theridion antillanum. Bulba genitalis maris...........+..++0+5- 522

Theridion fuesslyi. Bulba genitalis maris ..........-+..++eeeees 525

Theridion stylifrons. Cephalothorax maris and Preemaxillaris maris. 523

Generative system of Janella maculata... 1.600. cece rere eee ee ees 527

Generative system of Janella bitentaculata ..... 16.000 e eevee eens 528

Portion of the generative organs of Janella maculata in natural

position..... is wey b a SiGe LE rh oo ede OE ain it eo oe 529

Portion of the generative organs, showing the distinctness between

the penis and vas deferens in an example of Janella bitentacu-

WEG so he Sos we asa" % Oe ata Palen hele sas an ae Pe ee 529

Digestive system of Janella maculata ... 1... .e eee eee e eee eees 530

jason Of Pakemed en sidesds Ges sacks oOo ete ee ete a higle aie ee 537

Syrinx of Palameded .....0.ceceeeee rece eee e ee ceteevereeecene 538

Candal muscles:of Palameden +). wat ees Soe eat eee oo nee ae 542

Muscles of leg of Palamedea. Outer view ........----seeeeeeeee 549

Muscles of leg of Palamedea. Inner view ............+++eeeeeee 552

Balyis of Palantdets: oases erties one tan 6 pale ae 554

Hyoid: bone ol Palanedeai rire nk cae sees eta so whe cya tee 554

Ceratodus forstert. Hyoid arch, ventral view ..........+6+-20005 632

Ceratodus forstert. Hinder portion of the skull with the hyoid arch. 633

Ceratodus forstert. The hyomandibular and adjacent parts........ 637

Atherura africana. Base of skull, showing the temporary premolar

tooth being replaced by the permanent one..........+++ 0.05 676

Atherura africana. Lumbar vertebre, showing the position of the

MILCTCOLANE <4 ee creer eo dic ern eek wie ge wits eps sirens kee, gee 678

Atherura africana. Posterior surface of the liver................ 683

Atherura africana. The lungs from in front................008- 684

Diherura africana rae rei cole ie ses se es 3.3.5 a9 ee 687

Atherura africana. ; Brachial plexus 2.0. 00.560 ce eee ae en eee 688

Atherura africana. Vumbo-sacral plexus ........... 000 ee ene 690

Ornithoriagnehus. - Muscles of arm.) 2 x 5... s sae es ee eee 698

Ornithorhynchus. Muscles of front of forearm and hand.......... 701

Ornithorhynchus. Muscles of posterior surface of forearm and hand. 702

Ornithorhynchus. Muscles of thigh...........<+-i0<ce» eesuiiees 705

Ornithorhynchus. Muscles of the posterior surface of leg and sole of

POOL sto e he elen ton seis's o\p'e'e.s a'g eta tele ine alate de ee 708

Ovnithorhynchus. Muscles of anterior surface of leg and dorsum of

LODE s\n \e'wiclnie's ote 698 wacko sn ee Bs Wie c Wn Sele Oe 709

Ornithorhynchus. Scheme of arteries of trunk, head, and neck.... 714

Ornithorhynchus, Stomach and commencement of duodenum .... 718

Ornithorhynchus. Testis and vas deferens ........... 000 ee eeu 720

Ornithorhynchus. Heart of, with right ventricle opened 721

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.

1894.

Page Page

Aphelonotus (Rhynch.) ......... 208 Millsonia (Vermes) ............... 380

Miunonan(lep:)) Gencteseu «ese 233

Bunocnemis (Reptilia) ......... 85

Nannodrilus (Vermes) ......... 388

G@resera\(Ueps)\iccr ss ce seen caaee 232

Ommatides (Rhyncb.)............ 159

Dukinfieldia (Lep.) .............+- 234 Oncerodes (Rhynch.) ............ 159

Elasmodactylus (Reptilia) ...... 726 Phasicnecus (Lep.) ............+4. 585

Ptychotricos (Lep.)............++- 227

Gonatospheera (Protozoa) ...... 651 Pygzeus (Rhynch.) ...........000 187

Griplica (Lep.). £0.00. 502 22es sees 232

Rhaphiceropsis (Lep.)............ 306

Hymenobates (Rhynch.) ...... 214

Sphyrotinus (Arachn.) ......... 524

Lampruna (Lep.) ....2.1...0.5.. 251 Stilostomella (Protozoa)......... 649

Macheraptenus (Lep.) ......... 228 WVelidia, (Bhyneh:))sncsv0-ek 206

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 16, 1894.

Sir W. H. Fiownpr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1893 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of, December 1893 were 62 in number. Of these 29 were

acquired by presentation, 15 by purchase, 7 were born in the

Gardens, and 11 were received on deposit. The total number of de-

partures during the same period, by death and removals, was 91.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a coloured drawing of the head of Cerco-

pithecus erythrogaster taken from the specimen of that Monkey in

the Paris Museum, and read an extract from a letter addressed to

him (enclosing it) by M. E. de Pousargues (Préparateur au Labora-

toire de Mammalogie au Muséum, 55 Rue de Buffon). It appeared

that in the adult of this species the hairs on the nose are white,

and that the species should therefore probably be removed, in Mr.

Sclater’s arrangement of the genus, to “Section A. C. rhinosticti”

(P. Z. S. 1893, p. 244), in the neighbourhood of C. petaurista. In

the type in the British Museum these hairs were blackish, but

there were indications of whitish at their bases, and the specimen

was probably young.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. I. L

2 ME. C. B. MITFORD ON ELEPHAS AFRICANUS. (Jan. h6,

to him by Mr. C. B. Mitford, dated Freetown, Sierra Leone, 26th

November, 1893 :—

‘‘T have one of the most interesting phenomena to tell you about,

which has not been seen in Freetown for the last 60 or 70 years,

but as it only commenced yesterday I can give you but a short

account of it now. At 1.30 p.m. yesterday I noticed the hills at

Wilberforce assuming a very dried-up appearance, which gradu-

ally extended to the water’s edge, and on calling the attention ofa

native to the peculiar change in the appearance of the ‘ bush’ he

informed me that Locusis were coming.

«¢ What he said proved to be correct, tor in a very short time huge

black clouds appeared above the hills, as if a severe storm were

brewing, and those I at first saw, the advance guard, in the bril-

liant sunshine gradually gave one an idea that the whole of the sides

of the hills were on fire; these hills, I should say, are three miles

off in a bee-line.

“At 245 p.m. these supposed clouds reached Freetown, and

proved to be a continuous mass of locusts, which passed without

intermission till 5.10. P.m., and, as in their progress they were

only 30 or 40 feet above the ground, a sound like a rushing stream

at a distance could be distinctly heard.

“ During their course the sky was obscured. Myriads settled on

the houses, trees, roads, &c., but made no apparent difference in

the size of the swarms passing over. The whole town was covered

with their excrement.

“Last night, when I went out about 10 P.M. to see what was

going on, I found plenty of locusts in the garden, but on a near

approach to the plants they dropped suddenly on to the ground.

“This morning, when I got up about 6 a.M., only two or three

were to be seen. At 9.45 a.m. the stream began again, but not in

such dense masses as were seen yesterday, and continued up to 1 P.M.

“A more marvellous sight I have never seen, nor has, so far as I

can ascertain, the oldest resident in Freetown, although I hear they

appeared here sixty or seventy years ago, as I said before.

* As you walk along the roads they rise like a large flock of birds,

most of them rising and joining the main band, but others coming

down and taking their places.”

The Secretary stated that Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, of the British

Museum, in whose hands he had placed specimens of this Locust

transmitted by Mr. Mitford for examination, had determined them

to belong to Pachytylus migratoroides (Reiche et Fairmaire) (Ferr.

et Gal. Voy. en Abyss. iii. p. 430), originally described from

Abyssinia, but recently ascertained to occur also in West Africa.

A second extract from the same letter referred to the occurrence

of the Elephant (Elephas.africanus) in Sierra Leone ;—

“In reference to the occurrence of the Elephant in Sierra Leone,

I can only state, in continuation of what I told you before, that I

have’ been informed, on, I think, very reliable information, that

within a certain mountaineus portion of the western district

PZ.91894.Plate l.

\\ovntatte

oat

West, Newman imp.

WNP&MPP. del.ad nat.

MPP lith

Structure of young Echidna,

P.Z5.1894.Plate IE.

WAP. del.ad nat.

MPP. lth.

Structure

Wien techs 2

one thea

s i“

WNP. del.ad nat.

MP Plith.

West, Newman imap.

tructure of yours Echidna.

1894.] ON THE YOUNG OF ECHIDNA ACULEATA, 3

bounded by the farms or villages of York, John Obey, and Tombo,

on the sea-shore, and by Pickett Hill in an easterly direction inland

from Kent, Elephants do exist.

« Another dead one was found not long ago and a regular scramble

took place for the flesh. The skull of the one which I got was found

12 hours’ walk from the beach.

“A farmer named Wise often complained recently to the late

acting manager that Elephants did a good deal of damage to his

ee and made deep holes in the ground when they came down to

“*T am assured that if there is one Elephant in the district there

are at least a hundred. This statement I accept with reservation,

but that they do exist I have not the slightest doubt.

‘At John Obey, a place about halfway between York and Kent,

the spoor of Elephants can be found on many farms not quite a

mile away from the village.”

Mr. R. Lydekker, F.Z.8., gave an account of some of the prin-

cipal objects observed during his recent visit to the La Plata

Museum, calling special attention to the series of remains of Dino-

saurian Reptiles, of Cetaceans, and of Ungulates of three different

suborders. Mr. Lydekker also made remarks on some of the

specimens of Hdentates and of the gigantic birds of the genus

Brontorms contained in the Museum.

Mr. Lydekker also exhibited a painting of the head of a Wild

Goat (Capra egagrus) of unusual dimensions.

Mr. J. Jenner Weir, F.ZS., sat for exhibition a specimen of

the “* Tsetse,” Glossina morsitans (P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 261, pl. xix.),

which had been transmitted to him from the Transvaal by Dr. Perey

Rendall, F.Z.S.

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks on a

Pheasant with abnormal plumage assimilating to that of ‘“ Pencilled

Fowls.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On some Points in the Structure of the Young of Echidna

aculeata. By W.N. Parxer, Ph.D., F.Z.8., Professor

of Biology in the University College of S. Wales and

Monmouthshire, Cardiff.

[Received November 7, 1893.]

(Plates I.-III.)

At the meeting of the British Association held in Cardiff in

1891 I exhibited some young specimens of Echidna’, and made a

' Brit. Assoc. Report, 1891, p. 693. y

“we

+ ; PROF. W. N. PARKER ON THD (Jan. 16,

few remarks on the structure of certain parts of the head. The

present paper refers to the same individuals, and treats of the

external characters and the structure of the fore part of the head

only ; at a future time I hope to deal with other regions.

The specimens are from the collection of my father, who received

them from Dr. E. P. Ramsay, Curator of the Australian Museum,

Sydney. I donot know of any description of the external cha-

racters of the young Echidna; and as such young specimens are

very rarely obtained, I have thought it worth while to figure the

two stages in my possession (Plate I. figs. 1 & 2), the older of which

is rather smaller than the young Ornithorhynchus figured by my

father in his ‘Mammalian Descent’ (p. 25).

1. External Characters.

Stage I. (Plate I. fig. 1).—The dorsal side is very convex, the

head being bent so far round that the snout points directly back-

wards. The ventral side of the body is flattened, and the trunk

passes insensibly into the conical tail, the apex of which is directed

backwards. The length of the animal along the dorsal curve from

the end of the snout to the tip of the tail is 12°5 em., and the

greatest diameter of the body 3cm.; the head measures 2°8 cm. in

length. The integument has a pitted appearance in the dorsal and

lateral regions of the body, and though no hairs have yet appeared

at the surface, the places in which the strong spines later break

through can be plainly seen. The gape is narrow, andextends less

than halfway along the snout, the anterior part of which is dis-

tinctly horny, the horn fading off posteriorly, so that the hinder part

of the snout is covered with a soft integument like that of the rest

of the head. The nostrils are ovoid and oblique, and a projecting

septum extends into each from the inner side, about halfway

across. Between the nostrils a distinct caruncle or “ egg-breaker,”

like that of the young Ornithorhynchus', can be seen at this stage.

Narrow slits indicate the position of the eyes, the upper and

lower eyelids being confluent. The external auditory aperture is

also slit-like, and extends into the thick layer of muscles covering

the hinder part of the skull. The cloaca is shallow, and the vent

is plugged by a rounded projection from its walls.

The fore limbs are larger and stronger than the hind, and the

digits are provided with well-developed claws, those of the 1st

and 5th being smaller than, though forming a regular series with,

the others. The hallux is short and small, and situated more

proximally than the other digits of the pes: it has a well-marked

claw. The hind toe is very large, its strong claw projecting far

beyond those of the remaining three digits, which are of considerably

less diameter than the 1st, and bear small claws.

Stage IL. (Plate I. fig. 2)—The flexure of the body is similar

to that seen in Stage I., except that the end of the tail is now bent

under the body, so that its conical end points towards the snout.

‘ Cf. W. K. Parker, ‘Mammalian Descent’ (London, 1885), pp. 45 & 49.

1894. ] YOUNG OF ECHIDNA ACULEATA. 5

My two specimens of this stage measure respectively along the dorsal

curve from the end of the snout to the tip of the tail 21°5 cm. (see

fig. 2) and 25:5 cm., the greatest diameter of the body being about

6 cm., and the head 4 cm. in length. The rough integument is

covered with papille, and the stiff bristles now project about 3 mm. ;

the position of the stronger and sparser spines amongst these can

be seen more plainly than in the earlier stage, though they still

hardly project above the surface. The snout is more plainly

marked off from the rest of the head than in Stage I., and is relatively

flatter: it is entirely covered with horn, and much resembles the

“beak” of Ornithorhynchus except in the relative extent of the gape.

The nostrils are now more completely valvular, and the caruncle

is no longer recognizable. The eyelids are beginning to separate,

the conjunctival chamber communicating with the exterior by a

small aperture. The cloaca has become deeper, folds of the integu-

ment radiating out from the vent.

The integument on the ventral side of the body is much folded ;

and in the larger of the two specimens, which is probably a female,

a shallow triangular pouch, the apex of which points backwards,

can be seen between and rather anteriorly to the hind limbs.

There can be little doubt that this represents the mammary pouch

as described by Haacke’; and as it is so distinct at this stage, it

seems improbable that it would altogether disappear in the adult

between the periods of suckling. I do not propose to treat of its

structure or of its relation to the pouch of Marsupials in the present

aper *.

: The pes is now nearly as large as the manus, though its claws

are not so strongly developed. The calcaneal spur can be seen in

both specimens, but is considerably larger in the smaller of the

two, which is probably a male.

Il. Intequment of the Head.

The resemblance of the snout to that of Ornithorhynchus has

already been remarked upon ; and this is more particularly the case

in the later stage, in which it is relatively flatter than in the

younger one. As in Ornithorhynchus, the lips, as well as the whole

integument of the snout, are immobile, owing to the development of

a thick horny layer from the epidermis (Plates II. & [II.). The horn

is much thicker in the older of the two stages, and this is all the

more remarkable as in the adult the skin in this region can hardly

be said to be horny at all. The horny layer extends over the

margins of the gape, and then thins off gradually : it also passes

inwards to line the external narial passages (Plate II. fig. 4 and

Plate III. fig. 13). The caruncle (figs. land 4) is formed by a ridge

of the epidermis on which the horn is especially thick °.

1 W. Haacke, “ On the Marsupial Ovum, the Mammary Pouch, and the Male

Milk-glands of Echidna hystrix,” Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xxxviii. p. 72; and Biol.

Centralblatt, viii.

2 Cf. H. Klaatsch, Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. xvii. p. 483.

3 Cf. Carl Rise, “ Ueb. die Zahnleiste und die Hischwiele der Sauropsiden,”

Anat. Anz, vii. Jahrgang, 1892, p. 748.

“we

6 PROF, W. N. PARKER ON THE (Jan. 16,

An examination of the end of the snout with a hand-lens shows

the presence of a number of fine dots on both jaws extending

about as far back as the gape. These are indicated in figs. 1 and 2.

Sections show them to be due to the presence of funnel-shaped

apertures in the horny layer, which extend inwards, surrounded

by a continuation of the horn, and gradually become narrower

(figs. 4,5, 12,and 13). Just beneath each aperture the epidermis is

rolonged inwards to form an elongated oval process (fig. 12), which,

slightly below the base of the dermal papilla, narrows somewhat

to form a tube extending for some distance into the derma, where

it becomes convoluted ; its walls are composed of a double layer

of cells, and the lumen becomes greatly coiled on passing into the

swollen base of the epidermal process and then communicates

with the aperture at the base of the horny ingrowth. It will thus

be seen that these glands are precisely similar in structure to

ordinary sweat-glands. I should mention that the lumen is not

developed in the young stages.

Poulton * has described structures in Ornithorhynchus which are

apparently similar to these, and suggests that they may correspond

to modified hairs ; this, however, seems tome improbable. I have

found nothing which could correspond to the sensory organs of the

bill of Ornithorhynchus described by Poulton.

No hairs, for any structures resembling hairs, are present on the

horny snout. Behind this, hairs are developed in abundance (figs.

2 and 10), and in the older stage the sebaceous glands can be seen

arising as buds from the hair-follicles. No sweat-glands are

present on the hairy part of the head; the rest of the body I

have not yet examined. It should, however, be remembered that

Gegenbaur * has shown that the mammary glands are modified

sweat-glands in these animals.

Ill. The Oral Cavity.

Even in the younger stage the mouth has already acquired its

narrow and tubular form (see figs. 5-7, 10,and 14). The elongated

tongue is covered with a thin layer of horn at the tip. The sub-

lingual glands are numerous, and open at various points into the

floor of the mouth. The naso-palatine canals communicate with the

oral cavity anteriorly (fig. 6, np.c.); and from this point backwards,

some distance beyond Jacobson’s organ, a number of simple gland-

tubes, very similar to those already described in the snout, are

present on the roof of the mouth (fig. 7). Similar glands are also

present in this region in the young Ornithorhynchus.

The epithelium in certain regions both above and below gives

rise to horny teeth, which on the anterior part of the lower jaw

form marked ridges (figs. 5, 7,14, 16). A dermal papilla extends

into the thickened epithelial ridge, which produces a thick horny

layer on its outer surface.

* “On the tactile terminal Organs and other Structures in the Bill of Ornitho-

rhynchus,” Journ. Physiol. vol. v. p. xv. (Proc. Physiol. Soc. 1884).

* «Zur Kenntniss der Mammarorgane der Monotremen,’ Leipzig. 1886.

1894. | YOUNG OF ECHIDNA ACULBATA. 7

The question as to the presence of rudiments of true teeth in

Echidna is of especial interest. After a fruitless search through

sections of the older stage, I hoped to be more successful in the

younger specimen, but have not succeeded in finding any indication

of the development of teeth at all, and am confident that earlier

stages must be examined before any signs of these organs can be

recognized. It is certainly remarkable for all traces of them to

have disappeared so early, especially when we consider how well

they are developed in Ovnithorhynchus': this is probably to be

accounted for by the extreme and early specialization of the mouth

in Echidna,

The fact that Rose’ has succeeded in finding traces of teeth in a

small embryo of Manis 7-6cm. long, while they have entirely.

disappeared in older embyros from 17-30 cm. in length, further

indicates the probable formation and early reduction of a “ Zahn-

leiste” in Echidna.

IV. The Nose and Jacobson’s Organ.

In the note already referred to I drew attention to the marked

development of Jacobson’s organ in Echidna, and to the fact that it

possesses a “‘turbinal” supported by cartilage. The organ had

been previously recognized in Ornithorhynchus by Sir W. Turner *

and my father*, and sections of a young specimen of this animal

in my possession showed that it closely resembles that of Echidna.

Since the publication of my note, however, Dr. Symington ’ has

given such an excellent account of the nose of Ornithorhynchus,

comparing it with that of other Mammals and also giving the

literature of the subject, that it will be only necessary for me to

refer to this animal for purposes of comparison with Echidna.

In each stage I bisected the head to one side of the septum

nasi. The half in which the latter was intact was then decalcified

and cut into serial sections, the other half being used for purposes

of dissection.

Fig. 3 (Plate I.) represents a longitudinal section of the head at

the older of the two Stages, and shows the form and relations of the

nasal cavity, which is 2°5 cm.in length. A comparison with a figure

of the adult given by Zuckerkandl ° shows that the nasal cavity is

now comparatively short and broad (compare also transverse sections

of both stages, figs. 5-11, 14, and 15, Plates IL. & III.).

The cartilaginous nasal capsule is more complicated than in

1 Cf BE. B. Poulton, Quart. Journ. Micros. Science, vol. xxix. 1888; and Old-

field Thomas, Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xlvi.

? C. Rose, Anat. Anz. vii. Jahrgang, 1892, p. 618.

8 «The dumb-bell shaped bone in the palate of the Ornithorhynchus com-

pared with the pre-nasal bone in the Pig,” Journ. Anat. and Physiol. vol. xxv.

* ‘Mammalian Descent, London, 1885, pp. 52 and 54.

6 “On the Nose, the Organ of J acobson, and the Dumb-bell-shaped Bone in

the Ornithorhynchus,” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1891, p. 575.

_ ® E. Zuckerkandl, ‘ Das periphere Geruchsorgan der Saugethiere,’ Stuttgart,

1887, pl. i. fig. 3.

8 PROF, W. N. PARKER ON THE [Jan. 16,

Ornithorhynchus. The thick and solid septum nasi, which is rounded

off below, gives rise to two lateral ali-nasal wings (aln.) above,

and these extend anteriorly beyond the septum and support the

external nostrils on the anterior, inner, and upper sides. Rather

further back, each wing gives rise to a curved rod (fig. 5, aln.tb.)

(the “ali-nasal turbinal” of W. K. Parker’), which passes into

the valvular process already noticed as extending into the nostril

from the inner side, and a turbinal-like ridge is thus formed from

the roof of the anterior part of the nasal cavity—this ends

anteriorly to the “ maxillo-turbinal.” In Stage II. the ridge

supports a very complete valve, which can probably close the

aperture of the nostril completely (fig. 13). It will thus be seen

that there are no transverse connective-tissue septa in the front

part of the nose as in Ornithorhynchus.

Posteriorly to the nostril, the two wings gradually extend further

downwards, so as to form an outer projecting wall to the nasal

chambers, and a short distance behind the naso-palatine ducts they

are continuous ventrally with the partial cartilaginous floor, which

supports about the outer half of the anterior part of the nasal

cavities (figs. 7-11, and 14, Plates IT. & III).

The lower side of the snout, below the nostrils, is supported by

a large transverse rostral cartilage (figs. 4-6 and 13, 7’s.), continuous

dorsally with the two ali-nasal wings in front of the nostril and

also with the septum nasi. his cartilage becomes constricted off

from the septum slightly in front of the naso-palatine canals, and

then forms an independent plate on either side, the swollen

internal margins of which abut against the base of the septum

(fig. 5). This thickened edge is separated off from the rest of the

plate as a club-shaped mass in the region of the naso-palatine duct,

which passes between the two portions. The inner club-shaped

portion then becomes hollowed out on the external side, where

Jacobson’s duct enters its cavity as an offshoot from the naso-

palatine canal, and the cartilage then forms a complete independent

tube, enclosing Jacobson’s organ (figs. 6-8, 14 and 16). The

lateral part of the cartilaginous nasal floor sends up a process on

the dorsal side (fig. 6), which soon meets with the roofing cartilage

(figs. 7-9 and 14); a small plate becoming separated off from its

inner edge (fig. 7), which then meets with its fellow to form a

median plate lying beneath the two Jacobson’s organs (figs. 14

and 16), and gradually fades off into a median and two lateral

backwardly directed processes which end beneath the posterior

part of Jacobson’s organ. In the young Ornithorhynchus the nasal

capsule is simpler and forms a more complete box (fig. 17).

Even in the older stage, none of the turbinals have begun to

ossify. The ethmoid turbinals (‘“ Riechwiilste”) are more

numerous and complicated than in Ornithorhynchus, in which

Zuckerkandl describes three only, and he therefore considers

Ornithorhynchus to be “ anosmatic,” its ethmoid being reduced in

a “On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Pig,” Phil. Trans.

1894, ] YOUNG OF ECHIDNA ACULEATA. 9

adaptation to its aquatic habits. Symington, however, thought he

could recognize five, the number characteristic of most osmatic

mammals, and therefore describes Ornithorhynchus as “ micros-

matic.” Echidna, on the other hand, is, to use Turner’s nomen-

clature, “‘ macrosmatic”; and Zuckerkand! describes eight ethmoid

turbinals in the middle line in this animal. In my younger stage

I could only recognize six, and in the older seven, which are easil

seen, and probably a smaller eighth behind these (fig. 3). The

sphenoidal sinus is represented by a shallow groove.

In Stage I. the six ethmoid turbinals appear in my dissection as

simple lobes, all being at about the same level and not reaching

the septum nasi. Sections, however, show that some, at any rate,

are becoming subdivided (fig. 11). In Stage II. this subdivision

into secondary lobes has gone still further, the second to the sixth

exhibiting distinct folds (fig. 3); and im transverse sections a

considerable complication is seen. In the adult this branching is

carried further still, so that in the dry skull about the posterior

half of the nasal chamber is filled with a complicated mass of

spongy bones (compare pl. i. fig. 3 of Zuckerkandl’s memoir) :

from the fifth backwards these do not extend so far towards the

median line as the others, on account of the folds on the septum

nasi in this region, between which the turbinals extend. The

proper olfactory region of the nasal chamber is thus very largely

developed, and the cribriform plate is especially large, and per-

forated, as in all mammals but Ornithorhynchus. The first ethmoid

turbinal (so-called ‘“ naso-turbinal”) is a simple plate extending

forwards some distance beneath the nasal bone (figs. 3 & 15, e.tb.*),

with which it becomes united in the adult. The 7th (and ? 8th) are

also quite simple in Stage II. A sensory and ciliated epithelium

covers all these except the ‘* naso-turbinal.”

In Stage I. a simple “ maxillo-turbinal” (‘‘ Nasenmuschel”) ex-

tends from near the anterior end of the nasal cavity backwards as far

as the fourth ethmoturbinal (fig. 3, ™.tb.), narrowing off gradually

posteriorly as well as anteriorly. Sections of Stage I. show that

it has the form of a ridge, which is beginning to become branched

(figs. 10 and 11), the branching being carried much further in

Stage IT. (fig. 15), a fold being visible even with the naked eye

along its middle part (fig. 3). The folding is much more compli-

cated in the adult, and from a comparison with the skeletal parts

of an adult #. spinosus the maxillary turbinal apparently belongs

to the folded (‘“ gefalteten”), and not to the doubly-coiled

(** doppelgewundenen ”) variety, as stated by Zuckerkandl; while

in Ornithorhynchus, according to Symington, it ‘‘ constitutes a well-

marked example of the branching variety (veriistigte Muschel),”

though Zuckerkandl describes it as a “ gefaltete Nasenmuschel.”

The epithelium covering this turbinal is, as usual, non-sensory,

resembling that lining the general nasal cavity, and bearing cilia.

A communication between the two nasal cavities has been

described by Home in Ornithorhynchus. YZuckerkandl was unable

to observe this; but I have satisfied myself that both Monotremes

10 PROF, W. N. PARKER ON THE (Jan. 16,

agree in this respect, and that the left and right nasal chambers

communicate by a slit-like passage beneath the septum just behind

Jacobson’s organ.

On either side of the septum nasi, a rounded ridge can be seen

projecting into the nasal cavity ventrally (figs. 5-11 and 14-16),

beginning close to its anterior end and passing right back into

the ethmoidal region, where it is eventually continuous with the

partition separating the nasal chamber from the posterior nares.

Within the anterior part of this ridge Jacobson’s organ is con-

tained (Ja.), while posteriorly it encloses a racemose gland. This,

which we may call the “septal gland” (sp.gl.), opens by a

large duct into the posterior end of Jacobson’s organ and by a

number of others into the nasal cavity along the anterior part of

the ridge, one extending even in front of Jacobson’s organ (fig. 5).

The anterior part of the ridge was noticed by Zuckerkandl, but he

says no more about it. In fig. 3 the part behind Jacobson’s organ

is removed, so as to show the turbinals.

As already mentioned, Jacobson’s cartilage forms a large and

independent tube, into the anterior end of which an offshoot from

the naso-palatine duct (fig. 6, Ja.d.) passes to open into the cavity

of the organ *, which does not extend anteriorly to this point, as it

does in Ornithorhynchus. In other words, Stenson’s duct is situated

further from the end of the snout in the latter animal, so that

Jacobson’s organ does not extend so much beyond it posteriorly as

in Echidna. From the outer side of the tube an ingrowth occurs

so as to form a sort of shelf or turbinal cartilage along the greater

part of its length (figs. 7, 14,and 16). This disappears posteriorly,

and the tube itself ends about opposite the anterior extremity of

the maxillary turbinal (figs. 8 and 9), im which region sections

show a solid piece of cartilage, representing part of the wall of the

tube, as well as the mass of nerves and duct of the septal gland

which plug the end of the tube.

Passing now to the organ itself, it will be seen, by a glance at

figs. 7, 14, and 16, that the lumen is narrow and _ horseshoe-

shaped, owing to the projecting shelf on the outer wall. In

Ornithorhynchus this “ Jacobson’s turbinal” is distinctly coiled

towards the ventral side, and the cartilage follows the curve

(fig. 17), so that if straightened out it would more than reach to

the opposite wall of the organ. In Lchidna the shelf extends

almost straight across the organ, leaving a narrow lumen between

it and the wall, and the supporting cartilage only passes about

halfway along the shelf. In this respect the Jacobson’s organ

of Echidna may be said to be less highly developed than that of

Ornithorhynchus: moreover in the young of the latter it is

relatively slightly larger than in the adult and than in the young

Echidna.

A sensory epithelium lines the concave margin of the lumen, and

‘ For details as regards Jacobson’s organ in other mammals compare

Herzfeld, P., ““ Ueb. das Jacobson’s Organ des Menschen u. der Siugethiere,”

Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Anat. u. Ontog., Bd. iii.

1894. | YOUNG OF ECHIDNA ACULEATA. 11

this is much thicker than the non-sensory epithelium covering the

shelf, which is columnar and stratified, and bears especially strong

cilia (fig. 16). I was unable to recognize any cilia on the sensory

epithelium. The function of “ Jacobson’s turbinal” must there-

fore be a purely mechanical, and not a sensory one. The sub-

epithelial tissue on the dorsal and internal side of the organ

encloses large bundles of olfactory nerves, which send branches to

the other parts. A number of small gland-tubes are present in

the connective tissue of the turbinal, and these open at intervals

into the lumen of the organ.

On the dorsal and lateral side of Jacobson’s cartilage a thick

mass of tissue is present between it and the epithelium covering

the ridge which projects into the nasal cavity and in which the

whole organ is enclosed. This tissue contains a number of simple

glands, which also extend posteriorly to Jacobson’s organ, exter-

nally to the more complicated “ septal gland,” and open at intervals

into the nasal cavity (figs. 6-11 and 14-16); the septal gland

with its ducts is therefore of great extent, passing along almost

the entire length of the nasal chamber.

The epithelium covering the whole ridge is columnar and

ciliated like that lining the general nasal cavity, and passes into

stratified pavement-epithelium behind the naso-palatine duct, the

latter form extending back still further on the nasal floor.

Gland-tubes similar to those just described are also present in

great abundance beneath the epithelium of the posterior part of

the maxillo-turbinal (=Steno’s gland ?) (figs. 11 and 15), and also

to a less extent beneath that of the ethmo-turbinals and other

parts of the nasal cavity.

I do not propose to describe the structure of the eye here, and

will only mention that in the young Echidna it lies some distance

from the surface, and a groove, lined by a thick cuticle, extends

inwards towards it from the integument.

In Stage I. the two layers of epithelium bounding this groove

join at its base so as to form a solid band connecting the con-

junctiva with the epidermis.

In Stage II. the eyelids are beginning to separate, a narrow

slit being present in their middle part. There is a very large

Harderian and a smaller lacrymal gland, and folds of the epithelium

of the eyelids apparently represent the developing Meibomian

glands. The naso-lacrymal duct (v.d.) opens into the outer side

of the nasal chamber rather further back than Stenson’s duct, in

a bay between the “ ali-nasal turbinal ” and the floor of the chamber.

From this point it extends directly backwards, just outside the

nasal capsule, to the conjunctival chamber.

Neglecting their more obvious resemblances and differences,

and confining ourselves to the observations recorded above, it will

12 PROF. W. N. PARKER ON THE [Jan. 16,

be seen that the young Echidna resembles Ornithorhynchus in

possessing :—

1. A thick horny layer covering the snout, as well as horny

teeth and a horny caruncle for breaking open the egg-shell.

2. Glands resembling ordinary sweat-glands opening on the

snout as well as on the anterior part of the palate. :

3. A highly developed Jacobson’s organ, resembling that of

Lizards and Snakes, enclosed in an independent tubular cartilage,

and possessing a large “turbinal” supported by a cartilaginous

shelf continuous with the investing tube.

4, A complicated ‘ maxillo-turbinal.”

5. A communication between the two nasal cavities, as in

certain birds.

6. Numerous glands in connection with the nasal chamber and

Jacobson’s organ, including a specially large ‘“ septal gland” and a

“‘Steno’s gland.” Most of these characteristics are peculiar to

Monotremes amongst Mammals.

On the other hand, Hejidna differs from Ornithorhynchus in :—

1. The absence of any rudiments of true teeth in the young of

12cm. in length and onwards, and the early extreme specialization

of the entire mouth-cavity.

2. The possession of a mammary pouch in the young female.

3. The less solid character of the nasal capsule, the much higher

development of the ethmoid turbinals, and the absence of transverse

connective-tissue septa in the anterior part of the nasal cavity.

4, The slightly smaller relative size of Jacobson’s organ and of

its turbinal, the organ also not extending anteriorly to the naso-

palatine canal.

Since his communication already referred to, Dr. Symington '

has shown that the Jacobson’s organ of Marsupials conforms to the

general type met with in the Eutheria, and thus differs markedly

from that of the Prototheria. The former may very probably

have arisen from the latter, but it has undergone various degrees

of degeneration: a very slight step in this direction has possibly

occurred in Hechidna. Symington is probably correct in his

opinion that Jacobson’s organ reaches its highest development in

the Monotremes—higher even than in Lizards and Snakes, in which

it presents many points in common with that of the Prototheria.

It certainly seems probable that “ Ornithorhynchus is far the

most primitive type ”* of the two Monotremes: the young Echidna

resembles Ornithorhynchus much more than does the adult, and is

very highly specialized as regards many characters besides those

+ “On the Organ of Jacobson in the Kangaroo and Rock Wallaby (Macropus

giganteus and Petrogale penicillata),” Journ. of Anat. and Physiol. vol. xxvi.,

n.s. vol, vi. 1892.

Quite recently Rése has described the Jacobson’s organ in embryos of the

Wombat and Opossum, and has shown that in the former its duct is situated

on the floor of the organ as in Ornithorhynchus, and not at its anterior end;

and also that a large mucous gland is connected with its posterior end (Anat,

Anz. viii. Jahrgang, 15 Sept. 1893, p. 766).

? W. K. Parker, loc. cit. p. 36.

1894. } YOUNG OF ECHIDNA ACULEATA. 13

referred to here. But though Ornithorhynchus has probably

remained closer to the Prototherian stock than Echidna, the

presence of a horny bill in both forms as well as the characters to

which attention has recently been drawn by Westling * and Howes ”

seem to indicate the close genetic relation of the two genera, in

spite of their special adaptive characters.

Note (Jan. 8th, 1894).—Since this paper was sent in for publi-

cation, I have received from Prof. Wilson and Mr. Martin a copy

of their recent paper, ‘‘ Observations upon the Anatomy of the

Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus” (Macleay Memorial Volume, part 6),

in which it is stated that “the epidermis of the muzzle of Pla-

typus is no more ‘horny’ than that of a dog’s nose, from the

texture of which indeed it does not greatly differ.” There is

no doubt, however, that in my specimens of the young of both

genera the horny layer of the epidermis covering the muzzle is

so thick as to justify one in speaking of a “horny” snout, even

though this is of course more flexible than the beak of a Turtle or

Bird: and in these specimens there can have been no possibility

of a partial desiccation.

I should also mention that “the peculiar rod-like tactile organs

in the integument and mucous membrane of the muzzle of

Ornithorhynchus,” previously described by Poulton, have been

treated of by the same authors in part 7 of the‘ Macleay Memorial

Volume,’ in which it is stated that no such organs are present on

the anterior portion of the snout and palate of Echidna: this

agrees with my own observations.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats I.

Fig. 1. Ventral view of a young Echidna aculeata, 12°5 cm. in length along the

dorsal curve (Stage I.).

2. Ventral view of an older (male) specimen, 215 cm. in length (Stage IT.).

3. The snout in longitudinal section (Stage II.), the cut having been made

to the left side of the septum nasi, so as to show the left nasal chamber.

The greater part of the glandular ridge on the septum has been re-

moved, the anterior part, enclosing Jacobson’s organ, being left im sita.

Puate II.

Figs. 4-11 represent transverse sections through the snout of Stage I.

Fig. 4. Through the external nostril and caruncle.

. Through the “ ali-nasal turbinal,” just in front of Jacobson’s organ.

. Through the naso-palatine and Jacobson’s ducts.

. Through about the middle of Jacobson’s organ.

. Through the posterior end of Jacobson’s organ.

. Rather farther back than fig. 8, showing the end of Jacobson’s cartilage.

. Through the septal gland and maxillo-turbinal.

11. Through the septal gland, maxillo-turbinal, and ethmo-turbinal.

12, Section through the integument and a sweat-gland of the lower jaw

(Stage IT.).

1 Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand]. (Stockholm), Bd. xv. 1890.

7 “On the Mammalian Pelvis, with special reference to the young of

Ornithorhynchus anatinus,” Journ. Anat. and Physiol. vol. xxvii. (1893).

fone eRe oh Bork)!

14 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

Puate III.

Figs. 13-15 represent transverse sections through the snout of Stage IT.

Fig. 13. Through the external nostrils.

14. Through about the middle of Jacobson’s organ.

15. Through the septal gland, maxillo-turbinal, and Ist ethmo-turbinal

(“naso-turbinal ”’).

16. Jacobson’s organ from the section represented in fig. 14, more highly

magnified.

17. Transverse section of the snout of a young Ornithorhynchus slightly

larger than Stage II. of Echidna. ‘The section passes through

Jacobson’s organ behind the naso-palatine duct, and is drawn for

comparison with fig. 14.

List of Abbreviations.

ain, Ali-nasal cartilage. mtb. Maxillo-turbinal.

aln.tb. Ali-nasal “ turbinal.” n.c. Nasal cavity.

c. Caruncle. n.d. Naso-lacrymal duct.

en. External nostril. n.gl. Small glands of the nose.

e.tb. Kthmoturbinals. np.c. Naso-palatine canal.

h. Horny layer of snout. p.gl. Palatine (sweat) glands.

hr, Hairs. ry, Ridge on septum nasi.

ht. Horny teeth. rs. Cartilaginous rostrum or

Ja. Jacobson’s organ. floor of nasal chamber.

Ja.c. Cartilage of Jacobson’s s.m. Septum nasi.

organ. sp.gl. Septal gland.

Ja.d. Duct of Jacobson’s organ. sp.gl.d. Ducts of septal gland.

Ja.gl. Gland-tubes of Jacobson’s sp.gi.d'. Duct of septal gland which

organ. enters Jacobson’s organ.

Jan. Nerves of Jacobson’s organ. St.gi. Steno’s gland,

Ja.th. “ Turbinal” of Jacobson’s sw.gl. Sweat-glands.

organ. t, Tongue.

m. Mouth-cavity. vo. Vomer.

mn, Lower jaw.

2. On a Collection of Butterflies made in Manica, Tropical

South-east Africa, by Mr. F. C. Selous, in the year

1892. By Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S., &c., Curator of the

South-African Museum, Cape Town’.

[Received November 13, 1893.]

(Plates IV.-VI.)

In communicating to the Zoological Society this account of what

I believe to be the first collection of Butterflies made in the

Manica Country, I am fortunate in being able to preface it by the

following interesting sketch of that hitherto very little-known

1 Mr. A. G. Butler, who, in Mr. Trimen’s absence, has kindly corrected the

proofs of this paper, sends the subjoined remarks :—

“T think it would be well to call your attention to the fact that Mr. Trimen

has unwittingly redescribed some of the species recorded in my paper on

Mr. Johnston’s collections from Nyasaland (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 643) not yet pub-

lished. For example, the Charazes (p. 45) which he calls C. selowsi is palpably

only a slight variety of my C. whytei (op. cit. p. 649); Lycena exclusa (p. 47)

is evidently the male of my Castalius hypoleucus (op. cit. p. 660) [N.B, Trimen

does not adopt the modern genera proposed for the Lycenine]; Cyclopides

W.Purkiss chromo lth West, Newman imp

Butterflies from Manica, S.E.Africa.

PZS.1894:. Plate V.

W.Purkiss, chromo-lith. West, Newmaninmrp

Butterflies from Manica, S.B.Africa.

P Z.5,1894 Plate V1.

W.Parkiss chrame lith. West, Newman. imp

Butterflies from Manic a’ SE Amos,

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 15

tract from the pen of my friend Mr. Selous. It will probably be

new to many who are well acquainted with his name as an explorer,

a hunter, and a pioneer, to learn that Mr. Selous has not by any

means restricted himself to large game, but has for many years

kept an eye upon such “small deer” as the entomologist loves.

From time to time I have lad the pleasure of recording many

specimens of his collecting, but the highlands of the South-African

Interior generally are poor in Lepidoptera; and it was not until

the beginning of last year that Mr. Selous found himself at the

best season in an exceptionally rich field, and with characteristic

energy set to work to make the most of the opportunity. To

construct in the brief space of three months from 60 to 70 miles

of waggon-road in Tropical Africa, with raw Mashuna labour and

very scant Huropean superintendence, and in the height of summer,

is a task well calculated to tax to their utmost the powers of any

man, however inured to such exertions; and it is amazing how

Mr. Selous found both time and strength enough to form such a

fine entomological collection and to note locality and date for

every specimen.

Mr. Selous writes as follows :—

“‘T reached Umtali from Salisbury at the end of January, 1892,

at the height of the rainy season, having been sent down by the

British South Africa Company to construct a road from Umtali to

Chimoia’s Kraal. ‘This work occupied me for three months—the

three best months of the year, as it happened, for collecting

insects—and during that period I devoted every spare hour of

every single day to the diligent collecting of Butterflies and

Beetles’.

“T commenced to collect immediately upon leaving Umtali

township. Umtali lies at a height of about 3800 feet above the

sea-level in an open grassy valley surrounded by hills. The river

Umtali flows just below the township. Beyond this river the road

lies through an open grassy country to the feot of Christmas Pass,

and then at once commences to ascend to the top of the Pass

through shady cuttings bordering swift-running little streams

shaded by trees and ferns. The hill-sides are all covered with

open forest. Although all the conditions seemed so favourable for

minent (p. 72) is in my opinion the Ceratrichia stellata of Mabille; and Pam-

phila zimbazo (p. 74) is Pamphila ranoha of Westwood (which is a species of

Osmodes). In Plate IV. my Periplysia johnston is figured as Physceneura pione

of Godman (this identification is, I think, correct ; the genus Physcenewra being

new to me), but Mr. Godman’s figure is somewhat heavily coloured, and thus

I failed to remember it. Mr. Trimen and I have both figured the male,

Godman the female. Mr. Trimen, on the same Plate, figures Precis simia,

Wallengr., which appears to me to be the insect described by me some years

ago as Junonia micromera (Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xviii. p. 482), but

this name is not quoted as a synonym, either in this paper or in Mr, Trimen’s

work on South African Butterflies,’—Hp.

1 My colleague, Mr. Louis Péringuey, has mounted and arranged the

Coleoptera collected by Mr. Selous. He finds 166 species, represented by 510

examples, and provisionally recognizes 15 species as probably new to science.

16 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

Buttertlies, I did not take any great number on the Umtali side of

Christmas Pass, partly doubtless owing to the fact that during

the greater part of the time I was working there the weather was

very rainy; but as soon as I had crossed the Pass and got to the

coast side of the range of hills to the south of Umtali, I at once

found myself in an excellent collecting ground. As I had to make

a long cutting down the side of the mountain and blast away a lot

of hard rock, I was luckily enabled to remain in this happy hunting-

ground for nearly a month. Scarcely a day passed that I did not

catch something new to me. Just below Christmas Pass was an

isolated granite hill, very thickly wooded on its lower sides, and in

the hollow between this hill and the main range was a deep shady

ravine, at the bottom of which ran a small stream. At the top of

the ravine the country was covered with bush interspersed with

large granite boulders, and beyond this again open prairie-land

running up the hill-sides, on which flowers of many varieties were

very plentiful. Thus in a small extent of ground I found a great

diversity of conditions and many different species of Butterflies.

The elevation of this portion of the country is about 3000 feet.

“ After leaving Christmas Pass the road leads through open

prairie-land for four or five miles to the head of the Mineni Valley.

This open grass country is intersected by the Sikuva River and

several of its tributaries. I did not take many Butterflies in this

part of the country.

**The Mineni Valley runs between two high ranges of hills, and

is for the most part well wooded with open forest, intermixed with

large open glades entirely free from forest or bush. Several large

tributaries flow into the Mineni from the surrounding ranges of

mountains, and innumerable smaller streams. The banks of these

streams, overhung as they were by large shady trees and ferns, I

found to be very favourable places for collecting, and I caught a great

many sorts of Charaaes and Skippers drinking at the fords which

we cut across the streams for the waggon road. It was also in the

Mineni Valley that I was lucky enough to find a tree from one of

whose branches some sap was exuding, which proved a constant

attraction to many species of Charaves; and on this tree I caught

a fine series of C. bohemani, one of the handsomest of a genus that

are often very difficult to catch.

“ After leaving the Mineni Valley one gets out of the hills and

enters upon a level country covered almost entirely with forest,

sometimes free from underwood but in places becoming thick

jungle. This country is intersected by many rivers, such as the

Revué (into which the Mineni flows), and the Lusika and Lopodzi.

The general altitude of this part is about 2500 feet above sea-level.

At the river Lusika I found another tree, a species of Acacia, which

was much frequented by Butterflies of the genus Charawes, and

here I captured the only specimen of C. azota that I saw—a female

in very fine condition.

“JT do not think there is anything more to be said about the

country, except that during the whole of the time I was working

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 17

between the Lusika River and Chimoia’s the weather was dull and

rainy and unfavourable for collecting. Had it been fine I might

have seen and caught a few more specimens.

“‘ P.S.—The Pungwe Valley, in which I caught a few Butterflies

last September and October, is covered with forest and intersected

by numerous streams. The altitude is here, however, below 1000

feet. Below Sarmento, and from there to the coast, there is a

great deal of open country covered for the. most part with ex-

cessively long grass.”

The tract so well described by Mr. Selous is a belt of not more

than about ten miles in width, running east and west between

S. lat. 18° 50’ and 19°, and E. long. 32° 32’ and 33° 20'. From

Chimoia’s to Sarmento and the Pungwe River is a narrower con-

tinuation of the same belt to the eastward for another sixty miles,

at first a little north but afterwards slightly south of the 19th

parallel. From the existing maps the entire tract seems to be less

than 200 miles south of the nearest reach of the Zambesi.

Including two forms of Mycalesis which I have not been able to

determine with certainty, and two of Terias which I cannot

satisfactorily place, Mr. Selous’s collection contains representatives

of 166 species, represented by over 1100 examples. This is a very

good result of three months’ collecting, but it must not by any

means be regarded as completely representing the Butterfly fauna

of the district, as there can be no doubt that many forms known to

range both north and south of Manica, although not represented

in Mr. Selous’s collection, must occur in the intermediate tract.

Fifteen such species, for instance, are recorded from the Zambesi

Valley and from extra-tropical South Africa—ten of them ranging

widely also in other parts of the continent—and these can hardly

be absent from Manica. Moreover, a certain proportion of species

are sure to be peculiar to the dry-season months, during which

Mr. Selous had not the opportunity of collecting.

Of the 165 species in the collection 44 are of general distribution

south of the Sahara ; and of the remainder, 26 (of which 9 appear

to be undescribed) seem peculiar to the South-Tropical area. As

many as 51 inhabit both the South-Tropical and the South Extra-

tropical areas, and 13 others are also found in both these areas,

but hitherto, as regards the former area, have been recorded from

Manica only. Twelve are dispersed through both these areas as

well as in part of the West North-Tropical area, and eight through

the two former and also the East North-Tropical area; while seven

others inhabit both Tropical areas, but are unknown in the South

Extra-tropical area. Three (Deudoriv caerulea, Durbania hilde-

gardi, and Pterygospidea galenus) seem elsewhere to be recorded

from the West of both Tropical areas, and one (Lycena antinori)

from Abyssinia only.

The collection is disappointing in one respect, viz., its deficiency

in mimicking species. There is no example of any form of Huralia

or Pseudacrea, and the only imitative Butterflies represented are

the female Diadema misippus and two forms of the female Papilio

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. LI. 2

18 MR. R. 2RIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

cenea. Among the rarer and more interesting species are :—Phys-

ceneura pione and Melanitis libya (both hitherto represented by

single specimens) ; Pseuwdonympha vigilans, previously unknown to

extend into the tropical area ; Acrea asema and A. acrita ; Planema

johnstoni, not hitherto known from south of Usambara; Precis

simia (of which only the type and one other South-African example

had before been recorded); Precis artawia; Charawxes lasti (9),

C. azota, C. pollua (not apparently received before from any part

on or near the East Coast), and C. guderiana (2); Lycena antinorw

and L. poggei; Teracolus celimene ; Thymelicus capanas ; Abantis

zambesina ; and Hesperia unicolor.

The apparently undescribed species are the following, viz. :—

Nymphalide.

(Nymphaline.)

Charaxes manica, p. 43.

fe selousi, p. 45.

Lycenide.

Lycena exclusa’, p. 47.

Iycenesthes lunulata, p. 51.

Chrysorychia cruenta, p. 5d.

Durbania puellaris, p. 59.

Hesperide.

Cyclopides mineni, p.

Pamphila zimbazo, p. 74.

x chirala, p. 76.

Mr. Selous personally brought down his collections towards the

close of last year, and I thus had the advantage of obtaining and

writing down his notes on the habits of each species as I unpacked

the specimens.

Family NyMPHALID2.

Subfamily Danatn a.

Genus Dawais, Latr.

1. Dawnais curysippus (Linn.).

Three of the four specimens are of the ordinary typical form,

but the fourth, taken at Sarmento on the Pungwe River, is of the

var. alcippus, Cram., and has the white area in the hind wings

almost as largely developed as in the West-African specimens.

Genus AmaAuris, Hiibn.

2. AMAURIS ECHERIA (Stoll).

The two specimens (male and female) were taken at Christmas

Pass in February. They belong to the var. albimaculata, Butl.,

" Ina footnote (p. 48) I hayé described as Lycena mashuna a close ally of this

oe previously discovered by Mr. Selous in the adjacent district of Mashuna-

and.

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-HAST AFRICA. 19

characterized by having all the spots of the fore wings white and

the underside paler and browner. These examples are small (exp.

al. 3 2 in. 9 lin., 9 3 in.); and the male has the fore wings

decidedly less elongated apically than usual, while the ochry-

yellow band of the hind wings is in both sexes paler and rather

narrower.

Judging from the brief description (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888,

p- 91), I should refer to this variety of A. echeria the A. hahennige

tom of Butler, from Terta near Kilimanjaro. I also consider

that A. jacksoni, HE. M. Sharpe (op. cit. 1891, p. 633, pl. xviii.

fig. 2), from Sotik, Kavirondo, is inseparable from the same variety,

only differing in the reproduction on the upperside of a good many

more of the hind-marginal and submarginal spots of both wings

always present on the underside.

3. AMAURIS OCHLEA (Boisd.).

Euplea ochlea, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. dans lAfr. Aust.

p- 589 (1847).

Six examples captured in the Pungwe River present no variation

from the Natalian type-form.

4, AMAURIS DOMINICANUS, Trim.

Amauris dominicanus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879,

p. 323.

Three specimens from Pungwe River quite agree with extra-

tropical examples. Mr. Selous noted a good many of this con-

spicuous species settling on bushes among large trees in a shady

ravine.

Subfamily SatyRinZz.

Genus YPrHima, Westw.

5. YPTHIMA aSTHROPE, Klug.

A male (Christmas Pass) and a female (Mineni Valley) are

above the usual size and paler ; in these respects, in the distinctness

of the common submarginal dark streak, and in the well-defined

pale space round the outlines of the fore wings they approach those

brought from Tropical 8.W. Africa by Mr. Eriksson ; but as regards

the underside, the minute striolation of both wings and the ocelli of

the hind wings are much better developed and approximate these

two examples to the smaller specimens received from Natal and

Zululand.

6. Ypruima rronta, Hewits.

Ypthima itonia, Hewits. Trans. Ent. Soe. tara 3rd ser. ii.

p. 237, pl. 18. fig. 13 (1865).

There are four males of this distinct species—three from

Christmas Pass and one from Mineni Valley. In the hind wings

the minute subapical and inferior anal-angular ocelli are wanting

on the upperside, and in two examples the first and be in the

2’

20 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

series of seven ocelli are very minute and subobsolete on the

underside. In addition to the median narrow brown fascia on the

underside (described as ‘‘ rufous ” by Hewitson), there is a shorter

parallel pre-median one, variable in distinctness but well marked in

one example.

This species does not appear to have been met with so far to the

South before now. It has a very wide range, the locality of the

examples on which the species was founded being the White Nile ;

while Fernando Po, Gold Coast, and Angola are the habitats

given in Kirby’s ‘ Catalogue of the Hewitson Collection ’ (p. 125),

and Mr. Butler (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1588, p. 59) records two

examples as sent by Emin Pasha from two localities in the

Equatorial Province of Central Africa, The South-African Museum

possesses two specimens taken at Sierra Leone.

Genus Puysca/yrura, Wallengr.

7. PHYSCHNEURA PIONE, Godm. (Plate IV. fig. 1, ¢.)

Physceneura pione, Godm. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.

figs. 2,3 [ 9 ].

This ally of P. panda (Boisd.), which in the creamy-white of the

upperside exhibits some approach to P. leda (Gerst.), from

Mombasa, was described from a single female example, recorded

as taken by Mr. J. T. Last in the Gnuru Hills, opposite Zanzibar.

A good series is in the collection from Manica under notice, a

few having been taken in Christmas Pass but many more in the

Mineni Valley. I give the following description of the male :—

3g. Exp. al. 1 in. 4-6 lin.

Creamy-white, with fuscous borders. Fore wing: fuscous border

rather narrow from base as far as extremity of discoidal cell, but

broad apically and thence gradually narrowing to posterior angle ;

inner margin with a broad fuscous border from base, bounded

superiorly by median nervure and its Ist nervule, and narrowing

abruptly just before posterior angle, where it joins hind-marginal

border; along inner edge of hind-marginal border, between 1st

and 3rd median nervules, two more or less distinct black spots ;

basal swelling of costal nervure ochre-yellow, traces of the striola-

tion of the underside visible, chiefly in basal half ; two submarginal

black streaks, parallel and close together, just perceptible in fuscous

border. Hind wing: costa narrowly and faintly clouded with.

fuscous ; apex and hind margin with a rather broad fuscous border,

irregular along its inner edge, where it is more or less distinctly

marked by a series of black spots; submarginal streaks as in fore

wing, except that they are bordered, very unequally and inter-

ruptedly, towards anal angle by two white streaks; striclation of

underside very apparent along inner-marginal area. Cilia whitish.

Unversipr.—Creamy, slightly yellower than upperside ; each wing

along costal and inner-marginal borders transversely marked with

black striole of variable length and thickness (here and there

confluent), and with a submarginal series of ochre-yellow ocelli

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 21

centred with pale metallic golden ; besides two parallel submarginal

black streaks, an inner less regular catenulated one outwardly

bounding the series of ocelli. Fore wing: basal swelling of costal

nervure ochre-yellow ; a few striolations usually completely across

basal third, but otherwise the creamy middle area is clear from

base to ocelli; the latter form a nearly straight series of five, of

which the last (between 2nd and 3rd median nervules) is usually a

little apart from and smaller than the rest, with the exception

of the first. Hind wing: striolation well developed in inner-

marginal area, but very rarely extending at any point into discoidal

cell ; ocelli seven, of which the first is separate from and con-

siderably before the rest (being between subcostal nervules), while

the others are contiguous (the 6th and 7th confluent).

The male is smaller than the female (exp. al. 1 in. 43-7 lin.), and

has the fuscous borders much darker on the upperside, where also

the ochre-yellow ocelli (always more or less well-marked in the

female) are represented only by two or three indistinct black spots.

On the underside the male differs constantly in the restriction of

the black striolation to the costal and inner-marginal borders,

whereas in the female this covers all the area in both wings except

a small discal] space immediately before the ocelli.

P. pione resembles P. leda in its whitish fuscous-bordered upper-

side, but in its striolation and position of the ocelli on the under-

side, as well as in its stouter structure throughout, is more nearly

related to P. panda. The fuscous bar along the inner margin of

the fore wings on the upperside is a very striking feature in pione,

and gives the species a curious superficial likeness to some of the

smaller female Veracoli and Terias in the distant group of Pierine.

This very interesting Physceeneura was found during the greater

part of March, flying very slowly in open forest and settling on

grass. In Natal I found its close ally, P. panda, quite away from

forests, frequenting steep exposed hill-sides and often settling on

the bare ground.

Genus PsruponympnA, Wallener.

8. PsEUDONYMPHA VIGILANS, Trim.

Pseudonympha vigilans, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 84. n. 15 (1887).

The single good example (a female) of this Butterfly was

captured in the Christmas Pass on the 11th February, a locality

about 400 miles northward of the most northern of the previously

recorded stations of this generally distributed South-African species,

viz. the Lydenburg district of Transvaal. Mr. Selous’s specimen

comes nearest to the Natalian and Transvaalian examples, but is

characterized on the upperside by the unusual restriction of the

fulvous patch in the fore wing (which, though it extends rather

nearer to the hind margin beneath the ocellus, does not impinge

on the discoidal cell), and by the well-developed small ocellus near

the anal angle of the hind wing; while on the underside the hoary-

erey and brown mottlings are more sharply contrasted, and both

22 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

ocelli of the hind wings, though small, are distinctly marked. A

second much-worn female, taken in the same locality on 22nd

February, appears to resemble the first very closely.

Genus Mycatezsis, Hiibn.

9. Mycatusts sarrtza, Hewits.

Mycalesis safitza, Hewits. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 394. n. 10, pl. 66.

fig. 3 (1851).

All the examples (two from Christmas Pass and twelve from

Mineni Valley) have the underside ocelli strongly or very strongly

developed, a feature which, as I have pointed out (S.-Afr. Butt. ii.

p- 395), is characteristic of the summer or wet-season form of this

Mycalesis. The specimens in all respects agree with the tropical

type-form more closely than with extra-tropical examples, one

character being the feeble expression of the ocellion the upperside

of the fore wings, which in two of the males are obsolete, and a

second the more strongly-marked common pale median streak on

the underside.

Genus Meranrtis, Fabr.

10. Muaniris tepa (Linn.).

Papilio leda, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 773. n. 151 (1767).

Of nine specimens (six males and two females from Mineni

Valley and one male from Christmas Pass) taken from 27th

February to 26th March, all but one—a female from the former

locality captured on 12th March—are of the typical smaller and

darker form, with largely-developed underside ocelli, which is

characteristic of the summer or wet season. All the dated material

obtained on the Natal Coast by Mr. A. D. Millar and myself and

at Delagoa Bay by the Rev. H. Junod confirms Mr. L. de Nicéville’s

discovery at Calcutta, that in this widely-distributed and highly

variable species there are two well-marked seasonal forms, viz. 1,

a summer or wet-season race, superiorly duller but inferiorly with

well-developed and conspicuous ocelli, and possessing non-angulated

or but slightly angulated fore wings ; and 2, a winter or dry-season

race, superiorly brighter, more or less rufous, but inferiorly with

very imperfect, reduced, and obsolescent ocelii, and possessing

well-angulated fore wings. As in the case of Mr. Selous’s

example just referred to, occasional specimens of the dry-season

form are met with in the wet season, and vice versé ; but these are

so very few that they can only be regarded as accidentally late

survivors of the preceding, or early precursors of the succeeding

generation.

11. Menaniris tieya, Dist. (Plate IV. fig. 2, 3.)

Melanitis libya, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. x. p. 405

(1882).

There are only two examples of this striking form, both males—

one captured in Mineni Valley on 12th March, the other on the

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 23

Pungwe River on Ist September. In outline they resemble the

dry-season race of M. leda, but have even a sharper angulation of

the fore wings. The upperside inclines to a more chocolate tint of

brown than that shown by J. leda, but its notable distinction lies in

the great development and oblique position of the two subapical

white spots, which have pale bluish edges and are surrounded by

a rather vaguely defined deep fuscous space. Throughout all the

variations of WW. leda the corresponding white spots are small and

constitute the pupils of a more or less developed compound ocellus,

and the lower one is directly beneath (or even slightly before) the

upper one, instead of almost wholly beyond it. On the underside

of libya there is evidently (as in that of leda) great variation,

Mr. Selous’s two specimens differing widely from each other as well

as from Mr. Distant’s description of the type, both, however (but

especially the Pungwe River example), having a yellower general

tint than I have found in M.leda. At the same time the markings

in all respects, down to the minute incomplete and partly obso-

lescent submarginal ocelli, are in unquestionable accordance with

those of M. leda (dry-season brood) ; and the striking divergence of

the upperside of the fore wings came as a surprise when expanding

Mr. Selous’s specimens. The captor informed me that both were

taken in the shade, among the roots of trees, in the bottom of

ravines.

Mr. Distant informs me that he has not seen any other speci-

mens of M. libya except the type, which he recorded as inhabiting

“ Masasi, East Africa.” I find that Masasi is placed on the maps

to the north of the Rovuma River, apparently about 150 miles

inland from Cape Delgado and some 600 miles north of Manica.

12. Menanitis pivursa (Butl.).

Gnophodes diversa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. v.

p- 333 (1880),

Melanitis diversa, Trim. §.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 116. n. 30 (1887).

Three examples from the valley of the Pungwe River, taken on

1st September, do not differ from typical Natalian specimens

except in their smaller size, one being quite dwarfed.

Subfamily Acrarnz.

; Genus Acrma, Fabr.

13. ACREHA OBEIRA, Hewits.

Acrea obeira, Hewits. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 65;

Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 172 [ 2 ].

A single female, taken at Christmas Pass on 22nd February,

differs from the Natalian and Zululand females described by me

(J. c.) in having the hind wings and basal half of fore wings pale dull

ochry-yellow instead of very dull brick-red. The females of this

(the horta) group of Acrea are inclined to vary in this direction, the

females of A. horta, Boisd., and A. hova, Boisd., sometimes presenting

24 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

the same tint, and those of A. boscw, Saalm., and A. igola, Trim.,

apparently being always of that colour. Mr. Selous’s example has

the last spot of the discal series in the hind wings much reduced

in size, as well as the basal and subbasal spots, in comparison with

the more southern specimens referred to; the former of these

distinctions approximating it more to the figures given by Gran-

didier of Madagascar examples. Mr. Selous notes that this was

the only individual of this species met with ; it was flying slowly

on an open hill-side.

14. Acrw#a nonaka, Boisd.

Acrea nohara, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. dans l’Afr. Aust.

p- 590. n. 54 (1847). .

A male and female of the usual size from the Mineni Valley,

and three small males from near the Vunduzi River, all differ

from the Natalian type-form in the marked reduction of all the

black markings ; in the fore wings the subbasal spot below the

median nervure is present only in two males, while that beyond

middle below first median nervule is absent in all the specimens ;

and in the hind wings the third and fifth spots of discal series

are wanting. There is also less black on the apical half of the

back of the abdomen in both sexes.

15. Ackma asEMA, Hewits. (Plate IV. figs. 3,34, ¢ 9.)

Acrea asema, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877); nec

Trim. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 68, pl. viii. figs. 9, 10.

Mr. Selous’s series of both sexes of this Butterfly—3 from

Christmas Pass, 1 from Sikuva River, 15 from the Mineni Valley,

and 2 from the Vunduzi River—has made it clear that I was

mistaken in identifying with A. asema, Hewits. (founded on

examples from Lake Nyassa), the Acrwa from tropical South-west

Africa described fully by me Joc. cit. In order to obtain an

independent opinion as to the true A. asema, I sent one of Mr.

Selous’s specimens to my friend Mr. A. G. Butler, for comparison

with the type specimens in the Hewitson Collection, and he reports

it as undoubtedly belonging to the species in question. Mr.

Hewitson’s brief description of A. asema applies equally well to both

the forms concerned, but as it is now settled which was actually the

subject of it, and as the 8.W. African form must in my opinion be

pronounced a distinct species, I propose for the latter the name of

Acrea omrora*. I think it well to give a fresh description of both

sexes of A. asema from the full material supplied by Mr. Selous.

? For a detailed description of both sexes, the reader is referred to Proe.

Zool. Soc. 1891, pp. 68-70. It will be sufficient to note here that

A, omrora differs from A. asema in the following particulars, viz.:—1, more

opaque wings; 2, on both surfaces a much brighter yellower ground-colour ;

3, a greatly reduced condition of the black spots, which in some examples are

little more than dots, and of which in most examples (especially in the hind

wings) there is a varying number quite obsolete; 4, on the upperside, a

narrower, more sharply defined black bind-marginal and apical edging in the

fore wings, but a broader, blacker, unspotted, or indistinctly spotted, border in

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 25

Exp. al. (S$) 1 in. 8-11 lin. s (9) 1 in. 9 lin. to 2 in.

3. Pale dull ochre-yellowish with a brownish tinge, semi-transparent,

with numerous small black spots. Fore wing: avery fine linear fuscous

edging along costa and a slightly wider one along hind margin,

the apex between 2nd subcostal and 1st median nervules being

rather widely tipped with fuscous; across discoidal cell, towards

extremity, an elongate spot, sometimes surmounted by a very

small rounded costal spot; a small upper terminal discocellular

spot; below median nervure, before middle, a rather elongate

spot ; an exceedingly irregular discal series of 8 spots,—of which

the upper four are contiguous, forming a curved costal bar

reaching the 3rd median nervule,—the fifth separate, beyond the

fourth, between 3rd and 2nd median nervules, the sixth far before

fifth, between median nervure and its first nervule, the seventh

rather beyond the sixth, below 1st median nervule, and the eighth

(very small, minute, or sometimes wanting) before the seventh, on

inner-marginal edge; a submarginal series of five small rounded

spots, between upper radial nervule and submedian nervure, of

which the upper three form a line at an angle with the lower two,

which are equidistant from hind margin (in one example there is

an additional superior spot, above upper radial nervule); base

usually with some limited fuscous scaling, chiefly near mner

margin. Hind wing: fuscous hind-marginal border variable in

width, regularly indented on nervules along its inner edge, and

enclosing seven more or less distinct spots of the ground-colour ;

near base, a rounded spot in discoidal cell (sometimes obscured

by some fuscous basal suffusion), followed by a curved subbasal

series of five spots, of which the second is in discoidal cell, and the

fourth and fifth (both smaller than the others) on inner margin ;

an exceedingly irregular discal series of 8 spots, of which the first,

fourth, and sixth are before the rest and the third small or minute

(in one specimen wanting). Unpmrsipp.—Very much paler than

upperside, glossy, the hind wing of a dull pale-creamy tint, in parts

sometimes tinged with pale red ; markings as on upperside, but those

of hind wing more sharply defined. Fore wing : markings some-

what fainter, especially apical fuscous, which is traversed and in

some specimens almost replaced by three pale-creamy marks.

Hind wing : two additional small spots close to base, one on costa,

the other at origin of costal nervure ; a pinkish-red inner-marginal

suffusion, very variable in depth of tint and in extent, sometimes

tinging basal half of discoidal cell but rarely rising above cell; in

most examples a slight reddish tinge over the ground-colour before

the hind wings; 5, in the male a well-defined blackish cloud at the base of

both wings on the upperside; and 6, in both sexes, no trace of reddish

colouring at base or along inner margin of the hind wings. The abdomen in

both sexes is, apart from the dorsal black on basal third, white tinged with

canary-yellow, instead of pale ochreous-yellow with prolonged dorsal black (in

the female reaching to the tip, and containing two rows of pale-yellowish spots),

as in asema; and the inferior subterminal corneous appendage in the female

has a broader, less deeply forked recurved process,

26 MR. R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

the hind-marginal border; spots in the latter much larger than on

upperside, pale-creamy, the fuscous reduced to a narrow very

sharply defined edging to the*spots *.

Q. Duller, varying from a somewhat browner tint than that of the

male to a decidedly dusky pale brownish grey—the fore wing usually

duller than the hind wing (which retains more of the ochry-

yellow tinge), and in the darker specimens exhibiting a more or

less ill-defined whitish subapical cloud: spots usually larger; basal

areas usually duskier than rest of wing, but rarely with the limited

fuscous scaling common in male. Hind wing: hind-marginal

border broader and blacker, its enclosed spots sometimes much

paler, almost whitish. UNprrstpn.—Much paler than upperside,

but varying in correspondence with its brighter or duskier tint.

This dull-tinted Acrwa has much of the aspect of A. doubledayi,

Guér., the spots being very similar in size and disposition, but

differs in its much shorter abdomen, shorter and much less apically-

produced fore wings, the possession of three upper submarginal

spots instead of linear internervular streaks in the fore wings, the

better definition of the hind-marginal fuscous border (and of its

enclosed spots) in the hind wings, and, in the female, in having

merely an indication of white subapical clouding in the fore wings

in place of a conspicuous broad white bar. The colouring and

marking of the abdomen agree with those exhibited by each sex

respectively of A. dowbledayi, yet a female received from Rihaitla,

Delagoa Bay (Rev. H. Junod), approaches A. omrora in having the

back and sides of the terminal half all white.

It is worth notice, as showing the intimate interrelation of the

species of this genus, that every marking in A. asema corresponds

closely in form and position with those of the totally different-

looking, very strongly-marked, and richly-coloured A. violarwm,

Boisd. ; and, curiously enough, a precisely similar aberration occurs

in the male of both species, viz. all the spots in the submarginal

series of the fore wings being crescentic instead of rounded.

16. AcRH®A DOUBLEDAY, Gueér.

Acrea doubledayi, Guér. Voy. Lefebv. en Abyss. vi. p. 378

(1847); Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. 1. p. 147. n. 41 (1887).

Of this widely distributed species in Eastern and South-eastern

Africa there are 23 examples, 18 being from the Mineni Valley.

17. ACRHA AXINA, Westw.

Acrea axina, Westw. App. Oates’s Matabele-land ete. p. 344.

n. 33, pl. F. figs. 5, 6 (1881).

The 10 examples of this small Acrewa, so closely allied to A,

1 Two small males (exp. a/. 1 in. 9 lin.), taken by Mr. Selous on the Shashani

River, Matabeleland, in 1883, differ from the Manica specimens in having

narrower, more elongated fore wings; a much clearer and brighter ochreous

ground-colour ; a large terminal discocellular spot in fore wings, but all the

other black markings smaller, and two (the 4th and 6th) of the spots of the

submarginal series in the fore wings wanting, ©

“we

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 27

doubleday2, are from five different localities, four specimens being

from near the Vunduzi River. The males are rather worn, but

agree with other Eastern individuals in their semi-transparency

and freedom from basal fuscous clouding ; the three females are

all dusky brownish above, but differ much as regards the subapical

whitish bar in the fore wings, which in one case is unusually

broad.

18. AcR#A CALDARENA, Hewits.

Acrea caldarena, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877);

Trim. §.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 149. n. 42 (1887).

The collection contains 19 specimens of this well-marked form,

12 from Christmas Pass and 7 from the Mineni Valley. The

species was first described from examples taken on Lake Nyassa ;

it ranges westward to Damaraland and southward to the northern

Transvaal. One of the females taken in the Mineni Valley is

remarkable for the different ground-colour on the upperside, which

is a dingy creamy-yellow without any tinge of the ordinary warm

ochreous-fulvous ; the fore wings are paler, while the fuscous

basal suffusion is extended over two-thirds of the hind wings.

19. ACRHA AGLAONICE, Westw.

Acreea aglaonice, Westw. App. Oates’s Matabele-land ete. p. 346.

n. do, pl. F. figs. 9, 10 (1881); Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 151.

n. 43, pl. in. fig. 3 (1877).

The four males and two females, from the Mineni Valley (three

males and a female), Lopodzi River (male), and Lower Pungwe

River (female), constitute rather a striking variety in the direction

of A. natalica, Boisd. In this form the male has much more

fuscous basal clouding and wider apical fuscous in the fore wings,

where also the peculiar subapical transparent spots are obsolete

or entirely wanting ; while in the hind wings the fuscous hind-

marginal border is very much broader and partly radiant on the

nervules along its inner edge. The Mineni Valley female nearly

resembles that from Delagoa Bay described by me (op. cit.), but

has the transparent spots of the fore wings obsolescent ; while the

Pungwe River female, though having this marking well expressed,

is very much duller in ground-colour, and also presents the

peculiarity to which so many female Acrwa are liable, viz., a

conspicuous white cloud on the middle disk of the hind wings.

I have an exactly similar female to this, which was taken in

Zululand (Etshowe) by Capt. A. M. Goodrich in 1887.

As regards the male, the South-African Museum possesses one

agreeing with Mr. Selous’s examples which was taken in the

Lydenburg district of the Transvaal by Mr. T. Ayres, and I have

examined two others, one taken at Etshowe by Mr. C. N. Barker,

and the other at Extcourt, Natal, by Mr. C. W. Morrison.

The three males recorded by me (op. cit. p. 152) as taken by

Mr. Selous on the Marico and Upper Limpopo are intermediate

28 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

between typical A. aglaonice and the variety now under notice,

having the transparent spots and basal fuscous moderately

developed in the fore wings; but the two females differ from the

Mineni Valley female only in the much clearer transparent spots.

20. AcrkmA NATALICA, Boisd.

Acrea natalica, Boisd. App. Voy. Deleg. dans l’Afr. Aust.

p- 590. n, 57 (1847).

This species is numerous over a wide stretch of Hastern and

South-eastern Africa. Mr. Selous’s collection contains 36 speci-

mens, 29 of which were captured in Christmas Pass.

21. Ack#a anEMOoSA, Hewits.

Acrea anemosa, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. pl. 8. figs. 14, 15

(1865).

The only examples are an unusually small male, captured at the

Sikuva River on 4th March, and an ordinary female taken in

Christmas Pass on the 16th February.

In ‘South-African Butterflies’ (i. p. 158) I have described an

“ Aberration—? 2,” from Damaraland, in the Hewitson Col-

lection, in which on the upperside there is white clouding about

the extremities of the nervules in the fore wings, and a large

white cloud in the hind wings replacing nearly all the reddish

ochre-yellow of the central band. Mr. Selous in 1889 sent me a

male presenting the same peculiarities, and also the distinction of

the fore wings being salmon-pink without any tinge of the usual

yellow-ochreous ; this very striking example was captured a little

south of the junction of the Chobe and Zambesi.

22. Acrma Acriva, Hewits. (Plate IV. fig. 4, var., 3.)

Acrea acrita, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. pl. 8. fig. 18 (1865);

Trimen, op. cit. ii. App. i. p. 881. n. 381 (1889).

There are 19 examples of this fine Acrwa from Christmas Pass,

1 from Sikuva River, 3 from Mineni Valley, 1 from Vunduzi

River, and 2 (of a larger variety) from Revué River. With the

exception of the two last-named, all may be regarded as belonging

to the typical form; the males expand from 2 in. 2 lin. to 2 in.

54 lin., the females the same. Both sexes show a good deal of

variation as regards the width of the apical fuscous border in the

fore wings, and in the numbers (7 or 8) and relative sizes of the

rounded discal spots in the hind wings; the subbasal black spot

in the fore wings is much reduced in several males and females,

and is wholly wanting in two of the latter. The males also

exhibit on the upperside much instability in respect of the width

of the hind-marginal border of the hind wings and the distinctness

of its enclosed spots, the border being usually more or less

extended internally in a different manner between the third median

nervule and the anal angle, and the enclosed spots giving every

grade from perfect development to (in one example) complete

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 29

obsolescence. This last-mentioned male has some other black

markings of the upperside considerably enlarged, and the middle

spot of the oblique median row of three in the fore wings is out of

line, being nearer to base than usual. Variation in the female

lies chiefly in ground-colour, which in most examples is much

obscured with brownish-fuscous clouding from the bases to beyond

middle, but which exhibits much gradation, especially as regards

the red of the hind wings, which in one specimen is almost as

bright asin the male. The hind-marginal border on the upperside

is more or less diffused internally, and its enclosed spots quite

obsolescent in all the females.

The two specimens (male and female) from the Revué River are

a good deal larger (exp. 2 in. 8 lin.), with more elongated fore

wings ; their colouring is brighter and clearer, and all the black

markings, except the few spots on the fore wings, are reduced,

especially the spots and hind-marginal border of the hind wings,

which latter has no diffusion internally and all the ground-colour

spots it encloses quite distinct. On the underside of the hind

wings the dull lake-red colouring is much reduced, forming

internervular rays; and on the back of the thorax and abdomen

the paired creamy and whitish spots are much larger and more

conspicuous.

Mr. Selous was disposed to think that these larger brighter

individuals just mentioned belonged to a species distinct from

A. acrita, especially as they were found flying in forest tracts

among lofty trees, whereas the numerous examples of typical

acrita frequented open grassy hill-sides. But after very careful

examination it seems to me more probable that they represent a

seasonal (winter) form, having been captured in June, whereas all

the ordinary specimens of A. acrita were captured between Feb-

ruary 12th and March 18th. The male taken by Mr. Selous in

Mashunaland in 1883 (exact date not recorded), mentioned by me

loc. cit., belongs to this form, but is a little smaller.

23. ACRMA ACARA, Hewits.

Acrea acara, Hewits. Exot. Butt. iii. pl. 8. figs. 19, 20 (1865).

Six specimens of this species, from Christmas Pass, exhibit no

difference in either sex from typical Natalian examples *.

24. AcRMA ENCEDON (Linn.).

Papilio encedon, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg. p. 244, n. 63

(1764).

There are only two examples of this widely-spread Ethiopian

1 T described (P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 72) a single female taken in Ehanda, near

the Upper Cunené River, presenting the aberration of a wide suffusion and

coalescence of the black markings of the fore wings. This was the only example

of A. acara in Mr. Eriksson’s first collection from 8.W. Tropical Africa; but

in a second collection, made in the same region between the 15th November,

1890, and the lst March, 1891, out of a series of eight males and three females

captured in three localities between the Cunené and the Ondonga Road, five

30 MR, R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

species, both of the typical brownish-rufous form. They were

taken on the Pungwe River.

25. ACREA RAHTRA, Boisd.

Acrea rahira, Boisd. Faune Ent. de Madag. ete. p. 33, pl. 5.

figs. 4, 5 (1833).

A male from Umtali and another from the Vunduzi, both of the

typical South-African form, but with the black spots considerably

reduced in the latter specimen.

26. Acr#A Buxtont, Butl.

Acrea buatoni, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvi. p. 395

(1875).

Twenty-seven examples taken in Christmas Pass, and six others

from different localities, agree with Natalian specimens, the

females varying in the same manner. One male, however, from

Christmas Pass, exhibits a peculiarity on the underside of the

hind wings, where in the discal series the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th spots,

and also the 5th and 6th spots, are united, so that each group

forms a narrow streak.

27. AcR#HA CABIRA, Hopff.

Acrea cabira, Hopft. Monatsh. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. 1855,

p- 640. n. 7.

Twelve specimens from Christmas Pass do not differ from those

found farther southward.

Genus PranEema, Doubl.

28, PLANEMA JOHNSTONI (Godm.).

3. Acrea johnstoni, Godm. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 537.

Q. Acrea (Planema) johnstoni, Butl. op. cit. 1888, p. 91.

This species was founded on a single male collected by Mr. H.

H. Johnston on Kilima-njaro at an elevation of 5500 ft. The

female was noted by Mr. Butler (Joc. cit.) from two examples, one

of them taken in the same locality as the female, the other in the

hills of Terta. So very dissimilar are the sexes (the male having

the fore wings ochre-red from base up to and including the two

obliquely disposed pairs of discal spots, and the female having the

males and all the females exhibit the same strong melanic marking, and even

the remaining three males show a slight tendency in the same direction.

Although A. acara, as noted in my S.-African Butt. i. p. 160, varies much in

the development of the black markings, I have not seen any other examples

that approach the very heavily black-clouded condition of Mr. Hriksson’s

specimens.

It should be noted that this variation is not at all in the direction of the

allied A. zefes (L.), which is recorded from Angola and as far north on the

West Coast as Sierra Leone, as in that species it is the entire ground of the

fore wings that is suffused with greyish fuscous, the black markings themselves

not being enlarged or confiuent.

1894. ] MANIOA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 31

entire fore wings black with the discal spots conspicuously white),

that, having only the descriptions to refer to, I was inclined to

think that the female received by Mr. Butler had been erroneously

associated with Mr. Godman’s female. But on consulting Mr.

Butler, he most kindly sent me figures and notes which leave no

doubt of the specific identity of these widely differing sexes.

There are only two examples of this. curious Planema in

Mr. Selous’s collection, one captured at Umtali, and the other (on

February 24th) in Christmas Pass. The former is so much

smaller, and has the hind margin of the fore wings so much more

hollowed, than the latter, that I took it for a male although

entirely of the female coloration; but closer examination has

shown it to be afemale. Mr. Butler, however, informs me that

during 1892 he had seen both males and females in a collection

from Kilima-njaro, and that one or two of the males were less

unlike the female than the rest, the ochre-red covering the basal

half only of the fore wings’.

The resemblance borne by the female to Amawris echeria (var.

albimaculata, Butl.) is very strong, but I hesitate to adopt

Mr. Butler’s conclusion that the former is evidently modified in

imitation of the Amawris, because, firstly, both Amauris and

Planema are equally protected genera and extensively mimicked by

Butterflies of other groups, and, secondly, P. johnsiont female does

not either in pattern or colouring diverge much from its congeners,

coming near P. lycoa, Fabr.

Mr. Selous notes that he saw only a few of this Butterfly ; they

flew on the border of a stream and settled very frequently.

Subfamily NyMPHALIN2.

Genus Arsiia, E. Doubl.

29. ATHLLA PHALANTHA (Dru.).

Papilio phalantha, Dru. Tl. Nat. Hist. i. pl. 21. figs. 1, 2 (1770).

Of this most widely ranging species there are five specimens

from Christmas Pass and one from the Mineni Valley.

' Acrea proteina, O. Oberth. (Etudes d’Ent. xvii. p. 25, pl. i. fig. 4; pl. ii.

figs. 14, 19, 21; pl. iii. fig. 29), is apparently synonymous with P. johnstoni,

the specimens recorded and figured being from Urogaro and Usambara in Hast

Africa. Mr. Selous’s two examples agree pretty nearly with M. Oberthiir’s

fig. 14 on pl. ii., but one of them is considerably larger and with the median

space in the hind wings of a much deeper tint of yellow. The species appears

to be highly variable, M. Oberthiir figuring (pl. i. fig. 4) a small male agreeing

with the ordinary female except that the spots of the fore wings are pale yellow

instead of white ; (pl. iii. fig. 29) a female in which the hind wings on both

surfaces, and the hind-marginal area of the fore wings on the underside, are

deeply tinged with reddish-ochreous ; and (pl. ii. figs. 19 and 21) a male of the

typical ( johnstoni) colouring, and a female in which the reddish-ochreous is

strongly prevalent discally on both surfaces of both fore and hind wings. It

will probably be found that in this species of Planema, as in P. esebria (see

S.-Afr. Butt. i. pp. 177-78), the varieties are resolvable into two or three in

which the sexes more or less agree in coloration.

‘ Se

‘ iyo oe

32 MR, R. [RIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

Genus Pyramets, E. Doubl.

30. PYRAMEIS CARDUI (Linn.).

Two examples from Christmas Pass.

Genus Junonia, E. Doubl.

31. JUNONIA CEBREND, Trim.

Junonia cebrene, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 353.

One specimen from Umtali, one from Christmas Pass, and two

from Mineni Valley.

32. JUNONIA CLELIA (Cram.).

Papilio clelia, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. t. xxi. figs. EH, F (1775).

Two specimens from the Mineni Valley.

33. JUNONIA BOOPIS, Trim.

Junonia boipis, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 331.

The four examples (one from Umtali, one from Sikuva River,

and two from Mineni Valley) agree with the typical Transvaal

specimens.

Genus Precis, E. Doubl.

34, Precis choanrHa (Cram.)’.

Papilio cloantha, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. ecexxxviii. figs. A, B

(1782).

Highteen examples (seventeen from the Mineni Valley) are

highly variable in the tint of the underside, five being of an

unusually dark brown.

35. Precis CERYNE (Boisd.).

Salamis ceryne, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 592. n. 68 (1847).

Twelve specimens from the Mineni Valley and one from Lusika

River are in all respects like typical examples from Natal.

1 In my notes on this species (S.-Afr. Butt. i. pp. 220 and 223) I pointed

out the exceptionally robust structure, gradually clavate antenne, and thick

hairy wings of this Butterfly, in comparison with the other species of Precis.

Mr. Cecil N. Barker has recently reared P. cloantha from a larva found at

Malvern, Natal; and, from the drawings and description he has kindly sent

me, it is apparent that the larva presents the peculiarity of having the two

rather long cephalic horns clubbed at the tip, while the pupa is much thickened

about the middle and is singularly smooth, wanting all the prominent pointed

tubercles so conspicuous dorsally and laterally in the pupx of P. octavia and

P. sesamus. ‘The larva is described as golden yellow, each segment having a

median transverse purplish-black bar interrupted both subdorsally and on the

spiracular line ; the bristled spines spring from these bars; head dull orange,

with an inverted Y of purplish black frontally ; legs dark plum-colour with a

black ring about middle. The pupa is figured as greenish yellow, with a few

dull-purplish spots on underside of head, sides of thorax, and bases and hind

margins of wing-covers; abdomen with seven rows (longitudinal) of dull-

purplish dots. The larva was found on October 23rd, 1892; it began pupa-

tion on the 27th; and a male imago emerged on November llth. The food-

plant is not specified by name, but was a “‘ bush herb with lilac-blue flowers.”

1894.] MANICA, SOUTH-HAST AFRICA. 33

36. Precis ruKvoa (Wallengr.).

Salamis tukuoa, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1857—Lep.

Rhop. Caffr. P- 25. n. 6.

Three specimens from the Mineni Valley do not differ from

more southern examples.

37. Precis cuaMa (Hewits.).

Junonia cuama, Hewits. Exot. Butt. i. p. 25, pl. 18. figs. 4, 5

(1864).

Precis cuama, Trim. Proe. Zool. Soe. 1891, p. 74. n. 20.

Six examples from the Mineni Valley ui two from Vunduzi

River. Most of the specimens agree with those from Ehanda and

the Okavango River noted by me (loc. cit.) as much yellower than

the figure of the type, and as wanting (on both surfaces) the

conspicuous white centre of the second and third fuscous spots in

the discal row of the fore wings, and (on the upperside) the paler

cloud in the middle of the hind wings; but two of the Mineni

males are intermediate in these respects, approaching the type in

tint, having the pale cloud faintly shown in the hind wings, and

presenting the two white spots in the fore wings on both surfaces.

The underside is most variable in colouring—only one of the two

last-mentioned individuals agreeing fairly “with the figure of the

type, the other being dull and with little trace of rufous, but with

all the markings faint, and a strong bronzy surface-gloss ; while

the yellower examples exhibit beneath different admixtures of

ochre-yellow and ferruginous brown, with the markings ashy grey

and fuscous, in some cases faintly glossed with violaceous.

This Butterfly is noted as frequenting the shade of the forest,

and when settled to be scarcely distinguishable from faded leaves.

38. Precis stmia, Wallengr. (Plate IV. fig. 5, ¢.)

Precis simia, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857—Lep.

Rhop. Caffr. p. 26. n. 2; Trimen, S.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 227. n.°70

(1887).

Of this very rare species—of which the only examples hitherto

known to me were the type (collected by Wahlberg) in the

Stockholm Museum and a very worn male taken by Col. Bowker

at Durban—there are four male examples, three from the Mineni

Valley and one from Christmas Pass. The three former are

typical, agreeing well with the careful figure of the type (a 2,

judging from the want of the anal-angular projection in the hind

wings), except in having all the fuscous markings larger; but the

fourth has on the upperside a yellowish-white median discal cloud

in the hind wings, and a similar smaller lower discal cloud in the

fore wings, and all the black spots of the discal series in the fore

wings smaller; while on the underside the basal fuscous in both

wings is much effaced by the enlargement (and in the hind wings

actual confluence at many points) of the enclosed markings of the

ground-colour, and there is also a streak of the ground-colour,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1894, No. III. a

34 MR. R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

interrupted by internervular black spots, along the hind-marginal

edge of the hind wings.

Mr. Selous met with this species flying about the bed of a small

ravine, and settling on the overhanging bushes. The three Mineni

Valley specimens were captured on 6th March, the variety from

Christmas Pass on 27th February.

39. Precis ocravia (Cram.).

Papilio octavia, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. exxxv. figs. B, C (1777).

All the thirteen specimens—11 from Christmas Pass and 2

from the Mineni Valley—belong to the larger, more brightly

coloured southern form, which Staudinger has figured (Exot.

Schmett. pl. 38, 1885) as “ var. natalensis.”

40, Precis sEsamus, Trim.

Precis sesamus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 347;

S.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. 4. fig. 3 (1887).)

Eight examples from Mineni Valley and one from the Pungwe

River present no material variation from more southern specimens.

41. Precis ARCHESIA (Cram.).

Papilio archesia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. ecxix. figs. D, E (1782).

In the only two specimens, both male, from the Mineni Valley,

the common dull-red band is throughout much narrower than in

the typical form and submacular, in this respect resembling the

Angolan form P. staudingertt, Dewitz (Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-

Carol. xli. p. 193, t. xxv. n. 15, 1879).

42. Precis peLasers (Godt.).

Vanessa pelasgis, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 820. n. 38-89

(1819).

Out of 14 examples collected, 5 of the males (3 from Christmas

Pass and 2 from Mineni Valley) and 1 female exhibit a variation

in the direction of the Zambesian form P. chapunga (Hewits.),

having the common creamy-rufous band much narrowed on the

upperside, and the corresponding creamy-white band on the

underside somewhat narrowed.

43. Precis NATALICA, Feld.

Precis natalica, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatsch. iv. p. 106 (1860).

Five specimens from Christmas Pass and thirteen from the Mineni

Valley present the usual variation in the tints of the underside.

44. Precis nueva (Hewits.).

Junonia elgiva, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. p. 25, pl. 13. fig. 1

(1864).

Here also the customary variation of the underside colouring is

observable in the 9 examples collected—8 from Mineni Valley and

1 from Vunduzi River.

x ee

1894.] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 30

45, Precis arTaxta (Hewits.).

Junonia artaxia, Hewits. op. cit. i. p. 26, pl. 13. fig. 6 (1864).

Precis artaxva, Trim. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 75. n. 24

Of this very striking and singularly-coloured Precis there is a

fine series of 41 examples, of which 37 were taken in the Mineni

Valley from 6th to 26th March, 3 in Christmas Pass in the first

half of February, and 1 on the Lusika River early in April. The

sexes scarcely differ in colouring, the female being somewhat paler

occasionally. Hewitson figures an example in which the smaller

lower ocellus on the upperside of the hind wings is wanting, and

in his description omits all mention of this marking, although it

was present in two out of the three Zambesian specimens which |

examined in his collection in the year 1867, and, although varying

in size, is very rarely obsolete or even indistinct. The small

ocellus in a corresponding position in the fore wings is, on the

contrary, often obsolescent and never very distinct. The under-

‘side varies considerably in colour, presenting several shades in

which brown or grey predominate, and being in some cases glossed

with bronzy greenish or with pale dull violaceous. The markings

on this surface vary in distinctness, especially the nearly straight

ochre-yellow streak, outwardly bordered with dark brown, which

crosses the middle of the hind wings. There is a tendency to the

ocellate form in most of the very small indistinct spots of the

common discal series, and two of these, considerably larger than

the rest, represent respectively the upperside ocelli in the fore

wings and the superior portion of the hind wings.

Mr. Selous notes that P. artaziais usually numerous in the shady

forests to which it is restricted. Durimg its very short and

hurried flight the large many-coloured ocelli of the hind wings are

conspicuous, but it settles again almost immediately on the ground

at the foot of trees, where the dead-leatf-like underside effectually

conceals it. Although indisposed to take wing ordinarily, it

becomes wary when alarmed by pursuit.

Genus Satamis, Boisd.

46, SALAMIS ANACARDII (Linn.).

Papilio anacardii, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p, 236. n. 55 (1764).

The specimens taken (5 at Christmas Pass, 1 at Revué River,

and 6 on the Pungwe River) are like those from Natal, having

a clearer paler colour, with a less intense rosy-violet gloss, than

the tropical West-African examples.

47, SALAMIS NEBULOSA, Trim.

Salamis nebulosa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 441;

§.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 246. n. 79, pl. iv. fig. 6 (1887).

The only example, taken on the Pungwe River, about 15 miles

above Sarmento, is a female, larger (eap. al. 3 im. 23 lin.) and

with considerably broader fuscous upperside marking than the Zulu-

~ oo

“e Se

“we

36 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

land female figured by me (op. cit.). I have a similar but rather

smaller female, captured by Mr. H. M. Barber in the Lydenburg

District, Eastern Transvaal, which presents the peculiarity of

having the superior discal ocellus on the upperside of the hind

wings as distinct and as brightly coloured as the constant inferior

one.

Mr. Selous’s specimen was captured on 21st September, settled

on the leaf of a tree ; other specimens were seen flying about the

same spot, but were much worn.

Genus CreEn1s, Boisd.

48. CRENIS BoIspUVALI, Wallengr.

Crenis boisduvali, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857.—

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 30. n. 2; Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 252.

n. 81, pl. v. figs. 2,2 a (1887).

Nineteen examples (12 from Christmas Pass and 7 from the

Mineni Valley) agree in all respects with Natalian specimens.

Genus Evuryrea, Boisd.

49, EurYrELA HIARBAS (Dru.).

Papilio hiarbas, Dru. Il. Nat. Hist. iii. pl. xiv. figs. 1, 2 (1782).

A single example from Christmas Pass.

50. Euryrenia pryope (Cram.).

Papilio dryope, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. Ixxviii. figs. E, F (1779).

Three specimens from Christmas Pass and one from the Lopodzi

River. Ina female from the former locality the discal ochre-yellow

band is broader than usual.

Genus Hypanis, Boisd.

51. Hypanis 111rHy1a (Dru.).

Papilio ilithyia, Dru. Tl, Nat. Hist. ii. pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2 (1778).

The eleven examples taken (8 at Christmas Pass and 3 in the

Mineni Valley) belong to the var. acheloia, Wallengr., which

appears to be the prevalent Coast-district form in several parts

of Africa, and specially so in Natal. All have the underside

colouring pale; and in one male on the upperside the spots of

ground-colour in the hind marginal black border of the hind wings

are very much reduced.

Genus Neptis, Fabr.

52. Nepris acatua (Cram.).

Papiho agatha, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. ccexxvii. figs. A, B (1780).

The six examples (4 from Christmas Pass and 2 from the

Mineni Valley) vary a little as to the width of the white trans-

verse bands,

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 37

53. Nzupris Marpnssa, Hopf.

Neptis marpessa, Hopff. Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berl. 1855,

p- 640. n. 8.

Four specimens taken at Christmas Pass agree thoroughly

with those found in Natal and other more southern tracts.

. NEPYIs GoocHi, Trim.

tA goochti, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 326:

S.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 273. n. 89, pl. v. fig. 6 (1887)

Of this rare little Neptis, hitherto Hie nae to me as inhabit-

ing the Durban district of Natal, there is a single example,

captured at Christmas Pass on 13th February.

Genus Drapema, Boisd.

55. D1apEMa Misippus (L.).

One specimen from Christmas Pass and another from the

Mineni Valley.

Genus EupHapRA, Hiibn.

56. EUPH£ZDRA NEOPHRON (Hopff.).

Romaleosoma neophron, Hopff. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855,

p- 640. n. 9.

There are two examples of this very distinct Zuphedra, taken

on the Pungwe River 15 miles above Sarmento on September 19th.

This species appears to be the solitary representative of its genus

in Eastern and South-eastern Africa.

Genus Hamanumipa, Hiibn.

57. HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS (Fabr.).

Papilio dedalus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 482. n. 174 (1775).

Four specimens from Christmas Pass (February 12th to 26th),

one from the Mineni Valley (March 29th) and two from near Vun-

duzi River (April 5th), are all of the form in which the underside

is warm reddish ochreous and spotted with white; but in two

specimens, dated respectively March 29th and April 5th, the white

spots are rather duller than in the rest.

I have for some time been disposed to think that the well-

known variation in the underside of this widely-distributed African

butterfly is seasonal, and these dated captures of Mr. Selous’s tend

to confirm this view. All the specimen taken by Mr. Eriksson at

Omrora, tropical 8.W. Africa, from Ist to 25th August, 1887,

were (as I have recorded, P. Z. S. 1891, p. 80) of the dull underside

colouring, wanting the white spots and with the dark markings

very faint, and the same is the case with a pair taken in copula

near Delagoa Bay, on the 9th August, 1891, by the Rev. H. Junod.

A series of dated captures throughout the year is wanting in the

38 MR, R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

case of this species, as of so many others ; but the little material

available favours the supposition that (as in the case of many

Satyrine and Lycenide) the warmly-tinted conspicuously marked

underside denotes the summer or wet-season brood (where con-

cealment is of less importance among the herbage of that season),

and the obscure underside almost devoid of markings the brood of .

the winter or dry season, when the open-ground vegetation is

wanting or thoroughly withered.

In connection with this point, however, the published observa-

tions of Mr. D. G. Rutherford (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878,

p- xlii) and Mr. W. L. Distant (Nat. in the Transvaal, 1892,

pp. 41, 42)—-both of whom were acquainted with this species in

life—should be considered. The former notes that this Butterfly

always setiles on the ground with closed wings, and that the

underside colouring not only was eminently protective from its

close resemblance to the colour of the soil, but was found in the

various districts inhabited by the insect to vary in accordance

with the particular tint of the soil characteristic of a district.

Mr. Distant, on the contrary, though agreeing as to the insect’s

settling on open ground, states that he invariably found it resting

with wings expanded, and “nearly always on greyish-coloured

rocks or slaty-hued paths, with which the colour of the upper

surface of the wings wonderfully assimilated.” He adds that

“large tracts of bare ground of a reddish-brown colour exist with

which the under surface of the wings would be in perfect unison ;

but though I watched for months to see a specimen thus situated,

and with its wings vertically closed, I never succeeded in doing

so.” On reading Mr. Distant’s letter to the above effect published

in ‘Nature’ of 26th February, 1891, I wrote to him suggesting

that (1) the differences in the underside might be seasonal, and

(2) that possibly the upperside might be protective in the wet

and the underside in the dry season; I also intimated that all

analogy pointed to the underside being protective when the insect

is really at rest, not merely settling at intervals. To this latter

view I adhere; but as regards the second of my suggestions,

Mr. Distant’s observation that the habits of H. dedalus were “ uni-

form in the Transvaal in both the dry and wet seasons” would

indicate that even during the winter the underside colouring

would not in that country be protective. Mr. Distant does not

mention whether the underside differs seasonally in the Transvaal,

but two examples ( d and @ ) taken by Mr. W. Morant near Pretoria

in March 1872 are both of the brighter colouring with moderately

developed white spots, as is also a solitary example taken near

Durban, Natal, in February 1883 by Col. Bowker.

Genus CHAaraxns, Ochs.

58. CHARAXES ZOOLINA (Westw.).

Nymphalis zoolina, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. pl. liti. fig. 1 (1850).

The two specimens (¢and?) were taken at Christmas Pass.

‘es

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 39

Both have the fuscous borders and markings strongly developed,

the male indeed approaching in this respect the variety A from

Zululand and Delagoa Bay described by me in S.-Afr. Butt. iii.

p. 405 (1889) ; and the female having all the ground-colour spots

in the border of the fore wings completely separated from the

discal field.

Male examples as dark as the one here noted have been taken at

Durban and sent to me by Mr. A. D. Millar.

59. CHARAXES VARANES (Cram.).

Papilio varanes, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. clx. figs. D, E (1779), and

iv. t. ecclxxxviii. figs. A, B (1782).

The two specimens received, taken in the Mineni Valley, agree

with those from the Zambesi and Quilimane, and indeed with

Tropical examples generally, in having the basal white much

better developed (in both fore and hind wings) than in any

individual from the extra-tropical area that I have examined.

60. CHaraxes Lasti, H. G. Smith. (Plate V. fig. 6, 9.)

Charaxes lasti, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 131 (1889) ; and Rhop. Exot. p. 8, pl. (Char.) iv. figs. 4,

5 [ 5 ] (1890).

There are two examples( g and 9 ) from the Mineni Valley, taken

on the 18th and 14th March respectively, a male specimen from

the Pungwe Valley taken on 1st September, and two(¢ and 9)

captured on the Pungwe River, about 15 miles above Sarmento,

on 19th September.

I have not seen the types of this Charaszes, but, judging from

the description and figures above cited, I do not think Mr. Selous’s

specimens can be held distinct from it; although all three males

differ in some respects from the figures, they also differ from one

another. All three agree in having the transverse irre2zular series

of fuscous markings on the disk disconnected (except near the

costa) from the hind-marginal fuscus border, and extended by an

additional sagittiform mark below 2nd median nervule, and also in

having the lowest and largest fulvous hind-marginal spot completely

enclosed in the border ; in these features differing from the figure

of the upperside. The Mineni and Pungwe Valley males further

diverge from the same figure in presenting a well-developed sub-

marginal fuscous band in the hind wing from the costa to the Ist

median nervule ; and even in the male from above Sarmento, in

which all the fuscous markings of the upperside are greatly

reduced, there are traces of this long band. On the underside,

again, all are paler and yellower than in fig. 5, and only the

Mineni Valley male has the silvery-white median stripe across the

hind wings (which is, however, much broader than in the figure).

The two Pungwe males have all the underside markings much

attenuated, and in the example from above Sarmento they are

almost obsolete; and both they and the Mineni male have more or

a!) a

“ee

40 MR. R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

less indistinct whitish lunules (not small spots) forming a sub-

marginal series in the hind wings.

The two females agree with their respective mates, the specimen

from above Sarmento having the submarginal fuscous on the upper-

side of both wings completely broken up into spots, and the under-

side more reddish and much less distinctly marked than in the

one from Mineni Valley.

The South-African Museum has for many years been in posses-

sion of a single imperfect male of this species, received with a few

other Butterflies collected on the Zambesi by (I was informed) the

Rey. H. Waller. It agrees pretty closely with the Mineni Valley

male above noted, but has the silvery-white stripe on the under-

side of the hind wings still broader.

The male expands 2 in. 9-11 lin.; the female 3 in. 4 lin.

C. lasti is the Eastern representative of C. cynthia, Butl. (2

C. lysianassa, Westw.), a widely distributed West-African species

recorded from Ashanti, Cameroons, and Angola. Itis distinguished

by its smaller size, by the great expansion of the fulvous and the

consequent reduction of the fuscous colouring on the upperside,

and by the great attenuation and partial obliteration of the mark-

ings of the underside.

Mr. Last discovered this Butterfly at Mombasa, and it is

interesting to find it extending so far to the south as the Manica

Country.

Mr. Selous notes that both the first and second of the males

above mentioned were captured while drinking at the edge of

water, while the female in the Mineni Valley was settled, with

wings expanded, on the leaves of a thorn-tree.

61, CHaRraxEs azora, Hewits.

2. Philognoma azota, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877).

3. Charaxes azota, Hewits. op. cit. p. 181 (1878).

2. Charaxes azota, R. Monteiro, Delagoa Bay, &c. frontisp.

fig. 1 (1891).

A fine female of this handsome species is noted as being the

only one seen; it was taken at the Lusika River on 13th April,

Sear anne the same tree on which specimens of C. castor were

ound.

Since the publication of my notes on this species (S.-Afr. Butt.

il. p. 388, 1889), C. azota has been found in some numbers near

Delagoa Bay by the Rey. H. Junod, and a series of eight males

and three females has been acquired from him for the South-

African Museum. In the male the “tails” of the hind wings are

represented only by two short acute dentations; but in the female

not only is the dentation on the 1st median nervule considerably

more produced, but there is a distinct tail on the 3rd median

nervule, This tail varies both in length and form, being pointed

at the tip in two specimens and rounded in two others; in one of

the latter (Mr, Selous’s example) it is even inclined to a spatulate

form.

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 41

62. CHARAXES SATURNUS, Butl.

Charaxes saturnus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 624, pl. 36.

fig. 1.

Of this common South-Tropical species there are one example

from Umtali, seven from the Mineni Valley, and four from the

Lusika River. Of the two females from the last-named locality,

one expands a little over 4 inches and the other 33 inches.

63. CHARAXES CASTOR (Cram.).

Papilio castor, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. t. xxxvii. figs. C, D (1775).

Mr. Selous notes that C. castor was rare; he took but three

specimens, all on the stem of the same thorn-tree (Acacia sp.) at

Lusika River on which the female C. azota was captured, and on

the same date, the 13th April.

64. CHARAXES POLLUX (Cram.).

Papilio polluw, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. t. xxxvii. figs. EH, F (1775).

Papilio camulus, Dru. Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. pl. 30 (1782),

A female from Christmas Pass, taken on 27th February, and a

male from the Mineni Valley, taken on 16th March, are the only

examples in the collection. These are both distinguished from the

West-African specimens that I have seen in possessing not only

considerably larger ochre-yellow hind-marginal spots in the fore

wings, but also a complete and conspicuous series of ochre-yellow

lunules along the hind margin of the hind wings ; they further

both want on the upperside of the fore wings the lowermost

~ black spot (between 2nd and Ist median nervules). In the female

not only are the tails on the hind wings considerably longer and

wider than in the male, but the intermediate dentation on the 2nd

median nervule is also prolonged into a short tail.

The male was captured sucking at exudations on the branches

of the same tree that was frequented by C. bohemani (see below),

the female fluttering among grass.

Manica is by far the most southern station recorded for this

Butterfly, and indeed, as far as I can ascertain, the only Hast-

African one near the coast ; but C. pollux is common at Sierra Leone

and extends to Cameroons and Chinchoxo (4° 22’ 8.) along the

West Coast, while Mr. Butler has also recorded it as among

Emin Pasha’s captures in Monbuttu, Central Africa, about 4° N,

65. CHARAXES ACHZMENES, Feld, (Plate V. fig. 7, 9.)

3 2. Charaxes achemenes, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. iii. p. 446,

pl. lix. figs. 6, 7 [ ¢ | (1867). .

One specimen from Umtali, one from Christmas Pass, five

specimens from Mineni Valley, and five from the Lusika River ;

three of these are females.

Although the upperside of the male and the underside of both

sexes are so completely unlike to the pattern and colouring of

42 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jon. 16,

C. saturnus, yet the upperside of the female is so remarkably

similar to that of C. saturnus as to be with difficulty distinguished

from the latter without close comparison.

Mr. Selous notes that nearly all his specimens of this species

were taken drinking at the edge of water, but two or three at

Lusika River were settled on the branches of a tree.

66, CHARAXES GUDERIANA (Dewitz). (Plate V. fig. 8, 2.)

3. Nymphalis quderiana, Dewitz, Noy. Act. Leop.-Carol. Akad.

Naturf. xli. p. 200, t. xxvi. fig. 18 (1879).

This species was founded on three males captured in Angola by

Dr. Pogge, and I have noticed (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 81) the

receipt of a male from Mashunaland and of sixteen males from

the Ambuella Country not far from 16° S.lat. Mr. Selous collected

1 example at Umtali, no fewer than 30 at Mineni Valley, and

8 at Lusika River, and of these 5 each from the second and third

localities were females; nearly all were taken in March, but one

on February 28th and eight between April 1st and 25th.

As guderiana is unquestionably a member of the ephyra and

ethalion group of Charawes, it is very unexpected to find the female,

as in the case of C. achemenes just mentioned, on the upperside

closely resembling C. saturnus, and so differing widely from the

aspect of her nearest congeners.

9. Strikingly different from male. Lyrp. al. 2 in. 8 lin. to

3 in. 2 lin.

Fuscous, with a common ochre-yellow discal band (in fore wing

moderately broad but macular and more or less deeply cleft by down-

ward traversing bar of ground-colour, in hind wing continuous, short,

and much narrower inferiorly); bases dull ferruginous-ochreous.

Fore wing: terminal discocellular spot ochre-yellow instead of

white ; commencement of inner series of spots forming ochre-

yellow discal band represents the conspicuous outer costal white

spot in male; six spots of incurved outer series of discal band

represent the submarginal series of small bluish-white spots in

male—in one example only, the lowest spot of this outer series is

confluent, between 2nd and 3rd median nervules, with a large spot

of the inner series; hind-marginal series of spots ferruginous-

ochreous instead of white (the lowest and largest spot, however,

more or less whitish internally), enlarged, often confluent into a

submacular border. Hind wing: discal band simple, whitish

yellow on costa and on inner edge, much indented by ground-

colour on both sides inferiorly, where it is also more or less tinged

and edged with metallic bluish or greenish scales; submarginal

series of white, on both sides metallic-bluish or greenish bordered,

lunules, much like that in male; upper four lunules of hind-

marginal series ochre-yellow instead of white, the remainder to

anal angle metallic greenish or bluish with ochre-yellow centres as

in male ; tails much longer and broad, especially that at end of 3rd

median nervule, which is subspatulate instead of acute. UNpDER-

stpE.—Rather paler, but pattern and coloration according with

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-BAST AFRICA, 43

those of male, except that the common discal band of the upper-

side is represented in white (rather vaguely defined externally), and

that its outer series of ochreous spots in the fore wing is faintly

reproduced.

The pattern and coloration of both sexes on the underside

exhibit the closest agreement with those shown in C. ethalion, Boisd.,

only differing in the greater thickness and (in parts) brighter

tints of the markings, and, in the male only, by the reproduction

of the costal, outer discal, and hind-marginal white spots of the

fore wings. On the upperside the disparity between the female

C. guderiana and the female C. ethalion, and the great likeness to

C. satwrnus in the former, are due to the ferrugirous colour of the

basal areas and the narrowness and decided ochre-yellow tint of the

discal band.

Mr. Selous notes the interesting circumstance that while all the

more numerous males were found drinking at the water’s edge, the

females were invariably met with sucking the exudations on a tree-

stem or branches in company with the fine “ Goliath ” Cetoniid

beetles, Rhamphorrhina petersiana, Eudicella trimeni, &e.

67. CHARAXES EPHYRA (Godt.).

Nymphalis ephyra, Godt. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 355 (1819).

Nine males from the Mineni Valley. Six of these present on

the upperside of the hind wings the series of dull-greenish lunules

before the submarginal bluish ones mentioned by Godart (Joc. cit.)

as occurring in a single specimen from the West Coast of Africa.

The underside is darker, and with a more ferruginous tinge than

usual.

The males of this Butterfly are noted as always found drinking

at the water’s edge ; they were captured during March.

68. CHARAXES PHmUS, Hewits.

Charaxes phous, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877); R.

Monteiro, Delagoa Bay, &c. frontisp. figs. 4, 5 (1891).

The only example (a 2) was taken on a tree at Lusika River

on the 1st April.

69. CHARAXES MANICA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9, 9.)

Q. Exp. al. 2 in. 10 lin. to 3 in, 2 lin.

Allied to C. ephyra (Godt.), C. pheeus, Hewits., &e.

Submetallic pale blue, more or less tinged with greenish, with very

broad fuscous apical hind-marginal borders; in fore wing a rather

broad obliquely transverse white band outwardly bordering the blue

as in female C. bohemani, Feld. Fore wing: blue dull for some

distance from base, thence brighter; white band commences

widely on costa, encroaching internally a little on discoidal cell at

extremity, and is of about even width as far as 1st median nervule

beyond middle, but below this is bent inwardly from the general

oblique direction, and much narrowed by diffusion of the blue as

far as submedian nervure, below which it does not extend ; apical

44 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

area very broadly fuscous, as in female bohemani; two indistinct

subapical whitish spots placed obliquely close to costa; beneath

these, in one specimen, faint traces of three other spots, the whole

indicating an elbowed series of five as in female pheus, Hind

wing: blue forms a large discal space, brighter than the dull basal

part which fills discoidal cell, extending from 2nd subcostal nervule

to below 1st median; a rather wide costal, apical, and hind-

marginal fuscous border; the usual continuous hind-marginal

series of dull-red lunules as far as 3rd median nervule followed by

bronzy-green lunules thence to anal angle, preceded by a sub-

marginal series of thin, rather indistinct, whitish violet-tinged

lunules, quite as in female ethalion, Boisd., and female pheus :

inner-marginal border brownish-grey; tails as in the congeners

mentioned. UNpDERSIDE.—General colowring and pattern very close

to those shown by ethalion and pheeus, but decidedly darker and

more ferruginous in tint, without the strong silvery gloss, and possess-

mg in its fore wing the same conspicuous oblique white band as on

the upperside.

It is not without hesitation that I propose a new species-name

for the three females of Charawes here described, because their

underside, not only in marking but also in its ferruginous tint,

bears so close a resemblance to that of the males of C. ephyra above

noticed, that, were not the female of this species known, I should

assign these Manica females to it. The males in question seem quite

inseparable from C. ephyra, while the females under notice have

the upperside totally different from that of the recognized female of

C. ephyra, and so closely resembling that of the much larger female

of C. bohemani, that they might well pass for dwarf specimens of

the latter species. Only further material collected in Manica can

determine whether the male of this aberrant female resembles it in

the same way as in the case of the allied C. pheus, or whether we

have here a dimorphic female of C. ephyra.

One example was taken in the Mineni Valley on 29th March,

“on the same individual tree on which so many C. bohemani were

captured,” and the two others on a thorn-tree at Lusika River on

Ist April.

70. CHARAXES BOHEMANT, Feld.

3. Charaxes bohemani, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatschr. ii. p. 321,

t. 6. fig. 3 (1859); Butl. Lep. Exot. p. 28, pl. x. fig. 3 [ 9 ](1869).

Of this very fine Charawes twenty-eight specimens were taken in

Mineni Valley from the 11th to the 18th March, and eight at Lusika

River from the 1st to the 13th April. Of the entire thirty-six,

nineteen are males and seventeen females; eleven are absolutely

fresh perfect examples, twelve in fair condition, and thirteen more or

less worn and broken. In expanse of wings the male varies from

3 in. 3 lin. to 3 in. 8 lin., and the female from 3 in. 9 lin. to 4 in.

The tails of the hind wings are considerably longer and less acumi-

nate in the female than in the male. There is but little variation as

regards the upperside in either sex, except that the blue has in some

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 45

specimens more of a greenish tinge than usual; in one male there

is in the fore wings a small separate spot of blue just beyond the

extremity of the discoidal cell. The underside is also very constant,

but in the male exhibits some variation in the size and brightness

of the yellow lunules which form a common sinuated submarginal

series.

Mr. Selous informs me that he always found both sexes of

this species sucking at exudations'on the branches of a tree of

moderate size; during flight the blue field of the upperside is

conspicuous. Though not uncommon and rather widely distributed

over Mashunaland, Mr. Selous was not able to secure specimens

of it before visiting Manica.

71. CHARAXES CITHHRON, Feld.

Charaxes citheron, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatschr. u1. p. 398, t. 8.

figs. 2, 3 (1859).

The only example is a much-worn female taken at Christmas

Pass on the 29th February. It differs from the typical form so

prevalent on the Natal coast, and approaches the female C. xiphares

(Cram.), on the upperside of the fore wings by the more macular

white median band, and by the two subapical white spots being

succeeded inferiorly by a sinuated series of five whitish spots

erowing fainter downwards, and on the underside of the hind

wings by the more pronounced markings throughout, and espe-

cially by the presence of a narrow white bar externally bounding

the highly irregular median dark-blue transverse streak. On the

upperside, however, the median band of the hind wings is not

broad and ochre-yellow as in C. xiphares, but pale violaceous-blue

and white as in citheron and narrower than usual in the latter.

The tails of the hind wings are very much shorter than in citheron,

shorter and narrower than in C. wiphares 2, being in fact as short

and acute as in C. aiphares 3.

72. CHARAXES SELOUSI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10, ¢.)

3. Eup. al. 2 in. 1 lin.

Black, with submetallic pale violaceous-blue white-clouded sub-

marginal marking, developed in hind wing into a broad discal

space. Hore wing: a sinuated submarginal series of eight blue

and white spots, of which only the three lowest, between 2nd

median nervule and inner margin, are enlarged and conspicuous,

forming a short transverse band widening to inner marginal edge ;

the other five spots all small and very indistinct, except the 2nd

and 3rd, which lie between 5th subcostal and lower radial nervules

and are more white than blue. Hind wing: violaceous space

extending over disk from costa to below Ist median nervule, and

from extremity of discoidal cell to a little distance from hind

margin—traversed by a whitish ray and with its inner edge

white; just within hind-marginal edge a lunulated bluish-scaled

streak, dull red as far as 3rd median nervule, but below that

46 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

greenish yellow; just betore this streak a series of seven small

but very distinct and well-separated lunulate white spots, of

which the two next anal angle internally edge two small blue

spots; tails rather narrow but not very acuminate, of moderate

and about equal length. Unpbrrsipy.—Very glossy ; before middle,

pale olivaceous-ochreous, with an irregular transverse blue-black

white-edged streak; beyond middle, pale brownish-ochreous, tra-

versed by a sinuated fascia whitish in fore wing, ferruginous-red in

hind wing: a median blue-black line quite across both wings,

hounded externally by a white stripe. Fore wing: three blue-black

white-edged spots in discoidal cell, one transversely elongate,

close to base, the others subbasal, round, one above the other ;

transverse streak white-edged internally, interrupted on 1st median

nervule; median transverse line almost straight, slightly inter-

rupted on 2nd median nervule; discal fascia ‘strongly sinuated

superiorly, thinly fuscous-edged internally, traversed by a very

faint indication of a series of pale rufous spots corresponding to

the upperside series—the lowest spot being enlarged, geminate,

and fuscous; apex whitish. Hind wing: in discoidal cell a sub-

basal blue-black, externally white-edged line; continuation of

transverse streak of fore wing interrupted on subcostal nervure,

and extending to just below median nervure ; median transverse

line continuous from costal to inner marginal edge; red discal

fascia irregular, continuously black-edged internally, but only

imperfectly so externally ; white spots of hind-marginal series ali

larger than those on upperside and subocellate with blue and

black ; streak along hind-margin not bluish-scaled, ferruginous-red

as far as 1st median nervule.

This very distinct species combines to some extent the colouring

and pattern of the very much larger C. violetta, H. G. Smith, with

those characteristic of the ephyra group of the genus, especially

as regards the underside, but it is on the whole much nearer to

the latter. Unfortunately the female remains unknown.

The only example was taken in the Mineni Valley, on 7th March ;

it was drinking at the water’s edge, and the brightly-marked

underside attracted Mr. Selous’s notice, notwithstanding its small

size as compared with its congeners.

I dedicate this Charaxes to Mr. F. C. Selous, a naturalist and

geographical explorer distinguished no less for his high personal

qualities than for his services in opening up tropical South Africa.

Family ERYCINIDA.

Subfamily LisyrHEm 2.

Genus Lirsyruna, Fabr.

73. LIBYTHEA LAIvUS, Trim.

Inbythea laius, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 337; S.-Afr.

Butt. u. p. 5. n. 118, pl. vi. fig. 3

Four specimens—-a male from Christmas Pass, two males from

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 47

Mineni River, and a female from Vunduzi River—resemble those

brought from Natal, but are smaller than usual.

This species was found settling on leaves in shady places ; it

flew with moderate speed and was easily caught. These four

specimens were the only ones observed; they were taken on 15th

February, 8th March, and 5th April.

Family Lyc #NID&.

Genus Lycana, Fabr.

74, Lycana asopus, Hopff.

3 Q. Lycena asopus, Hopff. Monatsh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss.

Berl. 1855, p. 642. n. 21.

Two specimens from Christmas Pass.

75. LycamNa PARSIMON (Fabr.).

3. Papilio parsimon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 526. n. 349 (1775).

Two males from Christmas Pass.

76. LiceZNa EXCLUSA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 11, ¢.)

Exp. al. (3) 1 in. 63 lin. ; (2) 1 in. 8-9 lin.

3d. Very like Z. parsimon (Fabr.), ¢g, on upperside. Dull

brownish-grey ; a fuscous hind-marginal edging line ; cilia brownish-

grey basally, whitish eaternally ; pattern of underside indistinctly

shown, the most apparent marking being the darker terminal disco-

cellular striola in both wings. Hind wing: close to hind margin

the usual fuscous spot, between 1st and 2nd median nervules,

rather small and ill-defined, externally whitish-edged ; below 1st

median nervule the trace of a second similar spot; no tail.

UnD=RSIDE.— Dull creamy-whitish, with conspicuous black spots

faintly white-edged. Fore wing: discocellular terminal striola

thick and black; discal series of six spots—the upper three

forming a regular continuous transverse streak between 4th

subcostal and 3rd median nervules, but the other three all separate

and before the upper three, the 5th spot (between 2nd and Ist

median nervules) being nearer to base than the 4th and 6th spots ;

a submarginal ochreous-brown streak, widening downward, parallel

to and not very far before hind-marginal edge, which is bounded

by a black line. Hind wing: a subbasal series of three rounded

spots, the middle one in discoidal cell; terminal cellular striola

thick, black, curved ; discal series of eight spots (all separate)

strongly bisinuated—the 1st and 8th spots before, the 2nd and

5th about, and the remainder beyond middle ; the 7th spot strongly

crescentic ; a black hind-marginal edging line as in fore wing, and

a faint indication of a submarginal ochreous-brown line, which

below second median nervule widens into two very diffuse ochre-

yellow lunulate marks; immediately beyond the latter are a rounded

superior and elongate inferior black spot, the upper profusely, the

;

48 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BULTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

lower slightly scaled with metallic blue. Cilia as on upperside,

but with darker base.

Q. Discal area in both wings whitish, with a pale-blue scaling

from base over cell and along inner-marginal area. Fore wing:

terminal discocellular marking very much broader than in male,

reniform. Hind wing: 3rd and 4th spots of discal series of

underside reproduced, fuscous ; hind margin more or less whitish-

bordered throughout ; fuscous spots near anal angle much en-

larged. Underside as in male.

The male and the two females above described were all taken

at Christmas Pass on 11th February ; the male is in good condition,

but the females are greatly worn and faded. Only these three

examples were seen, they were flying slowly on an open hill-side.

The large and very irregularly disposed deep black discal spots

of the underside readily distinguish this Lycena from all its

congeners known to me, with the exception of one very near ally

discovered in the adjacent district of Mashunaland by Mr. Selous,

which is described below *.

77. Lyczna cissus (Godt.).

Polyommatus cissus, Godt. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 683. n. 210

(1823).

One specimen from Umtali, five from Christmas Pass, and one

from the Mineni Valley.

78. LYCHNA MAHALLOKO@NA, Wallengr.

Lyceena mahallokocena, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.

1857—Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 41. n. 16.

Two examples from Christmas Pass, and one from the Mineni

Valley. Until the receipt of these Manica specimens, the most

| Lyc&NA MASHUNA, 0. Sp.

Exp. al. (3) 1 in. 5-6 lin. ; (2) 1 in. 6-8 lin.

Nearly allied to L. exclusa.

3. Very pale violaceous-blue, shot with pink ; newration distinctly blackish ;

a strongly-marked hind-marginal black edging streak ; discal spots of underside

faintly showing through ; terminal discocellular mark distinct, slender, and

angulated in both wings. Fore wing: immediately before hind-marginal black

edging a very faint tinge of ochry-yellow, preceded by a very faint diffuse

greyish fascia. Hind wing: anextremely faint diffuse greyish border immediately

before hind-marginal edging; a rather small and faint biackish spot close to

hind margin, between Ist and 2nd median nervules, immediately preceded by

some very faint ochry-yellowish scaling; xo tail. Unperstnr.—Ochre-yellow,

with conspicuous black, very thinly white-edged discal spots arranged just as in

L, exclusa ; two series of very faint submarginal white lunules. Fore wing:

field of wing much paler than costal and hind-marginal border; 5th spot of

discal series greatly reduced and but little before 4th, and 6th spot wanting.

Hind wing: hind-marginal black spot darker than on upperside, ochre-yellow

immediately preceding it darker than ground-colour.

2. Pale-blue field much more limited than in male, the costal, apical, and

hind-marginal border being in both wings broadly brownish grey ; ochry-yellowish

hind-marginal stain much more developed, and in fore wing usually conspicuous

between 2nd median nervule and posterior angle, while in some specimens it is

also diffusedly present in hind wing. Fore wing: discocellular terminal

1894.) °° MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 49

northern locality on the eastern side, known to me asa habitat

of this curious species, was Pretoria; although further inland it

had been found in the Bamangwato Country.

79. Lycmna GAIKA, Trim.

Lycena gaika, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. i. p. 403

(1862).

Two specimens from Christmas Pass.

When I described this species thirty years ago, I little imagined

that so exceptionally fragile and slow-flying a Butterfly—one of

the smallest of its genus—would be found to range over not only

a great part of Africa, but also from Aden over all the Oriental

Region to Java, and even into the Western Pacific (Solomon

Islands).

80. Lyc#NA Be@erica (Linn.).

Four examples from the Mineni Valley.

81. Lycana sicnena, Wallengr.

Lycena sichela, Wallengr. loc. cit. 1857, p. 37. n. 4.

Seven specimens from Christmas Pass. With the exception of

a male captured at Tati, South Matabeleland, in 1887, by the

late Mr. J. L. Fry, these are the first examples known to me from

tropical S.E. Africa, but I have recorded (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891,

p- 82) the occurrence of the species in the tropical S.W. area.

82. Lyc#Na TELICANUS (Lang).

Two specimens from Christmas Pass, and three from the

Mineni Valley. ;

_ There can be no doubt that the widely-spread Lycena generally

marking darker and broader. Hind wing: 3rd and 4th spots (rarely also 5th

and 7th spots) of discal series of underside reproduced, fuscous; a whitish

line, preceded by traces of dark spots, just before hind-marginal edge; blackish

spot larger, the yellow preceding it usually taking the ordinary lunulate form ;

a yellowish space at anal angle. Unprrsipz.—aAs in male, but black spots

larger, and discal series usually complete, the 5th spot only reduced in one

example, and four others having all six asin L. exrclusa, but with the lower

three less irregularly disposed.

This species is readily distinguished from ZL. exclusa by the blue instead of

brownish-grey upperside of the male, and in both sexes by the ochre-yellow

instead of creamy-whitish underside; another peculiar feature, most apparent

in the female, is the development of more or less ochry-yellowish along the

hind-marginal border. The intense blackness of the terminal discocellular and

discal spots of the underside is the same in both species, and obtains, as far as

I know, in no other species of this group of Lycena. The anal angular spot

on the underside of L. exclusa is wanting in that of L. mashuna. The relation

between these two species corresponds very near to that between L. parstmon

and L. patricia, Trim.

The examples collected by Mr. Selous are two (¢ and Q) from the

Hanyani River, not far south of Fort Salisbury, received in 1886; two (9)

from Motoko’s Country, Hast Mashtunaland, captured in November 1890; and

six (2 5,4 9), without special locality, received in 1891. All had suffered

some injuries from rough transit by post.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. IV. 4

50 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

known as Z, plinius, Fabr., is identical with Z. telicanus, and that

accordingly the range of the latter species must be extended from

Aden eastward over all the Oriental Region to Formosa, and also

to the Solomon Jslands. The distribution of this Butterfly over

the Old World is thus rendered almost coextensive with that

of L. betica.

83. Lyc#NA LINGEUS (Cram.).

Papilio lingeus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. ecclxxix. figs. F, G

(1782).

Three examples from Christmas Pass.

84. Lycmna antinori, Oberth.

Lycena antinorii, Oberth. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvii. p. 731,

t. ix. fig. 3 (1883).

The only individual captured is a male, met with in Christmas

Pass on 6th March. This specimen differs in one point from

Oberthiir’s figure of the type, viz. the two series of submarginal

brownish-fuscous lunules are much less regular, especially in the

fore wings, and are interrupted in two or three places.

It is interesting to find this little-known Lycena, which was

discovered in Shoa, Abyssinia, by the late Marquis Antinori, in

1879, occurring so far to the southas Manica. The female appears

to be still unknown. From the pattern of the underside, this

species is clearly related to the group of Z. juba, Fabr., but the

violaceous tint of the upperside is most like that of the male

L. lingeus.

85. LycmNA PoGGEt (Dewitz).

3. Plebeius poggei, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Leop.-Carol. Akad.

Naturf. xli. p. 205, pl. xxvi. fig. 7 (1879).

Of this remarkable species, founded on a single male discovered

by Dr. Pogge in Angola, there are four males in the collection, all

taken at Christmas Pass, on the 6th March, drinking at the edge

of water.

The ochraceous pink-shot upperside, with the very strongly

marked discal series of seven unequal longitudinal black streaks

between the nervules of the fore wings, renders this species easily

recognizable ; the underside nearly resembles that of L. antinoriz,

but is more heavily marked. A near ally is L. artemenes, Mabille,

from Madagascar, which, judging from the figures (3 and 4) on

pl. xxvii. of the “ Lepidoptéres” volume of Grandidier’s ‘ Histoire

Physique ete. de Madagascar,’ has the black streaks much thinner

and longer, and the cilia very feebly fuscous-varied in the fore

wings, while the dark markings of the underside are mostly white-

centred instead of uniform brownish grey. Mr. A. G. Butler

notes (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, v. p. 337 (1880)) that in the

nature of the internervular black streaks the Madagascar species

agrees with the West-African Z. juba, Fabr.

“

One eae

1894. } MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 51

Genus LyczNnustHEs, Moore.

86. Lycmnesruns LARYDAS (Cram.).

Papilio larydas, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. eelxxxii. fig. H (1782).

Three examples taken at Christmas Pass.

87. LycaNESTHES LiopES, Hewits.

Lyccenesthes liodes, Hewits. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874,

p. 349.

One specimen from Christmas Pass, and another from the

Mineni Valley.

88. LycHNESTHES NEGLECTA, Trim.

3. Lycenesthes neglecta, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891,

p. 175; and (2) 1893, p. 132, pl. vii. figs. 7,8(¢ & @).

The only specimen, a female, was captured in the Mineni

Valley, on the 7th March; it agrees with the Natalian female

figured by me in the paper cited above.

89. LYCHNESTHES LUNULATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 12, ¢.)

Exp. al. 1 in. 23 lin.

3. Metallic violaceous, bordered with fuscous. Fore wing: apical

border very broad, but costal border to beyond middle and hind-

marginal border below 2nd median nervule narrow. Hind wing:

costal border of moderate width and only a little broader apically ;

hind-marginal border linear below 2nd subcostal nervule, but

closely preceded by a fuscous lunulate line, the line separating

the two being whitish towards anal angle ; ordinary hind-marginal

spot between Ist and 2nd median nervules small but black internally,

bounded and half encircled by a broad and very conspicuous

orange lunule. Cilia whitish-grey, in hind wing whiter towards

anal angle and traversed by a dark line. Unpersipr.—Brownish-

grey ; ordinary markings of the grownd-colour but with exceedingly

jine darker outlines, their white edgings on both sides slender but

sharply defined. Fore wing: discal series of incomplete touching

annulets only slightly irregular, except that its lowest and largest

marking is oblique and before the others. Hind wing: discal

series of annulets rather strongly bisinuated, the costal annulet

filled with black; two subbasal, small, round, black, white-ringed

spots, one near costa and the other on inner margin; hind-

marginal black spot and orange lunule as on upperside, except

that the spot is marked externally with greenish-silvery ; at anal

angle a similar spot and lunule.

This species belongs to the sylvanus group of Lyccnesthes, its

underside agreeing more with those of that species and of L. liodes,

while the upperside more resembles that of L. otacilia, Trim., but

is of a much deeper and more glittering violaceous. It appears to

stand very close to the otacilia of Hewitson (Illustr. Diurn. Lep.

pl. 92. figs. 35-37), which, as I have pointed out in my 8S.-Afr. Butt.

52 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

ii. p. 103, is distinct from Z. otacilia, mihi; and, though larger and

darker than Hewitson’s figure of the male, may prove on comparison

with Hewitson’s specimens to belong to the same species. The

examples in the Hewitson Collection bore the localities of Sierra

Leone and Angola.

The two males in Mr. Selous’s collection were taken at Umtali

and in the Mineni Valley, respectively, on the 28th February and

7th March.

Genus Drvporix, Hewits.

90. Druporix anratus (Hopff.)’.

Dipsas antalus, Hopff. Monatsb. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berl.

1855, p. 641. n. 15.

Two specimens from Christmas Pass and two from the Mineni

Valley.

1 Mr. A. E. Hunt, lately of Durban and now of Newcastle, Natal, has

reared this Butterfly from larve found in the seed-pods of Crotalaria capensis

at Pinetown and near Durban, and has sent me descriptions and drawings of

the larva and pupa, from which the following diagnoses are framed.

Larva.—Above greenish grey, spotted with black (in some specimens a tinge

of purplish) ; first and second thoracic segments chrome-yellow, the first bearing

a median black mark like a broad arrow reversed, the second with two trans-

verse rows of three black spots each ; a transverse row of five black spots on

the third thoracic segment and on each of the six following abdominal segments ;

spiracles black; head black; underside and legs dull yellowish. Last three

abdominal segments obliquely flattened and sloping posteriorly, hollowed and

wrinkled superiorly. Entire upper surface densely set with short black bristles ;

also a lateral edging of short white hairs. Length 74 lines.

Pupa.—Thorax and wing-covers dark glossy blackish brown ; abdomen dull

reddish yellow thickly sprinkled with black atoms, and with a narrow dorsal

median stripe of black; head reddish yellow above, shining black beneath, with

a fringe of fine white hairs along the front. Entire upper surface sprinkled

with very short white hairs; under surface smooth and glossy. Humped

dorsally, being markedly constricted at junction of thorax and abdomen;

flattened inferiorly. Attached by the tail and by a silken girth.

It will be seen that the early stages much resemble those of a near congener,

D. isocrates (Fabr.), common in India and Ceylon, the larva of which has long

been celebrated for its singular habit not only of feeding in the interior of

pomegranate and other fruits but also of finding its way out shortly before the

change to pupa and “spinning a strong web over the basal portion of the fruit

and over some considerable length of the attaching stem, so that should the

fruit be separated from the stem it will not fall to the ground” (de Nicéville,

Indian Museum Notes, vol. i. no. 4, p. 194, 1890; and Butt. India, iii. p. 478,

1890). But the larva of D. antalus does not appear to share the very re-

markable habit in question (first brought to notice by the late Prof. Westwood

as long ago as 1835), as Mr. Hunt notes nothing of the kind. He writes,

however, that the first pupa found was attached to the inside of a pod of Crota-

laria which had a round hole at the tip, while the larve subsequently found

by him were in pods without holes, and in every case left the pod after it had

once been opened. He believes the latter course to be traceable to the pod’s

twisting as it dried and so squeezing the larva. One or two full-grown ferris

which were placed in a pod ate their way out and fastened themselves under

the nest of a mason-wasp that was in the same box. The pupal state, in June

and July, lasted from 18 to 21 days. Mr. Hunt adds that the pupa, on being

touched or disturbed, gives a very distinct squeak, although he could not trace

any movement of the insect accompanying it.

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 53

91. DeuporIx cHruLeA, H. H. Druce.

3 2. Deudorix cerulea, H. H. Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. v. p. 28 (1890).

3. Deudorix obscurata, Trim. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 84.

n. 61, pl. ix. fig. 13.

A single male, captured in the Mineni Valley on the 11th March,

and a female on the 13th,

Mr. Druce pointed out the identity of my D. obscurata with his

previously described D. cwrulea in Ent. M. Mag. 1892, p. 65, and

reference to his description shows him to be right. His specimens

were from Lagos, Western Africa, while the type of my D. obscurata

was from Omrora on the border of North Ovampoland.

Genus Hyponyca@na, Feld.

92. HypoLycmNna czcuLus (Hopff.).

Tolaus ceculus, Hopff. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855, p. 642.

my bf.

Four males and three females from the Mineni Valley, taken from

March 7th to 21st. These are the largest specimens that I have

seen, the male expanding 1 in. 43-53 lin., and the female 1 in. 6-

64 lin. While the males do not incline to the more violaceous

tint of the upperside so noticeable in the examples recorded by

me from North Ovampoland (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 85), yet

both sexes resemble the latter, and differ from the usual Hast-

African specimens, in the much redder and decidedly broader

transverse streaks of the underside, though none has these markings

so strongly developed as in the supposed seasonal form figured by

me loc. cit. (pl. ix. fig. 14). It would thus appear probable that

on the eastern side the seasonal forms differ less widely than they

do on the western.

93. HypoLyc®NA PHILIPPUS (Fabr.).

Hesperia philippus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 283. n. 87 (1798).

Three specimens from Christmas Pass, and four from the

Mineni Valley.

Genus loravs, Hubn.

94. IoLaus sipus, Trim.

Tolaus sidus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. ii. p. 176

(1864). 7

A single example of each sexfrom Christmas Pass. The female

is one of the largest I have seen, expanding 1 in. 5} lin., and has

the red stripes of the underside much broader than in any other

specimen that has come under my notice. It was captured on

22nd February, settled on the same bush as the J. aphnaoides

mentioned below. ,

54 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM (Jan. 16,

95. IoLAUS BOWKERI, Trim.

Iolaus bowkeri, Trim. loc. cit. p. 176 (1864).

Two examples from Christmas Pass and three from the Mineni

Valley.

96. Ionaus aPpHN xoIDES, Trim.

Tolaus aphneoides, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 110;

Hewits. Ill. D. Lep., Suppl. pl. iva. figs. 50, 51 (1878).

One male captured at Christmas Pass on 22nd February. Of

this very rare though somewhat widely distributed species I have

seen only seven examples, viz.: the types (male and female) taken

near Grahamstown, Cape Colony; a male from the Trans-Keian

territory ; a female from Panda-ma-Tenka, near the Victoria Falls

of the Zambesi; two females from Lake Nyassa (Hewitson

Collection); and the male now under notice’. Mr. Selous’s

example was taken at the edge of a ravine; it settled repeatedly

on the same bush.

Genus Mynrina, Fabr.

97. MyYRINA FICEDULA, Trim.

Myrina ficedula, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 324.

Two females from Christmas Pass, agreeing with ordinary

South-African specimens.

Genus Apunxus, Hibn.

98, APHNZUS MASILIKAZI (Wallengr.).

Spindasis masilikazi, Wallengr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1857—

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 45.

Three specimens (2 males and a female) from the Mineni Valley,

and three (females) from near Vunduzi River. These were taken

on blue flowers at the side of the road.

99. APHNAUS HOMEYERI, Dewitz.

Aphneus homeyeri, Dewitz, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. xxx. p. 429,

pl. i. figs. 5, 5a, 56, 5¢ (1887); Trim. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1891, p. 88. n. 70.

A female from Sikuva River (March 4th), and two males and

' A description with very carefully executed coloured figures of a very closely

allied form (found near Durban, Natal, in March 1893) have been sent me by

Mr. A. E. Hunt. In this example the orange-yellow stripes and borders of the

underside are reduced to almost linear form, the basal stripe indeed being

wanting except for its lower inner-marginal portion in the hind wing, and the

subbasal one represented by a discocellular short streak in each wing. The

common submarginal series of:black spots, and the hind-marginal black spots

of the hind wing, are quite as in Z. aphneoides ; but the costa of the fore wing

has an orange linear edging, and the inner margin of the hind wing bears a

small subbasal orange spot. It seems possible that this may prove to be a

seasonal variation of Z. aphneoides, but at present Iam inclined to regard it as

a sport of that species.

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. oo

three females from near Vunduzi River (April 6th and 12th).

Mr. Selous notes that this Aphneus was seen, five or six together,

on the same blue flowers that were frequented by A. masilikazt.

All six examples agree with the summer specimens taken at

Omrora, 8.W. Africa, by Mr. Eriksson (see P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 89),

in their strongly marked and brightly tinted underside.

Genus Curysorycu1a, Wallener.

100. CHRYSORYCHIA HARPAX (Fabr.).

Papilio harpax, Fabr. Ent. Syst. App. p. 829. nn. 327-328

(1775).

Two (¢ @) from Christmas Pass, nine (5 3,49) from Mineni

Valley, one (3) from Lusika River, and one (¢) from near

Vunduzi River.

These examples altogether agree best with Hopffer’s descriptions

and figures (Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb., Ins. pl. xxvi. figs. 1-3,

p- 403), but the males are of a darker red on the upperside, like

more southern examples, and exhibit much variation in the width

of the fuscous border of the fore wing—most, however, having

that border very broad indeed in apical area.

101. CurysornycHia AMANGA (Westw.).

Zeritis amanga, Westw., Oates’s Matabele-land ete. p. 351. n. 62

(1881).

Oe stoi amanga, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 165. n. 201,

pl. ix. fig. 1 | o (4887).

Four (3 males and a female) from the Mineni Valley, and one

(male) from Vunduzi River. The latter male has the discal red on

the upperside of the fore wings reduced to a triangular patch not

extending (except by an obsolescent spot) above 1st median ner-

vule; and the female exhibits on the underside much of the lilacine-

whitish clouding characteristic of the male, and well developed in

these Manica examples. In both sexes, but especially in the male,

the discal small metallic spots of the underside are better marked

than usual.

102. CHRYSORYCHIA CRUENTA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 138, ¢.)

Exp. al. (3S) 1 in. 2-23 lin.

3. Allied to C. amanga (Westw.). Fuscous, with a very dark

red discal patch in each wing. Fore wing: dark-red patch inferior,

lying between 2nd median nervule and inner margin, narrow

superiorly but widening inferiorly so as to occupy inner marginal

edge from rather before middle to a little before posterior angle ;

costa from base to before middle rather broadly bordered with dull

fulvous. Hind wing: dark-red patch larger than in fore wing,

widest superiorly (where it is bounded by the radial nervule) and

extending to hind-marginal edge, over anal angular lobe, and to

inner margin for some little distance before lobe; tail long and

rather wide, of the same dark red ; inner-marginal border broadly

SS OE, Se hore PRL See eer Sure ie eee eg

06 MR. BR. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

hoary to a little beyond middle ; lobe witha narrow silvery edging

interrupted by base of tail. Cilia in fore wing white from apex to

lower radial nervule, below that fuscous ; in hind wing dark red

with a fine basal line of fuscous. UNpsErs1pE.—Deep ferruginous

red, with numerous thin, silvery, dark-edged spots, arranged as in

C. harpax (Fabr.), but much more attenuated, and in hind winy form-

ing more continuous, less macular, transverse series. Fore wing:

a broad basicostal creamy border for about one-third of length of

wing ; a rather indistinct lilacine cloud over upper part of disk;

below median nervure a conspicuous, slender, elongate fuscous-

edged white marking, curved upward at its inner extremity and

lying longitudinally; a similar but much longer marking, bent

downward at its outer extremity, between 1st median nervule and

submedian nervure: these two markings represent the much

thicker, more transverse ones in harpax; inner-marginal border

only narrowly and faintly pale fulvous ; apical silvery spot only

of submarginal series well-marked, elongate, oblique. Hind .

wing: disk with a faint but extended lilacine cloud ; discal series

of silvery markings forming an almost continuous irregular streak

angulated inferiorly ; submarginal series of small spots very indis-

tinct, scarcely darker than ground-colour, except at angulation

immediately before anal angular lobe, where two are silvery, sub-

linear, and dark-edged.

Front of head, palpi, first and second pairs of legs (the first

being very densely hairy almost to end of tarsus), and under edge

of third pair all of the same creamy tint as the basicostal border of

the fore wings. Antennz without white bar beneath at base of club.

The distinguishing characters of this species of Chrysorychia

are :—on the upperside, the extremely dark red (in some lights with

a faint purplish gloss) of the discal patches, and the limitation of the

hind-wing patch (whereas in C. amanga and C. harpax the red

extends over the whole surface except a small basal portion); and,

on the underside, the very deep red ground-colour, the thinness and

regularity of the silvery markings, the very peculiar elongation

and whiteness of the two longitudinal streaks below the median

nervure and its first nervule in the fore wings, and the creamy

(not silvery-white as in C. amanga) colour of the basicostal border

in the fore wings. The very dense creamy hair, like wool, clothing

the first pair of legs, and the absence of the inferior white bar

at the base of the antennal club, are also peculiar features of

C. cruenta, although the former is, to a much smaller extent,

exhibited also by C. amanga.

Only two males of this handsome Chrysorychia were taken by

Mr. Selous—one in the Mineni Valley on 6th March, the other at

the Lopodzi River on 2nd April.

Genus PentILa, Westw.

I do not concur with Scudder (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci.

x. pp. 244 & 284, 1875), Butler (Ent. M. Mag. xxii. p. 59, Aug.

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 57

1885), and Smith and Kirby (Rhop. Exot. i. Afr. Lye. pl. ii. pp. 2 & 4,

1887) in recognizing the MS. genus Tingra, Boisd., with 7’. tropi-

calis, Boisd., as type, or in taking the same author’s MS. species

Pentila undularis as the type of Pentila, a genus first defined by

Westwood (Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 503) in 1851. Although West-

wood undoubtedly places P. undularis first on the list of species

included under Pentila, it is equally certain, on studying his dia-

gnosis of the genus, that the characters he gives are not those

presented by undularis, but are (out of the four species he names)

solely applicable to the second species, viz. P. abrawas, Westw.,which

should therefore be held as the type of Pentila. With P. abraxas,

P. tropicalis is unquestionably congeneric, and the MS. genus Tingra

should consequently be abandoned, Westwood defines Pentila as

having “labial palpi very minute ;” in the fore wings, ‘“ upper

discocellular arising from the postcostal at about the same distance

beyond the second branch as the space between the first and second

branches ; it is also about equal in length to the same space and

oblique; middie discocellular short, less oblique ;” and in the hind

wings, “lower discocellular nearly transverse and very slender,

&c.” P. abrawas presents these important characters, as well as all

the others described by Westwood, whereas P. unduluris has rather

long, slender, and porrect palpi; the upper discocellular nervule of

the fore wings so exceedingly short as to be scarcely distinguish-

able, and the middle one very short and quite transverse; and in

the hind wings an open discoidal cell, the lower discocellular ner-

vule being wanting altogether. The different arrangement of the

discocellular neuration of the fore wings gives P. abrawas a long

discoidal cell and P. undularis a short one. Butler (J. c. p. 60)

recognizes that P. undularis “ differs considerably both in neuration

and palpi from the other species associated with it,” and also that,

if no longer held as type of Pentila, a new genus would have to be

founded for it.

103. PrnTILa TROPICALIS (Boisd.).

3. Tingra tropicalis, Boisd. App. Voy. Deleg. dans Afr. Aust.

p- 589. n. 46 (1847).

3. Pentila tropicalis, Hewits. Exot. Butt. iti. pl. 60. fig. 2 .

(1866).

2. Tingra tropicalis, Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i. p.3, Lycen.

Afr. pl. ii. figs. 9, 10 (1887).

The examples collected by Mr. Selous (three from the Mineni

Valley, one at the Lopodzi River, and three near the Vunduzi

River) resemble the variation from Mombasa, named lasti by

Messrs. Smithand Kirby (op. cit. Lycen. Afr. pl. viii. figs. 14,1889), |

in the better development of the upperside fuscous border and

discocellular spots in the fore wings of both sexes, but want on

the upperside the common discal series of small spots (reproducing

that always present on the underside) described and figured in the

Mombasa examples. As regards the macular hind-marginal border

on the upperside of the hind wings of the male, it is observable

acd tn ie

58 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

that, of Mr. Selous’s five specimens, two have this feature more

developed than in the figure of 7’. Jasti, one has it about the same,

one has it considerably less, and in the last (in which the fore-wing

border is abnormally broad) its only trace is some sparse black

scales. As pointed out in my description of this species (S.-Afr.

Butt. ii. pp. 211-212), the fuscous markings of the upperside are

variable in the Natalian typical form, and this tendency seems

more marked farther to the north-east.

104. Pentina PruceriIA, Hewits.

Pentila peucetia, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. p. 119, pl. 60. fig. 3

(1866).

Four examples from the Mineni Valley and ten from the Vunduzi

River. Noted as always found in shady forest, flying very slowly,

and towards sunset settling very often.

The locality of the type is given by Hewitson as the Zambesi, but

in Mr. Kirby’s Catalogue of the Hewitson Collection (1879, p. 180)

the three specimens recorded are respectively from “ Gaboon,

Calabar, and Lake Nyassa,” showing avery wide range for the

species. An example received from the Rev. H. Junod was taken

at Morakwen, Delagoa Bay, on 30th March, 1891; it is the only

one known to me from an extra-tropical locality.

There is little or no variation observable among Mr. Selous’s

specimens, and the sexes differ only in size.

I find this Butterfly, as well as its close ally P. peuceda (H. G.

Smith), from Mombasa, and P. muhata, Dewitz, from Mukenge and

Cameroons, inseparable generically from P. abrawas and P. tropicalis,

and do not see on what grounds Messrs. Kirby and Smith (op. cit.

Lycen. Afr. pls. ii. & ix. pp. 3 & 37) have placed them in

Butler’s genus Larinopoda (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 172),

the type of which presents a wide difference from them both in

palpi and neuration.

Genus DurBanta, Trim.

105. DuRrBANIA HILDEGARDA (Kirby).

3. Teriomima (?) hildegarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, xix. p. 367 (1887); and Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i.

Lycen. Afr. p. 16, pl. iv. figs. 7, 8 (1888) *.

Fifteen specimens were taken in the Mineni Valley from the 9th

to 27th March, and two at the Lusika River on 1st April ; four from

the former and one from the latter locality are females. Mr.

Selous notes that this Butterfly was of very slow flight, and congre-

gated in numbers on the stems of a tall herbaceous plant with blue

flowers.

The males agree fairly with the figure above cited,which represents

an example from Ashanti, but on the upperside are of a slightly

* In op. cit. p. 46 (1890) Messrs. Smith and Kirby note that T. (?) hi/degarda

may be included in the genus Durbania.

1894. MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 59

deeper ochre-yellow and have the discocellular fuscous markings

and extracellular costal bar heavier and more confluent, while the

common fuscous hind-marginal border varies a good deal in width,

being in some specimens narrower than shown in the figure.

The females are distinguished from the males by their much

narrower fuscous markings on the upperside; although these

markings vary in development, they are at their widest narrower

than in the most lightly marked male. The underside is alike in

the two sexes.

This is a very close ally of D. aslauga, Trim., but separated by

its paler ground-colour (without any tinge of orange) and well-

defined fuscous hind-marginal border on the upperside—the latter

character being specially noticeable in the hind wings, where in

D. aslauga it is wanting. On the underside the markings agree with

those of aslauga, but all the rufous spots are much more conspi-

cuous, being larger and paler, especially those of the hind-marginal

and submarginal series. D. aslauga inhabits the Natal coast, and

has also been brought from Zanzibar.

106. DuURBANIA PUELLARIS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 14, 9.)

Closely allied to D. puella (Kirby) ?.

Exp. al.( 3) 1 in. 3lin.; (2) 1 in. 34 lin.

3. Ochre-yellow ; fore wing with fuscous border at apex. Fore

wing: fuscous border broad on costal edge, beginning at extremity

of 2nd subcostal nervule, and thence narrowing to a point on

hind-marginal edge at extremity of 3rd median nervule, whence

runs a linear prolongation to extremity of 2nd median nervule;

inner edge of this border showing marked indentation on each

nervule, the deepest being on upper radial nervule, where the

border abruptly narrows ; costa bordered for a little distance from

base with blackish, and beyond this a small blackish spot. UNpER-

sIDE.—Paler ; hind wing and apex of fore wing creamy-yellow.

Forewing: costal edge with 5 small black spots, of which the 1st

and 2nd are subbasal and strongly marked; the 3rd faint, very

thin, just above extremity of discoidal cell; the 4th like the 3rd

and about as far beyond it as the 38rd is from the 2nd; and the

5th is largest, elongate, rather faint, extending to below subcostal

nervure, and corresponding in position to the inner edge of the

apical border of the upperside ; a very fine black line interrupted

on nervules along hind-marginal edge from apex to lower radial

nervule. Hind wing: 5 well-marked but rather small round

black spots, viz., one in the discoidal cell just before origin of 1st

median nervule; one below cell, a little beyond the same point ;

and three discal, one being subapical between the subcostal nervules,

and the other two between 3rd and 1st median nervules ; on hind-

D. otlanga, Smith and Kirby (op. cit. p. 46, pl. xi. figs. 9, 10), is suggested as

“ nossibly the female of D. hildegarda,” but is widely different as regards both

colour of upperside and pattern of underside.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xix. p. 365 (1887); Smith and Kirby, Rhop.

Exot. 1. Lycen. Afr. p. 12, pl. iii. figs. 9, 10 (1888)—TZeriomima puclla.

60 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

marginal edge, from 1st median nervule to anal angle, an extremely

fine black line.

Q. Like male, but with the black markings throughout rather

larger. Fore wing: apical border broader costally, more deeply

indented on upper radial nervule, its inferior linear prolongation in

two examples extending below 2nd median nervule. UNDERSIDE.—

Fore wing: two additional subapical black spots, one on costa a

little beyond large fifth spot, and the other (larger) below and

beyond the same spot and between the radial nervules ; hind-mar-

ginal black line well-marked, continuous from apex to 2nd median

nervule. Hind wing: an additional small black discal spot, below

1st median nervule ; in one specimen the trace of another, close

to costa, near extremity of costal nervure.

Head and its appendages black; a ringround eyes, the base

and tip of palpi, and a ring round the base of each shaft-joint of

antenne, white. Thorax and abdomen pale ochre-yellow. Legs

black, conspicuously white-ringed.

One female has the underside concolorous, the hind wings and

apex of the fore wings being no paler than the field of the fore

wings.

Described from one male and three female specimens.

This form is distinguishable from Mr. Kirby’s description and

figure of D. puella, a native of the Gaboon territory, by its larger

size, and on the upperside of the fore wings by its want of costal

spots beyond the middle, and costally broader internally deeply

indented apical border; while on the underside it wants two of

the black spots present in the hind wings of D. puella, viz. one

close to costa about middle, and the other median, just beyond the

extremity of the discoidal cell.

In all structural characters D. puellaris cannot be separated from

D, aslauga and D. hildegarda ; and most probably, therefore, its

close ally D. puella should be withdrawn from the genus Teriomima,

Kirby, and transferred to Durbania.

Mr. Selous’s four specimens were all taken at the Vunduzi

River, on the 5th April; he found them towards sundown settling

on the same stems of a blue-flowered plant that was frequented by

D, hildegarda and Pentila tropicalis.

Genus ALZNA, Boisd.

107. AL@NA AMAZOULA, Boisd.

Alena amazoula, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. dans Afr. Aust.

p- 591. n. 60 (1847).

The only example, a male, was captured in the Mineni Valley

on the 7th March. It differs from all of the same sex that I have

seen in the great enlargement of the ochre-yellow markings, and

proportionate reduction of the fuscous clouding in the basi-median

area of both fore and hind wings, in this respect resembling the

female. A male taken by Mr. Selous in 1884 on the Umfuli

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 61

River in Mashunaland exhibits the same peculiarity in the hind

wings, but in the fore wings is almost as much clouded with

fuscous as usual, and I have two quite similar males captured by

Mr. H. M. Barber on the Tenda River, N.E. Transvaal, in 1888.

108. Atmna Nyassa, Hewits. (Plate VI. fig. 15, 9.)

Alena nyassa, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 6(1877).

Two females of this strikingly-marked Alena—one taken in

Mineni Valley on the 7th March, and the other in the Pungwe

Valley on 1st September.

This species was founded on four examples sent from Lake

Nyassa by Mr. Simons. Hewitson’s description was evidently

made from a male, as he notes the costal portion of the curved

white bar of the fore wings as consisting of three “ minute”

divisions, while in the female (where the curved white bar, as well as

the corresponding bar in the hind wings, is much broader and of a

purer white) that part is of considerable size’. The female is

much larger than the male, expanding 14 inches, and her wings

are much broader and more rounded hind-marginally.

A male taken at the Shashina River, Matabeleland, by Mr.

Selous in 1883, has the transverse black markings of the hind

wings exceedingly reduced, the submarginal streak between radial

nervule and inner margin being indeed quite obsolete.

Genus LacnnocneMa, Trim.

109. LaCHNOCNEMA BIBULUS (Fabr.).

3. Papilio bibulus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iti. 1, p. 307. n. 163 (1793).

2. Papilio laches, Fabr. op. cit. p. 317. n. 199.

One male and three females taken at Christmas Pass during

February. The females are all different on the upperside—one

being exceptionally dingy owing to the almost obsolete condition

of the usual whitish or white discal marking, another with small

but distinct white marking, and the third with a wide development

of faint bluish-grey extending from near base over lower discal

area in both fore and hind wings’.

Mr. Selous notes that he found this Butterfly drinking at the

water’s edge in company with other Lycenide.

! In another Mashunaland female captured ‘‘ between Makoni’s and the

Odzi” in 1891, by Mr. Selous, the white bar in the fore wings is a little

narrower throughout, but the white subapical spot, sometimes found on the

upperside between the subcostal nervure and the upper radial nervule, is elon-

gated and conspicuous.

2 The South-African Museum has lately received from the Rey. Dr. Holland

four female specimens of Lachnocnema taken in the Ogové Valley, Gaboon

Territory, in West Africa, which, except in size, cannot be distinguished from

L. bibulus. They expand 1 in. 24-53 lin., while the range of expanse in South-

African female L. bibulus is 103 lin. to lin. 2 lin. One of these Ogové examples

has only the faintest indication on the upperside of the usual pale discal mark-

ings, and in the others those markings are limited and rather ill-defined.

ene ie

62 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

110. LacHNocNeMA DURBANT, Trim.

Lachnocnema d@urbani, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 236. n. 238

(1887).

I refer to this species two specimens captured at Christmas

Pass (a male on Ist March and a female on 16th February), finding

in them no difference from the more southern specimens except

their much larger size—the male expanding 1 in. 3} lin. and the

female 1 in. 44 lin.

Family PaPILIONID.

Subfamily Prerin 2».

Genus Pontra, Boisd.

111. Ponta atcusra (Cram.).

Papilio alcesta, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. fig. A (1782).

Pontia alcesta, Trim. S8.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 8, pl. 10. fig. 1

(1889).

Eight specimens from Pungwe River, agreeing with those found

in Natal.

Genus Trrias, Swains.

112. Turias zon, Hopf.

3. Lurema puchella, Geyer [nee Boisd.}], Forts. Hiibn. Zutr.

Exot. Schmett. p. 8, figs. 815, 816 (1837).

2. Terias zoé, Hoptt. Monatsb. Acad. Wissensch. Berl. 1855,

p- 640; and Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb., Ins. p. 369, pl. xxiii.

figs. 10, 11 (1862).

The only example of this common species is a male from Christ-

mas Pass, in which the underside markings, especially the unusual

subapical macular blackish ray of the fore wings, are strongly

marked.

113. Tertas mruiopica, Trim.

3. Eurema senegalensis, Geyer [nec Boisd.], op. cit. p. 41, figs.

969, 970 (1837).

3 2. Terias ethiopica, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 21. n. 248

(1889).

A male from Christmas Pass and three males from Mineni

Valley are larger (exp. al. 1 in. 8-9 lin.) than usual, and the

former has the subapical ferruginous markings on the underside

of the fore wings much reduced.

114. TeRias BUTLERI, Trim.

3 Q. Terias butleri, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 23. n. 244 (1889).

A single male (exp. al. 1 in. 9 lin.), taken at Christmas Pass on

15th February,

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 63,

115. TRIAS REGULARIS, Butl.

3. Terias regularis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser.

xvill. p. 486 (1876); Trim. (¢ 2) op. cit. p. 26. n. 246 (1889).

Three males from Christmas Pass.

In addition to the above there are three specimens of Terias

that Iam unable to assign satisfactorily to any of the species

known to me. One is a male from Christmas Pass, which in the

form and development of the hind-marginal border on the upper-

side is intermediate between 7’. wthiopica and T’. butleri, and on

the underside, although with much more distinct markings

than the latter, is much more faintly marked than the former and

has only the faintest indication of the ferruginous blotch near the

apex of thefore wings. The other two are females, from Christmas

Pass and Mineni Valley respectively, and are of a very pale whitish

yellow above, but of a rather yellower tint beneath; on the

upperside there is no trace of any hind-marginal border in the

hind wings, and the border in the fore wings is of the width and

shape of that presented by the South-African female 7. floricola,

Boisd., while the underside markings are extremely faint, without

any trace of the subapical blotch, and in one example scarcely

visible except as regards the terminal discocellular and (in hind

wings) subbasal ones. ‘These females approach the white and

yellowish-white West-African examples which in collections are

usually placed as female 7’. senegalensis, Boisd.; but I have never been

able to identify this species, Boisduval (Sp. Gen. Lép. i. p. 672)

describing with extreme brevity merely a yellow form from

“ Senegal,” as very like 7. hecabe (L.) but with the underside

markings exceedingly faint, and giving no note whatever of the sexes

or their differences.

Genus Mytornrts, Butl.

116. Mytornris aGaTuina (Cram.).

3. Papiho agathina, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. ecxxxvii. figs. D,

E (1779).

Seven examples, from the Mineni Valley and the Lopodzi and

Vunduzi Rivers.

Genus Pruris, Schr.

117. Progis saBa (Fabr.).

. Papilio saba, Fabr. Sp. Ins. p. 46. n. 199 (1781),

3. Pieris orbona, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madag. ete. p. 18, pl. i.

fig. 3 (1833).

@, and (as ¢) var. 9, Pieris malatha, Boisd. loc. cit. figs. 4, 5.

Two males and a female from Christmas Pass, taken on 22nd

and 26th February. ‘The males have the hind-marginal black

markings more developed than usual, and the female is of the

typical heavily black-clouded form but with the hind-marginal

border of the hind wings less broad.

“se

64 MR, R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

In my S.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 42, I noted the apparent absence

of any female examples linking the var. flavida, Mab., with the

typical female; but I have since then received two intermediate

gradations from Durban, Natal. In the first of these, taken by

Mr. C. W. Morrison on the 16th May, 1890, the ground-colour is

tinged with lemon-yellow, the hind-marginal border of the hind

wings is very little broader than in the variety, but the basal

blackish in the fore wings, instead of being merely a narrow costal

border, fills all the discoidal cell except its lower edge, where it

becomes a sparse irroration only. In the second, taken by Mr. A.

D. Miller, there is more approach to the typical female, the hind-

marginal border of the hind wings being broader, and the basal

black in the fore wings filling the cell, but not extending below it

except in a very faint and narrow irroration at the base, while the

only tinge of yellow on the white area is at the base of the hind

wings.

118. Preris auBa ( Wallengr.).

3. Pinacopteryx alba, Wallengr. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857—

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 10. n. 7.

3b 2. Pieris alba, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 48. n. 253 (1889).

A male anda female very much worn, taken at Sarmento, on

the Pungwe River, on the 18th September, are apparently referable

to this species.

119. Prerts stuana, Hopff.

3 2. Pieris simana, Hopif. Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berl.

1855, p. 640. n. 13; and Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 354,

t. xxiil. figs. 3, 4 (1862).

The only specimen, a female taken at Christmas Pass, has the

fuscous apical border in the fore wings widened so as to include

the subapical costal streak, and the fuscous hind-marginal spots in

the hind wings also larger than usual.

120. Pieris SEVERINA (Cram.).

2. Papilio severina, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 338. figs. G, H

(1782).

Fourteen specimens, 4 males, 10 females ; twelve from Christmas

Pass, where the paired sexes were captured on 26th February.

Though varying a good deal in depth of markings, all these ex.

amples belong to the larger form with more brightly-tinted under-

side, which I have shown (S.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 72 & note) to be

in Natal characteristic of the summer or wet season.

Genus Herpznta, Butl.

121. Herpxnta ERIPHIA ( Godt.).

Pieris eriphia, Godt. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 157. n. 184 (1819).

The only example is a fine male, captured in Mineni Valley on

“ae tiie eee |

1894.] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 65

28th March. It is of the typical form, proper to the wet season,

without any trace of ochre-reddish colouring on the underside.

Genus TrRAcoLus, Swains.

122. TeRacouus ERIS (Klug).

Pontia eris, Klug, Symb. Phys. t. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829).

One specimen only, taken in the Mineni Valley on 31st March.

This is a perfect and very large male (exp. al. 2 in. 2 lin.), with the

inner-marginal black band of the fore wings as broadly developed

as in Klug’s figure, but still marked externally between 2nd and

3rd median nervules with a minute white spot. Inthe hind wings,

however, the costal black band does not extend below the 2nd

subcostal nervule, but the hind-marginal nervular black marks

are decidedly larger than in Klug’s figure. The underside is

almost pure white, with the inferior submarginal black spots (3)

very strongly marked; and it also presents the peculiarity of

blackish hind-marginal termination to the nervules, more pro-

nounced in the fore wing than in the hind wing.

123, TERACOLUS IONE (Godt.).

3. Pieris tone, Godt. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 140. n. 74 (1819).

3 2. Teracolus ione, Trim. S.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 101. n. 269

(1889).

Five males, taken in the Mineni Valley from 6th to 26th March,

agree thoroughly with those described by me (op. cit. p. 102) from

Transvaal and Delagoa Bay; the upperside presenting fine but

complete black neuration of the hind wings, and the underside

being almost uniformly white, with no markings beyond the ter-

minal discocellular dots, a faint trace in the hind wings of the

costal commencement of a discal ray, and (in one specimen only).

dusky terminations of the nervules on hind margin.

North Ovampoland must be added to the geographical range

of this species, Eriksson having taken six males and three red-

tipped females near Ovaquenyama in February and March 1891.

The males are rather small (one, indeed, being dwarfish) and

approximate the Var. A described by me in S.-Afr. Butt. iii.

p. 103, but on the white underside the black neuration is. very

variable, being pretty well expressed (though very fine) in two

examples only, at extremities alone in two others, and wanting

altogether in the remaining two; while the discal streak in the

hind wings is developed in but two examples, and imperfectly in

one of those. ‘The females, though heavily blackish-marked on the

upperside, are less so than in Transvaal examples, especially as

regards the borders of the apical patch in the fore wings and the

hind-marginal border in the hind wings, the latter being macular

instead of continuous. Their underside is very pale yellowish,

with the discal ray of the hind wings dull ferruginous and not

strongly marked ; there is no black neuration except in one ex-

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1894, No. V. 5

66 MR, R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

ample, where the fore wings exhibit it close to hind margin, and

the hind wings on costal nervure and basal part of subcostal

nervules.

124, Teracotus anax (H. G. Smith).

3 9. Callosune anax, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, iii. p. 125 (1889) ; and Rhop. Exot. i. Callosune, i. p. 2, pl.i.

figs. 5, 6 (3), 7, 8 (2) (1889).

3. Anthopsyche cone, Wallengr. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857—

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15.

3 2 Anthocharis regina, Trim., var. ¢ and var. 9, Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond. (3) i. p. 521 (1863).

3 2. Teracolus regina, var. A, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 112

(1889).

3 2. Teracolus eliza, HE. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

v. p. 441 (1890).

There are five specimens (all males) of this splendid Teracolus,

captured in Mineni Valley from 9th to 27th March. These differ

slightly from Mr. H. G. Smith’s figure, above cited, of a Mombasa

male, having on the underside less irroration basally, a narrower

inner black border to the violet apical patch in the fore wings, and

smaller nervular hind-marginal black spots in the hind wings ; the

last-named markings are also much reduced on the underside of

the hind wings. The black spots of the discal series on the under-

side of the hind wings vary a good deal in size and distinctness,

one example having them just as in Mr. Smith’s fig. 6, two others

having all but the first and last larger, another wanting the second

spot, and the last wanting both second and third spots ; the ground-

colour is also variable, two examples presenting it creamy instead

of pure white.

As usual in the genus Teracolus, it is impossible to define exact

limits between 7. anax and 7. regina. The Manica males here

noticed link 7’. anax to the var. A of regina from Damaraland, and so

do two others taken by Mr. A. W. Eriksson, in 1885, in the belt of

country between Transvaal and Matabeleland; while, as I have

noted (op. cit. p. 113), another male from the latter tract is inter-

mediate between the var. A and typical 7. regina’. Of two females

taken by Mr. Selous in 1882 on the Upper Limpopo, Transvaal

boundary, one is typical 7’. regina, but the other is referable to var.

A ; the latter is on the upperside very close to Mr. Smith’s figure

(7) of female 7’. anax, but has both the basal irroration of the fore

wings and the hind-marginal large black spots considerably broader

—the latter, indeed, are so enlarged as to meet and form a continuous

border, while on the underside the corresponding spots are very

much smaller than in the figure (8) of 7’. anav female’. Looking to

' This male closely agrees with the male of 7. e/iza, E. M. Sharpe, from near

Mombasa, as figured by Waterhouse (‘ Aid,’ pl. 189, 1890).

* This female, except for its stronger basal irroration, agrees well with the

female of 7. eliza, E. M. Sharpe, as shown on the plate of ‘ Aid’ above cited,

fig. 6.

Land

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 67

the evidence afforded by several species of the genus, I am inclined to

think that the typical 7. regina, with greatly-reduced dark markings

and more or less reddish-tinged underside, and the large anaxv form

(including my 7. regina, var. A), with strongly-developed dark mark-

ings and white or creamy-white underside, will turn out to be

respectively dry-season and wet-season broods of the same species.

125. Trraconvs Gavisa (Wallengr.).

3. Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengr. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.

1857—Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13. n. 6.

Seven males and three females from Mineni Valley, and one

female from Vunduzi River. The paired sexes were taken on 6th

March.

The males exhibit considerable variation in the development of

the black markings on the upperside of the wings, especially in the

longitudinal bars, which in two specimens are narrow and faint,

and in another represented by sparse scaling only. One of those of

normally strong black marking on the upperside is wanting alto-

gether in the usual black neuration on the underside, in this respect

approaching the very closely-allied 7. achine (Cram.). A female

also exhibits almost complete failure of the black neuration on the

underside.

126, TERACOLUS CELIMENE (Lucas).

¢ 2. Anthocharis celimene, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. Zool. (2) iv.

p- 426 (1852).

3 2. Anthocharis amina, Hewits. Exot. Butt. ii. pl. 5. figs.

1-3 (1866).

A single male, in fine condition, taken on the Lower Pungwe

River, on 26th September. Mr. Selous informs me that this was

the only specimen he noticed ; it was settling on herbage.

Genus Cortas, Fabr.

127. Cox1as ELEcTRA (Linn.).

Papilio electra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 764. n. 101 (1767).

Two large males (exp. al. 2 in. 2 lin.) from Christmas Pass.

Dr. F. Karsch has noted (Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 169, 1892) a

single specimen collected by Dr. E. Zintgraff at Baliburg, interior

of Cameroon. This station is stated to be at an elevation of 1250

metres, and is the first locality for a Colias 1 have found recorded

in Western North-Tropical Africa.

Genus Eronta, Boisd.

128. ERonrIA THALASSINA (Boisd.).

3 2. Pieris thalassina, Boisd. Sp. Gen. Lép. i. p. 443. n. 8

(1836). '

3 2. Eronia verulanus, Ward, Ent. M. Mag. vii. p. 59

68 MR. BR. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

(1871); and Afr. Lep. pt. i. p. 4, pl. iv. figs. 5 (5), 6, 7 (2)

(1873).

Two examples from Christmas Pass—a male captured on Ist

March, and a female on 21st February. The latter has on the

upperside the fore wings white and the hind wings pale yellow

(rather deeper externally); and on the underside the glossy hind

wings and apical hind-marginal border of the fore wings so slightly

tinged with yellowish as to be almost as white as the disk of the

fore wings.

The female of this species evidently varies much in colouring,

the example figured by Ward from Cameroon having the fore wing

ochre-yellow on both surfaces while the hind wings are white ; while

one from Zambesi in the Hewitson Collection had the upperside

yellowish throughout. Just as the female £. argia (Fabr.) mimics

Mylothris agathina (Cram.), so the female Z. thalassina figured by

Ward is a manifest imitator of the female Myl. poppea (Cram.). var.

spica, Moschl., with ochre-yellow fore wings, while the Manica female

of E. thalassina strongly resembles the female Myl. trimenia, Butl.’

Manica is the most southern station known to me for this

species. Mr. Selous noticed a good many males coursing rapidly

along a thickly-wooded hillside, but only captured one.

Genus Catiipryas, Boisd.

129. CALLIDRYAS FLORELLA (Fabr.).

2. Papilio florella, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 479. n. 159 (1775).

Five males and five females from Christmas Pass and one

female from Mineni Valley ; the last-named example was taken on

16th March, but all the others from 12th to 24th February. All

the males but one are strongly freckled on the underside, and all

the females are of the yellow form. The male that differs from

the rest has the underside not only more faintly freckled but also

of a greener tint.

Subfamily PaPriionin 2.

Genus Papriio, Linn.

130. Papinio LEONIDAS, Fabr.

Papilio similis, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. ix. figs. B, C (1779).

Papilio leondas, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 35. n. 103 (1793).

The only exampie is a male, taken in Mineni Valley on 12th

March. It agrees pretty closely with ordinary West-Coast speci-

mens except that the tint of the greenish spots is yellower, and

that the basal red stain on the underside of both fore and hind

wings is considerably brighter and more extended. This latter

difference also appears in two other males taken by Mr. Selous—

one in the desert country south of the Mababe River in August

2 A close mimicker of M. trimenia is Pieris (‘‘Belenois”) lasti, H. G. Smith,

from Mombasa. M. poppea is similarly very,exactly copied by Papilio rhodope,

Fabr., and M. agathina by P. thysa, Hopf.

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 69

1884, and the other farther to the north-east, a little south of the

junction of the Chobe and Zambesi Rivers, in 1889. This is not

a variation in the direction of the closely-allied southern form,

P. brasidas, Feld., in which the basal red in question is usually much

duller and sometimes obsolescent.

131. Paprtio corrnneEvs, Bertol.

Papilo corinneus, Bertol. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologna, 1849, p. 9,

t. i. figs. 1-37.

Five examples—a male from Umtali, two females from Christ-

mas Pass, and a male and female from Mineni Valley.

132. Papitio DEMOLEUS, Linn.

Papilio demoleus, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg. p. 214. n. 33 (1764).

Hight specimens from Christmas Pass, and two from Mineni

Valley. A rather worn female among the former has all the yellow

spots deeper and duller in tint than usual, presenting some

approach to the specimens sometimes met with in which these

markings are of dull ochry-reddish. (See 8.-Afr. Butt. iu. p. 227,

footnote.)

133. PaPILio OPHIDICEPHALUS, Oberth.

Papilio ophidicephalus, Oberth. Etudes d’Ent. iii. p. 13 (1878).

The solitary example of this fine Papzlio is a female taken at

Christmas Pass on 29th February. Unfortunately it is very much

worn and broken, but it displays a remarkable aberration in the

form of the common transverse yellow band, which in the fore wing

is not only continuous and non-macular throughout but at its

superior extremity is narrower than usual and farther from apex,

its inner edge being immediately beyond (instead of some little

distance from) the end of the discoidal cell*; the oblique marking

crossing the cell near its termination it also greatly enlarged and

very broad inferiorly. In the hind wings the band is wider than

usual in the left wing, and very much wider in the right one.

Mr. Selous saw two specimens only.

134. Papinio Lyzus, Doubl.

3. Papilio nireus, Cram. (nec Linn.) Pap, Exot, iv. pl. eccelxxviii.

figs. F, G (1782).

Papilio lyeus, Doubl. “Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 178 (1845) ” ;

Gen. D. Lep. i. p. 18, n. 98 (1846).

Fourteen males and two females from Christmas Pass, and two

1 The pagination and number of the plate are those of the separate copies

of the memoir; but, from Butler’s quotation of “ p. 183, t. 9” for Deilephila

ranzani (a moth described and figured on p. 19, t. 1), these appear not to be

those of the original publication. Butler also gives the date of publication as

1850: the memoir is dated as read on “ 25th January, 1849,”

2 Itis noteworthy that this costal incurvation is characteristic of the closely

allied P. menestheus, Drury, from West Africa, in which, however, the band is

very narrow and composed of completely separated spots in the upper parts as

well as in the rest,

70 MR..R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

males from Mineni Valley. The latter and three others from

Christmas Pass are the only males that exhibit to a slight extent

the shining-greyish underside clouding, that characteristic feature

of P. lyeus being absent in the rest. The other distinguishing

features of P. lycus, as distinct from the West-African P. nireus,

are, however, well expressed.

135, PAprinio cENEA, Stoll.

2. Papilio cenea, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. p. 134, pl.

xxix. figs. 1, 1 a (1791).

3. Papilio brutus, Godt. (pars) Encyel. Méth. ix. p. 69. n. 122

1819).

: 3 ? Papilio merope, Doubl. (pars) Gen. D. Lep. i. p. 13. n. 92

(1846).

Q. Papilio trophonius, Westw. “Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 38,

(1842); and Arcan. Ent. i. pl. 39. figs. 1, 2 (1845).

Twenty-four males and six females from Christmas Pass, all taken

during February. The former without exception have a contin-

uous broad or very broad discal black transverse band in the hind

wings, but in four of them there is almost an interruption of the

band between the 2nd subcostal and radial nervules. The tail

of the hind wing is very variable in width and in the extent to

which it is spatulate ; in most examples it is black for three-fourths

of its length, but in others for about two-thirds and in one for

barely half. One specimen presents the very unusual feature of

two small spots of the ground-colour ‘in the black border of the

fore wings between the 1st radial and 3rd median nervules. This

strongly marked form of the male has (with the black-and-white

southern form of the female so near the female of P. merope from

West Africa named hippocoon by Fabricius) been named P. tibullus

by Mr. Kirby. There is no doubt that it is characteristic of East

and South-east Africa, prevailing along the coast from Natal to

Zanzibar ; but it occurs along with other less heavily-banded males

both in Trans-Kei territory and the eastern districts of Cape Colony.

The females consist of two near the typical P. cenea, Stoll, but

having the markings enlarged precisely as in the two examples

from Delagoa Bay which I have recorded in 8.-Afr. Butt. iii,

p. 249, e; and four of the black-and-white form near the hippocoon

2 of P. merope above referred to.

136. PapiLio ECHERIOIDES, Trim.

Papilio echerioides, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 72

n, 2, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2.

Two specimens from Christmas Pass, a male taken on 19th Febru-

ary and a female on the 20th. The male differs from the southern

type-form in having the common transverse band rather narrower

and with the component spots more widely separated in the fore

wings and narrower on costa in the hind wings ; this band is also

almost pure white instead of decidedly yellowish white, as are be-

1894.] MANIOA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 71

sides the hind-marginal spots (smaller than in typical echerioides)

of the hind wings. The female differs similarly from the typical

female as regards the size of the spots just mentioned, and the

large ochre-yellow marking on the upperside of the hind wings is

less of a patch and more of a band, being slightly wider near costa

and considerably wider on inner margin than in typical echeriordes.

The points of difference here noted in the male are in the direc-

tion of the allied larger species P. zoroastres, Druce (Ent. M. Mag.

xiv. p. 226, 1878, ¢), from Fernando Po. I have not seen this

Butterfly ; but from a comparison of Mr. Druce’s description with

that of P. jackson, H. M. Sharpe (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 188),

and with the figure of the latter (op. cit. pl. xvii. fig. 1), I think

there can be little doubt that the two are identical. P. jacksoni is

recorded as a native of Kikuyu, British East Africa.

The range of P. echerioides extends to Zanzibar, M. Ch. Oberthiir

having figured (Etudes d’ Ent. xii. p. 10, pl. 2. fig. 6, 1890) a female

from *‘Ngourou” in that territory, which ‘differs from more

southern examples only in having the discocellular spot and sub-

marginal spots in the fore wings, and the hind-marginal spots in’

the hind wings, all larger than usual.

Family HusPERIIDA,

Genus CycLopipEs, Westw.

137. CycLoPpipEs Metis, Linn.

3. Papilio ates Jinn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 325. n. 143 (1764) ;

and Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 792. n. 245 (1767).

A single male from Christmas Pass. This is the most northern

locality from which I have seen an example of this abundant South-

African species, but Mr. Druce has recorded it from Angola, and

Nyassa is given as the habitat of some specimens in the Hewitson

Collection.

138. CYCLOPIDES WILLEMI (Wallengr.).

3. Heteropterus willemi, Wallengr. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857—

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 47. n. 2.

Two males from Lusika River, captured on 1st April. One of

these has the spots of the discal series in the fore wings much

larger than usual on the upperside.

The first female of this species that I have seen was taken by

Mr. A. W. Eriksson between the Cuneneé River and Ovaquenyama

Tron Mines in January—February, 1891. This example expands

lin. 3 lin., and differs from the male in having the spots of the

fore wing on the upperside larger and of a clearer and more

decided yellow, especially those of the discal series ; while on the

underside the hind wing and apex of the fore wing are of a brighter

unobscured pale yellow, with fine and more sharply-defined lack

neuration, and in the fore wing the spots of the discal series,

though smaller, are as complete as on the upperside, the 4th and

72 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

5th spots being confluent with two of the hind-marginal series,

but the 6th quite separate. Another distinctive character of the

female is that the cilia are pale yellow, instead of dark brown, on

both upperside and underside.

139. CYCLOPIDES MINENI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 16.)

Exp. al. 1 in. 23 lin.

Fuscous ; fore wing with two discocellular and a serpentine series

of eight discal small but well-defined transparent spots. Fore wing:

discocellular spots terminal, rounded, separate, placed transversely

one above the other; discal series of spots flexed inwardly just

below costa, then strongly outwardly to near hind margin, and

thence directed inwardly to below extremity of cell, so that the spots

are most irregularly placed—the second being a little before the

first, the third a little beyond both these, the fourth (between

radial nervules) not far from hind margin, the fifth almost directly

below the third, the sixth directly below the second, the seventh

(rounder and rather larger than the rest) close to and only a little

beyond the lower discocellular spot, and the eighth (just above

submedian nervure) directly below the discocellular spots. Cilia

white, with black nervular marks. UnpbrErstpE.—Hind wing, and

basicostal area of fore wing including discoidal cell, dull pale yellow.

Fore wing: spots as on upperside but all larger; a slight yellowish

irroration along hind-marginal border. Hind wing: a discal series

of seven very conspicuous and irregularly disposed white spots in

dull fuscous borders, of which the first and seventh are largest

and before the rest, and the fifth is nearest to hind margin ; two

moderate-sized fuscous spots—one near base between costal and

subcostal nervures, the other at extremity of discoidal cell. Cilia

as on upperside.

It is with some doubt that I place this Butterfly in the genus

Cyclopides, as the only specimen, taken in Mineni Valley on

March 25th, is not in good condition, and its sex cannot be deter-

mined. The antenna is rather longer and with a more elongate

club than in C. metis (Linn.) and C. malgacha (Boisd.), but the

first subcostal nervule in the fore wing runs free to the costal edge,

and the tibia of the hind leg bears two pairs of spurs as usual.

In general aspect and in the character of the markings this species

reminds. one of the West-African genus Ceratrichia, and the

arrangement of the transparent spots in the fore wing is almost

exactly like that in Pamphila ophiusa (Hewits.), from Old Calabar

and Gaboon, while the colouring and spotting of the underside of

the hind wing somewhat resemble those features in P. callicles

(Hewits.).

Genus Pyrevus, Westw.

140. Pyreus vinpEx (Cram.).

Papilio vindex, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. cccliii. figs. G@, H

(1781).

The only specimen, a male from the Mineni Valley, is of the

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 73

typical form, and not, as might have been anticipated, of the larger

form (with paler, larger-spotted underside) prevalent throughout the

greater part of Hastern South Africa.

141. Pyreus promus, Plotz.

Pyrgus dromus, Plotz, Mitt. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. ib

Rigen, 1884, p. 6. n. 13.

A male taken at Umtali on 8th March.

142. Pyreus ELMA, Trim.’

Pyrgus elma, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 38rd ser. i. p. 288

(1862).

One example, apparently a female, from Christmas Pass.

Genus Tuymenicus, Herr.-Schiiff.

143. THYMELICUS WALLENGRENII, Trim.

Thymelicus wallengrenii, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883,

p. 361; and 8.-Afr. Butt. in. p. 304. n. 341, pl. xi. fig. 7 [2 ]

(1889). !

Three specimens from Mineni Valley, taken from 9th to 22nd

March. This species was hitherto known to me from Natal and

Zululand only.

144, TuHyMELicus caPENAS (Hewits.).

Cyclopides capenas, Hewits. Descr. New Sp. Hesp. i. p. 43.

n. 7 (1868); and Exot. Butt. v. p. 111, pl. 59. tigs. 2, 3 [ ¢ ] (1874).

Var. Cyclopides derbice, Hewits. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

xx. p. 327 (1877).

A male from Christmas Pass, taken on 6th February, and four

males and a female from Mineni Valley, taken from 8th to 14th

March. All these examples belong to the form without yellow

neuration on apical half of the hind margin on the upperside, so

agreeing with the description of C. derbice, Hewits. In one male

the upperside spots are much reduced in size and of duller yellow.

The female has the upperside of a less dark brown and its spots

larger.

This Butterfly was originally described from Zambesi specimens,

and the var. derbice from examples taken on Lake Nyassa by Messrs.

Thelwall and Simons. It is distinguishable from its near ally the

South-African 7. macomo, Trim., by its darker upperside, with

2 The Butterfly from Togoland, N. West-Tropical Africa, referred to

P, elma by Karsch (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxviii. p. 245, n. 177, 1893), appears

from the figure (pl. vi. fig. 12) to be of a distinct species. This figure shows the

upperside of a more uniform dark tint, with more inclination to a rufous tone ;

the median vitreous spots in the fore wings are larger and whiter, and the

median white bar of the hind wings is prolonged superiorly almost to the costa

and is acuminate at its inferior extremity. On the underside the colouring is

much darker and has a reddish tinge ; in the fore wings the submarginal whitish

streak is wanting, and in the hind wings the median white stripe is more

irregular and the inner murginal border is pale brown instead of whitish.

74 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

smaller (and in hind wings differently disposed) spots; and on

the underside by the greatly reduced and broken-up apical yellow

in the fore wings, and larger and more numerous black spots and

black (instead of yellow) inner-marginal fold in the hind wings.

Genus Pampuita, Fabr.

145. PAMPHILA MORANTII, Trim.

9. Pamphila morantii, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873,

p- 112; and 4g, S.-Afr. Butt. il. p. 311, pl. 12. fig. 3 (1889).

A single male, captured in Mineni Valley on 8th March, belongs

to the variation P. ranoha, Westw., in which the underside colour-

ing is yellow-ochreous, without ferruginous tinge.

146. Pampuina HARONA, Westw.

Pamphila harona, Westw., App. Oates’s Matabele-land, p. 353.

n. 75 (1881).

The six males in the collection (two from Umtali River, 28th

February, and four from Mineni Valley, 7th to 25th March) differ

from Westwood’s description (and from two examples agreeing

with this which were taken by Mr. Selous in 1883-84 in some

part of the South-Tropical tract not recorded) in the following

particulars, viz. :—larger size; better development of the dark

markings of its upperside (especially of the lower basal and disco-

cellular markings of the fore wings, and the hind-marginal border

of the bind wings), the two Umtali specimens and one of those

from the Mineni Valley having them more strongly developed

than the rest; and more or less reddish-tinged underside of the

hind wings and apex of the fore wings, with a greater or less

tendency to inter-nervular creamy longitudinal stripes. This pale

striping is least apparent in a specimen from Mineni Valley which

ou the upperside is nearest to the type-form ; it is better indicated

in those already mentioned as most strongly dark-marked on the

upperside; and in two Mineni Valley examples, which present

intermediate upperside markings, it is strikingly pronounced.

The specimens on which this species was founded are recorded

(2. ¢.) as taken by the late Mr. F. Oates near the Victoria Falls of

the Zambesi, in January.

Mr. Selous notes this Butterfly as being rather numerous, very

swift in flight, but frequently settling in bushes, or drinking at

the water’s edge.

147, PAMPHILA ZIMBAZO, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 17, 9.)

Allied to P. harona and to P. morantiz.

Exp. al. ($) lan. 1-2 lin.; (2) 1 in. 13-22 lin.

3. Blackish-brown, with in each wing an ochre-yellow transverse

discal band, long and trregular in fore wing, short and regular in

hind wing. Fore wing: basal half of costa broadly clouded with

ochre-yellow ; discal band of moderate width, beginning well

beyond middle just below costa, elbowed outwardly and narrowed

1894. | MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA, 75

on radial nervules, thence widening and slanting inwardly as far

as submedian nervure; at median nervure, on each side of its

second nervule, a good-sized terminal discocellular ochre-yellow

spot, subquadrate, is completely confluent with inner edge of discal

band; below submedian nervure a very pale yellowish longitudinal

streak from base meets termination of discal band. Hind wing:

discal band obliquely-transverse, broad, indented irregularly on

both edges, beginning abruptly on 2nd subcostal nervule with its

outer edge very near hind margin, and ending above submedian

nervure not far beyond middle ; a longitudinal yellowish ray from

base to hind margin, below submedian nervure, set with yellowish

hairs; in discoidal cell a sparse clothing of yellowish hairs. Cilia

broad, ochre-yellow, tinged with ferruginous in fore wing.

UnvbersibE.— Hind wing and apical hind-marginal border of fore

wing dull pale ochre-yellow with a tinge of oltvaceous brown ; the

former with a submarginal series of more or less reddish spots with

dark edges. Fore wing: ground-colour pale ochre-yellow, fading

into dull creamy towards inner margin; from base a broad black

longitudinal stripe, traversed by median nervure and a small part of

its first nervule, abruptly truncate before middle; at a little distance

beyond termination of this stripe, and immediately beyond extre-

mity of discoidal cell, an equally conspicuous wedge-shaped black

marking narrowed outwardly, between first radial and 3rd median

nervules ; upper part of discal band of upperside indicated by thin

interrupted fuscous edging lines, of which the long outer series

defines the inner edge of the hind-marginal border as far as the

2nd median nervule, beneath which it abruptly expands into a

broad fuscous or black marking extending to hind margin and

(diffusedly) to posterior angle. Hind wing: submarginal series

consisting of five spots, of which the first, between costal nervure

and lst subcostal nervule, is remote from the rest, which lie con-

tiguously in an almost straight line between 2nd subcostal nervule

and submedian nervure ; these spots vary in their distinctness of

tint from that of the ground-colour, are elongate-ovate, and are

fuscous-edged both internally and externally without being com-

pletely ringed ; a similar spot at extremity of cell, a less distinct

one immediately below it, and a small subbasal fuscous spot

between costal and subcostal nervures; at extremity of inner mar-

ginal fold, close to anal angle, a darker cloud, faint in two examples,

but in the other two fuscous and conspicuous.

2. Like male, but with the discal bands broader. UNDERSIDE.—

Rather paler, with the black markings of the fore wing not so

strongly developed.

This species most resembles P. morantii, Trim., on the upperside,

but on the underside of the fore wings exhibits a remarkable like-

ness to the darker examples of P. harona, Westw., in the black

markings ; while the underside of the hind wings is altogether

different from that of either of those species. The only palpus

(that of a female) remaining shows the 38rd joint to be as in

P. harona, long, slender, and erect.

76 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

The four males and four females described were taken in the

Mineni Valley, from the 7th to the 25th March, settling on bushes

in a wooded ravine.

148. PaMPHILA ZENO, Trim.

@. Pamphila zeno, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) ii. p. 179

(1864) ; and S8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 313. n, 345, pl. 12. fig. 2 (1889).

Two males, from Christmas Pass and Revué River respectively.

149. PAMPHILA CHIRALA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 18, 9.)

Exp. al. 1 in. 4 lin.

2. Dull brown ; fore wing with a few transparent whitish spots

and one semitransparent yellow spot, hind wing with a suffusion of

ochre-yellow from base to a little beyond middle ; cilia uniform dull

whitish-brown. Fore wing: six transparent spots, viz.: two small

ones in discoidal cell, near its extremity, disposed transversely one

immediately above the other; two a little beyond and beneath

these, only separated from each other by the 2nd median nervule,

of which the upper is small and triangular and the lower large and

quadrate ; and two near costa, midway between discocellular spots

and apex, only separated from each other by the 5th subcostal

nervule, of which the upper is minute and subquadrate and the

lower small and wedge-shaped; immediately above submedian

nervure, about middle, a pale dull-yellow wedge-shaped spot,

smaller than the largest of the transparent spots, with its narrow

end baseward ; from base to before middle a faint suffusion of

ochre-yellow. Hind wing: without markings ; ochre-yellow suffu-

sion from base fading away beyond middle and not extending to

costa. UNbERSIDE.—Hind wing and apical area of fore wing rather

bright yellow, varied with dull ferruginous. Fore wing: transparent

spots with a fuscous edging; field of wing fuscous-grey ; costa

narrowly and hind margin more widely bordered with pale dull

reddish ; a large subapical costal patch of yellow, beginning at

extremity of discoidal cell and outwardly bounded by an oblique

ferruginous streak from apex to 3rd median nervule; a hind-

marginal series of small indistinct internervular brown spots;

inner margin dingy-whitish. Hind wing: from apex to submedian

nervure an oblique ferruginous band, narrowed on 3rd median

nervule ; hind margin evenly bordered by an even rather narrow

dull-reddish band, externally brown-spotted as in fore wing, but

internally edged with ferruginous; costa diffusedly edged with

ferruginous ; a minute subbasal ferruginous spot between costal

and subcostal nervules ; an ill-expressed transverse series of three

very small similar spots before middle; and a small ring-spot

rather beyond middle, between subcostal nervules.

Antenne dark brown, with thin whitish rings marking the joints,

and with outer third of club white. Palpi (except terminal joint)

clothed with brown hair above and very deusely with yellow hair

beneath.

This Hesperid, though of small size, resembles in structure the

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. te

group of large species represented by P. erinnys and P. dysmephila,

Trim., especially in its robust body, rather slender legs, and long

antenne with elongate but thick club (the tip of which is acute

and curved but not hooked); the terminal joint of the palpi is

short, very slender, acuminate, and pilose.

As regards colouring and marking, P. chirala on the upperside

resembles P. malchus and P. gillias (Mab.), from Madagascar, but

has an entirely different underside, much recalling that of the

North-American group represented by P. zabulon, Boisd. & Le C.,

P. peckius, Kirb., and P. mystic (Scudd.), though unlike in the

oblique disposition of the ferruginous stripes.

The only example was taken in Mineni Valley on 13th March.

150, PAMPHILA MORITIDI (Wallengr.).

@. Hesperia moritili, Wallengr. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1857—

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49. n. 4.

3 2. Pamphila moritili, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 319. n. 349,

pl. 12. fig. 4 [ g ] (1889).

Three examples captured in the Mineni Valley, during March—

two males and a female.

151. PamMpHiILA BORBONICA (Boisd.).

Hesperia borbonica, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madag. ete. p. 65. n. 3,

pl. 9. figs. 5, 6 (1833).

Pamphila borbonica, Mab. in Grandid. Madag. etc., Lepid. i.

p- 360, pl. lv. figs. 6, 6-a (1885-86).

The only example, a male from Christmas Pass, agrees with Natal

specimens in possessing a small subterminal vitreous spot in the

discoidal cell which is wanting in the type-form.

152. Pampuina INcoNsPICcUA (Bertol.).

3. Hesperia wconspicua, Bertol. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologna,

1849-50 (sep. cop.), p. 15, pl. i. figs. 4, 5.

2. Hesperia mohopaam, Wallengr. 1. c. p. 48 (1857).

3 2. Pamphila micipsa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) i.

p- 290 (1862).

3 2. Pamphila mohopaam, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Aust. ii. p. 304.

n. 198 (1866); and S.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 324. n. 353 (1889).

Bertoloni’s description and figures are from a single male from

Inhambane ; there can be no doubt that his species is identical

with H. mohopaan, Wallengr.

_ A single male from Christmas Pass is somewhat greyer (less

greenish yellow) in tint on the underside, and has six spots in the

discal series of the underside of the hind wings’.

1 A male Pamphila from Khasia Hills, Assam, received as “ Chapra pro-

minens”’ from Mr. de Nicéville in 1889, is inseparable from the male P. incon-

spicua. I have already (S.-Afr. Butt., iii. p. 325) expressed the opinion that

mohopaani (= inconspicua) will eventually be recognized as merely a larger

form of the Oriental P. mathias (Fabr.).

78 MR. R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

153. PAMPHILA RONCILGONIS (Plotz).

Hesperia roncilgonis, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1882, pp. 450-51.

3 9. Pamphila roneilgonis, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1893, p. 139, pl. viii. fig. 11 [ ¢ J.

Fourteen examples, three only of which are females, from

Umtali (1), Christmas Pass (1), Mineni Valley (4), Lopodzi River

(1), and Vunduzi River (7). All these specimens are more or less

worn, the best being from the last-named locality (5th to 12th

April).

Fhe females differ from the Delagoa Bay example described by

me (l.c. pp. 140-41) in wanting the minute additional transparent

spot in the fore wings between the 5th subcostal and upper radial

nervules ; and the largest and freshest of them also is nearer to the

male in the fulvous-ochreous violaceous-glossed hind wings and

apex of fore wings on the underside.

Mr. Selous notes this species as chiefly observed on flowers—

especially on the tall spikes of blue flowers above mentioned as

attracting so many Lycenide. One specimen was captured while

drinking at the water's edge.

154. PAMPHILA HOTTENTOTA (Latr.).

3. Hesperia hottentota, Latr. Encyel. Meth. ix. p. 777. n. 1383

(1822).

3 9. Hesperia zetterstedti, Wallengr. 1. c. p. 49. n. 3 (1857).

3 Q. Pamphila hottentota, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 314.

n. 346, pl. 11. figs. 8, 8 a (1889).

Two specimens from Christmas Pass, two from the Mineni Valley,

and one specimen from the Vunduzi River, all (3 males, 2 females)

belonging to the var. zetterstedti, so widely spread over all Eastern

South Africa.

Genus AncyLoxyPHa, Feld.

155. ANCYLOXYPHA MACKENII (Trim.).

3. Pamphila? mackenti, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1868,

p- 95, pl. vi. fig. 8.

3 Q. Ancyloxypha mackenii, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 331.

n. 357 (1889).

Three males from Christmas Pass (16th to 23rd February), and

a male and a female from the Mineni Valley (6th and 8th March).

156, ANCYLOXYPHA PHILANDER (Hopff.).

3. Pamphila philander, Hopff. ‘‘ Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch.

Berl. 1855, p. 648” ; and Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 416,

t. xxvii. figs. 1, 2 (1862).

3 2. Ancyloxypha philander, Trim. 8.-Atr. Butt. ii. p. 333.

n. 358 (1889).

Fivespecimens: 2 males and 2 females from the Mineni Valley (6th

and 7th March) and a female from the Vunduzi River (Sth April).

All have the lowest spot of the discal series of the fore wing on

—

1894.] MANICA, SOUTH-EAST AFRICA. 79

the upperside smaller and much more widely apart from the spot

immediately above it than in Hopffer’s figure of the male from

Querimbe; both the males have the white median bar on the

upperside of the hind wings considerably narrower, but this marking

is in the females about as wide as Hopffer figures it in the male.

On the underside the dark anal angular and lower discal patch is

larger in both sexes, extending to hind-marginal edge except just

about extremity of submedian nervure.

Two females from Delagoa Bay, collected by the Rev. H. Junod

in 1891, present this last-named character, and agree in other

respects with the single example from the same locality noted by

me loc. cit. p. 333°.

Mr. Selous notes this Butterfly as very rapid in flight, but

frequently settling in bushes in shady spots.

Genus PreryeospipEa, Wallengr.

157. PrERYGOSPIDEA DJ ELELEZ, Wallengr.

3. Pterygospidea djelele, Wallengr. 1. c. p. 54. n. 5 (1857).

3 2. Plerygospidea djelele, Trim. §.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 354.

n. 368, pl. xi. fig. 7 [ 2 | (1889).

Eight specimens, two of which are females, from the Mineni

Valley (5th to 16th March) agree with the Transvaal male noted

by me, /. ¢. p. 355, in their larger size and darker underside colouring,

only the females having the rufous tolerably developed.

158. PruRyGosPIDEA Motoz1, Wallengr.’

Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengr. 1. c. p. 53 (1857).

Nisoniades motozi, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Aust. ii. p. 318. n. 206,

pl. 6. fig. 3 (1866).

Four males and a female from the Mineni Valley (7th to 12th

March), and a male from Vunduzi River (12th April).

When I described this species in S.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 357, I

had noted females only of the typical pattern, and associated with

them males taken in the same locality which differed chiefly in

the much smaller vitreous spots of the fore wings, the want of the

discocellular vitreous spot in the hind wings, and the possession

of a more or less well-defined darker fascia in the fore wings. I

have since obtained both sexes of both forms, and can rectify

1 Specimens from the Ogové Valley, Equatorial West Africa, are considerably

smaller ; the spots on the upperside of the fore wings are reduced in size—the

lowest spot especially being very small and sublinear ; the median bar on the

upperside of the hind wings is, on the contrary, much broader in its upper

portion ; while on the underside of the hind wings the dark lower-discal patch

is more reduced than in the figure of the Querimbe type and stops short at some

little distance before the hind margin.

? The Butterfly from Bismarckburg, Togoland, figured by Karsch (Berl.

ent. Zeitschr. xxxviii. pl. vi. fig. 11, 1893) as doubtfully the male of P. motozi,

appears to be quite distinct, being very much smaller, with differently-shaped

transparent spots (and 5 or 6 minute additional ones) in the fore wings, and

having the underside of the hind wings brown with fuscous markings and

without any of the characteristic yellow colouring.

80 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Jan. 16,

the mistake as regards motozi by stating that the male differs

scarcely at all from the female except in being darker on the upper-

side, and having smaller and more separate yellow markings on the

underside.

159. PrERYGOSPIDEA GALENUS (Fabr.).

Hesperia galenus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 350. n. 332 (1793) ;

Latr. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 773. n. 124 (1828).

Plesioneura galenus, Staud. Exot. Schmett. i. t. 100 (1888)’.

Three examples from Christmas Pass, captured respectively on

15th, 17th, and 27th February. They are rather larger than the

West-African specimens that I have seen, expanding 1 in. 63 to

74 lin., and the discocellular fulvous-yellow spot on the upperside

of the hind wings is absent in two of the specimens and only just

indicated in the third ; on the underside this spot is faintly marked,

and the other yellow spots (apart from the large discal hind-

marginal patch) are also very much reduced and in two examples

obsolescent. On both surfaces the large fulvous-yellow patch of

the hind wings differs in each specimen both as to shape and size.

I have found this species recorded from numerous localities

along the West Coast, from Assinie (in about 5° N. lat., and 3°

W. long.) as far to the south as Angola; but Mr. Selous’s

captures give the first instance known to me of its occurrence in

East Africa—unless Shoa in Abyssinia be one (see C. Oberthiir,

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xv. p. 733, 1883). Mr. Selous describes

the Butterfly as scarce; he found it settlmg on low bushes in

shady places and so alert as to be caught with difficulty.

160. PreryGosprpEA FLESUS (Fabr.) ”.

Papilio flesus, Fabr. “ Sp. Ins, ii. p. 185. n. 621” (1781); Ent.

Syst. ui. 1, p. 828. n. 286 (1793).

Papilio ophion, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2

(1782).

The eight examples from Christmas Pass and one of the two

examples from the Mineni Valley are remarkable for the complete

and unvarying development of the entire discal series of black or

brownish-black spots on the underside of the hind wings,—a series

so variable in Natal specimens that it is by no means uncommon

1 Pardaleodes fulgens, Mabille (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 236), from

the detailed description given, does not seem to be separable from P#. galenus.

2 In §.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 365, I explained how from M. Mabille’s description

(Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vi. p. 272. n. 21, 1876) I was disposed to consider that

Tagiades insularis, Mab., from Madagascar, was probably not separable as a

species from P. flesus. Having since been favoured by M. Mabille with two

males of his 7. imsularis, I have, however, come to the conclusion that the

Malagasy Butterfly may be held distinct from the Continental species, as

besides the smaller size and the straighter hind margin of the hind wings

(which M. Mabille points out in vol. i. p. 354 of the Lepidoptera in Grandi-

dier’s ‘Madagascar, &e.’), I find that on the underside of the hind wings

there is a very much broader and complete hind-marginal brown border from

the radial nervule as far as the submedian nervure.

1894. ] MANICA, SOUTH-HAST AFRICA. 81

to find two, three, four, or all five spots wanting or but faintly

indicated. Inthe exception from the Mineni Valley, four of these

spots are reduced to mere dots and the fifth is wanting altogether.

Genus Hesperia, Fabr.

161. HusPERIA FORESTAN (Cram.).

Papilio forestan, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. ccexci. figs. E, F (1782).

One specimen from Christmas Pass (27th February) and another

from the Mineni Valley (27th March).

162, Huspmria uNIcoLOR (Mab.).

Ismene unicolor, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) vii. p. xxxix. n. 47

(1887); Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1877, p. 230.

Two examples: a male, in good order, captured at Christmas

Pass on the 20th February, and an apparent female, very much

damaged, near the Vunduzi River on 12th April.

The few specimens of this singularly dull-tinted species that

have come under my notice were from Delagoa Bay and from

Durban, Natal. Mabille’s descriptions were from Congo examples.

Genus Apantis, Hopff.

163. ABANTIS ZAMBESINA (Westw.).

3. Hesperia (Oxynetra) zambesina, Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon.

p- 183, pl. xxxiv. fig. 9 (1874).

Eight males: seven from Mineni Valley (13th to 29th March),

and one from Vunduzi River (6th April).

This beautiful Hesperid is noted as not numerous, and always

in open country; it was mostly captured while drinking at the

waters edge, but some were found on the tall spikes of blue

flowers already mentioned as the haunt of several Lycenide and

Hesperude.

I have not yet seen the female of this species, which is still rare

in collections.

In addition to the species above mentioned, there are two forms

of Mycalesis which I cannot with certainty refer to any described

species without comparison with the types, but which I believe to

be assignable to the species hereunder named.

164, ? Mycatnusis cAmPA, Karsch.

3. Mycalesis campa, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 206,

t. v. fig. 4 (1893).

This species belongs to the safitza group, but is distinguished

by the rather acute angulation of the common pale postmedian

transverse streak of the underside in both fore and hind wings on

the 3rd median nervule.

Two examples taken by Mr. Selous in Christmas Pass on 16th

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1894, No. VI. 6

- oo ae

82 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM MANICA, SOUTH-BAST AFRICA, [Jan. 16,

February agree very well with Karsch’s description of the male

from Bismarckburg, Togoland, in Northern West-Tropical Africa,

but have the angulation in question less pronounced (in one

example very much less pronounced in the fore wing than is

shown in the figure quoted), and also present a considerable acute

dentation throughout, in both fore and hind wings, of the inner

submarginal dark line. In these characters the Manica examples

are nearer to M. sajfitza, but differ more than the figure of M.

canypa does from the same species in having the 4th ocellus of the

series in the hind wings very much smaller than (instead of nearly

as large as) the fifth *.

165. ? Mycauusis ENA, Hewits.

Mycalesis ena, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 107 (1877).

A single male from Christmas Pass, captured on 20th February,

appears to me to agree with Hewitson’s description of this Lake

Nyassa species, the postmedian common transverse streak having

the “undulated” form specified as far as the hind wings are

concerned ; but the brief diagnosis is too vague and of too general

an application to enable any satisfactory identification to be

arrived at.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats LY.

Fig. 1. Physceneura pione, Godm., 3, p. 20.

2. Melanitis libya, Dist., 3, p. 22.

3, 3a. Acrea asema, Hewits., ¢ 9, p. 24.

4. Acrea acrita, Hewits., 3 var., p. 28.

5. Precis simia, Wallengr., 3, p. 33.

Prats V.

Fig. 6. Charaxes lasti, H. G. Smith, 2, p. 39.

7. Charaxes achemenes, Feld., 2, p. 41.

8. Charaxes guderiana, Dewitz, 2, p. 42.

Puatse VI.

Hig. 9. Charaxes manica, n. sp., 2, p. 43.

10. Charaxes selousi, n. sp. 5, p. 45.

ll. Lycena exclusa, n. sp., 3, p- 47.

12. Lucenesthes lunulata, nu. sp., 3, p. 51.

13. Chrysorychia cruenta, nu. sp., 3, p. 55.

14. Durbania puellaris, n. sp., 2, p. 59.

15. Alena nyassa, Hewits., 2, p. 61.

16. Cyclopides mineni, n. sp., p. 72.

17. Pamphila zimbazo, n. sp., 2, p. 74.

18. Pamphila chirala, n. sp. 9, p. 76.

1 Thaye a note referring to » Zambesi specimen in the Oxford University

Museum in 1867, which seems to agree with the Manica examples here recorded.

1894, | DR. A. B, MEYER ON AN AFRICAN MONKEY. 83

3. Remarks on an African Monkey, Cercopithecus wolfi.

By A. B. Muynr.

[Received November 21, 1893.]

(Plate VII.)

In ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum’ (vol. xiii. pp. 63-64,

December 1890) I gave a preliminary description of this new

Monkey from Inner Africa (though the exact locality is not known),

after a living specimen in the Dresden Zoological Garden. At

the same time I expressed my intention of giving fuller particulars

alter the enimal’s death, since it is impossible to be perfect in

details whin noting down the characters of a living Monkey

constantly 'eaping from one end of its cage to the other. The

animal hay.ng died in October 1891, I now offer the subjoined

description, illustrated by a figure, of this remarkably fine species,

and add som? notes on its skeleton. In the valuable and complete

list of the ge us Cercopithecus recently published by Dr. P. L.Sclater

(P. Z. 8. 1893, pp. 243 & 441), the 31 known species are divided

into 6 sections, and if one does not wish to create a new section

for C. wolfi, it could be placed in Section C (Erythronoti: above

rufous, beneath white), orin Section E (Auriculati: ears with long

tufts), though it does not exactly agree with either.

The following is a description of the specimen :—General colour

of the upper surface dark slate-grey, passing into blue-grey on the

sides, each hair with two or three pale rings and tipped with black ;

the hair-rings from the crown downwards form a dorsal stripe

4 em. broad, tapering off to a point towards the tail, olive-yellowish

from the crown to the middle of the back, most vivid on the crown,

brown-yellow towards the tail; the hair-rings on the sides are

pearl-grey, on the basal half of tail above ash-grey, the tips of

the hairs black, on basal half of tail below whitish; the lengthened

hairs of the sides of the body orange-yellow ; nose and bare skin

of face blackish grey; upper lip as far as nose'and bare parts of

under-lip flesh-colour; iris red-brown; the diadem-like stripe

across forehead, extending more narrowly to the ears, yellowish

white, each hair black at the tip; eyebrows black; the hairs of

the ears bright red-brown; temples and space in front of ears

black, the long hair: of the whiskers washed with the same colour ;

the hair-rings of the whiskers, which tend to a lemon-yellow colour,

are very broad in fi ont, so that these hairs appear almost uniform

yellow; chin, sides of neck, inner sides of arms, breast, belly, and

inner sides of legs white, the hairs of the belly with faint orange-

yellow tips; shoulders and upper arms black, with pearl-grey

hair-rings ; outer side of lower arms uniform glossy deep black,

between this and th: white inner side a narrow ochre-coloured

stripe running down ‘o the underside of the hands; hairs on hands

and feet above black becoming thinner on the fingers; skin of

hands and feet blacki: 1 grey; outer side of legs bright red-brown,

84 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND (Jan. 16,

passing into orange towards the white inner side (the difference

between the red-brown and the orange being due to the circum-

stance that in the former case the bases of the hairs are ash-grey,

in the latter white). The colour of the legs after Ridgway

(Nomencl. Col.) is tawny (pl. v. fig. 1) with a wash of Chinese orange

(pl. vii. fig. 15).

Length of body 46 cm., tail ca. 60, height at shoulder ca. 32,

height at hip ca. 35 cm.

The appearance of the cranial sutures, the teeth, and the bones

prove that the animal is not an old one, though it appears to have

attained its full size. As it was brought over from Africa in the

year 1887 and died in 1891, it was at least five years old.

Skull.—Line from root of nose to upper jaw rather straight in

profile, basis only of the nasal opening elevated; angle with the

line of forehead about 30 degrees. Nasal opening elongated

(7x16 mm.). Orbits round, projecting at their inner upper angle.

Greatest length (gnathion to occiput) 94 mm.; basal length

(basion to gnathion) 64:2; greatest (zygomatic) breadth 61°2;

breadth of orbit 20-7 ; height of orbit 22-3 ; interorbital breadth 4-4;

intertemporal constriction 42:2; brain-case—length 704, breadth

53°1, height (basilar suture to bregma) 43'9; combined length of

upper premolars and molars 22-4, of molars only 15°8 ; length of

palate 33:9, breadth at inside of m* 17:1; free length of canine

15°7.

Length of pelvis 106, breadth (7.) 61; length of vertebral

column ca. 290; length of tail ca. 540; humerus 116, ulna 125,

radius 135, manus 96, femur 145, tibia 150, fibula 143, pes 140.

+. Report on the Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made by

Dr. J. W. Gregory during his Expedition to Mount

Kenia. By Dr. A. Ginrner, Keeper of the Zoological

Department, British Museum.

[Received January 12, 1894.]

(Plates VIII.-X1.)

Considering the difficulties Dr. Gregory had to overcome in

attending unaided to the various duties of a scientific traveller,

and the fact that the formation of zoological collections was but

a secondary object of his expedition, we may be very well satistied

with the series of Reptiles and Fishes which he was able to bring

home.

The Reptiles are referable to 38 species, the majority being well-

known forms of the Central East-African Fauna, but they never-

theless form a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the range

of the several species, inasmuch as the collector took great care in

noting the localities where the specimens were obtained, and

P, Zo". (8284) Piva

J. Green del.et lth.

Mintern Bros. imp.

BUNOCNEMIS MODESTUS.

; BaDiIN SiO noes

cut * soug Usequny YR I [sp Use parpyy “Yy

Id t6sl SZ cl

licpees Genet Misfits oman ae

imp.

Mintern Bros.

R.Mintern del et lith.

SAS? OeRBece Rn

A CHROMIS SPILURUS.

“SISNUNVL SNAUVEA

‘cht ‘soag usrequTpy

URL q° [=P UAeyUTy OO

1894. | FISHES FROM E. AFRICA. 85

these will be fully explained in his forthcoming itinerary of his

expedition’. Besides, he discovered two new forms, one of the

polytypic genus Agama, and the other a singular new genus of

Geckoids. Several of the species had been previously known from

one or two other localities only: the Egyptian Dipsas obtusa has

been discovered by him to extend southwards to the Equator, and

the West-African Hemidactylus brookii proves to be one of those

which extend right across the Continent. This is also the case

with Dermophis thomensis, one of the seven Batrachians collected

by Dr. Gregory.

So far as we know at present, some of the genera of Fishes

inhabiting Tropical Africa, like Chromis and Bar bus, preponderate

over the others as regards the number of species. Not only are

the various fresh waters inhabited by distinct local forms of the

genera mentioned, but almost every piece of fresh water harbours

several species of the same genus. 1x out of the thirteen species

of which specimens have been collected by Dr. Gregory are new,

and my examination of them has been greatly facilitated by the large

size of the specimens and the excellent state of their preservation.

REPTILES.

1. TEstuDO PARDALIS. On the Kikuyu escarpment south of

Lake Naivasha.

2. CINYXIS BELLIANA, Gray. East of Taro, west of Witu.

3. STERNOTHARUS sinuatus, Smith. Upper Athi R.

4, PenomEpUSA GALEATA, Schoepff. Kapte Plains, Ukambani,

alt. 3300 ft.

5. Hemipactyius masura, Moreau. Neatana.

6. Hemipacryius BRooxt, Gray. Kibibi Basin.

Hitherto known from yarious localities on the West Coast.

Bunocnemis, g. n. Geckot.

Body and tail covered with small, smooth, imbricate scales.

Digits aud toes free, with the terminal phalanges short and

clawed, those of the digits being much shorter than those of the

toes. The lamellz on the lower side of the fingers and toes are

mostly undivided, though many have a more or less shallow notch

in their anterior margin. A complete division takes place only in

the lamellze of the outer toe and in the penultimate lamella of the

other toes. The hinder part of the legs with large tubercles.

Preanal pores. Pupil vertical.

7. BUNOCNEMIS MODESTUS, sp.n. (Plate VIII.)

Snout rather depressed, moderately long, longer than the

' Geogr. Journ, vol. iii, (1894).

86 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Jan. 16,

distance between eye and ear-opening and twice as long as the

eye; ear-opening small. Lepidosis of the head granular. Rostral

quadrangular, with a median cleft above, and with a pair of small

shields behind; nostril pierced between the rostral, post-rostral,

first labial, and two small granular shields ; eight upper and seven

lower labials; mental large, pentagonal, with two large chin-shields

behind. The scales surrounding the body are nearly of the same

size; about eighty-six longitudinal series may be counted round

the middle of the body. Tail conical, with a median series of

larger scutes below. The fore part of the hind limbs is covered with

small imbricate scales like the body, whilst the posterior part is

granular with large subconical tubercles. Similar tubercles, but

fewer in number and flatter, are seen on the hinder side of the fore-

arm. Fifteen pores in the preanal series, which extends for some

distance on the thigh. Thumb with six lamelle, of which the

penultimate is deeply notched; seven lamelle under the second,

eight under the third, and seven under the fourth fingers. Inner

toe with three lamelle, of which the middle is notched; second

toe with four lamella, the penultimate being divided; fourth toe

with six lamelle, the penultimate being divided ; fifth toe with six

lamelle, all of which are more or less notched.

Upper parts uniform brownish, lower whitish.

ELC EID Lo | ER aC RR 78 millim.

Ae eta ces tot EE aa ok hi See

Nitatiordead 2 Se Pe ors

Distance of snout from vent ........ AB ics:

Tail, partly reproduced ............ 5 ar

ots Mune ee fA ces ee oo LEO

AME ties is ye cibs, Stes, aks ke) 15

A single specimen was obtained at Ngatana.

8. Lygopacryius Picruratus, Ptrs. Ngatana, Tzavo.

9. AGAMA DorIm, Blgr. Fuladoya (Aug. 16).

10. AGAMA GREGORII, sp. n.

Allied to Agama cyanogaster.

Nostril lateral, not tubular, and below the canthus rostralis.

The anterior of the upper scutes of the head are smooth, but

the posterior surmounted by a small spine; occipital not enlarged ;

small, conical spinous scales on the sides of the throat, about the

ear, and on the neck; ear larger than the eye-opening. A deep

fold across the throat, but no gular pouch. Body depressed,

without fold on the side of the back; back with numerous larger

scales mixed among the small ones, the largest forming a tolerably

regular series on each side of the median line; the two series

passing into two rows of very large scutes which protect the

median line of the tail. All the larger scales are keeled. Ventral

scales smaller than the largest on the back, keeled, the keels

terminating behind in a spine.

ee or.

1894. ] FISHES FROM E, AFRICA. 87

Limbs moderately elongate, the scales in front and on the upper

part of the hind limb imbricate and strongly keeled ; scales on

the hinder side of the thigh small, with larger ones mixed. The

third and fourth fingers nearly equal in length; fourth toe very

slightly longer than the third, fifth extending beyond the first.

Tail longer than the body, its scales strongly keeled, with the

margins denticulated and disposed in annuli. Male with a double

row of anal pores.

Upper parts bluish, with the largest scales yellow; also the

head and the basal portion of the tail are yellow ; throat blue; a

black band across the shoulder.

inches. lines.

Motaltengbh Ss icc: eae veh ene hn eee At 6

1S 227 Ae ee es AO Hs Uae ae 1 5

Distance between vent and snout .... 5 2

Wenahheb tore. WMO osc 53.4 cu eas eee 2 6

Keneth ot hind: lint, (oto. 5 «ayes 3 6

One specimen was obtained at Mkonumbi, a grassy coast-

district with salt-swamps.

11. Monitor ninoticus, L. Tzavo, east of Witu.

12. Monrror ansocunaris, Daud. Taro plains.

13. MAaBUIA MACULILABRIS, Gray. Negatana.

14, Smpaconrras Mopustus, Gthr. On the Athi plains, wood-

less grass-steppes ; formerly known from Mpwapwa.

15. Larasrra Loneicaupata, Reuss. Fuladoya.

16. CHAM#LEON ROPERI, Bler. Taro plains, Ukambani.

17. CHAMELEON BITxNiATUS, Fisch..—Chameleon hoehnelii,

Steind. Kibibi Basin, Elmeteita Basin, Gopo lal Maru (June 9),

Guaso Laschau.

18. RHAMPHOLEON KERSTENII, Ptrs. Ndara, Teita Mountains,

Matiliko (Aug. 3).

19. TypHnops puncratus, Leach. Mkonumbi, Guaso Narok

and Guaso Nairotia in Leikipia, Tzavo.

20. TYPHLOPS UNITENIATUS, Ptrs. Kibwezi.

21. Uriecnis capensis, Smith. Steppes south of Tzavo.

22. AMBLORHINUS NororeNIA, Gthr. Eastern Ukikuyu.

23. CORONELLA OLIVACEA, var. DUMERILII, Gthr. Neatana.

24, Dasypenris scabra, L. Eastern Ukikuyu.

25, RHAGHRRHIS TRIVENIATA, Gthr. Kibibi Basin,

88 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND (Jan. 16,

26. RHAGERRHIS OXYRHYNCHUS, Rnhrdt. Taro Plains.

27. PsAMMOPHIS sIBILANS, L. Coast-districts and Teita

Mountains.

28. PSAMMOPHIS BISERIATUS, Ptrs. Kurawa (coast-district).

29, AnzruLta NeeiLEcTA, Ptrs. Mkonumbi.

30. AH#ruLLA PuNcTATA, Ptrs. Mkonumbi, Kurawa, Melindi.

31. Boopon tinzatus, D. & B. Kapte Plains.

32. LycoPpHIDIUM HoRSTOCKI, Schleg. Camp at Kariti, Mko-

numbi, near Fuladoya.

33. LEPTODIRA RUFESCENS, Gm. Coast-districts.

34, Drpsas oprusa, Reuss. Ngatana.

An Egyptian species, previously not known to extend so far

southwards.

35. Causus Jacksontl, Gthr. Ngatana, Mkonumbi.

36. Nava NIGRICOLLIS, Rnhrdt. Leikipia.

37. DENDRASPIS POLYLEPIS, Gthr. Steppes south of the

Kiboko River; found to live in holes of the sides of deserted

termite-hills.

38. CrorHo arrerans, Merr. Valley of the Thika-thika.

AMPHIBIANS.

1, Buro REGULARIS, Reuss. Common everywhere.

2. Rana MASCARENTENSIS, D. & B. Kibibi Basin, north of Ran-

gatan Ndari, Lamu Island.

3. Rana GALaAMENsISs, D. & B. Mkonumbi.

Previously known from Senegambia.

4, PYXICEPHALUS DELALANDII, Tschudi. Kibwezi.

5, CHIROMANTIS PETERSII, Bler. Taro Plains.

6. PHRYNOMANTIS BIFASCIATA, Smith. Mkonumbi.

7. Raprra concotor, Hallow. Guaso Nyuki near Njemps,

alt. 3400 ft.

8. MEGALIXALUS FORNASINI, Bianconi. Ngatana.

9. DERMOPHIS THOMENSIS, Bocage. Ngatana.

Previously known from the West Coast.

1894. ] FISHES FROM E. AFRICA. 89

FISHES.

1. PROTOPTERUS ANNECTENS, Owen. Tidal creeks at Mko-

numbi.

2. OREOCHROMIS NIGuR, sp.n. (Plate IX.)

D. 7. A. §- La lat. 29... 1, transy. 2.

Teeth very small, indistinctly bicuspid, the inner cusp being

much larger than the outer; about 45 teeth on each side of the

outer series of the upper jaw. Scales below the eye in two series.

In a specimen eleven inches long the diameter of the eye is less

than the width of the preorbital, one half of the width of the

interorbital space, and equal to the depth of the scaly portion of

the cheek. The height of the body is contained twice and a third

in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head one

third. Pectoral fin extending to the anal; series of minute scales

cover the rays of the caudal fin. Scales smooth. Greenish black ;

vertical and ventral fins and a spot on the operculum deep black.

Two specimens, of which the larger is 11 inches long, were

obtained from pools on the Kibwezi River below its reappearance.

One of these two specimens has distinctly three series of scales

on the cheek, but on one side of the head only.

Closely allied to Oreochromis hunteri, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 70.

3, CHROMIS SPILURUS, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. A.)

Dp. =, Ag. L. lat. 30. LL. transy.

Teeth distinctly bicuspid, with the inner cusp broadest, brown

at the tip, small, about thirty-six on each side of the outer series

of the upper jaw. Scales smooth, those below the eye in two

series. The diameter of the eye of a specimen 4 in. long is less

than the width of the interorbital space, and more than the width

of the preorbital or than the depth of the scaly portion of the

cheek. Interorbital space flat. The height of the body is some-

what more than the length of the head, and contained twice and

two-thirds or twice and a half in the total length (without caudal).

The pectoral fin extends to or a little beyond the origin of the anal.

Caudal nearly scaleless. Greenish, silvery on the sides ; a blackish

spot on the end of the operculum, and another on the side of the

caudal peduncle, just below the upper profile and close to the root of

the fin. Dorsal and caudal fins with blackish spots arranged in rows.

Several specimens were obtained from the Mwangaden River

in N. Giriama; the largest is 44 inches long.

8+2z small ones *

4, Cuartas tazera, C. V. Negatana.

A Nilotic species.

5, EUPrRoPius DEPRESSIROSTRIS, Ptrs. Ngatana.

6. CLAROTES LATICEPS, Riipp. Ngatana.

Known from the Nile and West Coast.

VEEN

90 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Jan. 16,

7. SYNODONTIS ZAMBUZENSIS, Ptrs. Ngatana.

8. ALESTES AFFINIS, sp. n.

Allied to Alestes imberi.

M11; AS1s-19.. L. lat 2 etree: =

The height of the body is one third of the total length (without

caudal) ; the length of the head two sevenths. The origin of the

dorsal fin is distinctly behind the base of the ventrals; pectoral

reaching the ventral. Silvery, with an indistinct shining band along

the side; a blackish spot behind the shoulder and another at the

root of the caudal.

Three specimens, 33 inches long, were obtained at Merifano on

the Tana River.

9. LABEO GREGORI, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. B.)

D.14. A.7. IL. lat. 37. L. transyv. 4

Mouth broad, crescent-shaped; lower lip thick and fringed

with an inner fold which is covered with horny substance. Snout

thick, produced, obtuse in front, much projecting beyond the lower

jaw, without lateral lobe ; maxillary barbel small, hidden in a deep

lateral groove. Lye rather large, two sevenths of the length of

the head, rather shorter than the snout, and somewhat nearer to

the end of the snout than to the gill-opening. The length of the

head is contained thrice and two thirds in the total length (without

caudal), the depth of the body thrice and a half. Interorbital

space broad, scarcely convex, its width being one half of the length

of the head. There are four longitudinal series of scales between

the lateral line and the root of the ventral fin. Upper margin of

the dorsal fin oblique ; anal extending to the caudal, the pectoral

to the ventral. Greenish above, silvery on the sides and below.

One specimen, 5 inches long, was obtained at Merifano on the

Tana River.

10. BARBUS TANENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XI.)

D.12. A.7or8. L. lat. 25. LL. transy. 2.

The osseous dorsal ray is strong, not serrated, its stiff portion

being rather shorter than the head. There are one and a half

longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and the root

of the ventral fin. Body compressed, its greatest depth contained

twice and three fourths in the total length (without caudal).

Head rather small, one fifth of the total length, measured to the

end of the middle caudal rays. Snout of moderate length, with

the upper jaw overlapping the lower, and with four barbels, of

which the posterior reaches to the angle of the preoperculum.

The diameter of the eye is two ninths of the length of the head

and two thirds of that of the snout. Origin of the dorsal fin

opposite to the root of the ventral and nearly midway between the

end of the snout and the root of the caudal. Caudal fin deeply

1894. ] FISHES FROM E. AFRICA, 91

forked ; pectoral extending to or nearly to the root of the ventral.

Coloration uniform.

Numerous specimens were collected in the Thika-thika, in the

Kibwezi River, below its reappearance, and in the Guaso el Narua.

The largest specimens are fifteen inches long.

11. Barus TAITENSIS, sp. n.

D.10. A.8. L.lat. 31. LL. transv. 2.

The osseous dorsal ray is of moderate strength, finely serrated,

and but little shorter than the head. There are two and a half

longitudinal series of scales between the lateral Jine and the root of

the ventral fin. Body compressed, its depth being equal to the

length of the head and one fourth of the total length (without

caudal). The diameter of the eye equals the length of the snout

and is one fourth of the length of the head. The upper barbel is

shorter than the lower, which is as long as the eye. Jaws of equal

length. Interorbital space convex, wider than the eye. Dorsal

fin about as high as the body, its origin being somewhat in advance

of that of the ventral and equidistant from the end of the snout

and from the root of the caudal. Fork of the caudal of moderate

depth. Silvery, with a bluish band along the middle of the side,

the band terminating in a small black spot on the root of the

caudal fin.

I take this opportunity of describing this species here from two

specimens which were collected at Teita by Mr. Wray, and of

which the larger is only 3 inches long.

12. BaRBus INTERMEDIUS, Riipp.

Previously known from Abyssinia. Adult specimens have the

lower lip dilated into broad lobes, of which the median is divided

from the lateral by a deep notch.

From the Rivers el Narua, Nyuki, and Kiroruma.

13. ANGUILLA BENGALENSIS, Gray.

From the Thika-thika, Athi, and Tana Rivers.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats VIII.

Bunocnemis modestus, nat. size. Fingers and toes enlarged.

Prater IX.

Oreochromis niger.

PuatEe X,

Fig. A. Chromis spilurus.

B. Labeo gregorii,

Prater XI.

Barbus tanensis,

92 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Feb. 6,

February 6, 1894.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1894.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January was 78, of which 30 were by

presentation, 2 by birth, 34 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and 8

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 100.

Amongst these attention should be specially called to a young

male Ounce, or Snow-Leopard (/¢elis uncia), obtained by purchase

from Mr. J. 8S. Mackay, of Dunbar House, Kullu, Punjab, being

the animal described in the letter from that gentleman read on the

7th of December last (see P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 692).

Mr. Sclater called attention to a fine mounted specimen of the

River-hog of Madagascar (Potamocherus edwards) from the Tring

Museum, lent for exhibition by the Hon. W. Rothschild, F.Z.S.,

and remarked that three distinct species of this well-marked

Ethiopian genus (see Scl. P. ZS. 1860, p. 801) of Suide were

now known :—

1. Potamocherus africanus, which is believed to range from the

Cape throughout Eastern Africa up to Abyssinia, where it appears

as Nyctocherus hassama of Heuglin (Ant. u. Biff. Suppl. p. 7; et

Fitz. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Bd. liv. Abth. 1. p. 586).

2. Potamocherus penicillatus of West Africa (well figured in

Wolf and Sclater’s Zoological Sketches, vol. i. pl. xxix.), which, as

well as P. africanus, has been frequently exhibited alive in our

Gardens (see List of Animals, 1883, p. 183).

3. Potamocherus edwardsi (see P. Z. 8S. 1875, p. 64, pl. xii.) from

Madagascar (at once known by its black under surface), of which a

specimen is now before us.

Mr. J. T. Last, by whom the specimen exhibited had been ob-

tained, had kindly furnished the following field-notes on this

species :—

“ Of the Wild Boars in Madagascar there are two, perhaps three,

species. The largest (Potamocherus edwardsi) is said to inhabit

the upland forest regions; while a smaller species lives near the

coast. I was told by Béfandtriki, an Antinosi king, that there is

also another species, much shorter in body than the two mentioned

above and of a white colour. I suggested to him that it might

' be a white hog run wild, but he insisted that it is not a ‘kusu’

(domesticated pig) but a ‘lambu,’ ‘lémbundla’ (a wild boar). I

cannot vouch for the truth of his statement because I have not

seen the animal, but the king evidently believed in the infor-

mation he was giving me.

“It is very difficult to say much about the habits and manners of

1894. ] RIVER-HOG OF MADAGASCAR. 93

the wild boars, the fact being that they are seldom seen alive by

persons who are competent to observe them. I was nearly five

years in Madagascar, and only once did I meet, as it were by

accident, with a boar on his rambles; this was one morning

about 7 o'clock, on some hills about 2000 feet or more above the sea-

level, in the north part of Madagascar. Once again I met with it

in South Central Madagascar, but this happened in the course of

hunting.

“Tt must not be concluded that because wild boars are so seldom

seen they are few in number—such is far from being the case.

It is scarcely possible to go into any village, especially all along

the west side of Madagascar, and not hear the natives complain of

the havoc made by these animals. In the gardens, in the open

country, and in the forest the wild boar makes himself busy, turning

up the ground wherever he goes.

“ During my stay in the Mujanga district I paid a visit to Katsépi,

about lat. 15° 45'S. I was here, travelling and roaming about

all over the country, for several days—over bare hills, through

dense forests, and across as rough a kind of country, full of holes

and caves, as I have ever seen. The country everywhere showed

that the wild boar existed there in great numbers—in fact, in no

other part of Madagascar have I met with such abundant proofs of

its prevalence; and yetall the while I was roaming about in this dis-

trict I did not see one. The reason for this is that the boar is never

about in the daytime. He has but one enemy—that is, man—and

he has sufficient instinct to know that his enemy may come upon

him at any time or place if he roams about in the daytime. He

therefore, very wisely, sleeps all day, and in the evening, when all

is quiet, starts out on his feeding-expeditions, and probably to

meet his friends.

“ Whilst out feeding there is but little that comes amiss to the

wild boar; he may be said to be almost omnivorous. If he enters

a garden he makes the greatest havoc possible ; he can clear off

any amount of young green rice and all sorts of garden-produce.

The natives have the greatest difficulty in keeping him away.

They make strong fences around their gardens, and often watch

night after night to get a shot at their troublesome visitor; but

he is generally more cunning and more patient than the man.

At last, perhaps, the man, for some reason or other, will absent

himself from the gardens for one night; he goes to look at them

in the morning, but he is too late, the boar has had his revel and

the gardens are spoilt. These remarks are simply the substance

of a conversation | had with some men working for me, who live

at Bdra-mahamdi, in about lat. 13° 40'8., and who had had their

gardens destroyed in this manner.

“The wild boar can generally find something to eat in what-

ever kind of country he may be in. On the plains and open

country (where there are no gardens to attack) he will turn up

the ground in all directions, searching for various kinds of tubers,

and | daresay he disposes of all grubs, insects, and other forms of

94 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON THE GRHAT NORTHERN DIVER. [Feb. 6,

animal-life which may happen to come in his way. In the forest

he meets with an abundance of food—ripe fruit fallen from the

trees, yam-like bulbs and tubers, the babu, vald, siza, and many

others in plenty, just under the surface of the ground. In turning

these out he may frequently come across the nests of mice, rats,’

or one of the many species of Tandrec. All these he is able

to dispose of, and even snakes, it is said, do not come amiss to

him.

“The wild boar does not leave his lair during the day unless he

is disturbed by hunters or their dogs, and even then he is not in

a hurry to move until he is close pressed. When undisturbed, he

passes the day in sleep and in the evening resumes his search for

food again.

“Tn almost every village of importance one or more of the natives

know something of forestry. ‘hey keep a number of dogs, and

with them spend a great part of their time in the bush. Here

the dogs are trained in running down birds, especially the Crested

Ibis (Lophotibis cristata) and the Striped Partridge (Margaroperdix

striata), in treeing the Guinea-fowl (Nwmida tiarata), in searching

the ground to find some of the various species of Tandree, or,

most important work of all, in hunting the wild boar.

“JT do not think the natives are in the habit of hunting the

wild boar simply from love of sport, they are generally too lazy

to go hunting for the pleasure it should give; rather, when

they do hunt, it is either for the sake of getting some animal

food or else to rid themselves of a night visitor, which has been

making a too-free use of the garden-produce.

“In speaking of the range of the wild boar in Madagascar, I

think I am correct in saying that there is no part of the island

where it is not to be met with in numbers more or less. What I

have already said shows that it is to be found on the elevated

inland country as well as on the low-lying plains; that it makes its

home in forest, bush, or holes, wherever it is convenient.

“‘ These few remarks which I have been able to give concerning

the wild boar are, I believe, applicable to that. animal in all parts

of Madagascar; but 1 must state that my own personal obser-

vations were confined to the west side and to the south central

parts of the island.”

Mr. Sclater exhibited a stuffed specimen of the White-billed

Great Northern Diver (Colymbus adamsi) from Norway, fully

adult, which had been forwarded to him by Prof. R. Collett, of

Christiania, F'.M.Z.S., in order to be figured in the ‘ Ibis,’ and made

remarks on the distribution of the species and on its interest as

occasionally occurring on the British coast, as first recorded by him

in 1859 (P. Z.8. 1859, p. 206)’.

The following papers were read :—

' See also Seebohm, ‘Zoologist,’ 1885, p. 144; and Saunders, ‘ Manual of

British Birds,’ p. 695.

PZ.S.1894.PlateXI.

G.SNewth Photo& C.Stewart del.

M.P. Parker lith. West, Newman imp.

Synostosis & Curvature of the Spinein Fishes.

1894.] | = PROF. HOWES ON SYNOSTOSIS IN FISHES. 95

1. On Synostosis and Curvature of the Spine in Fishes,

with especial reference to the Sole. By G. B. Howss,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, R. Coll.

Sci. Lond.

[Received January 16, 1894.]

(Plate XIT.)

A short time ago my pupil Mr. W. L. 8. Loat placed in my

hands for examination a backbone of the Sole (Plate XII. figs. la

and 16) which presents the unique abnormality of a quinque-

recurrent curvature, such as I believe has never before been recorded.

Onturning to that rich storehouse of teratological material, the Royal

College of Surgeons’ Museum, for specimens which might throw

light upon this extraordinary backbone, I have been so fortunate

as to meet with facts which, while they show the Sole’s vertebral

column to be liable to a wide range of structural aberration, give us a

clue to at any rate the determining cause of that form of curvature

herein dealt with (cf. infra, p. 100)’. By a fortunate coincidence,

two malformed backbones of this fish (figs. 4a and 5) had been

quite recently presented to that Institution by Prof. Bland Sutton;

and to that gentleman, together with the Council of the College

and my ever willing friend Prof. Chas. Stewart, I tender my

thanks for permission to examine and report upon their

specimens.

Mr. Loat’s specimen was that of an old fish having an estimated

length of from 9 to 10 inches, and 47 of its vertebree were preserved,

the terminai ones (? 3 in number) having been lost. The backbone

of the normal Sole is straight, except for a feeble arching of its

anterior 14-16 vertebre*. In this example (fig. 1a) it was, as

already stated, thrown into a series of fixed sinuosities, five in

number as reckoned by their vertices, a marked depression

preceding the terminal one. All the vertebre but the anterior

3 or 4 and that lying at the base of the second dip were more or

less displaced in the vertical plane, and the minor details of the

disturbance may be more readily gleaned from the accompaning

figure (which is an accurate copy of a photograph) than expressed

in words. There can be no doubt that the aberration was con-

genital, for the vertebral bodies (which were fully formed and

independent throughout) conform in many cases to sections of a

circle, owing to the adaptive modification of their articular faces.

More interesting, perhaps, than this is the condition of the arches,

as is at once evident from the fact of the practical absence of any

marked sinuosity of the contour described by their free ends. To

1 «The causes producing congenital curvature of the spine are unknown,”

R. Coll. Surgeons’ Deser. Cat. of the Teratological Series, 1893, p. 94.

2 Of. Cunningham, ‘ A Treatise an the Common Sole.’ Plymouth: Marine

Biol. Assoc., 1890.

96 PROF, HOWES ON SYNOSTOSIS AND [Feb. 6,

take for example the hemal ones, the 13th measures in total

length J inch, the 18th 2 of an inch, and the 23rd 1,5 inch. In

the normal individual possessed of a straight backbone, the corre-

sponding elements exhibit a progressive increase in length—here

they have undergone an adaptive variation, whereby an approxi-

mately normal and regular. contour of the creature’s body was

unquestionably maintained; and the extent to which, as the

result of pure adaptation, this had been carried is most significant

in the flexion to the utmost of certain of the posterior hemals

and neurals depicted in the sketch (a.h. 41-46, a.n, 35-39).

On comparison of as much of this skeleton as is preserved with

the corresponding parts of a normal individual, an increase in

vertical diameter proportionate to diminution in length becomes at

once apparent. The total length of the vertebral column as it lies

flexed is 6 inches, its actual length measured along the curves

7° inches, and its longest outstanding process, hemal or neural,

does not exceed 13 inch. Lam in possession of one normal skeleton

of identical proportions in which arches 25 to 28 are longer;

and it would appear therefore more than likely that skeletal

growth in the vertical plane was under rather than over the

average in this remarkable individual.

Beyond this, the specimen bears no marked peculiarities not

apparent in the accompanying figure. There was no co-ossification

of parts, but the neural spines of vertebre 7, 8, and 10 bear syn-

ostotic enlargements (sy.) indicative of preceding fracture. There

was no lateral displacement of either the vertebral bodies or their

associated arches, beyond a feeble irregularity of certain of the

hzmal arches, not improbably due to shrinkage in drying.

The nearest approach to a similar condition to this which I have

been able to find is that of a Perch in the Hunterian Series of the

Royal College of Surgeons (figs. 3a and 36). That, however,

shows but three marked sinuosities, and the third of these, in con-

tradistinction to that of the Sole,is accompanied by a displacement

of the tail to the animal’s left side’. Salient points of agree-

ment with the Sole are, however, forthcoming in the otherwise

non-sinuous contour of the animal’s body, and in the fact that the

shallowest spinal sinuosity is most nearly median and the deepest

one posterior in position. The full number of vertebree (viz. 42) *

are present, and the detailed differences between the curvature of

this animal’s backbone and that of the Sole are sufficiently ex-

pressed in the accompanying illustrations (cf. figs. 1b and 3).

As with the Sole, the approximation of the ends of. the spinal

column consequent on the curvature was accompanied by an

increase in vertical diameter of the body, though to a greater extent

than in that animal—for, while the greatest vertical diameter of a

normal Perch (excluding its dorsal fin) is rather more than jth its

1 There is in the College of Surgeons’ collection an undissected Perch having

a precisely similar curvature (No. 361 of the Catalogue cited). Cf Postscript,

100

2 Of. Ginther, Introd. to the Study of Fishes, p. 53.

1894.) CURVATURE OF THD SPINE IN FISHES. 97

total length, in this specimen it is nearly 3rd of that*. The hemal

and neural arches of this specimen are normal, except for a marked

flexion forwards of the neurals numbering 20 to 24.

Another instance of curvature of the spine in the Sole, for

which I am indebted to the Royal College of Surgeons, is that

traced in fig. 2. This case differs most conspicuously from both

the foregoing in the acuteness of the first two sinuosities, and

in the fact that at each vertex there is a slight displacement to

the left side, which in all probability involved the body as a whole.

Except for the first eight neurals, which are very aberrant, the

arches had so adapted themselves to the situation as to have

maintained the normal regularity of contour of their extremities ;

and the only lesser detail worthy of remark here is the presence

of synostotic enlargements ° on the neural spines 9, 10, and 11.

48 vertebre in all are present.

Synostosis of the vertebree of fishes has been recorded by Erdl

and Stannius *. Whileit is most generally regarded as confined to

the opposite extremities of the spine, Owen has pointed out * that

in Pleuronectide “a kind of sacrum is formed by such bony union

of the bodies of the first two of the caudal series.” Examination

of a series of Pleuronectid skeletons will easily convince anyone

that this is an inconstant feature.

The most important monograph on the subject is to be found

among Hyrtl’s classical contributions to the Vienna Denkschriften ’.

In a short preliminary communication which immediately pre-

ceded the aforesaid monograph, Hyrtl remarked® that “the

number of co-ossified vertebre is 2 to 6,” and that “ this synostosis

takes place more frequently in the tail than in the trunk ”—while,

commenting on the probable ill effects of the malformation, he

naively points out that diminution in flexibility is, at any rate in

some cases, ‘obviated by the fact that the confluent vertebra are

not larger than the non-confluent ones, their length being so much

reduced that the five coalesced vertebre are not longer than one

and a slight fraction of a non-coalesced one.” In his second

monograph he has described certain conditions to which this

fascinating argument will not apply, for example that of a Codfish

in which the six co-ossified vertebra occupy a greater area than the

two which precede them.

One of the aforementioned specimens which Prof. Sutton has

1 Length 8# in., greatest vertical diameter 2% in.

2 T have in no instance observed these on the hzmal side.

5 By Stannius in Amia (Handb. d. Zootomie, Aufl. 2, Th. i. p. 21). His

record of the fusion of ‘‘intercalary with true vertebree” becomes one of

synostosis of vertebral bodies, from Schmidt’s discovery (Zeitschr. wiss. Zool.

Bd. liv. p. 748) of the truly vertebral nature of the so-called inter-centra of

this animal.

* Comp. Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. i. p. 42.

5 * Ueb, Wirbelsynostosen und Wirbelsuturen bei Fischen,” Wien. Denkschr.

xx. 1862, pp. 95-110.

® Nat. Hist. Review, vol. ii. 1862, pp. 103-104.

Provo. Zoo. Sooc,—1894, No. VII. 7

98 PROF, HOWES ON SYNOSTOSIS AND [Feb. 6,

recently deposited in the College of Surgeons’ Museum is that of a

Sole (of which vertebre nos. 8 to 21 are unfortunately alone pre-

served) in which the co-ossification of the five vertebrae numbering

14 to 18 is closely approximate in condition to Hyrtl’s first

recorded examples. The co-ossified vertebre (fig. 5) collectively

occupy an area of less than two normal vertebre ; and in corre-

lation with the compression which the former have undergone,

their related arches, being approximated at their bases, form a

series of radiating outgrowths. Except that the 18th neural spine

bears a conspicuous synostotic enlargement (sy.), with signs of

previous dismemberment, the remaining parts are normal.

More interesting than this specimen is that numbered 500 in

the College of Surgeons’ Catalogue (fig. 6). The vertebrae between

and ineluding the 6th and the 38th are in this case preserved, and

special interest centres in the 12 postanal, which number 23

to 34 inclusive, and are very closely compressed although not

co-ossified. .

Except for the co-ossification of the right half of the 14th

hemal arch with the left half of the 15th, and an accompanying

absence of the right half of the latter and total independence of

the two halves of the former, the remaining vertebre are in every

respect normal; and as these correspond in detail with their

numerical homologues in the normal column, there is little room for

the supposition, which might at first present itself, that the com-

pressed vertebre are perhaps intercalary in nature.

The twelve compressed vertebre are very dense, and the area

which they collectively occupy is equivalent to that of the seven

immediately in front of them. As compared with the specimen

last described, they are in a much less compressed condition; and

the feeble approximation of their arches amply testifies to this

assertion, ‘T'he most instructive feature of this specimen is the

circumferential increase of the bodies of the compressed vertebre

over those of the rest of the column; and, in adaptation to the

conditions imposed, the faces of the vertebra (nos. 22 and 35) that

immediately abut against the compressed series are sympathetically

modified. At first sight these compressed vertebree would appear

to be in a condition of retarded growth, and to consist, bulk

for bulk, of less osseous matter than a corresponding number

of normal ones. When placed in the scale, however, they were

found to be the heavier of the two’. It is clear from this that

mere compression of bony structures over a given bodily area need

not necessarily be accompanied by a diminution in bone-forming

activity ; and in the case under consideration the surplus material

appears to have largely encroached upon the periosteal and inter-

vertebral tissues. The arches remained free and did not parti-

cipate in the excess.

The remaining specimen to which I would direct attention is

+ -660 grm. as compared with ‘575 for the twelve next in order of succession

anteriorly.

1894.] CURVATURE OF THE SPINE IN FISHES. 99

the second of the two furnished by Prof. Sutton. The entire

column consists of 48 vertebrx, and its most noteworthy feature

is a single flexion involving the 39th to the 35th of the series.

These are so modified (fig. 4a) as to form an arch, of which the

derd (¢. 33) is the keystone. The ventral compression of the

8erd vertebra of this specimen is more marked than that of any

similarly modified vertebra with which I am familiar; and in

accordance with this and the corresponding adaptive shelving of

the anterior faces of the 34th and 35th, the succeeding vertebre

must in life have been disposed at a sharp angle to those in front

of them.

It is characteristic of the specimens which I have thus far de-

scribed that where sinuosity occurs synostosis is uneffected, but

inasmuch as in the example now under consideration vertebre

nos. 31 and 32 (cf. fig.) are partially united, that so far bridges

over the gap between the sinuous and compressed types. ‘This

union is seen to be the outcome of an extension of the right

base of the 31st hemal arch (ah. 31), that structure, as it

were, having welded together the two vertebra. In cor-

relation with this there have arisen a series of displacements

involving only the right side, rendering it at first sight apparent

that the 35th and 36th hemal arches are double. This is in reality

not so, for detailed analysis shows that the right half of the 32nd

hzemal arch had become shifted back and confluent with the body

of the 33rd vertebra, while the corresponding halves of the 33rd and

34th arches had become similarly shifted and co-ossified with the

vertebre (34th and 35th) next in order of succession behind.

The two halves of the 36th hemal had, in sympathy, but insignifi-

cantly united beneath the hemal canal, and the right half of the

35th had entirely disappeared.

The arches of the remaining vertebree of this specimen are normal;

but those of the distorted region present, in addition to the features

already described, an irregular lateral disposition, those of the 31st

and 32nd especially being so modified as to conform in end view

to the limbs of an S-shaped curve.

There can be little doubt that the synostoses, compressions, and

sinuations afore described are, as Hyrtl surmised for the first-

named, congenital in origin. As remarked at the outset (ante,

p- 95), it is generally the custom to regard the causes producing

congenital curvatuve of the spine as unknown. This may be so for

lateral curvature, but concerning the vertical variety herein dealt

with a consideration arises. The facts which I have recorded

appear to me to point towards the conclusion that divergent as the

conditions of sinuation and compression with or without co-ossifica-

tion appear, they are in reality the opposite effects of one and

the same disturbing influence; and, indeed, the indication of a

sinuous arrangement in the compressed type (fig. 6) suggests that

they are perhaps even more closely related. In both there results

an approximation of the opposite spinal extremities, and, in relation

to the vertebra of each individually disturbed series, of the opposite

a San iy

100 PROF, HOWES ON SYNOSTOSIS IN FISHES. [Feb. 6,

faces of those which bound these. That the muscular rather than

the skeletal system has been, as it were, at fault, is largely proved

by the fact that there is no marked falling off in either the bulk

or density of the latter where disturbance occurs ; and the most

logical conception of the determining cause seems to me that of

an inequality of development, either in bulk or elasticity (and pro-

bably the latter), of certain muscles—those affected having either,

as it were, lagged behind the skeleton or become fixed in a state of

tonic contraction. If this be so, while approximation of the parts

of the vertebral column stands out as the ultimate result of the

disturbance, we may conveniently at least distinguish between the

sinuous condition or approximation by plecospondyly* (figs. 1

and 3), and the compressed one or approximation by sympveso-

spondyly” (figs. 5 and 6).

The specimen last described is of interest in another connexion.

Cunningham, in his monograph on the Sole (Joc. cit. p. 39), gives

50 as the total number of vertebre present, and points out that

the first one “is rudimentary” and possessed of ‘ two small dorsal

processes which lie along the front edge of the base of the dorsal

processes of the second vertebra, but do not unite to form a spine.”

There can be little doubt that these “dorsal processes” of the

first vertebra are but a partially developed pair of neural arches —

in the specimen under consideration they are reduced to absolute

insignificance (fig. 44). This greater simplification of the first

vertebra is the more interesting, as but 48 instead of 50 vertebre

are present, and as the well-defined characters which diagnose the

5th and 11th vertebrz of the norinal spine are here realized by the

4th * and 10th.

P.S., March 1, 1894.—During the passage of these notes

through the press, the College of Surgeons’ Perch, No. 361 (ef.

footnote, p. 96) has been dissected, thanks to the kindness of Prof.

Stewart. The curvature of its backbone is, most interestingly,

identical with that of figs. 34 and 3b, but of greater amplitude, as

is expressed externally by a marked elevation of the trunk cephalad

of the first dorsal fin. The vertebre which mark its vertices

number 7-5, 18, and 30. But 39 free vertebre are present, and

the displacement to the left side involves those numbering 20 to 35.

Except for a feeble depression of the mid-dorsal region, the contour

of the body is regular, and the arches, intermuscular bones, and

associated parts are correspondingly modified.

1 ahéxewv, to twist ; o7dvduXos, a vertebra.

2 cuprréle, to squeeze together.

* In this case on the left side only.

6p)

‘

1894. Pl. XII

Mintern Bros. imp

1894. ] ON THE TADPOLE OF XENOPUS LAVIS. 101

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Reference letters :—a.h., hemal arch ; a.n., neural arch ; ¢., vertebral body ; sy.,

synostosis. The small numerals indicate the vertebre (or, where two occur, the

intervertebrz) which form the vertices of the curves,

Fig. la. Sole. Vertebral column with five sinuations. From the left side. 3 nat.

size.

16, The same. Lines of curvature.

2. Sole. Line of curvature of a backbone with:three sinuations, and a

feeble fourth one posteriorly. FR. C. 8. 364. # nat. size.

3a. Perch. Line of curvature of the backbone (with three sinuations), with

contour of the animal’s body in relation to it. &. C. 8. 364. 4 nat. size.

3b. The same. Curvature, enlarged for comparison with 1b and 2. nat.

size.

4a, Sole, Portion of a backbone with curvature involving vertebree nos. 30

to 35, with marked angulation of those posterior to them. #? nat. size.

4b, The same specimen. First five vertebre. xX 2,

5. Sole. Portion of a vertebral column with vertebre nos. 14 to 18 com-

pressed and co-ossified. #2 nat. size.

6. Sole. Portion of a vertebral column, with vertebr nos, 23 to 34 com-

pressed. &. C. 8,500. # nat. size.

R. C. 8. and the accompanying numbers refer to the ‘ Descriptive Catalogue

of the Teratological Series in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of

England,’ ed. 1893; and the specimens depicted in figs. 4 & 5 have been pre-

sented to that Institution by Prof. Sutton, but not yet catalogued.

2. Notes upon the Tadpole of Xenopus levis (Dactylethra

capensis). By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S.,

Prosector to the Society.

[Received February 6, 1894. ]

(Plate XIII.)

During the past summer one of the specimens of Xenopus levis

at the Society’s Gardens deposited a quantity of ova, which duly

hatched out. Ultimately a few frogs were bred from the tadpoles.

I preserved a series of tadpoles from the newly-hatched larva

onwards, partly in corrosive sublimate and partly with Perenyi’s

fluid; the following notes refer to my examination of those

specimens. But, before proceeding to describe the external and a

few of the internal characters of the tadpoles, I will briefly direct

attention to previous work upon the subject.

The earliest description of the larva known to me is by the

late Dr. J. E. Gray’, a description which was subsequently ”

expanded and illustrated. The figure of the tadpole, showing

the tentacles, does not show the dorsal fin, and is in other respects

not good. In the definition of the tadpole (described as a distinct

genus Silwrana) we find the remark: ‘ belly and underside of the

1 “ Notice of a new Genus (Silwrana) of Frogs from West Africa,” Ann.

Mag. N. H. (8) xiv. p. 315.

2“ Note on the Clawed Toads (Dactylethra) of Africa,” P. Z.8. 1864, p. 458,

102 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 6,

tail with a broad membranaceous fin continued to the end of the

tail”—implying the absence of a dorsal fin. The next description

and figures of the tadpole are to be found in the late Mr. W. K.

Parker’s memoir upon the Batrachian skull’. The dorsal and

ventral aspects of the larva (Joc. cit. pl. 56. figs. 1, 2) are very much

better than the lateral view (Joc. cit. pl. 56. fig. 3) which has been

copied into the textbooks. This lateral view exaggerates the fish-

like build of the larva, and even suggests armoured and extinct

fishes. The dorsal and ventral fins, both of which are shown, are

depicted as ceasing abruptly some way in front of the end of the

tail, giving to it a totally undeserved “ Chimeroid” look. There

are, however, in the paper to which I refer some valuable notes

upon the external characters of the tadpoles, as well as (of course)

upon the skull-structure. The tentacles are correctly described,

the absence of horny teeth noted, and the paired branchial orifices

correctly located. On the other hand, as I shall show in the

present paper, Prof. Parker was wrong in stating the absence of

claspers beneath the chin.

Quite recently* Mr. Leslie has still further increased our

knowledge of this Amphibian, though his notes with regard to the

larva are only confirmatory of the results given in Parker’s paper

and are not wholly accurate, as I shall point out later, in the

alleged absence of external gills.

The eggs laid in the Society’s Gardens were deposited singly ;

no great masses of spawn like those of our Common Frog were

found. Nevertheless I had a group of four or five adherent eggs

brought to me. The eggs were laid some time in the evening of

Saturday, May 27th, 1893; by Monday morning at 10 a.m. I had

newly-hatched larve. The intervening Sunday prevented me from

examining into the early stages of development. The rapidity

with which the larve were hatched out is remarkable. At the

Cape the breeding-season is early spring (August), but Mr. Leslie

does not mention the period of time which elapses between the

deposition of the ova and the appearance of tadpoles. The

specimens which bred at the Gardens were some which Mr. Finn

brought back with him from Zanzibar.

External Form and Colour.—The most remarkable point about

these tadpoles is their extreme transparency. As will be seen from

the accompanying drawings (Plate XIII.), the pigment is thinly

scattered about, not obscuring the internal structure. The blood-

vessels and even the nerves can be readily detected when the tadpole

is examined alive. At first the tadpoles are in shape like those of

the Common Frog; but on the third day, as Mr. Leslie correctly

observes, the characteristic form of the more mature tadpole is

acquired. The head and body become broader, and are not

separated by a constriction as they are in the Common Frog. In

' “On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Batrachia, Pt. IT.,”

Phil. Trans. vol. 166 (1877), p. 625.

" Notes on the Habits and Oviposition of Xenopus levis,” P. Z. 8. 1890,

p- 69.

1894. | TADPOLE OF XENOPUS LEVIS. 103

the latter animal this constriction is due to a bulging of the body

in the region of the pronephros. This bulging is less marked in

the tadpoles of Xenopus. The dorsal fin commences just before

the median occipital elevation begins to slope away posteriorly ;

the ventral fin commences just in front of the accurately median

anus. The “abdomen” has a metallic glitter, and becomes much

more swollen and relatively shorter in the later stages. The fins

are continuous to the very end of the tail; there is no “ Chimeroid

lash ” as depicted by Parker '.

Habits.—The tadpoles generally rested in the water with the

head downwards and the tail in constant wriggling motion.

Whether this is connected with respiration or not I am unable to

say. Inany case I detected no special vascular supply or mechanism

of any kind which might be related to such a function.

The food of the tadpoles consisted entirely of Cyprids, with

which the tank, where they were housed, swarmed. Their in-

testines were invariably full of these Crustaceans and of nothing

else. In spite of their purely carnivorous diet, the intestine was

just as much coiled as in the common tadpole. The carnivorous

diet, it should be remarked, was adopted from choice and not

from necessity. There was plenty of water-weed upon which they

could have fed. It is generally stated that the tadpole of the

Common Frog is a vegetarian. It will, however, eat animal food,

such as the dead bodies of its companions ; it can also be compelled

to take to a purely carnivorous regimen.

The following is a brief statement of the measurements and

general characters of tadpoles at various stages.

Stage I.

Four specimens of the first stage were preserved in Perenyi fluid

at 10 a.m. on May 29, 7. e. 12 to 15 hours after hatching.

The total length of the tadpoles is after preservation 5 millim.

Corresponding to tadpoles of same lengths figured by Marshall and

Bles.

Stage II.

Preserved at 12 midday on May 30. ‘Three individuals as

nearly as possible of the same length, 7. e. 7 millim. Corresponding

more or less to 9 millim. in tadpole figured by Marshall and Bles.

The relative proportions of body to tail are 2 : 3.

Stage ITT.

Preserved on June Ist. Length 8 millim. The form of the

‘“‘adult” tadpole fully established. Length of body to that of

tail as 3:5’.

1 The appearance occurs, however, in spirit-specimens, owing to the clinging

of the membranous fins to the solid part of the tail.

* The measurement of the body is taken to end of swollen abdomen, not to

anus,

ee ae ee

104 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 6,

After this the tadpoles show a progressive and rapid increase in

length. One of June 2nd was 10 millim., of June 5, 13 millim.

A tadpole with fully developed hind limbs was 52 millim. long.

A tailed frog (August 18) only 44 millim. The mature tadpole

represented in the drawing (Plate XIII. fig. 4) is rather longer ; it

was not killed.

The sucker has been stated to be absent in Xenopus. This is

not the case ; I found it not only in the youngest stages, but in

larvee of 14 millim. in length; it gradually disappears, however, as

the tadpole grows. An interesting point about the ventral sucker

in this Amphibian is that it is a single structure apparently from

the very first. It is certainly median and unpaired in the very

youngest larvee, which were 5 millim. in length. In larve of 7

millim. in length the chin sucker is exceedingly obvious, with a

raised circular rim of a brown colour. The cirewlar outline of the

sucker in Xenopus contrasts with the horseshoe-shaped outline in

the young tadpole of the Common Frog at the period when the two

suckers have become fused. The coexistence of the suckers and

the tentacles would seem to entirely disprove any possible

homology between the two structures. In the youngest embryo

at my disposal the sucker in transverse section occupied the whole

of the ventral surface of the head, extending back to the level of

the eyes. It is composed, as in Rana, of closely set elongated

cells of a brownish colour. The cells converge upon the surface,

so that in transverse sections through the head the cells are seen

to be cut transversely and posteriorly, and to be covered by a layer

of non-modified epidermis. The surface of the sucker at the centre

is quite flat, and it stands out conspicuously beyond the surrounding

integument. The cells of the sucker clearly belong to the outer of

the two layers of the epiblast, into which they pass without any

abrupt demarcation. In later stages the cells of the sucker get

less and less unlike those of the surrounding integument. Prof.

Parker’s failure to find the sucker was due to the fact that his

tadpoles were too old. I imagine that in tadpoles of such an age

as those which he figures there would not be the 'east trace of these

structures. It is curious, however, that Leslie makes no mention of

them. He appears to have examined tadpoles of all ages, and in

the youngest stages the sucker could hardly be missed if the

tadpoles were examined with a hand lens.

Tentacles—As is well known, this frog has a pair of long

tentacles, which have been compared to those of a Siluroid fish’.

These spring from the angles of the jaw just above the mouth.

They get longer as the larva increases in size. More than once J

have observed the tentacle of one side to be bifid. The earliest

appearance of the tentacles is in the form of a little process of the

integument as yet unconnected with the skull. I found the

tentacles in this condition in two tadpoles preserved on June 2nd.

In younger tadpoles than this I did not succeed in discovering any

' Perhaps better to the “ nasal barbels” of Myxine and Bdellostoma.

1894. ] TADPOLE OF XENOPUS LEVIS. 105

trace of the tentacles. The tentacles in these tadpoles are in the

form of a small process of the body connected with it by a

narrower stalk ; it is covered with a layer of columnar epidermis,

and the interior is filled with a mass of dense tissue. It shows

no resemblance to the sucker in its minute structure. A narrow

rod of cartilage runs towards it from the ethmoid just above the

joint where Meckel’s cartilage articulates, but does not reach it.

A slip of muscle is attached to the base. of the rudimentary

tentacle.

In a full-grown or nearly full-grown tadpole such as that dis-

played inthe accompanying coloured drawing (Plate XIII. fig. 4) the

tentacles are of considerable length, with a slender bar of cartilage

running right along them as is figured by Parker (loc. cit.

pl. Ivii. figs. 1, 2, &c.). They are inserted so exactly at the

angle of the mouth that they are deeply grooved by it. During

life a blood-stream can be observed to pass along the tentacles.

The histological structure is not in any way remarkable. Beneath

the epidermis is a certain amount of pigment. The interior of the

tentacle is taken up by a network of connective tissue. On that

side furthest away from the body are two blood-channels lying

side by side; the axis of cartilage is small relatively to the

diameter of the tentacle. Mr. Boulenger, in a footnote appended

to Mr. Leslie’s paper quoted above, compares the tentacles to the

“‘balancers” of Ziriton and Amblystoma. This can hardly be, if

the latter are, as Mr. Orr states *, the homologues of the external

gills belonging to the mandibular arch.

Mouth-cavity and Pharynx.—In the newly-hatched tadpole

(May 29) the mouth is only a depression not communicating with

the gut ; there are no gill-slits and no skull. On the following day

the mouth was established. The most important fact with regard

to the mouth-cavity has already been established by Parker and

Leslie ; that is, of course, the entire absence of the horny larval

teeth. To confirm the absence of these characteristic structures

by microscopical sections is not, perhaps, an altogether unneces-

sary piece of work. At no stage in the development of the

tadpole of this frog did I succeed in discovering the least trace of

the structures in question.

In tadpoles of May 31 some of the characteristic features of the

mouth-cavity and pharynx are already cbvious.

Just behind Meckel’s cartilage is a deep recess of the mouth-

cavity ventral in position; laterally this becomes a narrow slit,

close to the cartilage, and appears to be the first visceral cleft,

though I have not found any connection with the exterior. It

differs from the succeeding visceral clefts in being directed more

forwards, their inclination being at right angles with the longi-

tudinal axis or oblique in the opposite direction. The first

branchial cleft lying behind the hyoid arch is deep and narrow.

It is at right angles to the longitudinal axis, whereas the succeeding

1 “Notes on the Development of Amphibians, &c.,” Q. J. M. 8. 1889, p. 295.

2 Me

106 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 6,

clefts are slightly oblique. The epithelium which lines it differs

on the anterior and posterior faces of the cleft. Anteriorly the

epithelium, like that of the buccal cavity, is formed of low cells ; :

posteriorly it is formed of tall columnar cells. These cells are

continuous with the ventral epithelium of the pharynx, which has

this character ; the dorsal epithelium being low. This pharyngeal

tract of columnar epithelium extends back over the whole of the

branchial region, but suddenly stops short a little way in front of

the origin of the lungs. This fact is perhaps incidentally of some

little importance in view of the homology between gill-slits and

lungs which was once urged. Had this modified tract of pharyngeal

epithelium extended to the lung and into it, as into the hyoid and

branchial clefts, the question might have been considered anew.

It will be noted that the hyoid cleft differs much from the branchial

clefts which follow in that the modified pharyngeal epithelium

only lines its posterior surface. ‘his cleft does not open on to

the exterior.

In tadpoles of June 2nd (cut longitudinally and horizontally),

in which the branchial basket was well developed with its vascular

tufts, the hyoid cleft showed no traces of being a respiratory cleft

and did not open on to the exterior either independently or by

way of the other branchial cleft.

In a tadpole of June 5th, the opening of the hyoid cleft was

effected. It has the form of a comparatively narrow tube, which,

curving round shortly after its origin from the pharynx, opens inte

. the first branchial cleft a long way from the opening of the latter

on to the exterior.

Internal Gills.—The branchial arches, as in other Amphibia, fuse

to form a basket-work, from the bars of which run cartilaginous

processes which become tufted and form the so-called filtering

apparatus. I observed the first traces of this filtering apparatus

in tadpoles of May 31. ‘These structures become later very

vascular, and they must be respiratory in function, since no other

internal gills are developed. in the Common Frog the tadpoles

possess not only these “ filters” but tufted internal gills. Messrs.

Marshall and Bles', while admitting the vascularity of the filters,

consider that, “as the blood is returned from them to the somatic

veins, it is probable that they are not actively respiratory.” They

clearly must be in Xenopus, as there are no other gills.

External Gills.—As has been already mentioned, the tadpole of

Xenopus is said by Mr. Leslie to possess no external gills. This

statement is not quite accurate, though undoubtedly complex

arborescent gills like those of Rana are not to be discovered.

Messrs. Marshall and Bles have emphasized the fact, which has

been rather slurred over, that the external and internal gills form

a continuous series of structures. In 4—5 millim. long tadpoles

of Rana “two pairs of external gills are present as backwardly-

1 «The Development of the Blood-vessels in the Frog,” Stud. Biol. Lab.

Owens Coll. ii, 1890.

1894.] TADPOLE OF XENOPUS LEVIS. 107

directed processes from the first and second branchial arches; they

are somewhat conical in shape, with rounded or very slightly

notched hinder borders.” This description applies in the main to

tadpoles of Xenopus of May 31st. The opercular fold is then only

commencing to grow, and processes from the three first branchial

arches just project beyond the line of the body. In the lax tissue

lying in the interior of these processes is a capillary vessel derived

from the vascular arch. The processes, however, are hardly

conical in form; they have a long base of attachment, and are

indeed rather to be described as lamelle than processes.

Pronephros.—I carefully investigated the pronephros, but with

entirely negative results so far as the discovery of anything of

novelty is concerned. It is precisely like that of Rana, and opens

into the body-cavity by three funnels opposite to its glomerulus.

Vascular System.—Messrs. Marshall and Bles have described with

such minuteness the development of the heart and arterial system

in Rana temporaria that a comparison with the corresponding

stages of Xenopus becomes easy. It is very remarkable, as they

point out, that the condition of the vascular arches should differ

somuch from that of the closely-allied Rana esculenta. In the

latter, according to Maurer (quoted by Messrs. Marshall and

Bles), the afferent and efferent branchial vessels are continuous

with each other, forming complete arches. In one specimen of

Rana temporaria the same continuity was noted, but as a rule the

communication between afferent and efferent sections of the aortic

arches was indirect through the branchial capillaries. In view of

this difference between two species of one genus, the fact that

Xenopus agrees with Rana esculenta is of less interest. In Xenopus

it is quite easy to trace the four aortic arches from the heart to

the dorsal aorte.

The truncus arteriosus first divides into two branches (on each

side); the posterior of these again divides into two, and a little

later the vessel which is now the hindermost itself divides into

two trunks ; thus the four afferent branchial vessels arise. Messrs.

Marshall and Bles figure (loc. cit. pl. xiv. fig. 6, A H) a short

diverticulum of the truncus arteriosus lying in front of the fully-

developed first branchial arch in tadpoles of 5 millim.; this they

consider to be referable to the hyoid arch. It disappears soon. I

find an entirely similar diverticulum of the first arch in Xenopus

in a tadpole of 7 millim.; it was present on both sides of the

body. In tadpoles of June 2nd there were only three vascular

arches. ‘The fourth arch, arising from the third, went straight

to the lung.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Tadpole of Xenopus levis of June 5th.

Figs. 2, 3. Dorsal and ventral views of an older tadpole.

Figs. 4, 5. Lateral and dorsal views of a full-sized tadpole.

gt $ pl

myc Ae

ere eee

108 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF EPYORNIS [Feb. 6,

3. On some Remains of pyornis in the British Museum

(Nat. Hist.). By Cuas. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.S.

(Assistant in the Geological Department).

[Received February 3, 1894.]

(Plates XIV. & XV.)

During the last two years several collections of vertebrate

remains from Madagascar have been received at the British

Museum. These include, in addition to the bones about to be

described, portions of the skeleton of Megaladapis madagascariensis

(a large lemuroid animal recently described by Dr. C. I. Forsyth

Major (8)). and bones of a smaller species of the same suborder ;

Hippopotamus (? two species, both of small size); Potamocherus ;

Bos (two species or varieties); Haliaétus (? vociferoides) ; Crocodilus

robustus; anda large Testudo. The localities in which these speci-

mens were collected are all either in the centre of the island or at

various points along the south-west coast. It will be convenient

for purposes of description to take the remains from these two

districts separately, the more so as it may hereafter be shown that

the deposits in which the bones occur are of slightly different age.

The reason for supposing that this may be the case is, that the

species of Hippopotamus and those of pyornis from the centre

differ from those occurring on the coast.

Remains of pyornis from Central Madagascar.

These are al] from the neighbourhood of Sirabé, in the province

of North Betsileo, situated on a plateau about 4000 to 5000 feet

above the sea-level. In this district there are numerous hot

springs, in the mud round which the bones are found. These are

of a dark chocolate-brown colour, very heavy and brittle, and are

impregnated with carbonate of lime, which forms crystalline masses

in their cavities.

The portions of the skeleton represented are :—

(1) A complete right tarso-metatarsus,

(2) A nearly perfect right tibio-tarsus.

(3) Fragments of immature tibio-tarsi (of a large and small

species).

(4) A first phalangeal of the inner toe of the left foot.

The tarso-metatarsus (Plate XIV. figs. 1 &2) is very similar to that

of &, hildebrandti figured by R. Burckhardt (2), but differs from it

in size and in some points of structure. Its upper extremity is

quite complete, so that it is possible for the first time to determine

accurately the form of the talon and of the proximal articular

surface.

The dimensions of this bone are as follow; those of 4. maximus

and 4, hildebrandti are given for comparison :—

P.Z5.1894 Plate XIV.

EC & G MWoodweard del.et lith,

Weet, Newman imp

‘ ;

Fossil Bones of Aipyornis. a

P.Z5.1894.P late XV.

West, Newman 12 ~.

Fossil Bones of Aipyornis.

1894.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 109

48, sp. | Zi. maximus. | AL. hildebrandti.

em. cm. em.

bent ct oeensaseeneccscssnncsecenee 316 37:0 (?) 27:5

Width of proximal end ......... 11-5 95

Width of distal end............... ee) 145 100

Width of shaft at narrowest!

POINGN eae eats Shuster eesaeewarones 5:4 8-0 (?) 4-5

Circumference of shaft at nar-

VOWESE POINT veccetecciakndecesees 136 20:0 11:0

Width of middle trochlea ...... 4:7 5:2 43

At the proximal end the inner glenoidal cavity is the deeper of

the two; it is oval in outline, the long axis being antero-posterior,

and its front and hind borders are produced upwards into blunt

points, of which the hinder is much the higher. The outer glenoidal

cavity is shallow, and slopes down at its antero-external edge,

where it has no well-defined border. These two cavities are

separated by a surface, plane behind and slightly concave from

side to side in front; there is no distinct median groove such as

is said to occur in &. hildebrandti. There is no trace of an inter-

condylar process. As in the other members of the genus hitherto

described, the anterior surface of the shaft is deeply depressed in

the middle line at the upper end, the depression dying away

downwards, till a little above the trochleew the bone is slightly

convex from side to side. At the deepest part of the depression,

about 5 cm. from the proximal end of the bone, the foramina interossea

open. They are about 1 cm. apart and at the same level, thus

differing from 4. hildebrandti, where the outer is rather above the

inner. Immediately below them there is a large rugose tuberosity

for the insertion of the tibialis anticus. In the upper part of the

outer surface is a rather broad groove passing obliquely from the

anterior face to the posterior, where it dies away. The talon

consists mainly of a broad blunt ridge, continuous with the upper

end of the middle metatarsal and lying slightly to the outer side

of the middle line. Internal to this is a broad, short, and very

shallow groove, bounded internally by a low blunt tubercle lying

immediately above the inner interosseous foramen.

The lower part of the posterior surface closely resembles in

general appearance that of &. hildebrandti, but is remarkable

from the fact that it shows a distinct trace of the presence of a

hind toe. Although several authors state that pyornis possessed

four toes, I am not aware that any trace of the presence of a

hallux is to be found in any specimen described till now. On the

postero-internal surface, about 9 cm. above the distal end of the

inner trochlea, is a bony projection, measuring 3 cm. from above

down, and 1 cm. from side to side; it rises to a height of about

a oe

: ¥

110 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF ZPYORNIS [Feb. 6,

1 em., but the summit is broken away. This projection occupies

just the position of attachment of the hallux in such birds as

possess one, and it may represent the ligament by which the hind

toe was attached ossitied from age.

The trochlez are large and are arranged along a slightly curved

line. The middle one is broadest and projects beyond the others ;

its sides are deeply concave and its articular groove only very

slightly oblique to the long axis of the bone. Of the other two,

the inner is the smaller, but projects slightly beyond the outer.

There are no projections at the lower end of the channel for the

tendon of the adductor of the outer digit, such as are figured in

the tarso-metatarsus of 4. hildebrandti.

In both the present specimen and in that described by

Burckhardt (2) the width of the distal end is greater, in proportion

to the least circumference of the shaft, than it is in the tarso-

metatarsi from the coast.

The tibio-tarsus is complete except the postcondylar processes,

which are broken away. The bone on the whole resembles that of

4h. hildebrandti, but differs from it in size and in some other

respects. The dimensions are :—

4£.,8p. | A. maximus. |AL. hildebrandti.

When pts tosnss<.cc<teesss~seesecesess:

Width of shaft at narrowest

ToLebbath) Ses Getnceeocose nH omtonCn noch

It will be seen from the above table that the tibio-tarsus, like

the tarso-metatarsus, is intermediate in size between the corre-

sponding bones of &. maximus and A. hildebrandti, and it is also

rather longer in proportion to the tarso-metatarsus than is the

case in 4. hildebrandti. The antero-posterior flattening and the

curvature of the shaft, which are characteristic of the genus, are

well marked. ‘Ihe distal articulation fits exactly into the proximal

one of the tarso-metatarsus above described, and there is no doubt

that the two bones belong to the same species, if not to the same

individual. The median ridge between the condyles figured in the

tibio-tarsus of 4. hildebrandti (2) is here wanting. The cnemial

crest is moderately developed and rises a little above the proximal

articular surface. On the upper outer surface of the ectocnemial

crest is a foramen, probably pneumatic, the exact size of which

cannot be determined, its edges being broken away owing to the

thinness of the bone at that point.

1894. ] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. iil

It seems possible that these bones must be referred to 4. mui-

leri, a species recently named by Milne-Edwards and Grandidier (4),

but till a description and further measurements of the limb-

bones are published it is impossible to be certain. The tibio-tarsus

is, however, slightly smaller, and the tarso-metatarsus slightly

larger, than those of which the above-mentioned authors give the

dimensions.

At first it appeared possible that these bones might be referred

to 4%. medius, Milne-Edw. & Grand., since the femur on which

that species is founded is, like the bones in question, intermediate

in size between the femur ascribed to #. maximus and that of

4h, hildebrandti. Closer examination, however, renders it evident

that the femur referred by Milne-Edwards and Grandidier to

4f. maximus is too large in proportion to the metatarsus on which

that species must be regarded as based, and that it probably belongs

to the larger form described below under the name &. titan. On

the other hand, the type of 4. medius agrees fairly well in relative

size with the other limb-bones of 4. maximus and may belong

to that species. If this is the case, then the name &. medius

becomes a synonym, and, as was remarked above, the remains here

described must be referred to another species, possibly 4. mulleri.

The phalangeal bone appears to be the first of the inner toe of

the left toot. It measures 5°1 cm. long; 2°7 cm. from side to

side and 2:4 em. from above downwards at the proximal end;

2-4 cm. from side to side and 17 em. from above downwards at

the distal end. The proximal articular surface is slightly concave ;

its upper and outer borders are convex, the inner flat and the

lower concave. It is more compressed from above downwards

than the corresponding bone of Dinornis; and its distal articular

surface, the groove of which does not extend on to the dorsal

surface, is rather wider in proportion to the length. The shortest

vertical diameter is 1°1 em.

Remains of AApyornis from the South-west Coast.

The chief localities in which these were collected are Itampulu-

Vé, near Murderers’ Bay, and Amboulisatra.

All the bones present a very fresh appearance, and some have

evidently been rolled on the beach. At least three species are

represented, ranging in size from a form much larger than

AG, maximus to one which is probably identical with the 4, modestus

or the Mullerornis agilis of Milne-Edwards and Grandidier (4).

The specimens include more or less perfect femora, tibio-tarsi,

tarso-metatarsi, a fibula, several vertebre, and a fragment of a

elvis.

: In the collection from Itampulu-Vé occur some tibio-tarsi and

femora of gigantic proportions; some of these have already been

briefly noticed in the ‘ Geological Magazine,’ January 1894, where

they are referred to a new species, pyornis titan.

There are two specimens of the tibio-tarsus, right and left

ee Ee es ee

¥ ,

ee ee kre

112 MR. C, W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF ZPYORNIS [Feb. 6,

(Plate XIV. figs. 3 & 4), both unfortunately incomplete at the

upper end. The dimensions of these bones are :—

fh. titan. ZL. maximus. |At. hildebrandti.

cm. em. em.

MGGHI DI eee ssatessetest-ciicensccseas 80:0 64:0 48°5

Width of distal end ............... 17:0 13°5 8:2

Width of shaft at narrowest

(HOWL, eenasedecbonocebootorconctcAs 75

Circumference of shaft at nar-

FOWCSG POI, .5.5.cccssnrasereees 20°7 15°5 11-0

Shortest antero-posterior dia-

MOOT 2. vccsannea esceuteeneteenees 45

The shaft is slightly curved, the inner border being concave.

The flattening of the lower part of the anterior face, characteristic

of the genus, is here more strongly marked than in the other

species, and extends rather farther up the shaft. This flat surface

is bounded on either side by a ridge, that on the inner side being

the stronger ; these sharply separate the anterior from the lateral

surfaces, which with the posterior form a continuous curve from

side to side, rather flattened behind, especially towards the lower

end of the bone. The lateral surfaces are also flattened and rough

in the same region. A linea aspera runs obliquely across the upper

part of the anterior face from the procnemial crest to the inner

border, which it reaches about 32 cm. above the lower end of the

bone. In the other species of Apyornis of which the tibio-tarsus

is known, as well as in Dinornis, this ridge takes a more longitu-

dinal course and only reaches the inner border a little above the

condyles. Immediately above the latter is a short ridge running

up the face of the bone and having at its lower end a rugose

tubercle. Between this ridge and the inner border is the groove

for the extensor tendons of the digits, deep at its lower end and

dying away as it is traced upwards. As in the other species there

is no ossified extensor bridge. About 2°5 cm. above the outer

condyle is a large foramen for the passage of a blood-vessel into

the bone.

The condyles have the form characteristic of the genus. The

inner is the larger and projects more forward. The intercondylar

surface is only slightly depressed and, though faintly convex from

side to side, does not form a distinct ridge between the condyles

such as is figured by Burckhardt in &. hildebrandti. The lateral

surfaces of the condyles have very deep pits for the insertion of

ligaments, that in the outer being 2°5 cm. deep. Behind these

pits are large rugose tuberosities. The surface for the fibula

closely resembles that of 42. maaimus.

The wall of the bone is very hard and compact, and is about

1894, ] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 113

1 cm. thick in the middle of the shaft, where the spongy bone is

wanting ; above and below this point the wall becomes thinner

and the bony network more developed.

A left fibula, broken at the lower end, probably belongs to

the same species. It is compressed from side to side to a rather

greater extent than the fibula of Dinornis, and consequently

its surface for articulation with the femur is narrower. The

tuberosity for the insertion of the biceps cruris is very strongly

developed, and the distance from it to the upper end of the bone

is 19cm. The greatest antero-posterior width of the upper end

is 7°5 cm.; the width of the articular surface from side to side is

2-7 cm.

A very imperfect proximal end of a left tarso-metatarsus, from the

same locality, measures 17°5 cm. across and probably belongs to

4, titan.

Among the femora that are provisionally referred to the same

species, there is one (figs. 1 & 2, a, pp. 114, 115) from the left side

nearly complete, wanting only the upper end of the trochanter

and some portion of the condyles. Its dimensions are :—

Ah. titan. | A. maximus.|A. hildebrandti.

cm. cm, em.

Approximate length............... 41:0 32'0

Circumference of the shaft at (true length)

the narrowest part ............ 27°3 27:0 15'8

Width from side to side at the

BANG POM. s..iipsscanscensssee- 9:2 aie 50

Width of distal end (approxi-

MONEDA iwi salailvea Ge ivaeisnsciegs 21:0 19:0 (?) 10:0

The neck is short and thick, measuring 23 cm. in circum-

ference ; its anterior surface is very rugose. The trochanter is

very massive ; its smooth upper surface for articulation with the

anti-trochanter of the ilium slopes steeply upwards and outwards

from the neck, widening rapidly, and it must have risen consider-

ably above the head, but the upper end being abraded it cannot be

determined to what extent this was the case. The anterior surface

of the trochanter does not appear to have projected forward so

much as in Dinornis.

On the posterior surface near its junction with the neck is a

large pneumatic foramen, the edge of which is unfortunately

broken, so that its size cannot be accurately determined. This

opens into a wide thin-walled passage, measuring 3 cm. from side

! This measurement is taken from a cast in the British Museum.

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1894, No. VILLI. 8

114 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF EPYORNIS [Feb. 8,

to side and 1°5 cm. from before backwards, which passes down to

about the middle of the shaft, where it terminates in the bony

reticulum with which the bone is nearly filled. This pneumatic

foramen, though present in most Ratites, is entirely wanting in

Dinornis and Apteryx.

The shaft is narrowest about 12 cm. below the upper surface

of the neck, where it is oval in section, the short diameter being

antero-posterior. Below this point the flattening increases, and

just above the condyles the anterior surface is only slightly convex

trom side to side.

Fig. 1.

b a

a. Left femur of Apyornis titan (?), from front.

Det Alpyornis (?), from front.

Both } nat. size.

The popliteal fossa is large and triangular in shape, its lower

border being formed by the inner condyle and a strongly projecting

rounded intercondylar ridge, the inner by a rough ridge termi-

nating above in a blunt tubercle, while its outer boundary is not

well defined, since the floor of the fossa slopes gently up, passing

1894.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 115

imperceptibly into the posterior face of the shaft. Into the

popliteal fossa several pneumatic foramina open, the largest

measuring 7 by 5 mm.

The condyles, which are very massive, are broken away in

front; the outer projects considerably below the inner. Their

lateral surfaces are concave and rough. The intercondylar fossa

is scarcely perceptible and the surface for the fibula is narrow.

Fig. 2.

a. Left femur of Apyornis titan (?), from behind.

Oras 3 Alpyornis (?), from behind.

Both 4 nat. size.

In some of the broken femora referred to . titan the internal

structure can be well seen. The wall of the bone is very compact

and hard, and in the middle of the shaft it is 7 mm. thick. The

central cavity is very small, the bone being almost entirely filled

with a complex bony reticulum, the meshes of which are for the

most part more-or less rectangular. If we compare this structure

with that found in Struthio and Dinornis, we find in each case

great variations, but of a different kind,

116 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF EPYORNIS’ [Feb. 6,

In Struthio the central cavity of the femur is large and smooth-

walled for about 6 cm. in the middle of the shaft, the cellular

bone being there absent. Above and below this it increases in

quantity, narrowing the cavity of the shaft and completely filling

the ends of the bone. As in Apyornis there is a large pneumatic

foramen on the posterior surface about the level of the neck, and

also several smaller ones opening into the popliteal fossa.

In the larger species of Dinornis the central cavity of the shaft

is small. This, however, is not owing to the development of

the bony reticulum, but to the great thickness of the walls, which

appear to consist of an outer hard compact layer and an inner

much thicker layer of soft bone, the innermost portion of which

alone is honeycombed so as to form the bony network. The

solid wall of the shaft of a femur 31 cm. long measures 2 cm. in

thickness. As in Apteryx there are no pneumatic foramina, and

the cavity of the bone must have been filled during life with

marrow.

In the same collection there is another nearly complete femur

(figs. 1 & 2,5), rather smaller than the one just described, and differing

from it so much that it will probably be found necessary to refer

it to a different genus.

Its measurements are :—

AR ORUMIANE MOTD 0s. 4 eho < tyes ns 6 eee 38:0

Diameter of shaft from side to side at narrowest

DOM Ce EER e ie oe set os «> odin 5 ho oe eee 85

Circumference at the same point .............. 24:7

Approximate width of distal end .............. 16°5

Wirciimierenceor NECK =... se on cs do ws 20°0

It is therefore evident that the proportions of this bone are

different from those of the femur referred to &. titan. Thus, if

the length be taken as 100 in the two cases, then in the present

specimen the width of the distal end will be approximately 43-4,

while in &. titan it will be 51:2. Similarly, if the least circum-

ference of the shaft be taken as 100, then the proportionate width

of the distal ends will be 66°8 and 76:9 respectively.

The chief points other than size in which this femur differs from

that referred above to 4. titan are :—

(1) The trochanter is much less massive.

(2) The head and neck, instead of projecting at right angles to

the long axis of the bone, are turned somewhat upwards.

(3) The middle of the shaft is roughly quadrate in section, owing

to the flattening of the outer, inner, and posterior surfaces.

(4) As was shown above, the distal extremity is proportionately

less massive.

(5) The popliteal fossa has a high outer border, formed by a

rounded ridge running fron the outer condyle to the tuber-

osity at the upper angle of the fossa.

1894. IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. vily

(6) The rotular surface is very broad and flat, and makes an

angle of about 90° with the inferior intercondylar surface

instead of passing into it by a gentle curve.

The intercondylar fossa is slightly marked. The upper

pneumatic foramen is present as in 4. tztan, and, the floor of the

popliteal fossa being broken away, it can be seen that the inferior

foramina opened into a large air-chamber. There is also a pneu-

matic foramen about the middle of the rotular surface, which is

not found in 4. titan. The nutritive foramen on the posterior

surface of the shaft is single, in the femur above referred to

42, titan there are two; but since this is not the case in some of

the more imperfect femora belonging to the same species, it is

merely an individual variation.

This femur may possibly belong to 4. maximus or to either of

the recently named species, #. cwrsor and , lentus (4). In any

case, as was remarked above, the differences between it and the

femur referred to 4. titan appear to be of generic value; and if

this be so, then there is evidence of the existence of a third genus,

since the recently named Mullerornis seems to include only slender

forms of comparatively small size.

Until, however, it is definitely known whether the femur of the

type species of Apyornis resembles that of 4. titan or the one just

described it would be imprudent to establish a new generic name.

The evidence necessary for the decision of this question is probably

in the hands of MM. Milne-Edwards and Grandidier, and a full

description and figures of the magnificent collection recently briefly

noticed by them, especially of the skulls and sterna, will be

anxiously awaited.

From the same locality there are several fragments, including the

distal ends of three tibio-tarsi, which appear to belong to 4. max-

mus. <A right tarso-metatarsus with the upper end above the

interosseous foramina broken away may also be provisionally referred

to the same species; it is, however, slightly smaller, measuring

6-3 cm. across the narrowest part of the shaft in comparison with

69 cm. in A. maximus. If 4, medius should be found to be a

distinct species, this bone may possibly belong to it. In form it

closely resembles the tarso-metatarsus of 47. mawimus figured by

Milne-Edwards and Grandidier (3), and, like it, differs from the

tarso-metatarsi from the centre of the island mainly in the fact that

the shaft contracts from side to side above the trochlee more

gradually and to a slightly less extent *.

From Itampulu-Vé and Amboulisatra are several portions of the

skeleton of a much smalJer form, possibly that recently named

Mullerornis agilis by Milne- Edwards and Grandidier (4). These

include the distal ends of several tibio-tarsi (Plate XV. fig. 1),

which closely resemble the same bone of the larger forms in their

' This specimen may belong to the species recently named 4, cursor by

Milne-Hdwards and Grandidier.

118 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF ZPYORNIS [ Feb. 6,

articular region, though the shaft presents considerable differences.

These are :—

(1) The flattening of the lower part of the anterior surface is

less marked.

(2) Above the flattened region the shaft contracts somewhat

suddenly in width, becoming at the same time oval in

section.

(3) The groove for the extensor tendons of the digits is some-

what deeper than in &. maximus, the ridge on its outer

side being more strongly developed, while its inner border

rises into an elongated blunt tuberosity, 2°5 cm. in length

from above downwards, its lower end being about 3 cm.

above the inner condyle.

(4) Judging from various fragments, the whole tibio-tarsus

appears to have been of much more slender proportions

than in the larger forms ; it probably measured about 50 cm.

in length *, or rather more than the tibio-tarsus of &. hilde-

brandti, the other dimensions of which are considerably

greater than the corresponding ones of this bone.

The other chief measurements are :—

cm.

Wiatn or distalenan 2 226% PISS SSeS Aes 75

Diameter of shaft from side to side at narrowest

7 SL ity aha | ie Ss LAE Teh ad Rite ele ht nae 3°2

Circumference at the same point ................ 8:7

The most nearly complete specimen of the smaller femora

unfortunately wants the entire trochanter and inner condyle,

while the head and outer condyle are much abraded. From the

upper surface of the head to the lower end of the outer condyle,

measured along a line parallel to the long axis of the bone, the

length is 24-5 cm. ; a similar measurement of the femur of &. titan

gives 40 cm. ‘The circumference of the shaft at the narrowest

point is 13 em., while that of the femur on which 4. modestus is

founded is given by Milne-Edwards as 12 cm.; two other femora

in this collection measure 11°5 and 12 em.

The bone is much compressed from before backwards, and the

upper portion of the anterior face is very flat. The popliteal fossa

is shallow and its borders less strongly defined than in the larger

forms.

The wall of the bone is compact and thin, but, unlike the larger

femora, the cavity is large, since the bony reticulum is little

developed.

In the collection from Itampulu-Vé there are several nearly

complete vertebre belonging to a large and a small species. The

smaller vertebrz include a nearly complete cervical, a cervico-dorsal,

and two dorsals.

* The actual length of the tibia of Mullerornis agilis is 44 cm.

1894. ] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 119

_ The cervical (Plate XV. figs. 2, 3, 4) is of the following dimen-

sions :—

Pensth\ of centrum... peers i weiad weave eles 4-1

Width between anterior ends of pre-zygapophyses. 2°5

Jidth between outer edges of post-zygapophyses.. 2°6

Diameter of neural canal (eee. ie, 35). 0ie noes 1:0

Longest diameter of anterior end of vertebrarterial

Gaara: 25. 3525 oiahs MNO er aeeete mR ets tecle TRC eR 1:4

The centrum is much compressed from side to side in its

middle portion, but widens out towards the ends. The articular.

surfaces are of the characteristic avian form; the anterior is wide

from side to side and narrow from above downwards, owing to

its upper and lower borders being deeply concave; the posterior

is slightly wider than high and all ius borders are concave, the

lower deeply so. On the ventral surface of the centrum, about

one third of its length from the anterior end, is a median hema-

pophysis, the front of which rises steeply, while its hinder border

passes by a more gradual slope into a median ridge which runs

back for about 1°5 cm. in the middle ventral line. There is no

neumatic fossa in the side of the centrum.

The lateral portions of the neural arch are remarkably thin.

The diapophyses and parapophyses are well developed, and, on

the left side, the fused cervical rib is nearly complete, only its

hinder portion being broken away. The vertebrarterial canal is

very large, much larger, indeed, than the neural, a condition not

occurring in the living Ratites or, to the same extent, in Dinornis.

The interzygapophysial bar has behind and beneath it a pneumatic

fossa, and above and in front of it on the dorsal surface, imme-

diately behind the anterior zygapophyses, there is a still larger fossa

into which several pneumatic foramina open. On the upper sur-

face of the post-zygapophysis, near its outer hinder border, is a small

tubercle (hyperapophysis), from which there runs forwards and

inwards a ridge which increases in size as it goes; this does not

meet its fellow of the opposite side to form a median neural spine,

but is separated from it by a groove, which is shallow in front but

deepens suddenly behind, forming a pit for the intervertebral

ligament.

The cervico-dorsal vertebra differs from the one just described

in possessing a broader and less compressed centrum, into the sides

of which open a pair of large pneumatic fosse. The arch also is

more massive and the ridges running forward from the post-zyga-

pophyses very much higher and broader; as in the cervical,

however, they do not unite to form a median neural spine. The

pneumatic foss:e of the arch closely resemble those of the cervical

vertebre. The parapophyses and diapophyses have smooth articular

surfaces for the free rib.

The smaller dorsal vertebree are very similar to the larger ones,

and since the latter are the more complete they will be here

described, though measurements of both will be given.

120 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON REMAINS OF EPYORNIS Feb. 6

Of the two fairly complete large dorsals the one (Plate XV.

figs. 5 & 6) which appears to be the anterior gives the following

measurements :—

Penethvor contrum.. 2. .).i) SRN | Oe eee 75

Approximate height from ventral surface to top of

MGULAL SPiN .. 3.52: :. cease atasse wise ee ee 22:0

Width of centrum in ‘muiddleis se th eee eae 5:0

Diameter of neural canal from side to side ...... 1s}

The centrum, which is slightly compressed, is produced ventrally

into a hemapophysis, which has been mostly broken away. The

anterior articular surface is broader than high, while the reverse

is the case in the hinder. The neural arch is very massive, and its

sides below and in front of the broken transverse process are

excavated by a large fossa roughly pyramidal in form. The

articular surface of the anterior zygapophyses is nearly circular,

its diameter being about 4-2 cm.; in the posterior the surface is

oval. The neural spine which slopes forward is very large and

high; it is united with the post-zygapophyses and transverse

processes by two pairs of thin vertical buttresses of bone, and with

the anterior border of the arch by a median unpaired buttress ;

between these plates of bone there are deep pyramidal fosse. The

result of this arrangement is that, though the vertebrae are very

large, they are at the same time extremely light. The transverse

processes and the anterior lateral borders of the centrum being

broken away, there is no trace of the articular surface for the

ribs.

The other large dorsal appears to have been posterior to the one

just described. Its centrum is less compressed than that of the

latter, and, as far as can be seen, there was no hemapophysis.

Both the anterior and posterior articular surfaces of the centrum

are about as broad as high. The articular surface of the post-

zygapophyses are ovoid in shape and of great size, the long axis of

that on the left side measuring 6°7 cm., though in this specimen

that on the right side is somewhat smaller. The fossz in the side

and on the dorsal surface of the arch are much like those described

above, but there is an additional median one between the post-

zygapophyses, bounded in front by the neural spine and behind

by the hinder border of the neural arch. The dimensions are :—

em.

Leneph of centruia cos. s ono: Shs 8 ee v2

Width of centrum ‘in, middle 1.55.00. . 5% Jae ot 6:0

Height of centrum. in middle. /.). ..2)...¢s cms as 6:0

As in the last specimen the articular facets for the ribs are

broken away.

As was mentioned above, the smaller dorsals closely resemble

the larger in most respects; they differ, however, in the form of

the anterior and posterior articular surfaces of the centrum.

These are concave and convex from side to side respectively, as

1894. | IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 121

usual, but show scarcely any curvature from above downwards.

There is, moreover, a lateral fossa in the centrum separated from

that in the arch by a nearly horizontal plate of bone.

The specimen which agrees most closely with the first of the

larger ones just described has a centrum measuring 4 cm. long,

3 em. high, 2°5 wide in the middle.

Another specimen gives the following measurements :—

leneth of centrum, tj ae seme. © oe abate) auak ayes acta 35

Height of centrum at hinder end .............. 2°7

Width of centrum in middle .................. 2°0

From the above descriptions it will be seenthat the Zpyornithide

must have included a large number of forms differing greatly in

size and proportions ; indeed, in a very recent paper (4) Milne-

Edwards and Grandidier have given names to no less than seven

new species, three of which are referred to a new genus, Muller-

ornis, and it seems probable, as was shown above, that a third genus

at least will have to be established. It is to be hoped that the

authors just mentioned have taken some particular bone as the

type specimen of each species, and that names have not been

given to miscellaneous collections of conjecturally associated bones.

If it should unfortunately prove that this precaution has been

neglected, then it seems probable that confusion in the nomen-

clature of the Zpyornithide will result.

It is greatly to be desired that collectors should, whenever

possible, mark in some distinctive manner such bones as occur

together and appear to have belonged to one individual’. But

even when this is not done, it is still possible to avoid confusion

to a large extent by applying specific names to some definite bone,

preferably the metatarsus, as the type specimen of the species.

The Affinities of AXpyornis.

Concerning the affinities of Zpyornis the most divergent views

have been held. Isidore Geoffroy in his original paper (6) referred

it to the Brevipennes (Ratitz), an opinion now universally accepted.

Valenciennes (9) considered it to be a diving bird, related to the

Auks and Penguins. Bianconi (1) in a long series of papers strove

to show that Hpyornis was the “ Roc” of Eastern fable, and that

its nearest living relative is the Condor. Milne-Edwards and

Grandidier (3) confirmed Geoffroy’s original opinion and considered

that Casuarius and Dinornis are the nearest allies. Von Haast (7),

on the other hand, opposed this view and asserted that the resem-

blances with Dinornis are superficial. Recently this opinion has

been endorsed by Fiirbringer (5) and R. Burckhardt (2), both of

whom, after an elaborate comparison of the Apyornithide with

the other Ratite families, come to the conclusion that such resem-

blances as exist between pyornis and Dinornis are merely the

' In the present instance this appears to have been out of the question, the

bones occurring scattered at random.

122 ON REMAINS OF EZPYORNIS IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. [Feb. 6,

result of convergence resulting from similar conditions of life, and

that though the great massiveness of the skeleton (pachyostosis) is

characteristic of both families, it is attained in quite a different

manner in the two cases. This conclusion would certainly seem

to be supported by the bones here described.

In the femora, for instance, apart from their great difference

of form, the large upper pneumatic foramen, the numerous smaller

ones opening into the popliteal fossa, and the great development

of the bony reticulum are characters entirely wanting in Dinornis.

Such points of structure as these appear to be of more importance

in determining affinities than the mere external form of the bones,

which may be supposed to vary more readily with changes in the

conditions of life ; for it is difficult to understand how such differ-

ences of structure could arise in two closely related forms, since the

same end appears to be attained in the two cases in different ways.

The conclusion to be drawn from this is that the divergence

between the two families must have occurred before the character-

istic pachyostosis had been acquired. In their recent paper (4)

Milne-Edwards and Grandidier have given a brief description

of the skull, which, as far as it goes, does not seem to afford

much evidence in favour of the supposed close relationship with

Dinornis ; nevertheless, at the close of their communication the

authors, as in their former paper, assert their belief that there

is really such a relationship, and suggest the former existence

of a southern land-connection to account for it. Perhaps when

a complete description with figures of the skull, sternum, and

pectoral girdle have been published, it may be possible to arrive at

some definite conclusion concerning this interesting point.

List of papers referred to.

1. Brancon1, G. G.—Numerous papers published in the ‘ Memorie

dell’ Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna’

between 1861 and 1873.

2. Burcxuarpt, R.— Ueber Apyornis.” Palaontologische

Abhandlungen, Neue Folge, Bd. ii. Heft 2. Jena, 1893.

3. Epwarps, AupH. Mrinz-, pr ALF. GranpIpIEr.—< Nouvelles

Observations sur les Caract¢cres zoologiques et les Affinités

naturelles de l_4pyornis de Madagascar.” Annales des

Sciences naturelles (Zoologie), série 5, vol. xii. Paris, 1869.

4. Epwarps, ALpH. MInnn-, pv ALF. GRANDIDIER.—“Observations

sur |! 4pyornis de Madagascar.” Comptes Rendus de l’Acad.

d. Sci. t. exviii. p. 122. Jan. 1894. Paris.

5. Firprineer, Max.—Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und

Systematik der Végel. II. Allgemeiner Theil, pp. 1463-6.

Amsterdam, 1888. -

6. Grorrroy Sr.-Hinarre, Istpore.— Note sur des ossements

et des ceufs trouvés 4 Madagascar dans des alluvions modernes,

et provenant d'un Oiseau gigantesque.” Comptes Rendus de

PAcad. d. Sci. t. xxxii. p. 101. Paris, 1851.

1894. ] MR, J. T. LAST ON THE BONES OF EZPYORNIS. 123

7. Haast, Junius von.—‘* Remarks on the Extinct Birds of New

Zealand.” The Ibis, 1874, p. 209.

8. Masor, C. I. Forsyra.—‘* On Megaladapis madagascariensis.”

Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. liv. 1893, p. 176.

9. VaLENCIENNES. Comptes Rendus de lAcad. d. Sci. t. xxxix.

p- 837. Paris, 1854.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XIV.

Fig. 1. Hpyornis mulleri (?), Milne-Edw. & Grand. Right tarso-metatarsus

from behind.

2. Hpyornis mulleri (?). Right tarso-metatarsus from inner side. h, Point

of attachment of hallux.

3. Apyornis titan. Left tibio-tarsus from front. (Type specimen.

4. The same from inner side.

All the figures are one-fifth natural size.

Puate XV.

Fig. 1. (?) Mullerornis agilis, Milne-Edw. & Grand. Distal portion of right

tibio-tarsus from front. + nat. size.

. Cervical vertebra of a small species of Hpyornis (?) from left side.

Nat size.

. The same from above. Nat. size.

. The same from front. Nat. size.

. Dorsal vertebra of large species of Apyornis from right side. 3 nat. size.

. The same from front. 4 nat. size.

Aopo bb

4, On the Bones of the Aipyornis, and on the Localities and

Conditions in which they are found. By J. T. Lasr.

[Received February 4, 1894.]

In response to the kind invitation of the Secretary of this

Society, 1 beg leave to offer the following remarks on the bones of

the fossil Apyornis for their consideration. There may be much of

what I shall say which will, perhaps, not be new to them, yet if it

ee that which was already known it will not be altogether

useless.

I first arrived in Madagascar in the summer of 1889. I made

Nossy-bé, an island on the N.W. coast, my head-quarters, and

then slowly worked my way down to Nossy-vé, an island near the

S.W. extremity of Madagascar. It was in the early spring of

1891 that I arrived at Nossy-vé, and I remained in the south and

south central parts of Madagascar till September of 1893, and then

I began to turn my face towards home. During the time I was in

the south parts of Madagascar I had several opportunities of

searching for remains of the Apyornis. These I made use of with

varied success, and though I may not have been so unfortunate

as I had hoped, yet my efforts and the experience I gained gave

me an insight of the bird’s former habits, and the kind of places

where its remains are likely to be found.

124 MR. J. T, LAST ON THE BONES OF ZPYORNIS. [Feb. 6,

From what is already known, the AZpyornis may be considered

as having had a range over the whole, or nearly the whole, of the

southern half of Madagascar. This is proved by the fact that its

remains have been found at Sira-bé, a place situated in about lat.

19° 50'S. Twice I have known its bones to have been found near

Morondava, a small town on the W. coast in about lat. 20° 20'S.

An egg was also found at Mananjara on the east coast in about

lat. 21° 10'S. These discoveries are sufficient to prove that the

bird occupied more or less the whole of the southern half of

Madagascar.

I do not believe that the whole of this large tract of country was

equally overrun by these birds, but rather that their numbers were

much greater in the south and south-western parts than in the

more northerly and eastern parts. This is shown, I think, by the

fact that, excepting an egg found at Mananjdra, few or no remains

have been found in south-east Madagascar, but that nearly all the

remains that have been brought to light up to the present have

been discovered in the south and south-western parts. That the

birds were more plentiful in the south and south-west parts of

the island may be inferred from the abundance of broken egg-

shells which are to be found on the rocky sides of the range of

hills on the S.W. coast, whereas I do not remember having heard

or read that there were such broken egg-shells on the S.E.

coast. All the unbroken eggs have, almost without exception,

been found on the south or 8.W. coast. About two years ago I

heard of a specimen which was picked up floating about on the

Morondava River, near its mouth; but this is the only instance,

so far as 1 know, of one being found north of St. Augustin’s Bay.

Regarding iny own operations in searching after fossils, I think

it will be better if, in the first place, | describe my work in the

Manansta district of the Antinosi country, in south central

Madagascar, about long. 45° E. and lat. 23° 8. It was only

after two or three unsuccessful attempts to enter the country that

I was at last able to do so, through the friendship of Béfanatriki,

one of the Antinosi kings, who being about to return to his own

country permitted me to accompany him. The journey occupied

us eight days. On arrival at the king’s chief town I was given a

house to use till I could make myself one more suitable. This

building-work occupied me some time, and in going about with

men to collect material I came across several places which appeared

to me likely to be fossiliferous. On making inquiries of the

natives, | was told that there were many bones, large and small, in

the peaty flats where they make their rice-gardens, but they did

not know to what animal the bones had belonged. After nego-

tiating with the king for awhile, he allowed me to dig about on

one of the uncultivated bogs alongside the Ifunsi River. The soil

met with was black and clayey above, then we came to a layer

of whitish marly soil, followed by a friable kind of light grey lime-

stone, resting on fine-grained red sandstone. The fossils found

were chiefly bones of Crocodiles, Hippopotami, broken tortoise-

1894. ] MR. J.!, LAST ON THE BONES OF HPYORNIS. 125

shells of more than one species, with a few fragments of Apyornis-

bones and a variety of vertebral bones, some of which must have

belonged to other animals than those named above. All these

were found between the grey marl and the limestone. The place

abounds with fossils; but one would be led to judge that the

creatures had not died where the fossil remains are now found,

but rather that they had died at a distance, and that the bones,

being set free by decomposition of the body, had been carried

down to their present positions by heavy rainfalls or other means.

If this was really the case, it would account for the jumbled-up

manner in which the fossils are found, and would also give a

reason why we did not find a skeleton intact.

For nearly a year I made Mdnanstia my head-quarters, journey-

ing into the country in different directions as opportunity occurred.

By this means, and from native report, I was able to learn a great

deal about the nature of the surrounding country. It seems,

from what I saw, that a great deal of the country to the south

and east of Mdnanstia was formerly covered with a number of

small lakes. These slowly became dry, from two causes—first by

being gradually silted up from the surrounding higher ground, and

also by the water, when the lakes were full, cutting its way out

through the soft sandstone rocks, until a passage was formed

which allowed the whole of it to escape. Crocodiles abounded in

these lakes, as their descendants do in the lakes which remain.

A small kind of Hippopotamus and a large Tortoise lived about’

the lakes and near country; these have left nothing but their

fossilized bones to show that they once existed.

By talking with the king and people about these fossil remains, I

learnt that they were in no way confined to the Manansta district,

but were to be found all over the country to the N.E. along the

Sakamare River—at Ilunti, more north, and beyond in the Bara

country, still farther north. In times of peace the Antinosi and

Bara tribes interchange visits. Some men who had been there were

working for me, and told me they had seen the same kind of bones

in the Bara country. The natives have no knowledge of the

eveatures of which these fossils are the remains, and if asked,

generally say they are the bones of the Pang’ani, a mythical

creature, in whose existence most of the Malagasy tribes firmly

believe.

From Béfatiri (an Antinosi king, living at Kiliarivo, to the

N.W., and whom I met several times) I learnt that there are

several bogs in his district, with fossil bones in them, and judging

from the manner in which he described some of the long bones, I

think it quite possible that some remains of the A’pyornis have been

turned out by the natives whilst working in their gardens. He

much wanted me to go and visit him at his town, but I could not

get the opportunity.

Passing thence to the valley of the Taheza River one comes to

another piece of country where there are a number of silted-up

lakes, now dry and used as rice-gardens. Here again, undoubtedly,

126 MR. J, T, LAST ON THE BONES OF EPYORNIS. [ Feb. 6,

fossil remains abound; in fact, judging from personal observation

and native information, I should say that these dry lake beds are

to be found scattered over the whole of South Central Madagascar,

north of the Ong’uldhi, or St. Augustin River, and that they are all

more or less fossiliferous.

Whilst speaking of this part of the country, I must just call

attention to a little district which extends, in a N.E. and S.W.

direction, from the town of Salu-avaratsi (situated on the right

bank of the Ong’uldhi River, about a mile S.E. from where the

Taheza flows into the Ong’uldhi) for about 16 miles to the small

river Andraénumdi, which enters the Ong’uléhi on its left bank.

This stretch of country, with a width of about five miles, has a

number of hot springs, varying considerably in temperature.

Some are so hot that any person or animal entering them

would be scalded to death, as the springs at Ambiandrumbé and

Andrénumii; others are deliciously warm, and by bathing in them

a kind of vigour seems to be imparted to the whole body. This is

especially the case at the warm spring just outside the town

of Sélu-avaratsi. The water when warm gives off a slight odour,

something like iodoform ; but this disappears when the water

has cooled, when it is quite clear and pleasant to the taste. The

natives always use this water, and no other, for all domestic

purposes in preference to the water of the great river which flows

close by. At some of the springs a kind of salt is precipitated, as

at Sdlu-avdratsi and Andranumdi; but at the hot springs at Bez

the water rushes up through the sand, flows away, and leaves no

salt marks.

Much might be said about this south central district of Mada-

gascar, but time and the scope of my present paper will not allow it.

I think, however, sufficient has been said to show that it will

become a country of considerable interest to the paleontologist

and to all lovers of natural science, especially when the country

becomes more opened up and travelling can be accomplished with

more ease and safety.

I will now, with your permission, give some account of my

explorations on the south-west coast in search of fossils and

other natural-history specimens. Excepting the few objects col-

lected in Médnansua district, all the fossil collections I have sent

home were obtained on the S.W. coast of Madagascar, between

Lambuhdra, about lat. 22° 10'S., and St. Augustin’s Bay, about

lat. 23° 30'S. It may be well, perhaps, to briefly describe this

tract of coast-line. A range of hills extends along the west side

of Madagascar at a varying distance from the coast. About St.

Augustin’s Bay the hill-sides, in places, descend into the sea.

The rocks forming these hills are full of fossil shells. Generally

there is an extensive flat, of some miles in width, between the

coast-line and the foot of the hills. This flat is very low, probably

lower in some places than the high-water line, from which it is

separated either by high sand-dunes or stretches of elevated sand-

stone rocks. There are a number of lakes, varying considerably

1894. | MR. J.T. LAST ON THE BONES OF EPYORNIS. 127

in size, dotted about over these extensive flats. Often a number

of small lakes may be seen in close proximity, and these, looked

upon as a whole, seem to be only the remains of what was

formerly a lake of considerable extent. The boggy nature of the

surrounding country also seems to indicate the same thing. Some

of these small lakes dry up during the dry season, others are

too large and have no outlets into the sea. The water is very

brackish, and always leaves a thick deposit, of salt as it slowly

subsides. It is in the beds of these lakes that the various

fossilized forms are found.

At Ambilisdtra, in about lat. 23° S., a place visited by M.

Grandidier several years ago, 1 found a variety of fossil bones.

These consisted chiefly of remains of the Hippopotamus, Crocodile,

Tortoise, and a few of the A’pyornis. If any of these creatures

died in the water, the skeletons must have been much washed

about and the bones separated, for it was seldom that two bones

of the same animal were found together. The formation of

the country shows that there was formerly a very extensive lake at

this place. In the part where I excavated, the ground was fairly dry

above, but we found it full of water below. The soil is a blackish

clay for about two feet; next we came to a stratum of white clay or

loam from one to two feet thick; after this, some greenish sand

and a layer of green sand mixed with pebbles. The fossils were

found lying between the band of greenish sand and the layer of

green sand and pebbles. I made two visits to this place, and during

my second visit I intended to make considerable excavations in

search for AXpyornis-bones, but after a few days my work was

stopped by the king sending orders for my men to return home.

The men were obliged to do as the king ordered. The king,

personally, did not care what digging I did, for some time previously

I had visited him, paid him the accustomed honours, told him my

business, and he, in the presence of his chiefs, gave me leave to go

where I pleased about his country and to collect what I wanted,

naming one or two things which were “‘fadi” or prohibited. It

was some of the big chiefs who really stopped my work. They

thought I ought to be continually giving them presents; and as I

held a different opinion, they resolved to cut my work off. This

they easily did, by telling the king some story, that it was bad for

the cattle that the white man should dig holes in places where

the cattle were likely to go; they would fall in and be lost.

Of course the king had to comply with their wishes, and this he

easily did by sending a messenger to take away my men, in his

name. This ended my work at Ambilisatra.

From Ambulisdétra we must proceed to a place some few miles

. further north—Ambdtumifuku, in about lat. 22° 40’ 8. It was

in this district that I obtained the large semi-fossil Tortoises

which I have sent home during the last two years’. The flat

country at this place, between the sea and the hills, is very similar

1 [These have been described by Mr. Boulenger. See Trans. Zool. Soc, xiii.

p: 305.—Ep, |

128 MR. J.T. LAST ON THE BONES OF EZPYORNIS, [Feb. 6,

to that at Ambilisdtra, but the coast-line, instead of having sand-

dunes as a border, has a long stretch of sandstone rocks, about

100 feet high, and extending a mile or a mile and a half inland.

These rocks are very hard on the top, waterworn and cut in all

directions ; but the action of water is most seen on the rocks which

are furthest inland. Here the softer inside stone has been

washed away, sometimes to the extent of 20 or 30 feet, forming

large caves—quite cosy hiding-places, such as only a native knows

how to appreciate. It was in these caves that I procured the large

tortoise-carapaces. Generally two were found in each cave;

on two occasions I found a large and a smaller one, and in both

cases the smaller one was too much broken to take away.

Another reason why I call attention to this place is because

the face of the sandstone rocks along the high-water line is

somewhat of a study. There is one considerable ledge which is

covered with what I take to be fossilized shrubs. The rocks are

soft, white, and finely grained, almost like Caen stone. I obtained

some specimens of the fossil wood with the rock attached, and I

hope they will shortly arrive in England along with some other of my

collections. About ten feet beneath this ledge the rock is more red

and coarser in grain, and contains a number of common land-

shells. I also found some pieces of ASpyornis egg-shell embedded

in it. Several of the shells and pieces of egg-shell I cut out

and sent home with my first tortoise-carapaces in 1892. The

reason why I refer to this is because the presence of these pieces

of egg-shell in the sandstone tends, I think, to show how ancient

a bird the Apyornis must have been.

The next place I should like to call your attention to is Itam-

ilu-bé, situated on the south side of a rather extensive bay in

about lat. 22° 10' 8. It was in this locality that I obtained

my best specimens of AZypornis-bones, as well as an abundance

of bones of the Hippopotamus, Crocodile, and other animals.

This place has a rough shingly beach leading up to an extensive

flat of what appears to be a kind of limestone. The rock is of a

light greyish colour, rather hard and compact; it extends for a

considerable distance inland, and is sparsely covered with sand

in places, out of which there is a stunted forest growth. Here

and there about this flat, and within half a mile from the beach,

are a number of pan-like depressions, varying considerably in size ;

these have become silted up with washings from the surrounding

country, so that though they hold a little water in the wet season

the surface quickly becomes dry again, and the natives use them

as small gardens. It was from these pans that I obtained my best

fossils, and I think I might have done better still had I been able

to be present to work the places myself.

Whilst I was at Manansua, in the Antinosi country, I employed

a European (a man who had been many years in the country)

to search for fossils and other objects of natural history. In

going about he heard of these pans and that there were many

strange bones in them ; he at once, with the natives he had with

1894.] MR. J.T. LAST ON THE BONES OF ZPYORNIS. 129

him, set to work to see what the bones were like, and seeing they

were likely to be those I wanted, he remained working at the pans

for several days. According to what the man told me, the places

where he dug abounded with fossil remains, the uppermost being

about four feet below the surface. Apparently the pans are

from eight to ten feet deep—the first two or three feet consisting

of a black peaty soil, the rest of a white or grey marl, in which the

bones are found. ‘The chief difficulty in working the pans is

caused by the water contained in the soil: the soil is saturated,

and the water cannot escape below because of the hard rock, nor

can it evaporate through the peaty top ; therefore, as soon as a hole

of any size is made, the water drains into it. I have no doubt that

many very valuable fossils lie hid in these pans, and these can be

obtained only when proper means are used for removing the

water. My man told me that in the place where he found the

largest bones he was obliged to leave many; he could feel them

with his feet, but could not stoop down into the water far enough

to get them out. I think the only way of obtaining them is by

the use of a good pump and long hose to drain the water away.

Iam strongly of opinion, judging trom the remarks my man made

about the place, that the Apyornis-skull, that great desideratum,

would be found here if anywhere.

I visited Itampalu-bé last September along with this man, and

he showed me the places where he had been working. The people

here are friendly. The king lives two days’ march inland, and has

a good name among Europeans for fair treatment. Of course

presents must be given to the king and chiefs before any work

whatever can be done in the country. If I have the opportunity

of returning to Madagascar, I should certainly like to spend a

month or so working with proper appliances at these pans.

I will now conclude my remarks about the pyornis with a

few words concerning its egg. It is strange that the egg or even

broken portions of it are never met with far inland. During all

my explorations, though I have found the bird’s bones a long way

inland, I have never seeu any fragments of eggs either with them

or inland anywhere. I have never heard of whole eges being ob-

tained inland, and I believe that all, or nearly all, have been found

in the sand-dunes which are piled up along the coast. Everywhere

along the south and south-west coast fragments are to be found

in abundance, especially on the hill-sides about St. Augustin’s

Bay. Bushels of broken egg-shells could be gathered in this dis-

trict with but little trouble. From this I judge that these birds

used to live generally in the more inland parts of South Central

Madagascar and at certain seasons came to the coast to lay their

eggs, after which they betook themselves again to their inland

homes. I do not know whether this idea is quite correct, but it

seems to me very probable, from the fact that their eggs, both

whole and broken, are only found on or near the sea-coast.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. IX. )

130 MR. MACDONALD BARKLEY ON THE [Feb. 6,

5. Notes upon the Antelopes of the Pungué Valley.

By MacDonarp Bark ey.’

[Received January 4, 1894.]

On the 27th of July, 1893, accompanied by an English friend

and two gentlemen from Cape Colony, I sailed from Beira in a

small lighter on a hunting-expedition up the Pungué River, taking

with us a few natives as guides, or as rowers in case of the wind

failing. At Fontesvilla, a small town some 50 miles up the river,

the terminus of the Beira Railway, then under construction, we

increased the number of our Kafirs and proceeded about 18 miles

further, passing the native village of Nevisferara on our way, to a

point some 6 miles beyond that branch of the river upon which is

the village of Mpanda’s. There, our boat running aground con-

tinually owing to the numberless shallows aud sandbanks in the

stream, we pitched a permanent camp and sent some of our

followers back to Mpanda’s to hire native dug-outs and men to

manage them. Leaving a few boys to look after the boat and

those trophies which we had already secured, we proceeded to the

junction of the Ulemna and Dingadingue, a point about 82 miles

from Beira. Our plan of campaign was to pitch a camp on one

bank or the other, and to shoot the country round for several days,

and then by means of our canoes to move on another day’s journey

to fresh ground. To a little beyond the Mpanda’s branch the

banks of the river are well wooded with thorn-brakes, dwarf

palms, fever-trees, and some very fine timber; but the only

Antelopes we saw on this part of our journey were Waterbuck, a few

Blue Wildebeest, and one herd of Lichtenstein’s Hartebeest, the two

former species being exceedingly plentiful throughout the whole

of the country we covered. Qn the higher reaches of the river

the valley broadens out into a level plain, covered with long dry

grass at this season of the year, and bounded by hills of some size,

densely clothed with fine forest timber, amongst which we were

lucky enough to come upon a large herd of Elephants, although these

animals are said to be very rare nowadays in this district. The

plains are but sparsely sprinkled with shrubs and dwarf palms, and

dotted over with huge ant-heaps, and with every here and there

vleys. At this time of year the vleys are for the most part dry,

but the grass on them remains short and green, and forms pasture

for the vast herds of Buffalo, Antelopes, and Zebras which roam

over the country.

The district is infested by the Tetse fly, making it impossible

to use cattle, and the climate is exceedingly unhealthy for

Europeans except from June to October, when with moderate

care it is possible to keep a clean bill of health.

The following are the different species of Antelope of which we

succeeded in shooting specimens during this trip.

} Communicated by the Secretary.

1894. ] ANTELOPES OF THE PUNGUE VALLEY. 131

1. ORBAS CANNA,.

' (“ Hland” of the Dutch and English.)

This Antelope, though far from plentiful, is to be met with

occasionally in the more open country of the Pungué Valley. At

this time of the year (August and September) I never saw more

than a pair together, usually feeding upon young grass at a little

distance from timber-belts and never far from water. The skins

of the one or two that we shot were beautifully marked with white

stripes, very clearly defined, running in a downward direction,

and with a dark stripe along the backbone. The animals were

very fat and in splendid coat and condition, the largest standing

15 hands 2 inches.

2. CoBUS ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.

(“* Waterbuck” of the English, “ Kring-ghat” of the Dutch ;

native name “ Mpeeva.”)

This Antelope is by far the commonest species throughout the

Pungué Valley, and is sometimes found in herds of quite 40 head,

the cows as a rule far outnumbering the bulls; they are generally

discovered feeding upon the short grass of the dried vleys. They

are stoutly built and heavy, but active, standing when full-grown

about 12 hands. The largest pair of horns L procured measured

274 inches along the curve, the average length of those of a full-

grown bull being 263 inches. They are lyrate, broadly annu-

lated to within a little of the points, but much more deeply at the

base than higher up. The hair of the Waterbuck is coarse and

thicker round the neck than elsewhere, and this is especially notice-

able in the cows, which are hornless. They vary much in colour,

from a dark slate toa light brown, with a white ring round the

rump, and in some cases, although not all, a white marking round

the lower portion of the neck. Their spoor is noticeable for being

very narrow and pointed.

8. CATOBLEPAS GORGON.

(‘* Blue Wildebeest ” of the English, “ Blau Wildebeest” of the

Dutch; native name “Inkone-kone.”)

This Antelope is found in immense herds throughout the more

open country bordering the upper reaches of the Pungué, Dinga-

dingue, and Ulemna rivers. It is not at all uncommon to find

them feeding in company with herds of Waterbuck and Zebra, and

solitary specimens are frequently to be met with. When dis-

turbed they evince great excitement and go through the most

exaggerated antics, and, although usually shy and difficult of

approach, are victims to their great curiosity, owing to which trait

in their character they more than once fell to our rifles.

They are of a bluish drab-colour, having brindled stripes down

the forequarters, from which they are also known as the Brindled

Gnu; their bushy tail, mane, and beard are of coarse black hair ;

they stand about 12 hands, both sexes carrying horns, the average

spread of a bull’s being about 26 inches. ey

132 ON A NEW BAT OF THE GENUS STENODERMA. [Feb. 6,

4, BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI.

(Lichtenstein’s Hartebeest.)

This Antelope, though rare, is to be found scattered over the

rough grassy plains of the Upper Pungué Valley. It is occasionally

met with in herds of considerable size, but more generally seen in

small numbers. On every occasion that I came upon them they

were feeding on the open veldt, keeping clear of the more hilly

and timbered country, and proved very difficult to stalk. Both

male and female carry horns, which measure about 15 inches, are

deeply annulated, and turning slightly outwards from the base

slope inwards again, the tips once more turning outwards and

backwards. All those that we shot were of a uniform fawn-

colour, with black legs, and with a grey patch, more or less defined,

behind the shoulder. They stand about 12 hands.

5. AEPYCHROS MELAMPUS.

(‘* Roode-bok ” (Roy-bok) of the Dutch; ‘ Roybuck” of the

English ; native name ‘“ Impala.”)

This Antelope is occasionally to be found in the thick reed-beds

along the river-bank; but although we several times came upon

females and shot more than one, | only once saw a male, and then

was not lucky enough to secure it. Therefore I am unable to

give any accurate measurements of their horns.

6. NEOTRAGUS SCOPARIUS.

This little Antelope is found in great numbers wherever the

bush is fairly thick, avoiding the more open country and feeding

either singly or in pairs; it is very easy to approach, but when once

disturbed is remarkably swift and active, doubling about amongst

the scrub in a manner very suggestive of the course of a hare.

It is of a bright fawn-colour, gradually shading off to white

beneath the belly, with short, straight, sbarply-pointed horns,

about an inch apart at the base and averaging 53 inches in length.

In addition to these Antelopes we came upon several Lions, a

great many Buffaloes, Hippopotami, Crocodiles, Wart-Hogs, Zebras,

and one large herd of Elephants. Wildfowl abound along the

whole course of the river and in every vley, while many varieties

of game-bird, including the Guinea-fowl, are to be found on the

plains.

6. Description of a new Bat of the Genus Stenoderma from

Montserrat. By Oxprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S.

[Received January 23, 1894.]

Mr. Joseph Sturge, of the Montserrat Company of Birmingham,

has sent to this Society a specimen of a Bat, which is said to do

much damage to the cacao plantations in the island of Montserrat,

Lesser Antilles. By the kindness of Mr. Sclater I have been

permitted to examine and describe it.

1894.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE., 133

It proves to be new, and I propose to call it

STENODERMA MONTSERRATENSE, Sp. nl.

Most nearly allied to S. nichollst, Thos.*, with which it agrees

in the characters which separate that from S. rufum, Geoffr., but

distinguished by its decidedly larger size, stouter build, and by the

proportions of the canines and premolars, both above and _ below,

which are broader horizontally and less elongate vertically. The

inner upper incisors are as distinctly bicuspidate as in S. achrado-

philum, Gosse. Molars 3, their proportions much as in S. nichollsi ;

the last upper transversely oval, proportionally rather larger than

in the allied species ; their area in cross section nearly equal to that

of the inner upper incisors.

Palatal emargination long and narrow.

External characters as usual, except that the fur on the upper

surface of the arms, wing-membranes, and legs is thicker and more

extended, and also that, as compared with S. nicholls?, the colour is

more of a slaty than a brownish grey. No facial streaks or white

shoulder-marks.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in spirit:—Head and

body 69 mm.; ear from notch 16°5; forearm 51°5 (= 2:03 in.) ;

lower leg 23; knee to most distant point of hind claws 35:5.

Skull: basal length 18-2; greatest length 23:6; zygomatic

breadth 16 ; interorbital breadth 7-1; palate, breadth outside m.t

10:5, inside m.' 4:4; basion to front of palatal notch 13-2 ; front of

canine to back of m.* 7-4, ditto below 7-4.

Hab. Montserrat, West Indies.

This Bat is said to hang all day under the branches of trees, and

not to take refuge in holes and crannies as most species do.

February 20, 1894.

Prof. G. B. Howns, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a

series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens

during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :—

Report on the Insect-house for 1893.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Indian.

Attacus atlas. Antherea myliita.

cynthia. Actias selene.

pernyt.

1 Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) vii. p. 529 (1891).

Pak’

ae _

134 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSuCT-HOUSE. [Feb. 20,

Japanese.

Antherwa yama-mar.

Australian.

* Antherea, sp. ine.

American.

Samia cecropia. Actias luna.

Telea polyphemus. Hypochera io.

promethea.

African.

Antherea tyrrhea. Actias mimose.

ed belina. Gonomita postica.

Cirina forda. ng

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.

Papilio podalirius. Vanessa polychlorus.

machaon. antwpa.

Thais polywena. atalanta.

Gonepteryx rhamnt. Charaxes jasius.

Argynnis paphia. Arge galathea,

euphrosyne. Lycenu corydon.

Melitea cinwia. adonis.

American.

Papilio ajax. Papilio eresphontes.

asterias. turnus.

troilus. Limenitis disippus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Smerinthus ocellatus.

--—— quercus.

—— tile.

Triptogon modesta.

Sphine ligustri.

convolvult.

— pinastri.

carolina.

Deilephila vespertilio.

euphorbie.

Cherocampa elpenor.

nerit,

Macroglossa stellatarum.

*Sesia culiciformis.

43 bembiciformis.

Zygena filipendule.

* Lasiocampa monteirt.

* Rhabdosia, sp. inc.

Endromis versicolor.

Saturnia carpini.

pyr.

Eacles regalis.

imperialis.

Anisota rubicunda.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Of the lepidopterous insects which I have the honour to place

before the Meeting this evening the

following are exhibited for

the first time :—Antherea belina, from Natal ; Antherca, sp. inc.,

+ eae oe

— ee

1894.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON A GIRAFFE FROM SOMALILAND. 135

from Australia; Sesia culiciformis and Sesia bembiciformis, Kuropean ;

Lasiocampa monteiri and a species of Rhabdosia, both from 8.E.

Africa.

The specimen of Lasiocampa monteiri is not set out, as the

upper edges of the wnder wings present a very curious hairy

appearance, and look as though they had been singed. This could

not be seen in a set-specimen. The specimen of Rhabdosia, sp. inc.,

is a male, and there is a single specimen (a female) in the National

Collection, but it has not yet been named.

The cocoons of Actias mimose, from which the specimens ex-

hibited emerged, were very kindly sent from 8.H. Africa by the

Rev. H. A. Junod, who had seen our Insect-house before leaving

Europe. Other cocoons of this species were deposited by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, from which five pairs of moths emerged.

During May last I captured some wild specimens of the common

Pearl-bordered Fritillary, and placed them in one of the cases,

with a good supply of their food-plant (Viola): many eggs

were laid. The young larve hatched in due course, and fed well

at first; they then became sluggish and crawled into the corners

of the case. After a time they commenced to feed again, and a

second brood was produced—the first specimen emerging on the

3lst July. Lexhibit this evening half a dozen examples of this

second brood. In a state of nature this species is single-brooded.

The specimens of the Hornet Clearwing of the Osier (Sesia

bembiciformis) that were exhibited during the past season created

great interest ; and many visitors, before reading the label, thought

they were really hornets or wasps.

The most remarkable and interesting insect exhibited during

the past year was a Goliath Beetle (Goliathus druryz) from Accra,

West Africa, which was presented by F’. W. Marshall, Esq., on

the 5th October, and which died on the 16th of December. This

is probably the first specimen of this Beetle ever brought to

England alive. It had been in Mr. Marshall’s possession since

May 1893, and had been in England some time before it was

received at the Gardens. It fed principally upon fruit, and

preferred ripe melons to any other food.

Of Orthoptera a large number of the Canadian Stick-insects

(Diapheromera femorata) were reared from ova deposited in 1892.

Three specimens of Leaf-insects (Phyllium gelonus) from the

Seychelles were presented by Dr. Nowell in December ; but I am

sorry to say they did not live long.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skin of a Giraffe from

Somaliland, which had been brought to his notice by Messrs.

Rowland Ward and Co., and pointed out the considerable difference

in the character of the markings shown by it as compared with the

$.-African Giraffe. In the Northern form the dark marks were

large, sharply defined, and only separated from each other by

narrow pale lines ; while in the 8.-African form these marks were

136 MR. O, THOMAS ON THE [ Feb. 20,

mere vennely defined blotches, comparatively far apart from each

other. These differences were well seen ona comparison of the

figure given by Harris of the Southern Giraffe ' with those given

by Riippell* and Brehm * of the Northern one.

Prof. Sundevall had already noticed the difference in the general

colour of the two animals, and had given to the Northern form

the varietal name of Camelopardalis givaffa, var. ethiopica*.

A communication was read from Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, C.M.Z.S.,

giving particulars of the methods used in preparing certain Inver-

tebrates, which were adopted by the experts at the U.S. National

Museum, in the case of specimens sent to Chicago for exhibition

at the World’s Columbian Exposition. This communication was

illustrated by photographs of the objects in question. After the

preparation of finished moulds of these objects. gelatine casts were

made from the moulds, the gelatine being made of the following

composition :—

PGs ATIAN CBO. wien’ bese ois

Gelatine (photographers’).. .

A oz.

GIVERTIND dns ore cn > eo 4

The gelatine casts were then coloured to resemble the objects

in life.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Mammals of Nyasaland: third Contribution.

By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S.

[Received February 13, 1894.]

The present paper contains an account of the third and fourth

collections of Mammals made and presented to the National

Museum by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., Consul-General for British

Central Africa, with the help of his able assistant, Mr. Alexander

Whyte, F.Z.8. Papers on the two previous collections have already

been published °*.

The series now described bears cut the prophecy I ventured to

make in 1892, that as Mr. Whyte’s knowledge of the locality

increased he would be able to obtain the rarer and more local

species, and that among these there would certainly be some

1 «Wild Animals of S. Africa,’ pl. xi. (1840).

? Atlas Reise N. Afr. pl. viii. (1826).

3 «Thierleben,’ iii. p. 188 (1880).

4 “ Pecora,” K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1844, p. 175.

° P. Z.8. 1892, p. 546; and 1893, p. 500.

1894.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 137

novelties. For although there are not a very large number of

species altogether represented in the present collection, yet several

are new to the locality, one is a rediscovered species described

thirty years ago, and two are new to science.

The Mammal-fauna is therefore evidently far from worked out,

and Messrs. Johnston and Whyte should be encouraged to continue

their explorations until, after the receipt of five or six more similar

collections, we may perhaps be in a position to say that our know-

ledge of the Mammals of the district approaches completion.

1. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS, Sykes.

a. Ad.sk. ¢. Fort Lister, Milanyji, 3500 ft. 16/7/93.

b. Ad. sk. 2. Milanji Plateau, 6000 ft. 26/4/93.

For the determination of these two Monkeys I am indebted to

Mr. Sclater, who has been recently making a study of this group,

and who has kindly furnished me with the following note respect-

ing them :—

“The male is much larger, and shows no rufous on the rump

and arms. The smaller female has these parts strongly tinged

with rufous. This is probably a sexual distinction, as it was no

doubt on a similar specimen that C. erythrarchus, Peters (which

Dr. Matschie has lately pronounced to be=C. albigularis, of. Sitz.-

Ber. nat. Freunde Berl. 1893, p. 215), was based. The female

specimen agrees well with the figure of C. erythrarchus in the

‘ Reise nach Mossambique,’ and with a female specimen formerly

living in the Zoological Society’s Menagerie.”

2. OTOGALE KIRKI, Gray.

a. Ad.sk. Blantyre. 2/93.

6-d, 3do. Shiré Highlands. 12/92,

3. GaLAGO MOHOLI, A. Sm.

a. Ad.al. 9. Zomba.

4, EPOMOPHORUS CRYPTURUS, Pet.

a, Ad.al. 2. Zomba.

Forearm 78 mm.

I entirely agree with Prof. Du Bocage’ in considering that

E. crypturus of Peters is not synonymous with ZH. gambianus, as

stated by Dobson, but is a valid species intermediate between

E. macrocephalus and E. minor. At the time of Dobson’s Catalogue

there was not a specimen of it in the Museum, while Z. gambianus

was represented by two examples from the Zambesi, so that he

naturally supposed Peters to have got hold of the same form,

especially as the latter’s very imperfect description of the palate-

ridges applies perfectly to those of H. gambianus.

Sundevall’s Pteropus wahlberg: from Natal appears, by the dimen-

sions given, to be really L. gambianus, but E£. crypturus also occurs

1 J. Sci. Lisb, (2) i, p. 3 (1889).

138 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 20,

there, as is shown by a specimen from that country presented to

the Museum by Capt. Shelley in 1881.

5. RHINOLOPHUS HILDEBRANDTI, Pet.

a. Ad.al. ¢. Zomba.

Forearm 65 mm.; ear, length 36; nose-leaf 25 x 13°5.

This fine Bat I had at first supposed to be new, owing to the

fact that Peters had only re-softened skins to describe, and these

scarcely showed its most remarkable characteristics, namely the

great size of the ears and nose-leaf, and the development of a dis-

tinct crenulate supplementary leaflet outside the horseshoe. Nor

did its describer observe that it is entirely without the minute

intermediate lower premolar which most of the species possess, but

which is also absent in &. ethiops. The British Museum, however,

contains one of Hildebrandt’s typical specimens, and a comparison

with this proves the identity of the Nyasa example with it. The

discovery of R. hildebrandti in Nyasaland effects a great extension

of its range, as it was originally described from Taita, E. Africa.

6. RHINOLOPHTS LANDERI, Mart. (?).

a. Ad.al. Zomba. 1/93.

This specimen differs from typical R. landeri, and equally from

Peters’s BR. lobatus’, probably synonymous with it, in the much

greater breadth of the horizontal portion of the nose-leaf, which

entirely covers the muzzle. As, however, a specimen quite agreeing

with the true 2. dandevi was obtained on the Shiré by Kirk and

Livingstone (specimen ¢ of Dobson’s Catalogue), I think it possible

that the difference above noted may be purely an individual one,

and not indicative of any local distinction. Further specimens

will, however, be necessary before this point can be properly

cleared up.

‘

. RHINOLOPHUS CAPENSIS, Licht.

a. Ad.al. ¢. Zomba. 1/93.

8. HipposIDERUS CAFFER, Sund.

a. Ad.al. 9. Zomba. 1/93.

9. VESPERUS MEGALURUS, Temm.

a. Ad.al. Zomba. 1/93.

10. VEsPERUGO NANUS, Pet.

a. Ad.al. Zomba. 1/93.

' Peters, ‘ Reise n. Mossamb.’ Saug. p. 41 (1852). All reference to this species

was accidentally omitted from Dobson’s Catalogue, but in his supplementary

report of 1880 (Rept. Brit. Assoc. 1880, p. 10) it is included among the Ethiopian

species closely allied to and scarcely separable from RR. ferrum-equinum, as is

also the true R.landeri. Whatever may be the ultimate fate of the other forms

here thrown together by Dobson, there can, I think, be little doubt as to the

essential identity of R. dobatus with R. landeri.

1894.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 139

11. PETRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Pet.

a, Ad. sk. ¢. Zomba. 1/6/93.

12. FELIS SERVAL.

a,b. Imm. sks. 6 2. Fort Johnston. 2/93.

13. Hymna crocura, Erxl.

a. Ad. $ skin and skull. Zomba. Sept. 15, 1893.

The following are the dimensions of the skull :—Basal length

233 mm.; extreme length 286 ; zygomatic breadth 179.

14, RHYNCHOGALE’ MELLERI, Gray.

Rhinogale melleri, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 575; Thomas, P. Z.S8.

1882, pl. iii.

a,b. Ad. sks. 6 2. Residency Garden, Zomba. 4/93.

ce Yg.al. Ditto.

‘‘ Wild fruits are always found inside the stomach of this

Mungoose.”—A. W.

The discovery of this fine Mungoose in Nyasaland is of consider-

able interest for two reasons. Firstly,its locality now becomes known

with certainty, whereas hitherto it has been only conjectured? to

occur on the Zambesi, a supposition that now proves to have been

well-founded. Secondly and chiefly, owing to the fact that the

original, and hitherto unique, specimen presented the remarkable

number of five premolars on each side above, further specimens

were urgently needed to show whether or not this was the normal

number inthe species. ‘The importance of this point is exceedingly

great, for no other known mammal has more than four premolars,

and the exception presented by Rhynchogale has puzzled myself

and other writers on the subject *. Believing as I do that four is

and always has been the maximum number of premolars normally

present, at least since middle Mesozoic times, it is something of a

relief to find that the one known exception to this rule now dis-

appears, as the perfect skull of specimen a* has simply the normal

number of four premolars, and we may consequently assume that

the type was abnormal in its possession of five.

The occasional abnormal development of five premolars is well

known in Carnivores, notably in dogs, and is, I believe, generally

due to the fission into two of one or other of the normal set of

four. I quite fail to see, as Mr. Bateson would have us do°®, that

such cases are any argument against a belief in the individual

homologies of teeth, and are not explainable by the simple process,

discovered and described by himself, of the fission of normal teeth.

1 Nom. nov. = Phinogale, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 575; nec Gloger, Handb.

Naturg. pp. xxix and 75 (1842).

2 Pp. Z. 8. 1882, p. 86.

3 Of. Phil. Trans. vol. 178, Biol. p. 456, 1887 (footnote).

4 Specimen 2 is so old that the teeth are all worn down or broken out, while

specimen ¢ is too young to show any teeth at all.

5 P. Z. 8, 1892, pp. 102 et seqg.

140 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 20,

In the instance before us, it is practically certain that the simple

and attractive explanation, often put forward in such cases, that a

milk premolar has been retained, instead of being shed in the

usual way, is not applicable. For although there is no marked

difference in size either between the most anterior premolar of the

type and that of specimen a, or between the third of the type and

the second of the same normal specimen, so that the tooth between

them in the type would seem unlikely to be the product of the

fission of either p! or p*, yet the mp* of other Herpestine is in

form entirely unlike the styliform extra tooth under discussion,

and mp' has as yet never been certainly shown to be present in

any Carnivore.

Mr. Whyte’s observation on the food of R. melleri is of great

interest, as its fruit-eating habits may perhaps account for the

peculiar structure and wear of the molars. In‘all the three

specimens before me the posterior molars appear to be more

worn than the anterior, as though an unusual amount of chewing

had fallen to their share; but it must be admitted that this appear-

ance may be deceptive, and that the explanation may be that m* is

naturally so much flatter than usual that it appears to be worn

flat almost at once.

The foetal or new-born specimen ¢, preserved in spirit, shows

not the slightest trace of a mesial naked line below the muzzle,

and therefore lends weight to Dr. Gray’s opinion as to the value

of this character in dividing the genera of Herpestine,

15. CrossarcHus Fascratus, Desi.

a. Ad. sk. 9. Zomba. 1/93.

6b. Yg. sk. Zomba. 1/93.

c. Ye. sk. Mpimbi, Upper Shiré.

16. Lurra MacuLiconutis, Licht.

a. Ad. sk. 2. Fort Johnston, Upper Shiré. 11/92.

This specimen belonged to the collection worked out in May

1893, but was accidentally omitted from my previous paper. The

species is arare one, and this exact record of its occurrence is

therefore of value.

17. ScruRUS PALLIATUS, Pet.

a,b. Ad. sks. ¢ 9. Milanji Plateau. 13 & 15/4/93.

18. Scrurts MUTABILIS, Pet.

a-i. Four adult and five young skins. Zomba. 12/92 and 1/93.

These midsummer specimens are of the greatest interest, as

illustrating a little further the series of seasonal changes occurring

in this remarkable species. The adult specimens are halfway

through a change of fur, two of them having fresh grizzled-grey

hairs on the anterior halves of their bodies and on their tails,

while their posterior halves are clothed with ragged rufous or

1894.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 141

almost straw-coloured fur; the other two are not quite so far

advanced. Laying them beside the skins previously received it

appears, although this must be for the present a merely tentative

explanation, that the grey fur characteristic of October skins

gradually bleaches under the influence of the summer sun, until

its black rings become first brown and then rufous, this change

being quite independent of the shedding and replacement of the

fur itself. At the same time there is a change in the paler rings

between white and yellow, but in which direction and at what

particular season the series before me does not conclusively show,

chiefly because, although marked with the month of capture, the

exact days have not been noted, so that there is often a little

uncertainty as to their exact succession. Coincidentally with this

bleaching of the dark rings the true change of fur occurs, the fur

first falling off on the head, then on the shoulders and tail, and

remaining on the rump until in January it is, as already noted,

nearly straw-coloured, with rufous subterminal and yellowish

terminal rings. The bleaching of the fur from black to rutous

during life may seem almost impossible, but that it really occurs is

shown by the darker rings of the tail-hairs, which in October are

all deep glossy black, but in November those near the bases of the

hairs, where they are not exposed to the sun, are still nearly or

quite black, while the terminal ones are brownish red.

The young specimens, all apparently of about the same age,

introduce a further element of complexity into the question, for

while four of them (Dec. and Jan.) are in a rufous stage, the fifth

(December) is grizzled grey, exactly like the grizzled grey parents

killed in October. I can make no suggestion for the elucidation

of the mystery, but I would suggest, to any one having the oppor-

tunity, the collection of a mother and her whole litter of young, the

skins to be marked with their exact date, and with the fact of

their belonging to one another.

I may venture to hope that further collections will contain more

specimens of this very remarkable species, so that I may later have

the pleasure of giving a complete account of its changes all the

year round.

The fourth collection, made from May to August 1893, contains,

unfortunately, no specimens of S. mutabilis.

19. Mus ponicuurus, Smuts.

a. Ad.al. 9. Zomba. 12/92.

6b. Imm. al. Zomba. 12/92.

The following are the measurements of the well-preserved adult

specimen :—Head and body 97 mm.; tail 155; hind foot, without

claws, 22; ear from notch 15°5.

Mamme 1 —2=6.

20. Mus mMoprstus, Wagn.

a. Ad.al. Zomba. 1/93.

oe 2 6

es ihe

142 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 20,

21. Isomys DorsALis, A. Sm.

a. Ad. sk. Zomba. 2/93.

22, CRICETOMYS GAMBIANUS, Waterh.

a. Ad. sk. g. Zomba.

6b. Ad. sk. Zomba. 27/4/93.

23. LEPUS WHYTEI, sp. n.

a. Ad.sk. g. Mpimbi, Upper Shiré. 4/93.

b. Ad. sk. 2. Palombi R., Shirwa Plain. 15/8/93. Type.

c. Ad.sk. 2. Zomba. 19/4/93.

Size and general colour above nearly as in LZ. capensis, but the

back is more uniformly grizzled and less mottled. Fur decidedly

harsher than in that species. Forehead with a white spot. Ears

comparatively short; their external band brown all along, with a

whitish margin; their extreme tips only black. Nape bright

rufous. Sides slightly more rufous than back, but not nearly so

much as in Z. capensis. Chin white. Chest rufous fawn, as

are also the upper surfaces of the hind feet. External surface of

fore limb, and line down hind leg, richer rufous. Tail rather

short, black, more or less mixed with rufous fawn above, white

below.

Skull with a short muzzle, very broad proximally, narrow inter-

orbital region, and narrow posterior narial fossa. Incisors broad,

their groove close to their inner edge.

Dimensions of the type, an adult skin, female :—

Head and body 468 mm.; tail without hairs (c.) 47; ear, from

notch, 88; hind foot, without claws, 95,

Skull: basal length 68; basilar length 65°5; greatest breadth

42:5; nasals, greatest length 37, greatest breadth 18; inter-

orbita] breadth 16-2; intertemporal breadth 12-7 ; diastema 21°5 ;

anterior palatine foramina, length 20-5, combined breadth at

surface 9°2; width (antero-posterior) of palatal bridge 8°6 ; least

breadth of posterior narial fossa 5.

This Hare, which I have much pleasure in naming after Mr.

Alexander Whyte, the able seconder of Mr. Johnston’s efforts to

investigate the fauna of Nyasa, is readily distinguishable from

L. capensis by its harsher fur, rufous nape, shorter ears, feet, and

tail, and somewhat different coloration. It is by no means

improbable that the specimens from Angola which have been

referred to “ LZ. ochropus, Wagn.,” really belong to L. whytei, but

this point can only be determined later. The typical L. ochropus

was described from the Cape itself, and, in agreement with Water-

house, I can see no possible reason why it should not be looked

upon as strictly synonymous with Z. capensis.

24. PROCAVIA JOHNSTONI, sp. n.

a. Ad. sk. Q. Fort Lister, 3500 ft. 20/7/93. Type.

b. Imm. sk. Fort Milanji. 27/7/93.

1894. ] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 143

c. Yg. sk. Milanji Plain, 4000 ft. 27/10/91. (P. capensis

of P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 553.)

‘¢ Found among the rocks at base of cliffs."—A. W.

Allied to P. capensis, and therefore belonging to Procavia in the

narrowest sense; no relationship to “ Heterohyrax” or ‘‘Dendro-

hyrax,”

Size large. Fur comparatively harsh, at least in the type, killed

in early summer. General colour of body brown grizzled with

white, the grizzling far coarser than in P. capensis. Underfur

smoky brown. Crown of head deep reddish brown, without white

erizzling, much as in some of the red-headed examples of P. abys-

sinica. Cheeks grizzled grey, blacker just beneath the eye. ars

of medium length, thinly clothed internally with whitish, externally

with black hairs. A prominent blotch behind and below the ears

deep black, this colour running in the type vertically down the

sides of the neck. Chiu black ; throat and chest grizzled grey ;

belly deep dirty yellow. In the younger specimens the throat and

chest are, like the belly, yellow. Arms and legs like back, but the

upper surfaces of the hands and feet are deep black.

Dorsal spot small, roughly oval, uniform black.

Skull equalling or even exceeding in size that of P. shoana, of

which only three skulls, all in Stage VIII., of those measured in

1892, have a greater basal length than the present typical specimen,

which is only in Stage VII. Diastema rather short, but longer than

in P. capensis both above and below. Interparietal sutures per-

sistent. Interparietal bone, as seen in specimen ec, Stage II., before

its form has been altered by the growth of the masseter, pentagonal,

its longest side the posterior one, which is directly transverse,

and nearly double the postero-lateral ones.

Teeth. Molars and premolars very large and heavy, exceeding

those of any other species ; no doubt, however, as in P. capensis,

they will prove to be variable in this respect. P? sub-quadrangular,

similar in shape to p’, far larger and stouter than in P. capensis.

M" of type no less than 85 mm. in breadth, thus exceeding by

0-4 mm. the largest molar (of P. shoana) measured in 1892; its

height too much reduced by wear to be worth measuring. Lower

p' better developed and apparently more persistent than in P.

capensis, its horizontal length in the type 3°3 mm.

Measurements of the type, in skin, Q :—

Head and body 560 mm.; [hind foot of specimen 6, 53].

Skull (Stage VII.): basa] length 90°5, greatest breadth 53 ;

nasals, length (median) 23, breadth posteriorly 22-5 ; interorbital

breadth 23, intertemporal breadth 26 [interparietal of specimen c,

length 8°5, breadth 9°5]; palate, length 50; diastema, above 11,

below 4; length of upper molar series 44, of lower molar series 45 ;

height of lower jaw 50.

This fine new Dassy’, which, as being the most striking new

1 See ‘On the Species of the Hyracoidea,” P. Z.S. 1892, pp. 50-76.

* This word, which is the common name given by the English Cape Colonists

to Procavia capensis, may be conveniently used for any member of the genus.

144 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 20,

Mammal discovered during Mr. Johnston’s exploration of the

Nyasa Fauna, I have named in his honour, is remarkable as being

the only member of the genus distinguished by any colour-markings

other than those of the dorsal spot. The prominent black ear-

mark is in fact quite unique in the group, while its reddish-brown

crown, although sometimes present in P. abyssinica, will readily

distinguish it from its nearest ally, P. capensis, in which the crown

is finely grizzled like the back. The unusual massiveness of the

grinding-teeth will also readily separate P. johnstoni from all other

forms.

The occurrence of this peculiar but clearly representative species

between the ranges of P. capensis and P. shoana tends to confirm

their distinctness from each other, on which I had thrown some

doubt when writing in 1892.

Since my monograph of the genus was prepared, two species

of Procavia have been described by Dr. Matschie*, but both

belong to the Dendrohyrax group, and have therefore nothing to

do with P. johnstoni.

25. PRocavia BRUCEI, Gray.

a, b. Ad. & imm. sks. 9. Mpimbi, Upper Shiré. 4/93.

ce Yg.sk. Fort Lister, 3500 ft. 25/7/93.

These specimens probably represent Hiwax mossambicus, Peters.

The youngest of them has already got its interparietal sutures

closed.

The basal lengths of the three skulls are :—

a. (Stage VIII.), 79 mm.; 4. (Stage V.), 71; ¢. (Stage IIT.), 63.

The ears of these examples are more prominently white than

is usual in P. brucei, and their bellies and feet are also particularly

white, characters in which they somewhat resemble the closely

allied, P. bocagei, and it is probable that when more specimens

of the latter are obtained the two forms will be found to grade

into one another.

In looking at the fine set of Dassies from Nyasa now sent,

three of P. johnstoni and three of P. brucei, all found more or less

together, one cannot fail to be struck by the peculiar method in

which evolution seems to have been going on in the group. Not

only do they afford a striking instance of the remark made pre-

viously? as to the constant occurrence together of one species of

the hypsodont and one species of the brachyodont group, the com-

petition between members of the two groups apparently not being

severe enough to prevent their living together, but also, the

practicability of their living together being once proved, they seem

then to have tried to become as different from each other in their

superficial characteristics as possible. Thus, while the hyposodont

P. johnstoni is distinguished from its allies of the same group by

its dark head, black ear-markings, dirty yellow belly, and black

1 §.-B. nat. Fr. Berl. 1892, p. 110, and 1898, p. 112.

2 PZ. S. 1892, p. 57.

1894.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 145

digits, P. brucei in Nyasa 1s distinguished from P. bruce: elsewhere,

as just mentioned, by its white ears, pure white belly, and white

digits, each species when meeting its congener having, as it were,

emphasized its own distinguishing characters in order to be unlike

the other. For P. brucei, wherever found, is already characterized

by its pale colour generally, whitish head, and white or pale

yellow dorsal spots, while P. capensis, of which P. johnstonit may be

looked upon as a modification, has a generally dark colour and a

black dorsal spot.

Thus there seems to be between the two a sort of mutual

“repulsion” in their characters, the exact converse of the better

known “mimicry.” Its object would very probably be that of

furnishing the individuals of each species with “ recognition

marks ” by which to know comrades from rivals.

26. RHINOCEROS BICORNIS, L.

a. Horns. Shiré Highlands.

27. PHACOCH®RUS THIOPICUS, Pall.

a,b. Ad. skulls. ¢ 9. Shiré Highlands.

28. BUBALIS LICHTENSTEINI, Pet.

a. Ad. sk. and skull. Shiré Highlands.

6. Skull. Shiré Highlands.

29. Onnas canna, H. Sm.

a,b. 2ad. sks. 2. Shiré Highlands.

30, STREPSICEROS KUDU, Gray,

a. Ad. skull. ¢. Shiré Highlands.

31. TRAGELAPHUS scriptus, Pall.

a. Ad. skull. Shiré Highlands.

32. KOBUS ELLIPSIPRYMNUS, Og.

a, 6, 2 frontlets and horns. Shiré Highlands,

33. JEPYCEROS MELAMPUS, Licht.

a, b. 2 skulls. Shiré Highlands.

34. ORHOTRAGUS SALTATOR, Bodd.

a. Ad. sk. ¢. Fort Lister, Milanji, 3600 ft. 17/7/93.

‘Found in pairs at the base of the high cliffs among rocks, and

also on the higher ridges. Also on Mt. Zomba.”—A. W.

35. MANIS TEMMINCKI, Smuts.

a. Ad. sk. Zomba.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. X. 10

146 DR. 0, F, VON MOELLENDORFF ON [Feb. 20,

P.S., March 17th, 1894.—Specimens representing the following

species have arrived since the above was written, and may con-

veniently be added to the list here :—

36. RuyNCHOCYON CIRNEI, Pet.

a. Ad.sk. g. Zomba. 1/11/93.

37. CANIS MESOMELAS, Schr.

a. Ad. sk. ¢. Palombi R., Shirwa Plain. 11/10/98.

38. NANOTRAGUS SCOPARIUS (Schr.).

a,b. Ad. sks. Shirwa Plain. 10/93.

39, CERVICAPRA ARUNDINUM (Bodd.).

a. Ad.sk. ¢. Palombi R. 6/10/93.

2. On a Collection of Land-Shells from the Samui Islands,

Gulf of Siam. By O. F. von Moetxienporrr, Ph.D."

[Received December 4, 1893. ]

(Plate 1 VI.)

Mr. C. Roebelen, a well-known collector of orchids, to whom I

am indebted for a great number of interesting shells from various

parts of Eastern Asia, visited, in 1888 and 1892, the small group

of islands south of Bangkok, named by the Siamese Ko-Samuti,

and situated near the coast of the Malay Peninsula at its narrowest

part. The group, from which, so far as I know, no Land-Shells

were hitherto known, consists of several small islands, the largest

of which is called Samui. The rock seems to be calcareous

throughout: at least one small island, called Kwangtong, is,

according to Mr. Roebelen, one mass of apparently madreporic

limestone.

As might have been expected from their geographical position,

the fauna of the Samui group is essentially Malaccan, several

species being common to the adjoining mainland, and most of the

forms peculiar to the group having their nearest relatives amongst

the species of Siam, Tenasserim, and Perak.

Fam. STREPTAXID®.

1. STREPTAXIS SIAMENSIS, Pfr.

Streptaxis siamensis, Pfr. Mon. Hel. v. p. 449; Tryon, Man.

Pulm. i. p. 79, t. xv. fig. 73.

Subsp. nov. DEPRESSA.—Differt a typo spira magis depressa,

anfractu ultimo magis distorto, penultimo subtus glabrato, dente

? Communicated by Mr. G. B. Sowersy, F.Z.S.

GB.Sowerby del. eb lith Hanhart imp.

LAND SHELLS FROM THE SAMULISLANDS .

1894. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM THE SAMUI ISLANDS. 147

columellari subobsoleto, nodiformi, dentibus in margine externo

approximatis subcequalibus.

Diam. 10°5, alt. 7 millim.

By the flatter spire and the stronger distortion of the last whorl

to the right this form appears at first sight to be very different ;

and as there are some differences in the dentition as well, I feel

almost inclined to separate it specifically. Having only one speci-

men of the variety and but two of the type, I leave this question

for further study.

2. STREPTAXIS MIRIFICUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 1, 2.)

T. umbilicata, depressa, subtilissime striatula, nitens, pellucida,

hyalina, Anfractus 53, planulati, swperi spiram reqularem

perplanam apice fere immerso efficientes ; penultimus ad perr-

pheriam acute carinatus; ultimus maxime distortus, valde

excentricus, basi peculiariter impressus, ad aperturam valde

compressus, subtus subacute cristatus, sat deflewus. Apertura

maxime obliqua, peranqusia, ivrequlariter cordiformis; peristoma

sat expansum, albo-labiatum. Lamella parietalis peralta, valida,

longe intrans, superne bicruris, utringue in callum parietalem

desinens.

Dian. 9, alt. 4 millim.

A fine new species of the group of S. ewacutus, Gld., and S. han-

leyanus, Stol., both from Moulmein, distinguished by the entirely

plane spire with almost immersed centre, the bifid parietal lamella,

the compressed cordiform aperture, &c.

3. STREPTAXIS ROEBELENI, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 3, 4.)

T. aperte umbilicata, depressa, subtiliter arcuatimn costulata, tenuis,

pellucida, hyalina. Anfr. 6, conveaiuscult, sat lente accrescentes,

supert spiram subregularem depresso-conoideam efficientes ; pen-

ultimus vie, ultimus paullum distortus, basi subinflatus, glabra-

tus, pone aperturam coarctatus. Apertura diagonalis, truncato-

elliptica ; peristoma sat expansum refleciusculum, albo-labiatum,

margine externo profunde sinuato, ad insertionem subito attenuato,

recedente. Lamella parietalis valida triangulariter elevata,

dentibus 3 lamelliformibus in margine externo et basali et nodulo

in columella oppositis. ‘

Diam. maj. 8°5, min. 7, alt. 5°25 millim.

Forma major: diam. maj. 10, min. 8, alt. 5-5 maillim.

Forma minor: 4 (5 eens ewe me? 1705 Roe

I find no recorded form of Streptaxis with which this interesting

species could be united. According to the rather meagre descrip-

tion, S. elisa, Gld. (Proc. Bost. Soc. vi. 1856, p. 12; Pfr. Mon. Hel.

v. p. 448), of the Mergui Archipelago, must be somewhat similar,

but is larger, has one whorl more, the whorls are angulate or

carinate, and there are two parietal lamellae. Both species are by

their depressed and almost regular form, with very little distortion,

rather isolated among the Asiatic Streptaves ; in the somewhat

10*

148 DR. 0. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [Feb. 20,

artificial division of the genus as given by Pfeiffer they might be

classed in Discartemon.

4, Srrepraxis (OopHaANA) BULBULUS, Morelet.

Streptaxis (Oophana) bulbulus, Tryon, Man. Pulm. i. p. 80, t. 15.

figs. 41-43.

Described from Pulo Condor. The single specimen from the

Samui group is rather more ventricose, the dimensions being 15:

11:5 millim. instead of 16°5: 11 in the type.

5, SrrEPTAXIS (OOPHANA) STRANGULATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.

fig. 5.)

T. aperte umbilicata, ovata, sat tenuis, subtiliter arcuatim costulata,

sericina, hyalina; spira subregulariter ventroso-conica, apice

obtuso, glabrato. Anfr. 6, sat convear ; ultimus paullum devians,

circa umbilicum compressus, obtuse carinatus, pone aperturam

subito coarctatus. Apertura parum obliqua, truncato-ovalis ;

peristoma late expansum, tenue, tus callosum, ad insertionem

marginis externi attenuatum. Lamella parietalis valida, sat

elevata ; costa led uno im parte superiore collumelle, 2 in

margine basali, 2 in margine externo oppositis.

Alt, 10:5, diam. 7:5 millim.

Although certainly belonging to the group of the last species,

this peculiar form differs at once in the almost regular, hardly

deviating last whorl and the peculiar coarctation behind the mouth,

which ealls to mind the similar formation in certain species of

Alyceus (Dioryx). The whorls also are more convex, the shell

is thinner, the peristome broader, and there are 5 teeth instead

of 3.

Mr. Ancey is quite right in considering his group Oophana, of

which S. bulbulus is the type, to be a connecting-link between

Streptavis and Ennea. In fact S. strangulatus would at first sight

rather be considered as an Ennea by many, on account of its

regular shape. That this is, however, a Streptavis and not an Ennea

may be interred from young specimens, which show no teeth,

whilst all the young Ennee are dentate.

. Fam. NANINID2#.

6. MACROCHLAMYS LIMBATA, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 6, 7.)

T. perforata, discoideo-depressa, solidula, subtiliter striatula, lineis

spiralibus nullis, pellucida, nitens, pallide corneo—flavescens,

subrequlariter corneo-strigata. Anfr. 6, converiusculi, lente ac-

crescentens, sutura profunda marginata discreti ; ultimus non

descendens, basi convextor, circa umbilicum excavatus. Apertura

fere verticalis, late elliptica, valde excisu ; peristoma extus

rectum, acutum, margine columellari leviter reflevo, intus callo

latiusculo, sat eR asso limbatum.

Diam. maj. 19-22°5, min. 16°5-20, alt. 10°25-13°5 millim.

189+4.] LAND-SHELLS FROM THE SAMUL ISLANDS. 149

With all proper hesitation at introducing a new species of this

genus, the very numerous species of which certainly require some

weeding out, I cannot combine this form with any published

Macrochlamys. Its nearest ally seems to be VW. resplendens, Phil.,

var. obesior, Mart. (Ostas. Landschn. p. 72, t. xii. fig. 6), of

Siam, which has a slight callosity behind the peristome ; it is,

however, only visible in very adult specimens and but a thin

layer, whilst all my specimens of M. limbata show a distinct

inner lip, which is repeated several times in the interior of the

last whorl. Besides, the Samui form has a wider umbilicus, more

convex whorls, equal colouring above and below, and a somewhat

darker radial stripe.

7. SITALA INSULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. fig. 8.)

LT. semiobtecte et angustissime perforata, conico-turrita, subtiliter

striatula, lineis spiralibus valde confertis decussata, nitens,

corneo-hyalina, Anfr. 8, planulati; ultimus ad peripheriam

acute carinatus, non descendens. Apertura parum obliqua,

rotundato-securifornus ; peristoma rectum, acutum, margunre

columellart superne reflexo.

Dian. 3°75, alt. 4°75 anillim.

By the great number of whorls, the regular conical shape, and the

very narrow spiral sculpture this species is distinguished from all

forms of Stitala known to me.

8. KALIELLA SUBSCULPTA, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. fig. 9.)

T. anyuste perforata, globoso-conica, tenuis, subtiliter et valde con-

fertim costulato-striata, corneo-fusca ; spira conoidea, lateribus

convexis. Anfr. 6, convert; ultimus non descendens, basi gla-

bratus, ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus. Apertura obliqua,

late lunaris; peristoma rectum, acutum, margine columellari

superne triangulariter reflexo.

Diam, 2°9, alt. 2:7 millim.

The only Kaliella described from the Malay Peninsula is K. pe-

rakensis, G.-Aust., which shows a similar outline, but is more

distinctly carinate and only striated; it also has much less convex

whorls. The sculpture of our species is similar to that of

K. sculpta, Mdff., of Macao, which has otherwise a much lower

spire and flatter whorls.

9. HeMIGLyPra SIAMENSIS (Pfr.).

Known from Siam and Tenasserim. The spire of the Samui

form is generally more elevated.

10. ARIOPHANTA WEINKAUFFIANA INFLATA, subsp. nov.

This variety differs from the Cochin-China type in the less

distinct angulation of the periphery and the more convex, almost

inflated base of the last whorl.

150 DR. O, F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [ Feb. 20,

Fam. Hericip”.

11. Cutoriris PLATYTROPIS, sp.nov. (Plate XVI. fig. 10.)

T. sat aperte umbilicata, convexo-depressa, tenuis, transverse stria-

tula, punctis impressis im seriebus reqularibus dispositis sculpta,

pilis brevissimis valde deciduis obsita, opaca, pallide corneo-

brunnea; spira parum elevata, apice plano. Anfr. 44, fere

plant, sutura impressa disyuncti ; ultimus ad peripheriam carina

bene ewserta, obtusa, lata cinctus, basi convexus, medio gibbus,

circa umbilicum infundibuliformem pervium ecompressus, sub-

eristatus, ad aperturam breviter deflecus. Apertura fere dia-

gonalis, irrequlariter cordiformis ; peristoma sat expansum, roseo-

labiatum, basi reflexiusculum, marginibus valde conniventibus,

callo tenui junctis, columellari eum basali angulum obtusum

formante.

Diam. maj. 20, alt. 11°5 millim.

Hab. prope vicum Chaya, in littore peninsule malaccanz insulis

Samui opposito.

Subsp. nov. samurana.—Minor, tenwior, spira paullo magis

convexd, peristomate minus expanso, viv labiato.

Diam. 16°5, alt. 9 millim.

Hab. in insulis Samui.

This fine form belongs to the group of keeled Chlorites, for which

de Morgan has created the unnecessary subgenus Phalidora (cf.

P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 336), and is closely allied to C. gabata, Gid.,

of Mergui and Tenasserim. The type was found by Mr. Roebelen

near Chaya, a village on the Malay Peninsula just opposite the

Samui group within Siamese territory, the smaller variety on our

islands.

12. PUPISOMA ORCELLA, Stol.

Pupisoma orcella, Stol. J. A. S, B. xh. 1873, p. 33, t. i.

fig. 2.

The Samui examples differ from the Penang type merely in

their somewhat darker colour and slightly more elevated spire.

That Pupisoma has nothing to do with Pupa, but belongs to the

parentage of Acanthinula and Zoogenetes (H. harpa, Say), I have

tried to prove elsewhere (Jahresber. Senckenb. nat. Ges. 1890,

p. 223).

Fam. BuLimip2£.

13. AMPHIDROMUS MONILIFERUS, Gd.

Only one dead /specimen was found, which seems to agree with

the above-named species described from Tavoy.

Near Chaya Mr. Roebelen collected a fine variety of A. anna-

miticus, Cr. et Fisch., with rose-coloured apex which I name var.

roseotincta.

1894.] LAND-SHELLS FROM THY SAMUI ISLANDS. 151

Fam. STENOGYRID &.

14, OPEAS GRACILE, Hutt.

15. OPHAS FILIFORME, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. fig. 11.)

T. rimata, gracillime turrita, tenuis, subtiliter et maxime confertim

striatula, nitens, pellucida, albida ; spira sensim attenuata, apice

obtusulo. Anfr. 74, convexiusculr, lente accrescentes, sutura sat

impressa discreti. Apertura modice obliqua, anguste acuminato-

ovalis ; peristoma rectum, acutum, margine columellarr ncrassa-

tulo reflexo.

Alt. 5°5, diam. 1:5 millim.

I do not know any similar small and slender species of Opeas ;

the comparatively great number of whorls show that it is adult.

Fam. PupPrps.

16, Vertico (StauRODON) MORELETI, Brown.

Subsp. nov. SAMUIANA.

Differs from the Borneo and the Philippine-Island type (v.

Jahresb. Senckenb. nat. Ges. 1890, p. 252) in the slightly more

contracted shell and in the somewhat deeper groove behind the

outer peristome.

17. HYPsELOSTOMA TRANSITANS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 12,

13.)

7. umbiheata, turbinata, oblique striatula, fusca. Anfr. 4, convexr,

spiram conicam apice papillari formantes ; uliemus paullum

distortus, antice non ascendens, breviter solutus et porrectus, ad

peripheriam crista sat prominente, altera minore ad suturam

cinctus, bast subgibber, cerca vmbilicum compressus. Apertura

parum obliqua, rotundato-tetragona; peristoma continuum, tenue,

expansum, haud reflecum. Lamella parietalis validiuscula, antice

bifida, dentibus 2 in margine externo, 1 in bast et 1 in colu-

mella opposites.

Dian. 2°75, alt. 2°66 millim.

This peculiar shell presents an especial interest inasmuch as it

forms a decided transition from Hypselostoma to the Indian and

Chinese Boysidia, Ancey, of which Pupa hunanensis, Gredl., is the

type. As | have mentioned in the description of Hypselostoma

hungerfordianum (P. Z.8. 1891, p. 3388), the genus appears to be

but an extreme development of the Boysidia type. Boysidia

strophostoma, Mdff., of South China, shows already a slight distor-

tion and detachment of the last whorl, which in the Samui species

is much less developed than in the other forms of the genus.

There can be no doubt, however, that it belongs to Hypselostoma,

with which it has the peculiar quadrangular shape of the last

whorl and the dentition of the aperture in common. JZ, ervssei,

Mor., of Tongkin seems to connect it with the other Malayan

species.

152 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [Feb. 20,

18. HypsrLostoMA STRIOLATUM, sp. nov.

Owing to the bad state of preseryation of the two specimens

of this form, quite distinct from the preceding one, J cannot give

a complete description of it. Its last whorl is much more detached

than in H. transitans and distinctly bent upwards, and shows very

distinct though minute spiral lines. The diameter is only 2°5 millim.

It belongs to the group of H. bensonianum and H. hungerfordianum.

Fam. ASICULID®.

19. TRUNCATELLA VALIDA, Pfr.

20. TRUNCATELLA SEMICOSTATA, Mouss.

Fam. CYcLOPHORID#.

21, OpISTHOPORUS sErosuS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 14, 15.)

T. latissime umbilicata, discoidea, tenuis, transverse confertim

costulato-striata, setis brevibus densis deciduis hirsuta, olivaceo-

cornea ; spira vie prominula, apice submucronato. Anfr. 43,

teretes, sutura profunda disjuncti ; ultimus paullum descendens,

pone aperturam tubulum suturalem brevem ad anfractum pen-

ultimum recurvatum gerens, tum subsolutus. Apertura sat

obliqua, subcircularis; peristoma duplex, internum tenue, breviter

porrectum, eaternum expansum, campanulatum, superne ad

ensertionem breviter auriculatum., Operculum eatus fere planum,

lamina calcarea anfr. 8 transverse costulo-striatis, sulco sat

profundo ab interna tenui cornea separata.

Diam. maj. 14, min, 10°5, alt. 5°5 millim.

Forma conoidea: minor, arctius umbilicata, spira magis elevata,

anfractus ultimus magis descendens, longius solutus.

Diam. 11°5, alt. 7 millim.

In size and general outline this species agrees somewhat with

O. corniculum of Java, but the spire is still flatter, the position of

the sutural tube is different, and the hirsuteness distinguishes it

from the Javan and from all other known Opisthopori.

22. Rutostoma Houser, Haines.

Three specimens of a fine large Rhiostoma agree very well with

the diagnosis of this Siamese species, of which I cannot compare

either examples or figures. The largest specimen measures 28

millim.in diameter and is 16°5 high, the operculum is 8°5 millim.

wide, 3 high.

23. RHIOSTOMA ASIPHON, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 16, 17.)

T’. late et perspective umbilicata, convexo-depressa, solida, transverse

plicato-striatula, cinerascenti-brunnea, interdum indistincte mar-

morata et teniata ; spira parum elevata, apice subacuto. Anfr.

5, perconvexi ; ultimus antice solutus et deflewus, in parte soluta

superne albo-carinatus. Apertura obliqua, circularis ; peristoma

valde incrassatum, multiplicatum, superne intus leviter incisum,

evlus in alam recedentem haud tubulum formantem productun.

1894. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM THE SAMUI ISLANDS. 153

Operculum cyathiforme, subtestaceum, intus profundissime cylin-

drico-excavatum, lave, nitens, eatus breviter cylindricum, tum

semiglobosum, apice subplano, anfr. 12 marginibus lamellatim

elevatis, in interstitrs oblique striate.

Diam. maj. 24:5, min. 18, alt. 13:5; operculi diam. 6, alt. 4

millim.

This very interesting form differs from all known species of

Rhiostoma in the want of a sutural tube, whilst the operculum is

quite typical. This is another proof that the formation of a tube,

which is but an extreme development of the ‘“‘ wing” at the peri-

stome of Hucyclotus and Pterocyclus, is of less systematic value than

is generally supposed. The classification of operculate shells will

have ultimately to rely upon the structure of the operculum chiefly,

if not exclusively.

24, CYCLOPHORUS MALAYANUS, Bens.

Whilst Prof. von Martens is quite right in combining the so-

called C. malayanus of the ‘ Conchologia Indica’ and of Reeve with

the very variable C. aurantiacus, Schum. (Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool.

xxi. 1887, p. 159), I believe with him that the true C. malayanus,

Bens., of Pulo Penang is a distinct species. A fine large Cyelo-

phorus of the Samui group I consider to belong to it, although I

cannot compare typical specimens. My largest example measures

48 by 39 millim.

25. CYCLOPHORUS DIPLOCHILUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. fig. 24.)

T. pro genere anguste umbilicata, subdepresse turbinata, solida,

transverse leviter striatula, liners spiralibus ruqulosis decussata,

pallide corneo-fusca, tenis interruptis castaneis, interdum

strigis castaneis flammulatis picta. Anfr. 43, perconveai, ad

suturam subplanati ; ultimus antice vie descendens. Apertura

sat obliqua, circularis ; peristoma duplex, externum album, late

expansum, revolutum, marginibus callo junctis, columellari dila-

tato ; internum aureum aut aurantiacum,valde nitens, continuum,

lute expansum, margine dextro valde dilatato, crassum, quasi

multiplicatum, sulco ab externo separatum. Operculum normale.

Diam. maj. 38, min. 28, alt. 31 ; diam. apert. c. perist. 24, intus

14 millam.

Forma minor: diam. maj. 30, min, 22°5, alt. 25; diam. apert. 18,

intus 11 millim.

At first I believed this fine shell to be C. eucullatus, Gld., of

Mergui, of which no figure has been published, and which v. Mar-

tens in his able paper on the Mergui Archipelago does not

mention. According to the diagnosis of Gould’s species as given

by Pfeiffer (Mon, Pneum. suppl. i. p. 44), however, there appear

to exist sufficient differences to justify the separation of the two

forms specifically. C. cucullatus is considerably smaller, white,

the last whorl subangulate, the columellar margin not dilatate, the

outer peristome is only called “reflexiusculum,” whilst in my

species it is strongly recurved, &c. Otherwise the formation of

’..

154 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDOREF ON [Feb. 20,

the peristome, the inner yellow or orange lip contrasting with the

white outer one, the widening of the peristome to the right, &c.,

must be analogous according to Pfeiffer’s description.

26. LAGOCHEILUS LIRATULUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 25, 26.)

T. anguste umbilicata, turbinata, sat tenuis, nitidula, transverse

subtiliter striatula, lineis spiralibus elevatis sat confertis usque

ad umbilicum cincta, corneo-flava, obsolete strigata, Anfr. 54,

convert; ultvmus antice paullum descendens. Apertura sat

obliqua, fere circularis ; peristoma subduplea, tenue, breviter ea-

pansum, haud reflecum, ad insertionem breviter excisum.

Diam. maj. 5, min, 4°25, alt. 5 mallim.

Differs from Z. townsendianus, Crosse, of Perak, in the smaller

size, the higher and more pointed spire, the more convex whorls,

the narrower umbilicus, the want of angulation in the last whorl,

and the equally distant, uniform spiral lines.

Fam. DIrPLoMMATINID2#.

27. ALYCEHUS ROEBELENI, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 20, 21.)

T. modice umbilicata, subdepresse turbinata, tenuis, pellucida,

costulo-striata, lineis spiralibus microscopicis decussata, lete

flava; spira modice elevata, lateribus subconcavis, apice obtusulo

glabrato. Anfractus 5, perconvext, ad suturam profunde im-

pressam subplanati; ultimus postice spiram altitudine multo

superans, valde inflatus, gibber, 4 millim. pone aperturam valde

constrictus, tum denuo dilatatus, ad aperturam sat deflexus.

Apertura diagonalis, subcircularis ; peristoma continuum, vie

duplicatum, sat expansum, haud refleeum, flavo-labiatum.

Gperculum corneum, valde concavum, anfr.6. Tubulus suturalis

brevis, appressus.

Diam. maj. 9°5, alt. 7 millim.

Var. minor: spira paullo magis elevata. Diam. 8:5, alt. 7

millim.

Although nearly related to A. perakensis, Crosse, this form must,

I think, be separated specifically. 1t is larger, much less elevated,

more widely umbilicated, the last whorl comparatively higher,

about four-sevenths of the total altitude, and much more tumid, more

deflected at the end, and therefore the plane of the aperture much

more oblique, the constriction deeper, the peristome hardly double,

not so thick, and yellow instead of white. Besides there is half

a whorl less, as I count distinctly 53 in A. perakensis. Unless

transitory forms exist in the, as yet, little-explored Malay Peninsula,

I think these differences sufficient to consider the Samui race a

distinct species.

28. ALYCEUS CANALICULATUS, sp.nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 22, 23.)

T. sat aperte umbilicata, depressa, solidula, confertim costulata,

pallide cornea ; spira parum elevata, conveao-cono.dea. Anfr.

33, convert ; ultimus a medio inflatulus, subgibler, pone apertu-

1894. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM ''HE SAMUI ISLANDS. 155

ram valde constrictus, tum campanulatus, sublevigatus, in media

parte levigata obtuse cristatus. Apertura diagonalis, subcircu-

laris ; peristoma duplex, externum sat expunsum, imternum

continuum, valde porrectum incrassatuluin, superne et basi

effusum et subcanaliculatum.

Diam. maj. 2°25, min. 1°75, alt. 1-2 millim.

Evidently a near ally of the small Perak species, such as A. micro-

discus, m., but at once distinguished by the peculiar grooves near

the upper insertion and at the base of the peristome.

29. DIPLOMMATINA (SINICA) SAMUIANA, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.

figs. 18, 19.)

T. dextrorsa, elongate ovato-conica, confertim costulata, pallide

cornea. Anfr. 7, modice conveai, supert 5 spiram subrequlariter

conicam efficientes ; penultimus magnus ; ultimus angustior, paul-

lum distortus, initio constrictus, antice ascendens. Apertura

verticalis, subcircularis ; peristoma duplew, externum modice

expansum, superne imterruptum, internum incrassatulum, sat

porrectum, bast columella angulum distiactum formans.

Lamella columellaris humilis, palatalis longiuscula, subhorizon-

talis, supra columellam conspicua.

Alt. 2°5, diam. 1°33 millim.

Fam. PUPINID#.

30. Puprina ARTATA, Bens.

31. PUPINA PALLENS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI. figs. 27, 28.)

T. conoideo-ovata, levis, nitens, pallide corneo-brunnea, Anfr. 6,

conveaiusculi ; ultumus sat distortus, supra aperturam applanatus,

antice breviter ascendens. Apertura paullum retrorsum incli-

nata, circularis ; peristoma expansiusculum, haud reflexum,

margo externus ad imsertionem attenuatus, recedens cum lamella

parvetali triangulari validacanalem superum formans, basalis

et columellaris incrassati et dilatati. Canalis inferus angustus,

horizontalis, postice in foramen subcirculare desinens.

Alt. 8, diam. 5°5 millim.

This somewhat difficult form agrees in size with P. arula, Bens.,

of Perak and Tenasserim, but differs in the more obtuse spire, the

more distorted last whorl, and consequently the aperture placed

more to the right and protracted at the base, the thinner outer

peristome, the broader columella, the broad triangular parietal

lamella, and the narrower lower incision.

Fam. Hyprocznip &.

32. GEORISSA MONTEROSATIANA, Nev. et G.-A.

Subsp. nov. saMuUIANA.—Mimor, anfr. magis convevis. Alt,

2°5, diam. 1°5 millim.

A slight modification of the Perak type.

. ‘ws

156 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA [Feb. 20,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Figs. 1, Streptaxis mirificus, p. 147.

roebeleni, p. 147.

( Oophana) strangulatus, p. 148.

. Macrochlamys limbata, p. 148.

. Sitala insularis, p. 149.

. Kaliella subsculpta, p. 149.

10. Chloritis platytropis, p. 150,

1l. Opeas filiforme, p. 151.

. Hypselostoma transitans, p. 151.

5. Opisthoporus setosus, p. 152.

7. Rhiostoma asiphon, p. 152.

. Diplommatina samuiana, p. 155.

. Alyceus roebeleni, p. 154.

. —— canaliculatus, p. 154.

24. Cyclophorus diplochilus, p. 153.

. Lagocheilus liratulus, p. 154.

. Pupina pallens, p. 155.

3. A List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the Families

Anthocoride and Ceratocombide collected by Mr. H. H.

Smith in the Island of St. Vincent ; with Descriptions of

New Genera and Species. By P. R. Un er.’

[Received January 22, 1894.]

A. List of Species of which specimens were obtained.

ANTHOCORIDA. ] CERATOCOMBIDZ.

Lasiochilus pallidulus, Reuter.

yariabilis, Uh/er.

—— pictus, sp. nov.

fraternus, Uhler.

Piezostethus sordidus, Feuter.

Triphleps perpunctatus, Reuter.

Brachysteles pallidus, Feuter.

Cardiastethus elegans, Uhler.

consimilis, Uh/er.

Ceratocombus brasiliensis, euter.

minutus, Uh/er.

Cryptostemma fasciata, Uh/er.

Schizoptera flavipes, Reuter.

scutellata, sp. nov.

capitata, sp. nov.

Ommatides (gen. noy.) insignis, sp.

nov.

Oncerodes (gen. nov.) robusta, sp.

nov.

} Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the West

Tudia Islands Committee.

[In the list of St. Vincent Hemiptera recently communicated to the Society

(see P. Z.S. 1893, p. 705) it was mentioned that Prof. Uhler had been obliged to

leave the Anthocoridz and Ceratocombidz undetermined, the material sent to him

being inadequate for the study of such difficult insects. Since then Prof. Uhler

has received from the Committee additional material—cbiefly from the neigh-

bouring island of Grenada—which has enabled him to complete his enumeration

of the two groups of Heteroptera in question, and I now communicate to the

Society the results of this part of hiswork. We hopethat thelist of Hemiptera-

wh ka of Grenada will shortly be in the possession of the Committee.—

D. S.

1894.] OF ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES, 157

B. Descriptions of New Genera and Species.

Fam. ANTHOCORID &.

Genus LASIOcHILUS.

LASIOCHILUS PICTUS, sp. Nov.

In form similar to Z. nebulosus, Uhler, but somewhat narrower,

with the head a little more tapermg. Above pale rufo-flavous and

testaceous, beneath pale rufo-piceous. Head moderately short, rufo-

testaceous, minutely rugulose in front, with a triangular impressed

line between the eyes, near which the surface is slightly granulated ;

the neck is a little swollen, highly polished, slightly wider than the

space between the eyes, bounded in front by an impressed line

with some punctures ; the front narrower and longer than the neck,

with the sutures bounding the tylus deeply defined ; antennze mode-

rately slender, not setaceous, testaceous, a little dusky, the second

joint much the longest, a little thicker towards the tip, the third

joint much more slender, a little shorter than the fourth, which

is a little thicker than it ; rostrum pale fuscous, slender, reaching

as far as the middie cox. Pronotum trapezoidal, wider than long,

with the lateral oblique margin pale testaceous, reflexed, with the

anterior angle a little rounded ; surface rufo-testacous, polished, re-

motely pubescent, the callosity of the anterior lobe long, convexly

prominent; collum scarcely projecting beyond the side of the head,

narrow, but distinct; the posterior lobe large, punctate, the punctures

continuing forward on the sides, the posterior margin hardly sinu-

ated, with the humeral angles callous, pale, and acute. Scutellum

pale reddish brown, depressed and punctate behind the middle.

Hemelytra pale testaceous, minutely pubescent, closely punctate

except upon the posterior part of the corium; the cuneal portion

smoke-brown, but darker exteriorly, and dull testaceous on the

costal border ; posterior margin of the corium also brown; mem-

brane soiled whitish. Legs dusky testaceous. Venter clouded

with dusky brown, a little paler exteriorly, the posterior margins

of the segments fringed with yellowish hairs, and most of the

ventral surface spread with fine yellowish pubescence.

Length to tip of abdomen 2 millim.; width of base of pronotum

2 millim.

One or two specimens were found on the leeward side of

St. Vincent, and others were taken in the island of Grenada.

Fam. CERATOCOMBID 2S.

Genus Scurzoprera, Fieber.

SCHIZOPTERA SCUTELLATA, Sp. Nov.

In form similar to S. rutteri, Reuter, but with the membrane

more tapering posteriorly. Subconic-ovate, black, opaque, minutely

pubescent, with a broad orange band covering the clavus, except

153 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA [ Feb. 20,

directly at base, the costa, and base of the two medial veins of the

corium ; the legs and antenne yellow. Head broad, convex, narrower

than the front of the pronotum, but with the eyes prominent and

extending beyond the pronotum; antenne reaching to the tip of

corium, the basal joints thick, the second one longer than the first,

and the remaining ones thread-like, set with fine hairs. Pronotum

convexly arched, a little wrinkled anteriorly, steeply sloping for-

wards, minutely and closely scabrous, with the posterior margin a

little decurved, and the humeri moderately prominent ; the scutellum

small, dull black. Clavus raised like a tabula; the veins of the

corium coarse and prominent; the membrane long, dull black, with

the medial longitudinal veins long, parallel, and continued to the

tip.

Tioagth to tip of membrane 13 millim.; width of pronotum

? millim.

Only one specimen was secured on the island, and as it is not

labelled, nothing can be stated concerning its habitat.

SCHIZOPTERA CAPITATA, Sp. nov.

This form, omitting the head, is nearly like S. flavipes, Reuter.

The head departs remarkably from all the related species in being

long, conical, and acutely tapering at tip ; the body, head, pronotum,

legs, and scutellum are pale fulvous, with the coriaceous part of the

hemelytra velvety black, and the membrane and apex of the corium

whitish yellow. Eyes small, lateral, subglobose, blackish ; antennz

pale yellowish, reaching beyond the tip of the corium, the basal

joint shorter than the second, the second a little thickened at tip,

with the remaining joints very slender, dusky, and minutely fringed ;

rostrum projecting from behind the middle of the gula, pale

testaceous, reaching to the middle coxe, and a little piceous at

tip. Pronotum transverse, trapezoidal, flat above, steeply sloping,

with the lateral margins obliquely tapering and the margin a little

reflexed; the anterior margin, as wide as the space between the eyes,

abutting against a collum which stands between the eyes; the

posterior margin almost straight, with the humeri subacute. Scutel-

lum crescentiform, elevated at base, contracted beyond the base and

acutely tapering to the tip. Corium somewhat greyish pubescent,

the veins distinct, the cubital one leaving a wide areole in the

interval out to the costa and keeping on to tip of membrane; the

costal vein tawny towards the tip, the vein next inward running

parallel with this and equally continuous.

Length to tip of membrane 1} millim.; width of pronotum

= millim.

Only one specimen was secured. It was found at locality No. 6.

In this form the hemelytra are very much wider than the abdo-

men and longer than usual, with the costal margin curved nearly

the same as in S. flavipes, Reut. Mr. Reuter does not include

in this genus any species with produced head; but the characters

in this species, apart from those of the bead, seem distinctly to

connect it with the genus to which it is now referred.

1894. ] OF ST. VINCENT, WEST INDIES. 159

OMMATIDES, gen. nov.

Coleopterine, closely resembling a short thick Geocoris. Eyes very

large, oval, projecting diagonally against the anterior corner of the

pronotum ; front of the head short, bluntly tumid, with the face

vertical, protracted downward, and having long lobate cheeks

which converge over the base of the rostrum; antenne filiform

beyond the second joint, the basal joint shorter and a little thicker

than the second ; rostrum thick at base, short, tapering, quite slender

towards the tip, reaching almost to the middle coxe. Pronotum

very short, almost annular, with the sides rounded off anteriorly to

admit the form of the eyes, the posterior margin almost straight.

The two forward pairs of legs placed near together ; the anterior

tibiz greatly thickened at tip and armed with longspines. Scutellum

very short, transverse, triangular. Hemelytra high convex, extend-

ing amply over the abdomen and much longer than it; the costal

border moderately curved, with the middle areole moderately wide,

and the thick cubital vein running back parallel with the next inner

vein all the way to tip of membrane, and with the two exterior

transverse veins as in Schizoptera.

OMMATIDES INSIGNIS, Sp. NOV.

Ovate, blunt and wide in front; orange, with the pronotum,

scutellum, and a broad band behind the scutellum, covering the

membrane, blue-black. The head reddish brown above, yellow below

the origin of the tylus, obsoletely scabrous, very minutely pubescent.

Legs polished, stout, bright yellow, remotely hairy. Pronotum

moderately arched, opaque, a little scabrous. Hemelytra thick,

opaque, velvety; the membrane but little thinner than the corium,

with the inner margin straight, not overlapping at tip, the apex a

little tapering and rounded at tip.

Length to tip of membrane 1 millim.; width of pronotum

3 millim.

A single specimen of this peculiar little insect was taken, but

no record is given concerning the place where it was found.

ONCERODES, gen. nov.

Coleopterine, and resembling an Jssus in form; the hemelytra

particularly wide and subglobose, blunt at the anterior end. Head

nearly vertical, short and broad, moderately convex before the line

of the eyes, transversely impressed between them; the cheeks

separated by deep vertical lines, the tylus nearly linear; rostrum

very short and thick, tapering at tip, fitting very compactly into

the sternum, reaching to tip of anterior coxe; antennz with the

two basal joints thick, the second joint a little shorter and not so

thick as the first, the remaining joints thread-like, finely pubescent.

Pronotum transverse, nearly crescent-shaped, moderately arched,

having the anterior angles rounded off to fit the curve of the eyes.

Scutellum acutely triangular, much longer than wide. Hemelytra

but little longer than wide, suborbicular, narrower at base, cor-

responding to the width of the pronotum; the veins coarse and

—_— — —_e eee ee,

160 DR. SHUFELDL ON THE AFFINITIES [Feb. 20,

prominent, longitudinal, the two middle ones connected on the

disk and sending back a branch parallel to the others, all of which

continue out to the tip; suture of the clavus deeply defined, the

clavus wide and nearly triangular. Legs stout, placed close together |

ONCERODES ROBUSTA, Sp. NOV.

Short, thick, very convex, opaque bluish-black, with a velvety

aspect above. Base of the hemlytra, including the scutellum, clavus,

and a spot expanded on the costal margin, bright yellow. Head

transversely rugulose, the front piceous, with the throat and antenn»

dull honey-yellow; the rostrum a little darker. Legs thick and

short, honey-yellow. Venter dull black, rufo-piceous on the genital

pieces.

Length to tip of hemelytra 13 millim.; width of pronotum

3 millim.; width of hemelytra ? millim.

A single specimen was found on the leeward side of the island.

In respect to form of body and longitudinal direction of veins on

the hemelytra this insect bears some relation to Hypselosoma, Reuter ;

but in all other respects it seems sufficiently different to constitute

a separate genus.

4. On the Affinities of the Steganopodes.

By Dr. R. W. Suuretpt, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 25, 1894. ]

Recently I have written an account of the osteology of all the

North-American Steganopodes, illustrating it with many figures

of the representative species. This, extending as it would to

between one hundred and two hundred pages, is altogether of too

great length to submit on the present occasion; it may be of

interest, however, to offer some of the conclusions arrived at

with respect to the relationships of the birds constituting that.

suborder.

Basing then, as we do, our judgment on a study of the

skeletons of the Steganopodes, we are justified in regarding them

as being composed of three superfamilies. These may be desig-

nated as, first, the Pelecanoidea; second, the Phaéthontoidea ; and

third and lastly, the Pregatoidea.

Arranging these, and the North-American families of them,

with their genera, a taxonomic scheme on such a basis would

stand thus :—

SuPeRFAMILIES. Famitigs. GENERA.

Pelecanus.

Pelecanoidea. Pelecanide. Seah ti.

nhinga.

| Sula.

Phaéthontoidea. Phaéthontide. Phaéthon.

Fregatoidea. Fregatidee. Fregata.

1894. ] OF THE STHEGANOPODES. 161

Ornithotomists are agreed that the Steganopodes, considered as

a whole, constitute a well-defined group, but beyond this the

majority are reticent as to the question of the aflinities existing

among the families and genera composing it, and its relations

as a whole to other avian groups in the system.

if from among the Pelecanide we select the genus Phalacrocorax,

there is no doubt, so far as its osteology indicates, that it is

closely related to the genus Anhinga. This, as has been shown in

my work, is evident from a direct comparison of the corresponding

bones of the skeleton of any species of Cormorant with those of

the skeleton of Anhinga. ‘

On the other hand, and by similar methods, there is no dis-

guising the kinship existing between Phalacrocoraw and Sula,

although the gap between these genera is somewhat greater than

that between the Cormorants and the Anhingas.

Pelicans of the genus Pelecanus are aberrant forms which, as

osteologically indicated, have varying relations with all three of

the genera thus far mentioned. ‘They are, however, apparently

more nearly related to the Sulide than to the Cormorants.

From the Pelecanoidea the passage to the Phaéthontoidea is not

far to seek, for, upon comparing the corresponding bones in the

skeleton of such a Gannet as Sula brewster? with those of Phaéthon

flavirosiris, we are at once confronted with so many points of

similarity as to leave no doubt upon our minds that it is between

the genera and families represented by such species as these that

the linking of the two groups takes place.

This is important, for in another direction we are led on the

one hand through Phaéthon to the suborder Longipennes, and on

the other to the suborder Tubinares—Phaéthon flavirostris having

some osteological characters that strongly suggest Larine affinities,

and still more that bring to mind the skeleton of a Puffinus.

With their distinct maxillo-palatines, their perforate nostrils,

their hardly coalesced palatines, their four-notched sternum, and

with their ilia widely separated from the ‘sacral crista,” taken in

connection with numerous other important skeletal characters,

the Tropic Birds are fully entitled to rank as a superfamily—

the Phaéthontoidea,

There can be no doubt about Fregata, for the skeletal characters

seen in its skull, its sternum and shoulder-girdle, its pelvis and

limbs, and in its trunk skeleton, as described in detail in my

account, stamp it at once, not only as being a form having

many skeletal characters completely at variance with those

found in average steganopodous birds—such as Cormorants and

Gannets—but as a type likewise for which a superfamily must be

founded in order to show that these striking departures are fully

appreciated by the student of its osteology. As indicated in our

scheme above referred to, this superfamily may be designated

Fregatoidea.

The pelvis in Fregata is decidedly more like the pelvis in

Phaéthon than that bone in other Steganopodes. In its extra-

Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1894, No. XI. iii

162 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 6,

ordinary short and otherwise weak pelvic limb-bones as com-

pared with the very lengthy pectoral ones, and the size of the rest

of the bird, it stands quite unique in the suborder to which

it belongs. More remarkable than all, however, are the many

characters in its skull that powerfully recall the Albatrosses

among the Tubinares. These are so evident that one is almost led

to believe, if it be not actually the case, that the strong hooked

beak in the skull of Fregata is a Diomedean rather than a Pele-

canine character’. Apart from the free ends of the furcula

coalescing with the coracoids, there are characters in the sternum

and shoulder-girdle of Fregata that also recall the forms of the

corresponding bones in the Albatrosses, but beyond this there

appears to be nothing else in the skeleton of the Man-o-War

Bird at all reminding us of those birds.

Since this relationship exists between Fregata and Diomedea,

remote as it may be, it nevertheless, taken in connection with

what has been pointed out above in regard to Phaéthon and Puffinus,

ought to convince us that the Steganopodes are more closely con-

nected with the Tubinares than they are with the Longipennes.

There are those who claim to see a kinship existing between the

Accipitres and the Fregatoidea, but there are surely no indications

of it so far as the osteology of any of the representatives of the

two suborders in question is concerned.

March 6, 1894.

Dr. A. Ginruumr, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1894 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 83, of which 66 were by

1 In my extended account of the osteology of the Steganupodes, referred to

above, a full description of the skull of the Man-o’-War Bird is given, illustrated

by several figures from photographs. From that account I select some of the

statements:—‘ For example, both superficially and otherwise the skull of

Fregata resembles the skull in some species of Albatrosses (Diomedeide) in not

a few respects. This not only applies to the lower jaw, where the similarity is

very evident, but also to a number of characters in the cranium and face. The

long powerfully hooked superior mandibles are a good deal alike, as are the

maxillo-palatines. Hregeta has a vomer that approaches that bone in the

Albatrosses ; its palatines are not far off, and even still less so its pterygoids

and quadrates. The lacrymals are upon the same plan of structure, and the

entire cranium proper in the Man-o’-War Bird might well answer for that of

an Albatross but slightly removed from the typical stock. regata, however,

lacks the deep supraorbital glandular fossz so characteristic of the Diomedeide,

and, from above downwards, the skull is somewhat more compressed than it is

in, for example, such a species as the Short-tailed Albatross (D. a/batrus).”

[Then follows a detailed comparison, character by character, of the skull and

associate parts as found in Fregata aguila and Diomedea albatrus, but that

comparison is of too great length to insert here as a footnote. |

1894.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 163

presentation, 5 by purchase, and 12 on deposit. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 73.

Young King Vulture in down plumage.

(Received October 20, 1893.)

I take this opportunity of calling attention to the young King

Vulture (Gypagus papa) which we received in the down plumage

on the 20th October last. It has been figured in the ‘ Field,’

Ixxxii. p. 971 (1893), by the proprietors of which the accompanying

164 MR. W. BATESON ON THE COMMON PILCHARD. _[ Mar. 6,

illustration has been lent to us. This bird has now moulted its

nestling-plumage altogether, and has assumed the first feather-

plumage, in which it is nearly of a uniform black.

The young bird was probably not more than 2 or 3 months old

when received, and therefore would appear to remain about 7 or

8 months in its nestling-plumage.

Mr. W. Bateson exhibited six specimens of the Common Pilchard

(Clupea pilchardus) showing variation in the number and size

of the scales. The specimens had been received from Mr.

Matthias Dunn, of Mevagissey, Cornwall. In each of them the

scales over a greater or less area of the body were smaller and

more numerous than in the normal fish. Similar specimens were

exhibited to the Society by Mr. Bateson in 1890 and had been

described in the Proceedings * as examples of abnormal repetition

of parts. In that paper reference was made to an account of a

similar specimen that had been given by the late Mr. F. Day’,

who took a different view, being of opinion that the fish was

a hybrid between the Pilchard and the Herring. For reasons

then given it was urged that the evidence of hybridity was unsound,

and it was represented that the abnormality was more probably

due to variation,

The new cases fully bore out the view then taken. Except in

the matter of the scales, each of the six examples was in all re-

spects a true Pilchard, having the normal sculpture on the opercula,

the high number of gill-rakers characteristic of the Pilchard, and

the histological features normally found in the scales of the

Pilchard. In the matter of the gill-rakers the lowest number seen

in the abnormal fishes was 70 and the highest 89, most of them

having about 78. ‘The numbers seen in normal Herrings are

considerably lower than these.

In four of the new specimens the small abnormal scales extended

over the posterior half of one side only. In one specimen both

sides were almost uniformly covered with the small scales. In the

sixth specimen the posterior half of one side showed the small

scales, and on the other side there was in about the middle of its

length a circular patch of very small scales, the remainder of the

scaling being normal or nearly so. Unfortunately the specimens

had been somewhat rubbed and the precise numbers of the scales

cannot confidently be given. Speaking in general terms, it may

be said that in the areas of abnormal scaling the size of the scales

was about half that of the normal scales. All the specimens

were well grown and in good condition, ranging from 7 to 84 inches

in length.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 586.

? Op. cit. 1887, p. 129, pl. xv.

1894.] ON ZOOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION IN AFRICA. 165

Dr. J. W. Gregory, F.Z.S., made some remarks on the factors

that appear to have influenced zoological distribution in Africa,

commencing with the following observations :—

“Tt has long been known that the phenomena of distribution in

Equatorial Africa present a series of glaring contradictions and

anomalies. Thus many groups extend across Africa east and west,

others run north and south, while a third group occurs only as

isolated patches on the summits of the highest. mountains. Simi-

larly the fishes of many rivers and lakes belonging to different

basins have identical or nearly allied species. These are absent in

North-east Africa and reappear in the lakes and rivers of Syria.

As it was believed that the geology of Central Africa was very

simple and that the country had been for ages remarkably stable,

it has appeared very difficult to explain these facts of distribution.

The results of more recent work, however, show that the lake-

region of Africa is a district of great instability.”

Dr. Gregory then gave a brief sketch of the probable changes that

had occurred in the level of the country: —‘‘Originally the Victoria

Nyanza district was probably a high plateau on which rose rivers

that flowed on one side into the Congo and on the other into

the Indian Oceanand the Red Sea. The centre subsided and the

drainage formed a great lake. This was subsequently further

isolated from the Congo and the East Coast river-systems by two

long cracks forming rift valleys. Subsequently the Nile cut

through the mountains to the north of the Nyanza, and the waters

of that lake became discharged into the Nile. The Jordan Valley

was connected to the Hast-African river-system at a time when

much of the Eastern Levant was dry land and Palestine was

covered by a freshwater lake. The surplus waters of this lake

discharged to the south and flowed along the valley that by later

subsidence was formed into the basin of the Red Sea. The living

land- and river-mollusks of Abyssinia and the fossil species to the

south also show that the connexion between Syria and the Central.

African lakes was established by a river that flowed across Baringo

and Basso Narok and thus into the south end of the Red Sea.

“The key to the distribution of the land animals and plants lies

in the discovery of the former extension of the glaciers of Mount

Kenia. The climate must then have been very different from the

present one. The results of the former greater height of the land

would have been a depression of the isobaric surfaces and the

formation of a high-pressure area over the central plateau. The

winds would have been different and far less regular, and the

rainfall would have been greater and more evenly distributed. The

surface of maximum rainfall would have been lower and more

extensive. Hence the present alpine flora would have descended

from the mountains to the plateaus, and the low-level flora have

been luxuriant and better adapted for food than the existing scrub.

There would therefore have been no such barriers to the migration

of small mammals and many of the invertebrates as exist at

present.”

Proo. Zoou. Soo,—1894, No. XII. 12

166 ON RIVER-CRABS OF THE GENUS THELPHUSA. [ Mar. 6

Dr. Gregory then exhibited and made remarks upon a series

of photographic slides, illustrative of his recent expedition to

Mount Kenia.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on Three Species of River-crabs of the Genus Thel-

phusa, from Specimens collected in Eastern Africa

by Dr. J. W. Gregory, Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., and

Mr. F. J. Jackson. . By F. Jerrrey Bez, M.A.

[Received February 7, 1894.]

During his remarkable expedition to Mount Kenia Dr. Gregory

obtained, in the papyrus-swamp north of Rangatan Ndari, Lei-

kipia, a River-crab of the genus Thelphusa, which may be referred

to the species 7. berardi, first figured by Savigny. From a

height of from two to three thousand feet on Mount Zomba,

Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., has lately sent a specimen which must

be referred to 7’. depressa, Krauss. Mr. F. J. Jackson has also

been so good as to present to the Trustees of the British Museum

two examples of the same genus taken on the south side of Mt.

Elgon, which are to be referred to 7’. nilotica, M.-E.

It is very interesting that three different species should reach

the Museum within as many months from three distinct, though

not so very distant, localities in the eastern half of Central Africa.

What is of importance is that the species from the more northern

localities (Mt. Elgon and Leikipia) are those which have a more

northern distribution, for both are Egyptian; whereas 7’. depressa

was described by Krauss* from Port Natal, and a variety of the

same species, characterized by Mr. E. J. Miers’ as 7. depressa

johnstoni, was found by Mr. H. H. Johnston during his expedition

to Kilimanjaro in 1884.

So far as evidence is afforded by the species of this freshwater

Crab, the line of demarcation between North and South Africa

would lie south of Mt. Elgon and north of Kilimanjaro; and in

support of this view there is the fact that, as Mr. Edgar Smith has

reminded me, Physopsts africana and Limnea natalensis, which

were both described by Krauss from specimens collected in Natal,

have been found in Lake Nyassa. The latter, however, extends as

far north as Abyssinia, and there is some reason to suppose that it

also inhabits the West Coast of Africa; so that it does not afford

us much assistance in the delimitation of areas of distribution in

this region of the African continent.

However, the problems of distribution in Africa are so many and

so difficult, that what we need at present is a broader and firmer

basis of facts.

1 Siidafrikan. Crust. (1843), p. 38, pl. ii. fig. 4.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 237.

1894.] ON THE HEMIPTERA-HETEROPIERA OF GRENADA. 167

2. On the Hemiptera- Heteroptera of the Island of Grenada,

West Indies. By P. R. Unter.!

[Received February 9, 1894.]

[Iwo papers were recently communicated to the Society on

Hemiptera from the island of St. Vincent (see P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 705,

& 1894, p. 156); in these it was mentioned that Prof. Uhler was

engaged in working out the collections from Grenada sent to him

by the Committee. I have now the pleasure of offering to the

Society the memoir the reception of which we were then looking

forward to. The collections studied were made by Mr. and

Mrs. Herbert H. Smith under the auspices of Mr. F. D. Godman,

F.R.S., in the manner that was mentioned when we were dealing

with the St. Vincent insects.—D. 8.]

The collection of Heteroptera here enumerated was brought

together in the island of Grenada by Messrs. Herbert H. Smith

and Henry E. Summers during a part of the year 1891. It re-

presents the results of a careful search over the principal parts of

the island during a period of about eight months, extending from

February to November. The total number of species brought

back is about 166, excluding varieties and some immature forms

which could not be identified.

Although not exhaustive, the collection affords an excellent

basis of comparison with the faunas of other islands and countries

adjacent to the centre of America; it also supplies some hints as

to the sources from which the fauna has been derived.

From a review of the species here enumerated it appears evident

that the Hemipterous fauna is Central-American. It is largely

composed of forms which belong to the borders of the Tropics,

rather than of such distinctly tropical ones as inhabit the South-

American continent. The percentage of small forms is remarkably

large. The family most extensively represented is the Lyea1pm, of

which 28 species are present, and these are correspondingly

numerous in individuals. Of these species nine-tenths are found

in Cuba and the other Greater Antilles, and about the same

number also occur in Mexico and Central America.

Next in abundance appear the PenraromorpEa, with 24 species.

Most of these, likewise, are found in the Antilles, Mexico, and

Central America, and form part of the fauna which ranges from

the southern United States to the borders of the equatorial region,

The most conspicuous form is Edessa rugulosa, which is closely

related to a species of Cuba and San Domingo and to another

from Mexico. Banasa lenticularis is very closely related to another

species which also occurs in the countries just mentioned.

The REDUVIOIDEA come next, but the 24 species of this family

are not generally abundant in individuals. About eight-tenths of

1 Communicated by D. Suarp, F.R.S., F.Z.8., on behalf of the Committee

for investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West India Islands.

12*

168 PROF, P. R, UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

these are widely distributed in the Antilles, Mexico, Central

America, and the Isthmus of Panama.

The Capstp# are represented by 18 species, all but one of which

have been found in the Antilles, Mexico, Central America, and the

southern United States.

The Cornip# are represented by 17 species, a very few of which

are of large size, while most of them are widely distributed, occurring

from the Gulf States to the northern borders of South America.

In the AnTHOcOoRID# we find a few genera and a total of 14

species. Those which are not new belong to forms peculiar to the

Gulf States, Mexico, Central America, and the Greater Antilles.

As these little creatures live much in concealment, amid tangled

vegetation and decaying leaves, and upon twigs, fungi, and mosses,

their distribution is but little restricted, and they extend over

large parts of the continental areas.

In the CurarocoMBID& we meet with only 5 species, and these

are of the widely distributed forms which spread north from the

region of Brazil—Ptenidiophyes mirabilis, Reuter, being the only

one of these not yet found in the corresponding island of St.

Vincent. The collecting of these minute insects has been so

generally neglected that the time has not yet come for adequate

comparative statements to be made relative to the genera and

species belonging to different localities ; but the assemblage from

St. Vincent, as now known, is more varied and comprehensive

than that of Grenada. Four of the widely distributed species

occur in both islands, while the four other peculiar forms were

found in St. Vincent and not in Grenada. It is very unlikely

that these types are confined to St. Vincent, and we confidently

expect to see them discovered when the minute insects of Grenada

shall have been more exhaustively collected.

The fauna of the littoral plain of the southern United States

includes several genera and species not yet discovered in the West

Indies, but it also embraces two or three species, particularly in

the genera Ceratocombus and Oryptostemma, which have an exten-

sive distribution in the central regions of America.

Turning to the VreLirpm, we find them comparatively well

represented by fourteen species, rich in individuals. They exhibit

some interesting modifications of structure. The elongation of the

legs in one species of Microvelia points toa closer relationship than

has hitherto been indicated between this group and that of the

Hydrobatide. A genuine salt-water species, Rhagovelia plumbea,

which also lives on the ocean about the Florida Keys and on the

coasts of Southern Florida, adds new interest to this peculiar

group of insects. This species is also noteworthy from the fact

that the sexes unite sexually in what would appear to be a larval

stage—the male being usually not more than one-half the bulk

of the female, and both being of weak integumentary structure,

and destitute of rudimentary wing-segments in the greater number

of specimens. No specimens with wing-covers have yet beer

brought to notice.

1894.] | HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 169

A large number of specimens of the HypropatTip® were found,

but represent only four species. They were met with more especially

near the sea-coast on the flat lands and marshes.

A form closely related to Rhewmatobates adds another to the

growing list of these remarkable insects. It is a matter of regret

that only one mature and winged specimen of this curious form

was taken, and it is unfortunate that no observations were made

respecting its mode of life and the peculiarities of its habitat.

The pale and membranous character of its wing-covers give it the

appearance of a small and slender wasp, so that this peculiarity

of aspect might be of some service in protecting it from enemies

which it must meet with in the water where it dwells.

The other palustrine and aquatic forms here enumerated are

mostly common species which have an extensive distribution

throughout the regions between Northern Brazil and the southern

United States.

The presence of only two species of Corisa seems remarkable in

a region where shallow placid and sluggish waters abound and

form such suitable homes for this type of insect.

It is also difficult to account for the absence of a large number

of forms of Galgulus, Mononyx, aud Notonecta. These hardy insects

abound in just such places as are mentioned above ; as for example

on the marshes, turbid sands, about the slime on the borders of

sluggish waters, and among the roots of grass and slender plants

in wet places.

In comparing this assemblage of species with that of the island

of St. Vincent, the differences between them do not seem sufficient to

warrant their separation into two faunas. The most divergent form

from the general average is the remarkable Alydid, Darmistidus.

This form was not among the collections from Grenada, and it is

not like any that has yet been brought from any part of the

American continent or its islands.

This collection adds valuable information supplementary to our.

previous knowledge of the faunas of the Greater Antilles, Mexico,

Central America, and Colombia; but much further research

will be required before we can satisfactorily recognize the limits

of the great areas of distribution of the Hemiptera south of the

United States.

PACHYCORIDA.

Agonosoma, Lap.

1. AGONOSOMA FLAVOLINEATA, Lap.

Agonosoma flavolineata, Lap. Hémipt., Mag. de Zool. 11. p. 69.

Examples of this species were collected at Balthazar, April 6,

at an elevation of 250 feet above the sea, from foliage along the

road, on dry ground, in woods of second growth. On April 30 a

specimen came to the light at night. Other specimens were found

on the La Force estate, August 17, on open damp ground under

piles of weeds. On the Caliveny estate they were swept, September

17, from herbage on low open ground.

“NG

170 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

2. AGONOSOMA TRILINEATA (Fabr.).

Cimex trilineata, Fabr., var., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 341.

At Balthazar, one specimen came to the light at night, on

April 30; another was found on herbage near the leeward coast,

at St. George’s; a third was beaten, on September 29, from

herbage, on the hillside of the Mount Gay estate.

Sympuytus, Dallas.

SYMPHYLUS DEPLANATUS (H.-Schf.).

Pachycoris deplanatus, H.-Schf. Wanz. Ins. iv. p. 3, t. ex. fig. 344.

Specimens were taken at Balthazar, April 7, which came to

the light at night, and one was beaten from herbage on August 18;

on September 3-10, specimens came to the light, at night, on the

Mount Gay estate.

Spuyrrocoris, Mayr.

SPHYROCORIS OBLIQUUS (Germar).

Pachycoris obliquus, Germar, Zeitschr. i. p. 94.

Several specimens were swept from herbage at Balthazar, April 7,

at an elevation of 250 feet above the sea, on open weedy places

near a stream of water. Others were secured near St. George’s,

as also on the Mirabeau and Mount Gay estates.

THYREOCORIDG.

Tuyrezocortis, Schrank.

THYREOCORIS PULICARIA (Germar).

Odontoscelis pulicarius, Germar, Zeitschr. i. p. 39.

This species was taken on the Mirabeau estate, March 25, at

an elevation of 500 feet above the sea, in open places near a

stream, where it was swept from herbage. It was also found at

St. George’s near the botanic gardens, September 10, on grass

growing ina swamp. At Mount Gay it was taken, September 17,

from herbage on low ground.

The specimens differ in no important respect from those which

are common in Maryland and the southern United States. In these

last localities the species lives in the axils of Hupatorium, on low or

marshy ground.

CYDNID&.

Cyrroments, Am. et S.

CYRTOMENUS CILIATUS (Pal. Beauyv.).

Pentatoma ciliata, Pal. Beauv. Ins. Afr. et Amér. p. 186, pl. 11.

fig. 6.

Two specimens were captured on the Mount Gay estate,

September 6, on open places near a stream.

———

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 171

Paneaus, Stal.

PANGEUS MARGO (Dallas).

Aithus margo, Dallas, List, i. p. 116.

' Numerous specimens of both sexes were found at Balthazar,

March 7 and 31, up to an elevation of 1900 feet above the sea, on

foliage, next the ground, in damp places near the water. Others

were taken on the Grand Etang, September 12, at an altitude of

1300 feet, while flying at sunset.

Gxrotomus, Muls. et Rey.

GEOTOMUS SPINOLAI (Sign.).

Aithus spinole, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 545, pl. 12.

fie. 12.

Only one specimen was found. It was taken on the Mount

Gay estate, August 28, while flying at sunset.

Amwyzstvs, Dallas.

1. AMNESTUS SUBFERRUGINEUS, Westw.

Cydnus subferrugineus, Westw. Hope Cat. i. p. 19.

Many specimens were collected at various places on the island.

At Balthazar they were taken while flyimg over open places at

sunset, August 4. On the Mount Gay estate they were also

found, August 20-25, flying at sunset; and on the Grand Etang,

September 15, they were beaten from ‘undergrowth in the forest,

at an elevation of 1900 feet above the sea.

2. AMNESTUS PuUSILLUS, Ubler.

Amnestus pusillus, Uhler, Hayden Geol. Surv. Bulletin, i. p. 278.

This uncoloured little groundling was collected in April, at

Balthazar, where it occurred on open weedy places, in second-

growth thickets.

PENTATOMIDA.

Macropyeium, Spin.

MACROPYGIUM RETICULARE, Fabr.

Cimex reticularis, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 170.

This common American insect was captured at Balthazar,

April 15, at an elevation of 250 feet above sea-level. It was

found on shady places among the weeds, in woods of second

growth, near a stream of water.

Cuba is the most northern territory from which this species is

at present known. It seems to be about as common in Grenada

as it is known to be on the Upper Amazons.

172 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Popisus, H.-Schf.

1, Popisus sacirra (Fabr.).

Cimex sagitta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 99.

Several specimens were beaten from plants at Balthazar,

April 3, in open weedy places, and from similar herbage on the

Mount Gay estate, on August 22 to 31.

This species ranges all the way from Tabatinga, on the Upper

Amazon, to Texas and Tamaulipas, Mexico, and extends its

distribution through all the Greater Antilles.

2. PopiIsus GAUMERI, Dist.

Podisus gaumeri, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Heter., Suppl.

p- 320, pl. 30. fig. 16.

A few specimens of this form were collected at St. George’s,

August 22 and 31, from herbage in swampy places.

Mormipea, Am. et 8.

MorMibpEa UpPsILon (Linn.).

Cimex upsilon, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. i. p. 720.

This species proved to be quite as common in Grenada as it is

at Pard, at various other places on the coast of Brazil, and in the

West Indies. Specimens were collected at Balthazar, April 7,

on open weedy places, where they were swept from herbage; at

the same place they were taken, August 15, from herbage, at

night. Others were captured at light, at night, on the Mirabeau

estate, and likewise on the Vendome and Chantilly estates and

Grand Etang. At Mount Gay specimens were found, September

14, at elevations of 400-600 feet above the sea, in open places

upon herbage.

Evscuistvus, Dallas.

EUSCHISTUS CRENATOR (Fabr.).

Cimex crenator, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 101.

Two forms of this species, the one with acute humeri, the other

with blunter ones, were found in large numbers on most parts

of the island. At Balthazar it was brushed from herbage on

March 23, in cocoa orchards where the soil was damp and shaded;

on April 2 they were found at an altitude of 1900 feet above the

sea, on a narrow strip of grassy and weedy land between the lake

and the forest. Others were collected later in April on the

Mount Gay and Lake Antoine estates, and as late as May 4.

BERECYNTHUS, Stil.

BERECYNTHUS DELIRATOR (Fabr.).

Cimex delirator, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 103.

This is a Colombian insect which ranges from the head of

the Madeira river, in Brazil, all the way to Venezuela,, Central

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 173

America, and Mexico, and extends to the Lesser Antilles. It is

also found in the vicinity of Pard and at a few points farther up

the Valley of the Amazons.

Several specimens were secured at Balthazar, April 7, in open

weedy places, from herbage, near a stream. On the Mount Gay

estate they were found, August 22, on herbage in open places, at

night. Two specimens were taken at St. George’s, September 11

and 28, on herbage.

Proxys, Spinola.

Proxys victor (Fabr.).

Cimev victor, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 705.

A few specimens were taken at Balthazar, April 1, in the

swampy forest near the sea-shore, where the mangrove-tree

flourishes. A single specimen was also found on the Chantilly

estate.

ARVELIUS, Spinola.

ARVELIUS ALBOPUNCTATUS (De Geer).

Cimex albopunctatus, De Geer, Mém. iii. p. 331, pl. 34. fig. 6.

Specimens of normal size were found near Balthazar, April 1,

in a swampy forest near the sea-shore. On the Mount Gay estate

others were taken, August 28, on herbage, on the hill about 700

feet above the sea.

Specimens sometimes occur in Florida, Cuba, and Lower

California which are only half the normal size.

Tuyanmta, Stal.

1, THYANTA PHRDITOR (Fabr.).

Cimex perditor, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 102.

This extremely common species inhabits Northern Brazil and

spreads through Colombia to Mexico, and far northward in the

western part of the United States into Southern Colorado. It

is also found in all the principal West India islands including

Trinidad. On the eastern side of the United States it extends as

far north as to the vicinity of Savannah in Georgia.

The specimens collected in Grenada were found on the Mount

Gay estate, August 21 and September 28, where they were beaten

from herbage in open places near a stream of water. One speci-

men was obtained at St. George’s, in August, from herbage, at

night. :

2. THYANTA THNIOLA (Dallas).

Pentatoma tentola, Dallas, List, 1. p. 250.

This is also a common species in the West Indies, and numerous

specimens were secured in Grenada. It is also found in Northern

Brazil, Central America, and Mexico, and it spreads over the border

into California and Arizona. In San Domingo it is very common on

low plants growing beside the roads near the coast. It is also

174 PROF, P, R. UHLER ON THE [Mar. 6,

quite variable in size and sometimes lacks the red band on the base

of the pronotum.

In Grenada it was taken on the Lake Antoine estate, March 24

and April 13, at an elevation of 350 feet above sea-level, on

herbage in open places. It was also found on the Mount Gay

estate and at St. George’s, in August.

3. THYANTA CASTA, Stal.

Thyanta casta, Stal, Stettin. ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 104.

This species was taken on the Mount Gay estate, in smaller

numbers than the preceding one, and it was beaten from herbage,

August 1, in open places. It was also found on the Lake Antoine

estate, March 24, on herbage, and in thickets near the sea.

Craro, Dist.

Cravo uRBIcUs, Dist.

Crato urbicus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hem.-Heter., Suppl.

p- 457, pl. 39. fig. 22.

Only two specimens of this insect were secured; they were

beaten from herbage, at night, in open places, August 22, on the

Mount Gay estate.

Banasa, Stal.

BANASA LENTICULARIS, sp. nov.

Form similar to B. packardi, Stil, but more convex above,

especially upon the pronotum; longer oval than the related B.

imbuta, Distant. Pale green, more or less rufous upon the pro-

notum, base of head, coriaceous part of hemelytra, and posterior

border of the scutellum highly polished. The head, pronotum,

and corium set with remote erect bristles, most of the remaining

surface minutely pubescent. Head a little longer than wide,

irregularly and remotely, finely punctate, the surface uneven,

depressed next the base of tylus, often paler at base and near the

eyes. Antenne more or less rufous, remotely pubescent, the

second joint much shorter than the third, the fourth sometimes

infuscated ; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe, green, black at

tip. Pronotum unusually convex in the female, somewhat less

so in the male; the lateral margins reflexed, impunctate, ivory-

white, hardly sinuated, the humeral angles a little prominent,

with the outer margin curved and the surface near it tumid; the

surface generally coarsely, remotely, deeply punctate, the punc-

tures partly arranged in transverse, curved, broken lines; the

margin, bounded behind by a line of punctures, behind the eyes

reflexed, and the angles outside the eyes produced into a small

tooth; the posterior margin a very little arcuated, with the edge

most slenderly reflexed, and the posthumeral margin sinuated,

with the submargin depressed. Scutellum very remotely, coarsely

punctate, the punctures becoming denser and finer along the sides,

with the apex narrow, pale, almost flat, and nearly impunctate.

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 175

Corium and clavus coarsely, deeply punctate in lines, becoming more

dense and irregular on the cuneal space ; the costa with about three

lines of punctures, and a line of smaller ones on the inner suture ;

disk along the suture broadly smooth; membrane transparent,

sometimes a little tinged with rufous; wings also more or less

rufous or yellowish. ‘lergum often reddish, with the connexivum

pale green, more or less yellowish or reddish, highly polished,

remotely and finely punctate, angles of the posterior segment

acute. Legs deep green, with the tibiz not grooved.

Length to end of venter, ¢ 83-9, 2 10-103 mm. 5 width of

pronotum ¢ 5-53, 953-6.

Eighteen specimens ‘of this species were collected by Mr. H. H.

Smith, who gives the following notes concerning their capture :—

“Swept from herbage in open weedy places, at an altitude of

250 feet above the sea, on April 3; about cocoa orchards, on

herbage, April 5; came to light at night, August 6-10, at an

altitude of 250 feet; also August 25-30; August 26-31, beaten

from herbage ; September 3-10, came to light at night, at an altitude

of 300 feet.” These were collected on the Mount Gay estate, on

the leeward side of the island of Grenada.

Prezoports, Fieber.

PIEZODORUS GUILDINGI (Westw.).

Raphigaster guildinui, Westw. Hope Cat. i. p. 31.

Specimens of both sexes and of two varieties (i.e. degrees of

maturity) were found at Balthazar and other places. At the

former they were taken, March 23, from herbage, at night. Others

were found at St. George’s, August 22, on open swampy places,

upon herbage.

This species has an extensive distribution. In my collection

there are specimens from Paraguay, Rio, Pernambuco, San Domingo,

Cuba, Mexico, and Southern Florida. I have also examined spe-

cimens from Jamaica, Trinidad, and Central America.

This species varies in size, convexity, and depth of colour. Some

of these ditferences are due to the degree of maturity of the speci-

mens at the time of their capture. Immature specimens are a

pale faded greenish, either with or without the red band across the

pronotum. When the dorsum of the mesonotum shows through

the integument the base of the pronotum appears black, but when

the chitinous cover of the pronotum is maturely indurated no

blackish spot appears across the base of this segment. Specimens

when fresh and mature are of a clear green colour.

Nzzara, Am. et 8.

1. Nuzara MARGINATA (Pal. Beauy.).

Pentatoma marginata, Pal. Beauy. Ins. Afr. et Amér. p. 147,

pl. 10. fig. 1.

Several specimens of this species were collected. Those from

176 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Balthazar were taken, March 24, in open places and from thickets

near the sea, from herbage ; others were found at the same place

in April, and one was captured on the Lake Antoine estate.

This is another Colombian form with a distribution from

Northern Brazil to Southern Florida and the coast of Texas. It is

found in all the Greater Antilles and Trinidad. Two specimens

from Para, in my collection, vary but little from the type as we

find it in Mexico and Cuba. The specimens from Grenada vary

much in size, just as they do in San Domingo, Cuba, and Mexico.

The males are sometimes only about half the size of the females.

2. NEZARA VIRIDULA (Linn.).

Cimex viridulus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 444.

This species is now known from the warm parts of all four of the

continents. In the United States it inhabits the littoral plain

from Virginia to Florida and Louisiana. It is found in all the

large West India islands, including Trinidad.

In Grenada the specimens were found at Balthazar, April 2,

on weeds and various kinds of herbage. On the Mount Gay

estate it was taken, August 20 to 25, on herbage in open places.

Epnssa, Fabr.

1. EpEssa BIFIDA, Say.

Pentatoma bifida, Say, Insects of Louisiana, p.7 ; Edessa cornuta,

Burm., and £. cornuta, Guérin ; also E. albirenis, H.-Schf. Wanz.

Ins. vii. p. 127, t. cexlix. fig. 774.

Types of all the references above given have been identified for

me by Dr. Stal and others, and there is no reason for keeping

them apart as is done in the Catal. Gén. des Hémipt. par MM.

Lethierry et Severin, pp. 188, 189.

This species is distributed from Northern Brazil and Colombia

through Central America and Mexico into the southern United

States and the Antilles. It is variable to a marked degree in the

distribution, depth, and coarseness of the punctures, the size and

length of body, and the convexity of the pronotum. The scutellum is

occasionally blunter than in the average, and the pronotum sometimes

shows traces of wrinkles on the convex dorsum. Mr. Distant’s figure

of £. cornuta, Burm., Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Heter. pl. 9. fig. 22,

well represents the & bifida, Say, as we find it in Louisiana, Florida,

Cuba, and Grenada. Besides this, a pair of types from the Mexican

series separated by Mr. Distant in working up his material for the

‘Biologia’ are before me at this moment, and they are precisely like

my specimens from the United States and the Antilles. In examin-

ing a series of somewhat more than a hundred specimens of both

sexes, from near Samana, San Domingo, I was surprised to find

abrupt differences in the length of the anterior fork of the sternum

of the male, and in the depth of excavation and angularity of the

sides of the genital segment. The female is usually a broader, larger,

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPIERA OF GRENADA. 177

and more convex insect than the male. Occasionally the knobs

on the superior surface of the connexivum are absent. When alive

these insects are grass-green above, with the corium more or less

bright wine-brown. Specimens from San Domingo seem to

be usually more rugose upon the pronotum and wing-covers and

flatter near the anterior angles of the pronotum than in the

series which I have examined from the United States and Mexico.

Specimens from Grenada are on the average more smooth than those

from San Domingo. In my collection there is a graded series which

takes in the various modifications from £. cornuta, Burm., with narrow

and acute scutellum and coarse deep punctures, through the mode-

rately smooth and remotely punctate F. albirenis, to the smooth

E. sigillata with obsolete punctures on the pronotum and scutellum.

2. EDESSA RUGULOSA, sp. NOV.

Form of £. rufo-marginata, De Geer, but of the size of EL. medi-

tabunda, Fabr., which it somewhat resembles. Bright green,

moderately polished, wrinkled on the head, pronotum, base of

scutellum, and base of costal area, with the hemelytra wine-brown,

and the lines of the clavus, reticulations of tip of corium, most of

the costal area, and underside of the body yellow. Head short,

minutely but distinctly punctate, bordered on the sides and tip

with yellow; antenne honey-yellow, the basal joint much thicker

than the following ones, the second shorter than the third, the

fourth only a little longer than the third; rostrum rufo-flavous,

reaching midway between the fore and middle legs, and fitting

into the fork of the mesosternum. Pronotum transverse, coarsely,

deeply, irregularly punctate in somewhat transverse series, the

sunken space in front of the callosities and behind the eyes densely

and finely punctate; callosities and their diagonal continuation

smooth, impunctate; lateral margin reflexed, smooth, yellow, the

humeral angle prominent, a little rounded, smooth, the post-

humeral submargin sunken, with two lines of close punctures ; the

posterior margin a little arcuated, the submargin bordered with

a line of fine sunken punctures ; pleural border beneath the lateral

margin linearly callous, grooved and punctate in continuity with

the underside of head. Sternal pieces remotely punctate; the

mesosternal plate corresponds with that of 2. meditabunda. Scu-

tellum moderately long, very moderately convex at base, depressed

next the tip, less coarsely but deeply, not closely punctate, some-

what rugose on the base and middle, more finely punctate

posteriorly, the sides slenderly bordered with yellow, and the tip

acute. Clavus narrow, punctate with red in two approximate lines,

the margin carinately elevated; corium bordered next the clavus with

two strong punctate ridges, which are hollowed inwardly by two

corresponding lines of rufous sunken punctures; the punctures of

the disk fine and even, those of the base coarser; costal area con-

tracted at base, set near the base with small, yellow, transverse

callosities between the reddish punctures ; membrane bronze-brown,

with the veins darker. Legs honey-yellow, obsoletely punctate,

178 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6;

clothed with erect hairs. Venter and sternal pieces highly polished,

finely punctate, transversely grooved, the grooves of the pleura

more especially punctate; stigmatal orifices black; connexivum

green, more coarsely punctate, the angles of the segments acute ;

ventral ridge prominent, highly polished, impunctate.

Length to end of venter 10-13 mm.; width of pronotum 6j—7 mm.

Forty-one specimens were collected at different places on the

island. At Balthazar, on the windward side, they were taken on

April 1, in the swampy forest near the sea-shore, and mainly in

the mangrove district ; also April 13, at an altitude of 350 feet, in

second-growth timber near the border of a stream on the Lake

Antoine estate.

This species approaches £. meditabunda in the structure of the

mesosternal plate, which has the anterior fork long and slender,

with the sides acutely triangular, and the posterior fork shorter

and more blunt; but it differs in having the tylus much longer,

the sides of the head not turned up, in the evenly reflexed and not

knobby border of the pronotum, in the longer and acute scutellum,

and in the more contracted and less callous costal margin.

CoRBID®.

SpaRTOcERA, Lap.

SPARTOCERA FUSCA (Thunb.).

Cimex fusca, Thunb. Noy. Ins. Spee. ii. p. 44.

Ten specimens of two varieties of this insect were collected

on the Mount Gay estate. They were obtained, April 2, from

thickets on swampy ground; also September 14, at elevations of

400-600 feet, on open places on herbage ; and on September 29 they

were beaten from herbage on the hillside. One specimen was taken

at Chantilly, March 23, in a clearing, on the underside of a Jog.

AcANTHOCERUS, Pal. Beauv.

ACANTHOCERUS LOBATUS, Burm.

Acanthocerus lobatus, Burm. Handb. ii. p. 318.

Specimens of this insect were obtained in nearly every section of

the island. At Balthazar they were beaten from herbage, March

19, on an open place about 250 feet above the sea. Others were

taken at Chantilly, Vendéme, and particularly on the Mount Gay

estate, where they were numerous in September, on herbage.

Leproeiossus, Guérin.

LxproGLossus zonatus (Dallas).

Anisoscelis zonata, Dallas, List, ui. p. 452.

The most beautiful variety of this insect proves to be quite

abundant in Grenada. Specimens were taken, both in the spring

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 179

and autumn, on 'the windward and leeward sides of the island.

They were found on the Mount Gay estate, also at Balthazar,

Lake Antoine, and on the Mirabeau and Vendome estates.

Prat, Stal.

Prura prota (Drury).

Cimex picta, Drury, Llustr. i. p. 107, pl. 45. fig. 1.

A few specimens of this species were found at Balthazar,

March 15, also on the Mirabeau estate, March 25, on herbage in

open places, and on the Mount Gay estate, October 10, upon hill-

sides, on herbage.

This is an exceedingly common insect in the eastern part of San

Domingo, and it is not rare in Cuba, Florida, and Texas.

Manoura, Stal.

MADURA PERFIDA, Stil.

Madura perfida, Stal, Stettin. ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 304.

Three specimens were taken on the Lake Antoine estate, in

March and September, on herbage.

Mareus, Dallas.

Marets 1nornatvs, Dist.

Margus inornatus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Heter. pp. 137,

365, pl. 13. fig. 18.

Two specimens were found near Balthazar, March 19, at an ele-

vation of 1250 feet above the sea, upon an open place, on herbage.

A third specimen was taken on the Mount Gay estate, August

28, at an elevation of 700 feet, on herbage.

CATORHINTHA, Stal.

CATORHINTHA SELECTOR, Stal.

Catorhintha selector, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1859, p- 471.

Many specimens were collected on the Mount Gay estate,

April 5, at an elevation of 400 feet above the sea, where they were

found on the herbage in cocoa orchards. Others were taken on

the Lake Antoine estate, April 13, at an elevation of 350 feet,

from herbage in the second-growth woods.

Awnasa, Am. et S.

1. ANASA scoRBUTICA (Fabr.).

Cimex scorbuticus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 706.

Five specimens were taken on the Lake Antoine estate, April 13,

at an elevation of 350 feet above the sea, in second-growth woods

on the bank of a stream.

180 PROF. P, R. UHLER ON THE [Mar.’6,

2. ANASA BELLATOR (Fabr.).

Cimex bellator, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 286.

Two specimens were secured on the Black Forest estate and

Balthazar, April 6, from weeds in a nutmeg orchard, at an elevation

of 400 feet above the sea.

Zicca, Am. et S.

ZICCA TENIOLA (Dallas).

Clavigralla teniola, Dallas, List, ii. p. 514.

Six specimens were taken near Balthazar, April 2, at an ele-

vation of 1900 feet above the sea, on grassy and weedy land, from

herbage.

Auypus, Fabr.

ALYDUS PALLESCENS, Stal.

Alydus pallescens, Stal, Rio Jan. Hemipt. i. p. 34.

Numerous specimens were collected in most parts of the island.

At Balthazar they were brushed from herbage, in open grassy and

weedy places, in April; on the Lake Antoine estate they came to

the light at night, on March 15. At St. George’s specimens were

taken, August 22,in open swampy places on herbage, and at the

same place as late as September 30.

Leprocorisa, Latr.

LEPTOCORISA FILIFORMIS (Fabr.).

Cimex filiformis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 727.

Several specimens were taken on the Mount Gay estate,

April 5, where they were brushed from herbage in the cocoa

orchards. Other specimens were secured at the same place,

September 16, from herbage.

Harmostss, Latr.

HARMOSTES SERRATUS (Fabr.).

Acanthia serrata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 75.

A few specimens were swept from herbage on the Mount Gay,

Mirabeau, and Lake Antoine estates in the spring and autumn.

Corizus, Fallen.

1. Corizus HYALINUS (Fabr.).

Lygeus hyalinus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 168.

Five specimens of the ordinary type were found on the island.

They were taken at Balthazar and on the Mount Gay estate in

April and August.

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA, 181

2. Corizus s1pz (Fabr.).

Lygeus side, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 169.

Dr. Stl has described a variety of this species as C. pictipes.

The insect is very variable in size, colour, form, and pattern of

marking, much depending upon its condition at time of capture.

Numerous specimens were collected in nearly all parts of the

island, both in the early part of the year and as late as the middle

of August.

JADERA, Stal.

JADERA LATERALIS, Stal.

Jadera lateralis, Stal, Stettin. ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 307.

Several specimens of this bright-coloured species were taken at

Balthazar, April 1, and on the Mount Gay estate, April 5, also in

August and September, on herbage.

BERYTIDS.

Meracantuvs, Costa.

METACANTHUS CAPITATUS, Sp. NOV.

Pale rufo-testaceous. Form similar to MW. elegans, Curtis, but with

proportionately longer legs and antennze. Head black, rounded, pol-

ished, with a pale spot at base, the tylus prominent, vertical; antennz

very slender, yellow, the basal joint nearly as long as the posterior

femur, a little thickened and dusky at tip, articulation of the next

two joints a little dusky, the fourth thick, fuscous, about half as long

as the third ; rostrum dull yellow, reaching to the middle coxe, be-

coming more slender towards the tip. Pronotum closely distinctly

punctate, the posterior lobe large, swollen, with the middle line a

little elevated, and tuberculate at the posterior end; antehumeral

surface transversely indented, the posterior margin reflexed each

side; lateral line obliterated, present as a carina on the short,

collar-like anterior lobe, this lobe fulvous, with a pale anterior

margin, from each side of which a pale short spine projects obliquely

upwards. Legs long, slender, honey-yellow ; the tibiz setiform,

paler, aunulated with black; the femora a little swollen and deeper

coloured at tip, tarsi blackish on the apical half. Scutellum small,

tumid, armed with a long, curved, pale spine which projects back-

wards. Hemelytra almost transparent, tinged with testaceous, the

costal border a little arcuated, costal area and clavus obsoletely and

sparsely punctate. Beneath smooth, pale testaceous, the sternum

pale piceous, abdomen straight; venter more distinctly pubescent

at tip, hardly wider at base than at apex.

Length to end of venter 33 mm. ; width of pronotum § mm.

Six specimens of this insect were collected on the Mount Gay

estate, on the leeward side of the island. They were beaten from

herbage, at altitudes between 200 and 400 feet, from August 21 to

31st,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. XIII. 13

182 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE [Mar. 6,

LYG EID.

Nysivs, Dallas.

1. NYSIUS PROVIDUS, sp. nov.

Oblong, narrow; greyish yellow, the upper surface more or less

clouded with fuscous, greyish pubescent. Head long, nearly as

wide between the front of the eyes as the width of the apex of

pronotum ; the surface closely pubescent, marked along the middle

with a slender, yellow, feebly raised line; the surface between the

eyes granulated, the granules each side of middle arranged in lines,

punctures few, indistinct; the tylus pale fulvous anteriorly,

bounded each side at base by a small knob placed next a dark band ;

middle of gula, including the buccule, blackish piceous; rostrum

slender, fusco-piceous or tinged with fuscous, reaching between

the posterior cox; antenne dull testaceous, the base and inner

side of basal joint, base and apex of second, and base of fourth joint

blackish. Pronotum longer than wide, obscurely bilobed, impressed

and rather abruptly sinuated on the sides behind the anterior lobe ;

the surface transversely wrinkled, unevenly punctate with piceous,

less so on the anterior lobe, the apical border black ; the surface be-

fore the humerus spread with a blackish spot, which includes the

knob-like angle, but leaves a yellow spot next thereto; the lateral

margin obsoletely carinate, indented before the anterior angle, the

middle with a pale yellow, slender line; posterior margin a little

arched, sometimes bordered with black, having the posthumeral

border depressed, expanded, and pale yellow. Mesosternum black

in the middle, with the costal segment and the coxa tipped with

brown ; the anterior and posterior cox mostly testaceous. Legs

testaceous, the femora banded with concurrent dark brown spots ;

the tibiz piceous at base and tip, and the tarsi piceous, excepting

the testaceous base. Scutellum obsoletely punctate, with a dark,

transverse, sublunate callosity, having a blackish cavity in front

of it at base, the apical division paler, acutely carinate at tip.

Hemelytra dull whitish or testaceous, punctate with fuscous,

finely pubescent, acutely prolonged, with the cuneus rufous; the

costal area narrow, pale testaceous, with a few brown points, the

veins interrupted with brown ; membrane semitransparent, with the

veins more or less brownish. Venter rufo-testaceous, more or less

sprinkled with darker brown; the ovipositor blackish.

Length to tip of venter 32-5 mm. ; width of pronotum 1-13 mm.

This is the common and widely distributed species which has

hitherto been wrongly referred to WV. scolopax, Say. The true NV.

scolopax has a rostrum which reaches to the middle of the venter,

which is not the case in the species here described. Our species

inhabits North America from Quebec to Arizona, from thence it

spreads into Mexico and Central America, and following south it

is found on the Isthmus of Panama, and in Colombia and Northern

Brazil. In the West Indies it occurs in Trinidad, Grenada,

1894. | HEMIPTERA-HETHROPTERA OF GRENADA. 183

St. Vincent, Porto Rico, San Domingo, and Cuba, and from thence

it extends through Florida into all of the Eastern States as far

as Maine.

Possibly it is the most variable species of the group as yet dis-

covered, for it appears in all states of marking and colouring, from

the pale testaceous with few spots to the dark grey with all degrees

of clouding and specking.

In Grenada specimens were taken at Balthazar, in open weedy

places on herbage, April 3, at an altitude of 250 feet; also on

the Lake Antoine estate, April 13, at an altitude of 350 feet, on

the shores of a stream in the midst of second-growth timber, and

in August at various other localities on the island.

2. NYSIUS INEQUALIS, sp. nov.

Subovate, broad, a little more robust than J. californicus, Stal.

Pale dull fulvous, punctate with fuscous yellowish pubescence.

Head subacute, a little longer than wide, fulvous, with a pale line

stretching from base to end of tylus ; inner border against the eyes

pale yellow, followed by a wider black stripe, the antenniferous

lobe also pale yellow ; gula black along the middle; antennez dull

fulvous, the basal joint blackish on the under surface at tip, the

second joint longer than the third, tipped with black, the apical joint

blackish, a little longer than the third ; buccule pale; the rostrum

more or less fuscous, reaching to the middle coxe. Pronotum

trapeziform, obliquely narrowing towards the apex, the sides not

arcuated, with the margin feebly reflexed, the anterior lobe short,

with the transverse incisure carried out to the excavation next the

margin, but not through it; the surface distinctly and closely

punctate, having a pale callous line each side of the middle

throughout its length ; the disk often infuscated, the middle line

grooved, having a pale callosity on its posterior end at the margin,

apex before the callous line deeply sunken, the lateral submargin

grooved and lineated with fuscous; humeri with an acute knob,

behind which the margin is indented ; the posterior margin thick,

deflexed, arched, a little scalloped; the posthumeral outer edge

pale and feebly expanded. Under surface rufo-fulvous, whitish

pubescent, having an interrupted blackish line along the sides, the

sternum and base of venter blackish, and the venter mostly fulvous,

with the black lines continued along the sides. The legs dull

fulvous, pale at base, flecked with brown on the femora, the base

and tip of the tibiz and tarsi more or less fuscous. NScutellum

transverse, punctate, pubescent, blackish at base, or each side of

middle, the middle line and lateral raised margin pale testaceous,

the apex carinate, acute on the tip. Hemelytra pale testaceous or

whitish, carried back in a long tapering curve; the veins more or

less interrupted with brown, as also the apical and outer border of

the clavus and posterior border of the corium; apex of the cuneus

darker brown; the costal area narrow, pale, with outer edge

strongly reflexed ; membrane long and narrow, the veins often

marked with long smoky spots, the middle to tip with a long

13*

184 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

blackish stripe. Connexivum sharp-edged, thin, recurved, dull

testaceous or pale fulvous; disk of the tergum black each side,

middle line of the last two segments also black.

Length to tip of venter 34-44 mm.; width of pronotum 3—

12 mm.

“This remarkable species was found in abundance on the Mira-

beau estate, on the windward side of the island. It has also been

taken in Florida and Cuba. The notes of capture are as follows:—

March 25, at an altitude of 500 feet above sea-level, on herbage

in open places near a stream of water; April 7, at an altitude of 250

feet, came to light in the night, and was also swept from herbage ;

also April 13 and 27, in second-growth woods and in weedy

places.

This is a variable species, approaching very near to N. califor-

nicus, Stal, from which it can be at once distinguished by the

longitudinal callosities of the pronotum.

IscoNorHYNCcHUs, Fieber.

ISCHNORHYNCHUS CHAMPIONI, Dist.

Ischnorhynchus champion, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Het.

p- 193, pl. 19. fig. 3.

A few specimens were taken at several localities in the island.

At Balthazar they were brushed from herbage in cocoa orchards,

in shady and damp places, on March 23; at Chantilly they

occurred at an elevation of 500 feet, on May 5, in second-growth

thickets. Later in the year they were found on the Caliveny

estate, near sea-level, September 1, on the foliage of dry scrubby

growth. On October 16 they were found in a similar, but damp

place, near St. George’s.

Ninvs, Stal.

Ninvs norasiuis, Dist.

Ninus notabilis, Dist. t. c. p. 191, pl. 19. fig. 4.

This species was found in considerable numbers on the Ven-

dome estate in September, where it was beaten from herbage on

marshy land. It was taken also on the Mount Gay estate, and

upon the Mirabeau estate, in open places near a stream of water.

on herbage, March 25,

Neronrnvs, Dist.

NEONINUS ILLUSTRIS, Dist.

Neoninus illustris, Dist. t. c. p. 192, pl. 19. fig. 5.

Specimens were taken at Balthazar, March 23, in damp and

shady places, from herbage, in cocoa orchards. It was also found

upon the Mirabeau estate, April 7, where it came to the light

at night.

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETHROPTERA OF GRENADA. 185

Buissus, Burin.

BLIssus LEUCOPTERUS (Say).

Lygeeus leucopterus, Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, p. 14, no. 5.

This is the common “Chinch Bug” of the United States,

Mexico, and the Greater Antilles. It attains a large size and is’

more variable in Grenada, both in size and marking, than is

commonly found to be the case in the eastern United States.

Specimens were collected on the Mount Gay and Caliveny

estates in June and September, on weedy places in second-growth

thickets near a stream of water.

Niyyas, Dist.

NINYAS STRABO, Dist.

Ninyas strabo, Dist. t.c. p. 194, pl. 19. fig. 6.

This neat little insect was found at several places on the island.

On the Mirabeau estate it was taken, March 25, on herbage in

open places near a stream of water. It was found also at

Balthazar, and on the Mount Gay estate, August 20; also at the

Grand Etang, September 15, among piles of weeds and waste

from the stable.

PACHYGRONTHA, Germ.

1, PACHYGRONTHA @DANCALODES, Stal.

Pachygrontha cedancalodes, Stal, Enum. Hemipt. pt. 4, 1874,

p. 139.

Two specimens of this small form were taken at Granville,

April 13, at an altitude of 250 feet above the sea, where they

came to the light at night. One specimen was captured at sea-

level, March 26, on herbage in a thicket growing in a swamp.

2, PACHYGRONTHA BIMACULATA, Dist.

Pachygrontha bimaculata, Dist. ¢. c. p. 393, pl. 34. fig. 23.

Numerous specimens of this species were secured on the Mount

Gay estate, April 1-5, at the light, and September 30, at an

altitude of 500 feet above the sea, in second-growth woods.

3. PACHYGRONTHA LONGICHPS, Stil.

Pachygrontha longiceps, Stal, Enum. Hemipt. pt. 4, 1874, p. 140,

This large species was moderately numerous at Balthazar,

April 7, at an elevation of 250 feet above the sea, where it was

swept from herbage in open weedy places near a stream. It was

also found on the Vendome and Mount Gay estates, August 21

and September 8, upon herbage in open and marshy places.

186 . PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6

Myopocna, Latr.

MyopocuHa UNISPINOSA, Stal.

Myodocha unispinosa, Stil, Enum. Hemipt. pt. 4, 1874, p. 147.

More than a dozen specimens of this peculiar insect were

collected at Balthazar and other localities. At Balthazar it was

beaten from herbage, in open places, at night, on March 19.

On the Chantilly estate it was found March 7, on herbage in

the cocoa orchards. One specimen was captured in August, at

Balthazar.

Pamera, Say.

1, PAMERA VINCTA, Say.

Pamera vincta, Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, p. 16, no. 3.

This common species is widely distributed throughout the

littoral region of the United States south of Pennsylvania. Pamera

parvula, Dallas, is a synonym of this form, which should be re-

placed by the name given above. It has a wide distribution,

spreading from Central Brazil through the regions of Colombia,

Central America, Mexico, and the Antilles into the United States.

In Grenada it appears to be as common as in Cuba and San

Domingo. Specimens were taken at Balthazar, 1900 feet above

the sea, April 2, in open grassy places, upon herbage. It was also

found in August on the Mount Gay estate, and in other localities

on the island.

2. PAMERA BILOBATA, Say.

Pamera bilobata, Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, p. 17, no. 7.

This is also a common species with a wide distribution south-

ward and westward from the United States to Brazil and Colombia.

At Balthazar it occurred at an altitude of 1900 feet above the

sea, April 2, on grassy and weedy lands, where it was beaten from

herbage ; it was also taken as late as April 25, in second-growth

thickets on plants.

3. PAMERA CURVIPES, Stal.

Pamera curvipes, Stal, Enum. Hemipt. pt. 4, 1874, p. 148.

A variety of this species was found in moderate abundance at

Balthazar, Chantilly, and other places. It was met with in March

under decaying vines and weeds on a damp rock; while the

greater number of the specimens were obtained later in the season

on rank herbage and in thickets.

OzopHora, Uhler.

1. OzOPHORA CONSANGUINEA (Dist.).

Davila consanguineus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Het. p. 395,

pl. 35. fig. 2.

This species is placed in Davila by Mr. Distant, but it is con-

generie and perhaps identical with O. burmeisterti, Guérin, from

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. ‘187

Cuba. Many specimens were collected at Balthazar, April 7,

from herbage on open weedy places near a stream of water.

2. OZOPHORA PALLESCENS (Dist.).

Davida pallescens, Dist. t. ¢. p. 395, pl. 35. fig. 3.

This is the smallest species of the genus which has thus far

been discovered. It has likewise been placed in the genus Davila

by Mr. Distant. Specimens were collected at Balthazar, Chantilly,

and other localities, on the same kinds of herbage as the preceding

species.

Procuiomura, Say.

PTOCHIOMERA OBLONGA (Dist.).

Plociomera oblonga, Dist. t. c. p. 209, pl. 17. fig. 24.

Numerous specimens of this insect were taken at Balthazar,

March 27 and later, on herbage in cocoa orchards near water.

The names Ploxiomerus and Plociomera are later inventions of

authors and are not to be found in the writings of Mr. Say. That

used above is the spelling given by Mr. Say, and there seems to be

no satisfactory reason for changing it.

PyYGUS, gen. nov.

Form similar to Ptochiomera, but with the pronotum transverse,

obsoletely constricted, with the lateral raised margin callous

along the sides of the almost flat posterior lobe, carried forward

very slender to the anterior angle. Antenne thick, a little longer

than the head and pronotum united ; the first joint not so long as

the head, not thickened towards the tip; second a little longer,

growing thicker towards the tip; the third much shorter, thicker,

fusiform; the fourth not quite so thick as the third, subfusiform,

acute at both ends. Rostrum slender beyond the basal joint,

reaching the middle coxe, the basal joint as long as the gula, the

second joint a little longer. Head moderately long, in front of

the eyes narrower than the apex of pronotum ; eyes large and

prominent; the face tapering, sloping forwards, with the tylus

prominent; the buccule very low, slender. Prosternum collar-

like in front of the anterior coxe. Fore femora moderately thick,

without spines, posterior femora long, curved at the tip. Scutellum

a little longer than wide, acute and carinate at the tip, the sides

strongly decurved. Hemelytra long oval, with a tapering curve

posteriorly, the membrane a little protracted behind the abdomen,

the costal border thick and slightly reflexed, a little sinuated, with

the embolium long and broadly grooved.

PYGEUS PALLIDUS, sp. nov.

Long oval, fulvous, polished, minutely pubescent, and feebly

punctate ; antennze darker beyond the testaceous basal joint.

Rostrum, cox, and legs testaceous. Underside highly polished.

Posterior lobe of pronotum punctate, anterior lobe smooth; pos-

188 .! PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE (Mar. 6,

terior margin a little deflexed, sometimes slenderly infuscated.

Scutellum at base coarsely and deeply punctate. Claws punctate

in lines, the corium a little less coarsely punctate, with the cuneus

dusky ; the pecan whitish, apstoasiare

Length 12 mm. ; width of pronotum ? mm.

This plain little insect inhabits also Cuba, Texas, Florida, the

eastern side of the United States as far north as Tew ksbury, Mass.,

and spreads into Lower Canada. It is sometimes quite common

in Maryland. The four specimens from Grenada were secured at

Balthazar, August 4, at an altitude of 250 feet above the sea, in

open places, where they were flying at sunset, on the Mount Gay

estate, August 20 to 25, and September 15, on the Grand Etang

road.

Sanacta, Stal.

SALACIA PICTURATA, Dist.

Salacia picturata, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Het. p. 406,

pl. 35. fig. 19.

Five specimens of this species were taken at Balthazar and

other places on wet sand, or on weeds close to running water,

April 15, and also August 17 under bundles of weeds.

In placing this insect in the genus Salacia, I have merely

followed the lead of Mr. Distant, because no type of that genus

is within my reach, and I desire to avoid multiplying genera in

this much-divided family.

Trapnzus, Dist.

TRAPEZUS FASCIATUS, Dist.

Trapezus fasciatus, Dist. é. c. p. 217, pl. 20. fig. 5.

Three specimens of this insect were collected on the Grand

Etang, August 13, at an elevation of 1900 feet above the sea.

They were beaten from masses of brush in a clearing of the damp

forest. One specimen was taken September 15.

Perisstus, Dist.

Purissius Diversvs, Dist.

Petissius diversus, Dist. t. ¢. p. 407, pl. 35. fig. 22.

Numerous specimens of this little insect were collected at

Balthazar, April 22, in open weedy places, among second-growth

thickets, and on the Chantilly estate, April 15, where they were

flying about the flowers of an orange-tree.

Gonatas, Dist.

GONATAS DIVERGENS, Dist.

Gonatas divergens, Dist. ¢..¢. p. 219, pl. 20. fig. 10.

ge specimens of this species were taken at Balthazar,

April 8, from wet sand on the banks of a stream, where they

Se bn iy) ia

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA, 189

were alighting from the air. Others were found on the Mount

Gay estate, August 20-25, under piles of weeds and leaves.

Raapros, Stal.

RHAPIUS COLLINUS, Dist.

Rhaptus collina, Dist. t. c. p. 410, pl. 36. fig. 3.

Seven specimens of this insect were found on the Mount

Gay estate, where they were either beaten from herbage in open

places or taken from beneath piles of weeds and leaves.

MeEtanocorypuoes, Stal.

MELANOCORYPHUS BICRUCIS (Say).

Lygeus bicrucis, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. 1825,

p- 322.

Four specimens of this common North-American insect were

taken on the Mount Gay estate, August 21—26, on herbage.

ONcOPELTUS, Stal.

1. OncopELtus FascraTUS (Dallas).

Lygeus fasciatus, Dallas, List, iv. p. 538.

Five specimens were found on the Mount Gay estate, August

26 and 30. They were beaten from herbage on an open flat

tract near the sea.

2. ONCOPELTUS CINGULIFER, Stal.

Oncopeltus (Erythrischius) cingulifer, Stal, Enum. Hemipt. pt. 4,

1874, p. 103.

Numerous specimens were collected at Balthazar, March 7

and April 2, from herbage in second-growth woods. One

specimen was secured at Granville, March 27; another was found

on the Mount Gay estate, April 5, on herbage; and another at

the same place on August 26.

3. ONCOPELTUS VARICOLOR (Fabr.).

Lygeus varicolor, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 149.

A few specimens of this beautiful species were found at

Balthazar and other places in April, on open places upon herbage.

One was also found on the Lake Antoine estate, another on the

Mirabeau estate, and yet another was found at Windsor, on the

windward side of the island, March 28, on herbage in an open

area at an elevation of 500 feet above the sea.

PYRRHOOCORIDA.

DysprErcus, Am. et S.

DysDERCOS ANNULIGER, sp. nov.

Form of D. suturellus, H.-Schf., and differing from that species

190 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [Mar 6,

in having a white ring at the base of the apical joint of the

antenne, and in lacking the white cross on the inner margin of

the corium and clavus. There are two principal patterns of mark-

ing in this insect: one in which the upper surface is dusky black,

with the exception of the head, the anterior two-thirds of the

pronotum, and the base of scutellum, which are red ; in the other

the insect is red above, excepting the base of the pronotum and the

membrane, which are black. In the female the underside is red

with a black edge to the basal margin of the ventral segments and

pleural sutures. In the male most of the venter is white, as are

also the collum and posterior border of the pleural pieces. The

rostrum of the male usually reaches to the middle of the second

ventral segment, but in the female it extends only to the basal

segment.

Varieties occur which connect the two extremes of colour. The

legs vary in the amount of red upon the femora and tibiz.

Many of the specimens have these members piceous blackish.

Length to tip of abdomen ¢ 8-10, 2 10-12 mm.; width of

pronotum 23—4 mm.

This species is also closely related to D. rujficollis, Linn., but it is

a much larger insect, with a longer head, exactly asin D. suturellus,

H.-Schf., and with a proportionally longer rostrum in both

sexes. In D. ruficollis all the specimens I have examined were

marked with a more or less distinct black dot behind the middle

of the corium.

Many specimens were collected on both sides of the island.

At Balthazar they were found March 30, in considerable

numbers upon decaying oranges in shady places. On the Mount

Gay estate (leeward) they were taken, April 5 and 25, in the

cocoa orchards, where they were brushed from the undergrowth.

In August and September they were found on the Mount Gay

estate and St. George’s.

The white colour of the base of the fourth joint of the antennze

is sometimes indistinct, but not quite absent.

CAaAPSIDA.

Lorvs, Hahn.

LOPUS MILITARIS, sp. nov.

Long oval, pubescent, bright yellow beneath, the markings rufo-

fulvous above. Head short, with a dusky oval loop on the

cranium, open at base, and closed at the base of the tylus; the

tylus stout, black, the cheeks and throat bright yellow ; rostrum

yellow, fuscous from the middle to the tip, reaching behind the

middle coxze, the basal joint thickened at tip, reaching upon the

sternum ; antenne black, long, tapering, the second joint rod-

shaped, about as long as the more slender third and fourth joints

united ; eyes black, very prominent. Pronotum dark brown, dull,

pubescent, with the collum, and a broad reddish stripe running

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 191

back from it, widening at the basal margin, narrowing between the

ceallosities and sending off a slender line behind them ; lateral

margins sinuated, acutely reflexed, excepting the sides of the

prominent collum; margin of the propleura also reflexed. Legs

black, orange or rufous on the coxe and base of femora. Scutellum

almost flat, flavo-rufous, a little fuscous near the basal angles.

Hemelytra dark brown, greyish-pubescent, with the cuneus and

inner edge of the clavus fulvous; costal areole-long, narrow and

almost straight, the membrane dark brown, the vein of the

areole pale. Venter yellow, invested with long whitish pubescence,

the sides obscured with a series of spots, and the ovipositor black.

Length to end of venter 5-53 mm.; width of pronotum 21 mm.

Only two specimens, a male and a female, of this bright insect

were secured. They were found on an open and weedy place

upon herbage, on La Force estate, at an elevation of about 350 feet

above the sea.

Caxtocoris, Fieber.

CaLocoris (MEGACGLUM) RUBRINERVIS (Dist.).

Creontiades (Megacelum) rubrinervus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Hem.-Het. p. 237, pl. 23. fig. 12.

A fine series of specimens were brought back from the island.

They were found on both sides of the region. At Balthazar they

were taken April 7, from plants in open weedy places near a

stream of water. In March they were found on the Mirabeau

and Lake Antoine estates. In August they were swept from

herbage on the Mount Gay and Lake Antoine estates.

The form of the sides of the head and proportions of the

antennz seem to place this species in Calocoris rather than in

Megacelum.

Metinna, Uhiler.

Mertinna mMopgsta, Ubler.

Melinna modesta, Uhler, Entomol. Americana, iii. 1887, p. 69.

Several specimens were taken on the Mount Gay estate and

at St. George’s, late in August and early in September, by sweeping

the herbage.

In Maryland this species occurs in late summer on willows,

and also on undergrowth of thin woods and on pine-trees, near

streams of water.

Puytocoris, Fabr.

PHytocoris pxruivs, Reuter.

Phytocoris ewimius, Reuter, Ofv. Vetensk.-Akad. Férh. 1875,

no. 9, p. 67.

Three specimens, all different in markings, were found at

Balthazar, March 2, and at St. George’s in September. They

came to the light at night.

192 PROF, P, R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

This is a common species with an extensive distribution. It

inhabits Colombia, Central America, Mexico, California, Washington

State, Oregon, Colorado and Utah, New Mexico, Arizona, Minne-

sota, Lower Canada, and all the Atlantic States from Maine to

Florida, and the Gulf States west into Texas, as also San

Domingo and Cuba. Degrees of maturity affect its colours and

pattern of marking.

Pacitoscytus, Fieber.

Pacinoscytus (Lyeus) cunnatus (Dist.).

Lygus cuneatus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Het. p. 435, pl. 37.

fig. 24.

This is a common species in the Antilles and on the borders of

the adjoining continent. It is found in Central America, Mexico,

Texas, and Florida, and apparently as far north as Virginia.

Specimens from the last-named State have passed through my

hands, but, as their antenne were mutilated, a slight element of

uncertainty exists in the identification.

Many specimens were collected on the Mirabeau estate, April 7,

as they came to the light at night. At Balthazar and on the

Mount Gay estate they were swept from herbage in August.

Furvivs, Stal.

1. FuLvius aATRATUS, Dist.

Fulvius atratus, Dist. t. c. p. 282, pl. 27. fig. 18.

Several specimens of this species were taken at Balthazar,

March 7, and also early in August, in bushy places on herbage

and at the light. Others were captured at Chantilly, and on the

Grand Etang they were met with at an altitude of 1900 feet upon

decaying weeds. In the United States this species frequents

fungi in damp, shady borders of woods, and it flies freely in the

sunshine.

2. FULVIUS LUNULATUS, sp. nov.

Black, polished, oblong-ovate, with the head shorter than

normal, wider than the apex of pronotum, and swollen between

the eyes, vertex with a faint impressed line ; antenne dark brown,

the second joint paler, very long, and white on the apical one-

third, the third and fourth a little more slender than the second,

but not setaceous ; rostrum piceous, reaching behind the posterior

coxe. Pronotum wider than long, tumidly convex on the middle,

broadly indented, and grooved in the centre behind the collum,

the posterior submargin bounded by an incised line; humeral

angles acutely prominent, the lateral margin deeply sinuated.

Scutellum piceous black, highly polished, convex. Legs pale

fuscous, the anterior femora darker. Hemelytra black, or

brownish black, marked with a minute pale fleck at the base of

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 193

the corium, and with the inner border of the clavus slenderly

fulvous; corium with an obliquely placed lozenge-shaped white

spot on the basal third, and a smaller oval spot of the same

colour on the inner half of the cuneus; membrane smoke-brown,

showing a slender edge of white against the margin of the cuneus.

Length to tip of venter 2-2} mm.; width of pronotum # mm.

Several specimens were collected on the Black Forest estate

and about the Grand Etang, on the windward side of the island,

from August 13 to 19, at an altitude of 1500 to 1900 feet above

the level of the sea, under leaves on the ground, on bark of

decaying logs in a clearing, and also beaten from masses of brush

and leaves.

Eccritotarsvs, Stal.

1. EccrrroTarsts ATRATUS, Dist.

Eceritotarsus atratus, Dist. t. ¢. p. 285, pl. 26. fig. 20.

This is a common species in the West Indies, Mexico, Central

America, and Colombia. It inhabits also California and Texas.

Numerous specimens were taken at Balthazar, at an elevation

of 1900 feet above the sea, April 2, on herbage, in open grassy

places near water. It was found also on the Mount Gay estate

in August, flying at sunset.

2. EccRITOTARSUS INCURVUS, Dist.

Eccritotarsus incurvus, Dist. t. c. p. 285, pl. 26. fig. 19.

Numerous specimens were found at Balthazar, also on the

Mirabeau, Mount Gay, and Lake Antoine estates, either in March

or August, on grass and herbage near streams of water. In the

southern United States it lives in midsummer on low herbs inopen

places on sandy beaches of streams.

Cyrtocapsus, Reuter.

CYRTOCAPSUS CALIGINEUS (Stal).

Capsus caligineus, Stal, Freg. Eugenie Resa, Ins. p. 258; Dist.

t. C. p. XX.

Pirithous pallipes, Dist. t. c. p. 303, pl. xxix. fig. 11.

A few specimens were taken at Balthazar and on the Mirabeau

estate in March and April in weedy places.

Eneyratus, Reuter.

ENGYTATUS GENICULATUS, Reuter.

Engytatus geniculatus, Reuter, Ofv. Vetensk.-Akad. Férh. 1875,

no. 9, p. 83.

Neoproba varians, Dist. t. ¢. p. 271, pl. 26. fig. 7.

This species is distributed all the way from Colombia to Mexico,

194 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE [Mar. 6,

the Antilles, Texas, and Florida. In San Domingo it lives on

various kinds of weeds growing on the sides of the roads and in

neglected gardens.

Numerous specimens were collected on both sides of Grenada.

On the Mount Gay estate they were found, late in August, on

herbage in the open country. At St. George’s they were taken

during the same month, at night, from herbage.

Dicyruvs, Fieber.

DIcYPHUS SEPARATUS, Sp. NOY.

Long and moderately narrow, pale greenish, erect-pubescent,

with the basal joint and apex of the second joint of antennz black ;

punctures of the hemelytra coarse, sparse, black; corium with a

large black dot a little behind the apex, with the apex, the

posterior border faintly, the tip of scutellum, and the end of the

cuneus also black. Head moderately short, highly polished,

remotely pubescent; eyes dark brown; antenne pale green,

minutely pubescent, a little longer than from tip of head to apex

of clavus; rostrum testaceous, dusky at tip, reaching almost to the

apex of the posterior coxe. Pronotum obsoletely punctate, marked

with a deeply-impressed longitudinal line, the posterior margin

deeply sinuated. Legs pale greenish, with the apex of the tarsi

piceous. Scutellum a little punctate, set with erect hairs. Corium

and clavus with remote erect fuscous pubescence ; cuneus minutely

striato-punctate, long, sinuated on the inner border ; the membrane

long, iridescent, with the veins of the areole a little dusky.

Length to tip of abdomen 3 mm., to tip of membrane 4 mm.;

width of pronotum 7 mm.

This species extends its habitat from Cambridge, Mass., to

Florida and Texas ; it is also found in California.

Six specimens of this insect were taken on the Mount Gay

estate, October 16, on low herbage.

Paracarnvs, Dist.

PaRACARNUS MEXICANUS, Dist.

Paracarnus mexicanus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Het. p. 445,

pl. 39. fig. 2.

This species was captured at Balthazar, March 23, in a cocoa

orchard in a damp situation. On the Mirabeau estate it was found

March 25, on herbage near a stream of water.

Annona, Dist.

ANNONA LABECULATA, Dist.

Annona labeculata, Dist. t. c. p. 446, pl. 39. fig. 3.

One specimen was found near Balthazar, March 23, ina shady

damp locality, on herbage, in a cocoa orchard.

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 195

Hatrticus, Burm.

HALTICUS UHLERI, Giard.

Halticus uhleri, Giard, C. Rend. Soc. Biol. sér. 9, iv. p. 81.

Halticus minutus, Uhler, in Popenoe, Report, Kansas, 1889,

p- 212, pl. 9. figs. 10 & 12.

Calocoris canus, Dist. t. c. p. 480, pl. 37. figs. 11 & 12.

Several specimens were found, most of which were winged. A

brachypterous specimen was taken, March 25, on the Mirabeau

estate; the other specimens were found, in August, among dry

weeds and rubbish on damp ground at Balthazar and Chantilly.

Episcorts, Reuter.

EPISCOPUS ORNATUS, Reuter. }

Episcopus ornatus, Reuter, Ofv. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. 1875,

no. 9, p. 90.

Lygus widus, Dist. t. c. p. 433, pl. 37. fig. 18.

In the United States this species is distributed from New York

to Florida, and from thence to Cuba and San Domingo. It

abounds in midsummer in fields from which wheat has been cut,

and where it lives upon the Ambrosia artemisicfolia.

In Grenada it was common at Balthazar and on the Mirabeau

estate, on weeds, both in April and August.

Psattus, Fieber.

PSALLUS POLITUS, sp. nov.

Oval, black, highly polished, minutely pubescent. Head large,

triangular, almost vertical, moderately convex, rufo-piceous beneath,

with a few indented points on the vertex, the width across the eyes

a little greater than the apex of the pronotum; antenne yellow,

short, moderately stout, the two apical jomts and sometimes the

distal end of the second joint fuscous, the second nearly as long as

the head and pronotum united ; rostrum testaceous, piceous at base,

the tylus also piceous. Pronotum transverse, simple, moderately

convex, obliquely narrowed, and abruptly decurved on each side in

front, the surface highly polished, sparsely pubescent, obsoletely

punctate. Scutellum nearly equilateral, moderately convex, acute

at tip, obsoletely wrinkled. Legs testaceous, the tarsi usually

more or less dusky. Hemelytra highly polished, minutely greyish

pubescent, covered with shallow punctures ; the membrane smoke-

brown. Pleural pieces and sternum piceous. Venter highly

polished, not apparently punctate, often rufo-piceous at base.

The male has the second joint of antenne a little thickened at

apex and often fuscous there.

Length to tip of venter 17-2 mm; width of pronotum ? mm.

Nineteen specimens of this little insect were secured in various

places on the windward side of the island. Of these both sexes

196 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,”

were found on the Mirabeau estate, April 7, at an altitude of

250 feet ; on the Mount Gay estate, at levels from 200 to 400, on

August 21; and on the Chantilly estate, September 17, at an

altitude of 500 feet. Some came to the light at night, others

were taken while flying at sunset, and some others were swept

from herbage in open places.

Rurnacioa, Reuter.

RHINACLOA FORTICORNIS, Reuter.

Rhinacloa forticornis, Reuter, Ofy. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. 1875,

no. 9, p. 88.

This species was found at Balthazar, St. George’s, and on the

Mount Gay estate in August, upon herbage growing in swampy

ground.

CERATOCOMBID®.

CuratocomBts, Signoret.

1. CERATOCOMBUS BRASILIENSIS, Reuter.

Ceratocombus brasiliensis, Reuter, Monogr. Ceratocomb. p. 7,

no. 3, fig. 3.

This species is common in both St. Vincent and Grenada, and

it seems to have a general distribution from Brazil to the Antilles.

Numerous specimens were collected at Balthazar, March 5, under

decaying leaves on a damp rock, next the shady bank of a stream.

At Woburn one specimen was found on the Windsor estate, at an

elevation of 500 feet, March 28, under decaying leaves on wet sand

on the shady bank of a stream. In August it was abundant on

the Mount Gay estate, at an elevation of 1900 feet above the sea,

in a clearing of the damp forest, with masses of brush and leaves.

Individual specimens vary somewhat in the extent of the white

colour near the costal margin of the hemelytra. In some of them

scarcely more than a white dot is present, while in others the

colour is extended into a broad streak. In a small proportion of

the specimens the white is obsolete or absent.

This form is closely related to, if not the same as, one which

belongs to the Gulf States and Florida; but, as only soiled speci-

mens have been accessible to me, it is not possible to express a

settled opinion as to the identity of these insects.

2. CERATOCOMBUS MINUTUS, sp. NOV.

Oblong-ovate, dull black ; form similar to C. brasiliensis, Reut.,

but small, and comparatively wider across the hemelytra. Head

subconical, longer than wide, a little narrower than the apex of

the pronotum, minutely pubescent, sometimes tinged with rufous,

indented in the middle, with the tylus wide and prominent, and

the eyes projecting beyond the sides of the pronotum ; underside

of head testaceous, piceous on the tumid base of the gula, the

rostrum testaceous, reaching upon the middle coxe; antenne

moderately stout, testaceous, the two apical joimts slender and

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETHROPTERA OF GRENADA. 197

more distinctly hairy. Pronotum transverse, moderately convex,

minutely pubescent, strongly decurved behind the eyes, with the

lateral margins reflexed and set with remote bristles, the humeral

angles a little prominent, posterior margin a little curved ; sternum

piceous, transversely tumid at the collum, andsmooth. Legs dusky

testaceous, with the anterior femora broad and compressed.

Hemelytra dull black, pubescent, gradually widening posteriorly,

the membrane almost as long as the corium, opaque, and bluntly

rounded at tip, with the middle area large and oval, similar to

C. brasiliensis ; costal margin broadly recurved almost to the tip of

corium, the cell adjacent to the costa long and wide, subtriangular.

Length to tip of hemelytra 12? mm.; width of pronotum $ mm.

Numerous specimens were collected in various localities in the

island. At Balthazar, 250 feet above tide-level, specimens were

secured, April 20, in weedy open places in second-growth thickets,

and at the same place on August 4, 10, 15, flying at sunset. On

the Mount Gay estate they were found August 28-31 and

September 6, at an altitude of 200 feet, flying at sunset. On the

Grand Etang they were secured at an altitude of 1900 feet on a

clearing in the damp forest, where they were beaten from masses

of brush and from leaves. On the Chantilly estate they were

found, August 5, at an altitude of 500 feet on open hillsides,

amidst a second-growth timber, where they were swept from piles

of decaying weeds and rubbish.

CryprostrmMa, H.-Schf.

CRYPTOSTEMMA FASCIATUM, sp. nov.

Dark'brown, opaque, oblong-oval, gradually widening posteriorly,

minutely pubescent. Head subconical, tinged with rufous in

front and below; antenne long, stout, rufo-testaceous, hairy ;

rostrum pale testaceous, reaching to the posterior coxe. Pronotum

a little wider than long, indistinctly grooved on the middle line,

steeply decurved on the sides anteriorly, where it becomes a little

narrower. Legs pale testaceous. Hemelytra apparently coriaceous

throughout, dark brown, minutely scabrous and pubescent, crossed

behind the scutellum by a wavy, broad, deep yellow band. Beneath

dull yellow on the meso- and metasternum, and sometimes on the

base of the venter. The entire underside is sometimes pale piceous.

Length to tip of venter 1 mm.; width of pronotum 3 mm.

Four specimens were collected on the Grand Etang, August 9,

at an altitude of 1900 feet above the sea, from masses of roots,

phyto-parasites, and decaying leaves on trees,

ScuizopTHRA, Fieber.

ScHIZOPTHRA FLAVIPES, Reuter.

Schizoptera flavipes, Reuter, Monogr. Ceratocomb. p. 19, no. 2,

fig. 10

The original type of this species came from Rio, Brazil; but the

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1894, No. XIV. 14

petal ed

198 PROF, P, R, UHLER ON THE [Mar. 6,

specimens from the West Indies agree in all respects with the

description given by Mr. Reuter. This species is now known to

me through specimens from Venezuela, Central America, and the

Antilles.

Several specimens were taken at Balthazar and on the Grand

Etang, in August and the early part of September. They were

captured while flying, at sunset, and at various elevations from

500 to 1300 feet above the sea.

PrenipiopHyes, Reuter.

PrENIDIOPHYES MIRABILIS, Reuter.

Ptenidiophyes mirabilis, Reuter, Monogr. Ceratocomb. p. 26,

no. 1, fig. 15.

Only three specimens were secured: one on the Chantilly

estate, early in August, on a hillside, in the piles of decaying

weeds ; and the others were found on the Grand Etang, August 9,

at an elevation of 1900 feet above the sea, where they were beaten

from masses of roots and decaying leaves. The type was taken

in Brazil.

ANTHOCORIDE.

Lastocuitvs, Reuter.

1. LAstocHILus PALLIDULUS, Reuter.

Lasiochilus pallidulus, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Acta Soc.

Fenn. xiv. 1884, p. 571.

Many specimens were collected at various points on the island.

At Balthazar they were taken, April 7, at an elevation of 250

feet above the sea, while flying over open places at sunset. On

August 7 they were taken at the same place from vines and

bushes. At the Grand Etang they were found, September 15, at

an elevation of 1900 feet, among piles of weeds. Others were

taken on the Mount Gay estate.

2. LASIOCHILUS VARICOLOR, Sp. NOY.

Oblong-oval, much less robust, narrower and more tender than

L. pallidulus, Reut., fusco-testaceous, pale pubescent, paler

beneath, and with the head, pronotum, and base of scutellum

rufo-piceous. Head highly polished, shorter than the pronotum,

with the eyes black, large, and extending beyond the width of the

front of the pronotum; antenne# moderately slender, pubescent,

testaceous, sometimes a little dusky, and darker on the ends of the

joints, a little longer than the head, prothorax, and scutellum

united, the second joint stout, a little longer than the head,

slightly thickened at tip; rostrum pale testaceous, reaching

behind the anterior cox, the basal joint thick, barely reaching to

the eye. Pronotum polished, with slender transverse wrinkles ;

the collum narrow but distinct ; the anterior lobe convexly elevated,

with an impressed point on the middle ; the lateral margin feebly

sinuated behind, but strongly contracted in front; the posterior

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA, 199

margin sinuated, with the humeral angles prominent, oblique, and

a little rounded; the pro- and mesopleura piceous, with the

sternum and coxal pieces paler. Legs pale testaceous. Base of

scutellum transversely elevated, the surface behind this depressed,

dull testaceous, with the tip almost acuminate. Hemelytra long,

closely pale pubescent, dull yellowish, with the apex and inner

margin dusky, the costal margin almost straight, and the basal

margin of the cuneus bounded by a pale line; membrane dusky, a

little paler at base. Venter fulvo-testaceous, distinctly pubescent,

ovate, with the ovipositor piceous.

Length to tip of venter 13-2 mm.; width of pronotum 3 mm.

Numerous specimens were collected at several points, such as

Balthazar, August 8, at an elevation of 250 feet above the sea,

in open fields, in piles of decaying weeds ; at Chantilly, August 5,

at an altitude of 500 feet above tide, on open_hillsides, from piles

of decaying weeds and rubbish ; from Grand Etang, September 12,

15, on piles of weeds ; and from the Mount Gay estate likewise

on weeds and waste from stable.

3. LASIOCHILUS FRATERNUS, sp. Nov.

Form similar to the preceding, but more robust, closely

resembling ZL. fusculus, Reuter, smaller, and with a shorter

pronotum, &c. Colour fusco-piceous, paler beneath, with pale

testaceous legs and rostrum, Head a little shorter than in JZ.

fusculus, rufo-piceous before the line of the eyes, polished, a little

shorter than the pronotum ; a curved impressed line across the

vertex, the eyes extending a little wider than the front of pro-

notum ; antennz stout, fusco-testaceous, the second joint gradually

thickening towards the tip, a little longer than the pronotum, the

two apical joints paler, conspicuously pubescent ; rostrum reaching

to the anterior cox, the basal joint stout and extending to the

middle of the eye. Pronotum trapezoidal, wider than long,

polished, transversely wrinkled, a little scabrous on the posterior

lobe, punctate on the sides, the lateral margin bluntly rounded off,

hardly sinuated, set with erect bristles, the apical border a little

reflexed, the posterior margin moderately sinuated, with the

humeral angles subacute and a little produced. Sternum, pleural

pieces, and disk of venter more or less dark piceous, the deflexed

margin of the pronotum placed inferiorly, sharply defined, growing

much thicker anteriorly. Scutellum deeply depressed, a little

scabrous, pubescent. Hemelytra dull fusco-piceous, minutely

pubescent, more or less dull testaceous at base and along the length

of the clavus ; membrane long, pale fuliginous, paler at base.

Length to tip of venter 2mm. ; width of pronotum 7 mm.

Some specimens have a faint pale dot on the middle at base of

cuneus. This species lacks the indentation on the middle of

pronotum. Specimens were collected at Balthazar, March 12,

at an elevation of 300 feet, on dry hillsides, amongst second-

growth woods, under piles of decaying weeds, and at the same

place August 7, 8, 10-15; on the Mount Gay estate, August 20-

14*

i a

200 PROF. P, R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

25, at altitudes of 150-200 feet, flying at sunset; at St. George's,

August 27 and September 1, altitude 500 feet, flying at sunset.

4, LASIOCHILUS NEBULOSUS, sp. Noy.

More robust than either of the preceding species, subovate,

dark piceous, with a tinge of rufous, the head, pronotum, and base

of scutellum highly polished. Head short, pale rufo-piceous in

front of the vertex, the tablet carrying the ocelli opaque and rough,

bounded in front by a transverse groove, impressed line at base of

tylus deep ; antennz slender, about as long as the head, pronotum,

and scutellum united, the basal joint projecting a little in front of

the head, piceous, sometimes pale at tip, the second joint shorter

than usual, pale yellow with a dusky tip, scarcely longer than the

head, the two apical joints tinged with fuscous; rostrum dark

piceous at base, pale rufo-testaceous from thence to the tip,

reaching to the anterior cox. Sternum and venter piceous, the

posterior borders of the middle pleura, as also exteriorly, yellowish.

Pronotum trapezoidal, wider than long, dark piceous, fringed with

a few long cilie; dorsal surface very moderately convex, a little

scabrous and wrinkled, with a wide collar at tip ; the lateral margin

very obliquely convergent, emarginated at the apical angle;

posterior margin moderately sinuated, the humeral angles a little

prominent. Scutellum dark piceous, raised at base, depressed

behind this to the tip and minutely scabrous. Legs and coxe dull

testaceous, occasionally paler, with the middle of femora dark

piceous ; tarsi generally piceous. Hemelytra wide, almost parallel-

sided, dull pale yellowish, pubescent, coarsely punctate, the apex

of the clavus, an oblong spot near the end of the corium, a streak

exterior to this on the costa, and the cuneus dusky or piceous,

the posterior edge of the corium marked with polished, piceous,

interrupted streaks ; the membrane pale, clouded with fuliginous.

Length to end of venter 1? mm.; width of pronotum } mm.

Several specimens were collected at Balthazar, August 7, at an

altitude of 250 feet, in second-growth woods, from vines and

brush, also on August 17, under piles of cut weeds, in open damp

ground. Others were found on the Mount Gay estate, August 20-

25, and were beaten from herbage in open places, at an elevation

of 200 feet.

5. Lasiocuixts pictus, Ubler.

Lasiochilus pictus, Uhler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 157.

A few specimens were found at Balthazar and on the Mount

Gay estate, August 20 to 25, at elevations of 150 to 200 feet above

the sea, and they were taken, while flying, at sunset.

‘ 6. LASIOCHILUS BASALIS, Reuter.

Lasiochilus basalis, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Act. Soc. Fenn.

xiv. p. 569.

Several specimens were taken on the Chantilly estate and at

Balthazar in March and August, on the hillsides, from among

rotting leayes and herbage.

Te = 2

1894, ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA, 201

7. LASIOCHILUS FUSCULUS, Reuter.

Lasiochilus fusculus, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Act. Soc. Fenn.

xiv. p. 576.

A few specimens were obtained at Balthazar, early in August,

in an open field, where they were shaken from decaying leaves.

On the Grand Etang one specimen was taken, September 1, while

flying at sunset.

Prnzosteruus, Fieber.

PiEnzOSTETHUS soRDIDUS, Reuter.

Prezostethus sordidus, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Act. Soc. Fenn.

xiv. p. 091.

Numerous specimens were procured at several localities. Those

from Balthazar were found July 11 and August 17, either flying

at sunset, or on open damp ground beneath “piles of cut weeds.

On the Mount Gay estate and on the Grand Etang they were

taken during August, from herbage in open places.

TRIPHLEPS, Fieber.

TRIPHLEPS PERPUNCTATUS, Reuter.

Triphleps perpunctatus, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Act. Soc. Fenn.

xiv. p. 654.

A few specimens were taken at Balthazar, August 17, on open

damp ground under piles of weeds.

BracuysteLes, Muls. et Rey.

BRACHYSTELES PALLIDUS, Reuter.

Brachysteles pallidus, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Act. Soc. Fenn,

xiv. p. 672.

A few specimens were secured at four different localities. At

Balthazar they were found August 14, flying at sunset: others

were taken on the Mount Gay and Chantilly estates, and at St.

George’s, in August and September, either flying at sunset or

beneath piles of weeds.

CarDIAstEeruvs, Fieber.

1. CARDIASTETHUS ASSIMILIS, Reuter.

Cardiastethus assimilis, Reuter, Monogr. Anthoc., Act. Soc. Fenn.

xiv. p. 693.

Several specimens were secured at Balthazar, April 20, from

weedy places in second-growth thickets, and on the Mount Gay

estate, September 4, flying at sunset, or in second-growth woods.

2. CARDIASTETHUS ELEGANS, sp. nov.

Form similar to C. assimilis, Reuter, but rather more elongated,

pale rufo-piceous, with the legs and antenne yellowish. Head

moderately long, highly polished, fulvous before the line of the

antenn, rufo-piceous behind this point, with a band of punctures

202 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THB [Mar 6,

connecting the eyes ; antenne thick on the two basal joints, the

two apical ones very slender and hairy, the first joint scarcely

extending beyond the tip of tylus, the second becoming thicker

next the tip, longer than the head; rostrum extending over the

anterior cox, rufo-testaceous, darker at base, the basal joint

scarcely reaching to the eyes; the eyes black, a little deeper than

the head, coarsely granulated ; neck behind the eyes short and

thick. Pronotum much wider than long, rapidly and obliquely

narrowing towards the front; the collum very slender and recurved;

callosities transverse, convexly prominent ; the posterior lobe short,

darker than anteriorly, obsoletely punctate and rugulose ; the pos-

terior margin broadly sinuated and having the humeral angles

indented, moderately prominent; the lateral margin deflexed,

thickened, emarginated at the anterior blunt angle. Sternum and

pleural pieces pale rufo-piceous. Legs a little pubescent, darker

on the femora than the tibie. Scutellum impressed behind the

middle and rugose nearer the apex. Hemelytra bright yellow,

pubescent, roughly punctate, the inner border and apex of the

corium dark brown, this colour extending over the cuneus ; mem-

brane more or less tinged with fuliginous, but occasionally clear

and iridescent. Venter polished, minutely punctate and pubescent,

more or less spread with dark piceous.

Length to tip of venter 1-17 mm. ; width of pronotum 3 mm.

This is a particularly bright-coloured species, rendered more

conspicuous by the dark band on the base of pronotum, and

by the dark border of the hemelytra. Specimens were captured

at Balthazar, April 20, at an altitude of 250 feet, on weedy open

places in second-growth thickets; also on the Grand Etang, at an

altitude of 1900 feet, where they were beaten from brush and

masses of leaves. On the Mount Gay estate they were found

August 20-25, and were beaten from herbage in open places, and

they were seen flying at sunset in August and September. They

were also obtained at St. George’s, August 22, in open swampy

places, on herbage.

Acantuia, Fabr.

ACANTHIA LECTULARIA (Linn.).

Cimex lectularia, Linn. Fauna Suec. p. 909.

Acanthia lectularia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 67, 1.

One specimen was taken. It is very common and a great

pest, especially in the poorer class of houses.

TINGITIDZ.

TELEONEMIA, Costa.

TELEONEMIA SACCHARI (Fabr.).

Acanthia sacchari, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 77.

Several specimens were found at Balthazar, April 5, on herbage

in the cocoa orchards, also on Lake Antoine estate, April 13,

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 203

among second-growth trees, and at the same place August 26,

and on the Mount Gay estate, August 26-31, where it was beaten

from herbage.

Typonotus, Uhler.

TYPONOTUS PLANARIS, Uhler.

Typonotus planaris, Uhler, P. ZS. 1893, p. 716.

A few specimens were taken at Balthazar, April 3, from

herbage in open weedy places. Also at St. George’s and on the

Mount Gay estate, in September, from herbage on low grounds.

CoryTHAIca, Stal.

CoRYTHAICA CARINATA, sp. Nov.

Oblong, narrow, pale fuscous, sinuated on the sides of pronotum,

with the costal base of hemelytra less distinctly so, but more

broadly and deeply behind the middle. Head short, pale brown

above, the buccule whitish ; the eyes barely projecting beyond the

line of the sides of pronotal prolongation ; antennz slender, fulvo-

testaceous, dark at base, the apical joint more obscurely brownish,

the second joint minute, the third as long as all the rest united,

very slender, minutely ciliated, dark brown at base, the apical

joint with long, erect sete ; rostrum flavo-testaceous, reaching to

the middle coxz; a diagonal whitish streak beneath the eye.

Pronotum tapering anteriorly, with the protuberance detached and

lifted above the base of the head, becoming more compressed as it

rises, andatthe apex curved down beyond the head, its sides and dor-

sum each with a carinate line having series of large quadrangular

cells between them, the lower border reflexed ; the posterior lobe of

pronotum broad, a little convex, with the lateral margin expanded

into a white, thin, reflexed border, which is bounded on the inner side

by a raised thread ending anteriorly in a small button, the three

longitudinal carinate folds white, arched, the intervening surface

granulated; the carinate folds are continued back to tip of the

scutellum, the lateral ones arched at base, fading out posteriorly,

and the middle one low and slender throughout. Hemelytra

mostly opaque, testaceous behind the middle, with the raised lines

whitish ; the discoidal areole fusiform, fuscous behind, with the

bounding veins carinate and the exterior one rising posteriorly ;

the surface generally granulated ; a brown double spot occupies the

space costally beyond the discoidal areole; costal area narrow,

tapering at base, of almost equal width from thence to tip of

membrane, whitish, provided with a single series of subquadrate

areoles, and marked near the tip with a dark brown spot contiguous

to a brown circle on the closed membrane, middle cells of the

membrane large, unevenly reticulated, and with brown veins, the

tip almost truncated.

I Length to tip of wing-covers 23-24 mm.; width of pronotum

q mm.

204 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE (Mar. 6

Collected on the Mount Gay estate, August 21-31, September

11-29, and October 7, on low grounds and hillsides up to 400

feet, beaten from herbage ; also at St. George’s, September 29, on

herbage.

The description is chiefly derived from the dark and mature

specimens. Some of these vary in marking, as well as in breadth

of hemelytra, especially in the amount of dark brown on the

membrane. ‘This colour sometimes occupies the whole base and end

of this part of the hemelytra, and leaves a curved whitish band or

uneven spot between the two patches of colour.

Coryruuca, Stal,

CoryTHUCA DECENS, Stal.

Tingis decens, Stal, Stettin. ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 324.

A few specimens were found on the Mount Gay estate, Oc-

tober 16, on low herbage.

PHYMATIDE.

Puymata, Latr.

PHYMATA ANGULATA, sp. DOV.

Pale fulvous (no doubt green when alive), narrow, marked with

rich dark brown on the pronotum, hemelytra, and sides of abdomen.

Head of medium length and width, regularly narrowing towards

the tip, the tip triangularly emarginate with the two processes

short and subacute, the surface granulated, longitudinally and

deeply depressed, with a curved, anteriorly tapering ridge each

side conspicuously granulated, which carries the oceili, the occiput

truncated and sharpe-edged; eyes of medium prominence; the

antenne long, with the apical joint (¢) much longer than the

three others united, (2) only about one and a half times as long

as the third, usually infuscated on the apical half; cheeks granulated

in broken rows, neck remotely granulated. Pronotum pale fulvo-

testaceous (when less mature pale testaceous), stained with pale

brown across the base, on the lobes of the posterior division, and

forming a diagonal spot on the side of the anterior lobes; the an-

terior division granulated, with the side-lobes subtriangular, a

little curved, pale, bordered with granules ; the posterior division

coarsely punctate, marked off laterally by a deep emargination,

followed by a long lamellar wing, which is deeply emarginate

on the end, acutely produced at the posterior angle and more

triangularly at the anterior angle, which also carries a slender

diagonal carina; carinate lines of the disk spreading wider apart

posteriorly, all the raised lines granulated ; the humero-posterior

margin reflexed, white, slightly oblique, broadly sinuated, with

the inner angles produced over the clavus. Scutellum pale

brown, more closely granulated at base, the middle carina marked

with a whitish tip. Corium and clavus more or less dark brown,

sprinkled with remote, minute, yellow granules, the veins and costal

margin pale yellowish; membrane dark brown with a brassy tinge.

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 205

Legs testaceous yellow; the anterior femora more or less rufous,

granulated, wide, strongly compressed and smooth on the lower

anterior border ; middle and posterior femora granulated, marked

with a brown band, with rows of spines beneath and a small tooth

near the apex ; tibize of the same pairs more minutely granulated,

with a small tooth beneath near the basal end; tarsi sometimes

piceous and with black nails. Abdomen pale, widely expanded

into long triangular lobes, which are brown spotted with white

exteriorly, and pale with dark marks posteriorly, the outer extremity

of these lobes acute, and on the underside reddish brown and

carinate. Meso- and metapleura marked with a common reddish

brown patch.

Length to end of venter 54-6 mm.; width across humeral

wings 22-3 mm.; width across abdominal lobes 3-34 mm.

The specimens were secured on the La Force estate on May 5 and

August 7, at an altitude of 250 feet, and were swept from herbage

in open swampy and weedy places; others were taken on the

Mount Gay estate, September 28, October 3 and 12, in open

places among herbage.

NABID&.

Coriscus, Schrank.

1. CoRISCUS CRASSIPES (Reuter).

Nabis crassipes, Reuter, Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1872, no. 6, p- 83.

One specimen was found on the Lake Antoine estate, March 24,

where it was swept from herbage.

2. CoRISCUS SERICANS (Reuter).

Nabis sericans, Reuter, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1872, no. 6, p. 83.

Only one specimen was obtained. It was taken at Beaulieu,

March 24, upon herbage, on an open place.

3. CORISCUS CAPSIFORMIS, Germar.

Nabida capsiformis, Germar, Silb. Rev. v. p. 132.

A fine series of this insect was secured at St. George’s,

August 22, upon open swampy spots on herbage. Other speci-

mens were found on the Mount Gay estate and Grand Etang, in

September, upon herbage.

4, CORISCUS SIGNATUS, sp. NOV.

Form very nearly that of C. capsiformes, but a little narrower,

luteo-testaceous, marked with fuscous or clearer brown. Head as

in C. capsiformis, with the middle of the gula fuscous ; the first and

second joints of antennz long, brown at base and tip, and marked

with obscure annulations; the rostrum pale testaceous, with a

dark ring on the apex of the basal joint, which is followed by a

pale ring on the next joint; middle line and margin of front

more or less obscure; occiput a little swollen, polished, sometimes

206 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THD [ Mar. 6;

pale piceous. Pronotum marked with a narrow fuscous line on

the middle, which becomes double on the anterior lobe ; each side

of this several short streaks of the same colour are distributed over

the surface, and on the humeri and nearer the middle are two

short, faint stripes of fuscous ; posterior margin decurved, with the

extreme edge whitish. Legs pale testaceous sprinkled with fuscous,

with a black band at tip of the middle and posterior femora, and

a smaller black spot on the apex of the tibize ; the tarsi and espe-

cially the nails fuscous. The scutellum and inner edge of the

clavus receives the continuation of the black stripe from the middle

of the pronotum. Clavus and corium striped with obscure fuscous

lines, some of which border the inner edges of the strong veins ;

the cuneus is also marked with a fuscous abbreviated stripe ; mem-

brane marked with fuscous lines, most of which are confined to the

veins. Meso- and metasternum piceous black, the venter pale on the

middle, darker on the side, and with the connexivum marked with

black, irregular spots. Genital segment of male a little clavate,

subtruncate at tip, and bent back.

Length to tip of venter 6-64 mm.; width of pronotum 1-1} mm.

Numerous specimens were obtained at Balthazar, April 7 and

August 15, at an altitude of 250 feet, on open weedy places

near a stream. It was also taken at St. George’s and on the

Vendome estate. A few specimens were beaten from herbage

at night.

VELIDIA, gen. nov.

Aspect of a robust Metacanthus, but a genuine Nabid, with

certain elements of structure, such as a blunt vertical head and

deep pronotum, quite out of keeping with the ordinary members

of this group. Head short, with a polished swollen base, which is

separated from the space in front of the eyes by a transverse groove ;

the eyes oval, vertical, projecting but little beyond the occipital

swelling ; front short, but slightly convex. Rostrum conical at base,

beyond this slender and reaching upon the posterior coxe ; the tylus

vertical, narrow,tapering, the cheeks also narrow. Antenne slender,

the basal joint a little longer than the head ; the second joint more

slender, nearly twice as long as the basal one; the third equally

slender, a little longer than the second; the fourth shorter than

the second. Pronotum short, blunt, subtrapezoidal, having a

recurved collum which caps the base of the head ; the anterior lobe

almost entirely occupied by the smooth, swollen, transverse callo-

sities, the lateral margins carinated along the upward curve of the

callosities ; the posterior lobe high, sloping forwards, almost flat, a

little wider than long, with the posterior border detlexed and the

edge sinuated and reflexed ; the pleural flaps wide, almost abruptly

deflexed, forming a cap, the edges widely reflexed. Scutellum sub-

lunate, very short, almost covered by the pronotum, with the apex

acuminate. Legs of median length, the posterior femora a little

clavate at tip; the anterior pair thickest, tapering at both ends

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 207

armed beneath with two series of fine teeth; the middle ones

scarcely longer than the anterior, also thicker in the middle; the

tibiz all filiform, very slender. Hemelytra a little narrowed in

the middie, with the membrane long, bluntly rounded at tip, and

a little notched on the outer margin at base ; the discoidal areole

very large, with the apical veins very slender, radiating like the

rays of a fan.

VELIDIA BERYTOIDES, sp. Nov.

Long, subcylindrical, griseo-fuscous, widest at the base of the

pronotum. Head highly polished, black at hase and between the

eyes, the face, cheeks, and rostrum yellow; the antenne dusky

testaceous, annulated with black at the ends of the joints, and with

a white band at the base of third and fourth joints, the basal joint

with a broader black band a little way behind the tip. Pronotum

greyish testaceous ; the posterior lobe strongly punctate, the cal-

losities black and polished, with a groove in the middle between

them; the collum in front of these polished, yellow; the intra-

humeral and the posterior border black, with the edge yellow; the

pleural flaps punctate, pale yellow; humeri with a small whitish

callosity in the angle. Scutellum mostly greyish yellow, with the

apical point white. Legs yellow, all the femora with a black band

before the tip, and the middle and posterior pairs, especially,

marked with about three narrow black bands; the tips of tibie and

of tarsi also black, Venter smooth, dull fulvo-testaceous, with a

large black spot each side of base and the last two segments mostly

black.

Length to tip of venter 24 mm.; width of pronotum } mm.

Only one specimen was obtained. It was found at Balthazar,

on April 27, at an elevation of 250 feet above tide-level, near the

shady bank of astream; beaten from a mass of bush and decaying

leaves.

ALL@oRHYNCHUS, Fieber.

ALL@ORHYNCHUS ARMATUS, sp. nov.

Form similar to that of A. flavipes, Fieb., but rather narrower,

invested with erect pubescence. Colour above mostly piceous black ;

abdomen, underside of body, and the legs honey-yellow, more or

less tinged with piceous. Head short, black, highly polished, rufo-

piceous from the eyes forward, the width across the eyes but little

more than the front of the pronotum ; antennz slender, the basal

joint hardly longer than the head, dull yellow, darker on the base

and tip, hairy ; the second fully twice as long, hairy, about as stout

as the basal one, dusky ; the apical joints long, much more slender,

pubescent, fuscous; rostrum honey-yellow, reaching upon the

middle cox, the base stout, following which the next joint is thick

and extends behind the middle of the prosternum, the following

one is compressed and shorter. Pronotum campanuliform, highly

polished, deep black, with a row of coarse, remote punctures along

ed iD |e

Mie ee

208 PROF. P, R. UHLER ON THE [Mar. 6,

the middle line; the anterior lobe about twice as long as the

posterior, strongly convex, indented each side anteriorly, with a

distinet contracted double collum in front, the incision behind it

deep and distinct; the posterior lobe a little more than half as

long as the anterior, but much wider, arched, with the lateral mar-

gins almost abruptly oblique, indented next the humeri. Scutellum

dull black, depressed, with the margins and tip a little raised. Legs

stout, bristly, the femora thick, the anterior pair armed behind the

middle with a sharp piceous tooth, before which rows of very fine

teeth run out to the tip ; tip of tarsipiceous. Sternum and pleural

pieces blackish piceous, remotely pubescent. Hemelytra pubescent,

bright yellow from base to near the apex of corium ; the clavus,

inner margin and tip of the corium, and the cuneus piceous black ;

membrane tinged with smoke-brown. Venter closely yellowish

pubescent, margined on the submargin with a piceous curved

line.

Length to tip of venter 33 mm.; width of pronotum 1; mm.

Only one specimen of this interesting species was obtained. It

was captured at Balthazar, on August 8, at an altitude of 250

feet, in an open field, where it was shaken from piles of decaying

weeds.

APHELONOTUS, gen. nov.

Oblong-oval, acute at both ends, pubescent. Closely related to

Pachynumus, Klug, but having minute ocelli deep-seated and placed

inside very near to the eyes. Head hardly longer than the pro-

notum, subcylindrical before the eyes, the vertex between the

eyes forming a stout convex lobe, inserted in the thorax almost to

the base of the eyes. Rostrum wide and depressed at base, reach-

ing but a little way upon the sternum, the second and third joints

much less thick. Antenne about as long as the hemelytra to tip

of membrane ; the basal joint fusiform, shorter than the head;

the second cylindrical, about twice as long as the first, a little

more slender ; the third shorter, about equally thick, attenuated at

base ; the following joints setaceous, set with erect long hairs.

Prothorax transverse, subluniform, with a broad, contracted, collar-

like apex, which is followed on the middle by a clearly bounded

wedge-shaped callosity, behind this an impressed line continues to

the transverse posterior suture; middle lobe moderately convex,

with the sides a little decurved and bordered with a blunt carina,

the sides before this contracted and indented ; the posterior division

is quite narrow, flat, less coriaceous than the other parts, and on

the sides separated from the preceding lobe by a deep incision

behind which the margin is callous; posterior margin broadly

sinuated, with the humeral angles a little produced backward.

Scutellum triangular, longer than wide, a little reflexed at tip.

Anterior femora sublenticular, compressed, armed beneath with

rows of short teeth; the tibia of this pair slender, curved, carrying

a little spongiole beneath the tip, the other legs simple, bristly.

Prosternum simple; mesosternum with a short carina, followed

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 209

by a knobby prominence. Corium provided with an embolium,

and having a triangular open space behind the apex of the

scutellum ; the clavus sublinear. Abdomen depressed, closely

pubescent.

APHELONOTUS SIMPLUS, sp. Nov.

Obscure pale fusco-fulvous, with the head piceous and the eyes

black. Antenne sometimes infuscated beyond the second joint.

Pronotum bilobate in the middle, not evidently punctate, polished,

paler on the posterior border. Scutellum dull fulvo-piceous, obso-

letely punctate at base. Legs paler than the upper surface, with

the spines dark piceous. Corium coarsely punctate in rows, the

colour dull piceous on the disk, with the border and embolium paler.

Abdomen pale fulvous, closely sericeous pubescent; the genital

segment of the male tumid.

Length to tip of venter 34 mm.; width of pronotum 1 mm.

Seven specimens were taken on the Mount Gay estate on

August 28, at an elevation of 200 teet above the sea. They were

found under leaves in a thicket upon a dry hillside.

REDUVIIDZ.

Prionrpvus, Uhler.

PRIONIDUS CARINATUS (Forst.).

Cimex carinatus, Forst. Nov. Spec. Ins. p. 72.

This is the most beautiful variety of this remarkable species.

Specimens were found on the Lake Antoine estate as early as

March 24, on herbage, in littoral thickets; and late in August at

St. George’s and on the Mount Gay estate, at both of which places

they were beaten from herbage.

The form P. eristatus, Linn., which is rapidly being connected

with the above by the discovery of intermediate varieties, is found

in the United States late in summer and in the autumn until the

chilling frosts become settled.

SrrrHENEA, Spinola.

SIRTHENEA STRIA (Fabr.).

Reduvius stria, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 201.

Three specimens were taken at Balthazar, in April, where they

were found in cocoa orchards, or came to the light at night.

Rasanus, Am. et 8.

1. Rasanus HAMATUS (Fabr.).

Reduvius hamatus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 581.

Five specimens were taken at Balthazar, in April, where they

came to the light at night.

210 PROF, P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

2. RASAHUS SULCICOLLIS, Serv.

Peirates sulcicollis, Serv. Ann. Sci. Nat. xxiii. p. 219 (1831).

One specimen was secured at Balthazar, April 25, where it

came to light at night.

Srenopopa, Lap.

1. Srenopopa CULICIFORMIS (Fabr.).

Cimex culiciformis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 728.

Three specimens were found on the Mount Gay estate and at

Balthazar, April 5, in cocoa orchards, upon herbage.

2. STENOPODA CANA, Stal.

Stenopoda cana, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1859, p. 384.

One adult and a nympha were taken at Balthazar, March 19,

in an open place upon herbage.

Narvesvs, Stal.

NARVESUS CAROLINENSIS, Stal.

Narvesus carolinensis, Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1859, p. 385.

One specimen was found at Balthazar, May 16; it came to

the light at night.

Satca, Am. et S.

1. Satca RECURVATA (Fabr.).

Zelus recurvatus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 286.

Two specimens were taken at Balthazar, April 5-7, in open

places upon herbage.

2. SAICA ANNULIPES, sp. nov.

Small in this genus and with the pronotum somewhat longer

than usual, pale fulvo-testaceous, pubescent, rufous on most of the

tergum, the legs and antenne more especially testaceous. Head

highly polished, short, rufo-testaceous, darker on the face and

front; eyes large, black, prominent, but not rising as high as the

posterior lobe ; the posterior lobe deeply cleft, the two members

almost orbicular ; the neck short, strongly contracted; rostrum

stout, reaching to the anterior coxe; antenne a little infuscated,

fully as long as the head and prothorax united. Prothorax long ;

the anterior lobe high, very convex, sulcated, excavated in front,

with a collum in front of the cavity, the upper surface tumid each

side, the lateral margin composed of an arched carinate edge, and

the anterior angles callous; the posterior lobe subtrapezoidal,

deeply separated by the incision in front, with the middle line

broadly, not deeply, grooved, the lateral margins thick, followed

by a long callosity on the humerus; the posterior border steeply

deflexed, slightly waved, with the posthumeral edge slenderly

reflexed. Scutellum tumid and uneven at base, with the apical

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA, 211

member dark piceous, wrinkled and armed with a small process at

tip. The anterior femora closely spined beneath, the tibie with a

few remote long teeth; middle and posterior femora unarmed,

having a dark band next the tip, the corresponding tibie slender

and simple. Hemelytra smoke-brown throughout, with the veins

darker. Tergum rufous, infuscated on the middle; the venter

highly polished, obscure luteous.

Length to tip of venter 5 min.; width of pronotum 1 mm.

Only a single specimen (Q) was obtained. It was found at

Balthazar, at an elevation of 250 feet above the sea, on March

18, in second growth, and was beaten from vines.

ONCEROTRACHELUS, Stil.

ONCEROTRACHELUS CONFORMIS, sp. nov.

Fusco-luteous, pubescent. Form narrower than O. acwminatus,Say.

Head behind the eyes suborbicular, polished, minutely denticulated

beneath ; eyes black, large, round, coarsely granulated, carried a

little above the surface of the front; rostrum reaching to the

posterior end of the anterior coxe, bristly rather than denticulated

beneath the joints, the basal joint as long as the head; antenne

pale fuscous, set with erect bristly hairs, the basal joint about as

long as the head, pronotum, and scutellum united. Pronotum

clothed anteriorly with erect hairs, darker on the anterior lobe; the

posterior lobe almost bald above, highly polished, with the latero-

posterior margin callous, erect, pale testaceous, and ending above

in a tooth; the posterior margin pale, a little sinuated each side

and marked with a short suture behind each sinus. Scutellum

with a pale, scarcely elevated, spine at the apex. Legs pale fusco-

testaceous, distinctly pubescent. Hemelytra a little narrower than

the posterior part of the abdomen; the clavus and costal margin

pale yellowish, the rest of the surface dusky. Underside, including

the venter, with an uneven stripe each side extending from the

propleura to the tip of the venter.

Length to tip of venter 4 mm.; width of pronotum scarcely

1 mm.

Three specimens were captured at Balthazar, April 1 and

August 6-10, at an elevation of 250 feet above the sea. They

came to the light at night.

This species is very closely related to O. acuminatus, Say; it

differs, however, in being narrower and smaller, in having erect

sharp-pointed humeri, and in the absence of the stouter teeth

on the surface of the basal joint of the rostrum.

EMESIDA.

STENOLEMUS, Signoret.

STENOLEMUS, sp. ?

A larva of this genus was taken at Balthazar.

212 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [Mar. 6,

Emesa, Fabr.

Emesa anevunata, Uhler.

Emesa angulata, Uhler, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 717.

Three specimens of this insect were found at Balthazar, April

7-20, in open weedy places upon herbage.

Lureva, Dobrn.

LurTeva GunpLAcHit, Dohrn.

Luteva gundlachii, Dohrn, Linnea Ent. xiv. p. 244, pl. 1. fig. 19.

Seven specimens, more or less mutilated, are in the collection.

They were taken at Balthazar, August 7, on vines and brush.

Emesopsis, Uhler.

EMeEsopsis NuBriztus, Ubler.

Emesopsis nubilis, Uhler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 718.

Several specimens of this delicate insect were taken at Balthazar

in August. They came to the light at night.

SaALDID2&.

Sapa, auctores.

Sapa HUMILIS (Say).

Acanthia humilis, Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, p. 35.

Specimens of this species were found on the Telescope estate,

August 15, on the margins of pools of water. Two different

sizes occur at this locality: the one normal, such as is met with

in the eastern United States and Cuba, the other longer and with

a somewhat narrower abdomen.

HYDROBATIDZ,

LIMNOMETRA.

Loryometra MARGINATA (Guerin).

Gerris marginatus, Guérin, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 415.

Numerous specimens of this insect were captured on the Tele-

scope estate, August 15, and later, on the margins of pools of

water.

BRACHYMETRA.

BRACHYMETRA ALBINERVIS (Am. et 8.).

Halobates albinervis, Amyot et Serv. Hémipt. p. 412.

Many specimens, mostly of the winged form, were taken on the

Mount Gay estate, both in April and August. Others were

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 213

found on the Mirabeau estate, at Woburn and at St. George’s, on

the surface of streams of water, as also on springs of water.

In the unwinged form the scutellum is not distinctly differ-

entiated, but in the winged one it is covered by the valvular end

of the pronotum.

This species has an extensive distribution from south to north.

It occurs at Rio and at other places near the coast of Brazil, but

the most northern limit at present known for it is the island of

St. Vincent. No specimens have yet been obtained in Cuba, and

I did not discover it in the island of San Domingo, where my

work was particularly directed to obtaining the insects from the

springs and streams of fresh water, both of the highlands and the

coast. The close collecting of Prof. Poey and Dr. Gundlach,

throughout a period of more than forty years, should have secured

this insect if it existed in Cuba, but no specimens have been re-

ported by either of those gentlemen.

It varies somewhat in colour and degree of marking upon the

head, pronotum, and sides. The medial carina and transverse

impression are not absent, as stated by Dr. Mayr (Novara-Reise

p- 178); but the slender carina is not always very distinct, and it

is rendered much less conspicuous through simulating the colour

of the surface.

Trepopates, Uhler.

TREPOBATES PIcTUS (H.-Schf.).

Halobates pictus, H.-Schf. Wanz. Ins. vui. p. 111, t. eclxxxvi.

figs. 882, 883.

Stephania picta, B.-White, Challenger Rep., Zool. vii. pt. 19,

p- 79.

Several varieties of this species, precisely like those which are

common in Maryland and farther south, were secured at St.

George’s, August 28-31, on the surface of brackish water. A

single specimen was found at Woburn, August 30, on a sluggish

stream in the open flat country near sea-level. On the Telescope

estate a pair were taken while in sexual connection, August 12,

on a brackish pool next the sea-shore. The male of this pair is

winged and the female unwinged. In the eastern United States

this species frequents the bayed out parts of streams and the mill-

ponds, and is distributed inland to near the head-waters of creeks

which rise in the western portion of the Piedmont country, as in

Frederick county, Maryland, and Spottsylvania, Virginia.

As the name of this genus is preoccupied, and the genus has

not yet been fully described, for lack of winged specimens, it

becomes necessary to give the following characters, which are in aug-

mentation of those given by Dr. Buchanan- White :—Anterior tarsi

normally three-jointed (exceptionally two-jointed) ; the hemelytra

curved and tapering at base, gradually becoming wider towards

the tip, at which point it is a little triangular and rounded; the

corium subtriangular and about one half as long as the membrane,

with three stout longitudinal veins, of which the costal is more

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1894, No. XV. 15

‘

214 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE {Mar. 6,

bristly towards the base; the membrane has a pale longitudinal

suture throughout, with a thick vein on the middle which does not

quite reach the end of the loop that is formed by the two veins

which run parallel to the margins and which converge on the tip ;

no transverse veins as in Brachymetra. In some specimens the

acute tip of the scutellum projects from between the metanotal

plates, in others it is atrophied. In two specimens the basal joint

of tarsi was present on one side, and not on the other.

HYMENOBATES, gen, noy.

Narrower and somewhat more elongate in form than the male

of Halobates picta, H.-Schf. Head with the front of the same

form as in Metrobates, Uhler. Antenne tapering in the direction

of the tip; the basal joint long, fusiform, tapering narrowly

on the apical third, armed beneath near base with a group

of long spines and at the tip with a stronger spine; the second

joint exceedingly short; the third less than one half as long as the

first, armed with a stout triangular tooth which is followed by a

bundle of bristles; the fourth shorter, curved and pointed like a

claw. Rostrum short and stout, extending between the anterior

cox, the first and second joints exceedingly short, the third very

long and acutely tapering. Pronotum longer than wide, mode-

rately convex, ending ovately above the scutellum; the humeral

angles almost obsolete, and the narrow reflexed margin sloping

anteriorly away from them. ©The anterior legs short, with the

tibie thick and expanded; the middle pair very long and slender ;

the posterior pair shorter, with long thick. cox; the femora a

little less thick than the cox, but curved, and like them set with

bristles, also with two long spines near the tip and a knob-like

callosity at base ; the tibiz a little longer, tapermg at both ends,

fringed with two bundles of stiff bristles between the middle and

tip; tarsi about half as long as the tibiee, very slender, tapering

almost to a bristle towards the tip. Hemelytra, including the

membrane, twice as long as the pronotum; the corium narrow,

almost linear, with the costa thick and the costal cell not conspicu-

ous, but the discoidal cell very long and narrow, triangular at tip

and sending off from the inner angle a single vein obliquely

across the membranous part of this organ; a transverse suture

with a vein forms the boundary for the base of membrane; the

clavus is minute and almost concealed, the remainder of the corium

is thin like a membrane ; the membrane is much longer than the

corium, elongate-oval, with two long veins which unite at tip to

form a loop. The abdomen is short and subconical.

HYMENOBATES IMITATOR, sp. nov.

Yellow beneath, black above, with the base of antenne, a band

near their tip, and a transverse spot in front of pronotum, as also

the cox, yellow. Membranous part of the corium bluish, the

membrane smoke-brown ; the sutures, a curved line on the side of

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 215

mesopleura, border of metapleura, bands on ventral segments,

antennz, and legs black.

Length to tip of venter 2? mm., to tip of membrane 3? mm. ;

width of pronotum 1 mm.

South of Grenville, windward side of island, August 4, on.

stagnant water. Only one specimen of the winged form is pre-

sent in the collection. The others are either young specimens, or

undeveloped females without indications of wings. The measure-

ments are taken only from the winged male specimen used for

description. The females have the simple antenne and hind legs,

as in Rheumatobates, Bergr., and Metrobates, Uhler. In the female,

however, the antenne are very much shorter than in either of the

genera just mentioned.

VELIIDS.

Vetta, Latr.

VELIA sTAGNALIS, Burm.

Veha stagnalis, Burm. Handb..i. p. 212.

Several specimens were collected on the Mount Gay estate,

late in August, on the surface of shady pools of small streams, on

the grass growing in the water, and also gliding over the surface.

Other specimens were secured about the same time and early in

September at Woburn and Mount Maitland. The larval form was

found at Woburn, August 30, on a sluggish stream near the sea-

level. These specimens are more clearly marked with the silvery

white streak at base of corium, and with similarly coloured dots

on the connexivum and spots on the membrane, than is usual in

specimens from the southern United States, Cuba, and Mexico.

The large silvery area near the end of the tergum is evanescent,

and not present in weather-beaten individuals.

Ruacoverta, Mayr.

RHAGOVELIA ANGUSTIPES, sp. Noy.

In form similar to &. obesa, Uhler; black, opaque, closely pubes-

cent. Head including the eyes a little wider than the front of the

pronotum, the middle line elevated into a callosity which runs

back, tapering, to near the occiput; eyes prominent, coarsely

granulated ; antenne black, set with remote, erect bristles, with

the basal joint curved, yellow at base, and the second and third

joints shorter, subequal in length; rostrum piceous black, extend-

ing to behind the anterior cox. Pronotum moderately convex,

yellow back of the head, trapezoidal in front of the humeral angles,

triangular and a little shorter behind them, with the posterior

margin flat, a little reflexed on the edge, and with the tip a little

bent and almost acute; the humeral angles a little ridged, the

lateral margins feebly acute, a little sinuated. Underside plum-

beous. Scutellum concealed. Legs hairy ; the coxe, trochanters,

and base of anterior femora bright yellow, the posterior femora

15*

216 PROF, P, RB. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

very slightly thickened, armed beneath with a row of very fine

teeth; the tibie especially clothed with stiff hairs. Hemelytra

long and rather narrow, the costal vein stout, clothed at base with

stiff bristles. Venter smooth, plumbeous, with the genital pieces

and the middle of the border of the apical segment orange.

Length to tip of venter 3-35 mm.; width of pronotum 17 mm.

Numerous specimens were obtained at Balthazar, August 7, at

an altitude of 250 feet onrunning water; also on the Mount Gay

estate, April 5, at the same altitude; and at Mount Maitland,

August 20-25, at an altitude of 150 feet, on the surface of a

stream of spring-water.

2. RHAGOVELIA ELEGANS, sp. nov.

Larger and more robust than &. angustipes. Fuscous or dark

rusty brown, hairy. The head short, across the eves hardly wider

than the front of pronotum, the callous ridge between the eyes not

tapering posteriorly, almost touching the pronotum (2); the eyes

wider apart, with the space between them broad. coarsely granulated,

and destitute of a callous ridge (¢); the cheeks and most of the

face yellow ; antennz of medium thickness, remotely set with long

bristles, with the basal joint yellow at base, about one third longer

than the second, the second a little less thick, much longer than

the third, the third and fourth a little more slender, both contracted

at base, the third with a slender tooth at tip, the fourth much

shorter and acute on the apex; the rostrum yellow, piceous at tip,

reaching behind the anterior coxe. Pronotum stout, convex,

coarsely transversely wrinkled, bordered all round with yellow,

this colour covering the anterior lobe as a broad band and extend-

ing down over the pleura; the propleura constituting a thick and

broad callous smooth segment to carry the front legs, the surface

behind this punctate in a curved line; middle line obsoletely cari-

nated, the posterior margin almost equilaterally triangular, with the

edge recurved and the space before the tip usually depressed ; the

humeral angle bluntly reflexed, obtuse, cut apart from the side

below by an incised line; pleura and sternum yellow, with piceous

streaks running down upon the coxe. Legs stout, pubescent,

dark brown, with the coxal plates mostly yellow; the posterior

femora thick, clavate, tinged with bronze, polished, paler beneath,

and armed there with about seven, chiefly long, teeth, of which the

two inner ones are longer and thicker. Hemelytra dark fuscous

brown, long, almost parallel-sided, and with thick prominent veins.

Venter yellow, sometimes dusky, polished, with a stripe of brown

each side running parallel with the outer margin; the border of

connexivum brighter yellow, as also the genital segments.

Length to tip of venter 44-5 mm.; width of pronotum

13-2 mm.

The prothorax is much shorter and more blunt on the posterior

margin in the unwinged individuals.

Specimens of this form were met with at several localities.

At Balthazar they were taken in April, on water; also on the

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 217

Mount Gay estate during the same month on spring-water ; like-

wise on the Grand Etang, at an altitude of 1900 feet, on water.

It differs from R. collaris, Burm., in the coloured margins of

pronotum, the more numerously denticulate femora, colour of

venter, and size.

3. RHAGOVELIA PLUMBEA, sp. nov.

Only the unwinged form is at present known. It is short and

thick, subconical posteriorly, bluish plumbeous, opaque, minutely

hairy, with the sides of the abdomen broadly reflexed. The head

wide, convex, with a slender black line on the front, the orbits of

the eyes bordered with yellow; the rostrum testaceous, reaching

considerably behind the anterior coxe ; antenne moderately long,

brownish, finely pubescent, the basal joint yellow at base, much

longer than the third, which is also much longer than the second,

the fourth about as long as the second, thick, distended in the

middle. Pronotum very moderately convex behind the middle,

sloping posteriorly ; the anterior lobe short, collar-like, with oblique

sides, a yellow spot on the middle, and feebly carinate lateral

margins, it is separated from the posterior lobe by a deeply incised

line ; the posterior lobe is somewhat abruptly wider, with strongly

reflexed lateral margins and subacute humeral angles, with the

posterior margin abruptly deflexed ; a broad segment behind this

has in the depressed outer corner a tumid callosity which occupies

the position of the wing-pad. The propleural flap is mostly yellow,

as is the cap of the intermediate and posterior cox and also the

coxz, trochanters, base of anterior femora, and the immediate base

of posterior femora ; other parts of legs fuscous, sericeous pubescent,

and the posterior femora unarmed. The posterior border of last

ventral segment and sometimes the genital segment yellow.

Length to end of abdomen, g 24, 2 34mm.; width of pro-

notum, ¢ 1, 9 13 mm.

This is a common species on the surface of salt-water around

the inlets of the Florida Keys. Several specimens were secured in

the Bay of St. George’s, on the leeward side of Grenada, Septem-

ber 6, on the surface of the sea. Only specimens taken in copuld

were kept.

Others were captured at the southern end of the island of

St. Vincent, May 24, swimming on the sea, in a sheltered and still

place near the shore. Gregarious in habits, 50-60 together. They

were also taken in copula at this time.

The male is very much smaller than the female, and the latter is

usually marked by a carinate line on the middle of the contact of

the two lobes of the pronotum.

Mesoverta, Muls.

1. Mesovetsa pistgnata, Uhler.

Mesovelia bisignata, Uhler, Standard Nat. Hist. ii. p. 273, fig. 324.

A fine series of this insect was secured at Woburn, Granville,

218 PROF. P. R. UNLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Beaulieu, Grand Etang, and on the Mount Gay estate. It was

found in the young stages on the Grand Etang, March 2, along

the margin of running water, and in August it was found fully

developed on the surface of stagnant ponds and on a sluggish stream

near the sea. In the eastern United States along the seaboard its

habits are essentially the same as in Grenada. Near Baltimore it

lives on the ponds and around the overflowed freshwater marshes

among the cat-tails and rushes, where it creeps stealthily about in

search of small insects which fall into the water.

2. MESOVELIA AMENA, sp. nov.

Dark brown, almost black in some specimens: beneath pale

brown with a plumbeous tinge, except the venter, which is yellow

with transverse cloudings of darker colour on the segments, sides,

and tip. Head broader in the female than in the male, obscure

yellow, the vertex with a brown stripe each side and the middle

line grooyed, the tylus and borders of cheeks piceous ; antenne

long and slender, rusty brown, paler on the basal portion of the

first joint, the second joint about two thirds the length of the first

and not quite as thick, the following joints long and more slender ;

rostrum testaceous, piceous at base and tip, reaching between the

middle coxe. Pronotum opaque, velvety brown, marked with a

whitish transverse spot on the middle of the collum ; the posterior

margin widely sinuated; the lateral margin with the carinate edge

but slightly elevated, marked with two or three small pale spots;

the humeral margins more distinctly reflexed. Scutellum almost

black, a little rough, opaque. Coxe and legs ivory whitish, more

or less infuscated on the tibie and tarsi. Pleural pieces more or

less tinged with plumbeous on a brown ground. Hemelytra velvety

brown, opaque, the base aad a long streak each side white; behind

the white band the surface is pale brown, and behind this, including

the posterior part of the membrane, it is pale smoke-brown; the

base of the membrane and a stripe at its tip obscure whitish.

Venter glossy, often with a dark stripe each side near the. lateral

border.

Length to tip of venter 2 mm.; width of pronotum ? mm.

From Mount Maitland and Mount Gay estate, August 26-31,

on the surface of a stream, and September 6, at 50 feet above the

sea, on a pool of water among grass and weeds.

Microveia, Westw.

1. MicroveLia GAPiraTa, Guérin.

Microvelia capitata, Guerin, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 417.

A few specimens were collected at Balthazar in June and

August, on ponds of stagnant water; and others were found on

the Telescope and Mount Gay estates, in August and September,

on the surface of freshwater pools.

1894.) HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA, 219

2. MICROVELIA ROBUSTA, Sp. Noy.

Shorter and comparatively more robust than IZ. modesta. Colours

about the same, except that there is an absence of pale colour from

the venter and no yellow border on the connexivum. The head

is immersed nearly up to the eyes in the pronotum ; the eyes are

bordered internally with prostrate white pubescence; the front of

the pronotum is shorter and less contracted, densely covered with

white pubescence, which is laid upon a faintly yellow band; the

pleural pieces are not broadly bordered with testaceous, and the

posterior femora are only a little longer than the middle ones; the

last joint of antenne more than one third longer than the third

joint. The hemelytra are smoke-brown, often pale, with two white

diagonal streaks at base, pale spaces in the areoles, and a white

pyriform spot in the apical areole; the costal area is almost linear,

deflexed, pale, and marked with a row of remote brown dots.

Length to tip of venter 2 mm.; width of pronotum 7 mm.

A few specimens were collected at Woburn and Beaulieu,

August 25, at an altitude of 700 feet above the sea, on the surface

of a stagnant pond; another specimen was taken on the Mount

Gay estate, in September.

3. MIcROVELIA MARGINATA, Uhler.

Microvelia marginata, Ubler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 719.

Several specimens were secured on the Grand Etang, August 9,

at an elevation of 1900 feet above the sea, on pools of water in a

swampy forest.

This beautiful little species has a very extended distribution, as it

is now known to occur in Trinidad, St. Vincent, Central America,

Mexico, Cuba, and in the United States, from Florida to northern

New Jersey. In Maryland it lives on the quiet pools beside

streams of water near the cities of Baltimore and Washington.

4, MIcROVELIA LONGIPES, sp. nov.

Long and narrow, dark brown or fuscous, paler beneath, covered

with plumbeous. Head long, dark brown, sericeous pubescent,

with the orbits of the eyes and the slender line on the vertex, the

throat and cheeks testaceous; middle of vertex oblong-ovate, pro-

minently elevated; rostrum pale testaceous, piceous towards the

tip, reaching to the middle coxe; antenne slender, pale rufo-

piceous, a little darker at ends of the joints, the base of first and

second joints testaceous, second joint shortest, third longest, about

one and a half times as long as the second, the fourth a little

shorter than the third. Pronotum a little longer than wide, steeply

sloping anteriorly, velvety, powdered with pale grey, with a slender

whitish-yellow collum interrupted in the middle by the slender

black carina which runs back towards the base; the humeri tri-

angular, a little recurved at the margin; the posterior division

triangular, rounded at tip, feebly recurved, bordered with yellow ;

Pre Ses ts at eS EO ee aes

. .

220 PROF. P. R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

the pleural flaps strongly curved, margined with yellow. Scutellum

concealed beneath the end of pronotum. Legs slender, tinged

with fuscous, paler at base; the anterior femora dull testaceous,

about half as long as the middle pair, the posterior pair nearly

twice as long as the middle one, and likewise the same in the tibie.

Hemelytra whitish translucent, with the veins black and thick ; when

the wings are closed the submarginal areole forms a long silvery

streak which is followed behind by an oval areole of like colour,

and this in turn is followed at tip by a similar spot which does

not fill the areole: wings milk-white. ‘Tergum dark brown, venter

at tip and cox pale testaceous, the connexivum bordered with

pale yellow.

Length to tip of venter 3-3; mm.; width of pronotum 1 mm.

Several specimens of this remarkable insect were taken on the

Mount Gay estate, September 21-26, on water in a large iron

kettle.

This species stands by itself as regards the remarkable elongation

of its posterior legs. It thus helps to bridge over the gap between

this group and the Hydrobatide, although but few of the other

elements of its structure have undergone important modification.

5. MICROVELIA MODESTA, sp. nov.

Similar to MZ. longipes, but much more robust, dark brown or

fuscous, velvety opaque above, paler fuscous beneath and spread

with plumbeous bloom. Head long, tapering at tip, with a convex

ridge on the middle line; the throat, cheeks, and border of the

orbits of the eyes testaceous ; antenne of medium thickness, dull

testaceous, more infuscated on the ends of the joints, the fourth

joint longest, the second shortest, and the basal one a little shorter

than the third; rostrum testaceous, piceous at base, on the

middle line, and at tip. Pronotum steep anteriorly ; the collum

marked each side with yellow, spread with whitish bloom, and

having the slender carina on the middle black; this carina runs

back to the apex of pronotum; humeral border triangular, a little

elevated at tip; apex of the pronotum triangular, feebly curved ;

border of the posthumeral sinus and the posterior margin of the

epipleural flap testaceous ; underside of collum, sternum, coxa, and

femora testaceous, remainder of legs dusky testaceous, more infus-

cated near the articulations and on the tarsi. Scutellum blackish,

all but the tip concealed. Hemelytra wider than in MW. longipes,

milky whitish on the clavus and in all the areoles, the veins dark

brown, and the costal border black or fuscous, sinuated, the apical

areole with a large, ovate, white spot. Connexivum yellow ; middle

line of the venter and the genital segments dull fulvous, the middle

sometimes with a slender black line.

Length to tip of venter 2?-3:mm.; width of pronotum 1} mm.

The middle femora are about one third longer than the anterior

ones, and the posterior femora are nearly one third longer than

ra middle ones. One female is shorter and darker than the

others.

1894.] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 221

Specimens of both sexes were taken on the Mount Gay estate,

between September 21 and 26, on the surface of water.

6. MIcROvVELIA, sp. ?

A small insect, numbered 112 and 122, belonging to this genus

was found on stagnant water at Beaulieu and Woburn; but the

specimens are possibly nymphs and too undeveloped for specific

definition.

Hesrvs, Curtis.

1. HEBRUS CONCINNUS, sp. nov.

Form of H. pusillus, Fallen. Fuscous or rust-brown above,

minutely pubescent, with the disk of pronotum moderately flat

and the collum well defined and fulvous. Head nearly as long as

the pronotum, dark brown, minutely scabrous, tinged with rufous

at tip; antenne dusky testaceous, sometimes fuscous on the tips

of the two basal joints, the first of these a little longer than the

second, generally paler at base, the three following ones very

slender, set with erect pubescence, the third longer than either of

the following ones, the fourth and fifth subequal; underside of

head and the buccule testaceous; the rostrum pale testaceous,

reaching to the posterior coxe. Pronotum with a depressed,

curved, rufous margin extending a little over the base of the scu-

tellum; the lateral margins notched behind the swollen anterior

lobe; the humeral angles prominent, rounded, with a callous long

submargin ; the middle line impressed, and each side of it with a

few coarse punctures anteriorly and with a group of less coarse

ones posteriorly ; the reflexed lateral margin and underside of

collum rufous. Seutellum dull fuscous, rough and uneven ; legs

testaceous, a little dusky on the knees, ibis, and tarsi. Hemelytra

scarcely longer than the abdomen, obscurely sericeous pubescent,

pale smoke-brown at base, fuscous at tip, with a stripe of white

running out from the base of the clavus, and a longer pale streak

on the subcostal long areole; the membrane pale fuscous, with a

pale spot each side next the cuneus; the margin of the entire

wing-coverts, including the membrane, also pale next the tip;

there is in some specimens a faint trace of another spot. Venter

polished, fuscous black, minutely sericeous pubescent, with a

slender black stripe along the middle.

Length to tip of venter 27-23 mm.; width of pronotum

1 mm.

Three specimens of this insect were captured on the Mount

Gay estate and Balthazar in June and August. During the latter

month they occurred at the roots of grass, on muddy ground near

pools of water. This species is a common one which has been

met with in the Atlantic States and the West Indies, and it also

occurs in California and Washington State. In Maryland it lives

on the damp sand or mud of small pools beside streams of water, in

spring and late summer. The unwinged individuals may be found

222 PROF. P, R. UHLER ON THE [ Mar. 6,

skimming over the surface of quiet water from spring until the

end of summer.

2. H&BRUS CONSOLIDUS, sp. Nov.

A little more compact than H. sobrinus, Uhler, with the trans-

verse suture separating the lobes not so deep; colour fuscous, the

surface above finely pubescent, more or less spread with whitish

bloom. The head moderately produced before the eyes, somewhat

tinged with rufous, a little rough between the eyes; the throat

pale rufo-testaceous ; antenne dull rufo-testaceous, usually darker

at the points of articulation, the first and second joints paler, sub-

equal in length, thickened and black at tip; rostrum yellowish

testaceous, reaching the posterior cox; the buccule, coxe, tro-

chanters, and legs pale testaceous, with the knees and tarsi some-

times infuscated. Pronotum broad, moderately. sinuated before

the posterior lobe, with the lateral margins reflexed, and the humeri

prominent and blunt; the collum exceedingly narrow and almost

obsolete; the posterior margin deflexed, broadly rounded. The

base of the scutellum lunately tabulated, with the posterior portion

triangular and depressed. Hemelytra chestnut-brown, minutely

pubescent, the corium marked at base with a white wedge-shaped

spot, basal half of the costal border dull yellowish ; the membrane

long, dusky, marked at base with a short curved streak, also each

side with a bent spot, and on the middle towards the tip with an

oblong spot, all of which are obscure whitish. Venter ruto-piceous

margined with yellow.

Length to tip of abdomen 1? mm.; width of pronotum ? mm.

Several specimens were collected on the Mount Gay estate,

August 26, at the roots of grass on muddy soil adjacent to pools

of water, and September 6, at an altitude of 50 feet, on grass and

weeds growing out of a pool of water; also on the Telescope

estate, and at Balthazar, March 5, on the open sandy shore of a

stream, under decaying leaves.

GALGULID2.

Prtoconus, Latr.

PELOGONUS MARGINATUS (Latr.).

Acanthia marginata, Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins. xii. p. 242.

Several specimens of different sizes and more than one pattern

of marking were found at Balthazar, Windsor, and on the Mount

Gay estate. They were found mostly in March and April, at

which time they were also in the larval stage, on wet mud and

sand near the river. Numerous specimens were observed, and

they were found to fly quickly when disturbed. A very small

specimen, with the broad yellow mark on the margin of pronotum,

was found, August 26, on the Mount Gay estate, at the roots of

grass, on mud, near pools of water.

1894. ] HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. 223:

Mowonyx, Lap.

Mownonyx Raprorivs (Fabr.).

Naucoris raptoria, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 111.

' A nympha of this species, the only specimen in the collection,

was found on the Mount Gay estate, September 6, near a pool

of water where the grass and weeds grew thick.

NavUcoRIpDa[.

Prnocoris, Stal.

PELOCORIS FEMORATA (Pal. Beauv.).

Naucoris femorata, Pal. Beauv. Ins. Afr. et Amér. p. 237, pl. 20.

fig. 4.

A few specimens both of adults and nymphs were captured at

Woburn and on the Mount Gay estate, in August, in pools and

in a sluggish stream of water near the level of the sea. The

species is quite common in Canada, the United States, both east

and west, and it has also been taken in the Antilles, Mexico, and

Central America.

BELOSTOMATIDS!.

ZaitHa, Am. et 8.

ZAITHA ANURA, H.-Schf.

Zaitha anura, H.-Scht. Wanz. Ins. viii. p. 26, pl. 257. fig. 799.

Eleven specimens of this common insect were found at the

several localities on the island. ‘They were taken on the Mount

Gay estate, and at Woburn and Chantilly in April, August, and

September, from streams and pools of fresh water. The habits

of this species in Grenada seem to be the same as in Florida and

the South-western States, and in Cuba, San Domingo, Mexico,

and Central America. This form is sometimes very common in

Southern and Lower California.

NOTONECTIDA.

Noronscta, Linn.

NoronrcTA AMERICANA, Fabr.

Notonecta americana, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 58.

A single nympha only was obtained. It was found at Woburn,

August 20, in a sluggish stream in an open flat near sea-level.

ANISOPS, Spin.

ANISOPS ELEGANS, Fieber.

Anisops elegans, Fieber, Khynchotograph. p. 61.

Many specimens, of both forms, were found on the Mount Gay

224 ON THE HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA OF GRENADA. [ Mar. 6,

estate and at Woburn, in March, April, and August, in spring-

water. These insects vary in the width and proportion of the

body, as well as in the extent of black on the tips of the wing-

coverts, just as we find to be the case in our smaller species of

Notonecta. This we know to be the case from frequent observa-

tion of the various forms taken in sexual connection.

Prea, Leach.

PLBA sTRIOLA, Fieber.

Plea striola, Fieber, Entom. Monogr. p. 18, pl. 2. figs. 1-3.

Several specimens of this small insect were found at Woburn,

August 30, on a sluggish stream, in a flat open country near sea-

level. This species is sometimes common in ponds of stagnant

water in most parts of the United States ; it inhabits also Mexico,

Cuba, Central America, and California.

CoRISID®.

Corisa, Geoff.

1. Cortsa cuB®, Guérin.

Corisa cube, Guérin, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 422.

Two specimens, both males, were secured at Woburn, August

30, in a sluggish stream in the open flat country near sea-level.

This species is also now known from Florida, Texas, and Mexico,

besides the island of Cuba.

2. CoRISA RETICULATA, Guérin.

Corisa reticulata, Guérin, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 423.

More than a dozen specimens, including both sexes, were found

at St. George’s and on the Mount Gay estate, in August and

September, in pools of fresh water, and also in brackish water,

A specimen from the Caliveny estate was found near the sea,

in a pool of fresh water.

Sigara, Fabr.

SIGARA sOcIALIS, B.-White.

Sigara socialis, B.- White, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 274.

Nearly two dozen specimens of this species, including some

varieties in size and colour, were collected on most parts of the

island. At Balthazar it was found June 11, flying at sunset

after a heavy rain. On the Mount Gay and Telescope estates it

was taken in August from spring-water; but at Woburn it was

more common, August 30, in a sluggish stream in the open

country near sea-level. This species occurs also in Mexico and

California, but it has not yet been taken in the eastern part of the

United States.

1894.] | ON NEW HETEROCERA FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. 225

3. On new Species of Heterocera from Tropical America.

By W. Scuavs, F.Z.8.

[Received February 9, 1894.]

Fam. SyNTOMID #&.

1. PsOLOPTERA BASIFULVA, sp. nov.

Antenne black. Head, thorax, and base of wings reddish; the

wings otherwise and abdomen black, slightly tinged with dark

blue ; asmall white lateral spot at the base of the abdomen. Exp.

32 millim.

Hab. Peru.

Obs. Allied to P. thoracica, W1k., but differs in the reddish base

of the wings.

2. HoM@ocERA CINCTA, sp. nov.

Antenne black, tipped with white. Head black, frons white.

Collar black, a central orange spot and lateral metallic blue spot.

Thorax black; patagia orange, margined with black. Abdomen

dorsally with first segment yellow, otherwise black with metallic

blue transverse lines, orange between the segments; anus orange ;

underneath black with some transverse white marks. Legs black.

Primaries hyaline; the veins black, except the costal vein, which is

reddish brown; an orange streak at the base above the submedian

vein and another below it; the inner and outer margins narrowly

black, the apex broadly black; a narrow black discal line. Second-

aries hyaline, the outer margin finely black, the inner margin and

anal angle broadly black. Exp. 28 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

3. SPHECOSOMA SIMILE, sp. nov.

Antenne yellow, the tips black. Head yellow, a black spot

posteriorly. Collar yellow, edged with black. Thorax yellow,

the patagia inwardly edged with black. Abdomen yellow, with

dorsally six broad black transverse bands. Legs yellow. Wings

yellowish hyaline ; the subcostal and median veins yellowish, the

other veins black; the fringe blackish; a small black border at

the apex of the primaries. Exp. 26 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

Obs. Very closely allied to S. arctata, Walk.

4, GYMNELIA AROA, sp. nov.

Antennz black. Head and thorax black; a few dark bluish

scales on the collar. Abdomen black; a subdorsal dark blue line,

interrupted posteriorly on each segment; lateral orange streaks

between the segments, and a lateral row of blue spots ; underneath

an outer row of yellow spots. Legs black; fore coxwe white.

= = }

226 MR, W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA ~ [ Mar. 6,

Wings hyaline, the margins broadly black, especially the outer

margins; a black spot at the end of the cell on the primaries.

Exp. 33 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

5. L£MOCHARIS MULTIGUTTA, sp. nov.

Antenne black. Head black, with a crimson lateral spot.

Collar black, with two crimson spots. Thorax black. Abdomen

black ; two basal segments with crimson spots, the other segments

banded with red, interrupted subdorsally. Underneath a white spot.

Legs black, fore coxe white. Wings smoky hyaline, the veins and

margins black ; some crimson streaks at the base of the primaries,

and on the same wings a black spot at the end of the cell. Exp.

23 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

6. THRINACIA SALTA, Sp. nov.

Antenne black. Head black, frons white. Thorax crimson ;

tips of patagia black. Abdomen black. Legs black, fore coxe

white. Wings black; the basal half of the primaries semi-hyaline

except the costal and inner margin. Exp. 20 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

7. PsEUDOMYA PICTA, sp. nov.

Antenne black. Head black, with a large crimson spot. Collar

yellow. Thorax black, a crimson spot laterally on patagia. Abdo-

men dorsally crimson at the base, followed by a broad yellow space,

the terminal half brownish ; underneath brownish yellow. Legs

black. Wings smoky brown, semi-hyaline, the margins a little

darker. Exp. 22 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

8. CosMOSOMA TIGRIS, sp. nov.

Antenne black. Head black, streaked with metallic blue.

Collar yellow, laterally metallic blue. Thorax with a metallic blue

spot posteriorly ; patagia yellow, outwardly edged with blue.

Abdomen bright yellow, with a narrow black transverse band on

the posterior portion of each segment; segments 2 and 3 laterally

blackish ; a lateral row of metallic blue spots. Legs yellow with

smoky streaks. Wings hyaline with narrow black margins, and

the apex of the primaries broadly black ; some yellow at the base

of the inner margin, and a yellow streak on the costal margin.

Underneath, the costal margin of the secondaries broadly orange-

yellow. Exp. 34 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

9. CosMOSOMA PLUTONA, sp. noy.

Head and thorax black. Collar dark metallic green. Abdomen

dorsally very brilliant crimson; underneath black with a white

1894.] PROM TROPICAL AMERICA. 227.

mark. Wings hyaline, narrowly and evenly bordered with black ;

all the veins black and a black line at the end of the cell. Exp.

30 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

10. DycnapIA CINGLA, sp. nov.

Palpi yellow. Head black, frons grey. Collar yellow. Thorax

yellow, with three black stripes and a metallic blue spot posteriorly.

Abdomen yellow; the third segment dorsally black, with three blue

spots and two minute yellow spots; the following two segments

with a black subdorsal spot each ; last segments black, with a sub-

dorsal and lateral blue spots. Wings hyaline, narrowly margined.

with black; the apex of the primaries broadly black; the costal

vein yellow ; the inner margins yellowish Exp. 26 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

11. Marissa REGIA, sp. nov.

Antenne black, tipped with white. Head black, frons whitish,

two metallic blue spots posteriorly. Collar black, two metallic

blue spots. Thorax black, a broad white streak on patagia; a

posterior blue and whitish spot. Abdomen, first three segments

crimson, the second spotted with black and blue; the other

segments black, with a subdorsal, two lateral, and two central rows

of white spots. Legs black; tarsi, joints, and fore coxe white.

Primaries hyaline, the margins broadly black, still more so at the

apex and inner angle; a small vitreous elongate spot on the costal

margin at the base; a basal transverse black mark ; a large black

spot at the end of the cell, and connected by a broad black mark

on vein 2 with the inner angle. Secondaries hyaline, the margins

irregularly bordered with black. Exp. 34 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

Obs. Allied to M. eane, Hiibn.

12. ARTHRIA PAULA, sp. nov.

Body velvety black; the last three segments of the abdomen

dorsally and laterally crimson; a round whitish spot on either

side of the collar. Wings hyaline, the veins black and all the

margins broadly black ; at the end of the cell on the primaries

a broad black spot from the costa to nearly the black border

of the inner margin. Exp. 46 millim.

Hab. San Paulo, S.E. Brazil.

Obs. Closely allied to &. hemorrhoidalis, Stoll, which has,

however, the basal segment of the abdomen crimson, and has

a black spot on the costal margin of the secondaries near the

apex.

PrycHOTRICOS, gen. nov.

Antennz pectinated in both sexes, more so in the male than in

the female. Primaries long and narrow, the outer margin very

228 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA [ Mar. 6,

oblique ; veins 4 and 5 stalked ; vein 6 from upper angle of cell ;

veins 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Secondaries in the male with the

outer margin very oblique, slightly excavated, the anal angle very

acute; on the inner margin a fold enclosing a long tuft of hairs.

The female has the outer margin slightly rounded, the anal angle

also rounded; veins 3 and 4 stalked; 5 absent; 6 from upper

angle of cell; 8 absent. Abdomen extending far beyond the

secondaries, moderately stout.

13. PrYcHOTRICOS ZEUS, sp. nov.

Head black, bordered behind with orange. Thorax brownish

black. Abdomen dorsally blackish; a subdorsal small orange

basal spot; laterally and dorsally on the last segments brilliant

metallic blue; underneath black with white bands. Fore cox

white. Primaries above dark brownish black ; the veins brownish ;

some brown streaks at the base, and a terminal row of oval lanceo-

late spots with dark centres; two semi-hyaline spots in the cell,

and three transverse similar spots beyond the cell; a diaphanous

shade below the median vein; a minute metallic blue spot on the

inner margin. Secondaries black; a small hyaline spot at the

base crossed by the black median vein; a tuft of long yellow hairs

on the inner margin near the base. Underneath black, with all

the semi-hyaline spots more distinct. Exp., ¢ 49 millim., 9 48

millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

Fam. ARCTIIDE.

14, ACLYTIA RUFIVENTRIS, sp. nov.

Palpi black, crimson at the base. Head black, with two crimson

spots behind the antenne. Collar black, with a lateral crimson

spot. Thorax black. Abdomen black dorsally, crimson under-

neath and apparently between the segments above also; the anal

segment entirely black. Coxzeandtrochanters crimson. Primaries

above dull brown. Secondaries with the margins broadly smoky

black and the disk vitreous. Underneath, the wings are similar,

but more thinly covered with scales. Exp. 2 41 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

MACH2RAPTENUS, gen. nov.

Antenne toothed. Body stout. Palpi very short. Primaries

long and narrow; apex rounded; outer margin very oblique ;

inner angle rounded; inner margin slightly sinuate; vein 6 from

upper angle of cell; veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Secondaries tri-

angular, costal margin rounded; outer margin excavated; disco-

cellular straight ; vein 5 absent; veins 6, 7, 8 stalked,

Obs. Allied to Cratoplastis, Feld,

1894. ] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA, 229

15. MACH#RAPTENUS VENTRALIS, sp. nov.

Head black. Collar creamy yellow edged with black. Thorax

black; patagia creamy yellow tipped with black. Abdomen

dorsally black, shaded with blue on the posterior half ; underneath,

coxe and abdomen orange. Primaries yellowish white; the costal

margin black; the base narrowly black; the inner angle finely

black. Secondaries whitish. Exp. 42 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

16. IDALUS ENERVIS, sp. nov.

Palpi white, pink at the base. Head white, with a transverse

pink streak. Collar white, laterally shaded with pink. Abdomen

crimson dorsally, white underneath. Legs white, cox crimson.

Primaries above bright yellow; the costal and inner margins

finely white, the costa otherwise pinkish ; a purplish shade con-

tiguous to the white on the inner margin; a small purplish spot

in the cell, and a large spot of the same colour at the end of the

cell and extending beyond it; an outer transverse row of small

purplish spots. Secondaries above white, with a few rosy hairs at

the base. Underneath, the primaries are bright yellow, with the

cellular spots crimson instead of purplish; secondaries white.

Exp. 31 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

17. EUCERON AROA, sp. Dov.

Head brown, two orange spots behind the antenne. Collar

brown. Thorax brown; a yellow streak on patagia. Abdomen

greyish brown; anus orange; underneath banded with white.

Primaries whitish grey ; all the veins and apex dark grey; a sub-

apical transverse white shade. Secondaries light greyish hyaline,

the margins dark grey. Underneath, the primaries are of a uniform

grey, with only the subapical white shade. Exp. 2 31 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

Obs. Closely allied to £. costulatum, H.-S.

18. EvcrREON DENTATUM, sp, nov.

Head grey, posteriorly crimson. Collar and thorax grey,

streaked with black. Abdomen with the first segment grey ;

otherwise crimson dorsally, white below, black laterally; anus

tipped with black. Primaries light grey; a basal and an inner

dentate transverse darker line ; beyond the latter a dark spot in

the cell; a median dentate line followed by a large dark blotch at

the end of the cell, which reaches from the costa to vein 2; an

outer dentate line crossing a dark spot between 2 and 3, and

followed by a similar line which does not reach the inner margin ;

a terminal row of dark spots, the largest one being just above the

inner angle. Secondaries grey, the disk faintly hyaline. Under-

neath, the wings are dull grey. Exp. 31 millim.

Hab. Coatepec, Mexico.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. XVI. 16

230 MR, W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA [Mar..6,

19. OPHARUS GEMMA, sp. Nov.

Palpi, legs, and abdomen below blackish. Antenne black.

Head, collar, and thorax light greyish brown; two minute black

points on the collar. Abdomen dorsally orange, with a broad sub-

dorsal brownish line tapering towards the anal segment. Pri-

maries light greyish brown; an indistinct dark median shade not

reaching the margins ; beyond the cell a large dark brown spot

cut by vein 5. Secondaries greyish brown. Exp. 55 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

20. PsEUDAPISTOSIA ORDINARIA, sp. noy.

Palpi, head, thorax, and primaries light brown. Secondaries

whitish. Abdomen dorsally brown at the base, otherwise yellow

with a subdorsal and a lateral row of short black streaks ; under-

neath brown. Exp. 41 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

21. HaListIpoTA PAGANA, sp. nov.

3d. Palpi orange, tipped with black. Head, collar, and thorax

black; the patagia black bordered with orange. Abdomen dorsally

black; some small yellow marks laterally and underneath ; the

anal segment entirely yellow. Primaries above dark brown with

the veins very distinct. Secondaries dull brown. Underneath, the

wings are dull brown, yellow at the base. Exp. 36 millim.

. Hab. Castro, Parana.

Obs. The 2 differs in haying the last three segments of the

abdomen yellow, with an interrupted subdorsal brown line.

22. HALISIDOTA LINEATA, sp. nov.

Palpi, head, and collar black. Thorax brown, shading to light

buff posteriorly. Abdomen dorsally yellow, paler at the base;

underneath whitish, with a ventral and lateral black line. Pri-

maries above light buff, with a broad blackish streak extending

from near the base on the median vein to the outer margin just

below the apex; a marginal row of dark points. Secondaries

white. Underneath whitish ; the primaries with the costal margin

buff, and a small subapical dark streak. Exp. 35 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

23. PHAGOPTERA JONESI, sp. nov.

Palpi black, orange at the base. Head and collar buff, with two

black spots on the latter. Thorax buff, with a few dark streaks.

Abdomen dorsally orange; white below, with a ventral row of

black marks, and a lateral row of small black spots. Primaries

above buif; the veins brown; the outer margin broadly brown,

inwardly very dentate towards the apex; a large brown spot at

the end of the cell; an outer broad, irregular, transverse brown

band, interrupted between veins 3 and 4, and not quite reaching

either the costal or inner margins. Secondaries above whitish,

narrowly margined with brown at the outer angle; a transverse

eal

1894. ] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. 231

brown line at the end of the cell. Underneath, the markings are

indistinctly repeated. Exp. 50 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parand.

Obs. I take pleasure in naming this fine species after its dis-

coverer, E. Dukinfield Jones, Esq.

24, PHEGOPTERA ARPI, sp. nov.

Antenne black, spotted with white; tips white. Palpi grey.

Head yellow. Collar dark grey, laterally yellow. Thorax dark

grey anteriorly, shading to yellowish posteriorly. Abdomen: base

and last two segments dark grey ; other segments bright yellow,

black between the segments, only noticeable subdorsally ; anus

tipped with creamy hairs. Primaries whitish; a dark grey spot

on the base of the inner margin; an inner and a median wavy

grey line, the latter crossing a conspicuous round grey spot in the

cell; beyond this a group of six large grey spots, two in the cell,

the others between veins 2-6; an outer irregular grey line out-

wardly shaded with grey, dentate, extending on each vein towards

the outer margin ; a terminal row of large grey spots between the

veins. Secondaries dark grey. Underneath grey, somewhat mottled

with white. Exp. 42 millim.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Obs. Named after its discoverer, Mr. J. Arp.

25. ARACHNIS TENEBRA, sp. Ov.

Head black, white posteriorly. Collar black. Thorax white

with a large black spot; patagia black, broadly edged with white.

Abdomen black. Primaries above black; some irregular quadrate

white spots at the base; beyond this three large and one small

white spot on the costal margin ; two white blotches on the outer

margin; a white spot at the origin of veins 3 and 4; asmall white

streak at the inner angle, and a large >€-shaped white mark on

the inner margin. Secondaries black. Underneath, wings black ;

fewer white marks on the primaries. Legs black; tarsi with white

hairs. Exp. 9 40 millim.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.

LAMPRUNA, gen. nov.

Antenne pectinated. Primaries short and broad; the outer

margin slightly oblique. Secondaries broad oval; veins 3 and 4

from lower angle of cell; veins 5 and 6 absent; vein 8 from just

beyond middle of cell.

Allied to Symphlebia, Felder.

26. LAMPRUNA ROSEA, sp. nov.

Head red. Collar orange, mottled with red; thorax reddish ;

patagia orange, edged with red. Abdomen red. Legs yellow,

broadly banded with grey. Primaries above yellow, the veins red ;

a broad inner and outer transverse grey band, uniting above the

16*

232 MR, W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA [Mar. 6,

submedian vein, leaving on the inner margin a large yellow spot

edged with red ; on the yellow basal portion some small red spots ;

the inner transverse band bordered with red; some greyish spots

ou the costa and in the cell between the two bands; a terminal

row of grey spots between the veins ; fringe yellow, spotted with

grey. Secondaries red. Underneath, wings yellow ; an outer row

of black spots on the primaries. Exp. ¢ 36 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

GRAPHEA, gen. nov.

Antenne finely pectinated. Abdomen fairly stout. Primaries

long, narrow ; apex slightly acute; outer margin rounded, then

oblique; vein 6 from upper angle of cell; veins 7, 8, 9 stalked.

Secondaries long, narrow; veins 4 and 5 stalked; 6 and 7 from

upper angle of cell; 8 from end of cell, nearly touching 7 in its

entire length.

27. GRAPHEA MARMOREA, sp. noy.

Head and thorax brownish yellow; the collar and patagia edged

with brown; two brown points on the collar. Abdomen pink

dorsally, yellow underneath. Anterior portion of primaries from

base of inner margin to apex yellowish, covered with rows of

small, irregular orange spots, interrupted by an inner broad brown

band and a large black spot at the end of the cell, connected with

the costal margin by a brown shade; the posterior portion of the

wing brownish mottled with lilacine ; a terminal white line; the

extremities of the veins whitish lilacine. Secondaries pink, slightly

hyaline. Underneath yellowish pink, showing indistinctly the

markings of the upper surface. Exp. 45 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

CRESERA, gen. nov.

Antenne finely pectinated. Primaries long; the outer margin

oblique ; the inner angle rounded; veins 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.

Secondaries with the outer margin well rounded. Veins 3 and 4

from lower angle of cell; 5 absent ; 6 and 7 stalked; 8 from half

the length of cell.

28. CRESERA ANNULATA, sp. nov.

Head and collar buff, the latter brown laterally. Thorax buff ;

patagia outwardly brown. Abdomen pink dorsally, yellowish

underneath. Primaries above brown; the costal margin and

apical third of the wing, except the outer margin, buff, with a

number of ring-shaped brown spots, those on the costal margin

with only a minute central buff point, the others consisting of fine

rings ; a subapical transverse brown line; the outer margin and

inner angle lilacine. Secondaries pink. Underneath yellowish ;

the primaries showing the marks of the upper surface ; secondaries

with a brown discal spot. Exp. 44 millim.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

1894.] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. 233

Munona, gen. nov.

Antennz pectinated in both sexes. Wings long, fairly broad,

the outer margin oblique. Primaries with vein 6 from upper

angle of cell; 7, 8,9 stalked. Secondaries with veins 4 and 5

from lower angle of cell; 8 short, from near the end of cell.

eee in the ¢ triangular, the inner margin and anal angle

rounded.

29. MUNONA IRIDESCENS, sp. nov.

Body pale yellow; the collar posteriorly edged with orange ;

three orange streaks on the thorax. Fore coxe orange. Primaries

silvery yellow, all the veins slightly darker; an orange point at

the base. Secondaries yellowish white, semi-hyaline. Exp., ¢

52 millim., 2 65 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

30. ANTARCTIA VENATA, Sp. nov.

Head and thorax reddish brown. Abdomen dorsally yellowish

brown, ventrally black. The wings are rather thinly clothed with

scales. Primaries greyish brown; all the veins white. Second-

aries paler, with the white veins less distinct. Underneath, the

same. Exp. 2 30 millim.

Hab. Castro, Paranda.

Fam. EuprEerotip#.

31. APATELODES PARVULA, Sp. Nov.

Palpi brown. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish grey, the

base of the abdomen and two transverse shades on the thorax

darker. Primaries grey, irrorated with brown scales; a large dark

brown spot on the interior half of the inner margin, but not

reaching the base, and outwardly crossed by a slightly oblique

light shade ; from near the middle of the costal margin a brownish

indistinct band extends towards but does not reach the inner

angle; from this band to the outer margin all the veins are

distinctly paler; a light shade crosses the end of the cell; the

outer line prominent, whitish, and anteriorly slightly curved

outwardly ; two subapical dark brown spots followed by two semi-

hyaline spots. Secondaries above brown; the inner margin and

anal angle greyish brown, darker ; an outer transverse whitish line.

Underneath brown, shaded with grey on the costal margins of both

wings and on the inner margin of the secondaries, where there

are also some brown marks; the outer transverse white line

indistinct on the primaries, more distinct on the secondaries.

Exp. 28 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

32. OLCECLOSTERA CASTRONA, sp. Nov.

Palpi dark brown. Head and thorax grey, with a central brown

234 MR, W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA [ Mar. 6,

line. Abdomen reddish brown. Primaries above light grey,

thinly speckled with dark scales; the inner and outer lines very

indistinct, angular, and apparently geminate; the fringe dark

brown ; between veins 5 and 6 a small hyaline spot ; on the costa

near the apex a small dark shade. Secondaries light brown, with

two indistinct wavy lines; the fringe on the outer margin near the

anal angle very dark brown. Underneath greyish brown ; the two

lines on the secondaries distinct, and a minute black spot in the

cell; on the primaries only the outer line visible, which is distinct

and touches the hyaline spot. Exp. 28 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

33. OLCECLOSTERA AZTECA, Sp. Nov.

Body light grey; two lateral white spots at the base of the

abdomen. Primaries above light grey, with two inner and two

outer very distinct, slightly wavy dark grey transverse lines; the

furthermost line touching a round hyaline spot between veins 5

and 6; the outer margin from below the apex to the inner angle

brownish, limited by a lunular dark line; a dark point in the cell.

Secondaries brownish, with two slightly curved conspicuous dark

lines ; the extreme margin and fringe dark grey. Underneath

brownish, with the transverse lines dark, the inner lines absent on

the primaries ; a black discal point on each wing. Exp. 32 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

DUKINFIELDIA, gen. nov.

Antenne pectinated in both sexes, but more so in the ¢ than

in the 2. Body stout ; abdomen extending beyond the secondaries.

Primaries with the costal and inner margins straight, the outer

margin and inner angle rounded; discocellulars inwardly and

deeply curved below vein 5 ; vein 6 from upper angle of cell; 7, 8,

9, 10 stalked. Secondaries broad, the inner margin rounded ;

discocellulars angled below 5, a veinlet extending from this angle

to the base ; veins 6 and 7 stalked.

34, DUKINFIELDIA SUPREMA, sp. nov.

Head reddish brown. ‘Thorax mottled with long brown and

and grey hairs. Abdomen dorsally black, with a few white hairs ;

underneath banded orange and black.

3. Primaries above white, all the veins dark reddish brown ;

the subcostal, median, and submedian veins most heavily marked ;

the costa finely black. Secondaries white, some orange hairs at

the base. Underneath white, the extremities of the veins blackish.

Exp. 53 millim.

©. Primaries reddish brown; the costal margin grey ; the base

and spaces between veins on outer margin irrorated with grey

scales; fringe white. Secondaries dull brown; fringe white.

Underneath, wings dull brown, some orange scales at the base;

fringe white. Exp. 65 millim.

Hab. Castro, Paranda.

1894, ] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. 235

Fam. SATURNIID®.

35. HBMILEUCA DUKINFIELDI, sp. noy.

Head, collar, and thorax dark buff; patagia black. Abdomen

orange dorsally; underneath black, with a lateral row of small

white spots. Primaries above dark brown, with all the veins finely

outlined in orange; an outer transverse narrow white band.

Secondaries similar, but the transverse band is less distinct, and

the veins are not so distinctly marked towards the base of the

wing, where there are also a quantity of long buff hairs, more

noticeable in the male than in thefemale. Underneath, the wings

are similarly but less distinctly marked. Exp., ¢ 60 millim., ?

75 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

Fam. Cossip#.

36. ZEUZERA MASONI, sp. nov.

¢. Head brown. Thorax and abdomen grey. Primaries light

grey, with fine black transverse striz ; the basal third of the costa

black ; the central third of the median vein anteriorly shaded with

black ; a small dark space on the costa at two thirds from the base.

Secondaries white; the outer margin irrorated with black; the

fringe alternately white and grey. Exp. 51 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

Obs. Also in coll. Mason.

37. LANGSDORFIA DUKINFIELDI, sp. nov.

Palpi dark brown. Head, thorax, and abdomen light brown,

the latter with a dark spot dorsally on the last segment. Primaries

above fawn-colour shaded with smoky grey ; a large velvety brown

spot near the base, not reaching the inner margin, and containing

‘a bright silver spot ; just beyond this a pale V-shaped mark starts

from the costal margin, nearly touches the inner angle, and then

extends to the apex, turning in near the costal margin to form

two curves in the direction of the cell; the space within the base

of this V is dull grey, the upper portion reddish brown towards

the apex, fawn-colour towards the base ; on the outer margin the

veins are slightly paler. Secondaries whitish, with smoky margins.

Underneath, the primaries are dull brown, with two reddish-brown

spots on the outer half of the costal margin; the secondaries

whitish, irregular spots on the margins and two large brown

spots on the costal margin. Exp. ¢ 38 millim.

Obs. The 9 expands 48 millim. and has the secondaries brownish.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

38. LANGSDORFIA AROA, sp. NOV.

Abdomen dark brown; the patagia bordered with velvety

brown. Primaries above the costa buff, spotted with dark

velyety brown, each spot edged with whitish; a small triangular

236 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETERCOERA [ Mar. 6,

buff space, speckled with black, on the inner margin, the base

of the triangle formed by vein 2; the rest of the wing dark

velvety grey, with large dark velvety brown spots, edged with

lilacine, as follows :—a subapical irregular spot; a five-sided spot

at a third from the base and reaching the median vein; a small

triangular spot in the cell, resting on the median vein ; a large

oval oblique spot near the outer margin crossing veins 3 to 5;

three spots between the median and submedian veins ; a terminal

row of spots disappearing towards the apex; the fringe reddish

brown. Secondaries dull blackish brown. Underneath, primaries

brown; secondaries dark grey, irregularly spotted with a darker

shade. Exp. 46 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

Fam. HEPraLip”®.

39. DALACA SERTA, Sp. NOv.

Body reddish brown. Primaries reddish brown, greyish along

the inner and outer margins ; transverse lunular lines, interrupted

by the veins, cover the wings with a mass of grey lunules out-

wardly shaded with brown, and they are most numerous on the

outer third of the wing. Secondaries reddish brown. Exp. ¢

41 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

Obs. Allied to Dalaca assa, Druce.

Fam. Dioprip#.

40. PoLYPOETES RUFIPUNCTA, sp. nov.

Palpi black, orange at the base. Head black. Collar black,

laterally white. Thorax black; patagia orange, with a black and

a grey streak, Abdomen dorsally black ; the posterior portion of

each segment narrowly yellowish ; underneath white. Primaries

above black; all the veins on the basal half of the wing yellowish ;

a round white spot just beyond the cell; a round subapical orange-

red spot. Secondaries above black; a round white spot beyond

the cell, connected with the base of the wing by a broad yellowish

space. Underneath, the primaries are black with the two spots as

on the upper surface, and a white streak at the base; secondaries

white, the outer margin broadly black. Exp. 25 millim.

Hab. Castro, Novo Friburgo.

Fam. LIMAcopID®.

41. SEMYRA CARDIA, sp. nov.

Palpi and head yellow. Thorax brown, mingled with yellow

scales. Abdomen dark brown; at the base laterally covered with

long yellow hairs. Primaries above violaceous brown; the costal

margin for two thirds from the base narrowly yellow ; the base of

1894.] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA, 237

the costal vein dark brown ; a basal angular silver-white line from

the median to the submedian vein, followed by an irregular golden-

brown spot, outwardly shaded with dark brown; a dark velvety-

brown streak in the cell, followed by a golden-brown spot between

veins 5 and 6, and separated from it by an indistinct whitish line

which extends from the costa to vein 2, where it joins a sub-

marginal white line extending from the apex to the inner margin ;

this submarginal line is inwardly heavily shaded with dark brown,

and is outwardly contiguous to some small brown spots. Second-

aries yellowish white. Underneath, the primaries are light brown,

the inner margin broadly white; the secondaries yellowish, the

costal margin broadly light brown. Exp. 20 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

Obs. Very closely allied to S. bella, H.-S.

42, TRABALA RUBENS, sp. nov.

Palpi and head golden brown. The thorax purplish. Abdomen

light golden brown, with a few purplish anal hairs. The primaries

above golden brown, with the veins darker; the costal margin

broadly suffused with purplish; an irregular dark line extends

from the apex to the middle of the submedian vein, and is

followed by an indistinct marginal shade. Secondaries above

yellowish white; the fringe on both wings very long, the inner

half golden brown, the outer half purplish. Underneath, the

wings are light golden brown. Exp. 26 millim.

Hab. Castro, Paranda.

43. TRABALA (?) TRUNCATA, Sp. nov.

Palpi, head, and collar brown. Thorax and abdomen yellowish

brown. Primaries above yellowish brown; an indistinct basal

and a median irregular transverse brown line; an outer heavily

marked straight brown line, closely followed by an irregular

indistinct line. Secondaries above brownish yellow, with an

indistinct median brown line. Underneath yellowish brown, the

outer margins paler; two distinct, irregular, outer brown lines ;

on the secondaries a brown dot at the end of the cell. Exp. 28

millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

44, PEROLA ADMIRABILIS, sp. NOV.

Palpi crimson, tipped with white. Head white, with all the

scales around the eyes crimson. Thorax and body white; the

patagia edged with crimson. Primaries above yellowish; at the

base some crimson scales on the costal margin and a few black

scales scattered on either side of the submedian vein ; an indistinct

curved band of blackish scales beyond the cell, and beyond this

a short, indistinct crimson shade extends from the costal margin.

Secondaries above white. Underneath, wings yellowish, the costal

half of the primaries crimson. Exp. 22 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

238 MR, W. SOHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA [ Mar. 6,

45, DALMERA FUMATA, sp. nov.

Palpi and head orange. Collar whitish. Thorax and abdomen

orange. Primaries above pinkish yellow, palest along the costa ;

at the end of the cell an oblique black streak ; below this and from

near the base of the subcostal vein to nearly the middle of the

outer margin a heavy smoky-black shade, and from this a similar

but smaller shade extends towards the inner margin. Secondaries

above bright yellow ; orange along the inner margin. Underneath,

the wings are orange, the primaries haying the base of the costa

and a mark at the end of the cell black. Exp. 31 millim.

Hab. Castro, Paranda.

Obs. Closely allied to D. tijucana, Schaus.

Fam. LASIOCAMPIDA.

46. OcHA BRUNNEA, sp. nov.

Above entirely dark brown. The primaries with two indistinct

transverse median lines, slightly flecked with white; a submarginal

irregular row of small black spots, almost imperceptibly flecked

with greyish scales. Underneath lighter brown, with a few white

scales on the costal margins of both wings at about two thirds

from the base. Exp. 20 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

47. OCHA FALSA, sp. nov.

Above light brown. The primaries with the base and a broad

shade through the cell darker ; a black discal point and a marginal

row of conspicuous black points; the basal lines indistinct ; the

outer line geminate, angular; a few black streaks between the

end of the cell and the apex. Underneath light brown, with a

marginal row of indistinct dark spots. Exp. 22 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

48. OCHA FAMATA, sp. nov.

Head and thorax light brown. Abdomen dorsally blackish,

otherwise light brown. Primaries above light reddish brown; a

dark streak at the base of the cell; the inner line fine, dark,

geminate, wavy, and outwardly curved; the outer line also

geminate, wavy, and outwardly shaded with whitish ; veins 6-10

distinctly whitish; from the cell to the outer margin between

veins 4 and 7 a dark shade containing three clusters of reddish-

brown scales, which are contiguous to an irregular, fine, white

marginal line ; asmall dark subapical spot between veins 9 and 10 ;

the fringe pale, with dark spots. Secondaries above dark brown,

with the costal margin broadly light brown, crossed by wavy white

lines ; some paler scales along the inner margin; fringe alter-

nately buff and dark brown. Underneath dark brown ; the costa

finely and the inner margin of the primaries broadly buff; the

1894. ] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA, 239

fringe on the secondaries paler, and on both wings a marginal row

of indistinct dark spots. Exp. 25 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

49. OCHA MARGINATA, sp. Nov.

Head and thorax brown, mingled with buff hairs. Abdomen

brown. Primaries light brown, slightly hyaline, the veins all

dark ; some dark violaceous strie at the base and on either side of

a pale outer line, which forms a large wavy curve before reaching

the middle of the inner margin ; a broad marginal greyish shade ;

a terminal buff line; the apex light grey; the fringe dark at the

inner angle. Secondaries brown; a greyish marginal line near

the apex. Exp. 26 millim,

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

50. HypRIAS CASTRENSIS, sp. nov.

Palpi yellowish. Head and thorax grey, the abdomen lighter.

Primaries above grey ; some brown scales at the base and also two

contiguous transverse brown lines, the inner one wavy, the outer

slightly dentate; a brownish-black spot in the cell; an outer

indistinct transverse line, slightly dentate and outwardly shaded

with buff; a wavy submarginal dark grey shade. Secondaries

above white; the costal margin with the basal half brown, the

outer half grey; the fringe grey. Underneath, the primaries are

smoky-brown, whitish along the inner margin, a submarginal

dark shade; the secondaries white, with two indistinct greyish

lines on the costa. Exp. ¢ 25 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

Fam. LitHosiip 2.

51. LirHosta PERUVIANA, sp. nov.

Head yellow, with a transverse grey band. Collar yellowish.

Thorax pink. Abdomen yellowish, shading to deep orange at the

anal segment. Primaries dark grey ; the costal and inner margins,

also a central longitudinal streak, yellowish. Secondaries yellow,

shading to orange at the anal angle; the apex dark grey. Exp.

20 millim.

Hab. Peru.

52. LITHOSIA VENOSA, sp. NOV.

Palpi and head orange, grey posteriorly. Collar, thorax, and

abdomen greyish white. Primaries above light grey, all the veins

and fringe white. Secondaries white, the costal margin tinged

with grey. Underneath, primaries dark grey, fringe white ;

secondaries white, the costal margin and apex dark grey. Exp.

28 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parani.

240 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW HETEROCERA [ Mar. 6,

53. CHORIA SEPARATA, sp. NOV.

Head deep yellow, with a transverse grey band; collar yellow.

Thorax dark grey; patagia yellow, inwardly shaded with grey.

Abdomen yellowish; in the female a black dorsal spot on the

last segment denuded of scales. Primaries above silvery white ;

the inner margin broadly dark grey, anteriorly shaded with yellow;

the costal margin finely yellow. Secondaries yellowish white ;

the apex broadly smoky grey. Underneath, the secondaries are

the same; the primaries are smoky grey, with two thirds of the

costal margin, a streak beyond the cell, and a streak above the

inner margin yellowish. Exp. 27 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

Obs. In the female the secondaries are entirely yellowish

white, and the primaries below are whitish with the inner and

outer margins smoky.

54. CRAMBOMORPHA MARCATA, sp. nov.

Head, collar, and thorax dark grey; the collar laterally and

base of patagia yellowish. Abdomen whitish grey, shading to

yellow at the last segment. The primaries above silvery white;

the costal margin chrome-yellow ; the inner margin broadly dark

grey, with a whitish streak at the base. Secondaries white, faintly

tinged with grey on the outer margin. Underneath white, the

primaries tinged with grey, and the chrome-yellow costal margin

very conspicuous. Exp. 34 millim.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Obs. I have a female absolutely similar from Peru.

55. CRAMBOMORPHA VIRGINIA, sp. Nov.

Q. Palpi luteous. Head dark grey. Collar and abdomen

fawn-colour. Thorax white. Wings pure white, the primaries

silvery ; secondaries thinly covered with scales. Exp, 31 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

Obs. Allied to C. argentea, Feld., but smaller and a more

delicate insect. The colour of the collar distinguishes the species

at once.

56. CRAMBIDIA CORCOVADA, sp. nov.

Head and thorax grey. Abdomen dorsally grey, underneath

yellowish. Primaries above whitish, the inner margin greyish;

secondaries yellowish white. Underneath, the primaries are

greyish, the basal half tinged with yellow ; the secondaries whitish,

the costal margin yellow. Exp. 21 millim.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

57. CRAMBIDIA PETROLA, sp. Noy.

3g. Body grey ; anal segment of abdomen yellowish. Primaries

white; the costal margin finely chrome-yellow; the inner margin

1894. ] FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. 241

shaded with brownish grey. Secondaries white. Underneath, the

primaries are yellowish white. Exp. 24 millim.

Hab. Tijuca, Petropolis.

Obs. The female similar in every respect.

58. SALOPOLA VESTALIS, Sp. NOV.

$. Silvery white; the inner margin of the primaries very

light brown. On the costal margin of the secondaries a long

tuft of yellow hairs. Underneath white; a tuft of yellow hairs

on the primaries just above the median vein, and curling over the

origin of veins 2, 3, and 4. Exp. 33 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

Obs. This species is closely allied to S. argentea, Walk., but

differs in its white secondaries and tufts of hairs, which are longer

in S. argentea and black on the underside of the primaries.

59. AREVA PERPENSA, sp. nov.

3. Body white above, yellow underneath. Primaries white ;

the costal margin pale yellow; the inner margin faintly brownish.

Secondaries white, with a few long yellow hairs in the cell.

Underneath white; the primaries with the outer margin slightly

smoky, the costal margin orange, and there is a large oval cluster

of long hairs. The primaries are a little longer than the second-

aries and very broad. Exp. 31 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

Fam. NoropontTip 2%.

60. CEDEMASIA TROPICA, sp. nov.

Palpi, head, and collar brown. Thorax whitish. Abdomen

light brown. Primaries above light grey; the .costa and base

shaded with brown; a wavy, fine, geminate, black median line,

inwardly shaded with brownish, and followed at the end of the

cell by an inwardly curved black crescent-shaped line; an outer

geminate black line, interrupted and very indistinct ; a terminal

black wavy line, with inwardly a short black streak on each vein.

Secondaries brown. Underneath, primaries brown, secondaries

whitish margined with brown. Exp. 39 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

61. RIFARGIA MASTA, sp. nov.

Palpi, head, and thorax brown, thickly mottled with green

scales. Abdomen dark grey, with still darker clusters of scales

subdorsally. Primaries above moss-green, mottled with brown,

and paler beyond the cell; at the base a fine black streak

surmounting a pale spot on the inner margin; the basal and

median lines almost imperceptible ; a dark brown transverse streak

at the end of the cell; the outer line represented by two series of

minute dark spots on the veins separated by white scales ; the

submarginal line indistinct, forming towards the inner angle some

242 ON NEW HETEROCERA FROM TROPICAL AMERICA. [Mar. 6,

brownish spots; a terminal row of lunular green spots between

the veins ; the fringe dark grey. Secondaries greyish, with the

extreme outer margin much darker. Underneath greyish, the

extreme margins brown. Exp. 40 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

62. EpEMA ASTUTA, sp. nov.

Palpi brown. Head dull yellow. Collar brown. Thorax light

lichen-green. Abdomen brown above, dull yellow underneath,

with a dark ventral line. Primaries above dark brown, with the

inner margin broadly greyish ; the veins flecked with alternately

dark and light scales; the middle of the costal margin, a quadrate

spot in the cell, and some surrounding shades of a very dark and

dull brown; a submarginal series of triangular dark spots,

followed by a row of small clusters of black scales; the apex

yellowish white, with some subapical light brown streaks; the

fringe brown, spotted with yellowish. Secondaries above brown,

with the fringe dull yellow. Underneath, the wings are brown

with a pale shade at the apex of the primaries and a marginal row

of brown dots. Exp. 48 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico; Aroa, Venezuela.

Obs. This species is very closely allied to 2. mandela, Druce.

63. LiRIMiRIs (?) MEPHITIS, sp. nov.

Palpi, head, and thorax brownish grey; the abdomen paler,

except dorsally on the first segment, where there is a tuft of rich

brown hairs. Primaries above greyish brown, slightly darker

towards the outer margin, except a submarginal transverse shade

which is very indistinct ; the inner margin irrorated with much

lighter scales, amongst which a few small clusters of dark brown

scales are very Conspicuous ; at the end of the cell two dark brown

spots, the lower one much thelarger. Secondaries above brown, with

a few dark scales at the anal angle, surmounted by a small yellow

spot. Underneath, the wings are light brown, with a few small

black streaks on the costal margin of the primaries near the apex.

Exp. 2 46 millim.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

Obs. Also in coll. Mason.

64, LOPHODONTA (?) PALLIDA, sp. nov.

Head and thorax greyish white. Abdomen greyish brown.

Primaries above greyish white, the base shaded with brown; an

inner transverse, dark brown, geminate line, indistinct towards the

costa; a small brown shade in the cell, followed by a dentate

brownish transverse line; a geminate, dark brown, outer line,

dentate, followed by two yellow spots between veins 2 and 3, and

3 and 4, outwardly shaded with brown ; a dark greyish costal space

beyond the outer line ; a terminal, fine, brownish line from the costa

to vein 2. Secondaries brownish, the costal margin mottled with

arise i) |

1894. | ON THE HABITS OF ANOMALURUS. 243

white ; fringe white. Underneath, primaries brownish, secondaries

greyish. Exp. 2 44 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

65. HETEROCAMPA PARANENSIS, Sp. Nov.

Head and thorax grey, mottled with greenish scales; the collar

somewhat paler. The abdomen grey above, yellowish white under-

neath. The primaries above light grey ; two thirds of the costa

from base darker grey, and also the base of the inner margin

darker ; a green shade extends from the base of the costal margin

to the middle of the inner margin, and continues to the inner

angle; the outer margin greenish, the extremities of the veins

black; the apical third of the costa broadly amber-green, and an

indistinct greenish shade from the costa, passing beyond the cell

and extending to the outer margin. Secondaries above white ; the

costal margin brown, with transverse white shades; the inner

margin brown, and the extreme outer margin narrowly brown.

Underneath, the wings are white; the costal margin of the pri-

maries yellowish, and the extreme outer margin and tips of the

veins on the same wings brown. Exp. 35 millim.

Hab. Castro, Parana.

66. BLERA BOLIVARI, sp. nov.

3. Body greyish brown; patagia white. Primaries above

white ; a brown patch on the costa at a fourth from the base; a

similar spot on the costa at three fourths from the base, followed

by two small brown spots; the inner margin mottled with brown,

forming in the female a triangular space connected by a brown line

with the inner costal spot; the fringe white, spotted with brown.

Secondaries greyish brown; fringe whitish. Underneath, pri-

maries brown, the fringe and apical half of the costa spotted with

brown ; secondaries whitish, the costal and outer margins broadly

shaded with greyish brown. Exp. 52 millim.

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.

4, On the Habits of the Flyimg-Squirrels of the

Genus Anomalurus. By W. H. Apams.'

[Received January 26, 1894.]

Along the whole length of the Colony of the Gold Coast, and

parallel with and some 15 miles from the sea-shore, runs a range

of high hills with deep gorges and ravines covered with almost

impenetrable bush. These hills vary from 500 or 600 feet toa

much greater height, and it is in this bush that I obtained the

specimens of the peculiar Flying-Squirrels of the genus dAnoma-

lurus which I have presented to the British Museum?,

1 Communicated by Otprimip Tomas, F.Z.8.

[With one single exception, the “small brown skin” mentioned on p. 245

which is 4, fraserz, Waterh.), all the skins obtained by Mr. Adams belong to

y §

tla

vz i

> i? y

244 MR, W. H. ADAMS ON THE [ Mar. 6;

1 do not know what the indigenous native name for these

Squirrels is, but they are called Flying-Foxes by the English-

speaking natives and are very numerous. They live in hollow trees,

not being particular as to their height or as to whether they are

situated in the ravines or on the hills. Owing to the density of

the bush it is very difficult for the white man to get at them, the

only chance being to stand on a clearing and shoot them as they

fly across, and this can only be done on a night when the moon is

at the full.

The first skin I ever saw was when I was at Accra. It was in

the possession of a native who was brought before me for some

offence, and, being struck with it, I asked if some more could be

got. The native of the Coast, however, does not hurry himself,

and, hearing nothing more of it, I quite forgot the matter. Some

months after, in April 1893, I went to the Sanitarium at Aburi, a

village situated at a height of some 800 feet among the hills before

mentioned. The rains were just beginning and were very heavy.

While watching a big cotton-wood tree being felled, I saw an

animal which I mistook for a cat run out of a hole some 50 feet

up and then return. When the tree fell, with the help of a native

I extricated the occupant, which turned out to be one of these

Squirrels. It was very fierce and bit and scratched savagely till

killed. The hole was about 5 feet deep, and covered at the bottom

with sticks and small branches to such an extent that it was

evident some sort of a nest was intended. I took the skin, and

the “ boys” at once seized on the body, which they told me was the

greatest delicacy that existed, and,as my servant said, “*‘ When you

catch one man-fox you shut your door and don’t want your friend

to come and see you,” meaning that it was too good to be shared.

Finding that these Squirrels were to be had on the hills, I set to

work to collect them.

They come out of their holes in the trees some hours after

sunset, returning long before daybreak. They are only to be seen

on bright moonlight nights, and in fact the natives say they do not

come out at all in stormy weather or on very dark nights. They

live on berries and fruits, being specially fond of the palm oil-nut,

which they take to their nests to peel and eat. The most I have seen

in one hole is three, though the natives say five or six are sometimes

found. They pass from tree to tree with great rapidity, usually

choosing to jump from a high branch to a lower one, and then

climbing up the tree to make a fresh start. The temperature on

the hills varies considerably. During the time I was there—the

rainy season, from the middle of April to the middle of June—it

was never very hot, and one night I remember the thermometer

the large black-and-white species discovered by Pel, and named in his honour

Anomalurus peli (Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 146, 1853). The astonishing

abundance in which Mr. Adams found this species is rather remarkable, as

previously only three or four specimens of it seem to have reached European

Museums.—O, T.]

1894. ] - HABITS OF ANOMALURUS. 245

going down to 44° on the ground. Of course in the dry season it

is much hotter, but the natives say these animals are much more

plentiful in the rains and that the rainier the season the more

they see. They litter twice a year, once about September, the

young remaining in the nest for about nine weeks, during which

they are fed by the old ones on shoots, kernels, &c., and do

not attempt to jump before the end of that period, extending the

length of their jumps with their growth. I do not know the other

time of breeding or whether they have a regular season. The

hunters told me that 2 or 3 were usually born at one birth, never

more than 4, and that there are several varieties, different in colour

and size—some being black, some brown, some red, &c.; the spe-

cimens I obtained, some of which are now in the Natural History

Museum, being the most plentiful. A native’s description is

always very vague, and the interpretation is another great difficulty ;

but I feel sure, both from what I saw and what I heard, that there

must be several different sorts.

I managed before I left Aburi to get some dozen skins—all of the

same kind—and instructed two native hunters to collect as many

skins as they could for me, as I was much pleased with the fine tur

and thought they would make a very good coat. I gave the men

each a “book” or note promising to buy as many skins as they

could collect at 1s. each.

I left Aburi in June and returned across the plain to Accra.

About a month afterwards one of my hunters arrived from Aburi

with 60 skins and his “book.” I was rather surprised, but bought

them. A few days after the other man arrived with 140 skins

and his book, which he sternly insisted on my redeeming. I had

not quite expected this, but chose 50 of the best, and at last got

rid of the man, though not without much murmuring. However,

having got an extra “dash,” he was quite satisfied at last. He

must have done very well, as from the look of the skins he must

have collected them from all quarters, some being very old. This

man had several different ones, 7. ¢. apparently so; but I regret to

say, with the exception of one small brown one, which is here

to-night, and which was thrown in as a “ dash,” and one reddish-

orange one which I bought by mistake, and which is now at South

Kensington, I did not secure them. Some had a broad orange

stripe down the back, some a large spot of orange on the back,

and the brown skin was, I distinctly remember, similar to a small

brown skin shown me by Mr. Oldfield Thomas, and which I believe

was brought from Gaboon’. These curious ones I did not buy, as

my fur coat was prominent in my mind.

The shower, however, was not yet over, as in a few days one of

my bailiffs turned up with 25 skins, and an old chief named Addo,

from whom [I used to buy curios, having once got it into his head

that flying-foxes were the thing, turned up at almost daily intervals

with half a dozen or so fresh skins, till I got sick of the very name

of a flying-fox.

1 A. fraseri.

Proc, Zoou. Soc.— 1894, No. XVII. LT

246 MR, W. BATESON ON COLOUR-= [ Mar. 6,

His Excellency the Governor brought, I think, some 20 or 30

skins home. Messrs. Swanzy’s agent, with whom I travelled home,

was bringing some more which he thought might be commercially

valuable, | but which have turned out useless, and [ obtained altogether

125. With these exceptions I never heard of any being brought

from the Gold Coast. Very few of the Europeans in Accra to whom

I showed them had seen them before, and I hear my hunters declined

to get any more; but when I go back to Accra I shall obtain some of

the different varieties, now I know where to get them and also

know that they are worth getting, for that the hilly countries of

the two Akims and Ashanti—to say nothing of other districts—are

full of them there can be no doubt.

I think from what I could gather that these orange-marked ones

are in the nature of an albino variation, for the marks vary in size

and brillianey, some of them being quite small, while others cover

the whole skin.

The habitat, food, and habits of these varieties are exactly the

same as those of the black species, among which they are found.

5. On two Cases of Colour-variation in Flat-fishes illus-

trating principles of Symmetry. By W. Barsson, M.A.,

Hele of St. John’s College, Cambridge.

[Received March 6, 1894.]

(Plate X VII.)

The two cases of Variation here described are both examples of

abnormal deposit of pigment in the skin of the normally

unpigmented or “blind” side of Flat-fishes. The two cases are

uniike each other, but both are remarkable illustrations of the ways

in which the phenomenon of Symmetry may be manifested and

may contribute to the production of a defiuite result in Variation

that is presumably sporadic.

The first specimen is a small Brill (2thombus levis), kindly sent

to me by Mr. Matthias Dunn, of Mevagissey, Cornwall. It is 92

inches long, and 62 inches wide i in the widest part. The dorsal fin,

the eyes, and other parts are normal in form and position. The

only abnormality seen consists in the presence of a row of five

spots of colour along the dorsal border of the body on the bliud

side, and of another row of three spots along the ventral border on

the same side. The spots are on the body, central to the dorsal

and anal fins, which are both of normal colour. The interest of

the case lies in the remarkable symmetry with which the spots

are distributed with reference to the longitudinal axis of the body.

On reference to the plate (Plate XVII.) it will be seen that each of

the three ventral spots stands at very nearly the same transverse

level as one of the spots of the dorsal series. The two anterior

spots of the dorsal series have no representatives in the ventral

series. This appearance of symmetry, so striking to the eye, is

——.

“SIAWT SN@WOHA JO ALSTEVA

OA ga

Le.

TAX Id V68L SZ |

A a aN A Ah

7 Ue ie iis

ii if ‘ ky RTS MST RARE Hi iy i

;

iis “ihe NY 2 a

1894.] VARIATION IN FLAT-FISHHS. 247

upon examination found to be an expression of the fact that the

ordinal positions of the neural spines crossing the centres of the

spots of the dorsal row are, if reckoned from behind forwards,

almost exactly the same as those of the hemal spines crossing the

centres of the ventral spots.

The particulars are as follows :—The centre of the most posterior

dorsal spot stands almost exactly over the neural spine of the 11th

fin-ray, reckoning from behind. The centre of the next spot is

upon that of the 26th fin-ray reckoned from behind; that of the

next is on the 42nd.

Of the ventral spots the centre of the most posterior is on

the hemal spine of the 11th fin-ray from behind; that of the

next is on the 24th, and that of the most anterior is on the

40th. It will be seen that the numbers in the two rows closely

correspond.

Continuing the dorsal series there is a spot on the neural spine

of the 52nd fin-ray, another very minute and faint spot over the

63rd. In front of this there are 16 more fin-rays.

The whole number of fin-rays in the dorsal fin is 79, and in the

anal fin 58.

On detailed examination it may be seen that the spots are not

wholly shapeless blotches of colour, but that some of them con-

sist of several irregular zones of colours. Each of these spots is

thus a somewhat indefinite ocellar mark. The spots dd, vc, and

vb have each a minute centre of light colour, which is chiefly due

to the presence of a whitish scale in the middle of the spot. This

light colour is not altogether confined to the one scale, but spreads

a little on to the edges of the adjacent scales. The spot db has

two of these small whitish centres. The spot de alone of the five

chief spots has no light centre. Around the centre of each spot

are scales of a brown tint bearing specks of very dark pigment.

These deeply pigmented scales form a zone about four rows deep

in the case of the larger spots. Outside this is an irregular zone

of fine pigment-granules giving a neutral tint. Beyond this again

there was in the case of spots dd, de, db, and vc a vague and

imperfect band of silvering, forming a border to the proximal limbs

of the spots.

It is thus seen that the colours of the dorsal and ventral borders

have, so far as the last three spots are concerned, varied similarly

and simultaneously, producing a result that is nearly symmetrical

about the horizontal axis. This phenomenon is precisely compar-

able with the much more common phenomenon of similar and

simultaneous variation of the right and left sides of a bilaterally

symmetrical body. It is to be remembered that in many fishes,

and especially in Flat-fishes, there is an imperfect relation of bilateral

symmetry subsisting between the parts dorsal and ventral to the

horizontal median plane. This symmetry is generally manifested

both in form and colour, and is an indication that at some time

these parts have undergone similar variation. The present ex-

ample illustrates the principle that parts, which in the normal are in

woh a OT a ie ES

we *

248 ON COLOUR-VARIATION IN FLAT-FISHES. [ Mar. 6,

symmetry with each other, are related to each other in such a way

that they may undergo similar variations simultaneously. Upon

the deductions from this principle I have dwelt elsewhere.

Several forms of abnormal pigmentation upon the “blind” side

of Flat-fishes are of course familiar, but of the particular variation

here seen I have met with no other case. In a recent paper, how-

ever, Cunningham’ makes allusion to cases apparently of this

nature, saying that they are frequent in the Brill. So far as I

know, the occurrence is not meutioned by the other authors who

have treated of the colour-variations of flat-fishes.

The other specimen is one to which I lately made reference in

writing on the subject of pigmentation in the blind sides of Flat-

fishes*. The description that I gave was very brief and not quite

correct, and I take this opportunity of amplifying and correcting

it. It may appropriately be considered here inasmuch as it

also illustrates the influence of Symmetry in determining the

manner of occurrence of Variation, though in a way different from

that seen in the Brill described above. The fish is a Plaice (Pleu-

ronectes platessa), also received from Mr. Dunn. Its fins, eyes, &e.

were normal. The posterior half of the “ blind” side was fully

pigmented, the pigmented area being sharply limited at a sinuous

line slightly behind the level of greatest width. This pigmented

area was of the same colour as the skin of the upper surface, and,

like it, bore spots of a full orange colour. Of these spots there

were, in all, thirteen—eight being on the body, three on the dorsal

fin, and two on the anal. The interest of the case lies in the fact

that by passing pins vertically through the body it was proved that

the centres of nie of these spots coincided exactly with the centres

of spots on the upperside. Four of these coincident spots were

ventral to the lateral line, two being on the body and two on the

anal fin. One large spot was upon the lateral line. Three were

upon the dorsal fin, and one,a large spot, was also upon the body,

just anterior to the base of the caudal fin. There was one spot

over the muscles of the dorsal fin which very nearly corresponded

with a similar spot on the upperside.

In the same region were two more spots on the lower side that

were each represented on the upper side, but they were not in

correspondence with their representatives, but alternated with

them. One large spot on the lower side, ventral to the lateral line,

anterior to the base of the caudal fin, was wholly unrepresented

on the upper side.

The manner of occurrence of this variation proves that, though

in a normal flat-fish there is a great dissimilarity between the

coloration of the upper and lower sides, yet that, when the lower

side assumes the characters of the upper, it may do so in such a

‘ Cunningham, J. T., Phil. Trans. 1894, clxxxiv. B, p. 807.

* «Materials for the Study of Variation, 1894, p. 467. The account there

given contains a misprint. For “of these, 13 spots on body and fins coincided ”

read “ of these 13 spots on body and fins, 9 coincided.”

1894.] | THE SECRETARY ON A GAUR OB INDIAN BISON, 249

way as to produce a result which is approximately bilaterally

symmetrical. Of the general significance of this phenomenon I

have spoken in the place referred to.

It should be observed that this specimen does not atall precisely

conform to the principle of symmetry illustrated by the Brill

described above. There was nevertheless in it also an imperfect

correspondence between the distributions of the spots upon the

areas dorsal and ventral to the median axis. Asymmetry, however,

was exhibited in the presence of one spot on the dorsal fin, and of

one spot over the dorsal neural spines, that were not represented

in the area ventral to the lateral line.

IT am not aware that Flat-fishes having pigment upon their

“blind” sides have before been examined with a view to this ques-

tion; and owing to the importance of the matter with regard to

the defining of the principles of Symmetry, such an examination

should be made in all cases where the presence of definite spots or

marks makes the determination possible.

In contrast with these cases of symmetrical variation were ex-

hibited photographs of a sample of Flounders (Platessa flesus) from

the shallow water near Bournemouth. In this locality there is a

high percentage of specimens having pigment on the “ blind” sides.

Of a sample of 32 all but 3 were to some extent spotted with

pigment. In 5 this spotting was so great as to give them a pie-

bald appearance, and of these one was over the greater part of the

“blind” side of a full brown colour. No regularity whatever

could be detected in the distribution of the pigment. This sample

represented the normal condition of the Flounders of the locality,

and had not been in any way selected.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. View of the “blind” side of abnormal specimen of Rhombus levis.

2 nat. size.

2. Enlarged view of the spot dd.

3. Enlarged view of the spot vd.

March 20, 189+.

Prof. G. B. Hows, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited a photograph of a young male Gaur or

Indian Bison (Bos gaurus)*, forwarded by Major G. 8S. Rodon, of

the Royal Scots Regiment. Major Rodon had captured this animal

when out Bison-shooting in the Neelampattry Hills, in Cochin, in

August 1893, and had kindly offered to present it to the Society.

The Secretary was now endeavouring to make arrangements for

its transmission home. He remarked that no Gaur, so far as he

was aware, had ever reached Europe alive, except the specimen

} See Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 592, pl. xlix,

e \

250 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF CRANES, RAILS, ETC. [Mar. 20,

received from Pahang in October 1889 (see P, Z. 8. 1890, p. 592,

pl. xlix.), which had died on the 27th June, 1892, so that the

acquisition of the present individual would be most desirable.

A communication was read from Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, C.M.Z.S.,

containing an account of the osteology of certain Cranes, Rails,

and their allies, with remarks upon their affinities.

After a review of the opinions of previous writers upon this

subject, Dr. Shufeldt concluded with the following statement of

his views on the taxonomy of the North-American Paludicoline

birds :—

“ So far as this suborder—the Paludicole—of the United States is

concerned, it is primarily divided into two main stems. The first

of these is represented by the Cranes and Courlans ; while the second

contains all the Rails proper, or such generic groups as fallus,

Orex, Porzana, Ionornis, Gallinula, and Fulica.

“ Structurally the Courlans possess a greater number of Gruine

than they do of Ralline characters, and these characters are of

equal importance and weight. But their generic characters are by

no means always typical, and the differences seen are frequently of

a degree that distinguish families among birds rather than genera.

This being true, the fact settles the position of the Courlans in

the system as a family—the Aramide, of the Crane-group. The

species which has been osteologically described here—<Aramus

giganteus—is the only representative known to our avifauna, and

it is a most perfect link connecting the Cranes with the typical

Rallide.

“The Cranes must then constitute a family of themselves, and

the Gruide has long been created to contain them. But the

osteological and other morphological characters held in common by

the Gruide and the Aramide are of a rank, when we come to

compare them with the corresponding ones in the Lallide, which

proclaim them to be higher than those commonly employed to

define family lines, and yet not of a rank entitling them to sub-

ordinal distinction. To express this relationship a superfamily

Grvoidea may be made to contain all the true Gruide, the

Aramide, and perhaps the Psophide, from another quarter of the

world. Another group to contain all the true Rails may be

created, and designated as the superfamily Falloidea. A scheme

as follows would show these divisions as expressed for the forms

we have had under consideration :—

Suborder. Superfamilies. Families. Genera.

if (Gruide ... Grus.

GRUOIDEHA ...... Avaresdesae mdeeedua,

( Rallus,

PALUDICOLA ..... ... 4 Ried

Gallinula.

| RALLOIDEBA ...... Rallide ... Porzana.

Fulica,

Tonornis.

1894. ] ON THE MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 251

“The bird-forms connecting the Paludicole with other avian

groups are mostly not far to seek. It is plain that we have in the

Jacanide a small group of birds that unmistakably link the present

suborder with the Limicolw, through certain species in the Plover-

Sandpiper line. Through Podica and Heliornis it is equally clear

that they lead in this direction towards the Pygopodes, and such

existing ancestral types as Chionis probably connect them with

the Longipennes. Less remotely than through this latter affinity,

however, they are probably connected by various links with the

Herodiones, through Rhinochetus and Eurypyga. By some it

has also been claimed that the Paludicole may also have Accipitrine

kinships through a line in which would occur such forms as the

Seriema and the Secretary-bird (Serpentarius). ;

“ Professor Fiirbringer believes that the Apteryges are far more

closely related to the Rallide than has heretofore been realized ;

and if this prove to be true, another linking line for the Palu-

dicole is opened up to the Struthious types—with all the Galline

likewise only a little more remotely related.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Myology of: the Sciuromorphine and Hystrico-

morphine Rodents. By F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S.,

F.Z.8., F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at

St. Thomas’s Hospital.

[Received February 12, 1894.]

In commencing this series of dissections nearly three years ago,

I intended to work out the musculature of all the Rodents which I

could collect. Before long, however, the size of my manuscript

made it evident to me that I must be content to take up the

subject in two parts, and I have accordingly devoted my first

attention to the Hystricomorpha and Sciuromorpha because I was

able to obtain a more representative series of animals in these

groups.

The following is a list of the animals which I have dissected * :—

Aulacodus swindermanus. Sphingurus prehensilis.

Capromys pilorides. Lagostomus trichodactylus.

Myopotamus coypus. Chinchilla lanagera.

Octodon cumingii. Dasyprocta cristata.

Hystriv cristata. Ccelogenys paca.

1 For the opportunity of dissecting these animals I am indebted to the

kindness of the Prosector to the Society, Mr. F, E. Beddard, F.R.S,

252 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,

Cavia cobaya. Pteromys oral.

Ceredon rupestris, Xerus getulus.

Dipus cegyptius. Spermophilus meaicanus.

Dipus hirtipes. Arctomys marmotta.

Alectaya indica. Castor canadensis.

Sciurus prevosti.

Full use has been made of the accounts of the myology of

Capromys fourniert by Owen, of Capromys melanurus by Dobson,

ot Erethizon dorsatus by Mivart, and of Erethizon epixanthus by

Windle. I have been also much indebted to the thorough account

of the myology of the Crested Agouti by Mivart and Murie, to

the writings of Dobson, and to the French translation of Meckel,

as well as to work done by other authors.

In this manner six families of the Hystricomorpha have each

been illustrated by types of two or more orders, and although

more material would no doubt have added to the accuracy of the

generalizations, it is hoped that a step bas been taken in the road

commenced by Mivart and Murie nearly thirty years ago. In

the Sciuromorpha the supply of material has not been so plentiful,

but this is less to be regretted because these animals do not seem

to differ so much in their myology as the Hystricomorpha.

The Dipodide have been included among the Hystricomorpha,

although, as will be pointed out in the general summary, they

ditfer from the rest of the group in certain important particulars.

Want of space has prevented the exact attachments of the muscles

being chronicled in each animal, and I have contented myself with

generalizations wherever possible.

Occasionally from various causes the whole of the muscles of

some of the animals were not available for dissection or were

overlooked ; I have therefore, whenever it seemed necessary, placed

in brackets the names of the animals on which the generalizations

are founded.

Muscles of the Head and Neck.

Temporal.—The temporal muscle is always small, and rises from

the side of the head above the external auditory meatus, the two

muscles usually coming into contact in the middle line. It also

derives some fibres from the inner side of the zygoma. The por-

tion coming from the side of the head changes its course when it

reaches the posterior root of the zygoma, which it uses as a pulley.

The whole muscle is inserted into both surfaces and the anterior

border of the coronoid process and part of the bone below. M.

J. Kunstler, in his article * L’appareil masticateur des Rongeurs,” '

describes the temporal of Arctomys as consisting of three parts—

a superior from the parietal bone, a middle from the temporal, and

} Annales des Sciences naturelles, sér. 7, t. iv. p. 150.

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 253

an inferior from the zygomatic arch. I have verified this in

Arciomys, and find the description applies to all the Sciuromorpha.

In the Hystricomorpha it is difficult to satisfactorily separate the

upper and middle portions.

In those animals, such as Dipus, Chinchilla, and Xerus, where

the posterior part of the skull is broad, the two temporals do not

meet in the mid line above.

Masseter.—¥or the purposes of description it is most convenient

to divide this muscle into four parts—anterior and posterior super-

ficial, and anterior and posterior deep. These parts do not always

show a distinct line of demarcation.

The anterior superficial part rises by tendon from the side’ of

the maxilla, and is inserted into the lower border and internal

surface of the mandible, extending up to the insertion of the

internal pterygoid. The posterior superficial rises from the whole

length of the zygomatic arch, and is inserted into the lower part

of the external surface as well as the lower border of the mandible.

The anterior deep part differs in the Hystricomorpha and the

Sciuromorpha. In the former, among which the Dipodide are

included, this portion rises from a large area on the side of the

maxilla, and then passes backwards and downwards through the

enlarged infraorbital foramen to be inserted by a narrow flat

tendon into the alveolar margin of the mandible, external to the

molar teeth. In the Sciuromorpha this part of the muscle rises

from the top of a vertical groove in front of the anterior portion

of the zygomatic arch, the muscle runs down in the groove with-

out passing through the infraorbital foramen and is inserted as in

the Hystricomorpha.

The posterior deep part rises from the lower border and some

of the internal surface of the zygoma, and is inserted into the

greater part of the external surface of the ramus of the mandible.

The arrangement used here is practically the same as that adopted

by Meckel, the only difference being that he describes the whole

superficial part under one name (jugo maaillien), although he states

that the anterior border has a very strong superficial tendon ; this

anterior tendinous portion I have found to be easily separable

from the rest in the Hystricomorpha, while in the Sciuromorpha

it is separated by a distinct interval.

Buccinator.— This muscle is always well developed in Rodents, but

in most cases shows no special points of interest. It rises from the

maxilla and mandible opposite the molar and premolar teeth, and

running forwards blends with the orbicularis oris.

In Spermophilus it is produced into the long cheek~pouch which,

when empty, les folded back on the cheek, having a muscular

slip passing from the end of the pouch to the region of the

shoulder.

Facial Muscles.—The orbicularis palpebrarum is not very strongly

developed ; from the anterior margin of it a muscle rises by a

narrow origin, but spreads out to be inserted into the upper lip

blending with the orbicularis oris, it probably represents the

254 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,

levator labii superioris of human anatomy. The anterior belly of

the occipito-frontalis may be made out as a thin layer of muscle

running upwards from the upper border of the orbicularis palpe-

brarum ; it is quite distinct in Hystrix. The other facial muscles,

including those of the lower lip, are indistinguishable from the

facial panniculus. (See fig. 10.)

Pterygoid Muscles ——The external pterygoid is small and rises

from the very feebly marked external pterygoid plate or rather

ridge; itis inserted into the inner side of the neck of the condyle

and the bone just below. The internal pterygoid rises from the

outer side of the internal pterygoid plate or pterygoid bone, and has

the usual human insertion. In Sphingurus the internal muscle

consists of two distinct layers; with this exception the above

description applies to all the animals examined.

Digastric.— The digastric is attached posteriorly to the front of

the paroccipital process, while anteriorly it is inserted into the

inner surface of the mandible. There are two absolutely distinct

types of the muscle. In the Hystricomorpha the two bellies are

not separated by a real tendon as in Man, although there is a

slight constriction of the muscle, and a thin layer of tendon on the

surface especially below ; the attachment to the hyoid bone is very

feeble, and the two anterior bellies are separated from one another

by a distinct interval in which the mylo-hyoid is exposed. The

anterior attachment is a considerable distance from the symphysis.

In the Chinchillide the attachment to the hyoid bone is well

marked.

In the Hystricide the above description applies in Hystria,

but in Sphingurus the posterior belly ends in a tendon which is

firmly inserted into the hyoid bone; from the anterior or upper

side of this tendon the anterior belly runs to its attachment on the

mandible.

The sciuromorphine type of digastric is well described by

Kunstler’ in the Marmot. The anterior and posterior bellies are

separated by a distinct tendon which is firmly attached to the

hyoid bone. From the inner surfaces of the tendons of the two

sides fibrous bands run inwards to meet one another, forming a

tendinous arch with its convexity in front. From the front of

this arch the two anterior bellies spring ; they are in contact in the

middle line nearly as far as the symphysis, where they separate a

little to expose the transverse mandibular muscle.

The tendinous arch gives attachment to some of the fibres of the

mylo-hyoid as well as the anterior bellies of the digastric. This

arrangement is common to all the Sciuromorpha (Sciurus, Pteromys,

Xerus, Spermophilus, Arctomys, Castor) as well as the Dipodide

(Dipus egyptius, D. hirtipes, Alectaga indica).

Transverse Mandibular Muscle——This muscle is accurately

described by Kunstler in the Marmot; it was present in a!] the

Rodents with a movable symphysis menti examined. I have not

1 Annales des Sciences naturelles, sér. 7, t. iv. p. 150,

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 255 -

seen it at all in the true Hystricomorpha, but it is present in the

Dipodide ; it is also present in all the Sciuromorpha except Castor.

It consists of a round bundle of fibres running across between the

two halves of the mandible close to the symphysis ; it is superficial

to the mylo-hyoid but deep to the digastric. Its nerve-supply is

from the mylo-hyoid of the inferior dental,

LEER

Y FE

NSN)

+ VB

I Hh yy

\WA A

z =

2° | Zain

= : \

eae Ce a aN

= P57)

C” BBNTRANS.

Hd MAND S&S

Digastric of Pzeromys.

Mylo-hyoid.—The mylo-hyoid in the Hystricomorpha resembles

the same muscle in Man; in the Sciuromorpha it is connected

posteriorly to the tendinous arch of the digastrics.

Genio-hyoid.—In the Caviide and Dasyproctide this muscle

rises by a thin tendon from the symphysis; in the Sciuromorpha

the two muscles tend to coalesce before reaching the hyoid bone.

The muscle has the usual human attachments.

Gento-hyoglossus.—This muscle has the human attachments. In

Myopotamus it was noticed that the part running to the tongue

was fleshy in its origin, while that going to the hyoid bone was

tendinous.

Styloid Muscles—The stylo-hyoid rises from the base of the

skull just internal to the paroccipital process; it passes deep to the

digastric to be attached to the epihyal cartilage close to the hyoid

bone.

The styloglossus rises lower down than the last from the carti-

. 256 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20>

laginous rod joining the hyoid bone to the skull and is inserted

into the tongue.

The stylo-pharyngeus has pratically the same origin as the stylo-

hyoid, but is seldom well marked. The animal in which it was

most clearly seen was Sphingurus.

Sterno- and Cleido-mastoid.—These two muscles are distinct

in their whole length. Except in the exact origin of the cleido-

mastoid they are subject to very little variation.

The sterno-mastoid rises from the side of the anterior portion

of the sternum, and is inserted into the side of the paroccipital

process and the curved line of the occipital bone running inwards

from this. The cleido-mastoid rises from the bony clavicle and is

inserted nearer the middle line (dorsal) and often under cover of

the sterno-mastoid. In all cases the spinal accessory nerve runs

deep to both muscles and supplies them entirely.

In the Dipodide the muscles are of equal size ; the sterno-mas-

toid is inserted ventral to the cleido-mastoid and does not cover it.

The cleido-mastoid rises from the middle third of the clavicle in

D. egyptius and D, hirtipes, but from the outer third in Alectaga

indica.

In the Octodontide the cleido-mastoid rises from the inner third

of the clavicle and at its insertion overlaps the sterno-mastoid

instead of being overlapped. In the Hystricide and Chinchillide

the muscles are normal, except that in the Chinchilla they are

inserted into the back of the great tympanic bulla.

In the Dasyproctidz the cleido-mastoid is small and rises from

the middle of the clavicle near the junction of the bony and liga-

mentous parts (Dasyprocta, Celogenys).

In the Cayiide the two muscles are separated by a much greater

interval than in other cases. The cleido-mastoid is the larger and

runs from the rudimentary clavicle to the curved line of the

occipital bone internal to the insertion of the sterno-mastoid. The

two muscles are separated by a larger interval in Ceredon rupestris

than in Cavia cobaya ; in the latter the origin of the cleido-mastoid

blends with the deltoid.

In the Sciuromorpha the two muscles are much more fused

towards their insertion, the cleido-mastoid rising from the inner-

most part of the clavicle.

In Arctomys, Xerus, and Spermophilus there seem to be two

cleido-mastoids, owing to some of the fibres of the trapezius being

separated from the rest by the levator clavicule (see Trapezius).

In Castor the sterno-mastoid has a large origin from the ventral

surface of the presternum overlapping the pectoralis. The cleido-

mastoid rises from the inner half of the clavicle.

Sterno-hyoid and Thyroid.—These muscles present the human

attachments and characteristics.

In Myopotamus the sterno-hyoid is inserted into the hyoid bone

and raphe between the mylo-hyoids for some distance, so that the

borders near the insertion become superior and inferior instead of

lateral. In the Caviide the sterno-thyroid is very small.

1894. ] | MYOLOGY OF RODENYS. 257

In Pteromys the sterno-hyoid is inserted by a thin tendon.

Omo-hyoid.—The omo-hyoid may be present or not. When

it is present it has the human attachments to the hyoid bone and

anterior border of the scapula, but it never has any tendinous

interval ; it runs, moreover, a straight course between its two

attachments.

In the Dipodide it is present (D. egyptius, D. hirtipes, Alectaga

indica; in the last it is specially well marked).

In the Octodontide it is not constant. In Octodon and Ca-

promys it is feebly developed, in Myopotamus it is absent, while in

Aulacodus it is wellmarked. In the Hystricide it is well marked

in Sphingurus and EHrethizon', but in Hystria it was seen as a thin

layer of muscular fibres disappearing in the fascia under the sterno-

mastoid.

In the Chinchillide and Dasyproctide it is absent (Chinchilla,

Lagostomus, Dasyprocta, Celogenys).

In the Caviide it is also absent (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon rupestris,

Dolichotis).

In the Sciuromorpha it is always present (Sciwrus, Pteromys,

Xerus, Spermophilus, Arctomys, Castor).

Levator Clavicule.—The levator clavicule rises either from the

basioccipital behind the origin of the scalenus anticus, or from the

ventral arch of the atlas; it is inserted chiefly into the acromion

and metacromion and the fascia of the shoulder, but sometimes it

extends to the acromial end of the clavicle. It is supplied by

branches from the cervical plexus.

In the Dipodide it rises from the front of the atlas and runs

to the outer end of the clavicle. In the Octodontide it is not

constant. In Aulacodus, Capromys melanurus *, and Myopotamus

it rises from the basioccipital, but in Octodon from the atlas. In

the Hystricide it rises from the atlas in Sphingurus and Erethizon *,

but in Hystria it comes from the base of the skull and is inserted

into the acromion and fascia of the arm as low as the elbow. (See

fig. 10.)

In the Chinchillide it rises from the atlas in Chinchilla, and

from the basioccipital in the Viscacha; in the latter animal it

is inserted into the outer half of the clavicle as well as the

metacromion.

In the Dasyproctidz it rose from the atlas in the specimen of

D. cristata which I dissected ; in the specimen dissected by Mivart

and Murie it rose from the basioccipital*. In Coelogenys it rises

from the basioccipital and is very large.

In the Caviide it rises from the basioccipital in C. cobaya,

Ceredon rupestris, and Dolichotis.

In all the Sciuromorpha it rises from the atlas and is inserted

into the metacromion, never seeming to reach the clavicle. In

1 Journal of Anatomy, vol. xxii. p. 126.

2 Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

3 Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 271.

4 P.Z.8. 1866, p. 383.

258 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,

Castor it is entirely covered by the trapezius, and is inserted

into the upper border of the acromial process and the outer part

of the spine of the scapula.

The above observations show that the levator clavicule is a

muscle of very little use for classificatory purposes among the

Hystricomorpha ; in this group it seems to vary even in different

individuals of the same species; it is possible that it is in process

of shifting its attachment from the basioccipital to the front of the

atlas. The number of observations, however, are not sufficient

for generalization.

Rectus Capitis Anticus Major and Minor.—The rectus capitis

anticus major rises in the Hystricomorpha from the transverse

processes of two or three cervical vertebre below the atlas, and is

inserted into the basioccipital bone in front and internal to the

scalenus anticus; except in the Caviide it is difficult to separate

from the longus colli. In the Sciuromorpha the muscle usually

rises from a greater number of transverse processes. The rectus

capitis anticus minor and lateralis have the human attachments ;

the latter is large and closely connected to the superior oblique.

Longus Colli.—The longus colli closely resembles the same muscle

in Man; it consists of two oblique and one straight part. The

posterior oblique part rises from the bodies of the anterior three

or four thoracic vertebra, and is inserted into the transverse pro-

cesses of the posterior cervical vertebra. The anterior oblique

portion runs from the insertion of the last part to the longus colli

tubercle on the ventral arch of the atlas. The straight part runs

from the bodies of the anterior thoracic vertebre to those of the

anterior cervical. In Castor it extends a long wavy into the thorax.

Scalenus Anticus.—As there is a good deal of dilficulty in identi-

fying the scalene muscles of Rodents with the three scalenes of

human anatomy, I have given the name of scalenus anticus only to

a muscle inserted ivto the first rib between the subclavian artery

and vein. This muscle when present rises by a tendon from the

basioccipital in front and internal to the levator clavicule; in

Ceelogenys it also derives a few fibres from one or two cervical

trausverse processes. It is absent in the Hystricide (Hystrix,

Sphingurus) and in all the Sciuromorpha, but present in the other

animals examined.

Scalenus Medius and Posticus—These two muscles are most

conveniently described together, as it is often impossible to say

where one ends and the other begins.

In Aulacodus, which is a good type of the arrangement in the

Octodontidxz, one muscle, which I take to represent the scalenus

medius, rises from the transverse processes of the first four cervical

vertebree and is inserted into the sides of the 4th and 5th ribs

between the serrations of the serratus magnus. Another muscle,

probably the scalenus posticus, rises from the posterior three

cervical transverse processes and is inserted into the first and

second ribs.

In Chinchilla the arrangement is almost identical.

wy ae

. as

1894. | MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 259

In Hystria and Sphingurus only one muscle can be made out; it

rises from all the cervical transverse processes and is inserted into

the anterior four ribs.

In Lagostomus, Agouti, and Calogenys the muscle rises from all

the cervical transverse processes ; the fibres from the anterior three

or four are attached to the outer surfaces of the ribs from the

second to the fifth and interdigitate with the serratus magnus ; in

Lagostomus the sixth rib is reached. The fibres from the posterior

transverse processes are attached to the first rib behind the sub-

clavian artery.

In the Caviide the fibres which are attached to the side of the

chest come from the 3rd and 4th cervical transverse processes,

and are inserted into the 3rd and 4th ribs. The slip to the first

rib comes from all the cervical transverse processes.

Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.

The Pectoral Muscles—As the pectoralis major and minor are

not always distinct muscles, I have followed Owen’s example in his

description of Capromys', and have divided the whole pectoral

mass into four different parts, which are usually easy to make out.

These four parts have generally the following attachments :—

(a) The most superficial part, rising from the anterior portion

of the sternum and sometimes the sternal end of the clavicle,

is inserted fairly low down on the humerus, often crossing

obliquely the fibres of the next part, which is on a deeper

lane.

(S) This portion rises from the greater part of the sternum

posterior to the last and is inserted into the pectoral ridge

of the humerus.

(y) The abdominal portion rises from the linea alba; being

closely connected to and embraced by the panniculus

carnosus, its fibres pass deep to ;3, and are usually inserted

into the top of the pectoral ridge and the upper extremity

of the humerus.

(6) The deep portion, which perhaps corresponds to the pector-

alis minor of human anatomy, rises from the cartilages of

some of the true ribs, close to their junction with the

sternum. The fibres run upwards and outwards to the

outer part of the clavicle, coracoid, or shoulder-capsule.

In the Octodontide a and £ are almost if not completely fused.

y goes to the lesser tuberosity of the humerus. 6 rises from the

cartilages of 3rd to 6th ribs and is inserted into the outer part of

the clavicle and coracoid process. This arrangeinent applies to

Myopotamus, Aulacodus, and Capromys pilorides ; it also agrees

with Dobson’s description of the muscle in Capromys melanurus”*.

1 PZ. 8. 1832, p. 74.

2 P,Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

‘ fe

260 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,

In Octodon, a and /3 rise respectively from the anterior and posterior

halves of the sternum and are not so closely united.

In the Hystricide a forms a separate band which runs obliquely

across the rest of the muscle to be inserted quite at the lower

half of the humerus, some fibres passing to the fascia of the fore-

arm. yand 6 are inserted with §; so that this family is remarkable

for having the insertion of the pectoral almost entirely into the

humerus (Hystrix, Sphingurus, Erethizon dorsatus').

The Chinchillide resemble the Octodontide in having a and B

fused. 6 in the Chinchilla is inserted into the outer part of the

clavicle, but in the Viscacha it is inserted into the coracoid process

and first rib external to the origin of the subclavius.

In the Dasyproctide a is a distinct oblique slip as in the

Hystricide. y is inserted into the upper extremity of the

humerus. 6 in Dasyprocta goes to the outer part of the clavicle

blending with the sternoscapular. In Celogenys this part was

not seen. This description differs from that of Mivart and

Murie * in classing part of their pectoralis as deltoid. I find that

the portion in question is supplied by the circumflex nerve and

not by the anterior thoracic ; as the circumflex also supplies the

deltoid it is probable that the slip belongs to that muscle instead

of to the pectoralis. (See Delioid.)

In the Caviide there are no special fibres rising from the costal

cartilages (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon rupestris).

In the Sciuromorpha a has the usual origin and is inserted about

the middle of the humerus. / rises from the whole of the sternum

and runs almost horizontally to the whole of the pectoral ridge.

y joins 6 at its insertion. 6 rises from the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th

cartilages in Sciurus and Pteromys; from 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and

6th in Arctomys and Spermophilus. The insertion is into the

shoulder-capsule and the coracoid process.

Sterno-scapularits.—This muscle consists of two parts which

display a good deal of variety in different members of the group.

The internal part or subclavius rises from the first rib at its

junction with the sternum and is inserted into the posterior

surface of the outer third of the clavicle. The outer part or

scapulo-clavicularis, when it is present, rises from the clavicle close

to the insertion of the subclavius, with which it is usually more or

less continuous, and is inserted into the spine and vertebral border

of the scapula, covering the supraspinatus as a broad thin sheet.

In the Dipodidz the scapulo-clavicularis is absent but the sub-

clavius is well marked (D. egyptius, D. hirtipes, Alectaga indica).

In the Octodontide the two parts of the muscle communicate

very slightly if at all in Octodon, Myopotamus, Capromys pilorides

and C. melanurus’, but in Aulacodus many fibres are continuous.

In the Hystricide the two parts are continuous in Hystrix, but

quite separate in Sphingurus.

1 P.Z.S. 1882, p. 281.

? P. Z.S. 1866, p. 383.

3 Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

a SS eS

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 261

In the Chinchillide the muscles are largely attached to the

clavicle.

In the Dasyproctide the scapulo-clavicularis is especially well

developed, being considerably larger than the supraspinatus.

In the Caviide the small clavicle is between the two muscles tn

Cavia cobaya, having both attached to it ; but in Ceredon rupestris

the subclavius was found to send a few fibres into the clavicle and

a few into the scapulo-clavicularis, but its insertion was chiefly

into the anterior border of the acromial process. The scapulo-

clavicularis rose chiefly from the clavicle.

In the Sciuromorpha the subclavius had the usual human attach-

ments, but the scapulo-clavicularis was absent in all the animals

examined, |

It is interesting to notice that the Dipodide, so far as this

muscle is concerned, differ from all the rest of the Hystrico-

morpha.

The nerve-supply of both parts of this muscle is from a branch

from the upper part of the outer cord of the plexus, corresponding

to the human nerve to the subclavius.

2 <A ee

Za ZS CLEIDO MAST

BRaAcH. TPT a sere,

ANTICUS Seu NSS 8 EEE -

7 4 S22 ~+- TRICEPS m

JY //4A

/ A

Shoulder-muscles of Ceredon rupestris.

1. Deltoid (clavicular). 5. Trapezius (cut).

2. », (acromial), 6. Subclavius.

3. », (Spinous). 7. Clavicle.

4. Levator clay. (cut). 8. Acromion and metacromion.

Deltoid.—The deltoid in Rodents consists of three parts, which

are liable to become more or less fused with one another. The

first part rises from the outer part of the clavicle, the second from

the acromial and metacromial processes, while the third part

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XVIII. 18

cae | | ae ae

262 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,

comes from the spine of the scapula and fascia over the infra-

spinatus. Mivart and Murie, in their description of the myology

of the Agouti', prefer to describe the clavicular portion as part of

the pectoralis, but I have been able to satisfy myself that its nerve-

supply is derived from the circumflex and not the anterior thoracic.

The insertion of the deltoid is into the pectoral ridge close to that

of the pectoralis. The clavicular fibres are often prolonged to the

elbow and in all cases are inserted lowest, while the part from the

spine is inserted deep to the acromial slip.

In the Dasyproctide the clavicular portion is continued down

almost to the external condyle.

In Sciurus and Pteromys the clayicular and acromial fibres are

closely united owing to the development of the clavicle. Sphin-

gurus has the same arrangement.

In Arctomys and Spermophilus the clavicular part divides into a

superficial and deep portion ; the latter has the usual insertion, but

the former is continued down to the coronoid process of the ulna.

In Castor, owing to the great development of the muscle, the

intervals between the three parts are slight. The other animals

examined present nothing remarkable in this muscle.

Supraspinatus, Infraspinatus, and Subscapularis.—These muscles

have the human attachments and, except in their comparative

size, do not vary at all.

Teres Major.—This muscle rises from the posterior quarter

(more or less) of the axillary border of the scapula, and is inserted

either into the tendon of the latissimus dorsi or into the humerus

close to the insertion of that muscle.

In the Dipodide the insertion is posterior to that of the latis-

simus dorsi as in Man (D. egyptius, D. hirtipes, Alectaga indica).

In the Octodontide it is inserted into the front of the tendon

of latissimus dorsi (Aulacodus, Myopotamus, Octodon, Capromys

pilorides and C. melanurus)*.

In Lagostomus among the Chinchillide, owing to the great

size of the infraspinatus, the muscle only rises from about Zth of

the axillary border of the scapula and from the surface of the infra-

spinatus and subscapularis, which overlap the bone. The insertion

is into the rudimentary bicipital groove somewhat above the

latissimus dorsi tendon, with which it is closely connected.

Chinchilla has very much the same arrangement, but the muscle

rises from more of the axillary border.

In the Hystricide the lower border of the muscle is wrapped

round by the latissimus dorsi close to the insertion (vide latissimus

dorsi) (Hystrix, Sphingurus).

In the Dasyproctide it was inserted nearer the shoulder than

the latissimus dorsi in my specimen of Dasyprocta, but according

to Mivart and Murie ® the two muscles are inserted together. In

Ceelogenys it is inserted with, and in front of, the latissimus dorsi.

1 P.Z.S, 1866, p. 383.

2 Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

2 P.Z. 8, 1866, p. 383.

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 263

In the Caviide the arrangement is the same as in Celogenys

(C. cobaya, Ceredon rupestris).

Teres Minor.—The teres minor rises from the humeral third to

half of the axillary border of the scapula, and is inserted just

below the insertion of the infraspinatus. It is sometimes a

perfectly distinct muscle, but in most cases is so closely united

to the infraspinatus that, were it not for its being supplied by the

circumflex nerve, it would be most conveniently described with

that muscle. The teres minor was seen most, distinctly in

Lagostomus, in which animal a fibrous band was found running

from the metacromial process to the origin of the long head of

the triceps, covering the infraspinatus and teres minor near

their insertions.

In the Sciuromorpha the muscle is specially indistinct.

Biceps Cubiti.—The biceps always rises by a strong tendon from

the margin of the glenoid cavity at the base of the coracoid process ;

it may or may not have a second head rising from the tip of that

process, or from the surface of the coraco-brachialis. Its insertion

is into the radius, ulna, or both bones just below the sigmoid

cavity, occasionally, however, it is prolonged farther down the

bones. The semilunar fascia from the inner side of its tendon

to the fascia of the forearm is very indistinct, but by careful

dissection a few fibres may be traced.

In the Dipodide there is only one head, and the insertion is

almost entirely into the ulna (Dipus egyptius, Alectaga indica).

In the Octodontide there are two heads; the insertion is into

both radius and ulna (Myopotamus, Aulacodus, Capromys, Octodon).

In the Hystricide there is only one head in Hystria, but two

in Sphingurus and Erethizon dorsatus'; it is inserted largely into

the radius in the Tree-Porcupines, but chiefly into the ulna in

Hystrix.

In the Chinchillide there are two heads; the insertion is into

the coronoid process of the ulna and the oblique line of the radius

(Chinchilla, Lagostomus). In the Viscacha I dissected there were

three heads to the biceps on the left side, the extra one rising

from the front of the great tuberosity of the humerus.

In the Dasyproctide there is only one head, and the insertion

is entirely into the ulna (Dasyprocta, Calogenys).

In the Caviide the arrangement is the same as that in the

Dasyproctide (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon rupestris, Dolichotis*). In

the Sciuromorpha, Sciwrus, Pieromys, Arctomys, and Xerus have

the muscle rising chiefly by the glenoid or long head, but also by

some fibres from the front of the coraco-brachialis (representing

a short head). The insertion is almost entirely into the tubercle

of the radius so as to act as asupinator. Spermophilus differs

in the absence of the short head. Castor has only one head and

the insertion is entirely into the ulna.

Coraco-brachialis.—The three parts of this muscle described by

1 Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 271.

* Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 236.

18*

264 MR, F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20)

Wood? are well illustrated in the Rodents, though all three parts

are seldom present together. They all rise from the tip of the

coracoid process—the first part (rotator humeri) being inserted

into the surgical neck of the humerus above the insertion of the

latissimus dorsi tendon, the second part into the middle of the

shaft of the humerus, while the third part runs down to the

internal condyle. The musculo-cutaneous nerve always passes

between the first and second parts when these are present.

In the Dipodide the first and third heads are present in D. egyp-

tius and D. hirtipes, but in Alectaga apparently the second only.

In the Octodontide only the second head is present (Aulacodus,

Octodon, Capromys pilorides and melanurus*, Myopotamus).

In the Hystricidee only the second part is present in Hystria,

while in Sphingurus, Hrethizon dorsatus* and E. epivanthus* the

second and third heads are found. The third head in Sphingurus

differed from the same part in the other animals I dissected in

having the median nerve separating it from the rest of the muscle.

In the Chinchillidze only the second head is present in Chinchilla.

In Lagostomus the muscle was entirely absent on both sides, but

possibly this specimen was abnormal.

In the Dasyproctide the first and second parts are present

(Dasyprocta, Caelogenys).

In the Caviidee only the second head is found (Cavia cobaya,

Ceredon rupestris, Dolichotis °).

In the Sciuromorpha the rotator humeri is always present. In

Sciurus, Pteromys, Xerus, and Spermophilus all three parts are

found, but the second and third are blended. In Arctomys the

first and second are present, while in Castor apparently the first

and third are found. ‘The lower part in this animal is inserted by

a narrow tendon just above the inner condyle.

Brachialis Anticus.—This muscle generally consists of an external

and an internal part. The external rises from the back of the neck

of the humerus and winds round to the front, lying just external to

the pectoral ridge, which, when it is well marked as in Aulacodus, has

a broad shallow groove for it to hein. The internal head, when

it is present, is much smaller and rises from the anterior border

of the humerus below the pectoral ridge. The two parts are

inserted into the ulna just below the lesser sigmoid cavity, a

smaller slip being often sent to below and behind the tubercle of

the radius. The muscle is supplied by the musculo-cutaneous

and musculo-spiral nerves, but I was unable to satisfy myself that

each head had a different nerve-supply.

In the Octodontide both heads are present.

In the Hystricide, Hystriv has both heads, while Sphingurus

only has the external.

Journ. Anat. vol. i. p. 45.

Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 271.

Windle, Journ, Anat. vol. xxii. p. 126.

Beddard, P. Z. 8, 1891, p. 236.

a fF ob

aan

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 269

In the Chinchillide, Chinchilla has one head, Lagostomus two.

In the Dasyproctide both heads are found in Desyprocta and

Celogenys, although the inner head in the latter is very small

and blended with the outer.

In the Caviide only the cuter head is found in Ceredon and

Cavia cobaya, but in Dolichotis, according to Beddard *, both parts

are present.

In the Sciuromorpha both heads appear to be present, but they

are so closely blended as to be indistinguishable (Sciurus. Pteromys,

Xerus, Spermophilus, Castor). In Arctomys, however, no trace

of the inner head was seen.

Triceps and Anconeus.—The triceps consists of the usual three

heads. The external head has a small origin from the back of the

neck of the humerus just above that of the brachialis anticus.

The middle or long head rises from a large part of the humeral

end of the axillary border of the scapula. The inner head rises

from the greater part of the posterior surface of the humerus and

is continuous with the anconeus. The insertion is into the

posterior part of the upper surface of the olecranon, the internal

head usually being inserted separately in front of the other two ;

the anconeus is attached to the outer side of the process.

The triceps showed little variation in the different animals

examined ; in the Beaver it is well developed and attached to both

sides of the olecranon as well as to the top; the anconeus is

especially well marked and rises from the enormous external

supracondylar ridge, it is inseparable from the inner head of

the triceps.

Epitrochleo-anconeus.—In all the Rodents examined a small

round fleshy muscle rises from the internal condyle cf the humerus

and is inserted into the inner side of the olecranon process,

covering the ulnar nerve. In Castor it is specially well developed.

Pronator Radii Teres—This muscle rises from the internal

condyle of the humerus; it never has a deep head from the ulna,

and the median nerve always lies deep to it. It is inserted into

the convexity of the radius, usually about the middle. In Sciurus

and Pteromys, which possess a supracondylar foramen, the muscle

rises from the arch of bone forming it.

In Aulacodus, Hystriv, Erethizon dorsatus’, Arctomys, and

Xerus the muscle is inserted near the distal end of the radius.

In all the other animals examined its insertion, as above stated,

was into the middle.

In the Agouti I did not see the continuation of this muscle to

the carpus described by Mivart and Murie’.

Flewor Carpi Radialis—This muscle presented the usual

human attachments and relations in all the animals examined.

Palmaris Longus.—The palmaris longus rises from the internal

condyle, and is inserted into the ulnar cartilaginous disk which

1 P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 236.

2 p. Z, §. 1882, p. 271.

3 P. Z. S. 1866. p. 883

266 MR. F.,G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,..

seems to be developed in the palmar fascia. In Octodon and

Myopotamus it rises only from the inner side of the olecranon

process, while in Castor it comes from both the olecranon and

internal condyle.

In Celogenys and Xerus the muscle was formed by some of

the internal and superficial fibres of the flexor sublimis digitorum :

this arrangement corresponds to what Mivart and Murie found

in Dasyprocta, though in the specimen of this animal which I

dissected the muscle was absent. In Myopotamus the insertion

was into the radial and ulnar palmar cartilages. The muscle was

not seen in Chinchilla or Sciurus. In Spermophilus the tendon

was broad and fascia-like in its whole length. Apparently this

muscle is liable to great individual variation in Rodents as in Man.

Flexor Sublimis Digitorum.—This muscle rises from the internal

condyle in common with part of the flexor profundus; it divides

into slips for the middle phalanges of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and

usually the 5th digits, which slips are perforated for the passage

of the profundus tendons. Just before the perforation there

is usually a strong fibrous loop, which passes under the profundus

tendon and comes into contact with the sesamoid bones in front

of the metacarpo-phalangeal joints ; this is very well marked in

Celogenys.

In the Octodontide and Dasyproctide there are only three

tendons for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits. This is also the case

in Castor. Mivart and Murie* found a slip to the 5th digit in

the Agouti on one side but not on the other. In Celogenys I

met with a more interesting arrangement still; in it the tendinous

loop representing the perforated portion of the tendon was present

in the 5th digit on one side, but was entirely unconnected with

the flexor sublimis, which sent no slip to this digit.

Possibly the explanation of these facts may be that the

Dasyproctide show a stage in the gradual suppression of the slip

to the 5th digit, a process which is complete in the Octodontide.

In Castor the muscle has an extra origin from the olecranon.

Flewor Carpi Ulnaris.—This muscle usually rises, as in Man,

from the inner side of the olecranon process, from the internal

condyle, and, by aponeurosis, from the upper part of the posterior

border of the ulna. It is inserted into the pisiform bone. In

the Octodontidz and Dasyproctide the condylar origin is wanting,

as it is also in Castor and Spermophilus.

Flexor Profundus Diyitorum.—This muscle, which includes both

flexor profundus digitorum and flexor longus pollicis of human

anatomy, rises usually by four heads; two of these come from

the internal condyle, one from the flexor surface of the ulna,

and the last from the flexor surface of the radius. The muscle

usually divides into four tendons for the outer digits, and often

gives off a small tendon at right angles to the rest for the pollex.

The tendons perforate the flexor sublimis and are inserted into the

terminal phalanges of the digits.

1 P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 383.

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 267

In the Octodontide there are always four tendons to the digits

and one to the thumb. There are also four lumbricales.

In the Hystricide no slip is sent to the thumb in Hystriv and

Sphingurus, but Mivart describes the muscle as dividing into five

tendons in Erethizon dorsatus '.

\e Y ieee 3

Xt AY

W i | E

Ruot. Por --- a NCL F! i ZF

: Wii, 2

A Ne SY

FLEX. suB__}// ii ;

DiIciT. nN

FLEX.CARP. Ii \

ue ete \

il | \

Left fore foot of Sphingurus prehensilis (superficial dissection).

There were three lumbricales in Hystriv and Erethizon', four in

Sphingurus.

The Chinchillidz have no slip to the thumb and four lumbricales.

In the Dasyproctide there is no slip to the thumb and three

lumbricales. In the Caviide the arrangement is the same.

In the Sciuromorpha there are four tendons in Sciwrus, Pteromys,

and Arctomys, but Xerus and Castor have five.

The number of the lumbricales in Rodents seems liable to

individual variation, as a rule the one on the ulnar side is larger

than the rest and rises from the front of the flexor profundus

before it divides.

Pronator Quadratus.—This muscle is usually well marked,

1 P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 271.

268 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20>

although, as a general rule, pronation is only allowed through

about one-eighth of acircle. The extent of the muscle varies from

one-third to the whole of the interosseous space, being much more

extensive in the Hystricomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha.

In Aulacodus and Dasyprocta it is attached to the whole length

of the contiguous margins of the radius and ulna.

In Celogenys to the lower three-quarters. In Lagostomus to

the lower two-thirds.

In Hystrix, Sphingurus, Myopotamus, Octodon, and Ceredon to

the lower half.

In Castor to the middle third. In the other Sciuromorpha to

the lower third.

Supinator Longus.—This muscle is present in the Dipodide,

some of the Hystricide, and the Sciuromorpha except Castor.

In the Dipodide, as in all the animals in which the muscle was

found, the origin is from the external supracondylar ridge; the

insertion, however, instead of being normal, is into the base of the

metacarpal bone of the pollex (D. egyptius, D, hirtipes, Alectaga

indica).

In the Hystricide it is absent in Hystria cristata and Sphin-

gurus, but present in Hrethizon dorsatus*, and, in a rudimentary

condition, in /, epiwanthus*; its attachments are normal. In the

Sciuromorpha the muscle is well marked and the attachments

normal; as above mentioned, it is absent in Castor.

Extensor Carpi Radialis Longior and Brevior.—These muscles

are always present, and only differ from the same muscles in Man

in that they are attached to the middle of the shafts of the

metacarpal bones instead of near the bases. The two muscles are

about the same size except in M/yopotamus, in which the brevis is

much the larger and rises from a more extensive origin than

its neighbour.

Extensor Communis Digitorum.—This muscle rises from the

external condyle, and is inserted into the middle and distal

phalanges of the 2nd, 8rd, 4th, and 5th digits. On each side of

the slip to the terminal phalanx there is a strong elastic band

running from the head of the middle to the base of the distal

phalanx ; this serves to keep the terminal joint of the digit in a

state of constant extension. The four divisions to the fingers are

connected by vincula, which in Myopotamus are broad aud

membranous.

In Dasyprocta the muscle rises from the upper two-thirds of

the posterior surface of the shaft of the ulna as well as from the

external condyle; it divides into three slips, of which the middle

goes to the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits, the radial one joins the

tendon of the middle part to the index, while the ulnar slip goes

to the 3rd and 5th digits. This practically corresponds to what

Mivart and Murie found *.

1 Mivart, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 271.

* Windle, Journ, Anat. yol. xxii, p. 126.

° P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 383.

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 269

In Cavia cobaya there are two slips, the radial goes to the

index and middle, the ulnar to middle, ring, and little fingers.

In Pteromys and Arctomys the radial slip goes to all the fingers,

while the ulnar only goes to the middle and ring.

| | _ 4_EXT.COM.

/ HH . DAG.

| 4

| 4 - -/ EXT . MIN

is i) Rta.

iA Wai]

Z s

is:

lex)

EXTENSOR /

SEG ANTERN! £

ERTEMSOR S-—-VINGULA.

InNO.-- =

Left fore foot of Castor canadensis (extensor tendons).

Extensor Minimi Digitt.—The extensor minimi digiti rises from

the external condyle in common with the extensor communis

digitorum, and is usually inserted into the tendons of that muscle

on the dorsum of the 4th and 5th digits. Its tendons are also

usually connected to the ulnar sesamoid bones on the palmar

surface of the metacarpo-phalangeal joints. In the following

animals the insertion differed from the above description :—

Sphingurus and Sciwrus to 3rd, 4th, and 5th digits; Chinchilla,

Pteromys, and Castor to 5th only. In <Aulacodus the muscle

was completely fused with the extensor communis. From the

difference in the number of tendons in animals otherwise closely

allied I should suspect this muscle of being liable to a good deal

of individual variation.

270 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20,.

Extensor Carpi Ulnaris—This muscle possessed the same

attachments as in Man with the exception of Sphingurus, in which

the insertion had worked round to the palmar surface of the

base of the fifth metacarpal bone.

Supinator Brevis.—This muscle rises from the external condyle,

and is inserted into the upper third of the extensor surtace of the

radius, wrapping round that bone very little. It only consists of

one layer, which lies entirely superficial to the posterior inter-

osseous nerve.

Extensor Ossis Metacarpi Pollicis—This muscle, which is

generally well developed, rises from the extensor surfaces of the

radius and ulna, or of the ulna alone, and from the interosseous

membrane ; its insertion is into the base of the first metacarpal

bone and sometimes into the trapezium. In Hystri# the insertion

is into the metacarpal bone and trapezium. In Cavia cobaya the

insertion is into the trapezium, butin Mivart and Murie’s case it

also sent a slip to the base of the second metacarpal'. In the

Sciuromorpha except Castor it rises from the ulnaonly. In Castor

the muscle was double: the first part rose from the radius and

was inserted into the first metacarpal, while the second rose

from the radius and ulna and was inserted into the radial sesamoid

bone of the palm.

Extensor Primi Internodii Pollicts—This muscle was absent in

all the animals examined. Meckel suggests that it may be incor-

porated with the extensor ossis metacarpi.

Extensor Secundi Internodit Pollicis—This muscle was only

found in Hystriv and Castor; in the former it arose from the ulna

below the extensor ossis metacarpi, and was inserted by a thin

tendon into the terminal phalanx of the first digit. In Castor it

rises from the upper part of the dorsal surface of the ulna in

common with the extensor indicis; it is inserted into the thumb

as in Hystrix, but sends a slip to the common tendon on the

dorsum of the index.

Extensor Indicis—The extensor indicis rises from the dorsal

surtace of the ulna about its middle, and joins the tendon of the

extensor communis digitorum on the dorsum of the index. In

Hystriv a small slip was noticed, which ran down to lose itself on

the dorsum of the fourth metacarpal bone. In Castor the muscle is

blended with the extensor primi internodii as above stated.

Palmaris Brevis —This muscle is usually well marked and is

attached to the pisiform bone and skin on the inner side of the

palm ; from this it runs transversely across to the radial side, being

interrupted by the palmar cartilage or cartilages to which it is

attached. In the Dipodidz, in which a transverse bar of bone

runs across the palm, it is very slightly marked.

In Capromys melanurus Dobson * describes it as sending a slip

to act as the flexor perforatus of the little finger; this slip is what

I describe, after Mivart and Murie, as flexor brevis manus.

1 P.Z. 8, 1866, p. 883.

2 P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

(Se

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 271

In Celogenys the muscle is ante sien by three palmar

cartilages.

y//

{ ABouctor

Bt \ ™~™ Por.

BIst=——= ; /

FLEX .CARP 4]

UUne sass LEX .CARP.

RAD.

K R

PALM. LONG. _- if 3

I i } It FLEXOR

)

A : TENDONS,

Right fore foot of Celogenys paca.

Flexor Brevis Manus.—This muscle rises from the palmar ossicle

on the radial side of the palm, and runs obliquely across to form

the flexor perforatus for the fifth digit, usually joining the small

flexor sublimis slip to that digit. It is supplied by the ulnar nerve.

Muscles of the Thumb,—Owing to the slight development of the

thumb these muscles are difficult to define accurately. The

abductor pollicis is the most definite; it always rises from the

radial part of the palmar cartilage, and is inserted into the base of

the proximal phalanx of the thumb. In the Dipodide and Caviide

this and the other thumb-muscles are practically absent.

When the flexor brevis is present it rises either from the semi-

lunar cartilage over the bases of the metacarpals (as in Cologenys) or

from the palmar cartilage (Capromys according to Dobson °).

The opponens consists of a very few fibres; it is found in most

of the Sciuromorpha except Castor ; its attachments are from the

above-mentioned semilunar cartilage to the metacarpal bone.

The adductor is best marked in the Octodontide (Octodon,

Myopotamus, and Cupromys*); in Myopotamus it is quite distinct,

1 P. ZS. 1884, p. 234.

272 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20;

and runs from the base of the third metacarpal to the proximal

phalanx of the thumb.

Fig. 6.

‘ A \;

‘ \

ABD .INDIC +A } I \xa0 MIN

mi \\. ff Ler pic.

G |}

POLLEX PF i //)

PALMAR & \eoRtT ‘i

‘ ky) 1) 4,

BREV~ Fag) Bie

Pi sic HE Pist,

', = Me Wh ces

4 = y, \

\WFLEX CARP

1 \ \ \ aoe)

fate | \i WA---ULN

Left fore foot of Ceredon rupestris.

Muscles of the Inttle Finger—Two muscles in most cases rise

from the pisiform and run to the inner sesamoid bone on the

palmar surface of the head of the metacarpal bone, and so to

the base of the proximal phalanx; both of these I regard as

abductor minimi digiti. The flexor brevis minimi digiti is repre-

sented by the ulnar slip of the interosseous layer of muscles going

to the same place as the last. The opponens minimi digiti I have

never seen. The adductor minimi digiti is sometimes present,

running from the centre of the semilunar cartilage, superficial

to the interossei, to the outer sesamoid bone of the little finger ;

it is present in Myopotamus, Hystria, Celogenys, and Xerus. (See

fig. 7.

Y udeie Indicis.—Rises by the side of the adductor minimi

digiti, and is attached to the ulnar sesamoid bone of the index. In

Hystrix a muscle rises from its insertion, and runs across the

metacarpal bones to the insertion of the adductor minimi digiti

in a semilunar curve, with the concavity towards the tips of the

fingers. (See fig. 8, p. 273.)

1894, ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 213

{LADD INDICIS,

}

-ADDUCTOR

/_FLEX BREY.

~-OPPONENS i

}_E LEX. CARE +

RAD.

Right fore foot of Calogenys paca (deep dissection).

Fig. 8.

Right fore foot of Hystrix cristata (deep dissection).

274 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20;

Interossei.—There are eight interossei, which all lie in the same

plane, rising from the semilunar cartilage and being inserted into

the eight sesamoid bones in front of the four metacarpo-phalangeal

joints. The most ulnar of these has already been described as the

flexor brevis minimi digiti. In Castor only six of these are present.

Muscles of Trunk,

Panniculus Carnosus.—The panniculus is well marked in

Rodents, and consists in many places of two or more layers of

fibres running in different directions. The superficial panniculus

in the neck rises from some of the face-muscles, more especially

the orbicularis oris, and runs back along the side of the neck to be

attached to the spine of the scapuia ; it probably corresponds to the

human platysma. In Spermophilus, in which the cheek-pouches

are present, part of this muscle is specially developed, and runs

from tne end of the pouch to the metacromial process. On the

ventral surface of the neck the fibres decussate across the middle

line, and run backwards and outwards over the pectoral region ;

as a rule, these decussating fibres are more or less scattered, but

in Octodon they are very well marked, rising from a small origin a

little to the side of the symphysis menti, and spreading out in a

fan-shaped manner to cover the opposite side of the neck. Dee

to these fibres les the sterno-facialis, which is attached to the

anterior part of the sternum and runs forwards to spread out over

the masseter, covering the sterno-mastoid in its course; it is very

well marked in all the Octodontide.

h--DEEP PANNICULUS

‘ (slerno facades 3)

SUPERFICIAL |!

| pr \

f i \ \

‘

mY }

AO WN

/ ,

PARNICULUS &}\

Pat STEER.

Panniculus of Octodon.

The panniculus is not well marked on the dorsum of the neck,

but over the trunk it is found as a thick mass ; over the shoulders

“wr

Lad

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 275

the fibres of this converge to be attached to the acromion and spine

for a variable extent, as well as to the fascia of the outer side of

the arm and the pectoral ridge of the humerus. In the Caviide

these fibres to the arm are specially well developed, and in Ceredon

some of them extend as far as the internal condyle.

The abdominal panniculus divides about the lateral line of the

body into a superficial and a deep layer, which, as they approach

the ventral region, embrace the pectoral, the superficial fibres

passing over the muscle to be lost on its surface, the deep being

attached to the cartilages of some of the true ribs close to the

sternum and deep to the pectoral’. Posteriorly the panniculus

Levs tae ees \

Panniculus of Hystrix cristata.

ends in a fairly well-defined margin over the gluteal muscles ; the

fibres of this part running round to the front and inner side of the

thigh to terminate in the fascia there. I have never seen any

attachment to the femur. Over the inguinal region there are

several planes of fibres; some of these unite in the middle line

under the ventral surface of the penis, forming a sling to keep that

organ close to the body ; this arrangement is well seen in Calogenys.

The ventral and lateral parts of the panniculus of the body are

supplied by the great internal anterior thoracic nerve, which runs

back from the internal chord of the brachial plexus: the cervical

part is supplied by the superficial cervical and facial nerves.

Latissimus Dorsi.—The latissimus dorsi rises from a large number

of the posterior thoracic spinous processes, the posterior three or

1 See author’s contribution to Proc, Anat. Soc., printed in the Journal of

Anatomy, xxvi. p. x (1892).

276 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20,

four ribs, and the lumbar aponeurosis. It is inserted by a flat

tendon into the upper part of the anterior surface of the humerus

internal to the pectoral ridge. Its relation to the teres major has

already been noticed under the head of that muscle. Very often

some of the fibres of the muscle are continued across the axilla to

blend with the pectoralis major. The dorso-epitrochlearis is

always present, occasionally blending with the fascia over the

triceps, but more often being well marked and inserted into the

olecranon process. In the Hystricide and in Castor the tendon of

the muscle is inserted in front, behind, and below the teres major

in such a manner that a section of it would appear like the letter J.

In Capromys and Castor a number of fibres were seen passing in

front of the axillary vessels to the pectoral. The dorso-epitroch-

learis is, perhaps, least well seen in Lagostomus and Dasyprocta,

best in Sphingurus.

Trapezius.—The trapezius may or may not be divided into an

anterior and posterior portion, separated by a fascial interval. Its

origin is from the occipital curved line, ligamentum nuche, and the

thoracic spines, except the last three or four. It is inserted into

the spine and acromial process of the scapula, and often into the

clavicle.

In the Dipodidz the muscle is divided into two distinct parts,

the anterior of which is the larger, and goes to the acromion and

the greater part of the spine: the posterior is only attached to the

root of the spine (D. egyptius, D. hirtipes, Alectaga indica).

In the Octodontide the two parts of the muscle may be made

out, but they are practically continuous : the insertion is continued

on to the outer part of the clavicle ( Octodon, Aulacodus, Capromys).

In Hystriv the muscle is single and does not reach the clavicle.

Among the Chinchillide, Chinchilla has an extended cranial

origin from the surface of the bulla, while in both it and Lago-

stomus some of the fibres pass over the clavicle to blend with the

deltoid.

In the Dasyproctide the muscle is divided into two parts, some

of the cranial fibres being prolonged down on the outer side of the

humerus for some distance (Dasyprocta, Calogenys).

In the Caviide the muscle is divided into two distinct parts and

does not reach the clavicle (C. cobaya, Ceredon rupestris, Dolichotis

patagonica *).

In the Sciuromorpha the muscle has one continuous origin: in

Sciurus and Pteronmys it is not attached to the clavicle, while in

Castor it just reaches the outer end of that bone. In Arctomys,

Spermophilus, and Xerus the inner part of the muscle is separated

from the rest by the levator clavicule, and lies over the cleido-

mastoid, making that muscle appear double: in Arctomys this slip

is shifted so far inwards that it becomes attached to the front of

the sternum.

Rhomboideus——The rhomboideus capitis major and minor rise

by one continuous origin from the superior curved line of the

1 Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 236.

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 277

occiput, from the ligamentum nuche, and from the anterior three

or four dorsal spines and supraspinous ligaments ; the insertion is

into the whole length of the vertebral border of the scapula, the

occipital fibres also going to the fascia over the inner part of the

supraspinatus.

Sciurus and Pteromys differ in having a slight separation between

the occipital and cervical portions, but this is not seen in Xerus

and Spermophilus.

Serratus Magnus and Levator Anguli Scapule.—These two

muscles are in the same plane and usually have a continuous

origin, so that it is difficult to define their line of demarcation.

They rise from the transverse processes of several cervical vertebre,

and from the sides of 7 to 9 of the anterior ribs by fleshy digita-

tions. The insertion is into the vertebral border of the scapula.

In the following animals a separate slip rising from the atlas was

found :—Myopotamus, Sphingurus, Lagostomus, Sciurus, Pteromys,

and Arctomys.

The exact number of vertebrex and ribs from which these muscles

arise in various Rodents are as follows :—

Dipus cegyptius .......46. 1-7 & Vv 1-8 ribs.

Capromys pilorides ...... 2-7 4, 1-9 ,,

" melanurus' .... 3-7 4 16,45;

AP TMEDMUS 12 hoy ha hays os 2-7 55 b=9)5 4,

Myopotamus ...... Ist & 3-7 ,, 18 555

Dciadon sasseiy 4s 2s 35:80 B= Tb ‘as 1-8 ,,

TERRE TIES ihc 2 thad micas RR 4-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

Sphinguruae i. s\sasiih =. = /itere 175 55

Chintthile ad jasctels 68253 2-7 ,, 1-904,

Lagostomus. Yevih ocd d\n 1-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

Dasyprocta cristata ...... 2-7 5, 1-8 ,,

Ceélagennpay: a abs sinters siatats 1-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

Cavia cobayad. ae. = + +: 1-7 ,, Bhi:

Corédom ts 22a seuag ule a: 2-7 ,, 1-9 ,,

Seirus) siesta Ist & 3-7 ,, 183

Pleroniy senna sages LK ss 1-7 ,,

ROPUB 3 2015 Bg eee eae 4-7 ,, 1-8 ,,

Arctomys marmotta .. 1st & 3-7 ,, 1-9 ,,

Castor canadensis ........ Bei iss lehinx,

Serratus Posticus.—This muscle varies very much in different

genera and apparently in different individuals. Aulacodus seems

to show most satisfactorily its full development. In this animal

the anterior part of the muscle rises from the ligamentum nuche

and spines of the anterior dorsal vertebre to be inserted into the

ribs from about the 4th to the 12th, the direction of its fibres

being backwards and outwards. The posterior part rises from the

spines of the posterior dorsal and lumbar vertebre by means of the

lumbar fascia, and runs forwards and outwards to the posterior

1 Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1894, No. XIX. 19

278 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20}

ribs from about the 9th to the last: there are thus two distinct

layers of fibres running in opposite directions in the dorsal region.

The variations that are met with consist of more or less complete

suppression of these parts.. In Dasyprocta and Cavia cobaya, for

example, the posterior part is wanting and the anterior well

developed, so that in the former there is a continuous layer of

muscle, the fibres of which run in the same direction, stretching

from the 4th to the 13th rib.

In Sphingurus, on the other hand, each part is equally diminished,

so that there is a space between them resembling the arrangement

in Man.

In the Dipodide the muscle is almost entirely represented by

fascia.

Among the other animals examined Ceredon and Pteromys

resembled Aulacodus, while Calogenys, Arctomys, and Xerus had

the arrangement found in Dasyprocta. Octodon resembled Sphin-

gurus, but was remarkable for having the posterior part of the

muscle better developed than the anterior.

Sacro-lumbalis.—This muscle has the usual attachments. It is

continued forwards by the accessorius, the limits of which are

indistinguishable. This is succeeded by the cervicalis ascendens,

which is attached to the transverse processes of the posterior three

cervical vertebre, except in Dasyprocta and Celogenys, where it

only goes to the last two.

Longissimus Dorsi.—This muscle, as well as the semispinalis and

multifidus, has the usual arrangement: their exact attachments

vary with the number of vertebre.

Transversalis Capitis and Colli.—When both these muscles are

present they are continuous. The latter is attached to the

transverse processes, except sometimes the first and often the last

one or two. ‘The transversalis capitis or trachelo-mastoid is

attached to the base of the paroccipital process, except in Castor,

where it goes to the base of the mastoid process. It is present in

all the Sciuromorpha, as well as in the Octodontide, Hystricide,

and Dasyproctide. In the Caviide it is present in Ceredon, but

absent in Cavia cobaya. In the remaining families the muscle was

not examined.

Splenius COapitis et Colli.—The splenius capitis is always

present, and has the human attachments and relations.

The splenius colli was found in the Dasyproctide, where it was

mserted into the anterior three transverse processes in Dasyprocta

and into the transverse process of the atlas only in Calogenys.

A small slip representing this muscle was found in Myopotamus,

but in no other animal was it seen.

Complexus.—This muscle has the usual attachments. It shows

signs of being divided longitudinally into two parts ; of these the

outer is inserted by tendon and the inner by flesh. In some of

the Hystricomorpha a slight tendinous intersection was seen in the

inner part, reminding one of the biventer of Man; but this

arrangement was not seen in the Sciuromorpha, except in Castor,

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 279

in which, moreover, the inner and outer halves of the muscle were

very distinct.

Intercostals and Triangularis Sternt.—These muscles have nothing

remarkable in their attachments: the latter usually rises from the

posterior 4 or 5 pieces of the sternum.

Tail-Museles.

The following muscles can be identified :—Extensor caude,

externus and internus; Abductor caude, externus and internus ;

Flexor caudz, externus, internus, and profundus.

With the following exceptions these muscles correspond to

Meckel’s general description of the tail-muscles of mammals * :—

The abductor caude internus rises from one transverse process

and arches over to the next but one, passing dorsal to the inter-

mediate transverse process.

The abductor caude externus in Myopotamus does not rise from

the tuber ischii, its usual origin, but from the pelvic fascia by the

side of the lower part of the rectum.

In Sphingurus the ischial origin of this muscle is very well

marked, as are also all the tail-muscles. In the flexor caudwe

internus the most internal of the superficial tendons are inserted

first, the deeper tendons coming to the surface round the outer

side of these. In the flexor caude externus the most external

tendons are first inserted, and the deeper ones reach the surface

round the inner side of these.

In Castor a series of fleshy bellies rose from the articulations of

the chevron bones to the caudal vertebre; these soon became

tendinous and ran backwards and outwards to be lost in the fat

over the transverse process of the next vertebra but one. Hach

tendon was perforated by the one behind it.

Obliquus Externus Abdominis*.—This muscle rises by fleshy

digitations from a large number of the posterior ribs, generally

about two-thirds of the total number, as well as from the lumbar

aponeurosis. The fibres pass downwards and backwards to be

inserted into the crest of the ilium, from which they pass across

as Poupart’s ligament to the anterior part of the body of the pubes.

The next fibres are separated from these by a large triangular gap,

the external abdominal ring, and are inserted into the anterior

part of the body of the pubes. The fibres anterior to these pass

ventral to the rectus to reach the linea alba. In the anterior part

of the abdomen the fibres blend with those of the rectus, and in

some cases are continued forwards with that muscle to the first

rib. The intercolumnar fibres over the ring are well marked and

form a pouch for the testes. There is very little aponeurosis near

the linea alba, the most tendinous part being at Poupart’s

ligament.

1 Traité général d’Anatomie comparée, p. 175.

2 Owing to the fact that many of the animals I dissected had been eviscerated

before they came to me, my observations on the abdominal muscles are not so

complete as I could have wished.

dig

280 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20;

In Lagostomus, Hystrix, and Sphingurus the muscle, on careful

dissection, was found not to be continued forwards to the first rib

with the rectus. In Arctomys it went not only to the first rib,

but also to the junctions of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th with the

sternum.

Internal Oblique and Transversalis——These muscles are closely

blended, requiring careful examination to make out their separate

attachments.

The internal oblique rises from the lumbar fascia, the crest of

the ilium, and a large part of Poupart’s ligament. The fibres run

forwards and inwards to a few of the posterior ribs and to the

linea alba, At the abdominal ring a muscular pouch representing

the cremaster supports the testis. There is usually more aponeu-

rosis ventrally than in the external oblique. The transversalis

rises from the inner surfaces of a large number of the posterior

ribs, from the lumbar fascia, from the iliac crest, and from the

outer part of Poupart’s ligament, and is inserted into the linea

alba, passing deep to the rectus in its whole extent.

In Aulacodus, Octodon, Dasyprocta, Cavia cobaya, and Sciurus

the muscles are practically inseparable, but in Dasyprocta a white

line was noticed running downwards and backwards from the

cartilage of the last false rib to the outer edge of the rectus, which

appeared to mark the place where the internal oblique became

aponeurotic. In Lagostomus the internal oblique becomes apo-

neurotic near the edge of the rectus, forming a linea semilunaris.

It passes superficial to the rectus, while the transversalis remains

fleshy and passes deep to it.

In Hystrix, Sphingurus, Cologenys, and Arctomys the muscles

are more separable, and the internal oblique rises from the outer

three-quarters of Poupart’s ligament as well as its other origins,

and is inserted into the posterior ribs—into three in Hystrix, five

in Sphingurus, and six in Celogenys.

Rectus Abdominis——The rectus arises by one head from the

ventral surface of the symphysis pubis and runs forwards between

the internal oblique and transversalis, with which it is closely

blended, to the ventral surface of the first rib near its junction

with the sternum; it is also inserted into the succeeding four or

five costal cartilages at their sternal ends by small slips. It has

already been noticed that the external oblique is usually continued

forwards with it. In Sphingurus it only reaches as far forwards as

the second rib, The linezw transverse are very feebly marked ;

they are usually five or six in number, but in Arctomys only three

could be made out.

The Octodontide are remarkable for having a well-marked

decussation of the two recti close to their origin; this has been

pointed out by Owen’ and Dobson* in Capromys fournieri

and OC. melanurus, as well as by Martin in Myopotamus’ and

Octodon*.

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 281

Owen describes the left rectus in Capromys fournieri as passing

through a slit in the right, the right bemmg therefore both super-

ficial and deep to the left; this is practically what I found in

Octodon, the only difference being that each rectus rose by two

heads, the two belonging to the left muscle passing together between

the two belonging to the right. In Myopotamus, according to

Martin, the four heads alternate, one of the left being most super-

ficial. The rectus in Aulacodus was not noticed.

Mivart and Murie* describe a well-marked decussation in the

Agouti; this I did not see ; indeed, in none of the animals examined

was there any decussation approaching in distinctness that found

in the Octodontide.

Psoas Parvus.—The psoas parvus varies very much in develop-

ment among the Hystricomorpha; it rises from the sides of the

bodies of a variable number of lumbar vertebre, and is inserted

into the ilio-pectineal eminence on the brim of the pelvis.

In the Dipodide the muscle is large and rises from all the

lumbar vertebre except the last one or two (D. egyptius, D.

hirtipes).

Among the Octodontide it is small and rises from the anterior

3 or 4 vertebre, and from the crura of the diaphragm in Aulacodus,

Myopotamus, and Capromys. In Octodon it was absent.

In the Hystricide it has the same arrangement (Hystria,

Sphingurus).

In the Chinchillide the muscle is large, and rises from all or

nearly all the lumbar vertebre (Chinchilla, Lagostomus).

In the Dasyproctide it is small, and rises trom two or three of

the central lumbar vertebre.

In the Cavude it is very small and apparently often absent. In

one specimen of Ceredon it was absent, while in another it rose

from the 4th and 5th vertebre. In two specimens of Cavia

cobaya it was present, in one it was absent.

In the Sciuromorpha it is always present and well marked; it

usually rises from the anterior four or five lumbar vertebre.

Psoas Magnus.—This muscle shows much less variation than

that of the psoas parvus. It rises from the sides of the bodies and

ventral surfaces of the transverse processes of all the lumbar

vertebre, and occasionally from the first sacral. The muscle is

usually more or less distinctly divided into an inner and outer

part by some of the branches of the lumbar plexus, this division

being specially well seen in Spermophilus. It has the usual

insertion as in Man.

Iliacus.—The iliacus rises from the iliac surface of the ilium; it

soon joins the psoas, with which it is inserted. Nothing charac-

teristic was noticed about it in the different animals examined.

Quadratus Lumborum.—This muscle rises from the sides of the

bodies of the posterior dorsal vertebra, usually the last six, and

from the tips of the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebree ;

it is inserted by a narrow tendon into the ventral surface of the

1 P. ZS. 1866, p. 383.

282 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20)

ilium just external to the synchondrosis. Its arrangement is very

constant.

Muscles of Posterior Extremity.

Gluteus Maximus, Tensor Fascie Femoris, and Sartorius —These

three muscles in Rodents are so closely united that they form

practically one sheet, which rises from the anterior extremity or

crest of the ilium, and from the fascia over the gluteus medius by

which they are connected to the spinous processes of the posterior

lumbar, sacral, and anterior caudal vertebra. Occasionally it also

rises from the outer part of Poupart’s ligament and the inferior

border of the ilium. ‘The fibres which rise most anteriorly cross

the front of the thigh obliquely, and are inserted into the fascia

above and to the inner side of the patella; these fibres correspond

to the sartorius. The fibres rising behind these run down the outer

side of the thigh and are inserted into the fascia, there forming the

tensor fascize femoris. The rest of the muscle, or the gluteus

maximus proper, is inserted partly into the fascia of the outer side

of the thigh, and partly into the femur, sometimes quite high

up, at others near its lower end. ‘The nerve supply of these three

muscles is the superior gluteal.

In the Dipodid few, if any, fibres were noticed going to the

femur (Dipus egyptius).

In the Octodontide the sartorius is well developed, reaching to

the patella, while the bony insertion of the gluteus maximus is

into the posterior surface of the femur at the junction of the middle

and lower thirds (Myopotamus, Capromys, Pilorides, Aulacodus).

In the Hystricide the arrangement is the same, except in

Sphingurus, in which the insertion of the gluteus maximus is into

the middle of the femur (Hystriv cristata, Sphingurus, Erethizon

dorsatus').

In the Chinchillide and Dasyproctide the arrangement is the

same (Chinchilla, Lagostomus, Dasyprocta cristata, Coelogenys).

In the Caviide the gluteus maximus has the same bony attach-

ment as in Sphingurus (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon rupestris).

Among the Sciuromorpha the sartorius rises from the outer

part of Poupart’s ligament and runs to the inner side of the knee,

where it blends with the gracilis in Sciwrus, Spermophilus, and

Pteromys oral. The gluteus maximus is inserted by two slips, one

into the third trochanter, the other into the lower part of the

femur. It also has, of course, the usual fascial insertion.

In Xerus the arrangement is the same, except that the gluteus

maximus has its bony insertion into the junction of the upper and

middle thirds of the femur.

In Arctomys marmotta this muscle is inserted into the third

trochanter and fascia.

In Castor canadensis no sartorial portion was seen, the gluteus

maximus being inserted into a ridge halfway down the femur.

1 P, Z. 8, 1882, p. 271.

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS, 283

Gluteus Medius.—The gluteus medius rises from the fascia over

the posterior part of the erector spine, and its continuation into

the tail-muscles, from the crest of the ilium and the inferior

border of that bone for some distance. It is usually a very large

muscle. It is inserted into the outer side of the great trochanter

by a number of tendinous slips placed close together.

This description applies to all the animals dissected, except the

Octodontide, in which there is no origin from the ilium (Myopo-

tamus, Capromys, Aulacodus).

Gluteus Minimus.—This muscle rises from the external surface of

the ilium, below the great sciatic notch, and is inserted into the top

and front of the great trochanter. It is usually small and very

difficult to clearly separate from the gluteus medius, scansorius,

and pyriformis. In <Aulacodus it is a large muscle folded on

itself, rising from the fascia over the tail-muscles as far forwards

as the crest of the ilium, then from the outer side of the ilium as

far back as the acetabulum; it thus springs from a horseshoe-

shaped origin above, below, and in front of the sacro-sciatic notch,

which it encloses in the concavity of the horseshoe. Capromys

presents a somewhat similar arrangement, but in the other animals

examined there was no variation of any importance from the

normal.

Scansorius.—The scansorius may be present as a distinct muscle,

or may be so blended with the gluteus minimus as to make it

impossible to distinguish it. When it is distinct it rises from the

inferior border of the ilium, and is inserted into the anterior

surface of the great trochanter.

In the Dipodide it is present as a distinct muscle (Dipus

egyptius).

In the Octodontide it is probably represented by the inferior

portion of the gluteus minimus ; in Myopotamus it is more distinct

than in Capromys or Aulacodus.

In the Hystricide nothing was seen of it in Hystriv or Sphin-

gurus; in Hrethizon dorsatus it is absent according to Mivart *, but

in E. epivanthus it is well marked according to Windle °.

In the Chinchillide I made it out in Viscacha, but failed to in

Chinchilla.

In the Dasyproctide it is present both in Dasyprocta and

Celogenys, but is much more distinct in the former.

In the Caviide it is present, and is inserted into a tubercle on

the outer side of the great trochanter at its junction with the

shaft (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon rupestris).

It was absent in all the Sciuromorpha examined (Sciurus,

Pteromys, Xerus, Spermophilus, Arctomys, Castor).

Pyriformis.—The pyriformis rises from the ventral surface of

the sacrum close to the sciatic notch, through which its fibres pass,

and from the outer surface of the ilium in front of the notch; by

the latter part of its origin it is often fused with the gluteus

minimus. It is inserted into the top of the great trochanter.

BZ, 81882, p. 271. * Journ. Anat, vol. xxii. p. 126.

284 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20)

The intra-pelvic portion seems often to be wanting, in which case

it is very difficult to define the muscle.

In the Dipodide it is continuous with the gluteus minimus

(Dipus egyptius).

Among the Octodontide it is found between the two layers of

the folded gluteus minimus in Aulacodus and Capromys ; in Myo-

potamus and Octodon it is normal.

In the Hystricide it was not seen in Hystriv, but was present

in Sphingurus.

In the Chinchillidz it was not seen in Chinchilla, but was made

out with some difficulty in Viscacha.

In the Dasyproctide it is large and well marked, partly over-

lapping the gluteus medius (Dasyprocta, Coelogenys).

In the Caviide it rises from the sacrum, but is continuous with

the posterior border of the gluteus minimus (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon

rupestris).

In all the Sciuromorpha examined it was present and normal,

except in Castor, where it was not seen.

Obturator Internus and Gemellii—These muscles usually have

the same origin as in Man, but they are inserted into the digital

(trochanteric) fossa of the femur. The gemelli are large, especially

the anterior one.

When the obturator internus is cut through a number of

tendons are seen on its deep surface converging to the digital

fossa ; this is well shown in Celogenys. In Castor canadensis the

origin of the obturator internus and gemellus posterior was taken

up by the great tail-muscles, so that the anterior gemellus was the

only part of this group present.

Obturator Externus.—In all the Rodents dissected, this muscle

had the usual human attachments. Its insertion into the digital

fossa is deep to that of the obturator internus.

Quadratus Femoris.—The quadratus femoris rises from the outer

side of the tuber ischii, and is inserted into the back of the femur

midway between the great and small trochanters. In the Hystri-

comorpha it is usually inserted by a narrow tendon, but in

Sphingurus and the Sciuromorpha the insertion is fleshy and the

muscle quadrilateral.

Biceps Femoris.—The biceps rises from the spines of the anterior

caudal vertebre and the fascia over the tail-muscles; also by a

deep head from the tuber ischii. These two parts, as a rule, unite

and are inserted into the outer side of the patella, and the fascia

of the leg from the knee almost, if not quite, to the ankle.

This arrangement obtains in all the Rodents dissected, with the

following exceptions :—In Sphingurus the two parts remain

distinct, the superficial or caudal portion being inserted into the

outer side of the patella and ligamentum patella, while the deep

portion from the tuber ischii is joined by a slip from the posterior

sacral vertebre and is inserted into the fascia of the leg continuing

the plane of insertion of the former part. In Hrethizon dorsatus *

' P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 271.

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 285

and ££. epivanthus’ the same arrangement is found. This

corresponds to the arrangement that Mivart and Murie’ have

described in the Agouti, but presents a clearer illustration of it

than is found in that animal.

In Sciurus and Pteromys the superficial head is small, and instead

of rising from the caudal vertebree comes from the deep surface of

the gluteus maximus. Xerus, Spermophilus, Arctomys, and Castor

as well as all the other rodents have the typical arrangement. In

Myopotamus a strong tendon runs to the head of the fibula.

Semitendinosus.—The semitendinosus rises by two heads, the

most superficial of which springs from the sacral and anterior

caudal spines and slightly from the lumbar fascia. The deep head

rises from the tuber ischii deep to the biceps. These two parts

unite in the upper part of the thigh, and are inserted into the

enemial crest of the tibia and the fascia of the leg below this.

This arrangement applies to all the animals dissected, except

the Hystricide and Pteromys.

In the Hystricide the muscle rises only from the sacral and

caudal spines, but in Hystriv cristata and EHrethizon dorsatus® a

small slip is given to reinforce the biceps from this. In Sphin-

gurus no slip goes to the biceps. In Pteromys the muscle rose

from the tuber ischii; but I am inclined to regard this as an

individual variation, because all the other Sciuromorpha, including

Sciurus, have both heads.

Semimembranosus.—This muscle consists of two parts, which are

sometimes distinct, at others blended. The main part of the

muscle rises from the tuberosity and adjacent part of the ramus of

the ischium, and is inserted by a rounded tendon into the internal

tuberosity of the tibia. It is supplied by the great sciatic nerve.

The second portion is often included in the description of the

adductors, with which it is frequently closely blended ; its insertion

is always into just above the internal condyle of the femur where,

in Man, the adductor tubercle is situated ; this insertion is separated

from that of the adjacent adductors by the femoral artery. The

origin of this part of the muscle is not constant—sometimes it rises

separately from the sides of the caudal vertebre, sometimes from

the tuberosity of the ischium in common with the other head of

the muscle, and sometimes from the ramus of the ischium, as part

of the adjacent adductor magnus. Whatever its origin it is always

supplied by the great sciatic nerve and never by the obturator

which supplies the adductors.

In the Dipodide the muscle rises from the tuberosity of the

ischium, and is inserted into the lower part of the back of the

femur and the internal tuberosity of the tibia; the oblique

condylar slip is separate and also rises from the tuber (Dipus

egyptius).

In the Octodontide the origin is from the tuber and ramus of

1 Journ. Anat. 1888, p. 126.

2 P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 383.

3 P. %. 8. 1882, p. 271.

286 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20,~

the ischium ; the insertion is normal, but an expansion is continued

forwards deep to the internal lateral ligament of the knee.

The oblique slip in Myopotamus and Octodon rises from the

tuber ischii, but in Aulacodus it comes from the sacral yertebre

as in Hystrix (Aulacodus, Capromys melanurus’, Myopotamus,

Octodon).

In the Hystricide the arrangement is not constant: Hystriw and

Erethizon entirely resemble Aulacodus in the origin of the two parts,

but in Sphingurus the second slip rises from the tuber ischii with

the rest of the muscle instead of from the sacral vertebre ; it soon

becomes distinct to run to the internal condyle.

Among the Chinchillide, Lagostomus has the same arrangement

as Hystriv and Aulacodus, but Chinchilla resembles Sphingurus.

In the Dasyproctide the two parts of the muscle rise together

from the tuber and ramus and only separate towards the lower

part of the thigh (Dasyprocta, Calogenys).

In the Sciuromorpha the condylar portion of the muscle is sepa-

rate from the rest and closely connected to the adductor mass,

with which it will for convenience be described ; it is, however, still

supplied by the great sciatic nerve (Sciwrus, Pteromys, Xerus, Sper-

mophilus, Arctomys, Castor).

It will be seen that the Rodents illustrate the changes by which

part of the semimembranosus becomes part of the adductor magnus.

In Celogenys, for example, the slip going to the condyle of the

femur is part of the semimembranosus: in Sphingurus it rises with

that muscle but soon separates from it; in Hystriv it is a perfectly

distinct muscle, having a different origin to the semimembranosus

or adductors, while in Sciurus it is intimately blended with the

adductors, though still preserving its original nerve supply. It is

remarkable, too, that, except for its constant arrangement in the

Sciuromorpha, it seems to be of very little classificatory value.

Gracilis—The gracilis is very often double. The most anterior

portion, which has sometimes been described as the sartorius, rises

from the ilio-pectineal line and from the anterior part of the

ventral surface of the symphysis pubis; it is inserted into the inner

border of the patella and ligamentum patelle. The posterior

gracilis usually rises from the posterior part of the ventral surface

of the symphysis and from the subpubic arch ; its insertion is into

the cnemial crest of the tibize and the fascia of the leg, which makes

it a powerful internal rotator of the tibie. The two muscles are

always supplied by the obturator nerve.

Sometimes the gracilis is a single muscle, but it then usually shows

signs of a separation.

The general rule seems to be that the Hystricomorpha have two

graciles and the Sciuromorpha one. The two exceptions that I

have met with are Aulacodus, in which the muscle is single, and

Castor, in which it is double.

Pectineus.—The pectineus rises from the ilio-pectineal eminence

and line under cover of the anterior gracilis, and is inserted into

1 P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 234.

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 287

the upper third to half of the linea aspera of the femur. The

only exceptions to this that I have met with are the Caviide, in

which the muscle rises by a tendon from the ilio-pectineal eminence

only (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon rupestris), and Castor, in which it is

very strongly developed and is inserted into the whole length of

the shaft of the femur.

Quadriceps Extensor Oruris.—The four muscles composing the

quadriceps have the same origin and insertion that they have

in Man, and are practically the same in all the Hystricomorpha

and Sciuromorpha. ‘The rectus rises by two heads, which are some-

times quite distinct, but at others so short as to be almost indis-

tinguishable. They are perhaps most distinct in the Hystricide,

least so in the Sciuride. The crureus rises from the whole of

the anterior surface of the femur by a series of about 30 fleshy

arches. The two vasti can usually be separated easily from the

crureus; as a rule the vastus externus is the larger.

Adductors.—It is extremely difficult in dissecting a Rodent to

say which part of the adductor mass corresponds to the adductor

longus, brevis, or magnus of human anatomy.

In Dipus egyptius the adductor longus rises from the front of

the pubes under cover of the gracilis and runs to the inner side of

the patella. The adductor magnus and brevis come from the whole

subpubic arch and are inserted into the upper two-thirds of the

back of the femur. A good deal of the adductor mass, however, in

this animal seems to be blended with the semimembranosus.

In the Octodontide and Chinchillide the adductors longus

and brevis seem to be fused, although in Awlacodus and Octodon a

division was readily made out. These coalesced muscles rise from

the inner part of the pectineal line and ventral surface of the

symphysis, and are inserted into the upper half of the linea aspera.

In the Hystricide, as Meckel’ observes, the three parts of the

muscle can be seen; this is especially the case in Sphingurus, but it

is doubtful whether the three parts correspond morphologically with

the three adductors in Man.

Among the Dasyproctide, Dasyprocta has very much the same

arrangement as the Chinchillidw, but in Celogenys paca the adductor

brevis has a distinct insertion by a ribbon-like tendon into the

upper part of the linea aspera.

It will be noticed that nothing has been said here about fibres

passing to just above the internal condyle; these have already been

described with the semimembranosus.

Among the Sciuromorpha the adductor mass is much more broken

up.

. In Sciurus, which serves as a good type, there are five portions

inclusive of the slip already described with the semimembranosus.

The following is the arrangement in Sciwrus:—(1) Most anterior

portion from the ilio-pectineal line to the middle of the posterior

border of the femur; this part is distinct from the pectineus.

(2) A slip from the posterior part of the pubic symphysis to above

1 Praité général d’ Anatomie comparée, vol. vi. p. 378.

Ce ee

288 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20,

the internal condyle. (3) A slip rising behind this by a very thin

tendon from the same origin and running to the middle third of

the posterior border of the femur. These three probably represent

the adductors longus and brevis. (4) A slip from the tuber ischii

running obliquely across the leg to above the internal condyle and

also to the posterior surface of the femur aboveit. This is supplied

by the great sciatic nerve instead of the obturator, and is the second

part of the semimembranosus joined to the adductors. (5) A

massive muscular slip from the outer side of the tuber ischii to

the upper part of the shaft of the femur. In Spermophilus, Xerus,

Arctomys, and Castor the arrangement is essentially the same, but

in Pteromys an extra deep slip was observed running behind the

obturator nerve to the upper part of the femur, while the portion

described as No. 4 in Sciurus had a much more extensive attach-

ment up thefemur. Meckel describes five heads in Arctomys. In

Castor, although the arrangement is identical with that of Sciwrus,

the muscle is very massive and the separate parts much less easy

to identify.

Tibialis Anticus.—This muscle usually rises from the upper part

of the outer surface of the tibia, and is inserted into the internal

cuneiform and first metatarsal by two slips. In those cases in

which the halux is absent or rudimentary the tendon does not

divide into two at its insertion.

In Dipus egyptius its insertion is into the inner side of the base

of the great metatarsal bone.

Among the Octodontide, Myopotamus and Capromys have a

double insertion, Aulacodus and Octodon a single one. In the

Hystricide it has a double insertion (Hystrix, Sphingurus, Erethizon).

Meckel’ says that in Hystriv it is blended with the extensor pro-

prius hallucis; but this I did not find. In the Chinchillide it not

only rises from the tibia but from the tendon of origin of the ex-

tensor longus digitorum (Chinchilla, Lagostomus).

In the Dasyproctide it rises from the front of the external

condyle of the femur by a tendon which is anterior to that of the

extensor longus digitorum, as well as by fleshy fibres from the upper

part of the tibia; it is inserted by a single tendon, which in Dasy-

procta goes to the base of the internal (2nd) metacarpal, and in

Celogenys to the internal cuneiform. In the Caviide it has the same

origin as in the Chinchillide, and is inserted into the rudimentary

fused internal cuneiform and first metatarsal, which is found under

the base of the internal (2nd) metatarsal.

Mivart and Murie* found a femoral origin, as in the Dasyproctide,

in some of the Guinea-pigs they dissected. Beddard * describes

the same arrangement in Dolichotis patagonica.

In three Guinea-pigs I have not found a femoral origin once, and

the specimen of Ceredon rupestris I dissected did not show it. I

also did not see it in D. patagonica. Further observation is needed

1 Op. cit. p. 410.

2 PZ. 8. 1866, p. 383.

2 P. Z. S. 1891, p. 236.

1894.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 289

to show how far a femoral origin of this muscle is characteristic of

the Caviidee.

In the Sciuromorpha the muscle is specially well developed and

encroaches on to the head of the fibula. There is no femoral head

except in Castor, but here it is not nearly as well developed as in

the Dasyproctide and does not rise as in them by a definite tendon

(Sciurus, Pteromys, Xerus, Spermophilus, Arctomys, Castor).

Extensor Longus Digitorum.—This muscle in all cases rises by a

tendon from the front of the external condyle just outside the

patellar surface on that bone. This is its only origin, except in

Sphingurus and Dipus, where a few accessory fibres rise from the

outer tuberosity of the tibia. The muscle passes down and becomes

tendinous in the lower part of the leg, being bound down by two

well-marked annular ligaments, the lower of which is attached to

the calcaneum and forms a distinct sling.

The tendon divides for the four outer toes, when these are pre-

sent, being inserted into the middle and terminal phalanges. When

there are only three toes the middle one sometimes has a double

tendon, as in Lagostomus and Cavia cobaya. The tendons are

united by vincula, which in Myopotamus spread out in the web

between the toes; they are strongly marked in Castor.

_ Extensor Proprius Hallucis——This small muscle rises from the

middle or lower third of the front of the fibula and is inserted into

the terminal phalanx of the hallux, when that toe is present. In

Dipus egyptius it is absent. In the Octodontide it either unites

with or sends a slip to the extensor longus digitorum tendon to the

second toe (Aulacodus, Octodon, Myopotamus). In the Hystricide

it rises from the lower part of the shaft of the fibula.

In the Chinchillide it is absent (Chinchilla, Lagostomus).

In the Dasyproctide it is a large muscle and rises from the

upper three-quarters of the fibula; in Celogenys it is inserted as

in the Octodontide ; while in Dasyprocta, in which the hallux is

wanting, it goes entirely to the second toe, joining the long extensor

tendon there.

In the Cayiide it is present and runs to the second (internal)

toe ; it is bound down to the inner side of the base of the innermost

metatarsal by a short fibrous tunnel (Ceredon rupestris, Cavia

cobaya, Dolichotis patagonica").

Among the Sciuromorpha it rises from the middle of the fibula

and is inserted only into the hallux in Sciurus, Spermophilus, Xerus,

and Arctomys. In Pteromys it springs from the lower third of the

bone and sends a small slip to the second toe. In Castor it rises

from a strong oblique fibrous band which runs from the head of

the fibula to the lower end of the tibia, so that the muscle has no

bony origin; it rises opposite the middle of the fibula, and is

inserted into the first two toes.

Extensor Brevis Digitorum.—This muscle rises from the upper

and anterior part of the caleaneum, and runs to join the tendons of

} Beddard, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 236.

290 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Mar. 20”

the extensor longus on the dorsum of the toes. It is present in

all the Sciuromorpha and Hystricomorpha except Dipus. In no

case was it seen to give a tendon to the hallux, but tendons to the

second and third toes were always met with. In Calogenys, Arcto-

mys, and Erethizon dorsatus‘ it sends a small slip to the fourth toe,

but it does not follow that when the four outer toes are well de-

veloped a tendon goes to each; for in Octodon, in which all the five

toes are present, the muscle only sends slips to the second and

third.

Peroneus Longus.—The peroneus longus showed very little vari-

ation in the Rodents examined. It rises from the head and the

upper part of the outer surface of the shaft of the fibula, also in

many cases by a few fibres from the external lateral ligament of the

knee. Its tendon passes through a groove on the outer side of the

external malleolus, grooves the cuboid, and is inserted into the

base of the first metatarsal bone, or, when that is absent, into the

second. In one specimen of Hystrixv I failed to find it, but it was

present in another which I looked at.

Peroneus Brevis.—The peroneus brevis rises either from the upper

or middle portions of the outer surface of the fibula. Its exact

origin is very variable and is not constant for animals of the same

group. It passes behind the external malleolus and is inserted

into the base of the fifth metatarsal bone.

In Dipus egyptius it is absent.

In the Octodontide, Hystricide, and Chinchillide it is present.

In the Dasyproctidze it is absent in Dasyprocta, but present in

Celogenys.

In the Caviide it is present in Cavia cobaya and Ceredon, but

absent in Dolichotis*. In the two former it is inserted into a nodule

of bone (rudimentary fifth metatarsal?) under the base of the

fourth metatarsal. In one specimen of Guinea-pig I found it

dividing into two parts ; the anterior, which was the smaller, had

the usual insertion, while the posterior was attached to the

anterior and upper part of the external surface of the calcaneum.

Beddard describes a somewhat similar arrangement in the peroneus

quarti digiti of Dolichotis*.

The muscle is present and normal in all the Sciuromorpha.

Peroneus Quarti Digitt.—This muscle arises from the lower part

of the outer surface of the fibula below the origin of the peroneus

quinti, when that muscle is present. When the p. quinti is absent

the p. quarti rises from the upper part of the outer surface of the

fibula. The insertion is into the extensor tendon on the dorsum

of the fourth toe.

In Dipus egyptius it is present and rises from just below the

p- longus. In the Octodontide it rises from the lower part of

the fibula (Octodon, Myopotamus, Capromys, Aulacodus).

In the Hystricide it is present in Hystrivx, but absent in Sphin-

P. Z. S. 1882, p. 271.

2 P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 236.

tend he

1894. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 291

gurus, and presumably in Zrethizon dorsatus and epixanthus, as it is

not mentioned by Mivart* or Windle’.

In the Chinchillide it rises from the upper part of the fibula,

the p. quinti being absent (Chinchilla, Lagostomus).

In the Dasyproctide it rises from the whole outer surface of the

fibula in Dasyprocta, in which there is no p. quinti; in Celogenys

it only rises from the lower third of the bone.

In the Caviide it resembles the Chinchillide in Ceredon and

Cavia cobaya. Beddard mentions that it is present in Dolichotis.

It is always present in the Sciuromorpha, having the usual

attachments.

In Sciurus, Pteromys, Xerus, and Spermophilus it rises from the

lower quarter of the fibula and runs to the fourth digit.

In Arctomys marmotta it sent an additional slip to the third toe.

In Castor it was joined by a small muscular slip from the calca-

neum, probably part of the extensor brevis digitorum.

It will be noticed that the only animals in which this muscle

was wanting were the Tree-Porcupines.

Peroneus Quinti Digitt.—The p. quinti when it is present rises

from the outer surface of the fibula above the last muscle, and is

inserted into the extensor longus tendon on the dorsum of the

fifth toe. It is present in the Octodontide (Myopotamus, Capro-

mys, Octodon, Aulacodus), in the Hystricide (Hystria, Sphingurus,

Erethizon), in Ceelogenys, and in all the Sciuromorpha examined.

It is absent in Dipus egyptius, in the Chinchillide (Chinchilla,

Lagostomus), in the Caviide (Cavia cobaya, Ceredon, Dolichotis),

and in Dasyprocta.

The presence or absence of the p. quinti seems to depend entirely

on the degree of development of the fifth toe. It is not nearly as

persistent a muscle as the extensor proprius hallucis, which is

so often found when no hallux exists; it seems indeed to precede

the disappearance of its toe, because in Chinchilla the muscle is

wanting, although there is a small fifth toe.

Gastrocnemius.—The gastrocnemius rises by two heads from the

upper and back part of the two condyles, fabelle often being

present. The two heads unite with the soleus to form the tendo

Achillis. The fibres of this tendon are twisted so that those that

are derived from the inner head of the gastrocnemius become

superficial and eventually external. In Castor canadensis the two

heads remain separate as far as their insertion.

The presence or abseuce of the fabellze does not seem to depend

on the affinities of the animal, as they are large in Aulacodus on

both sides, while in Myopotamus only the outer one is present.

In Dasyprocta they are both present, in Ceelogenys both absent.

In the Sciuromorpha, however, they were found in every case

except that of Castor canadensis (Sciurus, Pteromys, Xerus, Sper-

mophilus, Arctomys, Castor).

Soleus——The soleus rises in all cases from the posterior aspect

1 P. Z.8. 1882, p. 271.

2 Journ, Anat. vol. xxii. p. 126.

292 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Mar. 20;

of the head of the fibula and in most cases joins the outer head of

the gastrocnemius to help form the tendo Achillis, In Celogenys

and Cavia cobaya, however, the muscle continued separate to its

insertion in the tuber calcis, while in Ceredon it was inserted into

the os calcis by a round tendon from its inner portion, while the

outer portion blended with the tendo Achillis.

Plantaris.—The plantaris rises just above the outer head of the

gastrocnemius ; it forms a muscular belly as large as, or larger than,

either one of the gastrocnemius. It soon contracts into a narrow

tendon, which winds round the inner side of the tendo Achillis, and

passes over the back of the tuber calcis to the sole, where it

spreads out into a broad fascia, which eventually splits into slips

for the four outer toes or as many as are present.

Each of these slips acts as a flexor perforatus, allowing the long

flexor tendons to pass through, and is then inserted in the same

way as the flexor sublimis in the fore limb. In Castor, where the

muscle is perhaps better developed than in any other Rodent, the

tendon divides into a superficial and a deep layer when it reaches

the commencement of the sole. The superficial layer is fibrous

and corresponds to the plantar fascia; the deep layer develops

muscular fibres and doubtless represents the flexor brevis digitorum

of human anatomy. In many cases a loop is given off from the

deep surface of each tendon before it is perforated; this loop

embraces the long flexor tendon as in the anterior extremity.

Popliteus—The popliteus always has the usual human attach-

ments, except that it is often imserted only into the inner border

of the upper third of the tibia instead of into the posterior surface

right across.

Flevor Longus Hallucis (Flexor Fibularis).—The long flexors of

Rodents have been so thoroughly described by Dobson’ that it would

be waste of space to do more than refer the reader to his Monograph.

I have repeated his dissections in many animals and can confirm the

accuracy of his descriptions. The additional animals that I have

dissected fully bear out his point that among the Hystricomorpha

the flexor fibularis is joined in the sole by the flexor tibialis and is

inserted into the terminal phalanges of all the toes. In the

Sciuromorpha, on the other hand, the flexor fibularis goes to all

the toes without being joined by the flexor tibialis in the sole. In

Aulacodus and Dasyprocta no fibres were continued to the inner-

most toe from the flexor fibularis.

Flexor Longus Digitorum (Flexor Tibialis)—This muscle, as

Dobson ' points out, rises from the back of the tibia and in the

Hystricomorpha joins the flexor fibularis in the sole, its fibres

being continued chiefly to the inner toes. In the Sciuromorpha

it does not join the flexor fibularis, but in Sciwrus, Xerus, Spermo-

philus, and Arctomys is inserted into a sesamoid bone below the

internal cuneiform, from which some ill-marked fibrous tissue is

continued on to the hallux. In Castor it terminated in the inner

half of the double scaphoid. The only exception to this arrange-

1 Journ. Anat. vol. xviii, p. 159.

1394. ] MYOLOGY OF RODEN’. 293

ment that I have seen was in Pteromys oral, in which the flexor

tibialis divided into two slips, one of which had the usual Sciuro-

morphine insertion below the internal cuneiform, while the other

joined the tendon of the flexor fibularis. Possibly this was

an individual variation foreshadowing the arrangement in the

Hystricomorpha.

Tibialis Posticus—The description of the tibialis posticus is

included in that of the “Long Flexors of Rodents” by Dobson’.

In Castor it is inserted into an extra bone on the inner side of the

internal cuneiform.

Lumbricales.—The number of the lumbricales seems to depend

on the number of toes; thus all the Sciuromorpha and the Hystri-

comorpha possessing five toes, such as Myopotamus, have four

lumbricales. Cclogenys, although it has five toes, has only three

lumbricales. Animals having three toes usually only possess two

lumbricales, e.g. Dasyprocta, Cavia cobaya, and Ceredon rupestris.

In Dolichotis Beddard only found one*, but in another specimen

which’ I had the opportunity of looking at there were two.

Muscles of the Foot.

The accessorius is absent in the Dipodide and Caviide, but

present in the other animals examined, including the Sciuromorpha.

It rises from the outer surface of the calcaneum, usually from the

anterior part, and is mserted into the plantar surface of the flexor

tendon just before it divides for the toes. The angle which it

forms with the flexor fibularis is a very open one, about 45°, but

in Hystriv it must be about 70° or 80°.

When the foot is well developed there are two interossei to

each metatarsal bone. When the hallux is well developed, as in

Myopotamus, the abductor hallucis rises from the sustentaculum

tali, or from the scaphoid, as in Octodon, but when it is not developed

the muscle is absent. In the Sciuromorpha the abductor minimi

digiti often rises from the calcaneum as well as from the base of

the fifth metatarsal; in this case the part between the calcaneum

and the metatarsal will form an abductor ossis metatarsi quinti.

On the plantar surface of the interossei there are frequently

found two muscles rising from the deep cartilage of the sole which

forms the sheath of the peroneus longus tendon ; from this they

run forwards, diverging from one another like the limbs of a V.

The inner of these is in some of the Sciuromorpha inserted into

the outer sesamoid bone under the head of the metatarsal bone of

the hallux, forming an adductor hallucis, but more often, as in

Myopotamus, Octodon, Hystriv, and Coeelogenys, it is attached to a

corresponding situation on the second toe forming an adductor

secundi digiti. The adductor minimi digiti (the outer of the two

muscles) is attached to the inner sesamoid bone of the little toe.

These two muscles are wauting in the Dipodide and the Caviide,

1 Journ. Anat. vol. xvii. p. 159.

2 Pp. Z.8. 1891, p. 236.

Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XX. 20

y - J

‘

294 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Mar. 20,

except in Ceredon, in which a small adductor secundi digiti was

found, but no adductor minimi digiti.

General Summary.

The amount of facts at my disposal does not, of course, justify

anything like an attempt ata definite and complete summary of the

muscles of the Hystricomorpha and Sciuromorpha. The following

generalizations are merely suggested for future investigation.

A. Differences between the Hystricomorpha and Sciwromorpha.

1. In the Hystricomorpha the anterior deep part of the masseter

passes through the infraorbital foramen. In the Sciuromorpha it

does not.

2. In the Hystricomorpha, with the exception of the Dipodide,

the digastric has no complete division into two bellies, and the

muscles of opposite sides do not communicate. In the Sciuro-

morpha, as well as in the Dipodide, a tendon completely divides

the two bellies, and the muscles are connected across the middle

line by a tendinous arcade.

3. The transverse mandibular muscle is absent in the Hystrico-

morpha, with the exception of the Dipodide. It is present in the

Sciuromorpha, with the exception of Castor.

4, The genio-hyoid muscles of opposite sides coalesce posteriorly

in the Sciuromorpha, but not in the Hystricomorpha.

5. The omo-hyoid is present or absent in the Hystricomorpha.

It is always present in the Sciuromorpha.

6. The levator clavicule rises either from the atlas or the basi-

occipital in the Hystricomorpha. Always from the atlas in the

Sciuromorpha.

7. The scalenus anticus is present in the Hystricomorpha, except

in the Hystricide. It is absent in the Sciuromorpha.

8. The trapezius is often divided into an anterior and posterior

part in the Hystricomorpha. Never in the Sciuromorpha.

9. The sterno-scapular muscle is composed of the subclavius

and the scapulo-clavicularis in the Hystricomorpha. In the Sciuro-

morpha, as well as in the Dipodidw, only the subclavius is present.

10. The first part of the coraco-brachialis (rotator humeri) is

always present in the Sciuromorpha. In the Hystricomorpha it

is present or absent.

11. The pronator quadratus is always attached to more than a

third of the bones of the forearm in the Hystricomorpha. In the

Sciuromorpha it is attached to a third.

12. The supinator longus is present in all the Sciuromorpha

except Castor. It is absent in the Hystricomorpha except in

Erethizon and the Dipodide.

13. The scansorius is always wanting in the Sciuromorpha. It

is often distinct in the Hystricomorpha.

14. The quadratus femoris usually has a tendinous insertion in

the Hystricomorpha. It is fleshy in the Sciuromorpha.

1894, | MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 295

15. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus is either

separate or connected to the rest of the muscle in the Hystrico-

morpha. In the Sciuromorpha it is fused with the adductors, but

has a distinct nerve supply.

16. The flexor longus digitorum joins the flexor longus hallucis

in the sole in the Hystricomorpha. In the Sciuromorpha the two

muscles do not join.

B. Chief characteristics of the different Families of the

Hystricomor pha.

Dipodide.—The Dipodide, as has been pointed out, agree with

the Hystricomorpha in the arrangement of the masseter and in

the tendons of the foot, but differ from them and approach the

Sciaromorpha in the arrangement of the digastric, in the presence

of a transverse mandibular muscle, and in the absence of the

scapulo-clavicularis. They present in addition the following

characteristics :—_(1) The teres major is inserted posteriorly to the

latissimus dorsi. (2) There is only the long head to the biceps

eubiti, which is inserted chiefly into the ulna. (3) The supinator

longus is present. (4) The trapezius is in two portions. (5) There

is no bony insertion to the gluteus maximus. (6) The scansorius

is distinct. (7) The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus

rises from the tuber isch. (8) The extensor proprius hallucis is

absent. (9) The peroneus brevis is absent. (10) There is no

peroneus quinti digiti. (11) The omo-hyoid is present.

Octodontide.—(1) The teres major is inserted in front of the

latissimus dorsi. (2) Both heads of the biceps cubiti are present,

and the muscle is inserted into the radius and ulna. (3) The

coraco-brachialis only consists of the second part. (4) The ilexor

sublimis digitorum gives no slip to the fifth finger. (5) The flexor

profundus digitorum sends a slip tothe thumb. (6) The trapezius

isundivided. (7) The rectus abdominis decussates at its origin with

the opposite muscle. (8) The gluteus medius does not rise from

the ilium. (9) The scansorius is not a distinct muscle. (10) The

extensor proprius hallucis communicates with the extensor longus

digitorum on the dorsum of the second toe.

Hystricide.—It is difficult to pomt out many points which are

characteristic of the Porcupines as a group, owing to the great dif-

ferences between the muscles of the Ground- and Tree-Porcupines.

Whether these differences are due to their different mode of life,

or indicate that the animals are less nearly allied than the genera

of other families, requires further investigation to determine. The

following are some of the chief distinctions :—(1) The digastric

differs in Hystriv and Sphingurus. (2) The omo-hyoid is rudi-

mentary in Hystriv, large inthe Tree-Porcupines. (3) The levator

clavicule comes from the skull in Hystriv, from the atlas in the

Tree-Porcupines. (4) The two parts of the sterno-scapularis

are continuous in Hystriv, separate in Sphingurus. (5) The

biceps cubiti has one head in Hystriw, two in the ae re

- ——s a) “hss, ated ae

TL FF

al aati on wide at 2 a> Se

-: ~ =

‘we

296 ON CYNOGALE BENNETT. [ Mar. 20,

(6) The coraco-brachialis has only the second part in Hystria,

in the Tree-Porcupines the second and third parts are present.

(7) The brachialis anticus consists of two parts in Hystriv, while

in Sphingurus only the external is present. (8) The extensor

secundi internodii pollicis is present in Hysiria, absent in the

Tree-Porcupines. (9) The pyriformis is absent in Hystrix,

present in Sphingurus. (10) The biceps femoris is normal in

Hystrix, while the two parts are distinct in the Tree-Porcupines.

(11) The peroneus quarti digiti is present in Hystrix, absent in

the Tree-Porcupines.

The ouly two definite muscular characteristics of the Hystricide

as a family are: (1) The latissimus dorsi at its insertion wraps

round the lower border of the teres major. (2) The scalenus

anticus is absent.

Chinchillide.—(1) There are two heads to the biceps cubiti, which

is inserted into both bones of the forearm. (2) The tibialis anticus

rises from the tendon of origin of the extensor longus digitorum,

as well as from the tibia. (3) The extensor proprius hallucis is

absent. (4) There is no peroneus quinti digiti. (5) The omo-

hyoid is absent.

Dasyproctide.—(1) The scapulo-clavicularis is specially well

developed. (2) The deltoid reaches down as far as the elbow.

(3) The biceps cubiti has only the long head and is inserted into

the ulna. (4) The first and second heads of the coraco-brachialis

are present. (5) The trapezius is divided into an anterior and a

posterior part. (6) A splenius colli is present. (7) The scanso-

rius is distinct. (8) The supracondylar slip of the semimembra-

nosus rises from the tuber ischii. (9) The tibialis anticus rises by

tendons from the front of the external condyle of the femur, as

well as from the front of the tibia. (10) The omo-hyoid is absent.

Caviide.—(1) The biceps cubiti has one head and is inserted

into the ulna. (2) The coraco-brachialis only has the second pitt.

(3) The trapezius is double. (4) There is a distinct scansorius

(5) The pectineus rises by a narrow tendon. (6) Tibialis anticus

rises from tendon of origin of extensor longus digitorum as well

as from the tibia. (7) The extensor proprius hallucis goes to the

second toe. (8) The peroneus quinti digiti is absent. (9) The

omo-hyoid is absent. (10) The levator clavicule rises from the

basioccipital.

2. Notes on Cynogale bennetti, Gray.

By Basu Ram Bramua SAnyAt, C.M.ZS.

[Received January 29, 1894. ]

The acquisition by the Zoological Garden, Calcutta, of a spe-

cimen of Cynogale bennettii, Gray, from Borneo, has enabled me

to have a water-colour sketch made of this interesting mammal

whilst alive, which I beg leave to forward to the Society, together

with a few notes regarding its external characters and habits in

1894.] ON THE MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 297

captivity. On referring to the literature of the species, I find that

the animal has been figured by 8. Miiller (Zool. Ind. Archip.,

Mamm. pl. xvii.) under the name Potamophilus barbatus, and by

MM. Eydoux and Souleyet (Voyage de la Bonite, Mamm. pl. vi.).

But a comparison of the present sketch with the figures given by

the above-named authors will at once show that their figures could

not have been drawn from life, and that both are practically useless

for the purpose of identification.

In form and size this animal resembles partly a Prionodon and

partly a Paradoxurus. The head is elongated, muzzle broad and

depressed, the breadth of the muzzle appearing more pronounced

owing to the exceptional character of the upper lip, which is much

thickened in order to support the roots of the abundant and well-

developed whiskers. A bunch of whiskers below each ear and

close to the outer angle of the eye; also an intermediate set on

each side of the nose between the eye and the lip. A tuft of

vibrissze on the chin between the lower lip and the throat. Hyes

large and oblique; ears small and round; nostrils with distinct

lobes adapted for a subaquatic life. Tail moderate and thick.

Prevailing colour of the coat grey, grizzled white on the back,

rump, and outer aspects of the limbs; a dark band on the crown

and nape; eyebrows white to a certain extent; a white spot on

each side of the head below the ears corresponding with the place

of insertion of the whiskers in this region; lips white. Under-

parts blackish. Tip of the tail whitish. Toes slightly webbed,

resembling those of Lutra leptonya from a distance. Length of

the head and body about 32 inches, tail about 9°5 inches.

Except very early in the morning I have never seen this animal

leave its cage during the day, and though it never appears to be

particularly savage, it always resents the approach of its keeper

or anyone else by a sort of low subdued snarling. The presence

of a strong Civet-like smell near its cage, especially at night,

unmistakably indicates the possession of odoriferous glands.

Although said to be omnivorous, it shows greater partiality for

an animal than a vegetable diet, and relishes fish more than flesh.

I have never observed it indulging in its aquatic habits here.

Calcutta, January 10, 1894,

3. Field-Notes on the Mammals of Uruguay.

By O. V. Artin.

[Received March 3, 1894.]

The following notes relate almost entirely to the Departments of

Soriano and Rio Negro, and were made during a residence in the

country from October 1892 to June 1893. My thanks are due to

Mr. Oldfield Thomas for his kindness in naming such of the

species as were unknown to me, and in giving me the correct

modern names for some others,

298 MR. O. V. APLIN ON THE [Mar. 20,

I may draw attention to the fact that, so far as purely terrestrial

animals are concerned, Uruguay is geographically separated from

the Argentine States by effective natural boundaries—the Rio de

la Plata on the south and the Rio Uruguay on the west. The

latter river has apparently proved less passable than the muddy

Rio Parani.

Guorrroy’s Car (Felis geoffroy?).

The beautiful spotted “‘ Gato del Monte,” or “ Monte Cat,” is

now becoming rare in the part of Soriano where I was living.

The skins exhibit a little variety, some having the spots larger

and more distinct than others. It is kept down as much as

possible on sheep-camps by trapping.

Pasa Car (Felis passerum).

The Paja or Grass Cat (“‘ Gato pajéro ”) is also getting scarce in

this district owing to the systematic trapping which is carried on.

Two kittens which were brought in (dead, alas!) on the 29th

October were spotted on the legs and lower parts, and it was

suggested that they might be the result of a cross with the Monte

Cat ; but as the skins of two more kittens, brought in with that of

the old female a few days before, were just the same, the spotted

dress in youth is evidently natural to this species. Exactly the

same thing happens in the case of the Puma (vide infra).

Puma (Felis concolor)’.

The Puma is now extinct in many parts of the country, but

in the monte along the Uruguay river it is still found. An

estanciero living at Cordova in Argentina tells me he has seen

both Pumas and Jaguars coming down the big rivers on tree-

trunks. In this way stray examples might very well turn up in a

district long after the native breed was extinct. I heard that it

was still found, although very rarely, in the monte of the Rio

Negro on that part of the coast of the river which I visited in the

Department of that name; but all I could hear of it in South

Soriano was a report that one had been seen on the Arroyo de

Monzon some years ago. We had on board the ship I came home

in two Puma cubs, the smaller of which was indistinctly spotted.

A German friend living in the South of Patagonia tells me that

very young ones are always so.

Azara’s Fox (Canis azare).

Azara’s Fox, the common “ Zorro,” is still numerous despite

systematic trapping, and affords moderate sport to some English-

men; among others to a neighbour of my host, whose pack included

two imported foxhounds, a rarity indeed, and has achieved signal

success. This fox is quite as bold as the English one in coming

about the houses at night. Going out of my room one moonlight

night I saw a fox bolt out of the patio! One which was caught

' See figures of young Pumas, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 141, pl. xxii.

1894. ] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 299

as a small cub and brought up at Santa Elena became perfectly

tame. He was kept on chain, and upon being visited would

jump up like a dog, and also throw himself at full length on his

side upon the ground to have his back and sides tickled, closing

his eyes and making a whining noise. The difficulty was to get

away from him, and his mode of pressing his visitor to stay was

to take hold of the latter’s breeches with his little sharp teeth.

It has sometimes been doubted whether foxes wag their tails. This

animal certainly used to wave his tail gently from side to side

when he was pleased. He would follow the peon who attended to

him like a dog, and ultimately (with a companion) was brought by

me to England.

AGUARA (Canis sp. inc.).

We had also another species of Dog known to the peones as

the Aguard. This animal is said by them to live in the rocky

cerros and in the least frequented parts of the district, and to

put in an appearance chiefly at lambing time. They also say that

it is “muy brava,’ and that a dog which has no difficulty in

overcoming an ordinary “‘ Zorro” always has a hard fight with, and

is sometimes turned by, an ‘“ Aguara.” I procured some skins,

but unfortunately the only skull I got could not be brought home.

The points in which this animal differs from the ordinary grey fox

are these :—(1.) It has the head shorter and broader in proportion.

(ii.) The ears are short and rounded instead of long and pointed.

(iii.) The general colour of the body is warmer, there being a flush

of reddish yellow in the fur. (av.) The brush is shorter in pro-

portion. (yv.) There is a line of nearly black hairs beginning at

the scruff of the neck and passing down the line of the backbone ;

this hair is thickest at the scruff of the neck and above the shoulders,

and approaches in character the mane of the Canis jubatus. The

blackness is continued on to the brush. (vi.) The whole animal

is stronger and more robust. (vii.) The appearance of the animal

and the general aspect of the head in life are (judging from a sup-

posed hybrid between the Aguara and Zorro) very different. This

is caused by the ears being farther apart and slanting outwards

more than those of the Zorro.

One or two of these were trapped at Santa Elena about April

and May, when the Merinos were lambing, and I saw skins of

others. The marks of difference are not so clear in all cases, and

it is probable that interbreeding takes place (if indeed this Aguard

is a distinct species).

I hope to obtain a skull, and then perhaps the identity of the

Aguara of Uruguay may be settled.

It agrees with Dr. Burmeister’s description of Oanis cancrivorus,

Desmarest, better than with any other I have read (Desc. Phys.

. 148).

: One of these intermediate specimens, a half-grown example, was

trapped and brought up to the estancia alive. Its different

appearance, consequent upon the width of the skull and the distance

- f ies reese ee sae a=, >F «. tow 2 ie Tees

e °

300 MR, 0. V. APLIN ON THE {Mar. 20,

the ears were apart (these sloping outwards and heing less upright,

when pricked, than in the fox), was very marked. It was so

unruly and savage that I gave up all hopes of bringing it home,

as I was leaving the camp very shortly. The first night it

managed to gnaw its way out of a new hutch just completed for

the transport of my tame Zorros, but it was captured in one of

the buildings early in the morning, being encumbered with a strip

of raw hide tether.

The name Aguara has given rise to great confusion, and the

identity of the species (probably more than one) is not yet settled.

I am aware that the Aguard has been described by some writers

as a large reddish beast, but here I only describe the animal (easily

distinguished from the Zorro) well-known as the Aguara by the

residents in the camp where I was living.

Admiral Kennedy (Sporting Sketches in South America, p. 37)

applies this name to the Maned Wolf, Cams jubatus, ‘a fine

animal, with a bright ruddy coat, black mane and pads,” saying

that it was found in the Chaco (Northern Argentina). But this

is not my animal. Mr. Hudson (‘ Naturalist in La Plata’) dis-

tinguishes between the Aguard-guazu (C. jubatus) and the Aguara,

writing that the former is the nearest ally of the latter, but that

the latter is smaller and has no mane; that it is like the Dingo

in size, but slimmer, and with a sharper nose, and has a much

brighter red colour. This description does not agree with my

animal, however. Dr. Burmeister identifies the Aguara-guaza of

Azara with C. jubatus.

Senor Don Luis Cincinato Bollo, in a little book published at

Montevideo in 1891, on Mammals, containing “a descripcion de

los animales indigenas de las Republicas Oriental y Argentina,”

distinguishes between the “ Aguard-chay” (which he says lives in

nearly the whole of South America, especially in the north of

Argentina and in Paraguay and the Chaco) and the “ Aguard-quazt,”

intermediate between a wolf and a fox (and doubtless Canis jubatus),

which lives in “el alto Uruguay,” on the banks of the lagunas of

Corrientes, and also in the Chaco, Paraguay, Mendoza, and San

Juan. But he does not describe either, merely saying that the

former commits ravages among the sugar-plantations and fowl-

houses, and that the latter feeds on eggs and small animals.

Neither does this Aguard-chay seem to be my animal. Burmeister

makes the Aguard-chay of Azara a synonym of C. azare.

River PLate Orrer (Lutra platensis).

This Otter was fairly numerous in the rivers. The Otter in

South America is not the shy animal that we are accustomed to

here. It is indeed reported as “ muy bravo,” and even as apt to

resent an intrusion on its haunts when it has young. A friend,

long resident in the country, and a great fisherman, told me that

once when he had hooked and was playing a big fish, an Otter

suddenly came at the fish before his face; I forget whether it

broke the line or wrenched the fish away, but it was one or the

1894. ] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 301

other. I asked my friend why he did not write to the ‘ Field’

about it; to which he replied. ‘‘ Because I didn’t want to be con-

sidered a bigger liar than common.” For my part I can very

well believe in the truth of the incident from what happened to

me. I had shot with my little collecting-gun, and only wounded,

a Cormorant (Phalacrocorax brasiliensis), a bird measuring nearly

30 inches in total length, which had been sitting on a dead branch

in the small river along which I was walking. The wounded bird

flapped away down the laguna, which curved rather sharply and

was clothed slightly with sarandi bushes on the banks. I there-

fore lost sight of the bird for a minute, and when I came in sight

of it again I saw a great commotion going on in the water.

Hurrying up I saw the smooth sleek head of an Otter, which had

the Cormorant (still flapping its wings) in its mouth. As I ran

up the Otter dived out of sight with the bird, and although I

waited a long time I saw neither again. The whole thing happened

rather quickly, and I was so astonished that I never thought of

trying a shot with my pistol, if, indeed, I should have had time to

do so. Icertainly expected the Otter to drop my bird when I

appeared on the scene, as | was then ignorant of the extent of

“cheek” possessed by the South-American Otter.

Just as they miscall the Coypu “ Nutria,” which means an otter,

so in the camp they miscall the Otter “ Lobo,” which means

sometimes a wolf, but on the South-American coast a seal or sea-

lion, “ Lobo de Mar” (Otaria); ¢. g. the Isla de los Lobos

near Maldonado, Uruguay, where these animals (perhaps Otaria

jubata) congregate.

Waurrts-cunstaep Orrer (Lutra brasiliensis).

I only once caught a glimpse of the ‘“ Lobo de pecho blanco.”

While staying at an estancia on the north bank of the Rio

Negro, several of us one blazing morning had ridden up on toa

little cerro (one portion of which was whitened with the bones of

a flock of sheep cut off here by a flood a few years before) which

commanded a view of a fine bending reach of this beautiful river.

We looked right down upon the varied greens of the monte

bordering the river, and just in front of us upona rapid, the

sound of which came to us in waves borne by the hot breeze.

A Black Cormorant was flapping heavily up stream, and at

the head of the rapid an Otter showed itself occasionally ; the

glance of the sun on his white chest showed that we were looking

at one of those Otters, the fierceness of which is always alluded to

by anyone who knows their habits at all. One man, very fond of

swimming, told me he should be afraid to bathe in a laguna which

he knew to be inhabited by White-throated Otters with young.

Another friend told me how he and his companion were annoyed

by Otters taking the fish from their set lines at night in the Rio

Negro.

Dr. Burmeister mentions this species being taken by chance on

the Rio Uruguay on the Entre-Rios coast.

a ae aes

302 MR. 0, V. APLIN ON THE [Mar. 20,

CraAB-BATING Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus).

Soon after I arrived in Uruguay I heard a good deal about an

animal called the “ Mano peluda,” but no one seemed to know

whdt it was. In December, when riding up to the Rio Negro, we

heard the name again, and stopping for an hour or two at a

“ pulperia” a league or two south of the river, where they had

several very tame ‘“bichos” of various kinds, I was delighted

to find a Mano peluda. From vague descriptions I had heard on

the way the Mano peluda might have been a sloth, an ant-eater, or

a monkey, but I found (as Mr. C. J. F. Davie, of Montevideo, had

suspected) that it was a Raccoon. ‘To the latter gentleman I am

indebted fora flat skin of this species, and through his kind offices,

just before I left the country, [ was enabled to procure a living

specimen from Florida, where they are not very rare. This

example reached England safely, and was pronounced by the

authorities at the Society’s Gardens to be identical with the

Crab-eating Raccoon. I do not think the presence of this

animal in Uruguay has been previously recorded. The specimen

at the “ pulperia,” so wonderfully tamed by Don Luis or one

of his sons, amused us by eating Huntley and Palmer’s biscuits,

which it held between its paws, sitting up meanwhile on its

haunches. It moved rather in kangaroo fashion, but was less

upright; the head is very pointed and foxy in appearance,

though broader in proportion at the base and shorter. It had

been captured in the neighbourhood, but was said to be rare. One

or two people spoke of the desperate fights these animals engage

in with dogs. The specimen I brought home lived chiefly on beef

and was a great water-drinker.

SKUNK (Conepatus mapurito monzont, subsp. nov.).

The Skunk which I procured in Uruguay is distinct in

coloration from the typical White-backed Skunk (C. mapurito)

which (subject to much variation) inhabits South America gene-

rally, and is described as being from 18 to 24 inches long,

with a short tail of from 9 to 10 inches, and having the back

white, sometimes marked with a median black stripe, and the tail

white. In Mr. Hudson’s ‘ Naturalist in La Plata’ a Skunk is

figured menacing a dog (p. 123), with the back, as far as can be

seen, white, and a large bushy white tail laid over the animal’s

back and reaching nearly to its head. The Uruguayan Skunk has

the whole of the body and the tail blackish brown, varying a

little in shade, with a narrow white line (not more than three

quarters of an inch wide at its thickest part and narrowing

towards each extremity) on each side of the body, starting on the

top of the head (where they are joined together) and reaching

sometimes to the root of the tail, but in other cases not so far.

I killed a good many Skunks and saw others, but they all answered

to this description. I only once saw one with any white at all on

the tail. This was at the end of autumn, when we killed one

1894. | MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 303

which had some of the long hairs of the tail just tipped with

white, giving the tail a frosted appearance when seen at close

quarters, but not noticeable at a little distance. I made inquiries,

but could not find anyone who had seen a white-backed or tailed

Skunk in Uruguay. A dried skin measures 22 inches from the

nose to the root of the tail; the tail itself is 8 inches long.

Dr. Burmeister (‘ Description Physique de la République Argen-

tine, tome ii. p. 162) includes the Argentine Skunk under the

name of Mephitis suffocans of Illiger (which is, I suppose, a

synonym of C. mapurito). The Skunk he describes agrees with

mine tolerably well with the exception of the white lines, which

are said to rise on each side of the head separately. In a note he

says expressly ‘“‘les deux raies sont toujours séparées sur le

front.” In this respect my animal agrees with Gray’s description

of the Skunk of Chile, which, however, has a white tail (JZ. chilensis).

I would suggest giving the various Neotropical Skunks, which

differ in a greater or less degree from one another, subspecific

names.

The variation in the Uruguayan Skunk being constant, I have

given it a name, and have called it after the river upon which

[ had my headquarters during my residence in Uruguay.

A skin and skulls of this subspecies are now in the British

Museum.

It is curious that Burmeister makes no mention of ‘a white-

backed, white-tailed Skunk (as figured by Mr. W. H. Hudson)

inhabiting Argentina.

The Skunk is very common in Soriano and Flores, and very

tame and impudent. We were often annoyed by their coming

about the estancia at night, probably after the fowls. In the

still summer nights an overpowering smell of Skunk used to make

us aware that one of these little beasts was wandering about,

perhaps actually in the patio, and you never knew whether on going

out you might not stumble over one or find it in your bedroom!

A Skunk will seldom trouble to get out of your way, and faces

a dog rather than run from it. I only once saw one run away, and

that was after I had peppered him at long range with a charge of

snipe-shot. When out feeding on the camp in the evening the

Skunk’s paces are a shambling trot and a gallop. But they can go

pretty fast when they like, e.g. the one I spoke of just now;

every now and then it turned and faced the dog, who was not

very keen to attack it, simply and solely because he had just killed

another and was suffering all the penalties. This dog (“Jim”)

was a short-legged, heavily-built terrier—something between bull

and fox—and the best vermin dog I ever saw. I never knew him

turn from a Skunk, and always had great difficulty in getting him

to leave one “ stuck up” in a difficult position. I have seen him

kill a good many, and in the course of his rather long life be must

have killed hundreds. The strong smell did not seem to have

affected his scenting powers, for he had a splendid nose and

would line a lizard or anything else. When I heard him give

304 MR. 0, V. APLIN ON THE [ Mar. 20,

tongue I always knew he had “ stuck up ” a “ bicho” of some kind,

and he always barked until he fetched up his human companions

(coming out into the open or mounting a big rock occasionally,

either to look for them or to show where he was), but not after.

This tribute to the good qualities of a great Skunk-slayer may

perbaps be excused. But I believe all the dogs in the camp will

tackle Skunks—many I know will—and there are lots of dogs

which always seem to smell of Skunk more or Jess strongly. Even

a pair of easy-going, good-natured Labrador dogs, whose only

delight in life was to swim in the river, I have seen tackle a

Skunk and take their dose like their betters. The discharge is

certainly very severe—though I never saw any sign of dogs being

blinded by it—and makes the best dogs wince, blink, and sneeze.

They seem to like to make the Skunk discharge the first shot (for

he can fire more than once) while they are as far off as possible;

and for this purpose they make feints at it and bark violently,

while the Skunk (if out in the open) menaces them with tail erect

and back a little arched, every now and then advancing on the dog

with little jumps and beating the ground with its fore feet. The

dog, having taken one or more shots, finally rushes in (old hands

do not,as arule, run in at once). I saw “Jim” take a Skunk out

of an old ant-hole (the entrance to which he had to enlarge) on

one occasion, and get shot in the operation. Hethen made a rush

and jerked the Skunk suddenly out on to the camp, where it stood

in a menacing attitude; but the old dog walked deliberately up,

took the Skunk by the head, and so dragged it about, cracking its

skull at his leisure. Dogs are undoubtedly much distressed after

killing a Skunk, rubbing their eyes and head in mud or dust,

frothing at the mouth, and “snuffling” a good deal; but all the

dogs I came across appeared to be fond of the amusement, and some

were desperately keen on it. Late one still autumn afternoon,

when the dogs had stuck up a Skunk among some “ paja,” I actually

saw the discharge of the effluvium, like thin white spray or steam.

When discharging, the Skunk faces the dog, and erects its tail in

an upright position, at a right angle, or a shade less perhaps,

with the line of the body ; but does not lay it along the back.

As for the effect of the smell on the human nose, to be near to

and to leeward of a Skunk when it discharges is enough to scent

one’s clothes for a few days ; and although a slight smell of Skunk in

the open air is not unpleasant, yet of the stale smell, whether

upon clothes or brought about a house by dogs, one gets terribly

sick, What it is to be actually Ait by a Skunk, I am glad to say

I do not know.

The statement (often repeated) that it is possible to pick up a

Skunk by the tail before it has time to discharge, and that while

being swung by the tail the animal cannot discharge, has been

laughed at as a joke practised on the credulity of those who

believed in it. All I can say is that it is astonishing that any-

one with an extended acquaintance with the camp should doubt

this fact—but it is only natural that people should laugh at it if

Mil ai

1894.] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 305

they doubt it. On my making inquiries upon the point, the man

I was staying with at once told me that riding one day up to one

of his puestos, he was in time to see the peon come out of the

rancho swinging a Skunk round his head; it made no smell and

was dashed down on the ground and killed, inodorous. The

Skunk had got into the house in some way. I also heard that

the possibility of the thing was well known. Secondly, there was

brought to me the skin of a Skunk which was “ tailed” by a little

boy as it was busily digging roots—so said the boy’s father on

my inquiring how it was caught ; and he intimated that it was not

by any means an unusual thing. Then one of the peons at the

estancia, finding a Skunk asleep under his catre “tailed” it out ;

but unfortunately I did not see him doit. But at last I did see

the operation. One of the peons found a Skunk one morning

behind some wood piled up at the side of the big galpon—with a

quick snatch he caught its tail and jerked it out. There he stood

for five minutes swinging it gently round and round, there being

no smell (beyond that which always clings about a Skunk).

Another man then gave it a tap on the head with a stick, and the

peon, thinking it was killed, threw it away. Butno sooner was it

on the ground than it was on its feet: up went the danger signal,

and—well, we all had to clear out! The beast ran off and got

into another galpon, where the dogs killed it; the whole place

then smelt of Skunk, but until the beast touched the ground it

was innocuous and inodorous.

It seems that the “scent ’’-gland cannot be opened unless the

tail is at a right angle, or something near it, with the line of

body ; and that therefore when held by the tail the weight of the

Skunk’s body keeps the tail more or less in a line with it, and the

Skunk is unable to discharge its vile secretion. The actions of the

one mentioned above seem to prove this. To perform this opera-

tion it is of course necessary to catch the Skunk asleep, or other-

wise deeply occupied (digging roots for instance), and to run the

risk of its waking up or turning round and seeing you. I believe

I could have easily done it myself, as I have more than once seen

a Skunk lying curled up asleep in the daytime. Indeed, while

looking for a parrot I had shot among some bushes, I very nearly

stepped upon one which was curled up on the ground; and there

it remained until (having picked up my bird) I put a revolver

bullet through its body. However, I never cared to risk the loss

of useful garments, it having been proved, I believe, that clothes

once well dosed at close quarters may as well be burnt.

The Skunk passes the daytime in sleep, when undisturbed. In

Soriano I used to find them laid up in holes under and clefts

in the granite boulder rocks, in deserted ant-nests, among paja

grass or in the crown of a big hassock of this, and in one or

two cases on the ground among bushes. In the latter case it lies

on its side curled round. When roused in a hole by a dog it

presents a rather diabolical appearance as it pops its little vicious

head out. Notwithstanding demonstrations of this kind, I have

306 MR, 0. V. APLIN ON THE [ Mar. 20,

only once seen a Skunk use its teeth. In this case one fastened

on to Jim’s flanks, and the old dog walked about with it hanging

on for half a minute, looking round at it in much astonishment

at this unusual and unseemly behaviour—the fact being that he

could not get hold of his enemy, which turned with him. The

Skunk’s teeth are smallin proportion to its size of body: a certain

class of theorists would probably say that they had become

smaller from disuse, the animal having another means of defence.

The Skunk seems to be an omnivorous feeder. Its long strong

claws are well adapted for digging, and places where they have

been scratching are to be seen all about the camp. ‘They probably

feed on small mammals, reptiles, and insects as well as roots, and

are always credited with robbing hen-roosts.

With regard to the distance at which you can smell a Skunk,

I cannot give an opinion; but you often smell them when you

cannot see them, and just about sun-down the smell is a usual

and familiar one about the camp ; at night, too, a strong whiff of it

as you sit or stroll in the patio is a very common occurrence. At

a hundred yards to leeward with the slightest breeze the smell of

a discharge would be very pungent. The smell is said to be a

good ‘ remedio” for the headache!

The local name for the Skunk is ‘ Zorillo.”

The Skunk being numerous, despite human persecution, it might

be supposed to be prolific; and from the very meagre evidence I

obtained it seems to be so—this evidence is that on the 31st

October a female was killed close to the house with 13 young.

Grison (Galictis vittata).

This savage and diabolical-looking weasel, known as the “ Huron,’

coal-black except on the top of the head, back, and tail (on which

parts the hair is grey and longer than the rest of the body), was

not uncommon. The line of demarcation between the black of

the face and the grey crown is cleanly cut, and gives the animal a

curious and most spiteful appearance. Nor do its looks belie it.

[t is about the size of a medium-sized polecat, and resembles this

animal in disposition and habits to some extent. But one of its

characteristic habits is that of hunting in company. I have seen

three hunting down a nearly dry canada, and, just before, a friend

had seen five together. When staying with a neighbour in Feb-

ruary one of his sons trapped a Huron in a box trap baited with an

Apered. We had some considerable difficulty in transferring him

to a small cage, and so far from being timid, he would always come

at your fingers with an angry barking squeal, if you put them near

the bars of the cage. Moreover, when irritated he emitted one of

the strongest and most pungent animal smells I ever experienced.

In some respects it was more disgusting than Skunk. The cage

was fifty yards or more from the house, out of sight behind the

kitchen buildings, and, when it was to windward, it was quite

possible when sitting outside the house-door to tell when anyone

went to look at the Huron. For this reason it would be difficult

oa ee

1894.] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY, 307

to bring home an example captured when full-grown; I can

imagine the captain ordering the cage to be heaved overboard !

On the other hand, the same friend told me that he once caught

some young ones, and that they became so tame that they were

allowed to run about where they liked.

Vesperugo montanus (Phil.): Dobson, Cat. Bats, p. 189.

This was the only Bat of which I brought home specimens. It

was common about the house, flying rather low among the ombus

gums, wattles, and other trees in the patio, but not easy to knock

down.

On the 3rd February, when riding across the camp and passing

a small group of boulder rocks, I saw a Bat on the wing about 9 a.m.

Of this day my Journal says:—‘ Blazing hot day, over 80° at

8 A.M., going up to 94° in the day, and standing at 86° at 9 P.M.”

Another species is found in Uruguay with the fur of a very

dark rich mahogany colour; but I omitted to keep the very poor

specimen I came across and never got another.

Mouira (Tatusia septemeincta).

This Armadillo is, I hear on good authority, still numerous in

parts of the Department of Florida, but in Soriano where I was

it was uncommon. ‘The only live specimen I obtained escaped in

my temporary absence; it was exceedingly quiet and gentle in

its manners. The “ Mulita” occasionally figures on the menu at

the hotels in Montevideo.

Tare (Latusia novemeineta).

The Tatu is said to be found outside the monte along the Rio

Negro. I saw the skull of a freshly-killed specimen hanging up

in a paraiso tree in the patio of a house at which I stopped the

night between the Rio Negro and Porongos. A puestero at

Santa Elena said that a few years ago several were caught near

the Paso del Durazno on the Arroyo Grande; and Mr. Davie

wrote me word that the Tatu had occurred at Guaycurd, in the

same pago, in his recollection. The Tatu is apparently disappearing

gradually from the more populated camps. The Tati is much

larger than the Mulita, and is rather narrow in proportion to its

length.

Prttpvo ARMADILLO (Dasypus sewcinctus).

The Pelido, or Hairy Armadillo, said to be less particular as to

its diet than its congeners, and not to despise carrion beef and

mutton, was quite rare in the vicinity of Santa Elena, Soriano.

The specimen I brought thence was caught close to the Arroyo

Grande. It is always called Pelido in the camp, but it is not the

Hairy Armadillo found about Buenos Ayres (Dasypus villosus,

Desm.). In the list of animals in the Zoological Society’s Gardens

(1883) the habitat of the latter is given as “ La Plata,” and of the

a Ah! onl at ot et ee

eee | e * ne

303 MR. O. V. APLIN ON THE [ Mar. 20,

present animal “ Brazil.” The specimen I brought home is now

in the British Museum, and has been identified by Mr. Oldtield

Thomas.

Scapteromys (Hesperomys) tumidus, Waterh.

I procured one specimen of this Rat in the monte of the Arroyo

Grande. Mr. Thomas tells me that the British Museum previously

only possessed the type of this species, an immature and much

faded skin, and that the one I brought home is a very old

example.

Habrothrix olivaceus (Waterh.).

I procured one specimen of this dark grey short-tailed Mouse.

Hovusu-Movss (Mus musculus).

There were plenty of Mice about the estancia house at Santa

Elena, and they were often trapped. They seemed to me of a

warmer colour than English examples, and I brought home a

skin and another example in caia, thinking they were distinct

from ours; Mr. Thomas, however, tells me they are identical.

This is a good illustration of the travels of the House-Mouse.

These colonists would of course manage the sea-voyage easily ;

but having evaded the vigilance of the custom-house (for who

would pay a live-stock duty on them ?), they would have to make

their way to the railway-station and proceed by train to San Josée.

Thereafter a journey of about seventy miles would lay before them,

to be accomplished in the course of from three or four to ten days

by bullock, mule, or horse-cart. They might easily come from

San José among bales of alfalfa hay ; but doubtless most of the

journey was made in a cargo of “stores” and inside some case

containing food for man.

Tuco-Tuco (Ctenomys brasiliensis).

Tuco-Tuco (Ctenomys magellanicus).

It is probable that there are more than these two species of

Tuco-Tuco inhabiting the parts of Uruguay which I visited.

About Santa Elena they lived in little colonies wherever there

was a high-lying bit of ground of which the subsoil was light and

sandy instead of granite rock. North of the Rio Negro, where

the soil was more suitable, this animal was abundant, still living

in colonies called “ tuco-tuconales,” over which it was necessary

to ride slowly, the ground often giving way under your horse’s

feet. Ihave a vivid remembrance of laboriously walking over a

big and very soft sandy tuco-tuconale one very hot day, terribly

thirsty in consequence of being unable to obtain water at the place

where we had eaten our breakfast, to another streamlet, and finding

that dry!

I picked up a very few bones and remains about Santa Elena;

but I never saw a live Tuco-Tuco, nor had a friend on the Rio

1894. ] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 309

Negro who took some interest in such things. I have since my

return, however, received from him the skin and skull of one.

The measurements of this specimen are: head and body 10 inches,

tail 3 inches. The fur is very soft and silky, and the hairs com-

posing it on the back measure from °7 to’8 inch in length. The

general colour of the upper parts is light hair-brown, the indi-

vidual hairs being tipped with this colour for ‘2 of their length;

the basal part of each hair is mouse-colour. The chin and throat

are of the same brown as the rest of the head, the latter being a

shade darker than the back. The rest of the underparts are dirty

white. The tail is clothed only sparsely with bristly hairs. The

incisors are orange-colour, the lower ones measuring ‘5 inch from

where they emerge from the jaw-bone to their tips. It has been

kindly identified by Mr. Oldfield Thomas as Ctenomys brasilensis,

while a skull which I brought from a tuco-tuconale at Santa Elena,

Soriano, has been referred by him to Ctenomys magellanicus.

Not only were the colonies where the latter specimen was found

smaller than those north of the Rio Negro (this might be occa-

sioned by the nature of the ground), but the individual burrows

and earths were smaller.

From the description of some writers it might be imagined that

anyone being on a tuco-tuconale, whether by night or by day,

would hear continually the loud double or treble note from which

the animal takes its name. I was not so fortunate, for although

I have very often passed over and waited quietly about on tuco-

tuconales I have only once heard the sound, and that very slightly.

Yet the fresh workings showed that these places were inhabited.

Restiuss Cavy (Cavia aperea).

The “ Apered,” exactly like our fancy guinea-pigs, but of a grey

mouse-colour, paler underneath, is numerous, frequenting pajonales,

and, near estancia houses, strips of camp fenced in for the pro-

tection of young plantations. Here they make runs among the

grass, coming out chiefly about sundown to feed. They are almost

as destructive as rabbits, and where foxes (which with the Hurdn

are their chief natural enemies) have been killed down they are

apt to increase inconveniently. The fur is long and pretty, but

generally seems very loosely attached to the skin. The Apered

does not burrow in the ground, though it drives tunnels in the

thickest pajonales ; nevertheless I have seen one, when surprised

on a bare river-bank, go to ground in an old ant-hole, and it is

probable that when the camp is very pelado they take refuge in

any convenient shelter. I have known them run into a hole in

the rocks and to find shelter about a shed erected for the benefit

of some pure-bred stock.

CapyBara (Hydrocherus capybara).

The Capybara or Carpincho, as it is always called in Uruguay,

was found in some numbers along the Arroyo de Monzon, the

Arroyo Grande, and some other smaller rivers near where I was

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1894, No. XXI. 21

310 MR. O, V. APLIN ON THE [Mar. 20,

living in Soriano, but especially so along the banks of the Sauce,

which runs through the camp belonging to my host at Santa Elena.

The Carpinchos there were also very tame indeed,—from the fact

that they were not molested. Accordingly I had exceptional

advantages for observing this, the largest rodent in the world, in

a state of nature.

A favourite locality is a broad laguna in the river, furnished

with open water, and also beds of “ camelotes,’—a sloping open

grassy bank on one side, where the Carpinchos can lie in the day-

time in the cooler weather, sleeping and basking in the sunshine ;

on the other a low shelving bank, clothed with “ sarandi” scrub

growing out into the black reeking mud and shallow water beyond.

The stems of the sarandi in the festering mud have a gloomy

appearance, sometimes brightened in spring by the large pink

flower of a convolvulus climbing up the stems. In one or two

places of this description I could almost always make sure of seeing

some Carpinchos—sometimes a herd of a dozen or fifteen together,

for they are sociable. You might meet with them at any part of

the rivers where there was plenty of water, or in the monte on

the banks, and I have “ put one up” in thick dry paja fifty yards

or more from a river. At night they are said to wander for some

distance, to visit maize chacras and quintas. When alarmed they

snort violently, and rush impetuously into the river with a great

splash and noise. It is said that a frightened Carpincho making

for the river will not turn out of its way for anything, and that if

you are between them and the river they will knock you over.

I can well believe it, for they give one the idea of being the most

stupid animals in existence; and an examination of their skulls

shows they are literally exceedingly thick-headed. The paces of

the Carpincho are a walk and a hurried gallop reminding one of

that of a pig, but most likely differing little in character from that

of a guinea-pig, which the Carpincho resembles in shape and make.

Probably their habit of rushing impetuously into the rivers is the

reason why some horses are so frightened at these animals; the

horses may have been scared when they went down to drink, or

perhaps even charged by two or three lumbering brutes. Two

horses which I rode were both frightened at Carpinchos, and one

of them at the first sound of a snort became almost unmanageable

and always tried to ‘clear out.”

Sometimes Carpinchos are much moce tame than at others. If

they are on the opposite side of a small river they often take no

notice at all; and I have watched them in the autumn sitting up

on their haunches like dogs sunning themselves, or lying asleep on

their bellies with their fore paws stretched out in front of them

and their heads in some cases laid on their paws, a little on one

side. I have also on more than one occasion walked up within

half a dozen yards of them. Sometimes when you approach a

little herd of them they sound their alarm and merely watch you,

walking slowly down to the water as you get nearer. At other

times they rush impetuously into the water at the first sign of

1894. ] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 311

danger. They are said to be much wilder on the larger rivers, the

Rio Negro for instance, probably because they are less accustomed

to seeing any people except those who hunt them. No doubt the

protection they were afforded in the Santa Elena camp contributed

largely to their tameness there, but I always noticed they were

less tame on the Arroyo Grande than on its tributary the Sauce.

When disturbed and rising to their feet the Carpinchos get upon

their fore legs first. The hair of the Carpincho is scanty, not much

more plentitul than some pigs’ bristles, which it greatly resembles.

Their colour varies from dull brown to bright chestnut, and this

irrespective of age, or size, or season either, for I have noticed all

colours from spring to late autumn; smaller animals are, however,

generally of the dull brown colour and vice versé. Their skins

tan into splendidly thick, soft leather, which is used for belts,

slippers, saddle-covers, &e. Like other thick-skinned animals, they

like to wallow in mud. They work out hollows in the ground in

which they wallow; these are known as Carpincho baths. The

Carpincho does not go to ground, but lives on the banks of the

rivers in such cover as it can find. It is capable of remaining

under water and of proceeding for some distance under the surface ;

but when a herd has been disturbed at a laguna the members

probably “lie low” by putting just their noses above water under

the shelter of a bed of camelotes or other water-plants.

I should imagine, from the size of its incisor teeth, that the

Carpincho would be capable of inflicting a most serious bite. One

day late in auiumn, as my friend’s hounds were drawing the monte

of the Arroyo Grande for a fox, we heard a tremendous “ worry,”

but before the whip could get to them (and on his small active

animal, really only a pony, he could, I believe, get anywhere) the pack

went on. A pointer (one of a famous short-tailed breed), belonging

to the estanciero at whose house we had met, came limping out of

the monte with a fearful gash and incised bite in his neck, bleeding

like a pig. It was said to be the work of a Lobo, but as I heard

the snort of a Carpincho at the beginning of the worry I strongly

suspect that it was the work of one of these beasts, of which there

were a good many in that part of the river. The Carpincho,

from its great weight and size, and thick, clumsy shape, would be a

very awkward beast for dogs to hold, wherea3 they would probably

master a Lobo if they had come to close quarters on land.

The Carpincho’s hind feet are furnished with a kind of hoof in

three divisions, each ending ina point ; and I should be very sorry

to get a fair kick from the hind leg of a living or dying animal.

Upon this point I quote from Sefor Bollo, in whose book is

depicted with photographic accuracy a group of eight Carpinchos

in various life-like attitudes on the bank of a river. Senor Bollo

writes :—“If the dogs follow it, it flies while it can; when it

is exhausted by the blood it has lost, it places itself among the

camelotes (a kind of water-plant) and defends itself from its

persecutors, giving them bites with its long incisors.”

When they take to the water they sometimes dive beneath the

21°

312 MR, 0. V. APLIN ON THE [Mar. 20,

surface at once and sometimes merely swim away ; they can when

swimming along suddenly submerge themselves and disappear, and

they can progress under water. I have watched them swimming

in a laguna while I stood on the bank in full view. The upper

half (or rather less), taking in the eyes, nose, and ears, of their

oblong square heads is alone above water, the heads looking like

logs of dead wood mysteriously propelled. They swim very slowly.

When uneasy the Carpincho gives vent to its alarm-note as it

swims along, raising its muzzle out of water for the purpose.

To produce this extraordinary noise considerable exertion is

evidently necessary ; the animal’s sides are momentarily inflated

(perhaps to take in air for the purpose), when the sudden jerky

heave comes and the whole massive body of the beast is shaken.

The sound produced is very peculiar. It is very explosive, some-

thing between a grunt and a bark, and not unlike the sound of a

big dog clearing its throat for a good choke, but is fuller and has

more volume.

The Carpincho, with its heavy-looking head, apparently nearly

all jaws, certainly presents a curious appearance. Sefior Bollo

says that it is sougly that it has given rise to the saying in La Plata,

** feo como un Carpincho.”

Tam inclined to think that the Carpincho takes more than a

year to attain its full growth, as there were always a good many

to be seen about half the size of the quite old ones, and that they

breed before they are full-grown.

I am unable to say at what season they have young, or whether

they breed at any particular season. I shot a young one about two

feet long at the end of spring (26th November), and saw two not

more than 18 inches long on the 8th May.

Tam also puzzled to say how many young they have at a birth.

On the 8th May I saw two females each with a young one, about

18 inches long, at her side. I have never seen more than one

young one with a female, but this I have often seen ; the young

one keeps close to its mother’s side and they plunge into the water

together. Jam aware that the supposition that the Carpincho

has only one young one at a birth is contrary to what has been

written about this animal, but I merely give my own observations

for what they are worth.

The Carpincho is a nuisance to the sportsman, as by plunging

into the lagunas when he comes to close quarters they disturb

any birds which may be there. They seem liable to scab, also to

some fatal disease, to judge from the number one sees dead or in

skeleton. After a long drought, with the rivers drying up and

ceasing to flow for weeks, we had a heavy dash of rain, which put

the rivers in flood for a day or two, stirred up the rotten mud,

and brought down a lot of half-decayed bodies of cattle and bones ;

when, therefore, the rivers sank again they were not very pleasant

to the olfactory organs. About that date I saw several Carpinchos

only just dead, with no marks of violence, except an eye cleaned

out after death, no doubt by a Carancho or Vulture. One cannot

1894, ] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY, 313

imagine these strong beasts being drowned, as they do not go to

ground, but live in cover on the surface.

When shot and dying in deep water they sink at once, but will

float in an hour or two.

In concluding these notes on the Carpincho I can only echo

Sefor Bollo’s regret :—‘ Desgraciadamente este animal tan util

tiende a desaparecer de las tierras pobladas, porque continuamente

se le persigue.”

Corru (Myopotamus coypu).

The Coypu or Nutria, to use the name by which it is always

known in Uruguay, was not uncommon in some of the larger

cahadas or watercourses. Here it inhabits the larger permanent

lagunas. I have heard it stated that if a laguna is inhabited by

Nutrias it is a sign that it never dries up inadrought. But during

the seca which prevailed during the time I was in the country,

and may well be distinguished as the seca grande, some places

inhabited by Nutrias did dry up, but it was probably many years

since they had done so previously. In the steep banks of the

lagunas the Nutrias make drives, the mouths of the tunnels being

half in and half out of the water when it is at its normal height.

The Nutria is not a very shy animal. Some of them inhabited a

little cattada by the side of which the sheep-dipping baiadéro at

Santa Elena was situated, and adjoining the little potrero where

the pigs were kept and all the sheep killed; they were probably

attracted by the head of water kept up by a small dam. The

Natria swims with hardly a ripple and disappears noiselessly in the

drive at the water-line. The body is dull brown, muzzle greyish,

and there is a little warm brown on the side of the head. It

swims with the nose, the top of the head, and a narrow line of the

back out of water, all on a dead level, or almost so; the nostrils

being very high up in the line of the skull, they are kept out of the

water without the nose being poked up towards the sky. A half-

grown one brought to me alive ate green maize readily, but died in

my absence. An old male, when captured, made most extraordinary

wailing cries of complaint.

[The Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus), so common in the

Argentine Republic, is not found in Uruguay, the great river of

that name having apparently proved a bar to its extending its range

into the Banda Oriental. |

Pampas Dernr (Cariacus campestris).

In the neighbourhood of Santa Elena this species—the Gama, as

it is called—has been exterminated, with the exception of a small

herd preserved in a distant part of the camp belonging to that

estancia, in the rincon of the Arroyos de Monzon and Grande.

The herd in 1892-93 consisted, so far as was known, of about a

dozen does and seven bucks. On that part of the Rio Negro which

I visited it is also rare, but in some parts of Florida it is still

numerous, One day at the end of January I rode up pretty close

» Miaka, eee bee eer. esse

ee, gee ee ee a

. i

er. ee

+ x:

314 MR. 0, V. APLIN ON THE [Mar. 20,

to a buck, with a nice head, and two does, which had been feeding

in a low green pajonale. They were then of a warm tawny, with

large and conspicuous light-coloured stern-marks. The peculiar

strong musky odour (rather like cat) was apparent after they had

cleared out.

This species has no “ brow”-tine. The ordinary head of a full-

grown buck possesses the “tray” and has the beam branched once,

six points inall on the head. I have, however, known a case in

which the tray branch of one antler had bifurcated and the head

had seven points. This head was carried by one of the Santa Elena

deer which (it is believed) died a natural death and was most

likely very old. The head approached even more nearly than usual

that form of the normal Rucervine type assumed by Schomburgk’s

Deer (Cervus schomburgki), omitting of course the brow-tine,

which is not carried by the Guazus. The bifurcations of the hind

branch of the beam in this specimen are much closer together than

in most other examples I have examined (including one other from

Santa Elena), which resemble the figure in Admiral Kennedy’s

‘Sporting Sketches in South America,’ p. 38. The does, at all

events in their youth, have a few whitish spots on each side of

the back. At a pulperia near the south bank of the Rio Negro

I saw a tame fawn, a lovely little creature.

The other deer of Uruguay are the Red Deer or Ciervo (0. pa-

ludosus), “el Ciervo de los pantanos” of Sefior Bollo, now rare,

found in the monte of the Rio Uruguay, and, as Mr. C. J. F. Davie

of Montevideo tells me, also about Olinar, and in the jungles of the

Department of Salto; and the little Swamp Deer, or Guazu-vird,

a single-pronged-horned deer of the brocket type, now also rare

(probably Cervus simplicornis, Iliger )—vide ‘ Description Physique,’

p. 466. Mr. T. W. Burgess told me it used to be fovnd on the

north bank of the Rio Negro about the Rincon de las Palmas, and

I believe it is also met with in the monte of the Rio Uruguay.

Azara’s Opossum (Didelphys azare).

Azara’s Opossum, or the “ Comadréja” as it is always called, is

common and very fond of visiting estancias at night to rob hen-

roosts and pick up any flesh food lying about. Dogs often give

the alarm at night, but it is not easy to distinguish an opossum

among the rafters or the branches of a tree. I remember one

moonlight night coming on one suddenly as it sat on a low roof

close to the house, but it is needless to say he was not there when

I returned with a pistol. Another night the dogs at the same

place stuck one up ina shed roof, which was at last discovered and

potted by the light of a match. The Comadréja has a peculiar

sour, sickening smell, emitted when it is irritated or frightened.

The smell is not strong, but very pertinacious, and to some people

it is more disgusting than that of a Skunk.

The feet of the Comadréja are formed for climbing, and it runs

on the ground in an awkward tip-toe fashion. Yet it lives in a

nearly treeless country, the river monte in South Soriano being

1894, ] MAMMALS OF URUGUAY. 315

the only natural wood (composed of low thorny trees and big

willows), and the Comadréja preferring to live on the higher camp,

where it lies up in clefts and holes among the granite boulder

rocks ; among these a few low thorny bushes are found in some

eases. I have never seen a Comadréja in the monte or up any

native tree, but have no doubt they often climbed the trees at

the estancias, which Mr. Davie tells me they are well able to do.

Yet this animal has a very prehensile tail, naked and scaly. Having

hauled one out of a cleft by the tail, | found that it twined the

latter tightly round my fingers, the muscular power being con-

siderable. They run up the boulder rocks with great agility. At

bay, whether in rocky holt or old ants’-nest, laid up in a soft bed

of dead grass, or “drawn” and facing a dog with arched back and

grinning teeth, they make a snarling, grunting growl and a hiss.

It is necessary to kill those taking up their quarters near houses,

but they are often very difficult to kill. I have hammered one with

a stick and thrown its heavy body against a rock time after time,

and then, after carrying it by the tail for some distance, discovered

that it was still alive. Much of the difficulty arises from their

habit of shamming. Once I smoked out a female and two one-

third grown young ones. A young one came first and was appa-

rently laid out with a blow from my stick; I had to run round the

rock after the next, and when I came back (in less than half a

minute) the first had come to life again and departed! An old buck,

worried by a dog and finished off with a shot in the head from a

collecting-gun and left for dead, was found an hour or so after

partly recovered.

A female was brought in on 30th October with ten young, naked,

pink, and blind ; head and body 2 inches, tail 13 inch long. Inside

the mother’s pouch were 9 teats only, which calls to one’s mind the

complaint of the eleventh little pig!

THICK-TAILED Opossum (Didelphys crassicaudaia).

The Comadréja colorada, as this species is called, is rare in the part

of Soriano where I was living, only one having been killed there

during my stay so faras I know. It is said by the residents to

be excessively savage (“muy brava”) for so small an animal.

Responding to a suggestion of Mr. Davie, I inquired whether the

female had a pouch capable of carrying her young, and one rather

sharp and observant puestero’s boy declared thatit had. Although

the adults are so savage, a lady of my acquaintance had a young

one, taken from the body of its dead mother in the camp south

of the Rio Negro in February, which was perfectly tame. It

unfortunately shared the fate of so many ladies’ pets and was slain

by a large tom-cat belonging to a house at which she was staying

on her way to the coast, a day or two before I went over there.

The fur of this animal is very beautiful. It is of a warm, light

chestnut, paler and yellower on the sides and lower parts. The

upper parts have a flush on them of what can only be described as

crimson.

a “a et ee as

316 CAPT. H, G. 0. SWAYNE ON THE [Apr. 3,

April 3, 1894.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March were 69 in number. Of these 47 were acquired

by presentation, 13 by purchase, 2 were born in the Gardens, and

7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 86 :—

Dr. Giinther exhibited specimens of Lepidosiren paradoma,

collected by Dr. Bohls in the backwaters of the tributaries of the

Upper Paraguay River (swamps of the Chaco). He pointed outa

peculiar modification of the skin of the upperside of the hind

limbs, which is beset by tentacle-like papilla. These, when fully

developed, are arranged in fan-like sets with from 2 to 7 branches

each. This structure, he stated, is peculiar to the male sex, and is

fully developed only in sexually mature specimens.

Dr. Giinther expressed his doubts as to the validity of the

species recently described by Professor Ehlers’ as Lepidosiren arti-

culata, from Dr. Bohls’s specimens.

The specimens exhibited to the meeting did not bear out the

constancy of the characters on which Professor Ehlers relied for

the distinction of two species of Lepidosiren.

The following papers were read :—

1. Further Field-Notes on the Game-Animals of Somaliland.

By Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E., C.M.Z.S.*

[Received February 24, 1894.]

WATERBUCK (Cobus ellipsiprymnus). Native name “ Balanka”

of the Adone (Webbe Negroes), corrupted to “ Balango” by the

Somalis.

I believe there are no Waterbuck in the whole of Somaliland,

except on the banks of the Webbe Shabeyli. The only other

place in Somaliland which might possibly contain Waterbuck

would be the Lowe: Nogal, near the east coast. There are none on

the Tug Fafan, at any of the points where I have crossed it.

There are said to be plenty all along the Webbe Ganana (Juba),

the course of which lies chiefly through Gallaland.

* Nachrichten der k. Gesellsch. Wiss. Géttingen, 1894, No. 2 (March 10).

* In continuation of his paper “On the Antelopes of Northern Somaliland,”

P. Z. S. 1892, p. 300.

1894. ] GAME-ANIMALS OF SOMALILAND. 317

The first important collections of the Waterbuck were made by

Colonel Paget and myself on two independent but simultaneous

expeditions to the Webbe last spring.

1 found these Antelopes very plentiful all along both banks of

the river, from Imé down to Burka in the Aulihan tribe, which

was as far as I followed the stream.

They lie up in the dense forest which clothes both banks of the

river for some 200 yards from the water’s edge; and they go out

to feed in the open grass-flats outside the forest.

They go in small herds up to about fifteen individuals, though

most of the herds I saw consisted of only four or five, with one

old buck.

The habits of the Somali Waterbuck are similar to those of the

same species all over Africa. They feed chiefly on grass, delight

in a mud-bath, and take to the water readily ; a wounded buck I

was following in thick forest tried to escape by swimming the

Webbe, some 90 yards across, and we shot him as he galloped

along the further bank. The Waterbucks on the Webbe vary

much in colour, from brownish grey to nearly black.

The white lunate marking over the tail is always present; some

heads have the forehead bright rufous brown, and others are

nearly black in this part. The flesh is eaten by the Negroes,

but not by Somalis.

The horns obtained on the Webbe are small compared to

Waterbuck horns in other countries; out of some 15 heads

collected by me at different times, none reached 25 inches. The

females are horniless.

Bususuck (Tragelaphus decula). Native name “ Dol.”

The Bushbuck is common in the dense forest on the Webbe

banks; and it is the most wary and difficult to shoot of all the

game-animals I have ever encountered. Inever heard of its exist-

ence till my second expedition to the Webbe last autumn.

At Karanle I bought several skins and horns of “ Dé1” from the

natives, which had been obtained by means of disguised pits, with

a stake in the bottom of each. The Webbe pits are made by the

Adone, and are about eight feet deep and five in diameter at the

top. They are dug in the densest jungle in the paths frequented

by the “Dol” when going to and returning from the water.

Some of these paths are long tunnels 3 feet high, bored through

the masses of vegetation for 50 yards or more. Sometimes I

could only get to the river by creeping on all-fours through these

tunnels ; this is exciting work when it is considered that many

kinds of game use them.

On my arrival at Karanle I sent skilled Negroes to repair all the

pits within a mile or two of my camp, in the hope of getting

a specimen.

During a month on the Webbe banks I shot only one young

buck with my own rifle; but I organized three or four drives, in

one of which my men shot a buck with their Sniders.

Moly ve a Ore

aie ere ee AE er ee oS Oe oe agen eee

318 CAPT. H. G. C, SWAYNE ON THE (Apr. 3,

On this occasion the buck was in company with one female,

which broke back through the line in spite of the firing, and in

rather a curious manner. The only way of crossing the line was to

jump over the head of one of my men who was standing erect;

and this she did, striking him in the centre of the forehead with

her hoofs and knocking him down; and so she got away.

The longest pair of horns were a pair which I picked up,

: measuring about 17 inches in length. Females hornless.

i The young of both sexes are of a distinct reddish brown,

getting darker as they grow older, and the natives say the old

bucks become nearly black. The hair is generally curiously worn

off along the spine.

a There are four or five transverse white stripes and white spots

: up to about thirty on each side, more numerous in the young

: animals. The necks are scantily covered with short hair, and in

z the two young bucks we killed were very slender. The flesh is very

, good eating. Iam not aware that the Bushbuck exists anywhere

| in Somaliland but in the dense forest close to the banks of the

sy Webbe-Shabeyli river.

CLARKE’S GAZELLE (Ammodorcas clarkei). Somali name “ Diha-

<A tag” or * Diptag.”

The Dibatag is common enough where it is found at all, but it

is very local in its distribution.

Since Mr. Clarke first discovered it in the distant Marehan

» country, to the south-east, and in the Dolbahanta country, a few

have been met with and shot by sportsmen in the eastern parts of

the Haud Waterless Plateau.

I have been singularly unfortunate with this Antelope, never

having been in the country inhabited by it till I went to the

Nogal Valley three years ago. At that time the “Jilal,” or dry

season, was at its height, and all game scarce and shy. I never

got a Dibatag till last June, when on my return journey trom

Ogaden across the Waterless Plateau I made a detour of several

days to the east on purpose to shoot one.

I searched for Dibatag at Tur, a jungle due south of Toyo grass-

plains, the distance being some eighty miles from Berbera.

I was lucky in getting one good buck and in picking up two

pairs of horns. I saw a good many Dibatag, but all were wild and

shy. This is their extreme western limit, and they never by any

chance come so far south as the Golis range. Further east, towards

Buré, they are more plentiful and less shy.

Dibatag are very difficult to see, their purplish-grey colour

matching with the high “durr” grass in the glades where they

are found. Its glossy coat, shining like that of a well-groomed

; horse, reflects the surrounding colours, making it sometimes

almost invisible ; and at the best of times its slender body is hard

to make out.

I have often mistaken female Waller’s Gazelles for Dibatag, and

Ss re oe es ee,

1894, ] GAME-ANIMALS OF SOMALILAND. 319

shot one of the former in mistake for the latter. The habits and

gait are much the same, save that the Dibatag trots off with

head held up, and the long tail held erect over the back like

a stick, nearly meeting the head, while Waller’s Gazelle trots away

with its head down and its short tail screwed round. Like

Waller’s Gazelle, the Dibatag goes singly or in pairs, or small

families up to half a dozen or so.

Like Waller’s Gazelle also, the Dibatag is enabled by its long

neck and long upper lip to reach down branches of the mimosa

bushes from a considerable height. As I have mentioned before,

the shape of head and way of feeding of both the Dibatag and

Lithocranius walleri are giraffe-like, and I have seen both animals

standing on the hind legs, fore feet planted against the trunk of a

tree, when feeding. JI think Waller’s Gazelle subsists almost

entirely on bushes, as they are constantly found in places deserted

by Oryx and all other antelopes because there was no grass. I

have seen Dibatag feeding both on thorn-bushes and on the

“durr” grass. Both antelopes can live far from water.

The country most suitable for Dibatag is jungle of the “‘ Khansa ”

or umbrella mimosa alternating with glades of “durr” grass,

which grows about six feet high. The females are hornless.

Tun Sakdro AnTELOPES (see P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 307). *

There are certainly two of these small Antelopes, which are

called by the natives “* Sakdro Gussuli” or “ Gussuli,” and “ Sakdaro

Gol-ass” or ‘“ Gol-ass” (i.e. red-belly).

There is also a third Sakaro recognized by the Somalis, which I

have often shot and generally classed with the Gol-ass. It is smaller

than the Gol-ass and has yellowish grey on the sides of the belly

instead of red, but is in every other respect similar. The Somalis

call it “ Sakaro Guyu ” or “ Guyu,” and declare it to be a distinct

variety from the Gol-ass, to be known by its smaller size and

the yellow belly. It appears to be found wherever the Gol-ass is

found.

I have often noticed, in about two hundred specimens that I

have shot for food at one time or another during eight years, that

the skulls appear to vary much in size in adult animals, but my

attention was called to the third native name only at the end

of my last expedition.

I will therefore consider, in the absence of proof, that there are

only two kinds of this small antelope, viz. the Gussuli and the

Gol-ass.

The Gol-ass is the ordinary Somali “ Sakdro,’ which I have

mentioned in my former paper.

I came on the “Gussuli” for the first time a day’s journey

south of Seyyid Mahommed’s village in the Malingur tribe and all

over the Rer Amaden country. Its range is very similar to that

of the Rhinoceros, and it is found in many parts of the Haud,

1 [On these Antelopes see also Mr, Oldfield Thomas's paper, below, p, 323.—

P. L. 8.]

‘s

aa a ie ia rl

IO ED ae eR eee ED Tray

320 CAPT, H, G. C, SWAYNE ON THE [Apr. 3,

where it overlaps with the range of the Gol-ass. The female

Gussuli appear to be much larger than the male; and it is a

pretty safe rule, when looking fora buck, to fire at the smaller one.

The Gussuli have long snouts, in shape quite different from

that of the Gol-ass, being much longer and tapering to a point.

They are also somewhat larger than the Gol-ass, and are recognizable

in the bush by their grey colour. They start up in pairs or in

threes. Sometimes the bush is alive with them, and I have seen

more than a dozen run off together; but they do so only when

alarmed, and are not naturally gregarious.

Tue Berra ANTELOPE (see P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 308).

“IT first heard of the ‘ Beira’ near Ali-Maan, in the Gadabursi

country, among very rugged hills, in the autumn of 1891. Then

my brother (Capt. E. Swayne, Bengal Staff Corps) saw two for

the first time, but failed to get a shot.

“ He described them as reddish Antelopes, rather larger than the

Klipspringer, with small straight horns, bounding away among the

rocks exactly as a Klipspringer does.

“On my last trip the Somalis assured me that I should find

‘Beira’ on the Wagar Mountain and on Negegr, which is its eastern

continuation, is about 40 miles 8.S.E. of Berbera, and rises to

nearly 7000 feet. They said it was nearly as large as an ordinary

flabby-nosed Gazelle, but reddish—that it inhabited ground similar

to the Klipspringer, but was shy and difficult to shoot. This no

doubt accounts for no European having shot one, though my

brother heard of them so far back as 1891.

“T tried vainly to get ‘ Beira,’ having no time to go again to

Wagar myself. On leaving the coast last November, I sent men

in to look for ‘ Beira,’ offering a reward of 20 rs. for a good head

and skin of a male and female, and gave full instructions to my

agents in Berbera and Aden to pay the reward and to send me the

specimens. I received the two skins and pair of horns direct

from Aden, without explanation, but have no doubt whatever they

are the specimens of ‘ Beira’ which I sought. They have

evidently been killed by natives, and that accounts for the imper-

fect condition of the specimens. To my brother is due the credit

of the discovery.” *

Gritvy’s Zesra (Equus grevyi). Somali name “ Fer’o.”

Grévy’s Zebra was, I think, first shot in Somaliland by Colonel

Paget and myself on our simultaneous expeditions last spring.

1 found them first at Durhi, in Central Ogaden, between the

Tug Fafan and the Webbe, about 300 miles inland from Berbera.

I shot seven specimens, all of which were eaten by myself and my

* [Since this paper was read the “Beira” has been described by Herr

Menges (Zool. Anz. xvii. (1894) p. 130) as a new species, and called Oreotragus

megalotis—P. L. 8.]

1894. ] GAME-ANIMALS OF SOMALILAND. 321

thirty followers; in fact for many days we had no other food;

and this was no hardship whatever, as the meat is better than that

of many of the antelopes. The flesh is highly prized by the Rer

Amaden and Malingur tribes.

The Zebra was very common in the territory of these two tribes.

The country there is covered with scattered bush over its entire

surface, and is stony and much broken up by ravines ; the general

elevation is about 2500 feet above sea-level.

The Zebras, of which I saw probably not more than 200 in all,

were met with in small droves of about half a dozen, on low

plateaux covered with scattered thorn bush and glades of ‘“ durr”

grass, the soil being powdery and red in colour with an occasional

outcrop of rocks. In this sort of country they are very easy to

stalk, and I should never have fired at them for sport alone. I

saw none in the open flats of the Webbe valley, and they never

come near so far north as the open grass-plains of the Haud,

Durhi south of the Fafan being their northern limit.

The young Zebras have longer hair and the stripes are rather

light brown, turning to a deep chocolate, which is nearly black in

adult animals.

After firing at one of a drove of Zebras I was sorry to find on

going up fo it that it was a female, and that its foal was standing

by the body, refusing to run away though the rest had all gone.

We crept up to within ten yards of it, and made an unsuccessful

attempt to noose it with a rope weighted by bullets, but it made

off after the first try. We must have been quite five minutes

standing within ten yards in the thick bush while we were pre-

paring the noose.

Zebras are very inquisitive; when I was encamped for some

days at Hil-Fud, in the Rer Amaden country, the Zebras used to

come at night and bray and stamp round our camp, and were

answered by my Abyssinian mule. The sounds of the two

animals are very similar.

Buack Rutnoceros (Rhinoceros bicornis). Native name

“ Wiyil.”

For many years the Two-horned Rhinoceros has been known

to exist in the interior of Somaliland, and going further in

every year I have constantly been expecting to come upon their

ground.

The first Somali Rhinoceroses were shot by my brother and

myself in our expedition to the Abyssinian Border in August

1892, and since then only a few have been shot by Europeans.

They come far north of the range of the Zebras, sometimes

wandering as far as the open grass-plains of Toyo, a hundred miles

south of Berbera, where they hide in the patches of “ durr” grass,

They are common in the south-eastern Haud ; I never found any

signs of them in many expeditions in the Habr Awat, Hsa, and

Gadabursi countries. They are most common in the valley of the

Tug Fafan, and thence in the whole of the country as far as the

322 ON THE GAME-ANIMALS OF SOMALILAND. [Apr. 3,

Webbe, and they are plentiful beyond in Galla-land. They are

said to exist to the south-east of Berbera, but I never saw any

traces of them.

We found the Rhinoceros the most stupid game-animal we have

encountered, and easily approached if the wind is right. They

were not more prone to charge than Elephants, and I only had

one narrow escape. I have never seen more than three together.

The ground they like best is very stony broken hills with some

river-bed not too many miles distant, where they can go at night

to drink and bathe. They travel considerable distances to the river

and wander all night up and down the channel looking for a

convenient pool, and making a maze of tracks in the soft sand.

The Abbasgul, Malingur, and Rer Amaden tribes eat their flesh

when hungry, and I found it very good and lived for a week on it.

We could usually cut from 15 to 30 shields from each Rhinoceros,

3 inch thick and 15 inches in diameter, worth about a dollar apiece

at the coast.

Everywhere in Central Ogaden the caravan-tracks are turrowed

in grooves a yard or more long and six inches deep, which look

like the work of a plough. This is done by the Rhinoceros plunging

his front horn and hard thick lip into the ground as he walks

along.

pate pair of bull’s horns measure 19 inches for the front and

5 inches for the back one.

MiscetLtansous Nores.

Besides the animals mentioned in this and my previous paper,

the game-animals seen by me in Somaliland include Lions,

Elephants, Leopards, Wart-Hogs, and Ostriches.

The Spotted Hyzena is very common, and the Striped Hyena

rather rare. There is a wild dog, called “ Yey,” which I have

never seen or shot.

Crocodiles swarm in the Webbe-Shabeyli river. I had a horse

dragged into the river and killed by one. There are a few schools

of Hippopotami, one of which had its usual abode near Sen-

Morettu, but I failed to find it, only coming upon the fresh

tracks.

There are Giraffes in the Aulihan country, three days from Burka,

but I gave them up for the chance of going to the Arussi

Gallas.

While on the Webbe I heard that four Buffaloes, all bulls,

had strayed from the Geriré Galla country, through eighty miles

of bush, and had taken up their abode in the forest on the Webbe

banks at Sen-Morettu, four years before my visit to that spot. My

informant, a Gilimiss Somali, told me his father had killed two

of them, two years before, with poisoned arrows, and that two

remained.

I found their fresh tracks, the first I had ever seen, and tried

very hard for two days to get a sight of them. We put them up

1894.] ON THE DWARF ANTELOPES OF THE GENUS MADOQUA. 323

eight times at a few yards distance in the fearfully dense forest,

without once seeing them, and organizing a drive next day they

broke through the line of beaters and got away, making for the

distant Galla Hills. These are the only Buffaloes I ever heard of

in Somaliland.

They are said by the Gallas to be plentiful on the Webbe Web,

a tributary of the Juba, three days distant from Karanle.

2. On the Dwarf Antelopes of the Genus Madoqua.

By Oupriztp Tuomas, F.Z.S.

[Received March 17, 1894. ]

The genus Madoqua (by which name, as Mr. Sclater has pointed

out, Neotragus of most authors should be known") consists up to

the present of three species—M. saltiana, Blainy., from Abyssinia,

M. kirki, Ginth., from 8. Somali and E. Africa, and M. dama-

rensis, Giinth.”, from Damaraland. During the recent opening up

of the fauna of Somaliland, the North-Somali specimens, without

any very detailed comparison, have been referred to M. saltiana,

and the Central-Somali ones to WM. kirki, these being indeed their

nearest allies in each case; but now, on a careful examination of

the whole genus, which has been helped by the further material

recently collected by Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, and presented to the

Museum by Mr. Sclater, I have come to the conclusion not only

that these two are each different from the species to which they

have been respectively referred, but also that there is a third Somali

species, different again from the other two. I have therefore now

to describe all three species as new.

It happens most unfortunately that a good deal of the material

before me has been collected by sportsmen who have not been

trained as professional collectors, and who, in crossing the ranges

of the three Somali species, have killed and brought home a number

of skins and skulls, but the exact reference of these each to the

other is not always quite certain. By care in the selection of type

specimens, however, risk of error from this cause is minimized, much

as it has added to my difficulties in working out the genus.

The genus is readily divisible into two very distinct groups, of

which M. saltiana and M. kirki are respectively typical; the

1 Madoqua, Ogilb. P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 157. Type M. saltiana, Blainv.

Neotragus, Gray et auct. plurim. (nec H. Sm. in Griff. An, King. iv. p. 269.

Type NV. pygmeus, L.).

The genus which has hitherto borne the name of Nanotragus, Sund. (1846),

must therefore now be known by that of Neotragus,

2 Mr. True, in his paper on the Mammals of Kilima-njaro (P. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xv. p. 477, 1892), has suggested that M. kirki and M. damarensis are the same,

and uses for them the latter of these two names, unaccountably as it appears

to me, kirki having been the first described. In my opinion, however,

M. damarensis is really distinct from M. kirkii, being considerably larger than

the latter, as may be seen by the synopsis and measurements given below.

a aT ee

324 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE DWARF [Apr. is

characters that divide them are practically those brought out by

Dr. Giinther in his description of the latter’, at least so far as the

skulls and teeth are concerned.

Fig. 1.

ipa

DoW aT PGE

Skull of Madoqua guentheri, side view. Reduced.

The first species to be described belongs to the kirki section, and

of this, which I propose to name in honour of Dr. Giinther, who

first described the remarkable cranial peculiarities of the members

of the section, the Museum possesses the following material :—

a. Immature skull, g¢. Central Somaliland. E. Lort Phillips.

B.M. 86.11.19.2 ?.

b. Adult skull, 9. Central Ogaden, 3000 feet, Aug. 1893.

Capt. H. G. C. Swayne. 94.2.21.18. Type.

c,d. 2ad. skins, 2. Central Ogaden, 3000 feet, Aug. 1893.

Capt. H.G. C. Swayne. 94.2.21.16,17.

Taking as the type the skull 6, which in all probability belongs

to one or other of the skins c¢, d, the species may be briefly

diagnosed as :—

MapboQua GUENTHERI, sp. n.

Essential characters of M. kirki, but the lower, premaxillary

part of muzzle much longer and narrower, while the nasals are

much shorter. Tip of nasals, and also the front edge of the upper

part of the secondary process of the maxille, where it meets the

nasals, level with the front edge of p.4 instead of p-2. Pre-

maxille not reaching to nasals. Breadth of muzzle halfway

between gnathion and p.2 less than a quarter the distance

1 P. Z.8. 1880, p. 17.

* The skull mentioned by Sclater, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 504. The skin referred

to at the same time, as is clearly shown by its size and other characters, did

not really belong, as was supposed, to this skull, but to another, younger one

(86.11.19.3), and is referable to the species described below as M. phillipsi.

1894, | ANTELOPES OF THE GENUS MADOQUA. 325

between these two last-named points, while in M. kirki this breadth

is about one-third. Teeth rather smaller than in M. kirki. M3

with the additional third lobe found in M. kirki and damarensis,

but it is decidedly smaller than in either of these species.

For dimensions of the typical skuil see table, p. 326.

Externally, the species, as judged by the skins ¢ and d, is

coloured almost precisely as in M. kirki, and the only obvious dif-

ference is that the snout is far more elongated and proboscis-like,

and fully justifies the remarks on its extraordinary length often

made by Somali sportsmen, remarks which, taking them as applied

to M. kirki, have always appeared to be somewhat exaggerated.

The function of the proboscis is as yet quite unknown, but one

might put forward as a suggestion the possibility of its being of

service in searching for bulbs under the surface of the soil.

The second species, which I propose to name in honour of

Mr. E. Lort Phillips, who was the first to obtain it and to whom

the Museum is indebted for so much interesting Somali material,

belongs to the WM. salttana group, distinguished by the absence of

the third lobe on M3 and by its less specialized muzzle.

Fig. 2.

Skull of Madoqgua guentheri, top view. Reduced.

Of this, which has hitherto been put down as M, saltiana, there

are before me the following specimens :—

a,b. Adult ¢ & 9, in spirit. Dobwain, in the Maritime Hills,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XXII. 22

= "1,.GG ATMO SI GANSVOTT [ePIQIOAOZUL [VJWOAZ ONT OY} JV} OS ‘Az[[IXBUT PUB s[ByUOIAJ OY} WEMJ0q UOTJoUNL 94} SuoTe epIs Youve uo

sortes aepour toddn jo qysuery

¥ e os eceeseccvacesnecnocceueenace zd

6-86 6 0€ 9-66 1G oL6 { JO SnpOeATe JO yWOay 0} UOTTLUDH

e fi G-E¢ GIG g-9G oF Ip GEg eS TOF OCT SaaS

4 E 0h 0.08 1g 8% G-1G ras i la Poy UREN

: S GIP G86 a ¢-8¢ PLE G-OF it, a) SRGOS 1° ieee

2a : OF GLE GF 1-88 9¢ 6g vreeeesesees Uanvarg [etoduto}Loyuy

ve = 9 8 19 1F G9E cg G.1P ‘(syeyuoay UO) YYpRedq [eqIqLOAozUT

< GBT GFT LST OT 6-F1 0 “eeeeees TA DBAALG POUIGULOS ‘sTese NT

: iS GLT CGI L1G 61 GT 9-86 pipenersenarceveconees Bay “SPOseyy

¥ 3 9-19 GG 9¢ (‘) L1G G-8P GGG eos Upeeiq, 4897800)

8 Si - eae Ee = as ea a oo ee ee

b> ry P ro Pp ie) fe) Sanvoocdarerocia ee seeers vane sie xag

‘OT ISC FG SSECTCL TSC GL “10Z'9'88 OCIS EG EOTGO TT easenee PPrcadrn. teseeeeeeee cog

“quayjwanb "yay “sIsuaLnuop asdyjiyd “rzauhnms PDT OAD ye | aecamnel alse Pelee tgeeew el sotoadg

;

*(SOTJOUMT[[IUL UL) spuamaunsnou-jynyg fo 21907,

326

1894. ] ANTELOPES OF THE GENUS MADOQUA. 327

40 miles S. of Berbera, Jan. 1888. E. Lort Phillips.

88.6.20.7,8. a the type.

c. Imm. skin’) g. “Central Somali.” E. Lort Phillips.

86.11.19.2.

d. Young skull (probably belonging to ¢). E. Lort Phillips.

86.11.19.3.

e-t. 2 skins and 3 skulls. Berbera. Capt. H. G. C. Swayne.

93.12.1.8,9 ; 94.2.21.12,13, & 19.

As compared with Abyssinian examples of M. saltiana, the

following are the characteristics of

Mapoqgva PHILLIPSI, sp. n.

Size decidedly smaller than in WM. saltiana (see skull-measure-

ments below). Back finely grizzled ashy grey ; sides, shoulders,

Fig. 3.

Skull of Madoqua phillipst. Reduced.

and limbs bright rufous (‘“ cinnamon,” Ridgway), as compared with

the faint rufous of the shoulders and limbs of WM, saltiana. Head-

colours and markings apparently as usual.

1 The skin mentioned by Sclater, /. ¢.

22*

328 ON THE DWARF ANTELOPES OF THE GENUS MADOQUA. [Apr. 3,

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in-spirit :—Head and

body 470 mm., hind foot to base of hoof 159, ear from notch 59.

For skull-measurements see table, p. 326.

Hab. Northern half of Somaliland.

This, the ordinary “ Dik-Dik” of Northern Somaliland, seems

to be very common throughout its range. Capt. Swayne tells me

that during every day’s march they are constantly being put up

and shot, exactly like the common European hare, the habits of

which they closely imitate.

Although undoubtedly very closely allied to the Abyssinian

species, its differences, both in size and colour, appear to be so

marked and so constant that I no longer feel justified in assigning

it to that form. The name of JM. saltiana should therefore be

entirely struck out of the list of the Somali fauna.

Lastly we have to deal with a species which, found, like

M. phillipsi, near Berbera, is there well-known as distinct both to

sportsmen and natives, and has a different local name. I propose

to name it after the enthusiastic naturalist and sportsman who first

drew my attention to its distinctness, and whose notes on it have

been already published in the ‘ Proceedings.’

MApoQua SWAYNEI, sp. n.

Colour approximately as in M. saltiana; size less than in M.

phillipsi, and therefore far less than in MM. saltiana. Colour of

back grey with a strong fulvous suffusion (* isabella” of Ridgway

seems the nearest, but is not yellowish enough). Limbs rufous,

and sides faintly so, but very different from the strong well-defined

rufous of M. phillipsi.

Of this species the Museum has three skins, brought home by

Capt. Swayne from Berbera, and of these No. 94.2.21.15 is

selected as the type.

The measurements are as follows :—Head and body (c.) 500 mm.,

hind foot without hoofs 149, length of hoof 22.

Besides the skins, one skull of Capt. Swayne’s (94.2.21.20) and

another one (85.11.16.3), collected at Gerbatir, N. Somali, by Herr

Menges, are referred provisionally to this species, and the measure-

ments of the former given in the table on p. 326.

Capt. Swayne tells me that the native name of M. swaynei is

“Guyu,” of M. phillipsi “ Gol-ass,” and of M. guenthert “ Gussuli.”

The following rough synopsis of the species of Madoqua will

help to summarize the results arrived at :—

A. Last lower molar without a third lobe ; upper line of premaxille slanting,

scarcely curved. Proboscis less developed.

a. Back yellowish or fulvous grey, sides scarcely more rufous.

a‘, Size larger, basal length of skull 95 mm. Abyssinia.

1. M. saltiana, Blainy.

b?, Size smaller, basal length of skull about 78 mm. N. Somali.

2. M. swaynei, Thos.

‘eo “SNWIS SOUADONIHY

‘dun ‘soag useyuyy LNT TEP wag

WAX. Ta WEST Ss icc.

1894. ] ON THE WHITE RHINOCEROS IN MASHONALAND. 329

b. Back grey, sides and shoulders rich rufous or cinnamon ; size intermediate

between last two (skull 84 mm.), N. Somali.

3. M. phillipsi, Thos.

B. Last lower molar with a third lobe; upper line of premaxille S-shaped.

Proboscis more developed.

e. Tip of nasals about level with front edge of anterior premolar, about

33 mm. from end of premaxillz (gnathion).

e', Back of orbit to gnathion about 86 mm. Damaraland.

4, M. damarensis, Ginth.

d’, Back of orbit to gnathion about 76 mm. 8S. Somali to Kilima-njaro.

5. M. kirki, Giinth.

d. Tip of nasals about level with back of middle premolar and about 42 mm.

from gnathion.

e?. Plateau of Central Somaliland. 6. M. guentheri, Thos,

P.S. (April 13th, 1894).—Since this paper was read Dr. E.

Donaldson Smith has presented the British Museum with further

examples of the two Northern Somali species—M, phillipsi (from

Milmil, 1894) and J. swaynei (also from Milmil).

3. On the Occurrence of the White or Burchell’s Rhinoceros

in Mashonaland. By R. T. Corynpon.

[Received March 30, 1894.]

(Plate XVIIL?)

This subject cannot but have a melancholy interest, not only to

zovlogists, but to sportsmen and naturalists all the world over, for it

is more than probable that before the close of this century the

White Rhinoceros, the largest of all the mammals after the Elephant,

will be extinct, and this, too, with but very few preserved specimens

in existence to give the natural-history student of the future an

idea of its enormous size and peculiar structure.

In the early hunting days in Matabililand, and in the high well-

watered country which has since come to be known as Mashonaland,

Rhinoceroses of both kinds were comparatively common: the White

(Rhinoceros simus) was found usually in the open grass-country,

the Black (£. bicornis) usually in the rugged hill-country. It is

now generally recognized that there arein Africa only two varieties

1 [The figure (Plate XVIII.) is taken from one of the male specimens shot by

Mr. Coryndon, which has been excellently mounted for the Tring Museum by

Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S8., of Piccadilly. It is described (‘Land and Water,’

April 14, 1894, p. 571) as follows :—

“The specimen stands 6 feet 14 in. at the withers; length between uprights

12 feet 1 in.; length from lip, along bases of horns, up between ears, and fol-

lowing curves of back to root of tail, 13 feet; to tip of tail 15 feet 83 in ; girth

behind shoulders 10 feet 34 in.; girth round fore-arm 3 feet 44 in. The de-

velopment of the muscle of the fore-arm attracts attention at once. The width

of the lip between the greatest depth of the nostrils is jusi under 12 inches,

The anterior horn measures 2 feet 3 in. round the base, and is 1 foot 104 in.

from base to ‘ tip.”

Mr. Rothschild asks me to add the following remarks :—‘‘ In years gone by,

when this species was common throughout the Cape Colony, those found

in the south-west are said to have been much paler and whiter in colour than

those in the north-east, and may have justified to a certain extent the name of

White Rhinoceros,”—P. L. 8.]

> a , __ i -. oh. a 4 4 ee Tae Pas ae

= A ‘

_—

330 MR, R, T. CORYNDON ON THE fApr. 3,

of the Rhinoceros, the black and the white ; the old Dutch elephant-

hunters always believed in several, and advanced as their reasons

the different lengths of the anterior horn, and made their decisions

by this standard alone. Both Rhinoceroses are easy to shoot, and

it is small wonder that when a long train of carriers has to be fed,

or when natives are hunting for a supply of meat to carry back to

their kraals, rhinoceroses were shot in preference to buck, wary

and difficult to stalk as they are and as a rule more tenacious of

life. Furthermore, it is natural that a White Rhinoceros should be

shot in preference to a Black, for they generally carry a good deal

more fat, are very much larger, and as a rule have larger and more

valuable horns.

As time went on both white and native hunters carried on their

work until, a few years ago, naturalists and sportsmen woke up to

the tact that there were very few of the White Rhinoceros left in

the country. This happened at an unfortunate time, for just then

Mr. F. C. Selous, whom I consider the only scientific hunter between

the Crocodile and the Zambesi Rivers, was engaged by the Chartered

Company to guide the Pioneer Expedition up to Mashonaland,

and was in consequence unable to afford the time necessary for a

trip to the country where they were supposed still to exist. Need-

less to say, all this time the natives were shooting in the ordinary

course and naturally did not understand the view taken in England ;

had they fully appreciated it, however, I do not suppose it would

have made any material difference to them.

Thus it was that, thanks to their greater size and to the fact

that they carried more fat and finer horns than the Black, the

Square-mouthed Rhinoceros has gradually disappeared, and was,

until we shot those obtained in 1892, considered by zoologists to

be very nearly, if not quite, extinct.

How these names—the Black and White—originated, I do not

know, and I have heard of no satisfactory theory.

No serious assertion has, I believe, ever been put forward

that the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros occurs north of the Zambesi;

certainly no horns in any way resembling the massive growths of

R. simus have been brought from there. Count Teleki claims to have

shot a White Rhinoceros in N.E. Africa, not far, I think, from

Kenia. It is interesting to see that he bases his claim upon the fact

that this rhinoceros was of a distinctly lighter colour than the

ordinary varieties ; but, as a matter of fact, there is no difference be-

tween the colours of the two African species. If anything, I fancy

the so-called White Rhinoceros is the darker-coloured animal of the

two.

I have lately heard of two events which are certainly interesting,

but which, I think, bear no real significance. About 12 years ago

Colonel Coke made a short shooting-expedition into Somaliland ;

he started, I believe, from Witu, and while hunting some distance

inland he purchased from a caravan several rhinoceros horns. One

of these horns, Dr. Giinther tells me, it is more than probable is a

White Rhinoceros horn. Should this surmise prove to be correct,

1894.] WHITE RHINOCEROS IN MASHONALAND. 331

it is difficult to conjecture how this solitary horn got into Central

Africa. The second instance is this: I hear that information from

Lisbon has been received in London to the effect that the White

Rhinoceros has been seen upon the borders of Angola, on the West

Coast of Africa. Now it is possible, I suppose, that continued

persecution may have driven this animal from the north-eastern part

of Mashonaland to the upper grounds—still absolutely undisturbed

—of the Zambesi; though it is extremely improbable that it would

go so far as Angola. Besides, the White Rhinoceros is so entirely

connected with the country south of the Zambesi that it is more

than possible that the traveller who brought this information may

have been mistaken.

The main points of difference between the two African Rhino-

ceroses are the shape of the mouth and the manner of feeding.

R. bicornis has a prehensile upper lip and a much smaller head

altogether than 2. simus ; he feeds entirely upon leaves and twigs

and prefers a rough, bushy, inhospitable country ; he is wary and

shy, quick to anger and exceedingly obstinate, inquisitive, and

suspicious. &. simus has a disproportionately large head with a

great jaw which is cut off quite square in front, and the great

rubber-like lips are suited for the grass upon which he feeds

entirely, though in the autumn and winter, when vast stretches

of country have been burnt away, it is a puzzle how he manages

to get enough nutriment to sustain his great bulk. He carries

his head very low, and has long ears slightly tipped with curly

black hair; he is not so inquisitive or suspicious as his black

brother, and is slightly more sluggish in his movements, though

upon occasion he can cover the ground with unexpected speed.

Another curious fact is that the calf of A. simus always runs in

front of the cow, while the calf of R. bicornis invariably follows

its mother: this habit never varies.

Rhinoceroses drink every day—or rather every night, and as a

rule do not go down to the water till after midnight. When the

sun gets very warm they generally enjoy a siesta, sometimes in the

bush and sometimes out in the glaring, quivering heat; and though

they will occasionally lie in thick bush they do not make a point of

choosing the deepest shade. When fairly asleep they do not

waken easily, and they may then be readily shot or photographed.

Tam convinced, along with Mr. Selous, that the temper of the

rhinoceros has been put down very generally as much worse than it

really is. One strong proof of this is that a native hunter will

seldom lose the opportunity of a shot at a rhinoceros, whereas

he will very rarely take advantage of any chance he may get at a

lion, elephant, or buffalo. When rudely awakened from a comfort-

able doze by such a sudden shock as a 10-bore bullet most probably

produces, it is not surprising that a rhinoceros should feel annoyed

or that he should express such annoyance by a charge ; but I can-

not believe that the majority of the “ vicious attacks” sustained—

by their own account—by hunters were intended as such by the

somewhat slow-witted animal.

¢ Sa ea eo BA Te ae eg ee es ee

oS a an

332 MR. R. T. CORYNDON ON THE (Apr. 3

I will now describe a curious habit of R. simus; it is in the

manner of dropping its dung. AR. bicornis, after doing this, pro-

ceeds to stamp upon the dung and to tear and dig up the ground in

the immediate vicinity, so that there is absolutely no chance of any

one missing the place where a R. bicornishas spent the day.

R. simus, however, leaves his dung alone and does not trample

and scatter it about ; moreover, he is conservative in these matters ;

he always drops his dung in one place until he has raised a huge

heap, then he starts the same operation in another place, and so on.

For this reason it is impossible to confound the species when

following spoor, in addition to which the footprints of R. simus are

much larger than those of R. hicornis, and one observes also the

marks that each leaves upon the twigs or the grass they feed upon.

I think the longest horn of FR. simus known measures 563 inches,

and I believe specimens of the horns of /. bicornis are in existence

which measure 40 inches. It goes, of course, without saying that

all the long-horned examples of R. simus have been shot out of the

country years ago. Should, in the future, another specimen be shot

and preserved, I fancy the hunter will not cavil at the length—or

rather the shortness—of the horn it may carry.

Until 1892, the last White Rhinoceros shot was, I believe, in

1886. John Engelbrecht and another Dutchman then killed ten of

them, and five more were shot in the same season by native hunters

from Matabililand.

It is a curious fact that under the skin of the two animals which

I shot I found six native bullets, which the Rhinoceroses must have

carried about with them for years; two of these bullets were of

hammered iron and four were of lead. This remarkable fact is

decidedly in favour of my argument that it is impossible to preserve

the very few remaining specimens, as the natives of course do not

look at the matter from the same point of view as savants at home;

they want meat, and when they shoot or trap an animal, which is

luckily seldom, they do not preserve the skin.

If the Rhinoceroses are not shot by white men they will most

assuredly be shot by natives. In the former case the skeletons and

hides will be set up for the public benefit in our museums; in the

latter—well, a few jackals and vultures, and some small kraal hidden

away in the bush in the almost unexplored flats in Africa, will alone

benefit—and at a cost which I fancy Europeans do not as yet suf-

ficiently appreciate. As time goes on zoologists will the more regret

that the largest of land mammals after the Elephant has become

extinct—and this, too, although almost unrepresented in all the

splendid museums in Europe and America.

I will now give a short account of the specimens of the White

Rhinoceros that I have lately shot.

About the middle of 1892 I was on the Zambesi, and after

spending some time with the Portuguese, I proceeded to return to

Salisbury in Mashonaland. On the way we found three White

Rhinoceroses and shot the calf; the two old ones, though badly

wounded, managed to escape. Next morning my companion,

1894.] WHITE RHINOCEROS IN MASHONALAND. 333

Mr. Arthur Eyre, succeeded in shooting an old cow; she had a small

calf with her, and we captured it with the intention of bringing it

to England. In spite of our greatest care, however, it died on the

ninth day. I wrote an account of this to the ‘ Field,’ and received

subsequently a commission from a great English collector to shoot a

specimen for him. In the first few days of June 1893 I started alone

from Salisbury and, by the greatest of good luck, found some spoor

in North-east Mashonaland before the end of July. I then formed

a permanent camp, and began to work up and trace the spoor. For

five days from sunrise till dark I patrolled and quartered every yard

of country for a good number of miles, and on the sixth day I

saw—though so far off that they appeared like dark specks—two

of the huge brutes I was searching for. The first thing to do of

course was to get below the wind, as when they were first sighted

the wind blew directly from me to them. In an hour’s time I was

crawling towards them through the fringe of bush that lay about

150 to 170 yards below the open position they had chosen for

their midday siesta. I thought they might give me some trouble,

so I took my coloured boy with me—he could shoot rather

well and carried a single 12-bore rifle. As I crawled on my

stomach towards them with the greatest possible care, I saw one

of them had become suspicious and had got on to his feet, evidently

much disturbed. When this happened I flattened myself lower if

possible into the sharp grass stubble and black ash—this latter was

the result of a devastating grass fire which had occurred a few

weeks before. It seemed hours before this very painful crawl

brought me to the small tuft of dry grass I was making for. After

waiting for some time I was relieved to see the other brute stand

up; I whispered a few words to the boy, and then kneeling right

up quickly we lifted the rifles. The larger bull stood on the left and

almost facing me, the other stood broadside on ; I did not wish to

break any great bones, so I did not fire at the point of the

shoulder—which would have been the usual shot under the

circumstances—but put the bullet from the 10-bore “ Paradox ”

between the first two ribs and into the lung: as the huge brute

spun round, I put the second shot behind the ribs; it travelled

forwards and also, I found afterwards, reached the lungs. The

boy fired his rifle almost simultaneously with my first shot, and

as the animals went off in opposite directions we jumped up and

followed them at our best pace. For over a mile the old bull went

like a steam-engine; he gradually, however, settled down, and I

came up and gave him two more bullets from behind: this helped

him on again, but not for more than half a mile, when he slackened

ayvain. I soon ran up to him and found him beginning to stagger, for

all this time he had been throwing blood by the gallon from his

nostrils. One more shot finished him, and as he sank down with

a kind of sob the buffalo-birds (Buphaya) left him and with shrill

notes of alarm they flew up and, circling for a few minutes over us,

disappeared in the direction that the other rhinoceros had taken,

I was completely exhausted by the severe run, and taking out my

334 MISS E. M, SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES [Apr. 3,

pipe I sat down for a short rest upon the huge grey head. The

second bull succumbed about half a mile from where I had first

fired. It was now well on in the afternoon, and my “ skerm” was

about six miles away; so, leaving the animals where they were, I

went to the camp, packed up my goods, and came back again. It

was then close to sunset, and I had only time to take two quick

shots with the camera and make a cut in the stomach and bush the

carcass up for the night. I then went to the second bull, cut him

open, bushed him up, and then in the pitch darkness proceeded to

make a large skerm, for it was to be permanent for several days at

any rate. Next morning the carcasses had swelled up considerably,

but I managed to take a few measurements and make some sketches

before skinning them. For eleven days I stayed at that skerm,

cleaning the bones, drying the skins, and watching the boys, for

they had an annoying habit of throwing the smaller bones away ;

it may be imagined that, with the quantity of small scraps of meat

lying about in the hot sun, in a few days the place had grown—

well, unpleasant !

I stayed about that country a few days longer, then brought the

specimens into Salisbury—not without a very considerable amount

of trouble. A few days after that I left Salisbury with the troops

for Matabililand, served through the whole of the war, and then in

January I came home. The Rhinoceroses preceded me by a few

weeks. One of them will be set up in the Natural History

Museum at South Kensington ; of the other, the skeleton goes to

the Cambridge University Museum, and the skin to the Hon.

Walter Rothschild’s Museum at Tring.

4, List of Butterflies collected by Captain J. W. Pringle,

R.E., on the March from Teita to Uganda, in British

East Africa. By Emity Mary Suarre’.

[Received March 20, 1894.]

(Plate XIX.)

The collection of Butterflies described in the present paper

was made by Captain Pringle, R.E., during his survey for the

projected railway to Uganda on behalf of the Government, under

the auspices of the Imperial British East-African Company. The

care with which the elevations have been recorded by him renders

the collection of especial value to the student of the geographical

distribution of Lepidoptera, and it is much to be regretted that

such an accurate observer as Captain Pringle was not enabled to

make a longer stay in East Africa.

In this communication I have referred especially to Mr. Kirby’s

‘Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ to Dr. Roland Trimen’s work

on South-African Butterflies, and to a paper by Mr. Hampson

* Communicated by Dr. R. Bowpier Suarre, F.Z.S,

as tt ae

PLS" (BSA EV ae

M.Horman Fisher del et lith. Mintern Bros .Chromo

NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH FAST AFRICA

1894, ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 335

entitled “ Lepidoptera from the Sabaki River,” Ann. Nat. Hist.

(6) vii. 1891.

I am much indebted to Dr. A. G. Butler for his kind help in

identifying the more obscure species mentioned in the present

paper.

Family Dana.

1, LIMNAS KLUGII.

LTimnas klugii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 758; Hampson, Ann.

Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 179 (1891, Sabaki River).

a. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 1-15, 1893.

b. Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 1892.

c. Teita to Ndara Hill, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

d. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 4-6, 1892.

é. March from Mbololo in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 9-11, 1892.

2. MELINDA FORMOSA.

Danais formosa, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix. fig. 1

(Gnuru Hills, E. Africa).

Melinda formosa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 229.

a. Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May 4, 1892.

3. AMAURIS ECHERIA.

Amauris echeria (Stoll); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. p. 8

(1871); Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. i. p. 57 (1887).

Nebroda echerra (Stoll) ; Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 228.

a—c. Teita to Ndara Hill, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

d. Teita, 3500, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 5-6, 1892.

Family SaryRipz.

4, MuLANITIS LEDA.

Melanitis leda (Linn.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 43 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 112 (1887).

Melamtis solandra (Fabr.); Butler, Cat. Lepid. Satyr. p. 3

(1868).

Melantis bankia (Fabr.); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180

(1891, Sabaki River).

a. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

5. MoNoTRICHTIS SAFI'TZA.

Mycalesis safitza, Hewits.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 87 (1871); Butler,

Cat. Satyr. p. 128 (1868); Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 105 (1887).

Mycalesis (Monotrichtis) safitza, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180

(1891, Sabaki River).

a. Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b-d, Teita to Ndara Hill, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

336 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES [Apr. 3,

6. MYCALESIS PERSPICUA,

Mycalesis perspicua, Trim.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 707 (1877) ;

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 107 (1887).

Samanta perspicua, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 59 (Tobbo).

a, b. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 1-15, 1892.

c. Maunguto Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet, Dec. 12, 1891.

7. MYCALESIS SOCOTRANA.

Calysisme socotrana, Butl. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 175, pl. xvii. fig. 7

(Socotra).

a. Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

8. YPprHIMA DOLETA.

Mycalesis doleta, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. (2) ii. p. 336

(1880); Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 220 (Lower Niger).

a. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsayo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 9-11, 1892.

h. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

9. YprHIMA ALBIDA. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

Ypthima albida, Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 59 (Féda).

a. Teita District.

10. NEOCHNYRA DUPLEX.

Neocenyra duplex, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 758 (Somaliland).

a. Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

4, Mreru in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet, Jan. 9-11, 1892.

ce. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 1-15, 1892.

RHAPHICEROPSIS, gen. nov.

Similar to the genus Neope, but easily distinguished by the

spatulate club to the antenne. The type is

11. RHAPHICEROPSIS PRINGLEI, sp. n. (Plate XIX. figs. 1, 2.

Colour very pale primrose-yellow with black markings. Fore

wing: basal half pale yellow, the apical half black as well as the

hind margin beyond the posterior angle. There are three small

spots of yellow, one in each of the second and third median

nervules, and the third above the subcostal nervure. From the

costal margin is an oblique mark of yellow reaching to the apical

end of the discoidal cell; base of wing blackish ; near the base is

a small black spot.

Hind wing almost entirely primose-yellow, the mottlings of

the under surface visible; a black line along the costa and

hind margin to the anal angle; on the first median nervule is a

small maroon spot ; above the hind marginal border a black spot

between the first and second median nervule, the marginal line

1894.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 337

being divided by a thread of primrose-yellow from the anal angle

to the third median nervule.

Expanse 1°7 inch.

a,b. Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May 5, 1892.

Family AcR#zIDZ.

12. ACR#ZA REGALIS.

Acrea regalis, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 20

(1893).

a. Maungu Hill, 3100 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b. Kibwezi, Feb. 5, 1892.

13. ACR#A CIRCEIS.

Acrea circeis (Drury); Kirby, op. cit. p. 132 (1871).

a. Usoga to Uganda, June 1892.

14, ACREHA BRASIA.

Acrea bresia, Godm. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 538 (Kilimanjaro) ;

Hampson, op. cit. (6) vil. p. 180 (1891, Sabaki River).

a, b. Teita to Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

c. Kibwezi, Feb. 5, 1892.

15. ACRHA NATALICA.

Acrea naialica, Boisd.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 132 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. 1. p. 155 (1887); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a, 6. Teita to Ndara Hill, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1890.

¢. March from Maungu Hill to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400

feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

16, ACR#A BUXTONI.

Acrea buxtoni, Butl.; Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 170 (1887); id.

P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 74 (South-western Africa).

a. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

17. ACRZA VINIDIA.

Acrea vinidia, Hew.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 720 (1877).

a-h. Uganda.

18. ACRZHA CABIRA.

Acrea cabira, Hopft.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 1382 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 173 (1887).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

b. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

338 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES ' (Apr. 3,

19. ACRHA PHARSALUS.

Acrea pharsalus, Ward ; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 720 (1877).

a. Uganda.

20. ACRHA PERENNA.

Acrea perenna, Doubl. & Hewits.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 185 (1871).

Gnesia perenna, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 66 (Kangasi).

a. Uganda.

21. ACR#HA LYCIA.

Acrea lycia (Fabr.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 131 (1871).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

22. ACRHA OREAS.

Acrea oreas, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 193, pl. xvii. fig. 5

(Mt. Elgon).

a-c. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May 4

1892.

23. PLANEMA JOHNSTONI.

Acrea johnstoni, Godm. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 587 (Kilimanjaro) ;

Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.

Acrea proteina, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. p. 25, pl. i. fig. 4

(1893).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

24, PLANEMA FULVESCENS.

Acrea proteina fulvescens, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. p. 26, pl. ii.

fig. 21 (1893).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

This specimen does not entirely agree with M. Obertbiir’s

figure, having less black on both wings. It is probably a variation

of P. johnstoni, Godm., with which P. proteina of Oberthiir is

undoubtedly identical.

25. PLANEMA MONTANA.

Planema montana, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91 (Kilimanjaro).

a. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Jan. 3, 1892.

b. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

26. ALENA JoHANNE. (Plate XIX. fig 5.)

Alena johanne, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 442

(1890).

a. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

1894. | FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 339

Family NyMPHALIDZ.

27. HYPANARTIA DELIUS.

Hypanartia delius (Drury); Kirby, op. cit. p. 181 (1871).

a, 6. Teita District.

28. JUNONIA CLELIA.

Junonia cleha (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 187 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 214 (1887).

Junonia enone (Linn.) ; Hampson, op. cit. (6) vil. p. 180 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 feet to 2400

feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

c. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

d. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

e. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

29, JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 210 (1887).

Junonia crebrene, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180 (1891, Sabaki

River).

a. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

6, c. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 30, 1891.

d. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

30. JUNONIA WESTERMANNI.

Junonia westermanni, Westw.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 734 (1877).

a. Teita District.

31, PREOCIS TEREA.

Precis terea (Drury); Kirby, op. cit. p. 189 (1871).

a, 6. Teita District.

32. PRECIS NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Feld.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 190 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 238 (1887).

Junonia natalica, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180 (1891, Sabaki

River).

a. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 30, 1891.

6. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

c. March from Voi River to Ndi, 2300 feet, Jan. 8, 1892.

d. Ndara Hill to Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

e. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 16, 1892.

: “

340 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES (Apr. 3,

33, PRECIS LIMNORIA.

Precis limnoria (Klug); Kirby, op. cit. p. 190 (1871); Butl.

P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 759 (Somali-land).

a-c. March from Maungu Hill to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to

2400 feet.

d. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

34, PRECIS SINUATA.

Precis sinuata, Plotz; E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 555.

a, b. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

35, PRECIS CUAMA.

Precis cuama (Hewits.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 191 (1871).

a, 6. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

c-e. March from Maungu Hill to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400

feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

36. PRECIS SESAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 231 (1887).

a. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May 4, 1892.

37. PRECIS CLOANTHA.

Precis cloantha (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 191 (1871) ; Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 222 (1887).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

6. March from Kikuyu to the Victoria Nyanza vid Mau and

Sotik, 8000 feet, May 4, 1892.

38. ERGOLIS ENOTREA.

Ergolis enotrea (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 195 (1871).

a. Teita District.

39. EURYTELA HIARBAS.

Eurytela hiarbas (Drury); Kirby, op. cit. p. 195 (1871); Tri-

men, op. cit. i. p. 258 (1887).

a. March from Kikuyu to the Victoria Nyanza vié@ Mau and

Sotik, 8000 feet, May 4, 1892.

40, EURYTELA DRYOPE.

Eurytela dryope (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 194 (1871) ; Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 261 (1887); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a—c. Voi River, Teita, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

41. EuryTELA OPHIONE.

Eurytela ophione (Cram.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 195 (1871).

a-c. Voi River, Teita, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

1894. } FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA 341

42, DIADEMA MISIPPUS.

Hypolimnas masippus (Linn.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 225 (1871).

Diadema misippus, Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 277 (1887); Hampson,

op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180 (1891, Sabaki River).

Ae March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

6. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

c, d. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

43. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Neptis agatha (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 242 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 270 (1887).

a-c. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

44, HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Hamanumida dedalus (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 249 (1871);

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 309 (1887); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vu. p. 180

(1891, Sabaki River).

a. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

45, SALAMIS AVACARDII.

Salamis anacardit (Linn.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 192 (1871);

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 244 (1887).

a. Kibwezi, Feb. 6, 1892.

b. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

46, SALAMIS AGLATONICE.

Salamis anacardii, Godt., pt.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 192 (1871) ;

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 244 (1887).

a, b. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

c, d. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

47, PHILOGNOMA VARANES.

Palla varanes (Cram.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 274 (1871); Hamp-

son, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 181 (1891, Sabaki River).

a. Usoga, 4000 feet.

b. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dee. 30, 1891.

c, d. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3500 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

48. PHILOGNOMA USSHERI.

Palla ussheri (Butl.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 273 (1871).

a. Uganda, 4000 feet.

49, CHARAXES TIRIDATES.

Nymphalis tiridates (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 269 (1871).

a. March from Usoga to Uganda, 4000 feet, June 1892.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1894, No. XXIIT. 23

re te Ae |

Pure

“eo

342 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES [Apr. 3,

50. HYPANIS ILITHYIA.

Hypanis ilithyia (Drury); Kirby, op. cit. p. 196 (1871);

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 264 (1887).

Byblia ilithyia, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 180 (1891, Sabaki

River).

a-c. March from Mauneu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892.

d, e. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet,

Jan. 6, 1892.

f. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

51. CYRESTIS CAMILLUS.

Cyrestis camillus (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 220 (1871).

a—d. Uganda, 4000 feet.

52. EuRYPHENE CALABARENSIS.

Euryphene calabarensis, Feld.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 246 (1871).

a. Uganda, 4000 feet.

Family Erycrnip2.

53. ABISARA GERONTES.

Abisara gerontes (Fabr.); Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 67.

a. Uganda, 4000 feet, June 1892.

Family Lycayim2.

54, LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.

Lucia bibulus (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 337 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 235 (1887).

a. Ndara Hill, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

55. ZERITIS PERION.

Awiocerses perion (Crain.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 338 (1871).

Chrysorychia harpax, Fabr., pt.; Trimen, op. cit. ii, p. 162

(1887).

a. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

56. LycmNA JUBA.

Cupido juba (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 349 (1871).

a. March from Kikuyu, 6500 feet, to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik,

May 4, 1892.

b,c. Uganda, 4000 feet.

57. LYcCENA MORIQUA.

Cupido moriqua (Wallgr.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 351 (1871); Tri-

men, op. cit. ii. p. 75 (1887).

a—d. Teita, Jan. 1892.

e. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet, Jan. 11,

1892.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA, 343

58. LYCENA BETICA.

Cupido beeticus (Linn.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 354 (1871).

Lycena beetica, Trimen, op. cit. ii. p. 58 (1887).

a. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Mau and Sotik,

7000 to 8000 feet, May 4, 1892.

59. LYC@NA GAIKA.

Cupido gaika, Trim. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 362 (1871).

Lycena gaika, Trimen, op. cit. ti. p. 50 (1887).

a. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Jan. 15, 1892.

b. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

c. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

d. Uganda, 4000 feet.

60. Lycm@NA PULCHRA.

Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10.

figs. 7, 8.

Tarucus pulcher, Butler, P. ZS. 1888, p. 68.

a-e. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsayvo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 11, 1892.

f-h. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

tm. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

n. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 16, 1892.

61. LYCHNESTHES LIGURES.

Lycenesthes ligures, Hewits.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 783 (1877).

a. Uganda, 4000 feet.

62. LyYCHNESTHES LARYDAS.

Lyceenesthes larydas (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 783 (1877) ;

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 96 (1887).

a. Uganda, 4000 feet.

63. TATURA PACHALIOCA.

Hypolycena (Tatura) pachalica, Butl. P. Z. §. 1888, p. 69

( Wadelai).

a. T'savo, 1500 feet.

b. March from Mreru in Ndi, 2300 to 1650 feet, Jan. 11, 1892.

c,d. Uganda, 4000 feet, June 1892.

64, CASTALIUS MARGARITACEUS.

Castalius margaritaceus, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1891, p. 636,

pl. xlviii. fig. 3.

a. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Mau and Sotik,

7000 to 8000 feet, May 4, 1892.

65, CaSTALIUS MELENA.

LIycena melena, Trimen, op. cit. ii. p. 82 (1887).

a. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

23*

344 MISS HE, M, SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES (Apr. 3,

Family Prerip x.

66. NYCHITONA ALCESTA.

Pontia alcesta (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 439 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. ili. p. 8 (1889).

a. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

67. TERIAS BRIGITTA,

Eurema brigitta (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 447 (1871).

Terias brigitta, Trimen, op. cit. iii. p. 14 (1889).

a. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

68. TERIAS ZOE.

Eurema brigitta, var. d, Kirby, op. cit. p. 448 (1871).

Terias zoé, Hopff.; Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 16 (1889).

a,b. Maungu Hill, 3600 feet, Dec. 30, 1892.

c. March from Mreru in Ndi, 2300 feet, to Tsavo, 1600 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

d, e. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

Ff, g. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Jan. 15, 1892.

69. TRIAS ORIENTIS.

Terias orientis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 71.

a. Teita District, 3000 feet.

70. PINACOPTERYX PIGHA.

Pieris pigea, Boisd. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 455 (1871); Trimen, op.

cit. iii. p. 46 (1889).

a. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

6. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

71. PINACOPTERYX SIMANA.

Pieris simana, Hopft.; Trimen, op. cit. ii. p. 50 (1889).

Pieris charina, Boisd.,. pt.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 456 (1871).

a, 6. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

72. PINACOPTERYX SPILLERI.

Pieris spilleri, Staudinger ; Trimen, op. cit. ii. p. 54 (1889).

a, b. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

73. PINACOPTERYX NIGROPUNCTATA.

Pinacopteryx nigropunctata, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6)

v. p. 336 (1890); Waterh. Aid, pl. 189. fig. 4 (1882-90).

a, b. March from Teita to Voi River, 3500 to 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 345

74, BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Preris severina (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 457 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. ii, p. 68 (1889).

Belenois severina, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vil. p. 182 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a-c. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400

feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

d- nf. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet,

Jan. 6, 1892.

g. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8

892.

h-k. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

75. BELENOIS AGRIPPINA.

Pieris agrippina, Feld. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 457 (1871).

Pieris severina (Cram., pt.) ; Trimen, op. cit. iii. p. 68 (1889).

a-d. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 30, 1891.

e-h. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8,

1892.

z-l, Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

76, BELENOIS BOGUENSIS.

Pieris boguensis, Feld.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 457 (1871).

Pieris severina (Cram., pt.); Trimen, op. cit. ili. p. 68 (1889).

a. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 30, 1890.

6. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

c. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Jan. 3, 1892.

77. BELENOIS ZOCHALIA.

Pieris zochalia, Boisd.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 457 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. ii. p. 57 (1889).

a. Ndara Hill, Teita, Feb. 3, 1892.

6, ¢. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May

1892.

78. BELENOIS INFIDA.

Belenois infida, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 78 (Wadelai).

a. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892.

b. Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6, 1892.

c-k, March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsayvo, 3300 to 1680 feet,

Jan. 11, 1892.

1. Kibwezi, Feb. 5, 1892.

m. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May

1892,

as a ee lf lle A Act Te ee ae ee | who 2 Leen aoe

346 MISS E. M, SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES [Apr. 3,

79. BELENOIS GIDICA.

Pieris gidica, Godt. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 457 (1871) ; Trimen, op.

cit. iii. p. 64 (1889).

Belinois gidica, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 182 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a, b. Uganda, 4000 feet.

80. BuLENoIs THYSA.

Pieris thysa, Hopff.; Trimen, op. cit. iii. p. 44 (1889).

a-d. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

81. MYLoTHRIS AGATHINA,.

Tachyris agathina (Cram.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 464 (1871).

Mylothris agathina, Trimen, op. cit. ili. p. 30 (1889).

a-b. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

82. MYLorHriIs RHODOPE.

Tachyris rhodope (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 463 (1871).

a-d. Teita, 2000 to 3000 feet.

83. MYLoTHRIS NARCISSUS.

Mylothris narcissus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 95 (Kilimanjaro).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 5,

1892.

}. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

84, MyLoruris JACKSONI.

Mylothris jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 190, pl. xvi.

He,

a,b, March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May 4,

1892.

85, ERONIA DILATATA,.

Eronia dilatata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 96.

a-g. Maungu Hill, 3900 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

h. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dee. 30, 1891.

i. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 8, 1892.

86. ERONTA LEDA.

Eronia leda (Boisd.), Kirby, op. cit. p. 480 (1871); Trimen, op.

cit. iii. p. 174 (1889).

a. Maungu Hill, Dec. 31, 1891.

b. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 31, 1891.

c. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 347

87. NEPHERONIA THALASSINA.

Eroma thalassina (Boisd.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 481 (1871).

Nepheronia thalassina, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 182 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a-f. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

88. NEPHERONIA ARGIA.

Eronia argia (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 481 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. iii. p. 179 (1889).

a. Teita, 2500 to 3000 feet.

89. NEPHERONIA BUQUETII.

Eronia buquetic (Boisd.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 481 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. iii. p. 177 (1889).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 5,

1891.

b. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8,

1892.

90. CALLIDRYAS FLORELLA.

Catopsilia florella (Fabr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 481 (1871);

Trimen, op. cit. iii. p. 185 (1889).

a, March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892.

b. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8,

1892.

c-d. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

e. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

91. CALLIDRYAS PYRENNE.

Catopsilia florella (Fabr., pt.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 481 (1871).

a-b. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 1200 feet,

Jan. 6,.1892.

c. March from Mreru or Mbololo in Ndi to Tsayo, 2300 to 1650

feet, Jan. 11, 1892.

d. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

92. CoLIAS ELECTRA.

Colias electra (Linn.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 490 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. ili. p. 165 (1889).

a. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Mau and Sotik,

7000 to 8000 feet, May 1892.

93. TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME.

Idmais chrysonome (Klug) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 498 (1871).

a,b. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892,

c,d. Teita District.

348 MISS E, M. SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES [Apr. 3,

94, TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 72 (Wadelai).

a-d. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet,

Jan. 6, 1892.

e,f. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan, 20, 1892.

95. THRACOLUS ERIS.

Idmais eris (Klug); Kirby, op. cit. p. 499 (1871).

Teracolus eris, Trimen, op. cit. 11. p. 93 (1889) ; Hampson, op.

cit. (6) vii. p. 181 (1891, Sabaki River).

a. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892.

b. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

c-e. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

96. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Callosune phlegyas, Butl.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 500 (1871).

Teracolus phlegyas, Trimen, op. cit. p. 109 (1889); Hampson,

op. cit. (6) vii. p. 181 (1891, Sabaki River).

a-c. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet,

Jan. 6, 1892.

97. TERACOLUS IMPHRATOR.

Callosune imperator, Butl.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 804 (1877).

Teracolus imperator, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 181 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a. Maungu Hill, 3600 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b. March from Teita, 3300 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

¢. March from Voi River to Ndi, 2300 feet, Jan. 8, 1892.

98. TERACOLUS HETERA.

Callosune hetera, Gerst.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 804 (1877).

a-k, Maungu Hill, 3100 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

1. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

99. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Callosune omphale (Godt.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 502 (1871).

Teracolus omphale, Trimen, op. cit. p. 142 (1889).

a. Maungu Hill, 3100 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b,c. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

d. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

100. TnRACOLUS PHILLIPSII.

Teracolus phillipsti, Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 772, pl. xlvii. fig. 11.

a. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892.

b. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

c. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8, 1892.

See

1894. | FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 349

101. TERACOLUS MINANS.

Teracolus minans, Butler, Ent. M. Mag. xviii. p. 229 (1881-82).

a,b. March from Mauneu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 30, 1891.

c. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8,

1892.

d-f. March from Mreru in Ndi, 2300 feet, to Tsavo, 1650 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

102. TERACOLUS IGNIFER.

Callosune ignifer, Butl.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 804 (1877).

a. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

b. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Mau and Sotik,

May 4, 1892.

103. TERACOLUS PH@NIUS.

Callosune phenius, Butl.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 805 (1877).

Teracolus pheenius, Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii. p. 181 (1891, Sabaki

River).

a, 6. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8,

1892.

c, d. March from Mreru in Ndi, 2300 feet, to Tsavo, 1650 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

e. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

Ff, g. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

104, TERACOLUS HANNINGTONI.

Teracolus hanningtoni, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) xii. p. 104

(1883).

a. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

105, TERACOLUS CALAIS.

Idmais calais (Fabr., pt.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 499 (1871).

a. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

b-e. March from Mreru in Ndi, 1330 feet, to Tsavo, 1650 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

Ff, g- Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 23, 1890.

106. TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

Teracolus incretus, Butl. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 93 (Kilimanjaro).

a. Maungu Hill, 3100 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

6. March from Maungu Hill to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400

feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

c. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2303 feet, Jan. 8,

1892,

d. Tsavo River.

e. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

f-l. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892,

350 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON BUTTERFLIES (Apr. 3,

107. TERACOLUS HILDEBRANDTI.

Callosune hildebrandti, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. i. p. 44, pl. 28.

fig. 12 (1888).

a-e. Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6, 1892.

f. March from Voi River to Ndi, 2300 feet, Jan. 8, 1892.

g. Voi Kiver, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

108. TERACOLUS LEO.

Anthocharis leo, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi. p. 397 (1865).

a-c. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, Jan. 1, 1892.

109. HeRP#NIA ITERATA.

Herpenia iterata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 96 (Kilimanjaro),

a-e. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400

feet, Dec. 30, 1891—Jan. 1, 1892.

f. March from Voi River to Ndi, 1925 to 2300 feet, Jan. 8,

1892.

110. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA.

Glutophrissa contracta, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 75.

a, b. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

Family PaprLionipz.

111, PApitio LEONIDAS.

Papilio leonidas, Fabr. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 520 (1871) ; Trimen,

op. cit. i. p. 211 (1889).

a. Voi River, 1600 feet, Jan. 20, 1892.

112. Papriio DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linn. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 548 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. p. 223 (1889); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vu. p. 182 (1891,

Sabaki River).

a, b. March from Maungu to Maragoyakanga, 3100 to 2400 feet,

Dec. 30, 1891.

c. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1892.

d. March from Voi River to Ndi, 2300 feet, Jan. 8, 1892.

e. Ndara Hill, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

f. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

113, PApmnio NIREUS.

Papilio nireus, Linn. ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 562 (1871).

a. Maungu Hill, 3100 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b. March from Teita, 3500 feet, to Voi River, 2100 feet, Jan. 6,

1891.

c-é. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb, 6, 1892,

1894.]_ . FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA, 351

114. PAPILIO BRONTES.

Papilio brontes, Godm. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 540 (Kilimanjaro).

a. Kikuyu, 4500 feet.

115. PAPILIo PHORCAS.

Papilio phorcas, Cram.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 563 (1871).

a-c. Kikuyu, 6500 feet.

116. PAPILio HESPERUS.

Papilio hesperus, Westw.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 563 (1871).

a. Teita, 2000 to 3000 feet.

117. Papr~Io MEROPE.

Papilio merope, Cram.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 563 (1871).

Papilio cenea, Stoll, pt.; Trimen, op. cit. 111. p. 243 (1889).

Papilio dardanus, Brown, pt., Hampson, op. cit. (6) vu. p. 182

(1891, Sabaki River).

a. Teita, 1500 to 2500 feet.

118, Papriio CENEA.

Papilio cenea, Stoll; Trimen, op. cit. ii. p. 243 (1889).

Papilio merope, pt., Kirby, op. cit. p. 563 (1871).

a-c. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

d. Kikuyu, 6500 feet.

119. PAPILIO COLONNA.

Papilio colonna, Ward; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 812 (1877);

Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 209 (1889); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vil. p. 182

(1891, Sabaki River).

a—d. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

120. Paprnio NYASSz.

Papilio nyasse, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) vii. p. 49 (1891),

a—c. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

121, PaprLio JACKSONI.

Papilio jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 188, pl. xvii.

figs. 1, 2.

a-d. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May

1892.

122, PAPILIO MACKINNONI. ,

Papilio mackinnoni, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1891, p. 187, pl. xvi.

fig. 1.

a. March from Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza wid Sotik, May

1892.

352 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. , [Apr. 3,

123. Papinio PRINGLE, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)

General colour saffron-yellow, the hinder wings more clouded,

the markings chestnut-brown; the apical portion of the wing

chestnut-brown, extending down the hind margin to the first

median nervule; the apical portion broken by two spots of saffron-

yellow between the 4th and 5th subcostal nervules. The costal

margin and base of fore wing brown, with a large spot of chestnut-

brown near the end of the discoidal cell, which is irregular in

shape.

Hind wing yellow, rather darker than the fore wing, having the

tail chestnut-brown, and a spot of the same colour,varying in shape,

at the end of each nervule.

Expanse 3:7 inches.

a. Kikuyu to Victoria Nyanza vid Sotik, May 1892.

124, PAPILIO CONSTANTINUS.

Papilio constantinus, Ward; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 812 (1877) ;

Trimen, op. cit. ii. p. 232 (1889); Hampson, op. cit. (6) vii.

p- 182 (1891, Sabaki River).

a. Maungu Hill, 3100 feet, Dec. 30, 1891.

b-f. Kibwezi, Feb. 6, 1892.

125, PAPILIO OPHIDICHPHALUS,

Papilio ophidicephalus, Oberthiir; Trimen, op. cit. iii. p. 229

(1889).

a-c. Kibwezi, 3000 feet, Feb. 6, 1892.

Family Hesperip”.

126. ISMENE ANCHISES.

Ismene anchises, Gerst.; Kirby, op. cit. App. p. 819 (1877).

Hesperia anchises, Trimen, op. cit. ili. p. 374 (1889).

a-d. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

127. PAMPHILA ZENO.

Pamphila zeno, Trim.; Kirby, op. cit. p. 599 (1871); Trimen,

op. cit. iii, p. 813 (1889).

a. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

128. PAMPHILA HOTTENTOTA.

Pamphila hottentota (Latr.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 599 (1871); Tri-

men, op. cit. ili. p. 314 (1889).

a. Nzoi, 3500 feet, Feb. 15, 1892.

b. Kikuyu, 6500 feet.

129. PyrGus INCONSPICUUS.

Pamphila inconspicua (Bert.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 605 (1871).

a. Tsavo River, 1500 feet.

- & a2. S

; Pes

1894. ] MR. P, L, SCLATER ON PROTOPLERUS ANNECTENS. 353

130. HusPERia DIOMUS.

Hesperia diomus (Hopft.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 615 (1871).

Pyrgus diomus, Trimen, op. cit. ili. p. 287 (1889).

a. Nzoi, 3500 feet, May 15, 1892.

131. HESPERIA SATASPES.

Hesperia sataspes (Trim.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 615 (1871).

Pyrgus sataspes, Trimen, op. cit. ili. p. 289 (1889).

a, 6. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 9, 1892.

132. HusPERIA DROMUS.

Pyrgus dromus (Plotz); Trimen, op. cit. 11. p. 283 (1889).

a. Kikuyu, 6500 feet.

133. CYCLOPIDES METIS.

Heteropterus metis (Linn.); Kirby, op. cit. p. 623 (1871).

Cyclopides metis, Trimen, op. cit. i. p. 266 (1889).

a. Ndara, Teita, 3300 feet, Feb. 3, 1892.

134. PreRYGOSPIDEA DJ ELELA.

Nisoniades djelele (Waller.) ; Kirby, op. cit. p. 630 (1871).

Pterygospidea djclele, Trimen, op. cit. il. p. 354 (1889).

a-d. March from Mreru in Ndi to Tsavo, 2300 to 1650 feet,

Jan. 8, 1892.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Rhaphiceropsis pringlet, p. 336.

2. Rhaphiceropsis pringlet (underside).

2a,26. Figures of structure of do.

3. Papilio pringlei, p. 352.

4. Ypthima albida, p. 336.

5. Alena johanne, p. 338.

April 17, 1894.

W. T. BuanForp, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the attempts about to be made

to induce the specimens of Protopterus annectens to breed in the

Society’s Reptile-house, where one of the large oval open tanks

had been specially fitted up for their accommodation. There were

now six adult examples of this Mud-fish in the Collection, two

presented by Mr. H. H. Lee in 1887 and four purchased in 1889.

These had been until now all kept together in one of the large

water-tanks, and had thriven well, the largest having attained a

length of 18 or 19 inches—except that they were all more or less

354 PROF, K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE (Apr. 17,

mutilated from the loss of their fins, which were continually eaten

away by the Mud-fishes from each other.

The mode of reproduction of Protopterus seemed to be wholly

unknown, except as regards the information contained in an

article recently published in ‘Le Mouvement Géographique’

(1894, p. 30), in which it was stated, from observations made by

the French Missionaries at Mpala on the western shore of Lake

Tanganyika (lat. 6° 45'S.), that the embryos of the Protopterus

(there called locally Sembé or Sompé) were carried about in an

elongated gelatinous sac attached to the sides of the back of the

parent and were very numerous.

1. On the Bones and Muscles of the Mammalian Hand and

Foot. By Prof. Karu von Barpretesen, M.D. Berol.

[Received April 16, 1894.]

(Plates XX. & XX1.)

As the Committee of the “ Anatomische Gesellschaft” has

asked me to give a Report on the Mammalian Hand and Foot at

the next meeting of the Society at Strassburg, I wish previously to

publish my own investigations on this subject made since 1885

at Jena, Leyden, Amsterdam, Brussels, Berlin, and Paris, and

especially in 1889 and 1890 in the Natural History Museum, in

the Royal College of Surgeons, and in the dissecting-room of the

Zoological Society’s Gardens in London, of which I have only pub-

lished short abstracts in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889 (p. 259, pl. xxx.),

in the Anat. Anz. 1890, and in the Verhandlungen d. anat. Ges.

£.¥ABEt.

I have examined the distal parts of the fore and hind limbs in

all orders of Mammals either in skeletons or in specimens dissected

by myself.

Naturally I have paid greatest attention to the “ prepollex”

and “prehallux” and to the “ postminimus”’, especially to the

muscles and other soft parts of these structures. Apart from

all theory, I think everybody may agree with me in calling a

bone or a thumb-like outgrowth on the radial side of the pollex

“ prepollex,” and a structure behind the minimus “ postminimus.”

The name “ sesamoid bone” is much more misleading, and as

I cannot agree that the structures I am speaking of are “ sesa-

moids,” or that they consist only of bone—for there are also soft

parts, such as muscles, vessels, nerves—I must use the abbreviations

Pp., Ph., and Pm.

This paper will be divided into three parts: the first concerning

the skeleton, and the second relating to the muscles; in the third

the bones and the muscles will be compared, and the conclusions

concerning the meaning of Pp., Ph., and Pm., and concerning

the homologies between the bones of hand and foot, will be given.

1 IT will use the abbreviations Pp., Ph., Pm.

P.Z.8.1894 Plate XX.

3 6 5 natistze

Tat; SULZe

EC & GM Woodward del. et lith.

West Newman imp.

Bones of Mammalian Hands and Feet.

‘

i" ,

Te Me

fi he Ke wi

be - tear

me!

F.4.0. 109% .FlaveAdat.

ECu.G:M Woodward del .et Irth. West, Nevanan mop.

Muscles of Mammalian Hands and Feet.

Ae Gad

the Fees Ae

(elie he neat

1894. | MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT. 359

A.—ON THE SKELETON.

As the pisiform and the calcaneum are present in all mammals,

and as it is of no importance whether these bones are large or small,

and whether they are directly connected with the ulna or the fibula,

or not, I will not give here details on this pomt. Nobody will

doubt that these bones are constant and that the large pisiform of

lower mammals is homologous to the smaller one of the highest,

e. g. Man—nor that the calcaneum of Monotremata, though it is

directed forwards or outwards, is homologous to the calcaneum of

higher mammals, where it is always directed backwards. Further,

I must recall what I published in these Proceedings in 1889,

that the pisiform is divided into two pieces in Bathyergus, being

the only animal in which I met with this separation.

As I cannot tell here the names of all mammals in which I

have found the Pp. and Ph., I will only mention those in which

I made a sketch or measured these structures.

I am sorry I did not pay attention to the carpus and Pp. in my

first investigations made in 1885 in Berlin, when I examined the

mammalian foot for the “ intermedium tarsi” or “ os trigonum.”

To the names of the animals which I examined in London,

Berlin, Leyden, and other places I put the letters Lo., Be., Le.,

Pa. (Paris), Je. (Jena), A. (Amsterdam), Br. (Brussels); otherwise

London, especially the Nat. Hist. Museum, is intended. I use the

following abbreviations :—long or length 1., breadth br., thickness

th.; do.-vo. (dorso-volar), do.-pl. (dorso-plantar), sag. (sagittal),

tr. (transverse), r. (right), 1. (left); 0 = no, or not present. The

numbers mean millimetres.

N.B.—As the Pp. and Ph. are often lost in preparing and cleaning

the skeletons, I am often doubtful whether a Pp. or a Ph. had

been present (and lost) or not. In such cases I put a “?”.

Marsupiats.—The Pp. is situated on the trapezium (carp. dist. 1),

the Ph. on the internal cuneiform.

Macropus (Halmaturus) bennettc: Pp.

Trichosurus vulpecula: Pp.

Phascolomys wombat: Pp. 7 1.; 4 br.; 3 do.-vol.

(Be., Lo.) Didelphys marsupialis [cancrivora, Be., Je.; aurita,

Be.|: Pp. Ph.,4:51.; about3-Obr.; 2 do.-pl. “ D. aurita”:

als aDPas. 2 del.

Didelphys elegans: Pp. Ph. consists of two bones!

(Be.) Didelphys azare: Pp.

Didelphys philander: Pp. Ph.

Didelphys crassicaudatus: Pp. Ph.

(Le., Be.) Chironectes minimus (variegatus): Pp. Ph. 25 1L;

1:8 do.-pl.; 1-2 br.

Epentata.—The Pp. is attached on the scaphoid and trapezium ;

the Ph. on the naviculare and first cuneiform.

(Be., Lo.) Tamandua (Myrmecophaga) tetradactyla: Pp. Ph.

(Be.), 10 1.; 5-6°5 do.-pl. ; 2°5 sag.

356 PROF. K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE [Apr. 17,

Myrmecophaga jubata: Pp. Ph. 18 1.

Dasypus sexcinctus: Pp. Ph. (vide Plate XX. fig. 1).

Euphractus minutus (dissected): Pp. Ph.

Euphractus minutus (skeleton): Pp. Ph. very well developed,

resembles metatarsal bone.

Uneurata.—Naturally neither a Pp. nor a Ph. is present in

the Ungulata vera nor in Hyraw.

Proboscidea, or Elephas africanus, ‘‘ Embryo” (R.C.S.) has a large

Pp.; it is longer than the pollex. The Ph. is also very

strong.

In Cetacea the Pp. has been found by Prof. Kiikenthal.

Iysecrivora.—Pp. on the scaphoid; Ph. on the naviculare and

internal cuneiform.

(Je., Le., Be., Lo., A., Pa.) Centetes ecaudatus: Pp. Ph. 21.;

1 br.; 1 th. (vide Plate XX. figs. 2, 3).

(Le.) Hemicentetes nigriceps: Pp. Ph.

Hemicrntetes variegatus: Pp. Ph.

(Le., Lo.) Ericulus setosus: Pp. Ph.

(Je., Le., Be., Pa., Lo.) Talpa europea: Pp.! sickle-shaped.

Ph.! sickle-sbaped.

(Le., Lo.) Yalpa wogura: Pp.! sickle-shaped. Ph.! sickle-

shaped.

Scalops argentatus : Pp. sickle-shaped.

(Be., Le.) Myogale moschata: Pp. Ph. very long, transv.

(Le.) Urotrichus talpoides: Pp. Ph

Tupaja tana: Pp.11.; 0°75 br. Ph.

(Je., Le., Be., Pa., Lo.) Erinaceus europeus: Pp. Ph.

Gymnura rafflesii: Pp. Ph.? (single bones in a box).

Galeopithecus philippinensis: Pp. Ph.

Roprnt1a.—Pp. on the scaphoid (and metac. I.). Ph. on the

internal naviculare and internal cuneiform.

Sciurus arizonensis, S. niger, S. vulgaris: Pp. large. Ph.

Xerus erythropus (Monbuttu, Emin Pasha): Pp. 1 1.; 0°6-0-7

br. Ph. small.

Cynomys ludovicianus: Pp. 7:2 1.; 4°7 br. Ph.

Arctomys marmotta: Pp.! sickle-shaped (though thumb reduced).

Ph. 2:5 1.; 3 do.-pl.; 2 transv.

(Je., Be., Le., Lo.) Castor fiber, canadensis: Pp. and Ph. enormous.

(Be.) Myoaus glis (avellanarius): Pp. ?

(Be.) Spalax typhlus: Pp.? Ph.

(Be., Lo.) Bathyergus maritimus : Pp.7°51.; 4°5 br. Ph.—(Be.)

61.; 2°5 do.-pl.; 1 th. (1885): (Lo.) 7 1.; 3 do.-pl.; 1 th.

(1889), ending cartilaginous (vide Plate XX. fig. 4).

Georychus capensis: Pp.? Ph. 2°7 1.; 2°56 do.-pl.; 1 tr.

Myoscalops (Heliophobius) argentocinereus: Pp. and Ph. resemble

Bathyergus, but much smaller.

Geomys hispidus: Pp. 9°5. Ph.?

Dipus jaculus: Pp.?

1894, } MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOO}. 357

Pedetes capensis (caffer): Pp. two bones,—prox. 13 1., 4:5-5°5

br.; dist. 71., 5:2 br. No Ph.

(Be.) Myopotamus bonariensis: Pp. 7 1.; 5°5 br.

Aulacodus swindenerianus: Pp. very large. No Ph. (hallux

rudimentary).

Cheetomys subspinosus: Pp. Ph. very large.

(Be., Lo.) Cercolabes (Synetheres) insidiosa: Pp. and Ph. tri-

angular.

Synetheres prehensilis: Pp. about 8 1.; 4:5 br. Ph. 125 1;

2 be.

(Pa., Lo.) Erethizon dorsatus: Pp.? lost. Ph. 9 1. (int. cunel-

form divided into two bones) (vide Plate XX. figs. 5, 6).

Hystri« malabariensis and H. javanica: Pp. large. Ph. 51.;

3 br.

CaRNIVORA.—Pp. on the scapho-lunatum and trapezium. Ph.,

if present, on the naviculare and internal cuneiform.

Felis macroscelis: Pp.

Felis paguros: Pp.

(Be., Le., Lo.) Felis tigris: Pp. ca. 15 1.; 10 br.

(Be., Le., Lo.) Fels pardus: Pp.

Felis tigrina: Pp.

Felis macrura: Pp.

Cynelurus jubatus: Pp. large.

(Be., Le., Lo.) Cryptoprocta ferow: Pp. Ph. lost?

Vwverra tangalunga: Pp. 3:2 1. and do.-vo.

Viverricula malaccensis : Pp.

Genetta pardina: Pp. lost ?

Innsang (Prionodon) pardicolor: Pp. very small (almost 1 mm.).

Innsang (Poiana) gracilis: Pp.

Paradoxurus philippinensis: Pp. 5 1.; 2 br. Pp. has a transv.

direction. Ph.! 51.; 2°75 br.; 2 th.

(Be.) Paradowurus typus: Pp.51.; 3 br.; 1 th. Ph.!

(Be., Lo.) Herpestes fasciatus—(Be.) Pp.21.; 1°5 br. ; )

1°5 th.: (Lo.) Pp. 2°5 1.; 2:5 do.-vo. |

Herpestes griseus: Pp.

Hetpintes javanicus: Pp. pee a

Herpestes ichneumon: Pp. 3°8 1.; 2°5 do.-vo. |

(Le.) Herpestes pulverulentus: Pp.

Cynictis penicillata: Pp. seems to be united with the scapho-

lunatum.

Galidea olivacea: Pp.

Hemigalea (= Herpestes) galera: Pp. 21.3 2 br.

Hemigalea hardwickii: Pp.31.; 3 br.; 2th. Ph.! 2°81.

Eupleres goudotii: Pp. 21.; 2 br.; 1 th.

Proteles cristatus: Pp.? lost?

Hyena striata: no Pp.; no Ph.

In the Canide there are separated neither Pp. nor Ph.

In the Urside Pp. seems to be coalesced with the scapho-

lunatum. No Ph.

Proc. Zoou: Soc.—1894, No. XXIV. 24

Be adc, “Bi

358 PROF, K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE [Apr. 17, \.

(Le.) Procyon lotor (3 spp.): Pp. and Ph.

(Le.) Procyon cancrivorus (3 spp.): Pp. 41.3; 2°5 br. Ph. (Lo.

no Ph., always lost).

Ailurus fulgens: Pp. 6 1.3; 4 br.; 3 th. Ph. 71.; 2°56-2 br. ;

ending cartilaginous (vide Plate XX. figs. 7, 8, 9).

(Le., Lo.) Nasua narica (nasica): Pp. Ph.

(Je., Be.) Cercoleptes caudivolvulus: Pp.

(Be., Lo.) Lutra brasiliensis: Pp. Ph. (Be.) 12 1.; 6-4 br.

(pointed); 4th on the proximal end; like a metatarsal.

Lutra canadensis: Pp. Ph. 0!

(Be.) Lutra platensis (2 sp.) : Pp.

Latax lutris: Pp.

Mephitis mephitica: Pp. 4 1.; 15-18 br. (top ends cartil.);

shaped like a metacarpal. Ph. 2°31.; 2 br.

Conepatus mapurito: Pp. Ph.

* | Traces of a suture (Ph. ?)

Meles taxus: Pp. 4°8 1.3 3 br.5 ti) the internal cuneiform.

pointed.

Taxidea americana: Pp. 7:7 1.; 3 br.; a little sickle-shaped,

pointed.

Helictis orientalis: Pp. 3:5 1.; 1°6 br. Ph. 2°51.; 1°5 br.

Lctonyex (Zorilla) capensis: Ph. on the 1. hand separated and

isolated ; on the r. hand coalesced with the scapho-lunatum.

(Le.) Galictis (Grisonia) barbara (2 spec.): Pp.

Galictis (Grisonia) vittata (young): Pp. 32 1.; 1°5 br. ; resembles

a metacarpal bone. Ph. 2°5 1.; 2 br.

Gulo borealis: Pp.! 16 1.; 5 br.; 3 th.; comma- or sword-like ;

top cartilaginous.

PINNIPEDIA :—

(Br., Lo.) Trichechus rosmarus: Pp.

Phoca vitulina: Pp.?

Arctocephalus cinereus: Ph. (Pp. ?)

CHIROPTERA.—Pp. attached to the scaphoid, small. Ph.?

Pteropus medius: Pp.

Cynopterus marginatus: Pp.

Vesperugo: Pp.

Phyllostoma hastatum: Pp.

LumurorpnA.—Pp. situated on the side of the trapezium, before

the scaphoid, behind and on the side of the metacarpale 1.

(Je.) Indris brevicaudata (Lichanotus indri): Pp.

Avahis (Microrhynchus) laniger: Pp. 3°01.; 15 br. Ligament

to the trapezium.

Lemur catta: Pp. 3:0 1.; 2°0 br.

Lemur macaco: Pp.

Lepidolemur mustelinus, Geoftr., and L. microdon (Forsyth

Major): Pp.41.; 2 br.; pointed, at the free end cartilaginous.

(Je.) Otolicnus galago (Galago sp.): Pp.

(Je.) Nycticebus (Stenops) tardigradus: Pp.

1894.] MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT, 359

(Je., Lo.) Loris gracilis: Pp.

Perodicticus calabariensis: Pp.

Tarsius spectrum: Pp.

Chiromys madagascariensis: Pp. 4°3 1.; 3 br. on the basis.

PRIMATES s.s. (Anthropoidea).—Pp., if situated on the trapezium,

connected by ligaments with the scaphoid.

Cebide :—Chrysothria sciurea: Pp. 21.; 2 th.

Cercopithecidee :—

(Je.) Cynocephalus anubis: Pp.

Cynocephalus (Hamadryas) egyptiacus: Pp. r.! (1. lost).

Macacus leoninus: Pp. 6 1.; 5°5 do.-vo.

Maccaus laniger: Pp. 4 1., 3:1 do.-vo.

Macacus sp? (young spec.): Pp.

Macacus inornatus: Pp.

Cercopithecus ruber: Pp. 41.; 3°5 do.-vo.

Cercopithecus cephus: ? lost.

Cercopithecus mona: ? lost.

(Je.) Cercopithecus cynosurus: Pp.

Semnopithecus mitratus: Pp. seems to be coalesced with the

seaphoid.

Colobus bicolor: Pp. ? lost.

Colobus ursinus (2 spec.): Pp. 3 viz., 3 1.

Simiide :—Hylobates lar: Pp. 5°81.; 4 do.-vo.

In Simia, Gorilla, Anthropopithecus no Pp. (= tuberos. scaph.?);

no Ph.

Homo: no separated Pp. or Ph.

B.—ON THE MUSCLES AND NERVES.’

I. ForREaARBM AND Hann.

a. MARSUPIALS.

1. DIDELPHYS MARSUPIALIS. (Plate XXI. figs. 1, 2.)

a. Flexores.

The nervy. medianus and art. brachialis pass the supracondylar

foramen of the humerus. Nery. ulnaris accompanied by the ulnar

artery runs behind the internal condyle.

The pronator radii teres arises from the radial border of the

humerus (or entepicondyloideum); it is not perforated by the

median nerve.

The n. ulnaris supplies the following muscles :—

Forearm :—(1) The ulnaris internus (flex. carpi ulnaris) arises

by two heads (humeral and ulnar) which become united ;

inserted into the pisiform.

(2) The palmaris longus takes origin connected with the ulnar

head of the former muscle ; it is divisible into two layers, a

radial and superficial one and a deep or ulnar: the super-

1 T am very sorry to say that my notes and sketches concerning the Mono-

tremata, Edentata, and some of the other lower mammals have been lost.

24*

¢ .

360 PROF, K, VON BARDELEBEN ON THE (Apr. 17,

ficial muscle ends in a weak aponeurotic expansion (fascia

palmaris) and the Pp.; the deep one goes to the lig. carpi

transversum.

Hand :—(3) The “piso-metacarpeus” comes from the pisiform

and the lig. ¢. transy., and is inserted into the fifth meta-

bone.

(4) A muscle from the lig. carp. transv. (tendon of the deep

palmar muscle) to the fifth metacarpal and first phalanx of

the minimus, divides into

{ (a) =the opponens Pees ae

| (3) =the flexor brevis minim digit.

(5) A muscle from the tendon of the superficial palmaris to the

second phalanx of the fifth digit ; the tendon is perforated

by the tendon of the fl. profundus.

I consider the muscle (4) and its homologue-—also in Man—

as the vestiges of an old flexor brevis superficialis (comp. Hyraz).

Supplied by the x. ulnaris and medianus :—

(1) The flewor digitorum sublimis, connected with the profundus

at the origin and with the lumbricales of the 4th and 3rd digits

(vide below).

The fl. sublimis arises—(i.) from the humerus, connected with

the humeral head of the ulnaris internus and two heads of the

palmaris longus ; (ii.) from the radius, in common with the radial

head of the profundus; (iii.) from the ulna, with the ulnar part of

the profundus.

Insertion: digits 2-4; ends in tendon-sheaths and on the

phalanges.

(2) The flexor digitorum profundus.

Origin: (i.) humerus, with the radialis internus; (ii.) radius,

with the sublimis ; (iii.) ulna,with the sublimis.

Insertion : by five tendons to digits 1-5 and eight lumbricales-

like muscles to the tendon-sheaths of digits 2-5.

(3) The 8 “ lumbricales” are quite remarkable :—

Origin.

(a) Tendon for the 5th dig., radial

side.

(4) Tendon for the 4th dig., above.

(¢) Tendon for the 4th dig., rad, side.

(2) Tendon for the 3rd dig., above

(ulnar).

(¢) Common tendon and tendon for

the 3rd dig., rad. side.

(f) Tendon for the 3rd dig., rad.

side.

(g) Tendon for the 2nd dig., above

(ulnar side).

(hk) Common tendon, tend. Ist and

2nd dig.

Insertion.

Radial border of the 5th dig.

Tendon of the flex. subl. to the 4th

dig., and sheath.

Rad. border of the 4th dig.

Tendon of the flex. subl. for the 3rd

dig., and sheath.

Rad. border of the 3rd dig.

Ulnar border of the 2nd dig.

Tendon of the flex. subl. 2nd dig.,

and sheath.

Radial border of the 2nd dig.

I think the muscles a, ¢, ¢, and h are real “lumbricales.” What

the others mean I do not know.

Perhaps we have here the

1894.] MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT, 361

explanation of the two-headed lwmbricales of higher mammals,

which, e.g. in Man, are so very often met with.

3. Hatensores.

Origin.

The supinator longus (brachio- Humerus )

radialis). as in

The radialis ext. longus. Humerus { man.

The radialis ext. brevis. Humerus

The extensor dig. comm. rad. Humerus, radius.

s. subl.

The extensor dig. comm. uln. Ulna.

8. prof.

The extensor dig. IV. and V. Ulna.

(ext. minimi, Man.)

The wnaris externus. Humerus.

Insertion.

Pp., with the tendon of the

abd. (ext.) pol. longus.

Metacarpus II.

Metacarpus ITT.

digits 2-5,

digits 1-3.

4th and 5th digits.

Metacarpus V. and into

volar ligaments.

The prepollea gets a very long nerve from the n. medianus, and

vessels from the art. brachialis.

2. TRICHOSURUS VULPECULA. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

a. Flexores.

The wlnaris internus: origin, humerus and ulna; insertion,

pisiform.

The “ palmaris longus” consists of two muscles, a superficial

and a deeper one; the superficial one is inserted into the Pp. and

the ligam. c. transv., some fibres going to the pisiform; the

deeper palmaris ends in the fascia palmaris (vide Plate X XT. fig.3).

The flexor digitorum sublimis is weak ; it divides into four rather

slender tendons which go to digits 2-5, mostly ending in the thin

sheaths of the deep tendons.

The flewor digitorum profundus is strong; it comes from the

humerus and both ulna and radius. The five tendons spring froma

united tendinous mass; they become almost superficial on the

digits.

There are four lumbricales.

B. Haxtensores.

The supinator longus, a strong muscle, arises from the humerus

and is inserted on the radial side of the scaphoid (Pp. ?).

The radiales externi longus and brevis are almost quite separated,

NV. medianus supplies the Pp. ; a strong nerve goes to the dorsum

of the hand for the supply of the thumb and the radial side of the

2nd digit.

3. MACROPUS BENNETT.

(Zool. Soe. Gardens, London.)

The palmaris longus ends in a long narrow tendon which

continues into a triangular aponeurotic expansion on the wrist,

sending a distinct tendinous strip to the Pp., 3rd digit, and Pm.,—

not only to the bones but also to the pads and eyen to the skin.

Nerve-supply by the ulnaris.

362 PROF, K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE [Apr. 17,»

From the pronator radii teres goes a muscular belly to the

radialis internus (comp. Rodentia and Carnivora).

A muscle arises from the Pp. and is inserted into the metacarpal

I. (as in Carnivora)=Interosseus 0 ?

There is an extensor pollicis et prepollicis.

A very strong muscle is present on the hypothenar, arising from

the distal end of the pisitorm and the tendon of the palmaris

longus.

b. INSECTIVORA.'

The “ palmaris longus” gets its nerve only from the ulnaris, the

muscle being situated rather on the ulnar side and inserted into

the pisiform.

The ulnaris internus is also implanted in this bone (perhaps

there are two ulnares ?)

c. RODENTIA.

1. ScIURUS ARIZONENSIS. (Plate XX1I. fig. 4.)

(Zool. Soc. Gardens.)

Bone and pad of the Pp. are large, the thumb being small; on

the Pm. a large pad.

The palmaris longus has on the wrist an aponeurotic expansion

of triangular shape ; it is inserted into the Pp., Pm., the other pads

of the volar manus, and the sheaths of the digits. Nerve-supply

from medianus (from the ulnaris no branch being found).

Very strong muscles are met with in the pad of the minimus

digit, connected with the palmaris longus and the ulnaris internus ;

the muscular fibres reach the Pp. JV. ulnaris: the tendons of

the fl. digit. sublimis (phalanx I1.) are weak, those of the 71. profun-

dus (phalanx III.) are very strong.

There is an ewtensor (or abductor) pollicis et prepollicis arising

from the ulna (comp. Herpestes).

2. BATHYERGUS MARITIMUS.

On the Pp. and Pm. there are nail-like formations (comp. Pedetes

capensis). Its Pm. consists of two bones (P. Z.S. 1889, p. 260);

there are also two muscles, one for each bone. Whether these

muscles be two ulnares intern or one of them be a palmaris longus

I cannot say. Both are supplied by the wlnaris nerve.

On the wrist there are five muscles :—(1) A superficial muscle

running obliquely from the Pm. to the Pp. and pollex, it continues

the supposed palmaris (or ulnaris int.); (2) a superficial muscle from

the Pp. to the thumb (nerv. medianus) ; (3 & 4) deep transverse

muscles on the carpal joints (nerv. ulnaris); (5) a deep muscle

between Pp. and pollex.

Each digit has two “ interossei ” or deep short flexors.

Extensor pollicis et prepollicis longus runs obliquely from the

1 My notes and sketches concerning Centetes and other Insectivora haying

been lost, I can for the present give these few remarks only.

1894. ] MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT. 363

ulna to the aponeurotic sheaths of these digits, like the ext. pollicis

in Man.

3. Drrus JACULUS.

From the Pp., which is of enormous size, a strong muscle—

m. transversus carpi—arises; it is inserted into the fifth meta-

carpal bone.

A very large superficial muscle is situated on the flexor side of

the forearm and hand : it takes origin from the humerus and the

ulna and ends by tendons on the Pp. and on the top of the pisi-

form (Pm.). As there is another superficial muscle with distinct

tendons running down to the hand, and there are also flewores

digitorum sublimis and profundus, I suppose that those two super-

ficial muscles are parts of the palmaris longus (the flewor digitorum

super ficialis),

I could not make further investigations, this animal not being

well preserved.

d. UNGULATA.

1. HyRax BRUCEI.

a. Flexores.

From the tendons of the palmaris longus arises a flexor brevis

superficialis ; this is common in the foot, but very seldom met with

in the hand.

As this animal has not four digits (Mivart) but five (Dobson),

there are muscular bellies to each digit except the third, 1. e. four.

(Dobson describes only three.)

The belly for the thumb is 3°5 mm. long and 2°5 mm. broad.

The tendons of this superficial flexor are cleft and let pass the

deep tendons.

The three inner bellies of the flewor brevis are supplied by the

medianus, the outer one (5th digit) by the ulnaris.

Ulnaris internus consists of two muscles (taking origin from the

humerus and the ulna).

[. Eatensores.

The radialis externus, situated under the ext. poll. longus, ends

by four tendons :—the first is inserted into the second metacarpal

bone; the second and third into the third metacarpal; the

fourth into the unciform.

The ext. pollicis is very strong, its broad tendon ends on the

small rudimentary thumb (quite as in the Pp. in animals with

“five” digits).

The ulnaris externus is also very strong, it is inserted into the

fifth metacarpal bone.

The extensor digitorum communis is perforated by the (2) ten-

dons of the extensor minimi (et quarti) digiti.

2. ELEPHAS AFRICANUS (Embryo).

(Roy. Coll. Surg.) The specimen was already dissected for the

Collection.

364 PROF. K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE [Apr. 17,

The palmaris longus is large, it ends in the fascia palmaris.

There is only one flewor digitorum, which gets an accessory belly

from the ulna.

From the very large Pp. arises a strong muscle which goes to the

ollex.

: From the deep layer of the wrist comes a muscle which is

inserted into the Pp.and the pollex. It may be called fleaor pollicis

et prepollicis brevis, or, as it is also a “ little adductor,” perhaps

“ opponens poll. et prepollicis.”

e. CARNIVORA.

1. Linsane GRraciuis. (Plate XXI. fig. 5.)

( Viverra, Prionodon.)

a. Flexores.

There are two palmares longi and two ulnares internt.

The palmaris longus radialis is supplied by the n. medianus ;

the palmaris longus ulnaris by the n. wlnaris; both ulnares interni

(radialis, ulnaris) being supplied by the latter nerve.

The palm. long. rad. arises with the m. ulnaris int. uln, from

the internal condyle of the humerus, and ends in the volar pads

and in digits 2-5, also between them in the webs.

The palm. long. uln. arises with the former muscle and goes to

both the radial and ulnar pads on the wrist, mainly to the ulnar

one.

The ulnaris int. rad. (humeralis) takes origin from the internal

condyle of the humerus, while the wlnaris int. ulnaris s. proprius

comes from the ulna; both are inserted together into the pisiform.

In this animal can be observed the fissure of main tendons and

the coalescence of its delicate parts, and the development of a fascia

or aponeurosis from tendons.

Muscles on the wrist :-—

Connected ((1) An almost transverse muscle, like the palmaris

with each brevis of Man, ending in the ulnar pad.

other. [(2) An oblique muscle, ending in the thumb.

(3) A muscle representing the greatest part of the “lig.” carpi

transversum of Man; this “ ligament” consisting partly of the

tendon of the palmaris longus ulnaris, for the greater part of

muscular fibres.

The flewor digitorum sublimis sends four tendons to the second

phalanx of digits 2-5; the tendons are very weak, they are not

so distinctly divided in two parts as in Man; a strong tendon

ate the profundus and continues mostly into the 2nd and 3rd

igits,

The flexor digitorum profundus forms a fibrous mass near the

wrist; from this mass arise five strong tendons for digits 1-5.

1894. ] MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT. 365

There is to be observed the first stage of a crossing of the

tendons of the sublimis and profundus, as in the planta pedis.

(3. Nerves of the extensor side :—

Ramus superficialis of the musculo-spiral nerve (n. radialis) runs

just asin Man.

The deep branch, situated between the m. brachialis internus

and the supinator longus, ends in branches for the skin which

provide the whole dorsum manus, except only the ulnar border of

the fifth digit.

2. HERPESTES GRISEUS.

(Zool. Soc. Gardens.)

a. Flexores.

From the pronator v. teres come tendinous fibres to join the

radials internus (comp. Sciurus).

The palmaris longus ends partly in the pads, partly it is inserted

into digits 2-5 by delicate tendons which are a little connected

with each other.

Nerve-supply : . medzanus (only).

There are four strong superficial muscles on the wrist, connected

with the ligam. c. transv. and also (partly) with the deep ligaments

of the carpus :-—

((1) Origin: Pp.; insertion: pollex.

| (2) Origin: tendon of the palmaris longus and the

Nerv. | former muscle; ins.: pollex.

medianus.% (3) Origin: tendon of the palmaris l.; ins.: pad of

| the Pm. (or the pisiform) = muse. transversus carpi.

U (Nerve-supply not quite sure.)

N. ulnaris: (4) A deep muscle like the former, separated from

it by the nerv. ulnaris.

There are two m. ulnares interni, as in Linsang :—

The ulnaris int. ulnaris (proprius), the stronger one, arises from

the humerus and the ulna ; it is inserted by a flat tendon into the

pisiform, more superficial and ulnar than the following muscle.

The ulnaris int. rad. (humeralis) springs from the humerus (cond.

int.) and ends fleshy on the pisiform.

The flewor digitorum sublimis, supplied by both the median and

ulnar nerves, divides in four thin and narrow tendons, which end

in the tendon-sheaths of digits 2-5.

The flexor digitorum profundus has five very strong tendons for

the 1-5 digits.

The four lumbricales are also connected with the fl. sublimis ;

they form a mass filling the space between the sublimis and the

profundus.

3. Eatensores.

The supinator longus is fleshy as far as the carpus; its insertion

is not quite distinct on one bone; there is one insertion into the

366 PROF, K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE (Apr. 17, »

lower end of the radius, but also an aponeurotic expansion reaching

to the first and second metacarpal bones.

The extensor digitorum communis (“sublimis”) arises from the

humerus and goes to digits 2-5.

The extensor digitorum “ profundus,” as I should like to call it,

takes origin from the ulna and has the following insertions :—

(1) Three tendons for digits 3-5 (ulnar border); (2) a tendon

dividing and going to the 3rd and 2nd digits ; (3) a strong muscular

belly with a very broad tendon divides into two, which end on the

first metacarpal and on the Pp.

3. PARADOXURUS, sp.

a. Flexores.

There are two palmares longi (as in Linsang), the stronger radial

one being supplied by the x. medianus, the other (ulnar) by the

ulnar nerve.

Two m. ulnares interni are present, both being supplied by the

ulnar nerve :—

(1) The wln. int. rad. (humeralis) comes from the humerus and

is inserted into the top of the pisiform ; (2) the ul. int. ulnaris

springs from the ulna and ends in the wrist in a fascia (ligam.

carpi transversum).

These muscles are supplied by the ulnar nerve.

The “ flexor digiti brevis superficialis” is present in this animal ;

it springs from an aponeurotic expansion on the wrist (which is

connected with the Pp.) and has three bellies, two of them being

inserted into the fifth digit, one into the fourth ending on phalanx

I. and on the sheaths of the tendons.

The tendon of this flewor br. superfic. for the 4th digit is cleft

and perforated by the corresponding tendon of the flexor sublimis.

Both flexores longi, sublimis, and profundus take origin from the

humerus, the radius, and the ulna; the sublimis is weak and goes

to phalanx II. of digits 1-4 (!), the profundus is strong and ends on

phalanx III. of digits 1-5.

There are four lumbricales ; the third is the strongest, the fourth

arises from the tendon of the sublimis (4th digit).

On the radial border of the forearm runs a strong muscle from

the humerus (internal condyle) to the radius and the Pp., where it

ends in an aponeurotic expansion which is perforated by the art.

radialis.

The superficial muscles on the Pp. are connected with the tendon

of the pronator radii teres.

B. Extensores.

The extensor pollicis et prepollicis longus (ext. poll. 1., Man) is

present ; it arises from the ulna and the radius.

The supinator longus is weak.

The radialis ext. long. and brev. are both present.

The wlnaris ext. is extremely strong; it takes origin from the

Ot Us

1894.) MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT. 367

humerus and the ulna and is inserted into the pisiform and the

fifth metacarpal bone.

The extensor digit. long. (radialis subl.?) goes to digits 3-5.

The “ extensor dig. minimi proprius” ends by three tendons on

digits 3-5 (1st phalanx).

The eat. indicts et pollicis comes from the distal end of the ulna.

_ 4, VIVERRICULA MALACCENSIS. (Plate XXI. fig. 6.)

Flexores.

The “ palmaris longus” arises (very broad) from the internal

condyle (hum.) and ends by four tendons (connected with each

other) on digits 2-5, some fibres going to the Pp. and to the

neighbourhood of the Pm.

As this muscle has two nerves (from the medianus and the

ulnaris) it may perhaps be considered as formed by union of two

palmares.

On the wrist there are four little muscles :—

(1) From the pisiform and the tendon of the ulnaris

Nabiaaes internus to the ulnar border of the manus.

3 * < (2) From the pisiform : ( continue into one tendon,

which ends on the sheath

(3) From the Pp: of the flewor longus on the

fifth digit.

N. medianus: (4) From the Pp to the thumb.

Underlying these four muscles there is a strong transverse

ligament.

, The flewor dig. subl. has delicate and narrow tendons

which are cleft and perforated by the following

N. medianus muscle.

and ulnaris. | The flexor dig. prof. has very strong and broad

tendons, which are connected with those of

‘the perforatus where they pass it.

The radial part of the profundus goes to the pollex and index.

IU. Leq anv Foor.

a. MARSUPIALS.

1. DiDELPHYS MARSUPIALIS. (Plate XXI. figs. 1, 2.)

a. Flexores.

There are strong nerves and vessels running to the Ph.

The gastrocnemius consists of two separate muscles arising from

the inner and the outer condyle of the femur, joining each other

only on the insertion on the caleaneum.

The plantaris takes origin in common with the lateral gastro-

cnemius, runs down, crossing the tibial or inner gastrocnemius at an

acute angle; it is fixed on the calcaneum and ends in the “ fascia ”

plantaris, the tendinous fibres going mostly to the Ph.

368 PROF, K, VON BARDELEBEN ON THE [Apr. 17,

Beneath this tendon there is an oblique muscle like a muse.

transversus 8. obliquus carp.

From the fascia arises a weak muscle which seems to be the

remains of the flewor brevis superficialis.

There are also an abductor minimi and an “ opponens” which

forms the outer part of the flewor brevis superficialis.

The tibialis posticus (or medialis?) is inserted :—

(1) By an aponeurotic triangular expansion on the Ph.; (2) it

gives origin to a strong muscular belly (like a lumbricalis) ending

in a tendon which goes to phalanx II. of the 2nd toe; it is

perforated by the tendon of the profundus (fibularis); (3) it con-

tinues into a tendon which joins the flewor digit. profundus, where

it sends the tendon to the hallux.

“ Tibialis quartus” I should like to name a muscle which is

situated on the outer side of the “ tibiahs posticus.” It seems to

be rudimentary or reduced ; I could not find the insertion, because

the tendon was torn on the back of the os trigonum.

The flexor digitorum sublimis (tibialis) goes to toes 3-5; first

it is fleshy for a long way, then tendinous, and finally fleshy

again (=lumbricalis?). The sublimis is largely connected with

the profundus (fibularis), contra Dobson.

B. Eatensores.

The nervy. peronzus goes to the 5th, 4th, 3rd, and 2nd toes

(half).

There are four m. peronei :

Origin. Peculiarities, Insertion.

(1) Cond. lat. femoris. Superficial, strong, Planta.

behind (2).

(2) Cond. lat. fem., head of the First flat, then Metat. V., 5th toe.

fibula (lat.), representing a rounded.

fleshy lig. laterale.

(3) a. Middle third of fibula, Strongest tendon

outside. of all peronzi. Outer border of

6, Femur, connected with (1). Between (1) and the foot.

(3a).

(4) Anterior surface of the Dorsal aspect of

fibula, upper half. the 5th, 4th, 3rd

toes,

2. TRICHOSURUS VULPECULA.

The 2nd and 8rd toes reduced and united; hallux widely

dwerging.

a. Flexores.

The gastrocnemius is strong, two-headed, takes origin from the

femur; inserted into the tuberositas calcanei.

The plantaris is also strong ; inserted into the tuberos. cale. and

fascia plantaris.

The flexor brevis digitorum superficialis arises from the tendon

of the plantaris and ends on the outer border of the foot.

1894. | MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOO?r. 369

(Nery. plantaris medialis supplies the four toes 1-4 and the

inner half of fifth, but there is an anastomosis between the lateral

branch of the nerve and the medial.)

The tendons of the flexor digitorum sublimis (tibialis) are weak ;

they are perforated by the tendons of the profundus. The sublimis

goes to the 5th, 4th, 3rd, and 2nd toes; it ends on the I. phalanx

and on the tendon-sheath of the profundus, especially on the ligg.

annularia.

The flewor digit. profundus (fibularis) gives five tendons to

toes 1-5, the tendons for the 2nd and 3rd toes being more connected

than the others.

I have found only two lumbricales, to the 4th and 5th toes ; they

are very strong.

The adductores (plantar layer, Cunningham) go to the hallux,

2nd and 5th toes.

The abductor dig. minimi arises from the calcaneum and ends on

phalanx I. of the 5th toe.

The tendon of the ¢ibialis posticus is cleft, both parts ending on

the naviculare.

B. Ezatensores.

The t2biakts anticus is inserted into the internal cuneiform, the

tendon being a little divided.

The peroneus longus is very strong; it crosses almost trans-

versely on the planta and ends on the first metatarsal bone.

b. EDENTATA.

1. EUPHRACTUS MINUTUS.

a. Flexores.

The plantaris (?) arises. from the femur (Jower end) and the

fibula (upper end), or the knee-joint ; it ends in the fascia plant.

superfic. and tendons which go to the Ph. and the “five toes,”

ending there in the tendon-sheaths.

No flewor brevis superficialis is present.

The flewores longi (subl. and prof.) are connected with each other

but divisible; they form one large tendon which divides into

separate tendons. Hach tendon is cleft, but there is no

perforation.

A muscle arises from the fibula and is inserted into :—(1) the

proc. transversus calcanei; (2) the tendon-sheath of the peronzus

brevis and minimi; fascia dorsalis; (3) the ligam. transversum

on the ankle-joint.

(. Ezxtensores.

The extensor digitorum et hallucis longus goes to all five toes, the

fourth toe getting two tendons.

There is an extensor hallucis “proprius” (like the eat. poll.

longus) arising from the fibula and inserted into the first phalanx

of the great toe together with the extensor brevis.

370 PROF. K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THE (Apr. 17,

c. RODENTIA.

1. ScrurnUs ARIZONENSIS. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)

(Zool. Soc. Gardens.)

The xerv. plantaris medialis supplies all 5 toes except only the

outer half of the 5th.

An abductor (extensor) prehallucis (tibialis medialis) (v. Bathy-

ergus) is present ; it takes origin from the inner (tibial) surface of

the tibia and ends in the Ph.; the muscle is covered in by the

tibialis posticus. Nerv. tibialis.

The plantaris arises in common with the lateral head of the

gastrocnemius ; it is a little fixed on the calcaneum and ends in

four tendons, which are provided with a weak fleshy belly each

(=lumbricales?).

2, SCIURUS NIGER.

a. Flexores.

The gastrocnemius is a two-headed, strong, and flat muscle; it is

inserted into the tuberos. calcan.

The plantaris is large; it arises from the external condyle,

becomes tendinous near the caleaneum, where it is fixed by con-

nective tissue, and is inserted by four tendons into toes 2-5.

These tendons are cleft and perforated by those of the flexor

longus.

A muscle (soleus?) taking origin from the capitulum fibule joins

the tendon of the gastrocnemius.

The two flexores longi are united into one muscle coming from

the tibia and fibula and ending in five tendons. One tendon of the

flexor communis joins the tendon of the plantaris which goes to

the 5th toe.

There are present four large Jumbricales muscles.

The tibialis posticus is inserted into the naviculare tibiale.

The abductor (extensor) prehallucis (tibialis medialis) arises from

the internal surface of the tibia (in the upper half) and is inserted

fe the Ph. and the first metatarsal bone and phalanx I. of the

allux.

There are five flexores breves profundi.

p. Eatensores.

The tibialis anticus is so very large that it covers the ext. hall. 1.

and ewt. dig. com. 1. in the upper part of the leg.

There are four peronei muscles:—(1) the peroneus longus ;

(2) the peroneus brevis, both very strong; (3) the peroneus

“ tertius,” arises from the fibula (upper end) and goes to the

capitulum metatarsi quinti; (4) the peroneus “ quartus” takes

origin from the middle and lower third of the fibula and joins the

outer border of the extensor digitorum brevis.

The extensor brevis goes to toes 2-5, the tendon to the fifth toe

being very delicate.

1894. | MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT, 371

3. BATHYERGUS MARITIMUS.

Flexores.

The biceps femoris remains fleshy on the leg and ends tendinous

(‘‘ fascia”) on the foot.

The gastrocnemius is strong, and also the plantaris ; the latter is

inserted into the fascia and continues in the flewor brevis.

The insertion of the soleus is separated from that of the gastro-

cnemius.

The abductor prehallucis (tibialis medialis) is very strong

(23 mm.1., 5 mm. br., more than 2 mm. thick; the tendon

measures 25 mm.), supplied by the n. tibialis. It arises from

the upper, inner, and anterior parts of the tibia, until close to the

origin of the tibialis anticus; it ends on the tibial surface of

the Ph.

The flewor digitorum subl. and prof. are not divisible ; there are

m. lumbrieales as usual and a m. accessorius.

There are two “ interossei” for each toe, except for the third toe,

which has only one. The interosseus medialis of the hallux comes

from the Ph., the inéeross. lateralis of the fifth toe comes from an

accessory ossicle situated on the top of the Pm.

d. UNGULATA.

1. Hyrax BRUCEI.

The muscles of the leg and foot of this animal show some

peculiarities which are of less interest for our subject.

2. ELEPHAS AFRICANUS (Embryo).

(Roy. Coll. Surg.)

Length of the leg 15 em.

The biceps femoris ends on the foot.

The gastrocnemius arises only from the inner side of the femur

and from the planum popliteum.

The plantaris is strong and, after passing behind the caleaneum,

ends in the fascia plantaris. From this fascia springs only one

muscle, which joins the flewor digitorum communis.

Four lumbricales are present.

The flewor digit. subl. and profundus join each other in the

lanta.

The tibialis posticus goes on the inner border of the tibia to the

dorsum pedis, where it ends on the third and second toes.

Beside this muscle there is another which continues partly the

semitendinsous (!) and goes to the hallux and the prehallua.

The ewtensor digitorum longus goes to toes 2-5, the fourth

getting two tendons; as the extensor brevis ends on toes 2-4,

the fourth is provided with three tendons.

There are three muscles arising from the Ph.:—(1) to the

hallux ; (2) to the capitulum of the metatarsal II.; (3) to the 2nd

toe, a long thin tendon, besides that of the flew. longus.

PS CPO eae eae ee en) es eee ee

372 PROF. K, VON BARDELBBEN ON THE [Apr. 17,

e. CARNIVORA.

1. LINSANG GRACILIS.

The gastrocnemius consists of two heads; insertion, tuberos.

calcanei (behind).

The soleus is represented only by a weak tendon (as very often

the plantaris in Man).

The plantaris, connected with the gastrocnemius, but divisible by

the forceps, is very strong, fleshy till near the calcaneum ; it then

becomes tendinous, passes the calcaneum, connected with it by the

tendon-sheath, becomes again fleshy, and ends on the toes. No

‘‘ fascia” plantaris is present (as in the Cat, Mivart).

Nerve-supply by the plantaris medialis (proximal) and lateralis

(distal).

The fleores longi (subl. and prof.) do not cross each other, but

continue separate and run down parallel, the profundus or fibularis

being the stronger; the accessorius joins the latter ( Dobson).

The lumbricales spring from the profundus (fibularis).

2. VIVERRICULA MALACCENSIS.

The plantaris is quite separate from the gastrocnemius and

continues in the planta into the flewor brevis ; nerve-supply as in

Linsang (plant. med. and lat.) (very similar to Linsang).

3. HERPESTES GRISEUS.

In this animal there is also a continuation from the “ plantaris ”

into the “flexor brevis.” Nerve-supply as in Linsang and

Viwerricula, two branches coming from each nerve.

C.—CONCLUSIONS AND GENERAL REMARKS.

On comparing the bones and muscles of the distal parts of the

mammalian limbs we see :—

(1) That the palmaris ends on the Pp. in Marsupials, Insectivora,

some Rodentia,—while in some Carnivora there are only tendinuus

fibres going to that bone, and in higher mammals only traces of

those connections are found. The palmaris can be separated into

two muscles.

(2) That the plantaris is inserted into the Ph. in Marsupials,

Edentata, some Insectivora, while in higher forms it goes only to

toes 1-5 or 2-5; finally we see the tendons being united to an

aponeurosis.

In the superficial layer of the forearm and the leg we have also

the ulnaris wnternus (often separated into two muscles) going to

the pisiform, and the gastrocnemius going to the calcaneum.

Tam not quite sure about the meaning of the tibialis medialis

1894. ] MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT. 373

(“abductor prehallucis”), but I am inclined to take this muscle

together with the gastrocnemius (and soleus when present) as the

superficial flewor digit. longus. Ido not know how to interpret

the radialis internus and, as I suppose, its homologue the tibialis

posticus, but I think that they may have been formerly real

flewores digitorum.

A question of great importance is, on which bones of the hand

and foot are muscles inserted and on which not? I will answer

this question here :—

Hand. Foot. Muscles.

(1) ‘‘True” carpal bones,-—proximal row—tarsal bones: no insertion,

except pisiform except caleaneum: no origin.

(2) Carpal bones —distalrow— tarsal bones: no insertion.!

(3) Pisiform ‘Pim caleaneum : insertion and origin.

(4) Preepollex prehallux : only origin.

(5) Metacarpal bones metatarsal bones: insertion and origin.

(6) Phalanges: only insertion, no origin.

Or in the form of a table (+ =present, 0=absent) :—

Insertion. Origin.

(1) True carpal and tarsal bones, proximal

TOW Sc ee ee Ea. 0 0

(2) True carpal and tarsal bones, distal

OW. ee a Se ete nse a ee len ae 0 +

(3) Pisiform, caleaneum ......... beet dias = =

(ePrepotles, prehailix 2.5) eat ses + +

(5) Metacarpal and metatarsal bones .... + +

(Gr Paovlaires: Se Sep tary sit whl pete |). = 0

Therefore I conclude, if in our subject the muscles are true

guides as to the homology of bones (and I do not doubt it), that

neither the pisiform and calcaneum (as Gegenbaur and others have

supposed long ago) nor the so-called prepollex and prehallux are

true carpal and tarsal bones, but that they have the same rank

and position as the metacarpal and metatarsal bones. If other

authors prefer to call bones on which is an insertion and an origin

of a muscle a ‘‘sesamoid bone,” then they ought also to call the

metacarpal and metatarsal bones (which may be often reduced and

very small ossicles) ‘‘ sesamoid bones.”

Further evidences for my view on the prepollex and prehallux

are the following :—

The bones I call Pp. and Ph. are generally present everywhere

in all orders and families of mammals which have five true digits.

These bones have everywhere the same situation on the radial

and tibial border of the hand and foot, and almost the same

relations to the surrounding parts.

In some animals there are distinct pads on the apex of Pp. and

1 The insertions of the ¢ébialis anticus and posticus are not really on tarsal

bones, but originally either on digits or on the free bone or bones of the

border of the foot.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XXYV. 25

374 PROF. K. VON BARDELEBEN ON THD [Apr.dy,

Ph., and in Pedetes there is a true nail (in some specimens only a

nail-like structure).

The resemblance of Pp. and Ph. to a reduced thumb or great

toe is very striking (e.g. foot of Carnivora).

If the first digit of the mammalian hand and foot had always

been lost as a true digit, and if we knew only mammals with four

digits, then we might be in the same doubt about this reduced

structure—“‘pre-index ”—as many of my colleagues are now about

my prepollex.

The Pp. and Ph. are much better developed in lower mammals

than in higher ones—they are present and free in primitive types ;

they are lost or become united with their neighbours in higher or

more differentiated mammals, or they get the appearance of

** sesamoid bones.”

In lower mammals the Pp. may consist of two bones, in higher

there is always only one bone.

The Pp. consists of at least two bones in Theriodesmus phyl-

archus, the position of that animal being not yet sufficiently

ascertained. Five years ago (P. Z.S. 1889) I supposed it to be a

Promammal, but, as Prof. Seeley kindly told me this March, there

is now evidence for this interesting animai being a true reptile.

We must make a clear distinction between the fission of digits

which occurs in Cetacea (and Ichthyosauria perhaps) and the

existence of rudiments of digits. In Cetacea there is also a real

Pp., as Prof. Kiikenthal has shown.

It may be that the Pp. and Ph. of many animals represent not

only an old (reduced) structure, but also a partly new one, and

that only the basis of the Pp. of Pedetes was inherited in those

species and that it gradually increased in size.

There are many muscles in the mammalian hand and foot

which have to do with the Pp. and Ph. exclusively or nearly so.

When the Pp. and Ph. disappear or coalesce with other bones,

these muscles may also vanish or they may become united with

other muscles, or they may get inserted in those parts of bones

which have been originally free and more or less movable, as e. g.

Pp. and Ph.

Concerning the nerve-supply of muscles I found that the

following muscles are provided with two nerves :—

the flexor digitorum superficialis brevis cae

et pedis in

the palmaris longus or flexor digitorum super- |

ficialis longus °

the ulnaris internus (flexor postminim1) | mammals.

the flexor digitorum sublimis

the flexor digitorum profundus, in all mammals.

lower

Concerning the homology of the true carpal and tarsal bones I

give here a table which, though it may be incomplete, I hope may

contain definite results :—

1894. ] MAMMALIAN HAND AND FOOT. 375

Hand. Foot.

Scaphoid. Radiale. wus = ) ib.

cohen aaa ye Naviculare.

Centrale. Centrale. { awiarh aneaab:

Prox. row. Lunatum. Intermedium. Talus s. s.

{ geek ace ). Ulnare. Trigonum. SDE ee

(Pisiform. ) (Calcaneum.)

As regards the distal row there cannot be any doubt that the

trapezoid and uncinatum are homologous with the middle cunei-

form and the cuboid.

As the internal cuneiform (Hrethizon, Man sometimes) and the

external (Cryptoprocta) can be divided into two bones, we must look

for the homologous bones in the hand; and I think that the radial

part of the trapezium (sometimes a free ossicle in Man) corresponds

to the tibial or the plantar internal cuneiform, and that the head

or proximal part of the magnum (Man), or the lateral part of the

centrale (e. g. Centetes), corresponds to that bone which is situated

proximally to the external cuneiform in Cryptoprocta. I cannot

prove beyond all doubt that this is the second centrale, but there

seems to be no other explanation. Consequently the distal row

would be as follows :—

Hand. Foot.

Trapezium. Carp. tars. dist. 1. Internal cuneiform. SEE

Dorsale.

Trapezoid. Carp. tars. dist. 2. Middle cuneiform.

Carp. tars. dist. 3. External cuneiform s. s.

Magnum. { Centrale 2. la riaugulare, B.

f Carp. tars. dist. 4.

Unciform. Cuboid.

(separated : | Carp. tars. dist. 5.

Ziphius).

PS. (April 23, 1894).—Since I read this paper I have found a

specimen of HLuphractus minutus in the Nat. Hist. Museum in

which there is a very well-developed prehallux, like a metatarsal

bone (see Plate XXI. fig. 7). There is also a muscle between the

Ph. and the first metatarsal bone.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puarr XX,

Sxeteton of Mammalian Hands and Feet.

. Right foot of Dasypus, 3/2 enlarged (p. 356).

. Right hand of Centetes ecaudatus, 3/2 enlarged (p. 356).

. Right foot of Centetes ecaudatus, 3/2 enlarged.

Right foot of Bathyergus maritimus, 5/3 enlarged (p. 356).

Right foot of Lrethizon dorsatus seen from above, nat. size (p. 357).

Prehallux of Erethizon, seen from behind, 3/1 enlarged.

Right hand of Hlurus fulgens, 5/4 enlarged (p. 358).

. Right foot of Alurus fulgens, nat. size.

. Astragalus of Mlurus seen from behind, showing the division into

“talus” s.s, and “trigonum,”

25*

Fig.

SO OMID OU CODE

».

376 DR. G. H. FOWLER ON SEA-PENS [Apr. 17,

Reference Letters.

(a) Hann :—R, radius. U, ulna. s, scaphoid. s/, scapho-lunatum. tm,

trapezium. fd, trapezoid. m, magnum. ce, central. Pp, prepollex.

1-V, metacarpal bones, first to fifth.

(b) Foor:—T, tibia. F, fibula. a, astragalus. ca,caleaneum. 2, naviculare.

nt, tibial, nf, fibular naviculare. ¢1, ¢2, ¢3, internal, middle, external

cuneiform. cld, dorsal, cl p, plantar part of the internal cuneiform.

cb, cuboid. Ph, prehallux.

I-V, metatarsal bones, first to fifth.

Prats XXII.

Muscurs of Mammalian Hands and Feet.

. Left foot of Didelphys marsupialis, 2/1 enlarged (p. 359).

. Second toe of Didelphys marsupialis, 4/1 enlarged.

. Forearm of Trichosurus vulpecula (p. 861).

. Hand of Sciwrus arizonensis (p. 362).

Forearm and hand of Linsang gracilis (p. 364).

. Wrist of Viverricula malaccensis (p. 356).

. Preballux of Euphractus minutus (nat. size): m., interosseus pre-

hallucis (p. 3738).

Fig.

STH oP oo bo

Reference Letters.

(a) Fore timp :—Pp, prepollex. Pm, postminimus. po, pollex (thumb). pis,

pisiform bone. plm, m. palmaris longus. plm. r, plm. u, m. palmaris

1. radialis, ulnaris. w.7., m. ulnaris internus (flexore. uln.). 7.7.,m. radialis

internus (fl. c. radialis).

(6) Hinp trms :—PA, prexhallux. 4, hallux (great toe). 27, second toe. pia,

m. plantaris. 7¢ib. p, m. tibialis posticus. w, web.

2. On two Sea-pens of the Family Veretillide from the

Madras Museum. By G. Herserr Fowter, B.A.,

Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology in University

College, London.

[Received April, 2, 1894.]

(Plate X X11.)

For the opportunity of examining these specimens, I am indebted

to Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, who received them from Mr. Thurston

of the Madras Museum.

CAVERNULARIA MALABARICA, Sp. n.

This beautiful species (Plate XXII. fig. 1) differs from all other

Veretillidee with which I am acquainted in the great breadth of

the rhachis, and in the sharpness of the curvature by which the

rhachis is marked off from the stalk; the result is to give the

colonya club-shaped outline described only in Cavernularia glans,

of this family. To what extent such a difference of form as

this may be produced, or at least accentuated, by different degrees

of expansion or contraction of the colony, I am unable to say ;

and‘I have therefore sought for other specific marks.

The dimensions of the colony in millimetres are as follows :—

P.Z,S.1894. PLO

2 bh.

eas | Rear.

ae pee i eS

= c & ea a

b oD eee

3x 46 d kx 105

P. Smit & GH F del.et lith. Mintern Bros .imp

CAVERNULARIA MALABARICA.

1894. } OF THE FAMILY VERETILLIDS. 377

SHUE SUITE. «Cee doepoconasanone rie: 1 2 3 4 5 6

otal lene eessse sacs eceteee eae 50 56 46 56 59 50

Length of rhachis.................. 39 44 37 42 47 oT

ienpth wor stalk... eis. sadee nse ue 12 9 14 12 13

Breadth of rhachis at centre:

longest diameter! ......... 29 26 28 26 29

shortest diameter! ......... 21 13

Breadth of stalk, upper end:

longest diameter ......... 7 8 6 8 7 6

shortest diameter ......... 9) 5 4:5 6 6 4

The autozooids were very well expanded in all the specimens,

and the colony was therefore also presumably in a state of dis-

tension; this may perhaps be attributable to gradual death, as their

label stated that they had been ‘‘ washed ashore in large quantities.”

I have seen similar distension in washed-up specimens of Alcyonium.

The only traces of colour remaining were (1) in the upper half

or two-thirds of the autozooids (exclusive of the tentacles) ; these

are of a dark purple tint, the exact seat of which is the upper

part of the mesenteries ; (2) on the surface of the rhachis of some

specimens, in which the surface of the ccenosare is of a rich

reddish brown.

The most expanded autozooids are about 10 mm. in length and

are entirely devoid of spicules. No calyx of spicules appears

round their bases, such as occurs in some forms. They are set

more closely together than in any Cavernularia with which I am

acquainted,—so closely that in most specimens no siphonozooids

could be seen without carefully parting the autozooids; generally

they stand about 1 mm. or less apart, but in fig. 2 I have drawn part

of an inflated specimen in which they stand about 1-5 mm. apart.

The siphonozooids, as will appear from this figure, are of various

size; they stand out against the dark ccenosarc as brilliant white

ovals (the stomodza) from which radiate white lines (their mes-

enteries); they are not surrounded by prominent calyces of

spicules. In section they showed the usual eight mesenteries and

an enormous ventral groove or siphonoglyphe. At the junction of

rhachis and stalk is a ring of siphonozooids, without interspersed

autozooids, about 1-2 mm. in breadth.

The rhachis, as will be seen from the dimensions of specimens

1 and 3, is slightly compressed. The stalk is considerably com-

pressed in the same plane (spec. 1-6); both flattened surfaces

exhibit a deep median furrow, which commences at the ring of

siphonozooids just mentioned, and is continued nearly to the base

(tip) of the stalk. Lesser longitudinal furrows were irregular and

apparently the result of shrinkage.

Two specimens were opened in order to obtain the axis. In

the one case this was in two fragments: the upper end of one

1 Given only in specimens which haye not obviously been crushed in packing.

378 ON SEA-PENS OF THE FAMILY VERETILLIDE. [Apr. 17,

piece, 3 mm. long, was about 7 mm. distant from the upper end

of the rhachis; the lower end of the other piece, 9 mm. long, was

about 5 mm. from the lower end of the stalk. The two fragments

together measured therefore about 12 mm. and were 30 mm.

apart. Nothing in the appearance of the colony indicated, either

before or during dissection, that the fracture of the axis was

attributable to rcugh treatment after death, and from the appearance

of the fractured surfaces I incline to think that the break occurred

during life. In the second specimen the axis was unbroken ; it

measured a little less than 12 mm. in length, and lay at the janction

of stalk and rhachis. In both cases the axis was pointed at both

ends, and measured *48--48 mm. in diameter; its surface was

covered by irregular warts and knobs, and its colour was a

brilliant white.

The spicules are of different size and character in rhachis and

stalk. In the rhachis (fig. 3) they take the shape of elongate

needles of irregular form (d). These are very numerous, and are

distributed throughout the ccenosare. A few are bifurcated (a),

or carry a prominence at one side (+); rarely one meets with

“ Vierlinge.” An average spicule of the needle type measures

480 X 32y.—In the stem (fig. 4) the spicules were very much

smaller than in the rhachis, as will be seen by the magnification

of the two figures. By far the greater number are regularly

elliptical (a), an average specimen measuring 49 x 24 p.

Scattered sparsely among these are needles of the same character

as those of the rhachis (6), but very much shorter; they are about

208 xX 32p. “ Vierlinge” are fairly numerous (c).

It is possible, but, I think, unlikely, that the specimens under

description may prove to be old specimens of Cavernularia liitkeni

(Koll.), which also came from the Bay of Bengal. The pro-

portionate dimensions of the colony are not quite close enough

to allow of this determination ; expressed in percentages of total

length they are :—

Rhachis. Stem. | Axis.

Length. | Breadth. | Length. | Breadth. | Length.

C. liitheni ...... 70 87 28:5 14 «|| a6?

C. malabarica... 78 58 22 14 24

Further, the very numerous elliptical spicules of the stalk are

not mentioned by Kolliker (* Pennatulida,’ p. 347); the polyps of

C. lutkeni are described as “ entferntstehend,” and the shape of the

colony (K6ll. Penn. pl. xxii. fig. 211) is quite unlike that of our

specimens.

Locality. Calicut, Malabar Coast.

1894. ] ON TWO NEW GENERA OF EARTHWORMS. 379

LITUARIA PHALLOIDES (Pallas).

A single specimen of this, labelled *‘ Dutch Bay, Ceylon,” was -

sent along with the Cavernularia just described. It presented no

features of special interest, and differed from other specimens

which have already passed through my hands (Marshall and

Fowler, “ Pennatulida of the Mergui Archipelago,” Journ. Linn.

Soc., Zool. xxi.) only in the point that the siphonozooids practically

filled all the space between the autozooids, instead of forming

rings round them. A plane of bilateral symmetry, mentioned in

the paper quoted, was also indicated here. The specimen, as so

often happens with Pennatulids, had been apparently truncated

above and scarred over; a new autozooid and several siphonozooids

had been formed on the scar.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Cavernularia malabarica, sp. n.; view of the colony.

Fig. 2. Surface of the ccenosare, showing the siphonozooids filling up the space

between the bases of three autozooids.

Fig. 3. Spicules of the rhachis.

Fig. 4. Spicules of the stalk.

3. On Two new Genera, comprising Three new Species, of

Earthworms from Western Tropical Africa. By Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received April 2, 1894.]

The specimens of worms now described I owe to the kindness

of Mr. Alvan Millson, Assistant Colonial Secretary at Lagos,

to whom I have frequently had to express my indebtedness

for material. Within the last few weeks I have received from him

a number of tubes containing a large number of specimens of

Earthworms, which proved to be referable to four species. Of

these I only describe three in the present communication; the

fourth was not new, but was found to be a particularly fine speci-

men of my species Siphonogaster millsoni; this specimen I have

sent to the Oxford Museum. The remaining species belong to the

family Cryptodrilide, which is not well represented on the African

continent, so far as our present knowledge enables a judgment to

be formed. The most characteristic family of Earthworms of the

Ethiopian region are unquestionably the Eudrilide, which are

indeed limited to that continent, with the sole exception of the

almost ubiquitous genus Hudrilus. So abundant are the members

of this family that it is really a remarkable fact to receive a

collection of Earthworms from that part of the world which does

not include representatives of that family. Such, however, is the

case with the collection upon which I report here. It may be

noted, however, that the Cryptodrilide are rather more abundant in

380 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON TWO [Apr. 17,

Western than in Eastern Africa. I have already described several

species of a genus nearly confined to Western Africa, viz. Gordio-

drilus; and at Lagos a species of Pygmeodrilus also exists. The

same two genera also occur on the West Coast, but the former is

there not nearly so common. The present paper increases the

number of West-African Cryptodrilids by three ; and I refer these

worms to two new genera. Wannodrilus africanus seems, from the

large number of specimens sent to me, to be an exceedingly

common species.

It is a curious fact that both of the two genera show certain

resemblances to the Eudrilide : there is,in my opinion, little doubt

but that the Eudrilide are derivatives of the Cryptodrilide ; but I

cannot agree with those who would unite two such extremely

diverse types in one family. I shall now direct attention to the

anatomical characters of the new species, beginning with a defi-

nition of the first genus, which I propose to call after Mr. Alvan

Millson.

Millsonia, gen. nov.

Dur. Large worms with strictly paired sete. Male pores (single

or paired) upon wvii. Two gizzards in v., vt. ; caleiferous

glands, three pairs in xv.—vvu. ; intestine with about 30 pairs

of ceca, a pair to each segment. Nephridia diffuse. One

pair of spermathece without diverticula ; spermiducal glands

tubular ; no penial sete.—Hab. West Africa.

This definition will differentiate the present genus from any

other Cryptodrilid at present known. The two most. salient

characters of the genus which are peculiar to itself concern the

nephridia and the intestinal ceca. These alone would serve to

distinguish the genus ; it is principally on account of them that I

unite the two species, which I shall describe, into a single genus.

These two species, as will be seen in the course of the following

pages, differ from each other in a good many points of, as I

believe, subsidiary importance. The two matters referred to are

not exactly novelties of structure in the group, but they are

exaggerations, so to speak, of characters already found in allied

forms. The ceca are precisely like those of the genus Pericheta

only that there are so many of them. In Pericheta sieboldi and in

one or two other species there are, it is true, six or seven pairs of

these appendages of the intestine; but then they are all contained

in one segment; whereas in the genus Millsonia they are contained

in as many segments as there are pairs of ceca. The existence of

these ceca is interesting as tending to knit still closer together the,

in other ways not very remote, Cryptodrilide and Perichetide.

The second peculiarity of this genus concerns the nephridia.

The structure of these organs will be described more at length

immediately ; but in the meantime attention may be directed to

the fact that they present the curious appearance illustrated in the

accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 381). The excretory tubes of

the posterior segments of the body have ceased altogether to look

1894.]

Part of the posterior region of the body cut open to display the

NEW GENERA OF EARTHWORMS,

=a)

SRS 5)

eee

= SSS =>

SSS)

SOS

—

SpE

- i

(Lh

i bi Wiehe

WHEE FLL

BERS BS COCs

PO DOLE Nee

Rp Sea Ba

Millsonia nigra.

excretory system.

= N

rT ar

— Tt ir ~

——— rami ‘N

Sa aS

SUTIN UN N

. Ta N

“C5 ILI :

= —— N

TSA

UMMM WEEE

Jiri

—

Millsonia rubens.

Intestinal ceca.

381

382 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON TWO [Apr. 17,

like excretory tubes in the usual “ plectonephric” genera; they

give the impression rather of minute pouches opening on to the

exterior. A closer survey, however, of their structure shows that

there is really nothing anomalous about them. The vesicular

layer of cells commonly found attached to the exterior of the

tubules is here so largely developed that the appearance referred

to is produced.

Most of the other characters of the genus are such as are to be

met with in other Cryptodrilids. The affinities which they

indicate are, however, not very plain. The presence of two

gizzards—to commence with perhaps the least important of these

characters—is found in the genera Digaster (with which I unite

Didymogaster and Perrisogaster of Fletcher), Dichogaster, and

Microdrilus. All of the genera mentioned also agree with Mzll-

sonia in the diffuse nephridial system. The last two Cryptodrilids,

as well as Typheus, agree with Millsonia in that the male pores are

upon the xviith instead of the more usual xvuith segment.

Finally the calciferous glands are, as in Microdrilus, in segments

xv.-xvil. The absence of the penial sete distinguishes M:llsonia

from all the Cryptodrilids mentioned except Dichogaster. Mull-

sonia shows, as I have already intimated, some likeness to the

Eudrilids. This likeness, however, is shown only by the species

Millsonia nigra. The resemblance consists first of all in the

unpaired male pore; the unpaired genital orifices are not abso-

lutely unknown in the Cryptodrilide, since they are met with in

the genus Pletcherodrilus. But in addition to their being unpaired

in the worm now under discussion, there are a pair of terminal

muscular sacs which are like the bursa copulatrix of many Eudri-

lids. The genus Nannodrilus which I describe in the present

paper is the only other Cryptodrilid in which there is a similar

bursa or rather a pair of them. But I am disposed to consider

that the terminal sac which is found appended to the end of the

duct of the spermiducal glands in many Perichete is the homologue

of the structure so universal in the Eudrilids. So that the exist-

ence of well-developed burs in Millsonia is not a fact of absolute

novelty for the family.

Millsonia rubens, n. sp. (Fig. 2, p. 381.)

Der. Length 320 mm. ; diameter 12 mm. Number of segments

363. Male pores paired. No bursa copulatriz.

External characters.—This worm was remarkable on account of

its peculiar coloration. In alcohol the front end of the body,

in front of the clitellum, is of a pale violet-grey. The clitellum

itself is of a pale brown. Behind the clitellum the colour is a

brick-red, a tint that I have never before seen in any Earthworm.

The prostomium is large and does not at all encroach upon the

buccal segment. The sete, as already mentioned in the definition

of the genus, are very strictly paired; they lie entirely upon the

ventral surface of the body. A distance of 2 mm. separates the

1894. ] NEW GENERA OF EARTHWORMS. 383

two couples of each side, while the ventral couple of one side is

separated from its fellow of the other side by a distance of 2°5 mm.

I could not find any trace of sete at all upon the first five

segments of the body. If this absence of sete upon the head end

be confirmed it is of interest, as this cephalization is rare among

the Cryptodrilide, though a common character in the family Geo-

scolicide. G'eodrilus in fact is the only Cryptodrilid in which I can

recall anything of the kind. Segments vii—xi. are bi-annulate.

The dorsal pores are very obvious. They commence on the border-

line of segments x./xi., possibly one or two segments earlier.

There are three of these pores upon the clitellum—one marks its

posterior boundary, while two le on the first two segments. The

clitellum is rather extensive, occupying segments xili—xxu. The

median ventral region behind the male pores seems to be free, at

any rate to a large extent, of glandular tissue. The two male

pores lie upon segment xvil.; they are highly conspicuous and are

transversely elongated oritices, which correspond in position to the

missing ventral sete of the segment. Neither the oviducal nor the

spermathecal pores were visible. The body-wall of both the present

species and Millsonia nigra is exceedingly tough. Mr. Millson

informs me that this was also the case during life.

Vascular system.—The dorsal blood-vessel of the worm is single

from end to end of the body. In segments xvi. and xvii. it is

distinctly dilated, forming thus a kind of heart. A local dilata-

tion of the dorsal vessel is not unknown, though rare, among the

Oligocheta. In the Geoscolecid Microcheta I and Benham have

described the same kind of thing, while many Enchytrzids also

show a dilatation of the dorsal blood-vessel just after its emergence

from the peri-intestinal sinus (or plexus). I regard all these local

expansions of the dorsal blood-vessel as having some relation to the

heart of the Arthropods. The last pair of circumcesophageal

trunks are in segment xii.; the five pairs which le in front of

these are equally large.

Intersegmental Septa.—The first distinguishable septum lies

between segments iv./v. It is tolerably stout and runs in a straight

course across the body. The four following septa are excessively

delicate and are pushed back by the stout gizzards so as to have

lost their definite relation to the segments which they separate.

After these thin septa come a number which are very strong

and muscular. The septa dividing segments ix./xvii. are stout,

diminishing in thickness posteriorly. The anterior of these and

those which lie in front of them as far back as septum xiv./xyv. are

traversed by or give rise to muscular straps which are also

attached to the parietes and to the alimentary canal.

Nephridia.—I do not give a long account of the nephridia under

the present species as they are constructed upon the same plan as

those of Millsonia nigra, in which species it so happens that I inves-

tigated them more closely. The peculiarity of the nephridia of this

genus, to which I have already referred, is not quite so strongly

marked in the present species as it is in the next to be described.

384 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON TWO (Apr. 17,

In the middle region of the body the nephridia form a denser

coating of the parietes than I have before noticed in any worm

with plectonephric excretory organs.

Alimentary Canal.—The pharynx of Millsonia rubens ends with

the fourth segment; in each of segments v. and vi. is a strong

gizzard which measures about 7 mm. in length and not less in

breadth. The two gizzards are separated by an interval of soft

walled csophagus. Calciferous glands are present and show

a rather unusual appearance. There are three pairs of them, which

lie in segments xv., xvi., and xvii. These segments, be it noted, are

the same in which the calciferous glands of the Acanthodrid genus

Benhamia lie. I have already pointed out that another Crypto-

drilid, viz. Microdrilus, is distinguished by the same position of its

calciferous glands. These glands in Mullsonia rubens have a very

remarkable appearance; the surface is so much furrowed as to

give them the look of a small though highly convoluted mamma-

lian brain. In microscopic examination they are seen to present

the characters usually found in these glands; the interior is

occupied by numerous long folds of the lining epithelium, whose

cells are rather flattened. The intestine begins in segment xviii.

This part of the gut is most remarkable for a long series of ceca,

which I have already referred to as a character of the genus. I

counted altogether 32 pairs of these ceca, which begin at about the

28th segment. They begin and end abruptly ; the first pair and

the last are neither larger nor smaller than those which precede

and follow them. The shape of the ceca is precisely that of the

ceca of the genus Pericheta. They taper gradually towards the

free extremity and are in fact exactly like the finger of aglove. The

length averages some 6 mm. In the region of the intestine occu-

pied by these czeca, the dorsal blood-vessel gives off in each segment

two equi-sized trunks ; one of these—the most anterior—is entirely

concerned with the blood-supply of the cecum of its side. The

other supplies the walls of the intestine and appears not to run

over the cecum; in the section of intestine in front of the region

where the ceca are I only noticed a single pair of intestinal trunks

in each segment. It will be understood that these ceca are

entirely metameric in arrangement—that is to say, there is a pair

to each segment; they arise at first more laterally in position,

afterwards their origin is nearer to the dorsal line.

Reproductive Organs.—There are two pairs of testes and of

sperm-duct funnels, which occupy the usual segments, 7. ¢.,

segments x., xi. The sperm-sacs are in segments xi., xl. attached

to the front walls of these segments; the sacs are not particularly

large and do not stray beyond their segments. The spermiducal

glands lie entirely within the xviith segment; they are coiled

into a compact mass. The muscular duct is of a moderate length

and has a nacreous appearance. Iam unable to state what is the

relation between the gland and the sperm-ducts. The ovaries are

large and occupy the xiiith segment. There are only a single pair of

spermathece ; these lie in the viiith segment. The sacs are

1894. ] NEW GENERA OF EARTHWORMS. 385

rather thin-walled, but have a stout duct leading to the exterior.

I could not see the least trace of a diverticulum. It is rare for

the members of the family Cryptodrilide, indeed for any worm

belonging to the Megascolicide, to be without diverticula to the

spermatheca. There are here and there a few cases, but these are

mostly of worms which have a simple structure and are perhaps

rather degenerate in their organization. Examples are furnished

by the genera Gordiodrilus and Ocnerodrilus. I know of no large

and well-developed genus like Millsonia in which the spermathece

are devoid of diverticula. It may of course be that there are

really diverticula, but that they are concealed in the thickness of

the muscular walls of the duct of the spermatheca.

Millsonia nigra, n.sp. (Fig. 1, p. 381.)

Der. Length 230 mm.; diameter 7 mm. Male pore single.

Spermiducal glands open each into a bursa copulatrix.

External characters——This species, judging from the single

specimen at my disposal, is rather smaller than the last. It is

also rather different in colour, being of a dark brown thoughout,

almost black in parts. The setz, dorsal pores, and prostomium

are as in the last species; the clitellum was undeveloped. The

most salient external difference, apart from colour, that distinguishes

this species from the last is in the orifices of the male organs.

The male pore, as stated in the definition of the species, is single

and median. It is of some size and occupies an area equal to that

which would be occupied by the missing ventral sete of its

segment. It is surrounded by a smooth area of skin, doubtless

the commencement of the otherwise wanting clitellum. The

_spermathecal pores are also fairly conspicuous, but they are paired,

though the orifices are very close together. These orifices

correspond in position to the ventral sete. They are on the

boundary line of segments viii./ix., though, as will be pointed out

later, the pouches themselves lie principally in the viith segment.

Intersegmental Septa—The character of the septa plainly

distinguishes this species from the last. They commence at the

same segment, 2. ¢., between segments iv./v., but they are from the

first thickened ; the last of the series of thickened septa separates

segments xili./xiv. Numerous stout muscular strands tie them

together and to the parietes. These bands are found also attached

to “the septa separating segments xiv./xvi.

Nephridia.—This species shows the peculiar character of ne

nephridia better than does the last. On opening the body the

nephridia of the anterior segments were seen to present the usual

characters of the diffuse nephridia; those of the fourth and fifth

segments seemed to be a little thicker than the others, but whether

these formed a compact “‘ peptonephridium ” I am unable to say.

Elsewhere (in the anterior segments) the nephridia were scattered

tubules not quite so densely packed as in Millsonia rubens. Further

back the coiled masses of tubes seem to disappear and to be

386 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON TWO [Apr. 17,

replaced by flattened oval vesicles of various sizes, which have

much the look of small spermathece, such as characterize many

Geoscolicide, e. g. Microcheta. The transition is not abrupt, but

gradual. By the thirteenth segment, or even a little before, the

transition is accomplished and the nephridial system has the

curious appearance indicated in the accompanying drawing (wood-

cut, fig. 1). When the vesicles are removed separately and

examined in glycerine they are seen to be sacs with excessively

delicate walls and crammed with cells. These cells are oval to

rounded in shape and are sometimes granular, sometimes homo-

geneous in appearance. In transverse sections these globular sacs

were seen to overlie the nephridial tubes. I am of opinion that

they are merely an exaggeration of the covering of peritoneal

cells, which often take on a glandular appearance and give to the

nephridia which they cover a white colour, owing to the granules

with which they are laden. The cells are very differently acted

upon by the borax carmine which was used as the staining

reagent. The homogeneous cells were very deeply stained ; the

more granular cells were not at all stained. In these sections the

masses appeared oval or circular; at the side nearest to the body-

wall were one or two nephridial tubules cut transversely.

Alimentary Canal.—As in the last species, there are two stout

gizzards in segments v. and vi. The calciferous glands also

occupy the same segments as in Millsonia rubens; they are

perhaps a little less furrowed and appear to be smaller. The

intestine has a moderate typhlosole and also the ceca of the last

species. I counted the same number of these and they begin at

the same point; their commencement is indicated by the dark

pigmentation of the intestine. The posterior set of ceca are

rather shorter.

Reproductive Organs—The testes are two pairs of little white

tufted bodies, which lie on the anterior septa of segments x. and xi.

The ovaries are rather larger, but occupy an exactly similar

position in the xilith segment. There are three pairs of sperm-

sacs in segments Xi., xll., xili.; they are attached in every case to

the anterior walls of their respective segments. Only those of

segment xill. are of any size, and they are not very large. The

terminal part of the male efferent apparatus has a very unusual

structure. It has been already mentioned that the external pore

is single; the internal organs, however, are double, only uniting

just at the pore. When the worm is dissected and the intestine

removed, two large elevations, one on either side of the nerve-cord,

are exposed. Lach of these is about five millimetres long and is

quite conspicuous. They are tied down to the parietes by thin

straps of muscle, which doubtless serve to retract them after

protrusion. The nerve-cord sends to each two nerves on either

side, which are the ordinary nerves of the segment. These nerves,

instead of coming off at right angles to the cord, run, the anterior

pair forwards, the posterior pair backwards. The terminal

chamber of the efferent apparatus bears a close resemblance to the

1894. ] NEW GENERA OF EARTHWORMS. 387

terminal chamber of the efferent apparatus in the genus Geoscole,

and it is of course also comparable, as I have already mentioned, to

the bursa copulatrix of the Eudrilide. The walls are thick and

muscular and of a spongy texture. At the posterior inner

boundary of each sac opens the spermiducal gland. The gland has

the tubular character of that of the last species, but it is decidedly

more slender; it is, as usual, divisible into two parts—the non-

glandular duct, and the glandular portion. The former is of a

fair length and slender. It widens out at its actual orifice into

the terminal sac. The glandular part of the tube is long and

coiled and slender; it is attached to the posterior border of the

bursa by a mesentery, which supports it and gives to it somewhat

the appearance of a minute vertebrate intestinal tract. The

sperm-ducts cross the sac towards the outer border; they are

enclosed in a muscular sheath, as is the case with the sperm-ducts

of Microdrilus and Pygmcodrilus. The thickness of this muscular

coat makes the sperm-ducts hardly, if at all, thinner than the

duct of the spermiducal gland. The sperm-ducts pass beneath

the terminal sac, so that it is just hidden on a superficial view and

opens into it at the posterior outer border, at the opposite

“corner,” as it were, to that occupied by the orifice of the spermi-

ducal gland. There is, as in the last species, no trace whatever of

penial setz.

There are but a single pair of spermathece, which have moved

a segment further in front and lie in the viith instead of the vilith

segment. They have a remarkable arrangement which I have not

seen paralleled elsewhere. The two spermathece are very close

together; in fact they are in actual contact above, but they are

separated below by the nerve-cord which runs between them.

The area in which the two pouches lie is walled off from the

surrounding space by a perfectly circular fold of muscle, which

arises posteriorly from the septum, but anteriorly from the ventral

parietes. This is really produced by a perforation of the septum

to let the spermathece pass through it. Each spermatheca passes

through a foramen, so that it lies in segment vii. to a great extent,

but opens on to the exterior between segments vui./ix. The

spermatheca itself is the shape of a sock with a very short

foot ; the toe is directed backwards. The spermatheca is thick-

walled but very soft ; there is nothing apparent in the shape of a

diverticulum.

The following is a table of the differences between the species :—

Millsonia rubens. Millsonia nigra.

Male pores.......... Paired. Unpaired.

Spermathecal pores .. NUL/VILE VILL (ide,

Stout septa ........ IX./XVIL. IV./XIV.

Sperm-sacs.......... in XI., XU. in XJ., XII., XIII.

Bursa copulatrix .... Absent. Present.

— at NN ei ei i bg

388 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON TWO [Apr. 17,

Nannodrilus, nov. gen.

Der. Small worms with paired sete. Nephridia paired. Cal-

ciferous gland in ix. Spermiducal glands two pairs lined by

a single layer of glandular cells, opening on to exterior in

“vit., “viii. ; the anterior pair open in a bursa copulatriz

with, but independently of, sperm-ducts. Spermathece without

diverticula.—Hab. West Africa.

This new genus evidently belongs to that group of small-sized

Cryptodrilide which includes the genera Ocnerodrilus, Gordiodrilus,

and Pygmeodrilus. They all agree in the fact that the spermiducal

glands are lined by a single layer only of glandular cells, a

character not found anywhere else except in the Acanthodrilid

genus Kerria. The present genus comes nearest to Gordiodrilus ;

: but it should be, I think, regarded as the type of a new genus on

account of the bursa copulatrix. In other respects it agrees fairly

closely with Gordiodrilus.

Nannodrilus africanus, n. sp.

Der. Length an inch to two inches. Clitellum wiii.-rvii. Two

rudimentary gizzards in vit., viii. Nephridia begin in v.

‘ Spermathece: two pairs in viit., 1a.

| As the present is the only species of the genus, the above

definition of the species is of course only very tentatively put

forward.

The clitellum occupies the segments stated in the definition ; it

extends right round the body and is conspicuous in mature

specimens. Such specimens are also always obvious on account of

the protruded penes. These are as jong as the diameter of the

body. Their structure will be more conveniently deferred until

the description of that of the efferent apparatus in general. The

intersegmental septa in the anterior region of the body are much

prolonged backwards and lie within each other like a series of

cups ; those separating segments v./ix. are particularly thickened.

The esophagus runs in a perfectly straight uniform way without

dilatations from the pharynx to segment ix ; in segments vii. and

vill. it is furnished with rudimentary gizzards, whose calibre is not

greater than that of the cesophagus.

On a dissection these gizzards would be hardly recognizable ;

the increased thickness of their muscular walls entitles this section

of the cesophagus to be termed gizzard, but the epithelium has no

trace of the thick chitinous lining so constantly associated with the

gizzard. In the ninth segment is the calciferous gland, which

appears to be an unpaired structure. It is constricted in the

middle, dividing it into an anterior and a posterior section. The

minute anatomy appears to be most like that of Gordiodrilus. The

mass of the gland has a granular structure and contains numerous

nuclei; but in spite of the undoubted nuclei no cell-boundaries

could be detected. The tissue is in fact quite like that which

| i? ea

1894.] NEW GENERA OF EARTHWORMS. 389

makes up the greater part of the calciferous gland of Gordiodrilus.

Through this tissue pass numerous small blood-vessels of equal

calibre, which radiate out from the top of the gland but run

parallel through its substance. A single diverticulum from the

cesophagus dips down into it, but appears to end cecally and not

to be continued on into a few intracellular tubes such as I have

described in Gordiodrilus. In the xth and xith segments the

cesophagus to some extent retains the structure of the calciferous

gland; outside the lining epithelium of the tube is a granular and

nucleated mass which is precisely like the glandular mass of the

calciferous gland ; outside of this are the muscular layers and the

peritoneal covering of the gut; it seems therefore probable that

the granular tissue of the calciferous gland is of hypodermic origin

and is not formed out of the modification of the peritoneum. The

intestine begins in the xiith segment. The nephridia commence

in segment v.; they have no muscular end sac. The last heart is

in segment xi.

The reproductive organs are constituted upon the plan of those

of Gordiodrilus, but there are differences of detail. The testes and

sperm-duct funnels are in x. and xi. The two sperm-ducts run

side by side along the ventral body-wall until about the xvith

segment ; after this they get to lie in the body-cavity and are to

some extent coiled; they pass back beyond the point where they

open on to the exterior, which is no doubt correlated with the

protrusible termination of the efferent apparatus. When the

worm is dissected the most obvious part—indeed practically the

only part to be seen on account of the small size of the worm—of

the efferent apparatus is a pair of oval or pear-shaped sacs ; these

Tul

ANA

\\ \\\\\ i) \t

v.d — | = =

am —| |

TT “ll

WY WHT N\\\

NAN ALN

WEAK \})))\ SGT NN)

i] ii} yy] Wi i,

UL WM

Nannodrilus.

Male efferent apparatus.

a. Spermiducal glands. d. Orifice of one of the spermi-

b. Bursa copulatrix. ducal glands.

c. Penis. | v.d. Sperm-ducts.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. XX VI. 26

Yates is : - on at ade ai 7 ie

390 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [May 1,

have a nacreous appearance on account of the thickness of their

muscular walls. These sacs end blindly and are not, as I at first

thought them, the dilated ends of the muscular duct of the spermi-

ducal glands. They occupy two or three segments and open on to

the exterior in the xvilith segment through the penes. Their

walls are excessively thick and the lumen therefore is not wide.

The penis on to which each of them opens is a portion of the body-

wall which projects ; it does not appear to be simply the everted

portion of the sacs. The extremity of the organ is vascular and

has a wide lumen; but where it traverses the body-wall the lumen

of the bursa is narrow. The two sperm-ducts become united just

where they dip into the thickness of the walls of the bursa; they

are ciliated on their passage through the bursa and open into its

interior. The spermiducal glands have the structure which has

been referred to in the definition of the genus. One pair of them

opens into the bursa near to, but quite independently of, the

orifice of the sperm-ducts ; the other opens in front of this on to

the xviith segment. The accompanying diagram (woodcut, fig. 3)

shows the relations of the different parts of the male efferent

apparatus. The ovaries and oviducts are in the usual places for

these organs to occupy. There is a single pair of spermathece in

the viith segment; they are long and tubular without a diver-

ticulum. The very extremity of the pouch differs from the rest

in that its walls are very thin; this is brought about by the

absence or very slight development of the muscular layers and the

thinness of the epithelium. Elsewhere the epithelium is tall and

folded, The pouch was filled with spermatozoa, arranged in a

peculiar fashion. The heads of the spermatozoa were attached to

the cells lining the pouch and presented quite a regular appearance,

so much so that they might easily be mistaken for cilia.

May 1, 1894.

Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1894 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 160, of which 87 were by

presentation, 6 by birth, 49 by purchase, 2 received in exchange,

and 16 on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 83.

Amongst these I wish to call particular attention to the collection

of Mammals and Reptiles sent to us by Dr. J. Anderson, F.R.S.,

being the proceeds of his recent expedition to Egypt and Suakim.

1894,] DR. H. EB. SAUVAGH ON THE EARLIEST KNOWN SNAKE, 391

The collection, when shipped by Dr. Anderson at Alexandria on

the 13th March last, contained 42 specimens representing in all

19 species. They were all beautifully packed, and only one animal

(a Hedgehog, Hrinaceus ethiopicus) died during the voyage, while a

single Gerbille was reported as missing. Besides the Long-legged

Jackal, Canis variegatus, three other species of Canis belonging to

the large-eared section of Fennecs are represented in the collection.

There is also a beautiful Genet with a long black vertebral stripe,

which I take to be Genetta senegalensis, and examples of two

distinct species of Zorilla (Ictonyw). The Rodents of the genera

Gerbillus, Dipodillus, Acomys, and Isomys I must leave Dr. Ander-

son to determine.

There can be no doubt that this fine collection will be of great

use to Dr. Anderson in the preparation of his proposed work on

the Zoology of Egypt.

Dr. Giinther exhibited the hollow trunk of a Tree-Euphorbia

(Euphorbia grandidens) which a pair of Hornbills (Buceros melano-

leucus) had selected for nidification. The trunk, with the female

bird and eggs, had been obtained by Dr. Schonland in the neigh-

bourhood of Grahamstown, Cape Colony, and transmitted by him

to the British Museum. The female when taken was unable to fly

and was simultaneously moulting all the wing- and tail-feathers,

thus presenting the appearance of a half-fledged young bird. This

specimen, therefore, contirmed the observation which had also

been made on other species of the genus, viz. that the female

Hornbills pass through a complete moult in the six or eight weeks

during which they are imprisoned with their eggs and young.

Mr. W. Bateson exhibited several hundred specimens and coloured

drawings of Gonioctena variabilis, a Phytophagous Beetle, from

Granada, Spain, in illustration of discontinuous variation in colour.

These specimens, which were to form the subject of a future paper,

were exhibited in the fresh state, as, after death, their colours

faded rapidly.

Dr. H. E. Sauvage (Director of the Station Aquicole, Boulogne-

s.-Mer) exhibited a vertebra of what was believed to be the

earliest known Snake yet discovered. It was from the Gault of

Portugal.

The following papers were read :—

26*

392 PROF, F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May 1,

1. On the Echinoderms collected during the Voyage of

H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’ and by H.M.S. ‘ Egeria,’ when

surveying Macclesfield Bank. By F. Jerrrey Bett,

M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

[Received March 5, 1894.]

(Plates XXTIT.—XXVIT.)

Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith, Surgeon R.N., was, fortunately for

marine zoology, appointed after her cruise had begun to H.M.S.

‘Penguin,’ Capt. W. U. Moore, who was under instructions to

survey parts of North-west Australia and the Macclesfield Bank.

Mr. Bassett-Smith had already had experience not only in collect-

ing in the Eastern Seas, but of the sympathy his captain had in

his work, while on this cruise he had the further advantage of

the co-operation of the chief engineer, Mr. J. J. Walker, who,

when Mr. Bassett-Smith joined the ship, had already commenced to

make his extensive collection of Insects—a collection so extensive

that he was able to give over to the Museum no less than 12,000

specimens.

The Trustees of the British Museum have already expressed '

their appreciation of the services rendered by Messrs. Bassett-

Smith and J. J. Walker while on the ‘ Penguin, and it now only

remains for the zoologist to do his work of description and

cataloguing.

After the ‘Penguin’ was paid off Mr. Bassett-Smith had offered him

the opportunity of paying on board H.M.S. ‘ Egeria,’ Commander

A. M. Field, yet another visit to Macclesfield Bank; and it was

well he did so, for it was on this occasion that he obtained the

most interesting and valuable part of his collection of Echinoderms.

He secured, for example, a specimen of a new species of Hudiocrinus

allied to Z. indivisus, the type of which is now in the private collec-

tion of Mr. W. Percy Sladen ; Ophiopteron elegans, known hitherto

only in the Brock collection, was obtained in several dredgings ; and

Ophiocrene enigma is a type of Ophiuroid which is pertectly new.

Interesting and valuable as this collection of Echinoderms is, it

has offered peculiar difficulties in working out. I have never before

had passing through my hands a collection containing so large a

proportion of young specimens, or, in other words, forms in which

the specific characters stated in the diagnoses are not distinctly

marked*. In some cases the series has been sufficiently long and

gradual to enable me to assign quite young examples to what I

think is their correct species, but I have had to query a larger

proportion of my determinations than I can allow to pass without

this word of explanation, and a number of specimens have been

merely referred to their genera.

} [Annual] Return [Parliamentary] British Museum, 1893, p. 83.

* I find that the essential part of these remarks is true also of the Crustacea.—

14th June, 1894.

eebei 2si } on ies

P Z.S.1894.Plate XXUL

> a=

SLs

West, Newman ump

Berjeau & Highley delet lith

sSpanulatus.

TAT ELE

Eudioc

bd as bid Weta <a

eae

‘

pres,

P4.5.1894 Plate XXL,

Antedon bassett-smithi.

my ¥ ps

Wi Mal iy vole Pn

Fie Dal he 4 :

‘

« ~-

ees

: ’

% -

* ‘A

~. -*

‘ ¢

‘- 4

a '

Pacly r

P 1

f ‘ Mf

raat

A : = r

| ‘

my Deal PeULA

he od ie @

sg Can ea

— or } =3 ody

Te. ¥ 4% Nae

Ts . 3

PE Ay

1 &

Pn RA Ua

. Te.

Le ate

PZS1894 Plate XXV.

Berjeau & Highley del. et lth West, Newman romp

isa Lane DreLarets, <6 ster tenuis.

1-9.Pectinura sphenisci.

4 \ ie

Lao tas,

y 7 7 - ‘

Py S| ake!

'PZ.3.1894.PlateXXVL.

Berjeau & Highley del ethth. West,Newman. imtp.

Wevleita.-2.dvcalmacis pura.

45. Laganum decagonale.

P Z.5.1894. Plate XXVILI.

Sr tri

West, Newman imp.

Berjean & Highley del. et hth

enigma.

Ophioerene

1894. ] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 393

In fact I have had forced on me the conviction that Macclesfield

Bank is a nursery; with a rim submerged 9 fathoms’ beneath the

surface any pelagic larve that will can enter within its boundary ;

being 76 miles long and 36 miles broad, it affords some opportu-

nities for the larve to settle,and the average depth within the rim

is from 40 to 50 fathoms.

I may therefore suggest that it is of great importance that

as full collections as possible should always be made in areas

resembling the inside of this reef, for not only are questions of

synonymy to be by this means settled, but the more interesting

study of the changes that occur during growth can only be

carried on with extensive series, the relationships of species can

be more satisfactorily considered, and material be brought together

of immense value to the morphologist.

It would be quite possible so to arrange the material for this

paper as to make it of intolerable length, but I think I can so

dispose of it as to bring all I have to say within reasonable

compass.

I propose to give three lists :—(A) of the species from N.W.

Australia; (B) of those from the Arafura and Banda Seas; and (C)

of those from the Macclesfield Bank, in all of which the observed

range in depth will be duly noted; after each species I place the

name of the author who first described it. After these lists I give

notes and descriptions in systematic order.

The point of greatest interest is the discovery that the sygygial

joints at the bases of the arms of Comatulids by no means

exhibit the regularity which is ordinarily believed to be one of

their chief characteristics and their best claim to be used as aids

and guides to the grouping of the species—that is to say, they

have been taken as being very much more valuable than mere

specific characters. Antedon bassett-smithi (see p. 399) shows how

the syzygies may vary in one individual specimen; while the broken

and nameless Actinometra (see p. 402) is positively appalling to a

student of Comatulids, for it has no syzygy on either second or

third brachial.

Where there is no large series it is very difficult to speak with

any confidence as to the significance of unexpected irregularities,

which may, of course, be merely individual, but, in systematic

zoology, we have to beware always of the influence of general-

izations based on material which is always becoming proportionately

smaller. The general acceptation of Dr. P. H. Carpenter’s

classification removes the “idol” from the category of “ idola

specus ” to that of “idola fori”; but we must not only remember,

we must always keep before ourselves the doctrine of Macleay that

“no character is natural until it has been proved to be so.” *

This is, of course, saying in as many words that there is no

1 See Bassett-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. (1890) p. 356.

2 See J. D. Macdonald in Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 75. Pupils of the late

Prof. Rolleston need not be told whence I derived my knowledge of this

principle.

WPM otto SE ee eRe | ok eee ee any

394 PROF, F, JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May1, »

fixity of tenure in zoology, no certainty that the doctrines accepted

to-day will not be derided to-morrow ; most men of science see

this and act accordingly ; the systematic specialist is apt to forget

it, and to bear himself as though the motto of his science were

“¢ Quod semper, quod ubique, quod ab omnibus.”

I cannot but hope that the description I have given of the very

remarkable Ophiuroid which I have called Ophiocrene enigma will

result in the search for more, and perhaps more fully matured,

specimens; it is a matter of regret that the material is not

sufficient to allow of a complete judgment as to the systematic

position of what all will allow to be a very remarkable form.

A.—Last of Echinoderms of North-west Australia’.

I, HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

Observed range in depth.

Colochirus tuberculosus, Se7per .......0cscceceseseeeees 15-36 fms.

Actinocucumis typica, Ludwig .....ccccseceseeseeeeeeeees 15-20

II. CRINOIDEA.

Antedon: milberti, DMler vo. sncsc-mpasicns sces-acescesopece 8-15 fms,

is OPI, Ped Os eerven sarap ean scesantie teas 24-39 ,,

2 Wartipinwa,P, FnOs: | Aserscr: ect) otose events 9-38 ,,

- BP. (MEAT MACTONEMA) «1... .e0eeeeeeceeeseevecees ?

Actinometra pectinata, Hetz.......cc.ceseeepecesreeee .. 20-36 .,,

* TOD EAM One atta eens a ctdeas ane de GDe 5,

a PAWONOIRE RPP e app sar onese o<pensaee «panos &15 ,,

4 PAPWUE HS PT AE ives cednassenttasdiadas Do

as WAPIADINIGA DEM hoes Sacuice = secede cot oc Sceeasas 9-38 ,,

a3 MiUUGiGGA, AMAR sc snaeccrorenst oe sseeeteres ?

~ FHPAPHCIAT ARIES, cdacetAecuce payee sceeses r¢

III. ASTEROIDEA.

Astropecten polyacanthus, M. Tr. ......ssssceeesecone 32-34 fms.

ip Bunoenlemnt, 1, 00, eseces tseucreceneses sete is

of DEINA, VAUCW ” snsvcncstessesinersecss: apes 8-36 ,,

Tuidia hardwickii, Grog" s.(9i2..220-..ccsscesessceesrns ee co}

gps) HRDELE SUAOCT area cawassnregt aes reesesorrs te sersiee 15-88 ,,

Tconaster longimanus, Mobius ......cccscseeesseeeeseeees 15-38 ,,

Stpllaster Witel, G07 as<csssssercecdceohiesssscendeascent=p 8-34 ,,

Pentaceros nodulosus, Perrier ...ccscsoccconssescacscesen TB os

Culcita pentangularis, Gray ............cescosceceerseees ci

Ophidiaster helicostichus, Slade7............secssceeeeee 15-24 ,,

Linckia marmorata, Michelim ..........eseseseeseseevees 15-22 ,,

yi ePalOn Am Ellas nc vont acaee as deste ete se canase 15-24 ,,

Nardoatnbercul aba sg'Qy/, <5 .oc.<tese.esascstsscavenssnvscs 9-38 ,,

Metrodira subdlata, Gray)... -cc0p-0s.n00s-scce srs cdeceene 39 55

Echinaster purpureus, Gray .......0-.sssesesseessseecees 8-15 ,,

IV. OPHIUROIDEA.

Pectinura megaloplax, Bell +5. .d.i..ceucdey-vsareeecgoers ?

go _, BUSING oe are en eertee nes seo <aendaa ute akexh ieee 15 fms.

? The chief localities are Holothuria Bank, Magnetic Shoal, Cossack Island ;

and Baudin Island (14° 8’ S., 125° 36’ E.).

1894.] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 395

Ophiopeza conjungens, Bell .........1..sscessseesenecenes 38 fms,

Ophiolepis annulosa, Mi, Tir. oie vasesecceecseseepeeeees Es

Wpnionereis: CUD, Me bie cceaacen: doracga ee -teheanyeneet 8-36 ,,

Ophiothrix longipeda, M. Tr. .........ccecsceeeeneseeees Ewes

AVIAMEGNISI, UH/7LUML iozses seeks scescacaseriedice 15-34 ,,

is melanogramma, Bell .......ccscscecececacees 36,

5 melanosticta, Grube 1....220.csccacosccere oS). 55

ms SmMaragdina, SUM “j.tkes-.c-b-sereooreses 9.5;

Bs trilinGaihaye ic cence peer en ess spec scace 20-35 ,,

Ophiomaza cacaotica, LyMan.........sccecessseenecereees 8-20 ,,

. ODSCUNH; La T rans sea ceses desecepe een =e Ones

Astrophyton clavatum, Lyman........... ‘Sige eS ?

Hetrydle aspera, Lanne, \cn:.cck-2cqtenaecenon tact avnavenxps Sis

VY. ECHINOIDEA.

Phyllacanthus annulifer, Lamk. ..........cssceseceeeeee 8-15 fms.

Diadbitna saxatiles Li wo.ccucesrawesess eee oeee a deees tees 12-15 ,,

Temnopleurus bothryoides, Ag. ........c.ceeceeeee eee 40-47 ,,

Salmtacis suleatiay Ags ccs saiacsadteeeaecoenee ethene eee 2

Echinanthus testudinarius, Gray ..........c.eceeee cece 32-44 ,,

Laganum decagonale, Dress. --i..62.5..sececeeocsseceteonoas 20 ;,

rt epressina eA ge sastescsetsnacce sacs ce okerseseers Hoe

Loventa elongata, (Gragiccs:cseisscssece- st esceceresesccees 34-36 ,,

Breyhia australasion, Leach « sc. isccccavceversstscsaescess ?

B.— Echinoderms of the Arafura and Banda Seas.

I, HOLOTHURIOIDEA.,

II, CRINOIDEA.

Actinometra maculata, P. H. C. (Parry Shoal, 12 fms.)

III. ASTEROIDEA.

Astropecten polyacanthus, M. Tv. (Evans Bank, 12-15 fms,)

Linckia megaloplax, Bel/, (Parry Shoal; Damma Id., 9-15 fms.)

Scytaster nove-caledoniz, Perrier. (Damma Id.)

Nardoa tuberculata, Gray. (Parry Shoal.)

IV. OPHIUROIDEA.

Ophioplocus imbricatus, M. Zr. (Damma Id.)

Ophiolepis irregularis, Brock. (Damma Id.)

Ophiocoma scolopendrina, Lamk. (Franklin Shoal, 9 fms.; Flinders

Bank, 9 fms. ; aud Evans Bank, 12-15 fms.)

Ophiocoma pica, WM. Zr. (Flinders Bank, 9 fms.)

Opbiothrix punctolimbata, Mart. (Parry Shoal, 12 fms.)

Ophiomyxa australis, Zi/, (Flinders Bank, 9 fins.)

Huryale aspera, Lamk. (Parry Shoal, 12 fms.)

V. ECHINOIDEA.

Cidaris baculosa, Lam, (Parry Shoal, 12 fms,; Damma Id., 9-15 fms.)

Diadema saxatile, Z. (Evans Bank, 12-15 fms.)

Salmacis globator, A. 4g. (Damma Id., 9-15 fms.)

Y suleata, dg. (Parry Shoal, 12 fms.)

Echinometra lucunter, Leske, (Damma Id,, 9-15 fms., and between tide-

marks.)

PROF, F, JEFFREY BELL ON THE

C.—Echinoderms from Macclesfield Bank.

I, HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

Observed range in depth.

Colochirus tuberculosus (? yg.), Semper .........eeee 45 fms.

II. CRINOIDEA.

Eudiocrinus granulatus, sp. NOV. ....c.sesseceeseeeeeeees 34-40 fms.

Antedon carihata, Lan. (2 10.) .c...sss1saees--6-«nnsnemer 29-32 ,,

2 spicata, we. 0b, (Cs. sasacteeeeaeeset a aasang tate 20-35 ,,

= INopinata, Sp. NOVs a .c.sep-sseesnseen semen e a 31-36. ,,

. bassett-smithi, Sp; MOV. <.:.--.2.0--senecnes.see 13-36 _,,

S VICANI A ASP: MOV. casticaecepeenens-cpesecmerescsar 30-40 °,,

a DLevIclTd, SPsNOVese-sstwecse esse einer esse se = 20-35 ,,

_ flavomaculata, SP. MOV. .2...-2ccenes-svceecwses ay P=

- FNOOTE, |S: NOV rmeeesbecnene pee caeeee ee temas dsingy

- fieldi, sp. NOV. \s-.25--eeeososmuecsnsuloseenewnasetes 22-30>.,,

as sp. 0. ing. Sie hce ce RI acion eine ieee eee sane ?

3 BP. 1. IMG. seeeeeceseeeeeneceeeesseeeesseeeseeees YY

PAVANUSPINa,, Ekle, Coos eee on Sane aaa toete ee 5Oangs

Actinometra fimoriata Lan vacatenusccsseesetaraeeren 29-45 ,,

3 PATVICICr A MAC. coves uadsoceman-k ee senone 10-36. ,,

& bennebhl, LB OSCHe: ..ocsccacocdduarwase-teeee Nese Sigeus

- ievbatlje) Kes ay) 2a 2 Wa Caan ye gh ena Ae aoc eeetac oa LBs

es Pduples PLE Ce mecsancueaee neste ece Lees

a Maeulsta; 2h Oreo k op euacee eats 1S=Som,;

: TOCMIATIA, LHe. ©. pwcovencdereceeateste sees 13-36 _,,

a POP ALIS, PSEC. waesmmacaex tae Pec astte sees 3.0 ae

33 PELELTINA, SPs TOV. sacscpasewsetonct serene 55-60. ,,

III. ASTEROIDEA.

Archaster typicus ee cl wens ones (elas -1a0\-renaveraeeoen 23-50 fis.

eS WELUAIS, SPs WO VANS ae sons aneleetemch me -cee ween melee 35-41 xr,

Astropecten polyacanthus, J. U7. .........2.--0s.+.0e0 30-41 ,,

Ibuidia Praspera/(yg:); Slade <2 so csretaccesncowc.<ee res 20-35 ,,

5 pie ROLUCITON! (SLAM Ea vase cctvcwcors anes caterers 30-40 _,,

cee Mardwicktt; (Guay, ccspccccvensrusc canesssesscst ssp 31-37 ,,

5) MOLONGISPINIS POMELEM susct etek esate st emurcetecs tiers. 30-45 _,,

ay maculata (ye) amie ee nahen soresecberemse sass 30-41 ,,

Goniodiscus rugosus (yg.), Perr. ........scsssscseseeceee 45 ;,

Culcita (yg.), SP. NOV.........-secceee panei Nisa Gia ahs ee 40-50 ,,

Patinta;briareus.sp. MOV: -e+.se.d-ceseetscact ceaeesaste 30-45 ,,

Cheetaster moorei, Sp. NOV. .........eeceeeeees nitiashaes 36-40 _,,

Asterina cepheus, WW eli. ven ccc ac.s.cssacesenscstresdeseves 17-30 ,,°

Hromia milleporella, Lams \.sc..22.00c--buesscscesert ses 22-40 ,,

Detaster ? leach (yes) \Guraiyjiesta.cascotgestncas ct esacet aoe 41-44 ,,

39 | BPOClOBUBy (yes) PM ard ata conte. -echerouintec seat 4|-44 ,,

Nardog tuberculats, 1G 1a7/ 22 acs. .be.p teas sebcaee eel sideses 30-46 _,,

Rhipidaster ? vannipes, Sladen............0..+-seec-eeeee 32 ,,

Mithrodia‘clavigers,(Lia7/es s...tasswsssid-se+stesaccer ese 41-44 ,,

Hichinaster purpureus, GAY) ......000sceensseoneceenese 29-40 ,,

Asterias volsellata, Sladen... ....ccescercececcse cosceseos Pe

IV. OPHIUROIDEA.

Pectinura elegans, sp-nO wen nesteastesarc-ceece te cneeree 13-35 fms.

a infernalis: 2M Trees ee ake. a eee yrs

Amphiura olivacea, Brock...... nod dow sibCantets cee eaeeetne 30-40 ,,

Ophiocoma pica, M, Tr.......... bavtisnesetacets sess onsenens | ane

1894. ] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 397

Ophiocoma scolopendrina, M. Tr. .........eeeeeeeeee 30-40 fms.

Ophiarachna clavigera, Brock .........0.s0sesssseeereees 32

Ophiomastix caryophyllata, Liith.........cccseeeeeeeees Wee:

Ophiothrix capillaris, Lyman ..............scsceeeeenees 41-44 ,,

= melanogramna, Bell ............seceeseeeees 3041 ,,

purpurea, v. Martens ...........c.csceveeeees 23-46 ,,

9 comiata, (et, Val) Ma 27 ieo-tanemaian tase 30-35. ,,

of punctolimbata? (yg.), v. Martens ......... Syl

rotata 2 (yes), V. Martens “.....02..0..-0:0: BY

Ophiopteron Merril), TET) 4. s5connanonqopsoenodtson5 606 23-47 ,,

Ophiomyxa australis, Lith. ......ce.ssccscescnecesseneees 31=39) %,

Fr brevispinis, v. Martens 1.......c.seecessscees 13-72 _,,

re IheraVE REC Bl, 22) RAG gag noncosonecsacacaoneonagtc 29-32 ,,

Ophiocrene snigma, BP. MOV. ....eccscrecnereeeeceerees AD”;

V. ECHINOIDEA.

Cidaris baculosa, dine ces scca-ceescasacpanecdenstere es. 30-44 fms.

sy MEMOUME Ia, OUT Oe Caeanicciacciteatlaecaes ee eee. 26-46 _,,

Mindemasaxatle! L2700e..c-cccssescesmcstecemerecovcr dere 34-46 ,,

Astropyga: radiata; Leshe ....-10.sssesccssssscecsennacens 30-40 ,,

Temnopleurus toreumaticus, Tesla Baty. ch ete ®: ?

- REV MAUCN yy AG ccc ccce meaner escapees 510)

. [SOIT VOMOIES) 405 4. Aosansocossbnceoseoncoo: 40-47 ,,

Sal MaciseLMiases pa WOM eee ece ec sccctasescees sees tcenene 30-44 _,,

Mespilia: globus; J@2005) (1 yoaeccatadvaeeam sa cone sudexess 15-84 ,,

Tripneustes eratilllas elimi psacasstcwsn cease ss ho Rene eee 30-40 _,,

Pseudoboletia maculata, Troschel.........-.sceceesseseses 45 ,,

Clypeaster scutiformis, Cie des Sn mel ia 30-40 ,,

Laganum decagonale, Pipa et nd Arie SOA AVE PAD)

Echinoneus eyclostomus, LESTOADE ER Sts teat ae so 30-40 ,,

Arachnoides placenta, Linm, ..........0.cecoecseeceeseeees 35-41 _,,

Hovenia elongata, (Gna peed. eascceeaeee etc desiedseeees = 35-41

I now proceed to give descriptions of the new species represented

in the present Collection, and notes on others previously described.

I. HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

It is remarkable that the collection of Holothurians should be

so very scanty; Mr. Bassett-Smith tells me that it always struck

him ‘‘as being a mest remarkable thing that in the 100 odd

dredgings on the Macclesfield Bank and China Sea only two minute

specimens were obtained.”

Il. CRINOIDEA.

EUDIOCRINUS GRANULATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXIII.)

Like E. indivisus* in having the first two brachials united by

syzygy and the first pinnule on the left side of the second brachial.

1 As pointed out by Brock (Zeit. f. w. Zool. xlvii. p. 530), this species is

omitted by Mr. Lyman from his ‘ Challenger’ Report; I doubt if research will

ever find another case of omission. It may be useful to add the original

reference ; it is Arch. f. Nat. xxxvi. (1870) p. 249.

2 See P. H. Carpenter in Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool. xvi. (1883) p. 495.

398 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May 1,

But the whole creature is much stouter altogether, with longer,

stronger cirri, wider arms, much stronger pinnules, and a granular

covering to the joints. It has a spread of 240 mm., and the cirri

are about 12mm. long. The arrangement and number of the

cirri is as described for 4. indivisus; indeed there are many points

in a written description of the one species which would hold for

the other. However, in the new species the first two pinnules

have more massive joints than the third and fourth and are quite

as long, the second, indeed, being longer than the third. The other

striking point of difference is the granulation of the surface of

the basal joints of the arms.

From the descriptions of Semper and P. H. Carpenter, bearing

in mind that they had only one specimen and Lf only one, L

was inclined to regard the Macclesfield Bank specimen as belonging

to Semper’s species ; but when I was, by the kindness of Mr. W.

Percy Sladen, enabled to put the new specimen side by side with

Semper’s type, which is now in his possession, it was easy to see

that the two could not be united.

The syzygial union of the first two brachials would of itself

separate L.yranulatus from the three species described by Carpenter,

but they are, further, all much stouter than £. granulatus, though

the latter is itself very much stouter than Z. indivisus, which is

quite delicate.

Of the latter, Dr. Herbert Carpenter says, “colour of skeleton

brownish white ;” it is now (January 1894) quite white; in the

new species the ambulacral surface of the pinnules is a purplish

brown, the rest yellowish white.

The single specimen, which is in fairly good condition, was

dredged at a depth of 34-40 fathoms od Macclesfield Bank.

ANTEDON INOPINATA, Sp. nov.

This species stands closest to the late Dr. Herbert Carpenter’s

granulifera-group, but it is distinguished from both sections thereof

by having a syzygy in the third brachial.

Centrodorsal large, hollowed in the centre, which is bare of

cirrus-pits ; the cirri in three irregular rows on the side, long and

stout, but not composed of so many as forty joints, variable in

length, and about forty-five in number; the terminal joints faintly

spinous.

About forty-five arms, the joints of which are much compressed

from side to side. The first and second radials are wide and stout,

the third is short at the sides ; there are three distichals of which the

axillary is asyzygy ; the arms nearly always divide again, when there

are three palmars, of which the axillary is a syzygy; in rare cases

there are also two post-palmars. The pinnules generally are

pretty stout and stitf, the basal one very markedly stout. There

is a syzygy on the third brachial, but not again for about twenty-

five joints; the arm-joints are wide, low, and very regular.

Colour, in spirit, light brown, the ambulacral surface of the

pinnules somewhat darker.

1894.] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 399

Arms about 100 mm. long; diameter of dise 10 mm.; length

of cirri up to 28 mm.

Macclesfield Bank, 31-36 fms. H.M.S. ‘ Penguin.’

ANTEDON BASSETT-SMITHI, sp. nov. (Plate XXIV.)

This is one of the late Dr. H. Carpenter’s spinifera-group, and

belongs to that section in which there are from fifteen to twenty-

five cirrus-joints. The cirri are not arranged in definite rows, and

the sides of the distichals are not flattened.

Centrodorsal rather large, slightly hollowed in the centre, which

is bare of cirrus-pits; the cirri in three planes at the side, about

forty in number, with from twenty to twenty-five joints, some of

which are considerably elongated ; in the distal half they have a

slightly projecting free edge, but there is no distinct spine.

Arms, probably, more than forty in number, stout, widely

separated at their bases, where the disc-incisions are deep. First

radial obscured, the second wide, the third almost triangular; two

distichals, two palmars; the latter may or may not be united

by syzygy. In the syzygies of the arms the most extraordinary

variations occur: sometimes the first two brachials are united by

syzygy, sometimes (to use the usual terminology) the third is a

syzygy, sometimes both first and second and third are. The first

arm-joints are squarish, the succeeding alternately wider and

narrower on either side. The second and third pinnules ordinarily

have the two basal joints much wider than the rest and of a

characteristic shape (Plate XXIV. figs. 5 & 6); none of the pinnules

are either stout or long.

I must confess that I am quite ata loss to know how to explain

the extraordinary divergencies exhibited by the syzygies of this

species. It is, of course, a great pity that there is only a single

example of it, and it would be rash to say that it destroys the

generalizations to which long study of a number of species and

specimens led Dr. H. Carpenter; but, on the other hand, it cannot

but shake our belief in the universality of the conclusions drawn

up by Carpenter on pp. 44-46 of the ‘ Challenger’ Report on the

‘Comatule.’ If it be merely an abnormality it is a case in

which monstrosity is really carried too far, and is one that is,

probably, quite unequalled by any known Crinoid. So far as I

know, and, indeed, so far as I can, after diligent search, discover,

the only recorded case of striking irregularity in the position of

the syzygies is that of the Géttingen specimen of Antedon mc-

cronema, of which Dr. C. Hartlaub remarks * :—‘* Bemerkenswerth

ist an ihm die unregelmiissige Lage der ersten Syzygie, die zwischen

dem 3.4. und 6. Brachiale wechselt.” But here we have not only

two conditions which have been supposed to be mutually exclusive

in different arms of one specimen, but these very two conditions

occur on one arm. Did we know something of the function of

the syzygies, it would be easier to come to a decision, but as our

knowledge of that function appears to be summed up in the state-

1 Nova Acta Acad. Ces, L,-C. lviii. no. 1, p. 78 (Halle, 1891).

400 PROF, F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May 1,

ment that the syzygial mode of union makes the arms more

fragile at the points where it occurs, those who believe in the

efficiency of Natural Selection will not accept the view that this

doubling of the syzygies is of advantage to the possessor.

I hope, therefore, that the peculiarities of this specimen (1 will

not say of this species) may come under the notice of those who

work at Crinoids, and that material may be gathered sufficient for

us to make up our minds as to whether we have to do with an

individual eccentricity or a true character specifically distinctive

of its possessor.

There remain to be noticed five bidistichate species with more

than ten arms of which I cannot give full descriptions, as the single

specimens by which they are represented are not always well

preserved, Diagnoses, however, are possible.

They may be thus arranged, in accordance with Dr. H. Car penter’ s

scheme on pp. 211, 212 of the Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Coma-

tule :—

A. Over 30 cirrus-joints...........:sssseeeeeesseereee ees i. Antedon vicaria.

B. 30 or less than 30 cirrus-joints.

Cirri without definite arrangement.

ipeneh ( 25 cirri of 9 joints each ................+ ii. Antedon brevicirra,

é About 30 cirri of 16 smooth joints ... iii. Antedon flavomaculata.

brachials, '

Sides _ { Faint spinous process on later cirrus-

ELT OUTS! LLL Srescte dee tuee raktencanets iv. Antedon mooret.

deeeeiin Very broad spinous process on later

; CIERIE=]OlNts ae seespeceaents eee ecaas ss vy. Antedon fieldi.

ANTEDON VICARIA, sp. Nov.

Bidistichate, with wall-sided radials, strong pinnules, and about

30 cirrus-joints, of which the more distal are spiny. With so much

resemblance to A. macronema, it has shorter cirri (20 mm.) and

~has numerous (30) joints. Arms probably about 25 in number.

Neither radial nor distichal palmars syzygial. Cuirri white, arms

white with middle dorsal line of purple, pinnules purplish,

Spread 100 mm.; diameter of deeply incised disc 4 mm.

Macclesfield Bank, 30-40 fms.

ANTEDON BREVICIRRBA, sp. nov.

Bidistichate, with flattened sides to brachials, 25 cirri of 9 joints,

rather more than 40 arms, and a long first pinnule.

Colour light brown.

Macclesfield Bank, 20-35 fms.

This species is so much broken that I should not have described

it did I not wish to call attention to the short cirri set at the edge

of the disc, recalling in every way the cirri of an Actinometra.

ANTEDON FLAVOMACULATA, Sp. Nov.

Bidistichate, with (in the single known specimen) exactly 20

arms; about 30 cirri, with 16 smooth joints, and the centre of the

™

1894.] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK, 401

low centrodorsal bare of cirrus-sockets. The first syzygy is on

the third brachial, the next on or about the thirteenth. The most

proximal brachials are square, those that succeed them are tri-

angular. The second pinnule is very long and stiff, much longer

than the first or third. Arms purplish, with yellowish dots and

patches ; the cirri yellowish at base and purplish at tip.

Spread 120 mm.; diameter of disc 6 mm.

Macclesfield Bank, 13 fms.

ANTEDON MOOREI, sp. nov.

This species is probably most nearly allied to A. compressa,

P. H.C., but it has only faint spinous processes on the cirrus-

joints. Cirri 25 to 30, with 25 joints. Centrodorsal bare in the

middle. No syzygies on radials, distichals, or palmars. There

may be post-palmars. The third brachial syzygial; arm-joints

lli.—vi. squarish, the succeeding triangular, and the more distal

gradually overlapping.

Colour purplish, with the free ends of the arms white.

Macclesfield Bank, 13 fms.

The single specimen is a good deal broken, but it is interesting

as belonging to a series of the group of which Dr. Carpenter knew

only one type.

ANTEDON FIELDI, sp. nov.

Allied to A. moorei, but distinguished from it by the broad spine

on the cirrus-joints. Cirri about 20, with 18 joints, almost com-

pletely covermg the centrodorsal. No syzygy on radials or

distichals ; the first on the third brachial.

Colour bright purple with lighter cirri.

Macclesfield Bank, 22-30 fms.

I offer a brief diagnosis of this species, as the peculiarity of the

broad spines on the cirrus-joints ought to be known.

I associate with these two species the names of the commanding

officers of H.M. ships ‘ Penguin’ and ‘ Egeria,’ Captain W. U.

Moore, R.N., and Commander A. M. Field, R.N.

There is yet another bidistichate species, which is altogether too

much broken for description (13 fms., Macclesfield Bank), which

has about 30 cirri and 20 smooth cirrus-joints. There are distinct

signs that a re-arrangement of the useful key given by Carpenter

of the ‘“‘ Spinifera-group ” will soon be needed. Considering the

large number of new species assignable to this group found by

Mr. Bassett-Smith, I cannot but wonder that none were found by

the lamented Dr. Brock in his expedition to Amboina, the neigh-

bouring region. I do not know what led Dr. C. Hartlaub to say

of the group that it “ umfasst ...Formen, die in Wesentlichen

dem Caraibischen Meere angehéren ”*, but it was not the then

known facts of distribution ; still less is the statement accurate after

the discoveries at Macclesfield Bank.

1 Op. cit. p. 75,

ee she

ae Ve “7s ee Oy PO ee el ee ee ee re ae anes wy? oe

Be » ae i $ : a he i fet

a, 7 eee

402 PROF. F, JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May l,

ACTINOMETRA PEREGRINA, sp. nov.

This species belongs to Carpenter’s series 11. (tom. cit. p. 300),

every known species of which, except A. cwmingit (from Malacca

and Queensland) and A. echinoptera (of unknown habitat), belongs

to the West Indian fauna. From the two species just named

A. peregrina may be at once distinguished by the characters of its

cirri, for whereas A. echinoptera has cirri with eleven joints the new

species has as many as twenty-five, while there are at least

twenty-five cirri arranged in two rows, and not twelve only arranged

in one as in A. cumingt.

The following characters will serve to diagnose the species :—

Centrodorsal moderately large and a good deal obscuring the

radials; bare in its middle, with about 25 cirrus-pits, the cirri of

moderate length with about 25 joints, of which the 5th and 6th seem

to be distinctly the longest. The basal joints of the arms very

irregular, and no two alike; the free edge of the joints soon

become very finely denticulate. The first syzygy is on the third

brachial, the succeeding on the eleventh and eighteenth. Pinnules

remarkably well developed even at some distance from the base

of the arms.

Colour brownish.

Macclesfield Bank, 55-60 fms.

Mention also must be made of an Actinometra to which I think it

would be wrong to give a specific name, so broken is it, but of which

it would be more wrong not to say something. It will be re-

membered that the late Dr. H. Carpenter divided the tridistichate

species of this genus into those in which there is a syzygy on the

second brachial and into those that have it on the third. In the

specimen now before me there is no signs of any syzygy on either

the second or the third brachial.

This is another very remarkable fact, and it is most important that

we should obtain several specimens of this form, so as to learn

whether the absence of syzygies from both second and third

brachials is a constant character. If it is, it is certainly one of

the most unexpected results, and taken in conjunction with what

has been observed in Antedon bassett-smithi it will severely shake our

faith in the value of the site of the syzygy as an aid in specific

diagnosis.

III, ASTEROIDEA.

ARCHASTER TYPICUS.

Archaster typicus, M. Tr. Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1840, p. 104.

In two small specimens dredged, with a large example, in 23-

24 fms. of water there are no signs of any spines on the infero-

marginal plates ; in a somewhat larger specimen (from 40-46 fms.)

there are on some of the plates indications of the growth of spines.

ARCHASTER TENUIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXV. figs. 4-6.)

This seems to be a species of Archaster in the sense of

1894. ] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 403

Mr. Sladen, who has cleared from the genus a number of species

that do not appear to belong to it.

R=40, r=6; or R nearly=7r.

Arms very delicate, only 5 mm. wide at their base, with about 45

marginal plates ; the supero-marginals nearly twice as deep as wide

at base, but gradually becoming more shallow, so that they are

nearly square in the distal two-thirds of the arm. The infero-

marginals ordinarily have one spine long enough to reach the upper

surface of the supero-marginal; occasionally there is a second

smaller, but still evident spine. The adambulacral armature is

diplacanthid, and there are ordinarily three divergent spines in each

row.

On the upper surface “the medioradial line of plates ” becomes

somewhat indefinite in the distal portion of the arm.

It is not easy to be sure that the specimen from which this

description is drawn up is mature ; it is, at any rate, old enough

to have lost one arm and part of another; the latter has already

begun to repair itself. There were taken at the same dredging

(35-41 fms.) several obviously young specimens of this species ;

they have a marked Astropectinine appearance, owing doubtless to

the fact that the medioradial line has not yet been differentiated.

LuIDIA MACULATA.

Luidia maculata, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842) p. 77.

All the specimens collected were of small size.

LUIDIA LONGISPINIS ?

LInidia longispina, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. xxx. p. 254 (1890).

I have not much hesitation in referring several young specimens

to this species.

LUIDIA FORFICIFER.

Inidia forficifer, id. op. cit. p. 258.

I have been able to recognize this species of Mr. Sladen’s in

Mr. Bassett-Smith’s collection ; the types come from or near Torres

Strait.

LUvipIA sp.

I am unable to assign to any described species known to me

three young specimens, which have suffered a considerable loss of

arms and have undergone repair by gemmation.

GONIODISCUS sp.

There was taken at a depth which cannot now be certainly ascer-

tained a young specimen of what may perhaps prove to be a

juvenile example of G. rugosus, Perrier.

Cuxcira sp.. (Plate X XVI. fig. 1.)

A quite young, nearly spherical, specimen with a diameter of

i May Se gee, ee ee (ey eee Si aoe

’

404 PROF, F, JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May 1)

12 mm. was taken between 40 and 50 fms. on Macclesfield Bank.

I have had an enlarged figure drawn by Mr. Berjeau, as I hoped to be

able to get some light on the morphology of the skeleton; but I

must own myself very much disappointed.

If I have correctly identified the plate I have marked C as the

representative of the central plate of a typical calyx, it is clear

that we have here an unsymmetrical central plate, for it has

neither five sides nor ten, and the line of plates connecting it

with the terminal (T) is so curved that it seems to be fanciful to

compare it in any way with an arm of a Crinoid. In the inter-

mediate plates there is neither order nor symmetry apparent to me ;

but as others may be better endowed with sagacity than myself, I

give the figure in the hope that it may be of some service.

PATIRIA BRIAREUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXV. figs. 1-3.)

It is with the greatest hesitation that I refer to this genus the

very curious specimens dredged between 30 and 46 fathoms off

Macclesfield Bank, which have seven or eight arms, and which,

therefore, if correctly assigned generically, are appropriately called

briareus.

It is very difficult to find specific characters.

i= 63 +.

Arms taper very gradually, with rather straight deep sides, and

flat actinal surface ; adambulacral spinulation monacanthid, about

five spines to each plate. The plates on the upper surface are

very inconstant in shape, the papular pores among them are rarely

anything but solitary. Madreporite obscure. Colour in spirit

brownish, lighter when dry.

R=38, r=6. Breadth of arm at base 6. Depth 5.

R=29,r=6. Breadth of arm at base 5-5. Depth 4:5.

This is, I am aware, a very slight description; but, as I have

already said, it is extremely difficult to find any specific characters ;

what is most remarkable is that every one of the specimens exhibits

restoration of the arms by budding. In one there are three complete

and subequal arms and four papilliform growths together ; another

has four subequal arms and four very much smaller, of the latter

one is a good deal shorter than the rest ; in a third there are three

longer arms and four shorter arms, and in a fourth these latter

(again four in number) are a good deal longer than in the preceding

specimen—in both these cases the shorter arms were neighbours.

In another example there is a group of four subequal arms which

are hardly shorter than the other three; in the last case the

eighth arm is much shorter than any of the others.

CHLETASTER MOOREI, sp. nov.

R= 6 2,

Disc small; arms elongate, high and straight at the sides,

tapering very gradually; they are made up of thirteen very regu-

lar rows of plates, some of which have rising from their centre a

1894. ] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 405

sharp spine; the plates that bear such spines are most numerous

near the bases of the arms. ‘There are eight fine spines bordering

the narrow ambulacral groove, the shortest of which are at the

sides, and the whole set of which forms a fan-like expansion ;

there follow on these four upright and stouter spines. The arm-

plates are covered with fine projecting glassy spines, which, on the

dise, are blunt.

R=87'5, r=9:5. Breadth of arm at base 7°5. Height of

arm 7-5.

Macclesfield Bank, 30-40 fms.

If I am right, which I very much doubt, in assigning this species

to the genus Chetaster, the diagnosis of the genus will have to be

so far altered as to include the possible possession by the plates ot

the arms of central projecting spines. A difference in the com-

bination of circumstances makes it sometimes right, sometimes

wrong, to form a new genus or a new species on the evidence

afforded by a single specimen; in the present case I can only

briefly give the evidence of the existence of a type hitherto

unrecognized.

OPHIDIASTER HELICOSTICHUS.

Ophidiaster helicostichus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. xxx. p. 405.

Two fine specimens, one from Holothuria Bank (15 fms.) and

the other merely reported as from N.W. Australia, are so much

larger than the specimens which I have referred to my Linckia

megaloplax, that 1 cannot assert that they are all members of one

species, but I have very little doubt on the point.

RHIPIDASTER VANNIPES.

Rhipidaster vannipes, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. xxx. p. 448.

I am inclined to think that two small specimens, one of which

is quite minute, from 32 fms. may, when a full series is obtained,

be shown to be the young of this species founded on a single

specimen, the spread of which is more than 170 millim. Between

them at present it seems useless to make a comparison. Both

the small specimens have nine arms.

ASTERIAS VOLSELLATA.

Asterias (Stolasterias) volsellata, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. xxx.

p. 584.

A small example of this species, the only other known example

of which is the one that formed the basis of Mr. Sladen’s description,

is another of the finds on which Mr. Bassett-Smith is to be con-

gratulated. The whole spread of this new specimen is less than

30 millim., but its Brisinga-like appearance is no more marked

than that of the “ type.”

It has unfortunately been in recent years so rare an occurrence

for me to be able to agree with the views of the describer of this

species, that I gladly seize the opportunity of saying that he seems

Proc, Zoot. Soo.— 1894, No. XX VII. 27

406 PROF F, JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May 1,

to me to be fully justified in regarding Asterias volsellata as a sign

that the difference between the Asteriide and Brisingide is not so

great as has been generally supposed. If I do not accept his view

of the origin of the latter family, it is only because my capacities

are not sufficient for me to be able to understand how it has been

possible for “‘ complete isolation” to have had an “ action” on them.

On this point I, and I believe many others, would be glad of a

more detailed explanation.

The “ type ” is said to have come from 95 fms., and Mr. Bassett-

Smith’s example from 45 fms.

IV. OPHIUROIDEA.

PECTINURA SPHENISCI, sp.nov. (Plate XXV. figs. 7-9.)

This species stands with P. spinosa, P. arenosa, P. infernalis, and

P. heros, of Mr. Lyman’s arrangement, and P. capensis, Bell; for

it has the disc covered under its granulation with coarse scales

(much coarser than in P. capensis), and there are no pores between

the under arm-plates. There are five or six short arm-spines and

two tentacle-scales.

Radial shields not constant, but the typical arrangement pro-

bably is that they are small, naked, triangular, and separated from

one another by a third triangular plate. The granulation of the

disc is coarse, and the peripheral plates large. The arms are not

wider at their base than at some distance outside the disc, nor

carinated ; accessory mouth-shields moderate in size, irregularly

oval or quadrate. Six quite short arm-spines; fourteen mouth-

papille. As often is the case the outermost is by far the smallest,

and the penultimate distinctly the largest of the series. Mouth-

shields almost triangular; granulated space between mouth-

papille and shield well-marked.

The side arm-plates encroach on both the upper and lower

surfaces ; the upper arm-plates are wider distally than proximally,

and the lower are irregularly hexagonal.

Ground-colour, when drying, greyish, with brown patches on

disc and regular bands of brown extending over three or four

joints on upper surface ; lower surface uniformly pale.

Diam. of disc 5-5 mm.; length of arm about 40 mm.

Holothuria Bank, 15 fms.

PECTINURA ELEGANS, sp. nov.

This species belongs to Mr. Lyman’s second division; but

differs from all in having no pores between the under arm-plates.

There are six rather short, moderately stout arm-spines and two

tentacle-scales.

Radial shields naked, quite distinct, moderate in size, darker

than the rest of the test ; granulation rather fine, similar over the

whole of the dorsal surface of the disc. The arms taper very

gradually from their base; accessory mouth-plates small, semi-

Led

1894. ] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 407

oval. Twelve mouth-papille to each angle of the jaw; a single

row of large granules between them and the triangular mouth-

plate. Upper arm-plates oblong, much wider than long; the lower

have their distal ends much encroached on by the side-plates ; the

spines are quite stout, and the lowest is long enough to reach the

free edge of the plate next in front.

Colour, when dried or in spirit, pale brown, with eight or nine

rings of a yellowish hue at distances along each arm; bands or

patches of a yellowish colour on the dise.

Diameter of dise 7 mm.; 6; 5.

Length of arm 60°5 mm. (broken a little) ; 60 (ca.); 50.

Macclesfield Bank, 13-35 fms.

OPHIOTHRIX.

As may be supposed, there were a large number of examples of

this genus in the collection ; how many species are represented it

is quite impossible to say, but I have determined twelve with very

great difficulty. My experience in this particular is, however, no

different to that of any other zoologist who attempts to name

specimens of this remarkable genus—unless, indeed, he be one

who has no knowledge at all of its peculiarities. No one who has

dredged our common British Ophiothrix, and has seen how varied

are its colours and the characters of its spinulation, will attempt

to name exotic specimens with a light heart. It would, of course,

be easy enough to do so if one were to take no note of the expe-

rience gained by a study of British specimens, for with a few

specimens one can always make new species. With considerations

such as these before me, it will be no matter for wonder that I

have refrained from describing any “ new species ” from the present

collection. T'o confess the whole truth, [ had intended to make an

exception in favour of a remarkably coloured and fairly well repre-

sented species from Macclesfield Bank. When, however, it was

compared with O. purpurea, with which, indeed, I had at first no

idea of comparing it, I found that the new specimens and the old

so intergraded that there could be no doubt they were one and all

inembers of an almost protean species.

It would be worth the while of a student with unlimited

leisure—and less, I fear, will hardly do—to work out large series

of Ophiothrix. In saying this I should like to add that the late

Dr. Brock made a very useful beginning in his essay on “ Die

Ophiuridenfauna des indischen Archipels”'.

It has sometimes been supposed that colour is a good guide in

the identification of species of this genus. Thus no less an

authority on Ophiuroids than Dr. Liitken writes :—‘‘ Le systeme

général de coloration constitue un caractére important qu’il ne

faut pas négliger dans la distinction spécifique des Ophiothriv”?’.

Or, if I may trust myself to translate the fuller Danish text,

1 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xlvii. ; see especially pp. 511 & 516,

? Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. viii. (1869) p. 104.

27"

408 PROF, F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE (May,

Dr. Liitken’s view is expressed thus ' :—‘ One has some help in this

difficult work from colour-markings, but it is not to be under-

stood that all individuals of the same species present the same

colour, or have quite the same design (Tegning); but as a rule one

will find that every species has its characteristic pattern or system,

in the details of which it rarely makes exceptions.”

While much of this is true, it is on the other hand perfectly

certain that any one who attempts to name species of Ophiothriv

with colour or pattern as his guide will soon find he can make very

little way. I can, indeed, only repeat and enforce what I said in

1884? on this point. For example, Ophiothriv martensi was said

by its describer, Lyman, to be bright indigo on the dorsal surface

of the disc, but there is in the present collection a specimen

which is light green.

The identification of specimens of Ophiothrix is such a difficult

matter that it is unnecessary to express the hope that other

workers will imitate my reserve. The difficulty is to get any one

to work at the genus at all!

OPHIOPTERON ELEGANS.

Ophiopteron elegans, Ludwig, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xlvii. (1888)

p. 459.

Mr. Bassett-Smith is to be warmly congratulated on taking

examples of this species, which is known only from the single well-

preserved and the one ill-preserved specimen brought to Europe

by the late Dr. J. Brock, and fully described by Prof. Ludwig in

1888. 1 have made a careful examination of the seven specimens

in the present collection, and have nothing material to add to

Prof. Ludwig’s account. I notice, however, a pinkish hue on the

dorsal surface of the arms.

The examples were taken at various depths between 23 and

47 fathoms.

The most remarkable and interesting find of Mr. Bassett-Smith

when on the ‘ Egeria’ was an Ophiurid, of which it is difficult to

exactly assign the systematic position.

Description of the Specimen.—With the general appearance of a

young Astrophyton (see Plate XX VII.), the joints of the arms are

distinctly marked off from one another by brown lines; the joints

of the more distal branches are slightly coiled on themselves, but

the more proximal trunks and branches appear to be quite stiff.

The disc is covered above and below by a number of plates ; there

are teeth and mouth-papille; the bursal clefts are small and on

the side of the arm, or in the same position as in T’richaster or

Astrophyton. The surface of the arms is coarsely granular, and

there are spiny hooks at the side of the arm; so that there is so

far no essential difference from the typical Astrophytid structure.

1 Tom. cit. p. 51.

* Report .... Voyage H.M.S. ‘Alert’ (London, 1884). See particularly

pp. 117, 141 & 142.

1894.] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 409

When, however, we come to closely examine the disc we find it

to present an arrangement of plates that is quite unknown in any

Astrophytid; for there is on it a set of plates which cannot be

supposed to be anything but the remnants of a calycinal system’

(see fig. 3, c & r); the centre of the disc is occupied by a rounded

plate, and midway between it and the base of every arm but one

there is a plate which cannot but be the homologue of the radial

plate ; just as distinctly there is to be seen at the base of the arms

a pair of plates which are surely the so-called radial shields °.

Though radial shields are not diagnostic of Ophiuroids, for they are,

at any rate, absent from such simple Streptophiure as Neoplax,

they are exceedingly characteristic of the group, and are of large

size in Cladophiurans’®. In the specimen before us they exhibit

some irregularity, but they do not present the characteristic of the

Cladophiuran ; they are not “rippenartig” and they do not extend

over the whole semi-diameter of the disc. Their smaller size may

be correlated with the presence of calycinal plates, the existence of

which in true Cladophiurans has only indistinctly been hinted at

by Mr. Lyman; but the result is that we have an almost typical

Zygophiuran disc, above. On the lower surface the arrangement

of the mouth-plates (Plate XX VII. figs. 4 & 5) is most nearly

paralleled among known forms by Trichaster palmiferus, and I

know of nothing resembling it that has been detected in any fossil

form; the distinctness of the two halves of the oral apparatus is

very marked, and must be supposed to be a primitive character.

With regard to the systematic position of this very remarkable

form, I feel inclined, after much reflection, to adopt an attitude of

reserve ; some years since I should not have hesitated in taking it

to be the type of, at least, a new family. But, if it be true that

“coelum, non animum, mutant qui trans mare currunt,” it is

equally true that the “fugaces anni” carry away with them the

cause of many a bad new species or group. It is possible still

to use the diagnoses propounded in 1892 for the Cladophiure ',

as the size and extent of radial shields is not there used as a

diagnostic character. So far as the descent of the Cladophiure is

1 That is, by those who accept the doctrines first broached by Lovén and

enforced with such vigour in this country by my lamented friend Dr. Herbert

Carpenter. I understand that there is, among the younger workers, some

scepticism as to the validity of these homologies.

[Since this was written Mr. E. W. MacBride has published an abstract of

his observations on the organogeny of Asterina gibbosa (Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond.

liv. pp. 451-6). I am sure many morphologists await with interest the proofs

of his statement that there is no homology between the abactinal poles of Crinoids

and Asteroids. |

2 Tf we are to continue to recognize homologues of the radials of the Crinoid

ealyx (see P. H. Carpenter, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. xxiv. (1884) p. 1), it might

be well to make some alteration in nomenclature, as the presence of “ radial”

plates and “radial” shields on the same dise is confusing. It is obvious enough

that Johannes Miiller, the first user of both the terms, had no idea of any homo-

logies between the Crinoid calyx and the Ophiuroid disc.

* Is it quite certain that what are called radial shields in Cladophiurans aro

homologous with the parts called by the same name in Zygophiurans ?

‘ P.Z.8. 1892, p. 180.

410 PROF, F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [May 1,

concerned Ophiocrene seems to show that some ancestor of this

group was provided with distinct radial shields, the presence or

absence of which is so variable a character in the Streptophiura,

which I have, I think, shown to be ancestral to the Cladophiura.

OPHIOCRENE?.

An Ophiuroid with branching arms and the habit of an Astro-

phytid, but with calycinal plates on the disc, and rounded radial

shields of comparatively small size.

OPHIOCRENE ZNIGMA, sp. nov. (Plate XX VII. figs. 1-6.)

As there is only one specimen, and that small, it is impossible to

say whether or no it is adult. It may be provisionally defined

thus :—Small, with delicate arms and few branches, of a milky-

white colour, the joints separated by fine brown lines.

Macclesfield Bank, 45 fms.

It may be pointed out that, at present, there is no evidence that

would justify us in regarding this as the young of some already

known Astrophytid of large size, but it is quite within the bounds

of possibility that a series of stages may show it to be so.

V. ECHINOIDEA.

TEMNOPLEURUS BOTHRYOIDBS.

Pleurechinus bothryoides, A. Agass. Chall. Rep. Ech. iii, p. 108

(1881).

Temnopleurus bothryoides, Bell, Rep. Voy. ‘Alert’ (1884) p. 119.

It is quite clear that this is by no means a rare species; the

‘Challenger’ and the ‘ Alert’ both brought home examples, and

the ‘ Egeria’ took it in at least four dredgings between 40 and 47

fathoms. In the smaliest specimen, which is not 4 mm. in

diameter, the deep and extensive pitting characteristic of the

species is quite well marked.

I have a pretty strong conviction that the progress of research

will result in showing that Pleurechinus variabilis and P. ruber of

Dr. Déderlein are synonyms of this variable species.

TEMNOPLEURUS REYNAUDI.

Temnopleurus reynaudi, Agass.

An examination of two specimens covered with spines confirms

me in the view I expressed in 1880? that 7. reynaudi and 7’. granu-

losus are distinct species. The examples now before me are some-

what larger than the spined specimens collected by H.M.S.

‘ Challenger ;’ the spines are rather long, creamy white, with bands

of red, or with the free end red.

1 As the word Lgeria has been several times used in Zoology, and as cpjvn

means a fountain, and Hgeria was, it is said, changed into a fountain by Diana,

I have, in this roundabout fashion, succeeded in associating H.M.S. ‘ Egeria’

with this interesting genus.

2 P.Z. 8. 1880, p. 424.

1894. ] ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. 411

SALMACIS RUFA, sp. noy. (Plate XXVI. figs. 2 & 3.)

There are several specimens of what I take to be an undescribed

species of Salmacis. It may be diagnosed as follows :—

Spines pale whitish, with red rings or bands of inconstant

breadth. Denuded test bright red, with patches of white more

numerous within than between the poriferous zones. Test rather

flat, not stout, cireular, with a rather small mouth distinctly

depressed. Primary tubercles small and numerous; only one row

in each vertical set of plates extends from pole to pole, but at and

below the ambitus each plate has a transverse row of four or five

tubercles in the interambulacral and of two or three in the

ambulacral areas. There are about 27 primary tubercles in a row

in a specimen measuring 32 mm. in diameter. The anal area is

chiefly occupied by a few large plates; the madreporite is of

proportionately large size, and the ‘oculars’ are ordinarily shut

out from the edge of the anal space. The edge of the mouth is

deeply inflexed, and the cuts are wide but not very deep. In a

specimen in which the lantern of Aristotle was examined, the

teeth were found to project very little from the alveolus; this was

stout and wide, with two deep grooves, and had the tooth connected

with it by a descending but not by an ascending process. The

apophysis is almost straight.

Diameter of

eet

rae SN

Diam. Height. Calyc. area. Periproct. Peristome.

32 mm. 16 65 2°5 8:5

Hab. Macclesfield Bank, between 30 and 44 fms.

It is a somewhat difficult matter to suggest what are the nearest

allies of this species; although the characters just enumerated

appear to be constant for the fairly large number of examples

which were collected, none of them are of large size, and, possibly,

better grown specimens will throw more light on this question.

TRIPNHUSTES GRATILLA.

Echinus gratilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 664.

Tripneustes gratilla, Lovén, Bih. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hdler. xiii.

iv. no. 5 (1887) p. 77.

An interesting young example of this species was taken in

30-40 fms. ; its proportions are somewhat different to the smallest

specimen I was able to measure some years since (see P. Z.S. 1879,

p- 662).

Percentage value of

Absol. diam. Height. Abact. Anal Act. Porif. zone.

in millim. system. system. system.

28 69 23 125 30 8:2

LAGANUM DECAGONALE. (Plate XXVI. figs. 4 & 5.)

Scutella decagonalis, de Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat., s. v. Scutella, p. 229.

A fine series of this species, commencing with specimens less

ae he eae

a Ce ey ee ee ” i i lay fd) ted

\ {Aas ees | So

2 = oe

a, 412 ON THE ECHINODERMS OF MACCLESFIELD BANK. [May 1,

a Aa than half an inch in diameter, shows that the form of the test is at

hee first circular rather than decagonal. So far it bears out the remark

ie of Prof. Alex. Agassiz, who, speaking of Peronella orbicularis, says

4 (Rey. Ech. p. 521), “I have but little doubt that this species will

% prove to be the young of Peronella decagonalis”; at any rate, the

: series shows that when sufficiently small specimens are obtained

ce. they differ in form from the adult. Whether the type of Leske’s

sa species corresponds with any one of these I am unable to say. I

ag sent the drawing here reproduced to Prof. Selenka at Erlangen,

i . as I imagined that Leske’s type was in the University Museum

ot there’. Dr. Fleischmann, who was kind enough to attend to my

x letter in Prof. Selenka’s absence, says :—‘‘ Das Originalexemplar zu

ae Echinodiscus orbicularis war, wie ich den alten Catalogen entnehme,

ian niemals in Erlangen. Wie besetzen nur Originalexemplare der

3 Kleins’chen Sammlung.” lLeske compares his specimen with a

a Zeeschelling, and Mr. Grueber, of the Department of Coins, who

“3 has been kind enough to measure a Zeeschilling for me, tells me it

a is 65 inch in diameter. The specimen here drawn has about that

Bey. diameter, but has already ceased to be truly orbicular.

It is impossible, therefore, to speak certainly, but I think we

may safely take it that L. orbiculare is the young of L. decagonale ;

this at any rate is certain—a set of specimens collected on

Macclesfield Bank form a continuous series, of which the smaller

are circular and the larger decagonal in form.

: ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA.

mee Echinus placenta, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. (1758) p. 666.

& Though commonly taken in distinctly southern waters as those

of New Zealand and Australia, this species has already been

recorded from Luzon, and is known as far west as Burmah and

Mergui. Not only therefore has it a wide intertropical range, but

it is found south of the tropics ; it is to be regretted that on p. 171

of the ‘ Alert’ Report I put a sign against the name of this species

which indicated that it was not known south of the tropics.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXIII,

Fig. 1. Eudiocrinus granulatus, to show the habit of the species, x 2.

2. A portion of an arm from above (joints 14-20), x 6.

3. The most proximal joints of the arm, with their pinnules, x 4.

4, The seventh pinnule, to show the form and ornamentation of the joints,

x 12.

5. One of the most distal pinnules, x 12.

6. A cirrus, X 4.

7. The distal joints of a cirrus, X 12.

Prats XXIV.

Fig. 1. Antedon bassett-smithi * 2, showing the disc and the bases of the arms

with Sz, the first brachial syzygy, varying in position.

2. Side view of arm of do., x 2.

3. A cirrus, X 2.

4, 1st pinnule, to show the form of the joints, x 4.

5 & 6. 2nd and 3rd pinnules, to show the form of the basal joints, x &

? See Agassiz, Rev. Ech, p. ix.

en Seer ‘stzebIna eajTow'Z btq ‘winasosskgqe eajop T btq a oa

ae / ee

TOAXY ®7"id 76st Zd

c. wu a

Low 2

‘ } <i)

One

‘stzebina wp bty wmaossfkqe py vee'sbhty “eaztoyy Jo eteosta Teututopay

‘diet wreummen 350K) : ; a oe ea treme

“"" pIwM™ Nuk

ad al he 23

asA20u7) ~~ ~~ 2 z

x aupDy,

AuLDAQ

SUasseyap spp

XIXX 97*[1d F6S0S Zd

PZS1894 PlateXXX.

EW.L4H.del.

MP Parker lith West,Newman imp.

Dissections of Flat-fishes. Figs.5,6,7.Pleuronectes platessa.

Fig.8.Hippoglossus vulgaris. Figs. 910.Solea vulgaris.

1894. ] STUDIES IN TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 413

; Prat XXV.,

Figs. 1 & 2. Two views of Patirio briareus from above, to show the habit of the

species, nat, size.

. Part of arm of do. from’ above, to show the character of the granu-

lation, x 4.

. Archaster tenuis from above, X 2.

Part of arm of do. from below, x 4.

. Part of arm of do. from above, x 4.

. Pectinura sphenisci from above, X 2.

. Part of arm of do. from below, X 4.

. An angle of the mouth of do., x 8.

Prats XXVI.

Fig. 1. A figure of a young Cuwlcita set,out from the region of the apical pole

to the mouth, so as to show all the plates of rather more than 3th of

the whole test, X 8; C, supposed central plate, 7’ the terminal.

. Apical area of Salmacis rufa, x 3.

. Portion of test of do., X 3, to show crnamentation.

. A small specimen of Laganwm decagonale (L. orbiculare), X 2.

. Part of petal of same, to show ornamentation, x 8.

Puate XXVII.

Fig.

COMA OE oc

Ou co bo

Fig.

1. Ophiocrene enigma seen from above, of the natural size.

2. One of the arms of the same, x 3, to show the mode of branching and the

form of the arm-joints.

. The disc and bases of the arms of the same from above, X 8, showing

the central calycinal plate (c), the radial plates of the calyx (7), the

radial shields (7.s.).

4. The disc and bases of the arms of the same from below, to show the

general relations of the parts of the peristomial area, x 6.

5, One mouth-angle, x 24, to show the teeth and the oral plates and deep

median cleft.

2. Studies in Teleostean Morphology from the Marine

Laboratory at Cleethorpes... By Ernest W. L. Hott,

Naturalist on Staff, M.B. Assoc.*

{Received March 7, 1894.]

(Plates XX VITI.-XXX.)

I. On Some SpPrcIMuNS oF THE BrrxuLanen (Molva

abyssorum, Nilsson) FROM ICELAND AND Froid,

Principal References and Synonymy.

Byrkelinge, Strom, Trondhj. Handl. i. p. 446, tab. 8; Sond.

Beskriv. i. p. 275.

Molva abyssorum, Nilsson, Prodrom. Ichth. Scand. p. 466;

Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 362.

Molva byrkelénge, Collett, Norg. Fisk. p. 116; Lilljeborg, Sver. |

o. Norg. Fisk. ii. p. 139.

1 Tn virtue of an arrangement between the Marine Biological Association

and the Marine Fisheries Society of Grimsby, the laboratory, which belongs to

‘the latter body, is at present under the control of the Association for the

prosecution of investigations dealing with the North Sea fisheries,

? Communicated by Dr. Ginter and Prof. Howns,

—

414 MR. B. W. L, HOLT—STUDIES IN [May i

Molua dipterygia, Smitt, Hist. Skand. Fishes, ed, ii. p. 521,

pl. xxvi. fig. 3.

Introduction.

The specific name adopted by Collett and Lilljeborg originated

with Walbaum (‘ Petri Artedi sveci Genera Piscium, 1792, p. 135),

and is therefore older than Nilsson’s name, the date of which is

1832. Professor Smitt identifies the fish with the Gadus diptery-

gius of Pennant (Introd. Arct. Zool. ed. 11. vol. 1. p. exxiv), which

is not included in the synonymy by the other Scandinavian authors

referred to.

The retention of Nilsson’s name, as the earliest in post-

Linnean literature, is justified by the rules of scientific nomencla-

ture, and, since it is used in Giinther’s catalogue and in the

‘Challenger’ monograph, appears to be for the convenience of

British readers.

At the time this paper was written the only drawing of the

species with which I was acquainted was that given by Strom (op.

cit.). The work of this author is sufficiently rare, and his figure,

though accurate enough, is merely a small outline. One of my

chief objects was therefore to put forward a recognizable figure in

a publication easy of access to British readers, while at the same

time extending the known horizontal range of the species, and

recording certain anatomical peculiarities which had escaped the

notice of previous writers.

Within the last few months, however, ichthyological literature

has been enriched by the appearance of Professor Smitt’s new

edition of Fries, Ekstrém, and Sundevall’s ‘ History of the Scandi-

navian Fishes.’ This contains a description, with figure, of the

species under consideration.

The text, as I think, is not so complete as to render my own

remarks altogether superfluous, the more especially since only

Skandinavian examples were known to the author, while the figure

differs from all examples known to me in rather important details

(to be referred to below). It being too late to so far rewrite my

remarks as to incorporate the whole of the necessary references to

Smitt’s work in the text, I have interpolated them chiefly in the

form of notes.

The resemblance borne by the Mediterranean form, J. elongata

(Risso), to the species now under discussion has attracted the

attention of Lilljeborg, who gives a careful comparison of the

measurements of specimens of each species. He notes that a

difference exists in the texture of the scales, and is unable to

establish their complete identity. It would appear, from his

description, that the Mediterranean form approaches the Faroé

and Iceland specimens of J. abyssorwm in the reduction of the

caudal peduncle, a point in which it differs somewhat from Skan-

dinavian examples. While inclined to suppose that the characters

* Lotta elongata, Risso, Faun. Eur, Mérid. iii. p. 217, fig. 47; Costa, Faun,

del regno di Napoli, Pesce. i. p. 15, tay. xxxviii.

1894. ] THLEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 415

which separate the species may ultimately prove of less than

specific value, I do not feel justified, in the face of the opinion of

so accurate an observer as Lilljeborg, in including M. elongata in

my synonymy. I have never had the opportunity of examining

an example of this form, and am acquainted with no description of

its anatomy.

Distribution.

The species is known to occur along the whole of the western

coast of Scandinavia and in the Cattegat, but does not seem to

have been observed elsewhere. It is a deep-water fish, abundant

between 100 and 300 fathoms in that region’, Of the examples

before me, seven in number, two came from the neighbourhood of

Ingolfs Hofde Huk, on the south coast of Iceland, in the summer

of 1892. One of these was taken on a long-line, in the immediate

neighbourhood of the 100-fathom line, in company with another

example, which did not come into my hands. The other was

trawled, at a depth which certainly could not have greatly exceeded

40 fathoms, and may very probably have been considerably less.

I am indebted for these two specimens to the courtesy of Messrs.

W. Hoole and F. Barrett respectively. My other five examples I

bought in the Grimsby Fish-market in December 1893, and ascer-

tained that they had all been taken in one shot of the long-lines

at about 160 fathoms, 28 miles N.W. of Fugaelo, Faroé Islands.

From the information of fishermen it appears that specimens

are taken from time to time on the Faroé “ Bank,” but are

sufficiently rare to be unknown to many who regularly work that

region. I could hear of no previous instance of the fish haying

been taken off the coast of Iceland.

The Birkelange is one of those forms which our fishermen

regard as hybrids, the imputed parents being’ the Hake (Merluccius

vulgaris) and the Common Ling (Molva abyssor um), whilst taint

of Conger blood is sometimes suggested.

The fish appears to be used as food in Norway, but, according

to Mr. Hoole, who made culinary experiment of one which fell

into his hands, it is very rank, and the flesh of one which I had

removed for osteological purposes failed to commend itself to the

not very delicate palate of a seal. Smitt, however (op cit. p. 524),

remarks that the fish is more esteemed, when fresh, than the

Common Ling, so that tastes would appear to differ. The Scandi-

navian vernacular name, which means “Trade Ling,” is cited as

testifying to the commercial value of the species.

Diagnosis of Species.

Head and body elongate, covered with minute imbricating scales.

The length of the head contained about five times in the total

length without the caudal fin, and much greater than the height

Also at 35 and 80 fathoms (Smitt),

_—_

“~

416 MR. BE, W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May 1,

of the body. The length of the eye, greater than its height, con-

tained about five times in the length of the head, and once and a

half or nearly twice in the length of the preorbital region. The

lenyth of the eye always greater than the width of the wterorbital

space, which is usually less than the height of the eye, but may be

equal to or even a little greater than that measurement. The

lower jaw the longer, projecting beyond the snout, the barbel small,

much less than the length of the eye. Zhe height of the caudal

pedunele less than the height of the eye. The vent opposite about

the seventh or ninth ray of the second dorsal. The mouth more

or less closely speckled with black chromatophores.

The italics are intended to denote such characters as serve at a

glance to distinguish this species from the Common Ling (M,

vulgaris, Fleming), and the close resemblance which the Birkelinge

bears to that well-known form renders it unnecessary to elaborate

the diagnosis further.

The diagnosis is based on the examination of the seven specimens

forming the subject of this note, which range in total length from

42 to 503 inches. Hence it may not be strictly applicable to

smaller examples, since the proportions, especially those of the eye,

are subject to developmental changes in all fish. I am led by this

to suppose that Lilljeborg, who describes the interorbital space as

much less than the height of the eye, may have based his remarks

on the examination of smaller fish; but it is quite possible that a

variation in this, as apparently in some other respects, exists

between Scandinavian and more Western examples of this species.

The condition exhibited by my specimens renders it also probable

that the relative length of the lower jaw increases with the size of

the fish, so that in young examples it may even be less than that

of the upper jaw’. We know this to be the case in the Coal-fish

(Gadus virens), in which the lower only passes the upper jaw when

a length of about twelve to fifteen imches has been attained.

There remain, however, other characters sufficiently well marked

to distinguish the species at any size. The Birkelinge is not

known to reach a length greater than 60 inches’, and is therefore

a much smaller fish than the Common Ling.

1 Tt may be remarked that very large Common Ling occasionally exhibit an

infinitesimal projection of the lower jaw. Such a projection is given by Lillje-

borg as a specific character in the case of the species before us. Smitt, however,

states that in all his specimens the upper jaw was distinctly the longer, and his

figure (op. cit. pl. xxvi. fig. 5) shows this condition clearly enough. From

internal evidence the material forming the subject of his remarks seems to have

consisted of four examples, stated to be adult, ranging in size from 56:2 to

82°8 em., and therefore all smaller than our Iceland and Faroé specimens. It

is, nevertheless, by no means clear that all small examples have the snout pro-

jecting, as Lilljeborg (op. ct. iti. Append. p. 787) mentions an example of

60 em. without qualifying his previous remarks on the conformation. On the

whole it seems most probable that the majority of adults, whether from Scan-

dinavian or other waters, have the lower jaw the longer.

> Smitt (op. cit. p. 522) observes that the species seldom exceeds a length of

one metre (39 inches ca.), but it does not appear that his acquaintance with

this fish is very extensive,

1894.] HLEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. - 17

The fin-ray formula is enumerated by Lilljeborg as follows :—

Dr. 13-14. Dir. 78-85. A. 75-80. Pelv. 5-6.

The examples before me give

Di. 12-15. Dr. 69-75. A. 70-74. Pelv. 6-7."

The difference in the number of rays in the second dorsal and

anal is considerable, but the small number of my specimens and

the absence of any information as to the number represented in

Lilljeborg’s formula render it impossible to say whether such

difference is indicative of local variation, or depends on nothing

more important than chance.

Description of the Specimens.

J append a table of dimensions, since such facts are often of

more importance in the eyes of an ichthyologist than an author's

deductions therefrom. The specimens A to E are those from

Faroé, and the measurements were taken from the fresh condition;

the Iceland examples, « and y, were measured after preservation

in alcohol.

The anterior extremity as here denoted is the extremity of the

lower jaw when the mouth is closed. The measurements are

given in inches.

STMOUAGIE lesser desssrppoobeaeescnn A B (6) D EK ie | ay

Wiotal@lencthweeseeetecsseeeeetee| 503 | 493 | 472 | 464 | 42 |47 (46

Total length without caudal... 474 | 47 442 | 452 | 393 44 [429

When othvoisieadtessenecsetest 103 | 1023 Qs 9+ 81 | 9 | 95

Preorbital length ............... 33 os 3s bt 3 |3 | 32

Horizontal diameter of eye... 2 24 24 2 ee ee

Vertical diameter of eye ...... i 1Z Li 13 12 | 1§ | 13 |

Width of interorbital space... 14 1; 12 1 Ls} 1s] 12 |

Greatest height of body ...... at 5s oF 6° 53 | 5ea| 5ea

Greatest girth of body......... Pelee titel dh lla tee ee 12 eae

Height of caudal peduncle | 13 13 13 14 14 | 12 | 12

Ant. extremity to Istdorsal.... 144 | 184 | 132 | 122] 114% 13 (123

Ant. extremity to 2nd dorsal. Wee) Wei Wie | lee | 145 7 \les

Ant. extremity to anus ...... | 22 22 21 203 | 18 |19 |20

Length of pectoral ............ | 5 43 43 43. 44 | 45 | 48

Length of pelvic .............+. | At 43 oF oF 33 | 4 | 3%

Length of barbel ............... ee a ty - | $1] 4

| |

The lower jaw projects from 4 to ? inch beyond the upper, and

the angle of the gape reaches to about a vertical from the centre

of the eye. The teeth are not distinguishable either in structure

1 For purposes of comparison I append the fin-ray and vertebral formula

of M. vulgaris, taken from Lilljeborg (op. cit. pp. 151 and 137), as dealing

with the most Northern examples as to which information is available :—

Dr, 13-16. Dirt. 62-70. A. 57-66. Vert. 64-65.

* The eversion of the stomach in this specimen renders the value of these

measurements uncertain.

Te > did tie

a. Se

Se > IVES

ee ree

eo i

418 MR. B, W. L., HOLT—STUDIES IN [May ‘,

or arrangement from those of the Common Ling, but the large

teeth of the inner row of the mandible and of the vomer, which

exhibit the lateral compression and spatulation of the points most

strongly, are fewer in number by comparison with Common Ling

of the same size; this is due, no doubt, to the latter being con-

siderably younger than the examples before us. The tongue is

broad and free, with a sharp anterior edge. There are about 80

pores in the lateral line.

Colours.—The dorsal region of the head and body is a brownish

slate colour, shading ventrally into a brownish grey on the sides,

which have a cupreous lustre in very fresh examples, and becoming

nearly white in several examples in the ventral abdominal region.

The jaws and under surface of the head brownish grey, the branchi-

ostegal membrane not darker than the surrounding region, but

the tip of the lower jaw and barbel dark. A dark spot on the

axilla ; the pectoral dark slate-grey ; the pelvic pale, but speckled

with dark pigment. The dorsals slate-grey, both fins darkest in

the submarginal region, especially the posterior part of the second

dorsal ; the extreme margin light, nearly white in some examples.

The anal resembling the second dorsal, but fading into a pale

slate colour anteriorly. All these fins have a bluish lustre on

their darker parts. The mucous membrane of the mouth may be

almost colourless, but is usually rather profusely speckled with black

pigment. I am told that it is sometimes black, but have not

seen any specimen to which such description would apply. The

peritoneum of the body-cavity dark grey or black.

The Birkelinge thus differs conspicuously enough from Ling

taken from the comparatively shallow water in our own seas; but

comparing it with Faroé specimens of that species, I find that the

principal difference (so far as concerns external pigmentation)

that can be affirmed is that the commoner form is rather the paler

of the two. We know from Lilljeborg* that the two species

resemble each other in being more vividly coloured in the young

condition than when adult.

In order to emphasize the external differences of the two species 1

have appended a figure of both. The Ling(Plate XXVIII, fig. 2) is

actually some ten inches shorter than the Birkeliinge (fig. 1), and, the

figures being drawn to such scales as to be practically of the same

size, the difference in the size of the eyes is not so marked as it

would be had examples of the same actual length been represented,

since the size of the eye varies in inverse ratio to that of the

individual. Nevertheless the eye is seen to be largest in the

Birkelinge, and its relatively greater length as compared with

that of the head is still more conspicuous. Such dimensions as

the height of the body and of the caudal peduncle in relation to

the total length are practically constant during the interval of size

which separates the two specimens, and consequently the value of

the figures for purposes of comparison is not thereby impaired.

* This author (op. cit, iii. Append. p. 787) describes the coloration of an

example of MW, abyssorum 60 em. long.

1894. | TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 419

Anatomical Features.

The Alimentary Viscera—The abdominal cavity is much

elongated, extending back rather beyond the first third of the anal

fin, and terminating in a narrow process, the apex of which, in a

specimen 47% inches long, is 32 inches from the snout. The

alimentary tract, as compared with that of the Common Ling,

exhibits features of some interest. The cardiac portion of the

stomach, which, as in the Ling, is prolonged backwards beyond

the small bulbous pyloric portion, occupies the whole length of the

visceral cavity except the narrow canal-like process already

referred to. It is extremely thin-walled and flaccid, and thus in

marked contrast to the firm muscular stomach of the Ling. The

pyloric czeca are numerous, as in the Ling, but somewhat larger.

The delicacy of the walls may be said to be characteristic of the

whole of the alimentary canal in the Birkeliinge. It reaches its

maximum in that part of the intestine which is beyond the origin

of the pyloric ceca. The walls are here so thin as to be

ruptured at the slightest attempt to lift the gut, and, in one

specimen, were found to have been ruptured before the visceral

vavity was opened. The intestine is very much shorter, as well

as more delicate, than in the Ling, as will be readily understood by a

glance at Plate X XIX. figs.3and4*. It also appears to be subject

to variation in its arrangement, the condition in two examples,

both females, being shown in figs.3 and 3a. The liver is very much

larger than in the Ling. It consists of a single ventral lobe, in

which the coalescence of lateral elements appears to be indicated

by the presence of deep sulci. It is somewhat expanded anteriorly,

while the posterior process appears to pass indifferently either to

the right or left of the rectum. In the Gadide a greater develop-

ment of the liver seems to be frequently characteristic of the

more abysmal members of a genus. The mesenteries are as stout

as in the Ling.

The Air-bladder—This is a simple fusiform structure, oc-

cupying the roof of the abdominal cavity from the anterior

extremity to the origin of the ureter. It differs from that of the

Ling chiefly in that its anterior cornua, which lie external to the

attachments of the pharyngeal muscles to the vertebral column,

possess no lumen, and that its dorsal wall is somewhat more

spongy and less definite than that of the commoner species. The

rete mirabile, a single structure, 4 inches long by 1 inch broad in

a specimen 473 inches long, occupies the usual position, and is, if

anything, a little smaller than in the Ling.

The Kidneys.—These terminate posteriorly in a small expanded

process, from which the ureter passes obliquely forward to the

region of the vent. The posterior process is much larger in the

Ling, and blocks the narrow end of the visceral cavity. On the

1 Smitt (op. cit. p. 524), in a very brief account of the visceral anatomy,

notes that no part of the intestine, in a male 65 em, long, extended beyond the

anus,

Pee oF Pak eS 8 Oe

420 MR. B. W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May 1,

other hand, in the Birkeliinge the so-called head-kidney is more

definite in outline, and its histological structure leaves no doubt

that it is perfectly functional. In the Ling the proportion of

reniform matter is much less, but the head-kidney does not appear

to be wholly functionless.

The Reproductive Organs.—Three specimens examined proved to

be females. The ovaries are much like those of the Ling. From

their condition it appears probable that the species spawns off

Iceland and Faroé late in the summer or in the autumn.

The Skeleton.—One of the Faroé specimens has 78 vertebra, the

first complete hemal arch occurring on the 32nd. Lilljeborg

gives the total number as 78-79, of which 30-31 belong to the

trunk. In other respects the skeleton is much like that of the

Ling.

Morphological Considerations.

It appears that we have before us a form very closely allied to

the common species, and in which almost all the distinctive

characters are illustrative of specialization along one definite line.

To take them seriatim, we may consider first the relative length of

the jaws.

The protrusion of the lower jaw is a feature most obviously

associated with the feeding-habits of the fish, and the fact that

the Northern Gadoids usually exhibit this character might be

found, could the matter be satisfactorily investigated, to indicate

nothing more than that the food-supply available in the higher

latitudes is not adapted to the requirements of bottom-feeders.

At the same time the protrusion of the lower jaw in the larve of

all Teleosteans that have been studied may indicate that this

condition in the adult has an ancestral significance, such fish as

exhibit it being in this respect less specialized than others which

do not, though here again the pelagic habit of the said larvee may

go far to prove the character to be merely one of adaptation.

Thus, like most other scientific facts in the present state of our

ignorance, we may derive therefrom whatever interpretation

appears most convenient to preconceived theory. That there is

no necessary connection in Gadoids between this character and an

abysmal habitat is sufficiently demonstrated by the Macruride,

but the fact remains that such association usually exists in the

less specialized members of the group (cf. Merluccius, Mora, &c.).

The reduction of the barbel is a character so obviously related to

the elongation of the lower jaw that it requires no separate

discussion, since it is difficult to see what benefit an ‘ underhung ”

fish could derive from such an appendage, however well developed.

Nevertheless the presence of a well-developed and functional

barbel in the closely-allied species with the shorter mandible

almost forces us to regard the appendage in M. abyssorum as

vestigial, and, if that be admitted, it is not difficult to arrive at a

conclusion as to which condition of the jaws is least indicative of

specialization.

1894. ] TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 421

The next feature is the relative size of the eye, and it may at

once be said that in the enlargement of this organ M. abyssorwm

exhibits a character equally associated in Gadoids with either an

abysmal or a Boreal habitat. Gadus saida may be taken as an

instance of the last, as one of the few Gadoids which are known

to be confined to Northern regions and which have not

hitherto been met with in deep water. Speaking generally, it may

be said that all Gadoids have rather large eyes, and it is question-

able whether their reduction in the more littoral forms, such as

some of the Motelle, may not be as much illustrative of modification

in one direction as their enlargement in the deep-sea forms appears

to be in another. This group of fishes appears, in fact, to be the

present representatives of a stock that had become adapted for

life at moderate depths rather than in either deep water or at the

extreme margin.

With regard to the characters of the alimentary viscera a

reduction of the length of the gut has been shown by Dr. Giinther*

to characterize a deep-sea member of the Percoid fishes; but I am

not aware of any observation that bears on the relative strength

of the walls of the intestine. It is evident, however, from their

fragility in the species before us that life would be impossible in a

region exposed to any violent action of the tide, nor is it easy to

understand that the fish could display any great activity, without

risk of internal injury. That it is not an active fish, as compared

with its congener, may be judged from the reduction of the caudal

peduncle and fin, and by the attenuation of the whole caudal

region, a character we find invariably present both in deep-sea and

Northern Gadoids. The same may be said of the elongation of

the body, which carries with it the increase in the number of the

vertebre and of the rays of the dorsal and anal fins, and it will be

remembered that Collett found a constant increase in the number

of these structures in the more Northern examples of a series of

Hippoglossoides platessoides *.

A point which appears worthy of a moment’s notice is the

pigmentation of the mucous membrane of the mouth and of the

peritoneum. It is a matter of common knowledge that these

structures are more or less black in deep-sea fishes, whereas in

their more littoral allies they are usually destitute of dark

pigment, and this is well illustrated by comparing the two species

of Molva. We know that whatever light there may be in the

abysses of the ocean is at all events not directly derived from that

which illuminates the surface. Without committing ourselves to

an opinion of the value of any particular theory, we may be

inclined to accept the broad fact that there is a connection

between light and pigmentation, and, in the case of flat-fishes, we

are familar with attempts which have been made from time to

time, with more or less success, to demonstrate this connection.

. Passing from external to internal pigmentation, if we open the

1 *Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxii. p. 14.

2 «Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, Fishes,’ Christiania, 1880, p. 147.

Proc. Zooz. Soc.—1894, No. XXVIII. 28

422 MR. E. W. L. HOLY—STUDIES IN [May\,

abdominal cavity of a flat-fish, we find that the peritoneum of the

ocular side is beset with dark pigment, while that of the blind side

is not. It seems clear enough that whatever cause governs the

presence or absence of external pigment in these fishes is

equally potent with regard to the dark pigment of the internal

region’. If this cause be the light, we have in the condition

of round-fishes an apparent anomaly, not in the absence of

pigment from the peritoneum in littoral fishes, since the difference

of position involves a much greater interruption of the light from

above, but in its conspicuous development in the deep-sea fishes,

the peritoneum of which can be in no way subject to any action

of the sun’s light.

In conclusion it may be remarked that J/. abyssorum is a form

such as might well be descended from a parent stock not greatly

differing from the Common Ling of the present day, and that the

extensive vertical range of that species would appear to offer

facilities for the establishment of such an abysmal offshoot’.

II. On THE RECHSSUS ORBITALIS, AN ACCESSORY VISUAL ORGAN

IN PLEURONECTID FIsHEs.

In making an examination of the cephalic anatomy of the

1 Since this was written, I find that Messrs. Cunningham and MacMunn, in

their monograph “On the Coloration of the Skins of Fishes” (Phil. Trans.

1894, p. 809), consider that the “difference can only be explained as the effect

of light falling on the upper side of the fish, and not on the lower.” I omit

further reference to their results, since they are discussed at some length in

No. II. of this series of papers.

> It is interesting to find that Professor Smitt (op. cit. p. 525) arrives at

a precisely opposite conclusion, viz., that ‘from a systematic and genetic point

of view, M. dipterygia must be regarded essentially as a predecessor of the

Common Ling, though the former has evidently adopted in certain respects a

distinct direction of development from the common original type which we

are entitled to assume.” “This,” he remarks, appears from an appended table

of averages of certain measurements in the two species. No further ex-

planation being forthcoming, I am unable to say in what way the table may

be supposed to support his conclusions, nor am I inclined to attach any great

value to a series of averages based in no case on more than three specimens.

The right of the author to form any opinion he chooses, as to the relative

antiquity of the types of structure exhibited by the two species, is undoubted ;

but it seems impossible to limit its application, and the logical conclusion is,

that if Smitt holds this opinion in the present instance, he also regards all

Gadoids which exhibit an abysmal type of structure as more primitive than

their littoral brethren. This view is, of course, in direct opposition to that

held, as I suppose, by all other ichthyologists, viz., that the abysmal forms are

descended from littoral ancestors.

Elsewhere (p. 520) Smitt notes that the trace of division in the second

dorsal fin is more marked in the Birkelange than in the Common Ling, but it

does not appear that this was taken into consideration in formulating the

conclusion quoted above. To most ichthyologists it would appear as rather

important evidence as to the greater antiquity of the type exhibited by the

commoner species. Again, when dealing with Gadus esmarkii, the author

considers that the persistence of the barbel brings that species nearer to the

common origin of the Cods than the Pollack, which has no barbel (p. 499),

so that the same facts would appear, in the hands of Professor Smitt, to

be capable of diametrically opposite interpretations,

1894. ] ELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 423

Common Sole, my attention was arrested by a sac-like structure

lying immediately behind the lower eye, external tothe membranous

wall of the orbital cavity. The absence of any mention of such a

structure in Cunningham’s monograph of that species’ suggested

that the specimen under examination might be in that respect

abnormal; but I have since found it in every Sole which I have

examined, and there can be no doubt but that it is a regular

feature in the anatomy of the species.

The organ in question is almost certainly homologous with a

rounded process of the membranous wall of the orbital cavity

discovered by Dr. Giinther* in Chorisochismus dentex, one of

the Gobiesocidez, and conjectured by him to represent the saccus

lacrymalis of higher animals. Beyond this I have been able to

find no reference to the existence of any structure at all corre-

sponding to that now under consideration.

It was my intention, before publishing, to work out the develop-

ment of the organ as completely as possible, since any opinion

that might be formed as to the homologies of the structure would

be of little value unless supported by a knowledge of its ontogeny.

The material at my command, however, has proved unsuitable for

the purpose, and, since some considerable time must elapse before

fresh specimens of the required stages are available, I have thought

it best to put forward such information as I have already collected,

imperfect as it is, in order to attract the attention of others who

may find themselves in a position more favourable for the pro-

secution of the inquiry.

I have ventured to apply to the organ the name (Recessus orbi-

talis) which appears at the head of this section.

Distribution in Species.

I have found the organ present, in some form or another, in

every species of flat-fish examined for this purpose, and believe

that it will be found to occur in all. The species examined com-

prise the Halibut (Aippoglossus vulgaris), Long Rough Dab (Hippo-

glossoides platessoides), Plaice (Pleuronectes platessa), Flounder (P.

flesus), Common Dab (P. limanda), Lemon “Sole” (P. micro-

cephalus), Common Sole (Solea vulgaris), and Brill (Rhombus

levis).

Topography and Structure.

The organ consists usually of a sac-like process of the membranous

wall of the orbit, and in all the forms mentioned, except the

Halibut, both orbits are furnished with such a process. The

condition in the Plaice may be taken as fairly representative of

that met with in the genera Pleuronectes, Hippoglossoides, and

Solea, so far as their anatomy is known to me in this respect.

1 «A Treatise on the Common Sole,’ Plymouth, 1890.

? Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. vol. iii. p. 490.

28*

ee cm

Pt a

—e

many,

424 MR. B, W. Lb, HOLY-—SYUDIES IN {May 1,

The organ of the lower orbit—. ¢., that belonging to the ocular

side of the body, in this case the right side—may be found

immediately under the skin overlying the membranous wall of the

orbital cavity just behind the eye. To expose it without rupture

requires rather careful handling, as, in the fresh condition, the

organ is extremely delicate, and it is bound to the skin anteriorly

by connective tissue. It is generally of a roughly trihedral out-

line, occupying a space bounded dorsally by the backward pro-

longation of the interorbital ridge of the skull, anteriorly by the

eye, and postero-ventrally by the anterior face of the superficial jaw-

muscles of the same side. To expose it fully it is necessary to

remove a part of these muscles. The organ will then present

much the appearance shown in figure 5 (Plate XX X.), according to

the state of expansion. Various branches of the V-cranial nerve,

which, for the sake of clearness, are omitted from the figure, will

be seen in its neighbourhood, mostly passing internal to it. The

distribution of these branches varies somewhat in the different

species, but usually two small branches pass to the external face of

the organ, which receives its nervous supply from one of them. In

the Sole the course of the nerves not infrequently affects the

shape of the sac, which may assume a bilobate or even a trilobate

appearance therefrom.

The sac is almost translucent in very fresh examples, save for

certain milky-white streaks observable about the periphery. It is

smooth externally, and firmly bound on its inner face to the wall of

the orbital cavity. If the internal structure is exposed, by a partial

removal of the outer wall,as shown in Plate XXX. figure 6, it will

be seen that a number of white muscular bands are attached to the

inner surface of the walls, which are otherwise extremely thin and

delicate, while other bands traverse the lumen, either independently,

or so associated together as to form more or less definite septa.

The bands on the walls, while they interlace with each other in

all directions, show nevertheless some attempt at a radiate dis-

position around an orifice which communicates with the orbital

cavity itself. There may be more than one such orifice; in fact,

in the specimen figured there are two of considerable size (0., 0.),

while several smaller ones are hidden by the septum (s.). Even

in cases where only one distinct orifice occurs, which is perhaps the

commonest condition in the Plaice and Common Sole, I am not

certain that minute openings do not also occur in its neighbour-

hood. The larger opening, or openings, always show a distinctly

thickened rim. The specimen figured appeared to be completely

subdivided by the septum, but this is not of constant occurrence

in the species. Indeed, in speaking of the dextral forms which

I have studied, it is only possible to say of the internal structure

of the accessory organ of their lower orbit that it is more or less

subdivided by muscular septa, and communicates with the orbital

cavity by one or more openings, placed close together, of which

one is always distinctly larger than the rest. It is advisable, in

studying this structure, to partially harden it by an injection of

1894.) TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 425

alcohol previous to dissection, owing to its great contractility in

the perfectly fresh condition.

In fresh examples the organ will be found to contain a colour-

less fluid, which becomes a milky-white coagulum when the fish

is rather stale. The same fluid exists also in the orbital cavity,

and it can readily be passed from one to the other by pressure.

The organ, owing to its internal structure, will be found to be

extremely elastic, and this elasticity is retained to some extent

for a considerable time after death. In figure 5 the organ is

shown in a moderate state of expansion, slight pressure being

applied to the eye at the time of drawing. Inflated with air the

organ becomes singularly lung-like, the resemblance being even

more marked in the case of its fellow of the blind side.

The organ is rather more developed in Pleuronectes than in Solea,

otherwise there is no important difference between the two genera.

In the Brill the organ of the lower eye is much smaller than in

Pleuronectes and Solea. The membranous wall of the orbital

cavity, otherwise undifferentiated, expands in a conical process

behind the eye, and the apex of this process is furnished with

internal muscular bands similar to those met with in the definite

sac-like organ of Pleuronectes. ‘There does not seem to be a definite

narrow opening between the muscular apex and the rest of the

conical process of the Brill, and the whole apparatus is not very

conspicuous unless pressure is applied to the orbital cavity.

The lower orbital cavity of the Halibut is destitute of a definite

sac-like process, but a portion of its membranous wall is differ-

entiated. On removing the skin behind the eye, more or less

fibrous and a great deal of adipose matter is found to overlie the

orbital cavity. Removing this, the membranous wall, otherwise

translucent, is seen to exhibit a trihedral opaque whitish patch in

the position occupied in Pleuronectes by the sac, or a little posterior

thereto. It is seen that the orbital membrane is thickened by

the development of a number of minute lobules or sacculi. Their

saccular nature is easily proved by inflating the orbital cavity,

which causes them to stand out distinctly. They collapse again

as soon as the pressure is reduced, and cannot be expanded by

merely depressing the orbit. Examination of the internal surface

of this part of the membranous wall shows a complex arrangement

of white muscular bands, forming a network pierced by numerous

smaller and larger orifices, one, in a specimen examined, being

considerably larger than the rest. The structure is thus essentially

the same as that of the organ in Pleuronectes, the only difference

being in the number of orifices by which the organ communicates

with the general lumen of the orbital cavity. A small branch of

the V-cranial distinctly terminates on the outer face of the differ-

entiated area.

The organ of the upper orbit, that belonging morphologically

to the blind side of the body, is saccular in all Pleuronectids which

I have examined, and is invariably larger than that belonging to

the ocular side. It is always situate on the blind side, communi-

426 MR. B. W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May T,

eating with the cavity of the orbit to which it belongs through a

foramen in the skull. In all but Rhombus, the organ lies partly

in front of the superficial jaw-muscles, immediately under the

skin, and partly between those muscles and the skull. In figure 8

the organ of the Halibut is displayed by the removal of the anterior

part of the muscles, and by clearing away such part of a great

pad of adipose matter as interfered with the view. It is seen that

the organ is divisible into an anterior and a posterior limb, the

division being due to the effort of the organ to accommodate itself

to the available room—viz., in front of and internal to the muscles

named. An arrow shows the passage of the anterior limb to

a funicular region leading to the foramen through which access

is gained to the general orbital cavity. The foramen in question

is that between the parasphenoid and the bony bridge formed

by the union of the ectethmoid and sphenotic of the blind side; it

also gives exit to a palatonasal branch of the V-cranial.

The organ of the blind side in its internal structure is similar

to that of the ocular side in such forms as Pleuronectes and Solea.

It is somewhat noticeable that it is rather larger in the Halibut

than in any of the species which possess a definite sac-like organ

of the ocular side, but the description given for the Halibut is

sufficiently applicable to all the forms enumerated except the

Brill. In this species the difference is brought about by the more

forward extension of the jaw-muscles, which completely overlie

the organ. In consequence it is flattened: it is semicircular in

outline, the are being ventral, and communicates with the orbital

cavity by a short narrow neck arising from the centre of its dorsal

surface. It is smaller than that of any other species mentioned,

but agrees with them in internal structure, and is considerably

larger than its fellow of the opposite side.

Figure 7 of Plate XXX. shows a dissection which exposes the

upper, or left, orbital cavity in the Plaice, a dextral flat-fish, by the

removal of agreat part of the right and left frontals, including the

whole of the bony interorbital septum, and of the right and part of

the left ectethmoid. It is seen that the orbital cavities are now sepa-

rated only by the fibrous band which forms the internal (morpho-

logically ventral) continuation of the interorbital septum. The

recti muscles and the optic nerve have been cut through, and the

membranous wall of the cavity has been slit along the margins of the

eye to allow of the latter being turned forwards. The orbital cavity

is thus fully exposed ; it is seen to be roughly ovoidal in shape, with

a conspicuous funnel-like depression on the left side near the

posterior end. The membranous wall, which lines the whole of

the cavity, is continued into this funnel, which is the opening

into the accessory organ which we have already studied from

the other side. A seeker can readily be passed through the

opening, and the organ can easily be injected with fluid through

the medium of the orbital cavity. It is worthy of notice that

the upper orbital cavity is bounded on most sides by structures

which yield little or not at all to pressure. In front and behind

1894. ] TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 427

are the solid walls of the skull; below is the interorbital septum ;

above, the firm dorsal muscles and anterior interneural spines.

On the left or inner side are the coalesced limbs of the left

ectethmoid and sphenotic, separated from the parasphenoid by

the foramen already mentioned. Thus expansion is only. possible

on the right or outer side, occupied by the eye, and on such part

of the left or inner side as is pierced by the foramen.

The organ is rather richly supplied with blood by a branch coming

from the vessel corresponding to the external carotid artery of

higher animals. This branch passes to the inner face of the

organ, whether left or right, and breaks up into numerous smaller

vessels on that surface.

I have already mentioned the large pad of adipose tissue

which underlies and more or less surrounds the left organ in the

Halibut. It consists optically of a mass of connective tissue very

closely beset with minute oleaginous globules. The whole is

more or less elastic, and must add considerably to the contractility

of the organ it surrounds. To a less extent adipose matter is

found in the neighbourhood of the organ of the blind side in most

species which I have examined.

I have studied the internal structure of the organ in various

species in the ordinary way, by means of microscopic sections,

but can find no trace of any glandular structure. The walls of

the organ and the interlacing muscular bands are merely lined

with ordinary flat epithelium cells. The liquid noticed as occurring

both in the organ and in the general orbital cavity is coagulated,

by the action of reagents, into a finely granular plasma, taking

on a faint pink stain in borax-carmine. It is indistinguishable

optically from the substance met with in similar preparations of

some of the brain-cavities of young fish.

Professor Howes has drawn my attention to the fact that a

similar fluid is met with in mesenteric and synovial cavities, and,

in the absence of any definite secretory apparatus, is assumed

to be deposited there by the blood-vessels through the medium

of the ordinary epithelium cells. It seems permissible to draw

the same inference in the case of the organ now under discussion,

and to consider that the richness of the blood-supply is associated

with the production of the fluid. Similar fluid is present in the

orbital cavities of fish in which the recessus is not developed, but

of course in a less quantity.

Function.

We have seen that the cavity of the orbit and of the secessus

orbitalis is filled during life with a fluid which has, without doubt,

the function of supporting the orbit, since the sinking of the eyes

which is always, unless averted by artificial means, to be observed

in stale fish, seems to be chiefly due to the coagulation and, con-

sequent shrinkage of the fluid contents of the orbital cavities.

It will be familiar to most observers that, whereas in a ‘‘ round

”

et tee eee

428 MR. B. W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May 1,

fish” like the Cod the movements of the eye are such as can

easily be attributed to the action of the eye-muscles, in flat fish,

and especially in the genus Plewronectes, when the fish is at rest

or on the look-out for food, the eyes are considerably elevated

above the rest of the head. If the fish is frightened by placing

some object near the eyes, the latter are suddenly withdrawn

into their sockets, but quickly rise again as soon as the cause of

terror is removed. By close observation it may be seen that the

retraction of the eyes is accompanied by a simultaneous swelling

immediately behind the lower eye, 7. ¢. in the region occupied by

the recessus orbitalis of that eye. The swelling disapppears with

the subsequent elevation of the eye. If a fresh fish is taken, and

the skin removed as in Plate XXX. fig. 5, it will be seen that pres-

sure on the lower eye has the effect of filling the rvecessus, but that

as soon as the pressure is relaxed the organ empties itself back into

the orbital cavity and the eye rises again. The same connection

between the elevation of the eye and the elasticity of the recessus

can be demonstrated in the case of the upper orbit, by pressure of

the upper eye in either a living or a moderately fresh specimen,

and no doubt the voluntary retraction of the upper eye when the

fish is frightened is accompanied by a swelling of the region of

the recessus on the blind side. I have not seen this, having no

vessel suitable for making the experiment.

Now the eye is an organ of considerable weight, and is furnished

with no protractor muscle, and it is impossible that such consider-

able protraction as one actually observes in the eyes of flat fishes

can be effected by the mere relaxation of the oblique and recti

muscles.

Further, if the recessus of the upper orbit becomes in any way

ruptured, the fish is no longer capable of elevating the upper eye,

though its fellow continues to be raised and lowered as before.

We have seen that the structure of the recessus is such as to

impart the greatest possible amount of elasticity to that organ,

and I think that beyond doubt its function is simply to protract

the eye and to regulate its vertical movements. It acts, as it

were, after the fashion of a ‘‘ push-ball.” Assuming the protracted

condition of the eye to be the normal state, it is obvious that it

could not be retracted, even partly, into the orbital cavity without

displacing a corresponding amount of the fiuid contents of the

latter. In the absence of a special diverticulum this would involve

a stretching of the undifferentiated membranous wall; and though

this structure is to a certain extent elastic, it is obvious that the

stretching could not take place unless the cavity were entirely or

mainly surrounded by non-resistant bodies. This, however, as we

have seen when examining the topographical anatomy of the

recessus, is not the case.

It therefore follows that to admit of the retraction of the eye a

special diverticulum must exist for the reception of the orbital fluid,

and this we find in the recessus.

The eye being retracted, we have seen that there is no apparatus

1894.] TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 429

more potent than the relaxation of the recti and oblique muscles

to re-effect its protraction, and here again the elastic nature of the

recessus completely supplies the want.

The action therefore, except in so far as it is, or may be, con-

cerned in the deposition of the orbital fluid, is purely mechanical,

and appears to be almost, if not quite, involuntary. I qualify the

statement thus because it appears to me that flat-fish have their

eyes very slightly more elevated when expectant of food than at

other times. A fish of the genus Pleuronectes usually shows that

it anticipates food by bending its body into a crescent shape, the

head and tail off the ground, ready for an instant dart; but the

greater degree of elevation of the eyes under such circumstances

may in reality only signify that a slight contraction of the orbital

muscles is characteristic of the resting condition.

An involuntary organ might be expected to show some connection

with the sympathetic system, but such a connection I have not

found, though Lam far from stating that it does not occur. The only

nervous supply with which I am acquainted is that derived from

the V-cranial, but whether from sensory or motor roots, or

from both, is a point which I have not yet investigated. We

have seen that the organ is most developed in Pleuronectes,

moderately so in Solea, and least developed in Rhombus; and I can

say from observation that the power of elevating the eyes is pre-

cisely in the same proportion in those three genera. I have had

no opportunity of studying the habits of Hippoglossoides, as the

Long Rough Dab is very difficult to obtain in a healthy condition.

The habits of the Halibut are also unknown to me in this respect ;

but the fact that it shows the maximum development of the left

or upper accessory organ and the minimum development of the

right or lower organ, amongst the series of forms which I have

studied, is very probably due to the greater difference in the

level of its eyes, or of its orbital cavities, than in other flat-fishes.

The ocular surface of the head is very convex, while the left eye

never gets far beyond the ridge, and is consequently at a much

lower plane than the right eye. To bring the two eyes to the

same level, if that condition is actually attained by the living fish,

must certainly need a greater inequality in the elevating apparatus

than prevails in any other flat-fish known to me.

The fact that the recessus of the eye belonging morphologically

to the blind side is the larger of the two in all the species studied

is susceptible of a very simple explanation. ‘The eye of the ocular

side, the lower eye, has its orbital cavity bounded on the outer

side in great part by loose skin and connective tissue, thus allowing

whatever elasticity may be possessed by the undifferentiated mem-

branous wall in this region to come into full play when the eye-

muscles are contracted. The elasticity of the skin, combining

with the pressure of the external element over a surface greater

than that of the eye itself, must certainly afford some assistance in

elevating the eye as soon as the muscles are relaxed.

In the case of the upper orbit, however, no such aid is forth-

Pe ie ee,

vw STRAY ET LICR Ng Tee ee Oe te ot ee ee

430 MR. B. W. L. HOLL—STUDIES IN [May Tf;

coming. We have seen, when examining fig. 3, that the orbital

cavity is bounded by walls which are practically rigid. It would

in fact be impossible for the eye to be retracted at all if the cavity

had no such secondary chamber as is furnished by the recessus,

and it is therefore by no means surprising that this structure is

always most developed in the orbit in question.

The position of the recessus of the upper eye on the side of the

head to which this eye morphologically belongs seems to indicate

that the organ is developed before the union of the ectethmoid and

sphenotic of the blind side, a union which does not take place

until after the eye has crossed the ridge’.

Conclusions.

The function of the recessus orbitalis seems sufficiently clear,

but its homologies must remain in doubt for the present. It is

almost certainly homologous with the pouch-like diverticulum of

the membranous wall of the orbit discovered by Dr. Giinther in

Chorisochismus dentew. I have examined the examples of this fish

which are contained in the National collection and have made

a dissection of one. The organ exhibits no features not noted by

Dr. Giinther, except that it is rather flattened in the case of my

specimen. It occupies a position immediately below the eye in a

rather large subdermal cavity, which is plainly visible through the

skin in all examples. The orifice by which it communicates with

the orbital cavity is of moderate width, perhaps wider than in the

case of any flat-fish which I have studied. Internally I could see

no distinct muscular bands; but the walls of the sac are rather

stout, and appear to be muscular. As the specimen has been for

many years in alcohol, which had no means of reaching the sac

except through the tissues, it is quite possible that the internal

parts may be to some extent altered by decomposition, and that

muscular bands similar to those of the recessus in flat-fish may

have originally been present. Slight pressure of the eye caused

the discharge into the sac of a considerable amount of opaque

yellowish matter, evidently decomposed tissue of some sort.

It is evident, by comparison of the specimens, that the eye is

capable of some vertical movement, and it appears most likely that

the sac is functional in the same way as the recessus.

The difference in position is merely such as might be brought

about by the rotation of the eyes in Pleuronectids. This is plainly

indicated in the posterior displacement which takes place in the

choroidal notch of the lower eye in a metamorphosing flat-fish

larva, and the recessus in the adult appears merely to have retained

1 Since this was written my attention has been drawn by Professor Howes

to some observations of Dr. Georg Pfeffer (Verh. Deutsch. zool. Gesell. 1894,

p- 83), in which the formation of a bony orbital wall on the blind side of the

upeer eye is recorded as a regular feature in the development of the skull

after that eye has completed its transit.

1894. | TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 431

what was presumably its original relationship to the morpho-

logically ventral side of the eye.

Dr. Giinther considered that the structure he described might

represent a saccus lacrymalis, but I do not see there is any reason

to regard the recessus of flat-fishes in that light. The saccus is

a superficial structure developed altogether outside the eye, never

acquiring any but a topographical (and physiological) relationship

therewith. It is always in intimate relationship with the lacrymal

scute ; but no flat-fish with which I am acquainted possesses any-

thing that can be homologized with this scute, while such other

fishes as I have examined, which do exhibit structures to which

that name has been applied, show no trace of an accessory visual

organ.

The lacrymal gland suggested itself to me at one time as a pos-

sible homologue; but beyond a certain similarity of position, of

innervation, and of blood-supply, there is little evidence in favour

of this hypothesis either. The lacrymal gland arises in Mammalia

as a solid outgrowth of the conjunctival epithelium into the under-

lying connective tissue, subsequently becoming hollowed out to

form the cavities of the gland and ducts’, and never enters into

any relations with the inner orbital cavity. Of the development

of the recessus I have no knowledge; but if it is ever connected

with the conjunctival region, the position of the organ of the upper

orbit shows that this connection must be lost at a very early period

prior to the migration of the eye. If a gland at all, it is destitute

of glandular epithelium, or, at all events, I have failed to find

any.

It is, of course, equally possible that a gland might in process

of evolution take on new functions and lose its glandular nature,

or that a non-glandular ancestral structure might become specialized

for a glandular function; but, in the absence of any information

as to the origin of the lacrymal gland of higher animals, speculation

on this point is more or less idle.

From what we have seen of the anatomy of the recessus in its

fully developed condition, it appears to me most reasonable to

regard it merely as a part ‘of the ordinary membranous wall of the

orbital cavity, specialized to perform certain definite functions in

connection with the elevation of the orbit, and not homologous

with any organ known to exist in the eye-apparatus of higher

animals, and I have been guided by this opinion in my choice of a

name. It may probably occur rather widely in Telosteans which

have the habit of burying themselves in the sand. Of such forms

I have only examined Trachinus draco and T. vipera, in both cases

with negative results.

In conclusion, my thanks are due to my friend and teacher,

Professor Howes, for many valuable suggestions.

1 Of. Kolliker, Entwick. des Mensch., Leipzig, 1879, p. 699. I am indebted

to my friend Mr. M. F. Woodward for this and other references bearing on

the same subject.

—

432 MR, E, W, L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May 1,

III. On an Apurt SpecrMEN oF THE ComMON SoLz (Solea vulgaris,

Quensel) wirh SyMMETRIcCAL EysEs, witH a Discussion oF

ITS BEARING ON AMBICOLORATION.

The specimen forming the subject of this note was obtained in

the Grimsby Fish-market in the autumn of 1892. It was caught

in the North Sea, but on which particular fishing-ground I could

not find out, nor is the matter of great importance.

It measures 15} inches in total length, the head is 24 inches

long, and the greatest height of the body is 53 inches. The total

length without the caudal fin is 133 inches. The specimen may

therefore be said to have the normal proportions of a Sole of that

length. It is a female, and it is apparent, from the condition of

the germinal epithelium and from the presence of a few ripe but

decomposing ova in the ovary duct, that it had spawned in the

preceding spring or summer.

Of the right or upper surface it may be sufficient to say that the

only point in which it differs from a normal example is in the

absence of the upper or left eye. In the normal adult of this

species, as is well known, the upper eye is about an eye-length

above and about half a length in front of the lower or right eye,

occupying the front portion of an ovoidal depression, quite visible

in living fish and even more conspicuous in spirit preparations.

In the example before us, the depression is present, but the eye

is wanting. The only other point, one which would not in itself

attract particular notice in an otherwise normal example, is that

the final curve of the dorsal cephalic branch of the lateral line is

rather less abrupt than usual. The scales being omitted in fig. A,

this structure is shown as a bold line, which, of course, it is not

in the actual condition. It will be understood that scales are

present wherever they are found in normal examples, extending

also over the site normally occupied by the upper eye. The dorsal

fin extends forward to the normal extent, and the number of its

rays, 87, is within the known limits of variation in normal

examples of the species. The pigment of the upper side is per-

fectly normal.

Turning to the left or under surface, we find the divergence

from the normal type again practically limited to the eye. Amongst

minor points, the posterior opening of the nostril of this side is

very slightly in rear of its usual position, and a downward curve

of the lateral line, which, starting at the same point as the dorsal

cephalic branch, passes, in some normal Soles now before me, in an

almost semicircular sweep to the posterior region of the mouth,

cannot be detected in the abnormal example. But as this struc-

ture, and also the dorsal branch, is altogether omitted in Cunning-

ham’s figure of the blind side’, it may be presumed that it is not

always noticeable even in normal specimens. A slight extension

of pigmented and scaled skin on to the under surface of the head

(fig. B) below the mouth is due, as I suppose, simply to the action

*A Treatise on the Common Sole,’ Plymouth, 1890, pl. v.

A. Adult Sole with symmetrical eyes. Anterior region from right side: scales

and pigment omitted. x 4.

B. The same from left side: scales and sensory filaments omitted. x 4.

434 MR. B, W. L, HOLT—SLUDIES IN [May 1).

of the preserving fluid. The scales and sensory filaments of the

under surface are perfectly normal, subject to the trifling excep-

tion just noted, and have therefore been omitted from fig. B. It

may be remarked that in North-Sea Soles filaments extend on to

the bases of the first few dorsal fin rays, but otherwise have the

same distribution as is depicted in Cunningham’s figure.

The left eye is situated nearly opposite to the right eye, but is

slightly dorsal to it, and about half a length further back. Relative

to the mouth the two eyes occupy nearly the same position, the

difference being accounted for by the greater length and dorsal

displacement of the gape on the left side. But, whereas on the

right side the whole of the iris is exposed, and the whole eye is

somewhat elevated and within certain limits freely movable (either

by the muscles or by the peculiar mechanism dealt with in the pre-

vious section of this paper), on the left side the eye is to a great

extent embedded in the skin (see fig. B). Only about half the iris is

visible, and even some part of the lens is obcluded, and the sensory

filaments, which extend right up to the cornea on the ventral side,

must, when erect, have considerably interfered with the animal’s

vision. The whole eye is antero-ventrally rotated from what we

may suppose to have been its original nearly lateral aspect, and

I should think the fish could see but little except in the directions

indicated, while the prominence of the lips must have been a

further impediment to its sight. No movement could have been

possible except such as involved a general movement of the skin

in this region ; but, as the skin is always loose here to allow of the

expansion of the accessory visual sac, one may suppose that the

eye may have been shifted to whatever extent the length of the

eye-muscles permitted. The appearance it presents is that of

being gradually overgrown by the skin, or of being withdrawn by

some internal agency within the tissues of the head.

The whole of the left surface of the fish is absolutely devoid of

pigment, with the exception of a slight extension of colour below

the mouth, which I have already attributed to post-mortem

changes, and of certain patches of colour.on the caudal fin and a

small dark spot near the posterior end of the body. Such markings

of the extreme posterior region of the under surface are, however,

as often present as absent in normal Soles.

The left eye is as bright as its fellow of the opposite side and

of the same colour, and, staring out of a dead white surface,

presented rather a bizarre effect in the fresh condition.

The whiteness of the underside is perhaps one of the chief

peculiarities of the specimen. The Cyclopean condition, compara-

tively common in the Flounder (Pl. flesus) and, according to my

own experience, commonest of all in the Turbot (2h. maximus),

is always accompanied by a more or less complete pigmentation of

the blind side. In fact, as has been pointed out by Cunningham

and MacMunn*, complete ambicoloration has been observed only

* “On the Ooloration of the Skins of Fishes, especially of Pleuronectide,”

Phil. Trans. 1894, p. 806.

1894. ] TELEOSLHAN MORPHOLOGY. 435

in specimens exhibiting the Cyclopean malformation: behind a

line drawn through the preopercular keel the blind side may be

almost entirely coloured in Turbot which are otherwise perfectly

normal’. Now the Cyclopean condition may be described as the

failure of the anterior part of the dorsal fin, and of the interneural

bones and muscles belonging to it, to become united to the top of

the head, accompanied with a partial, if sometimes very slight,

arrest of the normal transit of the upper eye. No one has had an

opportunity of watching the development of a Flat-fish so deformed,

but the variability in the different phases of metamorphosis which

one notices in looking over a collection of partly symmetrical

larve suggests a more or less plausible explanation of the mere

mechanical process. Hach part appears, as it were, to change

independently, so that, assuming a slight want of harmony in the

movement of the upper eye and the forward extension of the

dorsal (whether by retardation of the first or acceleration of the

last), it is conceivable that a condition might arise in which the

eye would obstruct the progress of the dorsal, and so compel its

anterior extremity to project instead of proceeding as usual along

the top of the head. Since the dorsal wall of the upper orbit is

formed in normal specimens (of the Turbot) by the base of the

dorsal, the failure of the latter to advance in the normal manner

would leave the eye devoid of its usual support, so that it would

rest, as it actually does in Cyclopean specimens, against the ridge

of the skull, and so be more dorsally and less laterally directed

than in normal examples.

The authors referred to arrive at no conclusion as to why

Cyclopean examples should be ambicolorate, but (p. 808) reject

Giard’s theory that young fish so affected remain pelagic for a

longer time than usual, and so expose the blind side longer to the

light, whereby it retains its pigmentation instead of becoming

colourless. In this I am inclined to agree with them, but since

we know from Mr. Cunningham’s own observations that metamor-

phosing Flat-fish, if pelagic, swim in such a position as to keep

both eyes in one horizontal plane’, it would seem to follow that

in young Cyclopean examples, the period of pelagic life being the

same, the change in position is never carried to quite the same

extent as in the case of normal larve. Hence the side normally

colourless in the adult would be a little more exposed to the light,

without any elongation of the pelagic period. It can hardly be

contended, however, that a difference so comparatively trifling is

sufficient to account for so marked a discrepancy in the coloration

of all Cyclopean and most normal Turbot.

Another abnormality, exemplified by a Turbot and a Brill in my

possession, is referred to by Messrs. Cunningham and McMunn

(p. 807), from a description of the Brill, at that time living in the

Cleethorpes aquarium, communicated by myself. In these speci-

mens the eyes are normal, but a short portion of the anterior end

1 See postscript, p. 446.

2 Nat. Science, vol. i, March 1892.

}

‘

;

Me a ee ee

436 MR. E. W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May T;

of the dorsal is free. Besides the specimens in question, I have

seen similarly malformed Turbot on several occasions in the

Grimsby market, and have no doubt but that the malformation is

common enough. As the authors remark, this condition differs

from the Cyclopean only in degree, and I would suggest that the

explanation offered above as to the process of development of the

Cyclopean malformation is equally applicable to that now under

consideration, allowing, of course, for a less degree of want of

harmony in the metamorphosis. But, again, quoting Messrs.

Cunningham and MacMunn, “it is a very great difference of

degree, and does not contradict the conclusions . . . . formulated

as to the correlation of the typical malformation with ambi-

coloration.” That is true enough, but since the partial malfor-

mation is not necessarily accompanied by ambicoloration, it would

seem possible to restrict the correlation to the abnormality of

the eyes.

The Brill, as described by the authors, is colourless on the blind

side, except for a small patch of pigment just behind the notch of

the dorsal, and continuous, through the notch, with the pigment of

the ocular side. The inner face of the notch is rounded, there

being no abrupt line of demarcation between the ocular and blind

sides; and I am inclined to regard the intrusion of colour as due

simply to a migration of chromatophores. Pigment commonly

extends on to the blind side of the ventral part of the head in

Pl. wmicrocephalus, the ventral edge being in this form rounded

instead of somewhat abrupt. I have also a young Plaice (Pl. pla-

tessa) which has in some manner been cut through down to the

backbone. The wound has healed without the anterior and

posterior regions re-uniting, and a certain amount of pigment

extends through to the blind side. I think it may therefore be

assumed that the Brill is practically normal in the coloration of

the blind side.

The Turbot has a good deal of pigment on the posterior region

of the blind side, but others, with a similar hook of the dorsal, I

have noticed to be entirely colourless on the blind side, and pigment,

as noticed by the authors referred to and others, occurs so commonly,

and sometimes to so considerable an extent, on the blind side of

otherwise perfectly normal Turbot that there is no reason to

suppose that the malformation of the dorsal in this particular

specimen has any necessary connection with its partial ambi-

coloration.

The authors mention the frequent occurrence of Turbot and

Brill with a row of spots along the interneural and interhzmal

regions of the blind side, and certainly, in the North Sea, Brill so

marked are extremely plentiful. I have not observed it so com-

monly in Turbot, the reason being, as I supposed, that such spots

are usually marked by a more or less diffuse arrangement of the

pigment in ambicolorate Turbot. I do not find any suggestion

that these markings of the blind side of the Brill are precisely

those which are the most conspicuous in the metamorphosing and

1894.] YHLEOSLEAN MORPHOLOGY. 437

pelagic stage, yet such, in fact, is the case. In almost all flat-

fish there is a tendency, even before the yolk is absorbed, towards

an arrangement of the pigment into several series of patches,

transverse to the long axis of the body. Lach series consists

mainly of a group of chromatophores on the dorso-lateral and

ventro-lateral regions of the trunk, and is completed by corre-

sponding groups on the dorsal and ventral parts of the marginal fin’.

The pigment is, of course, equally developed on either side, and, as

the body of the larva increases in depth and the basal ridges of the

median fins appear, the chief colour-patches extend on to these,

and ultimately come to be confined almost entirely to these areas.

Between the primary patches of each ridge, secondary markings

commonly make their appearance and shortly become little inferior

to the original. The process is illustrated, incidentally, in the

drawings of almost every author who has studied the development

of flat-fish. The Brill, so far as I am acquainted with its

ontogeny, exhibits these spots as conspicuously as any metamor-

phosing larva, and more so than the Turbot, in which the early

development of a diffuse body-pigment tends to mask them some-

what. Nevertheless they are easily visible in the later pelagic

stages of that form, and can be made out, even on the blind side, in

a specimen the eye of which has arrived at the ridge of the head,

and in which, of course, the pigment of the blind side is consider-

ably less abundant than that of the coloured side. On the ocular

side of a Brill ata similar stage of cephalic metamorphosis they

are shown clearly enough by Cunningham in his ‘ Treatise on the

Common Sole’ (pl. xv. fig. 5).

In later life in both the species mentioned, as also in most other

flat-fishes, the dark spots cease to be conspicuous, the lighter

intervening areas being the only markings which attract attention

in half-grown and adult fishes (on this part of the body). In the

Topknots, however, the markings remain visible throughout life

in Rh. punctatus and Phr. unimaculatus, while in full-grown

Eh. norvegicus they are as conspicuous as in the younger stages of

any Pleuronectid.

The Brill of which we have been speaking less commonly exhibit

another marking on the blind side, in addition to the rows of spots

on the interspinousridges. This is situated on the lateral line rather

behind the middle of the body. A mark is very usually present in

this position in metamorphosing flat-fish of other species, and in

the Brill it persists as a rather large roundish black spot on the

ocular side in half-crown and perhaps also in full-grown fishes,

though I have not myself observed it in the latter. It corresponds in

position to the ocellus of Ph. wnimaculatus, to the posterior spot of

Rh. punctatus, and to a similar marking in Rh. norvegicus.

1 Such an arrangement of the larval pigment is by no means confined to the

Pleuronectidz, and any deductions that may be drawn as to the ancestral

significance of such pigmentation may probably be capable of a wider interpre-

tation than that which, for the purposes of the present paper, I have thought

necessary to suggest for them.

Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1894, No. XXTX. 29

~~ A? ae. see

438 MR. E. W. L HOLT—STUDIES IN [ May ¥,

We have therefore, in the ambicolorate but otherwise normal

Brill, a reproduction on the blind side of those markings which are

most conspicuous in the young of the same and of most other

species of Pleuronectids, and which are characteristic, of course

on the ocular side, of the smallest species of the genus Rhombus

aud its immediate allies. I wish to draw especial attention to

these facts, as I consider that they have a distinct bearing on the

interpretation of the phenomenon of ambicoloration.

Mr. Cunningham, in the Royal Society memoir so frequently

referred to, establishes the fact that pigment can be produced by the

action of light on the colourless under surface of an already meta-

morphosed flat-fish, noting, at the same time, the great variation

which exists in the susceptibility of individuals to this treatment.

The authors reject, however, the hypothesis that the ambicolorate

. condition so commonly met with can also be explained as due to

the action of light, since there is “ not the slightest evidence at

present that these abnormal specimens haye been exposed to

abnormal conditions, or have had abnormal habits of life,” and, for

my own part, I most certainly agree with theminthe main, There

is, however, one colour abnormality, so common as perhaps hardly

to merit such a designation, which I think is probably due to the

action of light. This is the presence of more or less pigment on

the blind side of the median fins. It may be present merely in

the form of irregular dull streaks or splashes, as in the caudal fin

of the Sole, which forms the subject of this paper, or it may be

developed to such an extent that practically the whole of the

marginal fins are coloured. This last condition is exemplified by a

Dab (Pl. limanda) in my possession, but the pigment of the blind

is as brilliant as that of the ocular side, and there are a few bright

spots on the blind side of the body as well. I find no difficulty in

attributing such a dull and partial pigmentation as is present on

the caudal fin of the Sole to the action of light through the trans-

parent tissues of the fin, but the brilliant coloration of the Dab’s

fins, associated, as it is, with a partial, if very slight, development

of colour on the non-transparent body, seems to require some

further explanation.

Messrs. Cunningham and MacMunn find a difficulty in accepting

reversion or atavism as an explanation of the ambicolorate

condition, in that the hypothetical vertically swimming ancestor

of the Flat-fish must have “ had an unpigmented white or silvery

ventral surface, as other symmetrical fishes have,” whereas com-

pletely ambicolorate flat-fish are uniformly pigmented all over.

The difficulty certainly arises if we assume that the ancestor really

was paler on the ventral region than elsewhere; but is it not

equally reasonable to assume a stage of evolution in which the

fish resembled such forms as Platax or Dascyllus, to take instances

from families widely separated from each other by systematists ?

Both forms have high compressed bodies, and in some species, at

any rate, in both genera the ventral region is as deeply pigmented

as the dorsal. Even in the John Dory (Zeus faber), in which the

1894. | THLEOSLHAN MORPHOLOGY. 439

ventral abdominal region is flattened, it is nevertheless rather

darkly pigmented, and to me it certainly seems more probable that

the Pleuronectide of the present day began to take on their

asymmetrical characters as compressed and uniformly coloured

forms than in the condition of ordinary round fish.

A feature which appears to me to be of the highest importance

is the fact that ambicolorate fish appear to be always what one

may term “‘ambiciliate” also. That is to say, whenever pigment

is found on the blind side of a fish, the scales in that region are as

rough as those of the other side (in such forms as exhibit

asymmetry in this respect), or, at all events, are rougher than on

the blind side of normal examples of the same species. The Turbot,

for instance, which normally has no spines on the blind side, always

possesses them if ambicolorate. They are usually confined to the

pigmented region, but may occur also on the white part of the

skin, but only, according to my own experience, in specimens

which exhibit some pigmentation or other of the blind side ’.

I am not aware that it has been contended that the action of

light can have any effect on the development of the spines or scales,

and Mr. Cunningham’s experiments yield no information on the

subject, since in his most perfectly coloured Flounders (op. cit.

pl. 53) practically no pigment manifested itself in the regions

corresponding to the site of the only tubercles which British

examples of Pl. flesus possess. If we admit the inefficacy of light

in this respect, it becomes evident that we are dealing with a

phenomenon in which the pigmentation is not the only element of

importance. The reversion, in fact, if such it is, extends to the

derma generally, and not merely to its power of producing the

various elements of coloration.

I have shown®* that the Turbot in its early pelagic stages is

possessed of a very powerful cephalic armature, and that the larve

of another sinistral form, perhaps the Brill, are equally well armed,

though in a different manner*. It is possible to regard these

cephalic spines either as protective structures, in essential relation

to the pelagic period of existence, or, perhaps with greater

probability, as of merely ancestral significance. In a future

communication I hope to be able to show that the dermal spines

or tubercles of our British Turbot are undergoing, or have

undergone, a reduction in number, so that the condition of the

1 T am speaking now of British examples only, since Turbot from the

Norwegian Fjords not uncommonly possess spines on the colourless blind side.

Norwegian Turbot, however, are much more profusely spined on the ocular

side than their British allies, and the spinulation of the blind side, when present,

is always much inferior to that of the other. I have never seen an ambicolorate

example from Norway; but only a few hundred fish have come under my

notice, and it is possible that “double” specimens may have been withdrawn

by the consignors, since such are not supposed to have a high market value,

except for naturalists. Besides being more spinous, these Turbot appear to be

also considerably smaller than our own.

* Journ. M. B. Assoc. 1892, p. 402.

§ Trans, R, Dubl. Soc. v. 1893, pl. xii. -

440 MR. E. W. L. HOLY—SLUDIES LN [May 1,

spines in the smaller Norwegian examples is the more ancient.

Since symmetry of dermal armature must have been as character-

istic of the hypothetical Pleuronectid ancestor as symmetry of

colour, the presence of spines or tubercles on both sides of

ambicolorate fiat-fish seems to me an important eyidence of

reversion ; further, the fact that when colour is present on the

blind side of the Brill (and also of the Turbot, though the feature

is less conspicuous) it commonly assumes the distribution charac-

teristic of the young stages of nearly all Pleuronectids, and of the

mm adult stages of the Topknots (the smallest and most strongly

“4 ciliated, and probably the most primitive of its allies), appears to

ey strengthen the case considerably.

A difficulty undoubtedly arises in the want of any known

instance in which ambicoloration has been accompanied by a

development of the muscles of the blind side equivalent to that

which takes places on the coloured side, or of equal development

of the pectoral fins. The dermal tubercles, however, even in

Cyclopean Turbot, are never developed on the blind side to an

Bt extent corresponding to that of the ocular side, so that at best

R only a partial reversion can be argued for any feature which

Ee manifests itself in ambicolorate examples.

- In partially ambicolorate specimens, in which the pigment of

the blind side is irregular, and not arranged in definite series of

a markings, as in the Brill, the theory of reversion would inculcate

ke that the reversion to colour-activity and symmetry of scales is

cs confined to certain areas of the derma. Total ambicoloration, as

Messrs. Cunningham and MacMunn remark, has only been recorded

in association with the Cyclopean condition. It appears to me

that this may possibly imply that the reversion is so general that

it has affected the normal metamorphosis, that there is in fact

a partial reversion to symmetry of the head (as well as to symmetry

of the pigment and scales) exemplified by such a want of harmony

in the migrations of the eye and dorsal fin, as I have already

suggested may be the mechanical cause of the Cyclopean result.

It is evident, however, from the usually normal colour condition

e of specimens in which the structural abnormality of the head is

i contined to the projection of a small part of the dorsal, that such

7 abnormality is not necessarily accompanied by any tendency

a towards a reversion of pigmentation, nor does it appear to be

rape of even the slightest reversion towards symmetry of the

ead.

* In the Sole now under consideration, as we have seen, the

Zi under surface is white. The muscles of the blind side are reduced

in the normal manner, and the ciliation of the scales is feeble.

The dorsal fin has completed its usual forward migration, but the

eyes remain practically symmetrical.

We have seen that there is no reason to suppose that ambi-

colorate examples, whether Cyclopean or structurally normal,

differ in any of their habits from perfectly normal fish, since

Cunningham’s observations of the behaviour of a living Cyclopean

* ee

1894.] TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 44]

Plaice rebut such a supposition, while no evidence is forthcoming

in its favour. The same authority has also failed to detect any

difference in the habits of partially ambicolorate but structurally

normal fish. Plaice and Flounders, more or less coloured on the

underside, are extremely common in the Humber, and having kept a

considerable number of such fish in the Cleethorpes tanks and

watched their behaviour attentively, my own experience is precisel

to the same effect as Cunningham’s. The young Brill, with the

hooked dorsal, structurally abnormal but not ambicolorate, differed

in its habits in no respect from several normal Brill of about the

same size, taken at the same place, and kept in the same tank.

Of the habits of the Sole under discussion I have of course no

knowledge, the fact that it was trawled in company with a number

of normal examples being of little value, since I have occasionally

trawled such essentially pelagic fish as Mackerel and Herrings.

The complete asymmetry of everything but the eyes seems,

however, to refute the idea that it could possibly have maintained

a vertical position, and the complete absence of pigment from the

blind side of the head and trunk would seem, in the light of

Cunningham’s investigations, to show that that side could not have

been exposed to the light, unless the susceptibility of the individual

were so slight that the power of pigment-production was practically

lost by the derma of that side.

The bearing that the condition of our specimen has upon the

question of ambicoloration, into which I have entered at so great a

length above, appears to me to be this,—that the phenomenon of

complete ambicoloration, as typified by some Cyclopean Pleuro-

nectids, cannot be held to depend on the mere arrest of the

migration of the eye, unaccompanied by other structural abnor-

mality*. The proposition, as laid down by Cunningham and

MacMunn, that complete ambicoloration occurs only in Cyclopean

examples, is in no way affected thereby, but, as it seems reasonable

to suppose that any abnormality of habit (whether in the pelagic

or later stages), such as Giard” considers to exist in Cyclopean

Turbot, would surely be intensified in a specimen like that now

before us, I should say that the theory of the French observer may

be considered to be finally disposed of.

Anatomical Features.

Most of my superficial and all my subdermal observations were

made after the specimen had been some months in alcohol.

On removing the skin from the right (normally the ocular) side

1 That ambicoloration may exist in a specimen not essentially differing in

external characteristics from the Sole now under consideration is shown by a

young Turbot in the St. Andrews Museum, described and figured in the

‘Fauna of St. Andrews Bay’ by Professor McIntosh. The specimen is only

a few inches in length and normally developed, except that the eyes are on

different sides of the head, and pigment exists on both sides of the body.

2 “ Sur la Persistance partielle de la Symétrie bilatérale chez un Turbot,”

O. R. Soc. Biol. Jan, 22, 1892, p. 31, and Nat. Sci. i. 5, p. 358,

442 MR. H. W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May 1,

of the head the disposition of the muscles was found to be almost

normal, the only difference being that the ventral face of the

anterior dorsal muscles, which normally exhibits an almost semi-

circular indentation for the reception of the dorsal hemisphere of

of the upper orbit, is, in the specimen before us, only slightly

concave in the same region. The space usually oceupied by the

upper eye was filled with a mass of connective tissue, and to some

extent also by an extension of a pad of gelatinous and adipose

matter, which is always found above the right nasal organ.

Removing this, the right ectethmoid and the interorbital septum

have the usual appearance from this aspect, and the right orbito-

nasal nerve is seen passing as usual below the anterior notch of

the left ectethmoid. There is nothing in the condition of the

right orbital apparatus that calls for remark. The bony ridge on

the left edge of the top of the skull is, as usual, united to the

ventral face of the dorsal muscles, and to the great sickle-shaped

ligament-bone ' imbedded therein, by a very tough white ligament.

The morphology of the Pleuronectid skull having been very

clearly defined by Traquair” many years ago, and that of the

Common Sole having received special attention in Mr. Cunningham’s

monograph on that species, it is unnecessary for me to refer except

very briefly to the normal features of its component parts. In any

Flat-fish the top of the skull in the orbital region consists of two

bony ridges. Of these, that on the side of the fish occupied by the

eyes consists of the interorbital septum formed by the coalesced

anterior limbs of the two frontals (very unequally developed of

course) running forward to the ectethmoid of the ocular side.

The opposite ridge, that of the blind side, is the pseudomesial

process of Traquair, formed by the union of an anterior process of

the sphenotic of the blind side with a posterior process of the

ectethmoid of the blind side, and between these two ridges is the

upper orbital cavity, the optic nerve and oblique and recti muscles

thus reaching the eye. Accordingly in the normal Sole we find

the nerve and muscles of the left or upper eye to the right of the

pseudomesial process.

In the abnormal Sole, as I have already mentioned, the eye is

not on the right side of this process, and in fact is completely shut

off from the right side of the head by the fibrous connection of

the process to the ventral face of the dorsal muscles. In fact, all

that is to be seen of the left orbital apparatus consists of the

1 This bone, which supplies a firm base of attachment for the dorsal muscles

to the skull, is not found in Rhombus and Pleuronectes, the genera to which the

observations of Cunningham and MacMunn limit the occurrence of the Cyclopean

malformation. It is possible that its presence in the Sole may supply the

wished-for structural peculiarity correlated to the non-occurrence of the

malformation in Solea, since, as the authors remark, the dorsal fin in Solea

actually extends further forward than in the Turbot, and much further than in

the Flounder, both of which are commonly Cyclopean (see these authors,

op. cit. p. 806). It may be remarked, however, that the burrowing-habits of

the Sole might well preclude the survival of specimens so malformed, since the

longish dorsal hook would be a serious inconyenience.

? Trans. Linn. Soc, Lond. xxv. p. 263.

1894,] TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY, 443

proximal parts of the two oblique muscles, which are, as usual,

attached to the posterior face of the expanded front part of the left

ectethmoid ; these muscles are seen to pass to the eye to which

they belong by dipping under the pseudomesial process.

On turning the specimen over and laying bare the left side of

the skull, it is found to have the appearance shown in Plate XXX.

fig. 9; a figure of the skull of a normal Sole (fig. 10) is added for

purposes of comparison.

Below the pseudomesial is seen in either specimen a tolerably

large foramen, which is considerably largest, however, in the

abnormal fish. It would appear from Mr. Cunningham’s figure

(op. ect. pl. xi. fig. 6) that it may be much smaller in normal Soles

than in the specimen from which my drawing was made, but the

bones of Teleosteans are notoriously variable. This foramen in

normal Flat-fish, as we have seen in the second part of this paper,

puts the left accessory visual organ into connection with the left

orbital cavity and gives exit to a cranial nerve.

In the specimen before us, however, the whole of the left orbital

apparatus protrudes through this foramen, the left accessory

visual organ being rather backwardly displaced. It was not very

well preserved, and I did not ascertain the position of its opening

into the orbital cavity, but this appeared to be external to the

skull. The eye itself is resting internally against the left

ectethmoid and the anterior part of the pseudomesial. The length

of the oblique muscles does not allow it any outward displacement,

and the width of the foramen is not sufficient to allow it to be

drawn inwards. The recti muscles pass to their usual place of

insertion on the inner face of the parasphenoid, and the optic nerve

to its origin on the ventral face of the brain.

Comparing the normal and abnormal skulls from the left side we

find only two points of difference, viz. (a) the foramen is largest in

the abnormal example, (6) the left ectethmoid is less developed and

lacks the usual antero-dorsal prominence in the abnormal example.

That the left ectethmoid has nevertheless undergone the usual

rotation is shown by the position of the insertions of the oblique

muscles. We have already noticed from the outside that the eye

is partially withdrawn from the surface. Internally its connection

with the skin is very slight, in fact it is difficult to avoid separating

the outer from the inner layer of the cornea in making the necessary

observations. The mandibulary branch of the V-cranial, passing

directly below the eye-muscles, appears in some degree to restrict

the eye to the position it now occupies.

To recapitulate, we have before us a specimen in which there

has been practically no migration of the left eye, and yet in which

the skull presents, save for a slight deficiency in the left ectethmoid,

all the characters which one finds in a specimen in which the usual

migration has taken place. The rotation of the mouth-apparatus

is quite normal, but I have omitted to consider this because, as

Cunningham truly remarks, it is a feature entirely independent of

that of the orbital part of the skull,

‘Ane

444 MR. B. W. L. HOLT—STUDIES IN [May 1,

There is, as it were, an attempt on the part of the eye to get to

the right side of the head by passing through the tissues, as in the

larval Plagusia or, at any rate, in the Pleuronectid larve which

Steenstrup and, subsequently, Agassiz, whether correctly or

incorrectly, attributed to that genus’. This process, however,

has been frustrated by the interposition of impenetrable bony

structures. The Sole has been shown, independently by Raffaele*

and Cunningham *, to be one of the flat-fishes in which the migra-

tion of the eye is throughout external*, and this interposition of

the pseudomesial process coupled with the constant presence in all

flat-fish of one of the accessory visual organs on the blind side of

the head, lends support to the view that the union of the ectethmoid

and sphenotic of the blind side cannot take place until after the

eye has passed the ridge of the head’.

Conclusion.

It remains for us to consider, as briefly as may be, what light

our specimen throws upon the theory of Pleuronectid evolution.

The rotation of such part of the skull as is in intimate connection

with the eyes is attributed by Mr. Cunningham (Treatise &e.

pp. 52, 53) to the heredity of a character acquired by the efforts of

an originally symmetrical fish to look with its lower eye beyond the

edge of its head: in fact, “ to the accumulation, by inheritance,

1 “ Development of the Flounders,” Proc. Am. Ac. Arts & Sci. xiv. 1878, p. 7.

* Mitth. zool. Stat. Neap. Bd. viii. tav. iii. figs. 8, 9.

* Journ. M. B. Assoc. N.S. vol. ii. no. iv. p. 327, pl. xiv. fig. 2.

* It is somewhat surprising, until, by perusal of his work, one has become

accustomed to his consistent neglect of recent authors other than Scandinavian,

to find that Professor Smitt (Hist. Scand. Fishes, ed. ii. 1893, p. 365) still

considers that the Common Sole is probably one of the forms in which the

dorsal fin, or at all events its predecessor, the embryonic vertical fin, extends

so far forward on the dorsal edge of the head that the eye must force its way

under the base of this fin. In support of this assertion he appends a figure

(oc. cit. fig. 103), after Malm, of a young Sole 12 mm. long, in which both eyes

are already on the right side of the head, The base of the permanent dorsal

fin is clearly enough shown to commence at a point marked z, which is about

opposite the posterior margin of the upper eye; in front of this a point 7 is

shown on the dorsal profile of the hea and «-y is said to be “that part of

the future base of the dorsal fin under which the left (upper) eye has probably

passed.” So far as one can judge by the drawing, all that part of the dorsal

profile in front of the point # is in reality formed by the skin simply, and not

by an anterior prolongation of the embryonic fin. Besides overlooking the

work of Raffaele and Cunningham already referred to, Smitt is evidently

unacquainted with those observations of the Italian zoologist which show that

the cephalic prolongation of the dorsal fin is brought about by a forward

migration of the fin-rays and interneural elements, and not by the formation of

new fin-rays. The figure, showing as it does the anterior end of the true

dorsal fin (at the point x), is of some value, since it completely proves the

fallacy of the theory it is intended to support. I need hardly say that this

criticism is intended to apply only to the compiler, since Malm’s observations

were prior to those of Raffaele and Cunningham.

* The correctness of this view is confirmed by the observations of Pfeffer,

alluded to in the second part of this paper.

, se

i -t | “a

1894.] TELEOSTEAN MORPHOLOGY. 445

of the modifications due to known physiological effects of functional

activity.”

It is evident, in the specimen before us, that whether the fish

made any efforts to look upwards or not, it could certainly never

have succeeded in doing so, so that the supposed original stimulus

of the rotation may in this instance be considered as wanting.

Yet the metamorphosis of the skull has proceeded on the normal

lines, and so far from the efforts of the eye having apparently

affected the rotation of the ectethmoid, the condition we have

observed suggests rather that the rotation of the ectethmoid has

slightly displaced the eye. It may be said that the eye, intercepted

too soon by the pseudomesial, may nevertheless, by the continuance

of its efforts, be responsible for the rotation of the ectethmoid ;

but, as the direction of the strain would be diverted, by the oblique

muscles having to pull round the obstacle instead of directly, one

would expect that any resulting rotation would be less normal

than in the present instance. At the same time the reduction in

the anterior part of the ectethmoid seems very possibly connected

with functional inactivity.

Tn the present state of our knowledge, it may be argued that an

acquired character may become so fixed that the defection of what

was originally the cause becomes of no moment in development;

so that the condition of our specimen is no bar to the acceptance

of this theory in the case of Flat-fish evolution. While unwilling

to dispute such a proposition, I am inclined to think that the

almost entire absence of modifications from the normal type, which

might be attributed to the physiological effects of the arrest of the

migration of the eye, point rather to the theory of Natural Selection

as the true interpretation of the evolution in question.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Molva abyssorum, 47 inches long. X 3% ca.

2. -—— vulgaris, 353 inches long. X 25 ca.

Piatn XXIX,

Fig. 3. Abdominal viscera of M. abyssorum,?, from the left side; slightly

displaced.

3a. The intestine of another specimen of M. abyssorwm.

4, Abdominal viscera of M. vulgaris, 3, from the left side; slightly

displaced.

PuiatE XXX.

Fig. 5. Ocular side of head of Plaice. Skin and part of superficial jaw-

muscles (m.) removed so as to expose the membranous wall’ of the

right orbital cavity (m.w.) and the right recessus orbitalis (r.).

X $ ca.

es. Cut edge of skin.

i.s. Bony interorbital septum.

6. Right recessus orbitalis of Plaice; the outer wall partly removed.

Enlarged and slightly diagrammatic,

o. Opening into orbital cavity.

s, Muscular septum.

ae ee is | UTR a egies na

. ? Ps

; ‘ ae

446 MR, ST. GEORGE LITTLEDALE—FIELD-NOTES [May 1,

. Fig. 7. Dissection of left orbital cavity of Plaice. Bony interorbital septum

. and part of skull (s/.) in front of and behind cavity removed.

Optic nerve (0.7.) and recti muscles (7.m.) cut through, and eye

turned forward so as to expose the funicular depression leading into

the left recessus orbitalis. X #¢ ca.

dm. Dorsal muscles.

f.s. Fibrous interorbital septum,

lc. Left orbital cavity.

le. Left eye.

r.c. Right orbital cavity.

8. Blind side of head of Halibut. Skin and part of superficial jaw-muscles

and adjacent adipose tissue (@.) removed so as to expose the left

recessus orbitalis. The anterior limb of the organ (r.a.) is laid open

by an incision of its outer wall, and the course of the arrow shows the

passage of the duct to the left orbital cavity. Size reduced.

em. Cut edge of superficial jaw-muscles,

e. Hthmoid cartilage.

p.a. Part of skull formed by union of left ectethmoid and

sphenotic.

rp. Posterior limb of left recessus orbitalis,

9. Skull of adult Sole with symmetrical eyes, from the left side. The

posterior part, shown in dotted lines, is conjectural. Natural size.

e.l, Left ectethmoid.

f. Foramen between pseudomesial process and parasphenoid.

, ps. Parasphenoid.

s.l, Left sphenotic.

10. Skull of normal adult Sole, from the left side. Natural size.

Lettering as in figure 9.

P.S. (June 20th, 1894).—The restriction formulated by

Cunningham and MacMunn as above, and confirmed by my own

previous experience, is controverted by a specimen obtained since

this paper was read. The fish is structurally normal, but exhibits

some pigment on the blind side of the jaws and on other parts

anterior to the line indicated.

3. Field-Notes on the Wild Camel of Lob-Nor.

By St. Georcre Lirrrepate, F.R.G.S8.

[Received March 28, 1894. ]

One of the objects of tlie journey that Mrs. Littledale and I

made last year across the centre of Asia’, was to obtain specimens

's of the Wild Camel (Camelus bactrianus). On reaching Lob-Nor in

May 1893 we were pleased to hear that the natives confirmed my

opinion that we should probably find Wild Camels on the slope

of the Altyn Tag; but when I asked them in what particular

district these animals were likely to be found at that season of the

year, they were so very vague and general in their answers that it

was evident they either did not know or were unwilling to say.

On the 8th day after leaving the Lob we found, on the north

side of the Altyn Tag, the fresh tracks of a camel. The animal

had come in the night or early morning within a mile of our camp,

but winding us it had turned and bolted away. After this we

1 Cf. Geogr. Journ. iii. p. 445.

1894.] ON THE WILD CAMEL OF LOB-NOR. 447

occasionally saw more tracks, but we never beheld the animal in

the flesh till the 16th day; we were then in the most forlorn

country imaginable, not a blade of grass for our animals was to be

had, and water was only procurable about every second day. The

country was totally uninhabited, the nearest settlement being

Abdul on the Tarim River near Lob-Nor. A few marches back

we saw Kyang occasionally, and now and then the track of a Yak

or a sheep, but in this dismal place there was nothing. We had

seen on the rocks and stunted shrubs patches of camel-hair, and

as these tracks became more numerous our hopes rose. On the

morning of the 19th June I had stayed behind with one man to

follow up some tracks, and Mrs. Littledale had gone on ahead with

the other. The latter discovered two camels and tried to shoot

them before I came up. Fortunately luck favoured me, and I was

able to get them both. Finding a small quantity of water in some

rocks a couple of miles from where the camels lay, we stopped a

day to clean and dry the skins and the skeleton, as I was anxious

to bring complete specimens home for the South Kensington

Museum. On examining the skulls we found the nostrils were

full of soft grubs, about 17 inch in length; they must have been

very disagreeable tenants. We put some of these into spirit and

brought them home along with other specimens.

wee Le AP

Wild Camel of Lob-Nor.

(From the mounted specimen in the British Museum.)

On the next march we saw another pair of camels, but the wind

was wrong, and I could not get a shot. Soon after this we saw

‘.

448 MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN. [May 1,

three more lying down, and I made a long stalk after them.

Owing to their height Wild Camels are rather difficult to approach,

for even when lying down their heads are so high that it is not

easy to keep out of sight, for there is little or no cover in the

desert. Out of the last-mentioned herd I got a fine old male.

We were now evidently in the thick of the camel-district, for a

few miles farther we came on a herd of nine, but the wind being

westerly they smelt us long before we got near them. That day

we had to camp in an arid desert, where there was neither water

nor grass. ‘Towards evening an animal was seen in the distance,

and turned out to be another camel. On getting up to it I had to

fire at a desperately long range. ‘The beast spun round and then

dropped in his tracks. The stalk had been watched from camp

with a good deal of interest, and our two Lob hunters, who were

in disgrace, were much put out at the result, for, when they saw me

preparing to shoot, they announced to our men that I was a mad-

man to attempt to killa camel at that distance. This specimen

fortunately proved to be a female, which I particularly wanted.

It was the last camel of any kind that we saw. The natives told

me that 1f a camel saw or smelt a man they would not return to

that place for a year. This is probably an over-statement, but

they certainly were very wild, for I saw with my telescope two

camels, which I did not fire at, striding away far across the desert,

and when last visible they showed no sign of slackening speed.

I brought home 3 skins, 1 complete skeleton, and all the skulls

of these camels. The animals being shot in summer, unfortunately

their skins were not in a very good condition.

Whether these camels are remnants of the original Wild Camel

or simply the descendants of some tame ones run wild, I leave to

more learned heads than mine to discover. There are round the

Gobi Desert the remains of many cities that have been overwhelmed

with sand; that the catastrophe was sudden in some instances is

proved by the fact that when the wind blows away the sand and

exposes the ruins, cooking and other things are found in the

houses ; and it is quite reasonable to suppose that some camels

might have survived a sandstorm severe enough to have annihilated

their owners and buried their towns.

4, On some Specimens of Mammals from Oman, S.E. Arabia.

By Oxpriztp THomas.

[Received April 3, 1894.]

(Plate XX XT.)

Dr. A.S. G. Jayakar, whose magnificent collections and donations

of Muscat fishes are known to all ichthyologists through the papers

upon them by Mr. Boulenger, has, during the past few years,

collected and presented to the National Musenm a certain number

Podiwos IBOa el, Boe

~ i Mintern Bros . imp

J. Snot delet hth ;

EEN eG

1894. | MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN. 449

of mammals, and he has now sent home a further consignment, of

such value as to demand a proper account.

So far as I am aware, no list of mammals from this very

interesting region has ever been published, and Mr. Blanford’s

description of Zrinaceus niger *, the same author's passing reference

toa Muscat specimen of Vulpes leucopus”, Sir V. Brooke’s description

of Gazella muscatensis*, and Sir O. St. John’s notes on Oryx

beatrix * appear to be the only references to this locality that occur

in mammalian literature. Dr. Jayakar having obtained examples of

all these four species, his collection includes specimens of all the

mammals known to occur in this part of Arabia.

The geographical relationships shown by the mammals of Muscat

are, as might be expected, about equally with Africa and India, three

of the species being distinctly African in affinities, three Indian, and

the remainder either peculiar or widely-spread and of no special

significance.

Of the 17 species included in the list, two are new, one

of them, Hemitragus jayakari, the new Goat, forming a most

striking and interesting discovery, on which Dr. Jayakar is much

to be congratulated. The new Hare, Lepus omanensis, is also

markedly distinct from any of its allies.

1. XANTHARPYIA AMPLEXICAUDATA, Geoff.

a,b. 2ad.al. Muscat. 23/12/93°.

c. Ad.al. 9. Muscat. 1885.

d,e@ 2do. Muscat. 1889.

2. TAPHOZOUS NUDIVENTRIS, Cr.

a. Ad.al. Khode, 30 miles N.W. of Muscat. 6/11/92.

3. RHINOPOMA MICROPHYLLUM, Geoff.

a—-c. 3ad.al. Khode. 6/11/92.

d-g. 4do. Wadi Bani Ruha. 20/11/91.

h-k. 4 do. Muscat. 1885.

4, ERINACEUS NIGER, Blanf.

a. Ad.al. 9. Muscat. 6/93.

b,c. 2do. 69. Muscat. 1885.

d. Ad.sk. ¢. Muscat. 1885.

[e. Do. 29. Muscat. 5/77. Col. Miles, 1877. Type of species. |

5. CROCIDURA MURINA, L.

a—c. 3 ad. &imm. al. Muscat.

1 J. A.S. B. xvii. pl. ii. p. 212 (1878).

Mamm. Brit. Ind. p. 152 (1888).

P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 142.

P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 95.

° The specimens with exact dates are those of the recently received collection,

which has been throughout most carefully labelled with the particulars by

Dr. Jayakar. The other specimens belong to the earlier sets, received in the

years noted.

PrP wo WwW

a OR ee Nn Senn Se

” ‘

450 MR. O, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN. [May 1,

6. Hprpesres ALBICAUDA, G. Cuv.

a. Ad.sk. Khode. 6/11/92.

6b. Imm. al. 9. Rui, near Muscat. 26/10/91.

c,d. 2ad.sks. Muscat. 1888.

e. Ad.al. ¢. Muscat. 1889.

7. CANIS PALLIPES, Sykes.

a, Ad.sk. Muscat. 1891.

It I am right in referring this skin to C. pallipes, the present

example shows a great extension of the western range of the species,

as it has been hitherto only recorded from India. The specimen is,

however, barely adult, so that proper comparison is rather difficult ;

but its skull agrees very fairly with that of a Karachi specimen, and

there is little inherent improbability of the Indian Wolf occurring

as far west as Muscat.

8. VULPES LEUCOPUS, Bly.

a. Ad. sk. Muscat.

6, c. Adult in spirit, and a separate head. Muscat. 1885.

(d,¢e. Ad. sks. dg 2. Muscat. Col. Miles, 1877.]

9. GeRBILLUs (DIroDILLUs) DasyuRUSs, Wagn.

a. Ad.al. g. Gobia, on the coast 10 miles N.W. of Muscat.

b. Ad.al. Muscat. 1887.

The type of this species was sent over by the authorities of the

Munich Museum at the request of Dr. Anderson, and I had then

the opportunity of examining it. These Muscat specimens are

undoubtedly conspecific with it, while their similarity to G. nanus,

Blanf., renders it probable that the latter will prove to be

synonymous with G. dasyurus. The typical G. nanus is, however,

a somewhat smaller animal than these are.

10. Mus rarrus, L.

a-c. Khode. 6/11/92.

d—f. Miti, Wadi Bani Ruha, foot of Jebel Akhdar. 11/91.

Specimens a-c, which are marked as “Tree Rats” by Dr. Jayakar,

are brown, while d—f are bright rufous, and seem to closely corre-

spond to the Indian M. rattus rufescens, Gray. All have pure white

bellies.

11. Lupus OMANENSIS, sp. n.

a. Ad.sk. 2. Ziki,in Oman Proper. 26/10/92. Type.

b,c. 2ad.al. Ziki. 26/10/92.

Size remarkably small, smaller than in any other Old-World

Hare, except the abnormal ZL. netscheri of Sumatra. Form

exceedingly slender and delicate; head small, ears long, limbs

very long and thin. General colour dull greyish brown, not far

from, but a little yellower than, Ridgway’s “ hair-brown”; the

1894. ] MR, O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN. 451

hairs broadly tipped with cream-buff, and with a subterminal band

of black; their basal three-fourths dull whitish. Head like back ;

supraorbital edges scarcely paler. ars very long, laid forward in

a spirit-specimen they surpass the tip of the muzzle by more than

an inch; their visible bands brown, edged with long fringes of

buff hairs ; their extreme tips externally black. Nape dull brown,

with a faint tinge of rufous. Sides paler and greyer than back.

Chin and belly dull yellowish white; chest browner. Outer sides

of arms and legs brown, inner sides paler. Hands and feet dull

buff above, the long hairs of the palms and soles deep yellowish,

almost “ochraceous.” The number and thickness of these

palm- and sole-bristles, combined with the extreme tenuity of the

forearms and lower legs, gives a most unusual appearance to the

whole animal, whose proportions are, however, merely an ex-

ageerated development of those common to many of the N.E.

African group of Hares. Tail rather long, black above, white

below.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female, measured in spirit,

before skinning :-—

Head and body 360 mm.; tail without hairs 60; hind foot

without claws 89; ear, length from head 118, from notch 99,

breadth 53.

Skull: basal length 60 mm.; greatest length 74; greatest

breadth 34:6; nasals, greatest length obliquely 28, greatest

combined breadth 16°1; intertemporal breadth 10°6; breadth of

brain-case 25:5; length of palatine foramen 18-2, combined breadth

of do. 84; least breadth of palatal bridge 4:4; length of upper

molar series (crowns) 10°8; transverse diameter of m’ 3-7,

This interesting little Hare is at once distinguished from all

other allied members of the genus by its slender proportions and

itsextremely small size. Its hind foot is nearly an inch less than in

any of the species described by Hemprich and Ehrenberg, while

the small size of its skull is paralleled only by some of the little

American species, if the abnormal LZ. netscheri be put aside.

12. GazELLA MUSCATENSIS, Brooke.

Gazella muscatensis, Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 142.

a-c. 3ad. sks. Khode. 7 & 8/11/92.

d. Ad. sk. Barkeh-al-Moze. 24/10/92.

e. Do. Sharkeeyeh, or eastern part of Oman. 20/1/93.

[f. Ad. sk. ¢. Muscat. Major C. B. E. Smith, 1873. Type

of species. |

These specimens, which are very valuable as having been wild-

killed, all agree very closely with Sir Victor Brooke’s excellent

description and figure.

13. Oryx BEATRIX, Gray.

a. Imm. sk. 9. Adam, Oman Proper. 7/5/93.

This wild-killed specimen of the beautiful Beatrix Gemsbuck is

aa) Be

hal y - ? Rn 4 Re ae aN dl Ae | a

452 MR, O, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN, [May ‘L,

of much value, as the specimens we have hitherto had have been

brought alive to England, and their fur appears to have been

altered in character by the great difference in the climate.

What seasonal change in the length of the coat actually takes

place in Arabia I would suggest as a fitting subject of inquiry for

Dr. Jayakar. The present specimen has an exceedingly short

close coat, quite different from that of the other examples.

14. Hemirra@us JAYAKARI, Thos.’ (Plate XXXI.)

a, Ad.sk. ¢. Jebel Taw, Jebel Akhdar Range. 7/11/92.

Type of species.

b. Do. (stuffed). Jebel Taw. 7/11/92.

This fine animal, which it has given me great pleasure to name

in honour of its discoverer and donor, is the great prize of the

collection, both from a scientific and a sporting point of view.

Fig. 1.

iN)

Skull of Hemitragus jayakari.

As a matter of geographical distribution, its occurrence on the

1 Ann. Mag. N. H, (6) xiii. p. 365 (1894).

1894.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN, 453

mountains of Oman is a matter of the highest interest, for while

it is unquestionably a member of the group to which the name

Hemitragus has been given, its locality is in the middle of a region

inhabited only by true Goats (Capra), and therefore to some

extent its discovery confirms the separation of the two groups, and

shows that Hemitragus is not merely a local modification of Capra,

due in any sense to geographical conditions.

In 1886 Mr. Sclater contributed to this Society’ a very useful

account of the genus Capra, recognizing ten species, among which

were included the two Hemitragi. How little the discovery of a

new Goat might have been expected is indicated by the fact that

of these ten species, the latest discovered, the Markhor, was

described in 1839* (and C. cylindricornts, omitted by Sclater, in

1841), so that there has not been a new valid species found for over

half a century, although no animals have been more keenly sought

after by sportsmen or more willingly investigated by naturalists.

The species has been already described elsewhere, but it may be

useful to recapitulate some of its more important characters,

especially such as cannot be readily observed in the accompanying

figure.

Skull of Hemitragus jayakari.

Size small, the stuffed specimen standing only about 620 mm.

(242 inches) at the withers ; in fact this appears to be, judging by

the skull, the smallest species of Wild Goat. Form comparatively

light and slender. Fur coarse, shaggy, and brittle, in texture

1 Pp. Z. 8. 1886, p. 314.

2 T am, of course, aware of the description by Dr. Reichenow of Capra dorcas,

Zool. JB. iii. p. 591 (1882), from the island of Joura; but there appears to be

so much doubt as to whether this may uot be a feral Domestic Goat that it

can hardly be said to affect the remarks above made. Nor can the recent

distinction, whether right or wrong, of a third species from the Caucasus (C.

severtzovii, Menzb.) ; for it seems probable that this animal was known before the

date above mentioned, even if not distinguished from the others until recently.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1894, No. XXX. 30

— a ee | “eq c'™

mn ‘ ~~ S

¢ - te

454 MR. O, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN, [May ¥,

more like some of the larger Sheep, or even of the Musk Deer;

quite unlike the soft fine hair of the Himalayan Thar; the fur

over the greater part of the body is of medium length, shorter than

in 1, jemlaicus, longer than in H, hylocrius; but on the nape and

middle line of the back anteriorly it is lengthened into a mane,

while the hairs below the angles of the lower jaw, on the humeri,

and on the femora are also elongated, so that at the knees and

hocks there are formed more or less distinct ruffs.

General colour pale sandy or brownish white, the dorsal mane

broadly tipped with blackish brown. Face, cheeks below eyes,

backs of ears, tail, and a mark on each fetlock black or blackish,

the relative prominence of the different markings as shown in the

figure.

"Knees callous, naked; a bare glandular space on the chest; no

interdigital pits ; mamme two’.

The skull (fig. 2, p.453) is in many respects a miniature of that of

H. jemlaicus, to which it undoubtedly shows greater affinity than to

that of H.hylocrius. The following are, however, some of the differ-

ences observable :—The forehead where the horns rise is narrower

and with a much greater development of a supraorbital boss, almost

suggesting that of Capra walie, Riipp.; on the other hand, the

bases of the horn-cores do not overhang the occipital region so

much, so that the occipito-parietal plane, instead of pointing nearly

horizontally backwards, slants up at an angle of about 45°; this is

also the case in H. hylocrius; the nasals are broader posteriorly,

and nearly fill up the prefrontal vacuities.

The muzzle is longer and slenderer, and the nasal opening

decidedly longer in proportion, this being apparently produced by

a shortening of the nasals. ‘The inferior wall of the orbit is less

thickened externally. On the posterior part of the bony palate

the nasal notch reaches further forward, some 4 mm. in front of

the lateral notches, while in the allied species these latter are as

much in front of the median one.

The horns are in direction and general form similar to those of

H. jemlaicus again, rather than to those of H. hylocrius, but they

are longer in proportion, conspicuously slenderer, more evenly oval

in section, and less rigid on the sides and less knotted in front.

The horns of both specimens are much worn down, probably from

a habit, shared, as Mr. Lydekker informs me, by many Thars, of

rubbing the horns against trees or rocks.

The differential characters here noted are drawn up on a com-

parison of an old male skull of the Thar with the typical, very aged,

skull of the Arabian species, and some of them will no doubt in

time prove to be due either to age or individual variation,

The following skull and horn measurements (in millimetres)

of the three species of Hemitrayus may be useful; all are from old

male specimens :—

1 Males only examined.

1894. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM OMAN, 455

Hi, jemlaicus. H. jayakart. H. hylocrius.

Greatest length, occiput to

enatiiigntyida:': - i SES Ges 271 218 (c.) 285

Greatest breadth .......... 128 109 133

Nasals, length ............ 94 60 116

Tip of muzzle to orbit ...... 180 133 (¢.) 184

Greatest diameter of orbit .. 39 38 47

Interorbital breadth........ 91 7 93

Breadth of forehead below

tires 764,44 Ur lees ee 96 61 109

Length of longest horn round

CHES LS PP ne als, 344 295 367

Antero-posterior diameter of

homri/ab. base! 0 208% ote. 84 Be 78

Transverse diameter of horn

ai bases See 2 eke ch 60 30 D3

Circumference ............ 230 136 210

Dr. Jayakar has favoured me with the following notes on this

interesting animal :—

“T should think, from the description given to me, that these

Goats were in all probability shot at a great height, between 1500

and 2000 feet. I have no personal knowledge of the habits of the

animal, but am informed by the Arabs that it does not go in large

herds, but in groups of afew. As there appears to be a good deal

of vegetation above a certain height, it seems that they rarely, if

ever, come down into the valley below. I believe the same species

to be found throughout the whole of the hilly part of Oman; it

occurs in Jalan Sharkeeyeh and the Jebel Akhdar range, and in all

its offshoots.” A. 8. G. J.

15. PROCAVIA SYRIACA JAYAKARI, Thos.

Procavia syriaca jayakari, Thos. P. Z. 8S. 1892, p. 63.

a,b. Ad.al. 6 9. Dofar,S.W.of Muscat. 24/2/92 & 8/11/91.

c. Ad. sk. 9. Dofar, S.W. of Muscat. 1891. Type of sub-

species.

d. Yg.al. Dofar, S.W.of Muscat. 1891.

The female specimen has, as might be expected, 1—2 = 6 mamme.

The considerable extension of the known range of the genus

effected by Dr. Jayakar’s discovery of this new form of Dassy has

been already noted.

16. Tursiors turstio, Fabr.

a. Skin and imperfect skeleton. Muscat. 1888.

b. Skeleton. Muscat. 1888.

17. GRAMPUS, sp.

a, 6. 2 young skins, with skeletons. Muscat. 1891.

Too young for certain determination.

30*

a.»

456 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES, [June 5)

June 5, 1894.

Sir W. H. Frownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during

the month of May were 112in number. Of these 54 were acquired

by presentation, 28 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 8 were born in

the Gardens, and 20 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 99.

Mr. Sclater offered some remarks on the animals he had noticed

in the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, Amsterdam, Hanover,

Berlin, and Hamburg, which he had recently visited.

At Rotterdam the Jackdaws had effected an entrance through

the wide meshes of the net that covered the large Aviary, and had

somewhat disturbed the breeding birds. But the colony of Wild

Herons outside (cf. P. Z.S. 1892, p. 471) was still thriving, and

consisted of 28 nests. Amongst the Mammals at Rotterdam one

of the greatest interest was a beautiful male example of the Bush-

loving Antelope (Cephalophus sylvicultriv) from Congo-land (ef.

P.Z.S. 1892, p. 471), presented by Heer A. de Bloema on the 25th

May, 1891, now quite adult, and of about 2 ft. 8in. high. Mr.Sclater

exhibited a water-colour drawing by Mr. Keulemans representing

this animal.

The Gardens of the Royal Zoological Society of Amsterdam

were in their usual flourishing condition, the series of Cranes and

Storks being, as in former years, of special excellence. The herd

of the beautiful Antelope Vragelaphus gratus (cf. P.Z.S. 1892,

p- 471) now consisted of seven examples, and an additional male

having been imported there was every reason to hope that this

fine Antelope (see P. Z.8. 1883, pl. viii.) would become thoroughly

acclimatized in Europe. One of the hot-water tanks in the Reptile

House contained seven living examples of the Surinam Toad (Pipa

americana), Which Mr. Sclater had never seen alive before. They

appeared to keep entirely in the water, in which they swam about

freely.

In the Zoological Garden of Hanover (now under the direction

of Dr. Ernst Schaff) Mr. Sclater had seen several interesting

Antelopes, amongst which were examples of Hippotragus equinus,

Bubalis caama, and both species of Gnu. He had also obtained

there for the Society specimens of both the European species of

Marten, which were now rather difficult to procure.

The Zoological Garden at Berlin (now under the direction of

Dr. Heck) contained an exeellent series both of Mammals and

Birds, and a large new Aviary was in process of erection. Here

a pair of Giraffes were still to be found ; and examples of the Zebra

from German East Africa, lately described by Herr Matschie

1894.] ON THE DIDELPHYIDZ OF S.E. BRAZIL. 457

as Equus boehmi, had attracted Mr. Sclater’s special attention.

Amongst the Birds were noticed specimens of Parus varius from

Japan, Garrulax picticollis from Formosa, of the splendid Cotinga

cincta from South-east Brazil (now four years in the Gardens and

in full adult plumage), of Chrysotis hecki (the type of the species),

of the rare Ara azar, of both species of Bucoraw from Africa,

of several species of Meliphagide (Entomyza cyanotis

auricomis, and Anthochera carunculata), and of Anas andamanensis,

The Eagles’ Aviary contained examples of both Haliaétus pelagicus

and H. brannickii, the latter quite adult, the former just coming

into full plumage.

The Hamburg Garden (under the direction of Dr. H. Bolan)

presented, as usual, many attractions. Amongst the Mammals

there was an example of a black Jaguar (Felis onca) from Santa

Catarina, Brazil, also of Felis passerum from Argentina, and of

Viverricula schlegeli from Madagascar. There was likewise a

good series of the larger Antelopes, amongst which was a beauti-

ful pair of the Sable Antelope (Hippotraqus niger), accompanied by

a young one now about six weeks old, and believed to be the first

specimen of this species born in Europe. Amongst the Birds

were noticed examples of Polyboroides typicus, Musophaga violacea,

and Struthio molybdophanes from Somali-land, the last being quite

adult, and remarkable for its blue-coloured naked skin varied by

a bright red patch on the front of the tarsus and for the horny

plate on the vertex.

The following papers were read :—

1. Critical Gleanings on the Didelphyide of the Serra dos

Orgiios, Brazil. By Dr. Emit Aveust Gor pt, Director

of the Colonia Alpina (Theresopolis) ’.

[Received March 29, 1894. ]

1. DIDELPHYS AURITA.

I have in my collection of Mammals made here in the Serra dos

Orgios, 800 m. above sea-level, nine specimens of a Didelphys,

evidently all belonging to the same species or variety, although

they show some slight differences in size, colour, and fur. Of all

of them I possess both skin and skull; one specimen is stuffed

and mounted. Seven are adult, while two are rather less than

half-grown, as they have still their milk-dentition in place.

How shall I call the animal? If I should guide myself merely

by the exposition given by the most modern monographer of the

Marsupials—Mr. Oldfield Thomas *—this question would be very

quickly decided. ‘This author admits only one living species of

1 Communicated by Dr. A. Génrurr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

* *Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the

British Museum’ (London, 1888), p. 315.

I Ni i Mia ad iin

458 DR, E. A. GOELDI ON THE [June 5,

the subgenus Didelphys—D. marsupialis—with two varieties:

D. marsupialis typica, very widely spread over the American

continent and including even D. virginiana and D. californica of

other zoologists, with a range extending to Chili and Brazil ;

D. marsupialis var. azare, on the other hand, being confined to

the countries bordering the Amazonian Basin, but ranging on the

eastern coast to South Brazil. The characters are purely external

and may be briefly referred to as follows :—Face without, or with

indistinctly defined, black and white markings—var. typica; face

with sharply defined black and white markings—var. azare. In

the list given of the specimens contained at that date in the

collection of the British Museum from Brazilian localities I find

four of var. typica (3 from “ Brazil,” 1 from “ Rio de Janeiro”)

and two of var. azare (both from Taquara, Rio Grande do Sul,

collected by my friend and colleague Dr. H. von Ihering).

Well, according to the exposition of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, there is

absolutely no doubt that I should have to determine my specimens

from tbe Serra dos Orgios as belonging to D. marsupialis var.

typrca.

To anybody who has occupied himself seriously with the study of

Marsupials, it is evident that the family Didelphyide in general,

and the genus Didelphys in particular, is, even in our days, what is

called a “ crux zoologica.” On this point Mr. Oldfield Thomas

says :—‘ With the exception of the short-tailed Opossums the series

available for examination in the European museums seems to be

fairly complete, but in the case of these more specimens are

urgently needed before the species can be at all satisfactorily

worked ont and the present arrangement of that, the most

difficult, group must be looked upon as merely tentative in its

nature.” And some lines above he writes :—‘‘The systematic

arrangement of the Opossums has formed the subject of an

unusually large number of memoirs, of which the best have been

written by Temminck, Waterhouse, and Burmeister. These and

all other authors appear, however, to have erred in the admission

of by far too great a number of species, formed on the most trivial

characters of colour and size, and therefore a large reduction has

been found to be necessary in the present work.”

I perfectly agree with Mr. Thomas as to the great difficulty

presented by the group, and I even partly share his opinion that

the number of species admitted by former authors is too large

and that the synonymy has been much overburdened. But when

he chooses the radical method of cutting the Gordian knot by con-

densing all the species into one and grouping all older synonyms

around two varieties only, it seems to me that he goes too far.

On reviewing the writings of the three principal authors who

have discussed the Mammals of this region—Burmeister'%,

? ‘Systematische Uebersicht der Thiere Brasiliens, welche wihrend einer

Reise durch die Provinzen yon Rio de Janeiro und Minas Geraes gesammelt

oder beobachtet wurden,’ vol. i. (1854).

* «Erlauterungen zur Fauna Brasiliens,’ Berlin, 1856.

1894.] DIDELPHYID OF §.B, BRAZIL. 459

Winge**, and Hensel °—it appears that, however many recognizable

forms of the subgenus Didelphys there may ultimately be, all the

Opossums obtained by myself in the Orgaos Mountains are

exclusively D. aurita, whether this be itself reckoned as “ species”

or “variety.” This is distinctly the animal so well represented by

Burmeister, plate iii. of his ‘ Erliuterungen.’ And the determi-

nation becomes certain from the cranial views (Burmeister, pl. v.

fig. 3, pl. vi. fig. 1) and the osteological details given by Hensel

(tigs. 3, 6). Evidently it was not one single character, but a

complexity of features, which engaged Winge not to drop D. albi-

ventris as a remarkable and constant Campos-variety of D. marsu-

pialis. The same complexity of features occurs to me in regard

to D. aurita of the forest coast-region of Rio de Janeiro*; and I

may now add that during a stay of more than ten years in this

province, in the hot and low zones, as well as in the mountains of

the Serra dos Orgiaos, I have always met with exactly the same

form among the hundreds of specimens I had occasion to see.

Some of the specimens in my collection agree exactly with

Burmeister’s plate i., showing the same general reddish-brown

colour of fur, with longer whitish or greyish piles on the whole

back or at least on the posterior part. Others are more or less

blackish, with longer piles or bristle-hairs of the same colour, the

points of these piles being split, as a rule, into many branches,

especially on the dorsal median line, and appearing dirty white.

No correlation with age, sex, or season could be discovered in

regard to the presence or absence of the whitish piles, and I made

exactly the same observation referred to by Hensel (p. 112). I

took notes about the last twelve specimens I saw: seven of them

had white bristle-hairs intermixed, while five were more or less

blackish. Of these seven specimens four were adult males, one a

young male, one an old female, and one a half-grown female.

They were collected in August 1891, April 1892, February 1893,

May 1893, and three in December 1893. The five blackish

specimens were caught in October 1892, February, March, July,

and August 1893, and three of them were males (old, medium,

and young); two were females, both half-grown’. The face-

«Jordfundene og unlevende Pungdyr (Marsupialia) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas

Geraes, Brasiliens,’ Kjébenhavyn, 1893.

2 Lagoa Santa. Et Bidrag til den biologiske Plantegeografi af Egnens

Varming, Kjébenhayn, 1892. (Lagoa Santa Egnens Hvirveldyr.)

3 “Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Saugethiere Siid-Brasiliens,” Abhand. d.

konigl. Akad. d. Wissensch. Berlin, 1892.

4 It can be seen by Pelzeln’s ‘ Brasilische Saugethiere’ (Wien, 1885), p. 109

et seg., that Natterer also determined all his specimens of large Didelphys,

collected in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro and the coast-region, as

belonging to D. aurita. About six specimens collected in Sapitiba (district of

Rio de Janeiro) Natterer noted on the label a sign of question, but Pelzeln

adds the words:—‘ Dirfte wohl zu D. awrita zu rechnen sein, wihrend die

echte D. cancrivora dem Norden Siid-Amerikas angehort.” It is to be regretted

that Pelzeln’s work on Natterer’s Brazilian Matnmals is not provided with

good illustrations, especially of the smaller Didelphyidz and Rodents.

* Hensel states that among 57 individuals of D. azare he noted 11 black

460 . DR. 5B. A, GOELDI ON THE [June 5;

markings are on the limit between distinct and indistinct, and I

consider this circumstance as a good external character for a rapid

discernment of D. aurita. Only in one case—a young female—

were these face-markings very distinct, as yellowish longitudinal

stripes.

All the figures I know of D. cancrivora represent this animal

with very indistinct face-markings (compare Burmeister, pl. iv.) ;

and on the other hand the authors always draw D. azare and

D. albiventris with most conspicuous face-markings (cf. Burmeister,

pls. i., ii.). In regard to the colour of the ears, I repeat what I

said in my little work on the Mammals of Brazil’, that D. awrita

and D. cancrivora have uniformly dark-brown coloured ears, and,

so far as concerns the first, I had full occasion to make this state-

ment on the living animal.

Dentition—Much has been written about the dentition of

Didelphys, and the literature has been thoroughly co-ordinated by

Mr. H. Winge, ‘ Pungdyr,’ p. 113 and p. 122 et seg. For the

present I have no mind to write at all fully on this matter and I

will restrict myself to the remark that abnormalities are so rare

that I have never yet seen a single skull of an adult D. aurita

with a formula other than strictly 2s es This contrasts some-

what with some of our Brazilian carnivorous animals; the Tavras

(Galictis), for example, often show some symmetrical abnormalities

in the number of molars.

2. METACHIRUS QUICA.

Of the subgenus Metachirus, established by Burmeister in 1856,

no other form was observed by me in the Serra dos Orgaos than the

common ‘ Quica” (Didelphys opossum, Linn., of Thomas), which

is frequently seen in the forest as well as in the neighbourhood of

Tazendas. In snares destined especially for Rodents I constantly

found this beautiful but stupid and incautious marsupial. My

collection contains about a dozen individuals from this locality.

There is great uniformity in the general colour: all show the

same clear glistening grey above and a yellowish belly. I never

met with a female of the reddish tone indicated by Burmeister,

pl. vuii.* I may mention here that some years ago I took an

ones (6 5, 5 9) and 45 white ones (22 J, 23 9), and that among 9 young

individuals, still contained in the mother’s pouch, he observed one black, two

mixed, and six white ones. This observation, together with my own aboye

cited (young male and half-grown female), proves that Burmeister is wrong

when he denies the existence of young Didelphys with white bristle-hairs with

the words :—“ Kein junges Thier hat weisse Grannen ” (Erliut. p. 58).

1 KE, A. Goeldi, ‘Os mammiferos do Brazil.’ Rio de Janeiro (Alves e Cie.),

1893. Monographias brazileiras, vol. i.

* I confess that I was doubtful as to the existence of such reddish “ Quicas ”

until recently. Almost at the moment of posting these notes, my family in

Rio de Janeiro gave me on my return from Colonia Alpina a great surprise by

a present of a nice young male ‘Quica,’ very well corresponding to

Burwmeister’s figure. Its eyes are also reddish brown (cherry-colour), somewhat

like those of an albino, and its tail is throughout, but especially on the basal

1894.] DIDELPHYIDH OF $.H.BRAZIL, 461

adult * Quica” from Brazil safely to Switzerland, feeding it on

board the steamer mainly on fruits. The individual was presented

to the Basel Zoological Garden.

3. MICOUREUS GRISEUS.

My collection contains a single specimen of a fine grey

Micoureus, somewhat doubtful as regards the species. The

dimensions of the dry skin are:—length of body 120 mm., tail

155 mm.; the basilar length of the skull is 32 mm. The colour

of the fur (which is notably soft and velvety, much more than in

Metachirus quica) is greyish above, with a rufous tone on the

shoulders and more bluish in the region of the legs; pure white

on the underside. Distinct blackish face-markings surround the

eyes and run forward to the neighbourhood of the nose. There is

no white spot above the eye as in the “ Quica.” The tail is furry

at its basal part for about 1 cm., and becomes suddenly naked and

scaly on the remainder ; its colour is uniformly greyish, and does

not show the contrast of black and fleshy, so apparent on the tail

of a young “ Quica.”

The number of grey species of Didelphyide is small, embracing

(besides M, quica) Didelphys cinerea, D. grisea, D. velutina, and

D. elegans. D, cinerea, which I know principally from the figure

given by Burmeister, pl. xii., and the description of Mr. O. Thomas

(p. 342 et seq.), is larger and presents other differences. D. velutina

(Burmeister, pl. xiv.) differs, as we know by Natterer’s type in the

Vienna Museum, in having a tail inferior in length to the body,

and shows (if Burmeister’s figure is approximately correct) a pale

circular eye-marking, not running forward to the nose. Forsome

time I believed my animal to be D. elegans, and 1 was brought to

this idea by Burmeister’s pl. xv., showing a small marsupial very

similar to my specimen, and even now I do not consider the

question satisfactorily settled.

Some doubts arose only when I obtained the work of Mr. Thomas

and read his description of D. grisea, a species not cited by

Burmeister in his ‘ Systematische Uebersicht’ and only mentioned

in a very short note in his ‘ Erlauterungen’ (p. 83) as a form never

met with by him. Mr. Thomas gives the following description :—

‘Fur close, soft, and rather fluffy. General colour above uniform

deep grey, with scarcely a tinge of rufous. Face rather pale grey ;

the dark eye-markings confined to the front of the eye and com-

paratively inconspicuous. Lars very large, leafy. Chin, chest, and

belly pure sharply-defined white, the line of demarcation, especially

on the neck, with a slight rufous or fulvous wash. Pouch absent *.

Tail long, slender, tapering, its basal half-inch furry, the remainder

practically naked ; grey above, white below.” The characters here

part, irregularly spotted with pale dark marks of different size. The face-

markings are as yet very indistinct. The bright bluish tinge of the scrotum,

which is comparatively very large as a rule in Didelphyidx, is also very

noticeable. (24/2/94.)

* My specimen is a male, therefore I am in doubt about the pouch,

462 DR. F. A, GOELDI ON THB [June 5,

given, together with the measurements, agree tolerably well with

those presented by my specimen. The basal length of the skull

of an adult individual is equally mentioned as being 32 mm. ; and

as “ habitat” Mr. Thomas gives “ Central and Eastern Brazil.” The

individuals in the British Museum are from ‘ Rio de Janeiro.”

On the other hand, D. elegans is said to be a Chilian form.

Mr. Thomas indicates as its habitat *‘ South Brazil and Chili,” but

in the list of the British Museum individuals of D. elegans I

cannot discover any Brazilian locality.

4, MIcouREUS PUSILLUS. (Grymaomys agilis.)

A second member of the subgenus Micowreus, frequently

observed by me here in the Serra dos Orgios, is M. pusillus,

almost impossible to be confounded with any other little Didelphys,

except perhaps D. lepida, recently described from the Amazons.

Its bright rufous fur, its very dark and conspicuous eye-markings,

and strongly-developed ‘‘ vibrissee” readily distinguish this most

graceful and really very beautiful “ pygmy Opossum.” Burmeister’s

figure on plate xv. is not entirely satisfactory, as the rufous general

colour is not sufficiently marked.

Mr. O. Thomas says (p. 354) about the smaller Didelphyide,

especially of the subgenus Peramys: “The habits of the species

are as yet undescribed, but they are probably tar less arboreal than

the other Opossums.” I think this observation is applicable also

to the smaller forms of the Micoureus-group; and as I have had

considerable opportunities of observing the habits of these animals,

both in freedom and in captivity, it may be of interest to relate some

ot the most peculiar features.

Everybody acquainted with the European Dormouse (Mus-

cardinus avellanarius) will easily gain an idea of Micoureus pusillus.

In spite of the different orders they belong to, the likeness of the

two animals is a most striking one as regards the size, the fur-

colour, the movements, and the confident demeanour.

Micoureus pusillus is often brought to me by our workmen when

occupied in new “rocas.” Persons not knowing about the common

Brazilian system of agriculture, may learn that a wise law obliges the

owner to clear of forest a certain space around the homestead, the

trees being afterwards burnt when dried by the sun (‘“ derubada”).

The continued line of accumulated sweepings (dry leaves and

branches) formed by this process is called “aceiro.” I found that

these “‘ aceiros,” especially when running in the neighbourhood of

some watershed, are a favourite resort of our marsupial.

During the day it will rarely be seen, and only some accident

will oblige it to leave its hiding-place, but only for an instant until

it has again found a refuge. Such an accident is the fire, when

the dry “ derubada” is kindled. When made prisoner it does not

oppose much resistance nor bite severely. Placed in a hollow tube

of bamboo, it bears easily a journey of several hours.

Several times I had specimens of Micowreus pusillus of both

sexes alive for some time in my study. In order to obtain

1894. ] DIDELPHYIDE OF §.E, BRAZIL. 463

certainty about the feeding in freedom, the most natural way was

to examine the excrements of fresh captured specimens. These I

always found to be composed principally of hard remnants of insects

and small Arthropoda—elytra of beetles, legs and scales of butter-

flies, and wings of flies. Having at my disposal a flourishing brood

of meal-worms ( Tenebrio molitor), which I had obtained from Europe

as a convenient food for the numerous birds, reptiles, and batra-

chians which I have always around me for daily observations of

their habits, generally most insufficiently known, it was not very

difficult to accustom these marsupials to take the worms. Soon

they became very fond of meal-worms and ran to meet the

offering hand or pincers. The prey seized, they sit up lke a

squirrel and so many rodents, and, holding the insect with the

hands (opposing sometimes only the first finger, sometimes the first

two to the remainder), they crush it rapidly with visible eagerness

and audible smacking. This aspect of the graceful animal always

reminds me of the European Dormouse. The eyes, like black

resplendent pearls, give to the physiognomy of the face an

expression particularly confident. All the movements are sudden,

rapid, and executed with elegance. The animal is fond of water

and milk, and will not delay long when these liquids are offered in

aspoon. It drinks often and continuously, lapping like a dog or

a cat, and water seems to be a most important article with it.

During the day it likes to sleep in some hiding-place, formed by

leaves, cotton, or tow; but the sleep is not very deep, and short

diurnal excursions in its cage are frequently observed. It seems

to be most susceptible to cold and moisture. Towards the evening

the little marsupial becomes more and more lively and agile, and

during the night it is more or less in constant movement. There

is thus no doubt that its habits are by preference nocturnal, and

it is easily comprehensible why these animals are comparatively

seldom met with during the day, except by the accidents above

mentioned. Nearly all of my prisoners of Micoureus pusillus

succeeded in finally escaping during the night; one was observed

for nearly a fortnight after his escape in my study, without any

possibility of discovering his hiding-place during the day. He

plundered my caterpillars and chrysalids on his nocturnal depre-

dations.

The gait of Micowreus pusillus is somewhat different from that

of a rodent of equal size. It is a trot, generally not so rapid as

that of a house-mouse. When sleeping the tail is rolled up;

in movement it is extended in a straight line. I have sufficient

proofs that Micouwreus pusillus is not entirely unable to climb, but

J am sure that in general it lives principally on the ground and

that it has to be considered as very little arboreal.

5. PeRAMYS TRISPRIATUS.

With certainty I can distinguish only one member of the

subgenus Peramys among the material of Didelphyide collected in

the Serra dos Orgios. I identify it with the P. tristriatus

464 DR. EB. A. GOELDI ON THE [June 5,

(Hemiurus, Microdelphys) of most authors, and may say that this

species is here almost more frequent than Micoureus pusillus.

Mr. O. Thomas (J. c. p. 363 et seq.) admits two species of three-

lined Peramys—a larger (P. americanus) and a smaller (P. theringit),

giving a good figure of the latter on plate iv.

The habitat of P. americanus is mentioned as “ Brazil” (type not

in existence), and that of P. theringii as ‘* South-Brazil,” especially

Rio Grande do Sul (type in British Museum). Mr. Thomas

says of P. theringii:—* This species appears externally to be

merely a dwarf form of P. americanus, but it may always be dis-

tinguished not only by its much smaller size, but by the different

shape of the skull, and especially by the marked flattening of the

frontal region.”

I confess my scepticism about the opinion of Mr. Thomas, and

I think I have serious reasons to do so. Concerning the measure-

ments this author states that he follows Burmeister, ‘ Erlaiit.”

p. 84, giving the dimensions of the same individual. But Bur-

meister writes :—whole length 7" (that is 7 Prussian inches),

tail 2" 2'” (2 Prussian inches 2 lines). The Prussian inch is

2°6154 em., and the dimensions are equal therefore to 183 mm,

(whole length) and 57°53 mm. (tail), while Mr. Thomas reduces

them to 189 mm. and 59 mm.—a perceptible difference for a small

animal. ‘The dimensions of a second individual preserved in the

Berlin Museum are said to be 168 mm. (whole length) and 61 mm.

(tail). On the other hand, the dimensions of the type specimen

of P. theringit (adult?) described by Mr. Thomas are 110 mm.

(whole length) and 43 mm. (tail). So long as the minimum size

of P. americanus and the maximum size of P. iheringii are not exactly

determined by large series of authentic adult specimens, a definite

conclusion seems to be a very difficult matter; and as the question

now stands it may be allowed to interpret the difference of size

as the expression of different age, the more as the shape of the

skull is evidently also affected by growth, as proved by R. Hensel

in his memorable investigations. I see that H. Winge shares this

opinion, writing :— P. theringii, Thomas, synes at stemme ganske

med smaa Individer af Hemiurus tristriatus” (‘ Pungdyr,’ p. 108) ;

and confronting the figures of skulls given by Mr. O. Thomas

(Catalogue, pl. xxvii. fig. 8), H. Winge (‘ Pungdyr,’ pl. ii. fig. 9), and

Burmeister (‘ Erliuterungen,’ pl. xi. fig. 7), I am unable to find

any other essential character to warrant the admission of two

different species.

I have had occasion to examine dozens of three-striped Opossums

of all ages, and I can assert the existence of variations in colour and

size. As regards the colour, young individuals are frequently

seen with a yellowish or greyish tinge and exceedingly well-detined

and conspicuous black stripes, just as in figure 2 of plate iv. of

the Catalogue of Marsupials in the British Museum. Older indi-

viduals, generally more rufous, often show only pale stripes, and,

not rarely, specimens will be met with apparently stripeless, the

stripes only appearing against the light. I frankly confess that I

1894. ] DIDELPHYIDZ OF §.E. BRAZIL. 465

have had moments when I became doubtful whether the P. henseli,

a second new Peramys of South Brazil, recently described by Mr. O.

Thomas, and figured on the same plate, might not also be such a

pale-striped individual of P. tristriatus. Burmeister’s figure of

P. tristriatus (pl. xvi. fig. 2) I consider deficient in regard to several

points.

Peramys tristriatus, not at all a “rare animal,” as is stated by

Burmeister (Syst. Ueb. p. 141), inhabits localities more or Jess

similar to those of Micowreus pusillus. It is often seen in forest-

paths, especially in the neighbourhood of water. When in 1891 we

dug a deep channel for our sawing-engine, this channel running

about a kilometre through the forest, nearly every day a Peramys was

found in it, and even now the water often brings down some indi-

vidual specimen of this marsupial. It is entirely terrestrial, and

for arboreal life it is improperly built.

L also know Peramys trisiriatus quite well as concerns its habits

and character, from studying captured specimens. Its food in free-

dom is similar to that of Micowreus pusillus; but I learned that it

attacks comparatively larger animals than the former, and assails

without hesitation birds and mammals nearly as large as itself. I

was once imprudent enough to put together in the same cage an

adult Peramys and a young Hesperomys squamipes. The next

morning I found nothing more of the latter than a small piece of

the skin, and the cage soiled with undeniable traces of a terrible

combat. The disposition of this species is not nearly so attractive as

that of Micowreus pusillus ; bloodthirstiness and a blind delight in

cruelty are the prevailing features, and a low degree of intel ligence

renders taming a very ungrateful matter. An almost stupid restless-

ness and unbounded fondness for liberty, together with an unsa-

tiable need of food, are generally the causes of a wonderfully rapid

decay and death. Young individuals, however, are pleasing creatures,

remarkable for their large beads. With milk and insects they

can be kept alive some time by persons having the necessary time

and leisure. I know here of a person who observed the copulation

of Peramys, and was once told of a mother carrying her young on

her back; unfortunately I arrived too late to see it.

It is also necessary to say that the habits of Peramys are equally

by preference nocturnal.

a measurements of three individuals before me are :-—

2 (spirit pres.) total length 157 mm., head and body 105 mm.

a 3 (dry skin) i a 7S mnie as » 120 mm.

6d ) 201 mm. » » 145 mm.

The basilar length ‘of the skull of specimen 6 is 28°5 mm., of

specimen ¢ 28 mm. (Mr. O. Thomas mentions for an adult 3 of

P. americana 28 mm., for an adult (?)! ¢ of P. theringw 22:2 mm.).

6. CHIRONECTES PALMATUS.

The singular and beautiful Water-Opossum, so well represented

1 [This query is Dr, Goeldi’s, not mine.—O. T.]

466 ON THE DIDELPHYIDZ OF 8.E. BRAZIL, [Juned,

by Burmeister, plate ix., is really rare, and seems, as I mentioned

in my ‘ Mammals of Brazil,’ p. 146, to be approaching extinction.

Till now I have only obtained two specimens in the Serra dos

Orgios, a male and a female, and have not had the good fortune to

make any special observations on its habits in freedom.

Thus six species of Didelphyide have come under my obser-

vation during a stay of several years in Serra dos Orgios. Mr.

O. Thomas admits 24 species of this famiiy, exclusively American,

therefore we note a numeric proportion of 6: 24, which is 4 of the

whole.

I cannot conclude these notes without calling the attention of

zoologists to the necessity of cancelling a species of Didelphys,

established on the authority of Prince Maximilian zu Wied-Neu-

wied at the beginning of the present century and still admitted.

Mr. O. Thomas writes (Catalogue of Marsupials in the British

Museum, p. 366) :—

«23, DIDELPHYS ALBOGUTTATA (White-spotted Opossum).

“Rather smaller than D. americana; mouse-grey, with many

rows of white spots on its back. Habitat: Brazil (Forest-region).

Type in the Museum of Rio de Janeiro. The above is the only

information as yet published about this species, of which I have

never seen a specimen.”

I knew what Prince Maximilian had written about this sup-

posed Didelphys (Beitriige, vol. ii. p. 412), and also Burmeister

in 1854 (Syst. Ueb. vol. i. p. 840) and in 1856 (Erlaiit. p. 87);

and when in 1884+ I assumed the direction of the Zoological

Section of the National Museum of Rio de Janeiro’, I sub-

mitted to a thorough review the small and very imperfect series

of Brazilian Didelphyide preserved there. I readily found the

supposed D. alboguttata, an old specimen certainly dating from the

period of Dom Joao VI., and soon recognized it to be a specimen of

Dasyurus viverrinus, an Australian marsupial. Considering the

intimate relations between the Portuguese colonies in Asia and

South America in former times, the presence of this Dasyurus

becomes explainable. The specimen still exists and is now

properly labelled. It is one of the most droll mistakes that ever

happened in zoology, and it is somewhat singular that Prince

Maximilian and Burmeister, both good naturalists, showed them-

selves liable to make such an error. Entirely incomprehensible it is

for me how Burmeister should make the matter still worse by the

words :— Das Thier lebt im Waldgebiet, und war Hrn. Bescke *

aus eigner Ansicht bekannt, allein noch nie hatte er es, in den 20

? This position I lost in 1890, as Fritz Miller and Herman yon Ihering lost

theirs, through the political changes in Brazil. In spite of seven years’ incessant

labour, I had not been able radically to reform the zoological collections and

to get them out of the bad state in which I found them.

* A collector who resided for a long time in Novo Friburgo (Serra dos

Orgaos), and whose name is often met with in the different works of German

travellers and naturalists.

P Z.S.1894. Pl. XXXII.

J. Smit del. et ith Mintern Bros. imp.

1894. | MR. 0. THOMAS ON GAZELLES FROM ALGERIA. 467

Jahren seiner Anwesenheit, sich verschaffen kénnen” (Syst.

Vebers. 1. p. 340).

I believed D. alboquttata “ dead and buried,” when I saw its

resurrection in 1888 in the ‘ Catalogue of Marsupials.’ I consider

it my duty to give to this supposed Brazilian species of Didelphys

eternal repose, and to deliver zoological literature from an error

threatening to become hereditary from generation to generation.

2. On some Gazelles brought by Sir Edmund Loder from

Algeria. By Otprretp Tuomas.

[Received June 5, 1894. ]

(Plate XX XIT.)

By the kindness of Sir Edmund Loder I have been permitted

to examine and describe some Gazelles brought by him at different

times from Algeria, a country in the Natural History of which

he has always taken much interest.

Of late years two Gazelles have always been recognized as

natives of Algeria, namely G. dorcas, the Common Gazelle, and

G. cuvieri, the Mountain Gazelle, or “ Edmee.” Many Gazelle-

horns, however, evidently belonging to neither of these, having

come into his possession, Sir Edmund undertook an expedition

to obtain specimens of this unknown Gazelle, a quest in which he

was fortunately successful. On his bringing back the specimens

thus secured, together with another he had had some time in his

possession, I was surprised to recognize no less than four species,

two of them requiring description as new. The first of these

is the Reem, an account of which is contained in the field-

notes now to be read by Sir Edmund; while the other, being

based on a skin purchased at Algiers many years ago, must unfor-

tunately still remain a mystery as to exact locality until some other

enterprising sportsman is able to find out where it really lives.

Sir Edmund Loder is much to be congratulated on the success

of his expedition, and on the increase of our knowledge about the

Gazelles which has resulted from it.

The following are the four species represented :—

1. Gazniua Dorcas, L.

The Common Gazelle of the Algerian Sahara generally.

2. GAZELLA CUVIERI, Og.

A fine male specimen of the “Edmee” from the mountains

north of Biskra is among Sir EH. Loder’s trophies. (Its skull-

measurements are given on p. 472.)

3. GAZELLA RUFINA, sp. 0.

Very similar in coloration to G. rufifrons, Gray, but distinguished

468 MR, 0. THOMAS ON GAZELLES FROM ALGERIA. [June 5;»

by its much larger size, heavier skull, stouter hoofs, and by the

indistinctness of the light facial bands.

The general colour is a bright rich rufous, very different to the

pallor of G. loderi. The central facial band is especially rich,

almost approaching chestnut, while the light bands on each side

of it, although distinguishable, are only slightly paler than the

general body-colour, contrasting markedly with the white and

prominent corresponding bands in other species. Crown, cheeks,

and sides of neck pale rufous. Ears proportionally rather short,

their exterior surfaces rufous, similar to the bedy in general ; their

edges and inner surfaces whitish. Dark Jateral bands very strong

and well-defined, although narrow (1 to 13 inch broad), nearly

black ; light lateral bands sharply defined from the deep colour of

the middle back, concolorous with the neck, cheeks, and crown.

Dark pygal band but little developed. Belly white. Limbs rufous

in front, whitish behind; knees without tufts, but with a narrow

ridge of rufous hairs running down the metacarpus just below the

knee. Hoofs large and heavy, twice the bulk of those of G. ruji-

frons. Tail rufous basally, black terminally.

Skull (fig. 1) stout and heavily built, with short broad nasals,

large and widely open anterior nares, broad heavy muzzle, and

large teeth.

Fig. 1.

Skull of Gazella rufina.

Horns unusually short in proportion to the general size, those

of the type, which is unquestionably full-grown, less than once

1894. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON GAZELLES FROM ALGERIA, 469

and a half the basal length, while in an equally aged G. cuvieri

they are nearly twice that length; they are, however, very thick

and strong. As to direction, they are rather far apart basally, and

diverge evenly but slightly upwards; for their basal two-thirds

they curve backwards, but so far less than in other species that

their hinder profile is scarcely concave; their tips bend again

equally slightly upwards. Of rings they have only about 10,

strongly developed in front, but obsolete postero-externally.

Measurements of the type, a flat skin, probably somewhat

stretched :—

Head and body (c.) 1400 mm.; tail without hairs 160, with hairs

220; ear from notch 132; fore hoof, length 54; hind hoof 54.

(Skull, see p. 472.)

Hab. Doubtful. Type bought at Algiers.

In describing this very handsome Gazelle as new the first point

to be considered is its distinctness from G. rufifrons, Gray, the

Senegal Gazelle, of which the typical specimens are in the British

Museum. These specimens are two, male and female; but the

male is unfortunately far younger than the type of G. rufina, so

that the great difference in size between the two species has had

to be discounted in the case of one co-type by considerations of

age, and in the other of sex. But a careful comparison of a set of

other Gazelles, including G. granti, semmerringi, bennetti, and

muscatensis, has shown (1) that size does not greatly increase,

however much the horns may elongate, after m’ is up; and (2)

that the sexes, widely different as the horns are, do not differ in

bulk to anything approaching the extent by which the type of

G. rufina exceeds the female co-type of rufifrons.

The two species, though undoubtedly closely allied, are there-

fore evidently separable on account of their difference in size.

Secondly, the quéstien of Gazella corinna*, Pall., has to be con-

sidered. ‘This name was based on Buffon’s ‘* La Corine,” described

from a specimen which lived in the menagerie of the Duke of

Orleans, and of the locality of which no mention is made.

Although the figure given of this animal shows undoubtedly

much resemblance to G. rufina, the measurements, both those of

the body and those of the skeleton*, are absolutely incompatible

with it, Buffon’s animal, whatever it was, having been if anything

smaller than G. rufifrons, from which, as already noted, G. rufina

is distinguished by its considerably greater size. The true deter-

mination of the Corine is, and perhaps must always remain, im-

possible of solution, as Buffon’s own statement that, in common

1 La Corine, Buff. H. N. xii. p. 261, pl. xxvii. (animal 2) (1764). Antilope

corinna, Pall, Mise. Zool. p. 7 (1766).

2 Buffon’s reference to the Corine of a horn brought from Senegal by

Adanson must not be mistaken for a statement as to the locality of the living

type specimen.

% An unfortunate misprint in the headline of Buffon’s page 265 has given

rise to some misapprehension as to the pertinence of the long table of mea-

surements there giyen. Instead of ‘‘du Keyel” the line should run “de la

Corine,” as is clearly shown by the text of the preceding page.

Proc. Zoot. Soc. —1894, No. XX XI. 31

= _ 5 » 6 oe a

oe 2

te < =

470 MR. 0. THOMAS ON GAZELLES FROM ALGERIA. [June 53,

with “La Gazelle” and “ Le Kevel” (both undoubtedly referable

to G. dorcas), it had knee-brushes and was of much the same size

and colour as they were, conflicts with his plate, in which the

artist has depicted it as without knee-brushes, bulkier in general

build, and with a far better marked lateral line than in the other

two. This being the case, all attempts to determine it with certainty

may be abandoned as futile.

It is unfortunate that for the present the exact habitat of

G. rufina is unknown, as the skin was merely purchased in Algiers.

From the richness of its colour it is not likely to be the inhabitant

of an arid sandy district such as is the home of G. loderi, but it

may come from some of the more brush-covered downs of the

Sahara.

4, GazELua LopERI, Thos.’ (Plate XX XI7.)

Size small; form light and delicate ; weight of an adult male

(teste Loder) about 34 Ib.

General colour very pale sandy or buff, the richest colour of the

after-back approximately ‘‘ pinkish buff” of Ridgway, and even

this becomes paler and almost white anteriorly on the neck and

crown, and posteriorly on the sides of the ramp. Face-markings

very faint, the central facial band and dark facial streaks only

“ buff,” and contrasting but little with the ill-defined pale facial

streaks. Crown nearly white, as are also the long and well-

clothed ears. Light lateral bands scarcely visible, and the in-

distinct dark ones below them hardly as deep as Ridgway’s “ clay

colour,” as is also the case with the dark pygal band. ‘Tail sandy

at base, darkening terminally to blackish brown. Front of fore

legs pale sandy buff, of hind ones whitish. Knees with short but

distinct brushes. Hoofs very peculiar, and evidently specialized

for progress over light yielding sand. They are much elongated,

very narrow, and produced above into a sharp knife-edge ; the

angle at which their plane of wear lies shows that they are

habitually widely divergent in life, as might indeed be expected.

Skull (fig. 2) of about the size and proportions of that of

G. bennetti, but rather lighter and more delicate.

Horns very slender, close together at base, widely divergent

above, their tips from 8 to 10 inches apart in well-marked

examples. Viewed from the side they are seen to curve slightly

but evenly backwards for four-fifths of their length, while their

slender tips are slightly recurved upwards, but there is nothing to

call a terminal hook; their annulations are well defined and

rather near together, amounting in number to 20 or more, the

most out of a large number of horns being 27 in a particularly fine

and graceful pair belonging to Sir E. Loder.

Measurements of the type, an adult male skin, with perfect

skull :—

Length of body (approximate) 900 mm.; ear from notch 130;

1 Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) xiii. p. 452 (1894).

1894. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON GAZELLES FROM ALGERIA, 471

hind-foot, without hoof (c.) 280; length of fore hoof 64, of hind

ones 56; tail without hairs, 90.

(Skull, see p. 472.)

Fig. 2.

Skull of Gazella loderi.

fab. Sand-dunes of Oued Souf, about 100 miles south of

Biskra. (See field-notes by Sir E. Loder, p. 473.)

This remarkable little Gazelle is readily distinguishable from all

other species by its pallid colour, semi-obsolete markings, slender

divergent horns, and long narrow hoofs.

Its habitat, as may be seen by the field-notes of its collector, is

somewhat inaccessible, and it is therefore the less surprising that

examples fit for description have not previously fallen into the

hands of naturalists. Its horns have, however, long been pur-

chasable at Biskra, and the first I had seen were bought there

by Mr. Rowland Ward, and submitted to me for examination

about two years ago, but the horn characters were too little marked

ol*

és ¥

ra”

Bry

* »

—

ed Lee ais coe lag ay’ Oe Pow eee f . =o

ne Thin ay ee eee eee ee

5 is

472 MR. 0. THOMAS ON GAZELLES FROM ALGERIA. [June 5).

for the species to be described merely on the specimens I then

saw.

Loche, in his work on the Mammals of Algeria, speaks of a

Gazelle known to the Arabs as “el Rim,” the name now used by

them for G@. loderi, and no doubt the same species was intended.

His reference runs as follows :—‘ Les Arabes distinguent encore

sous les noms de el Rim et el Chergui deux autres Gazelles que

nous n’avons pas jusqwici eu occasion d’examiner, et qui pourraient

étre des métis des espéces précédentes”’. This sentence was

quoted by Lataste in 1885*, but he had no information of his own

to add to it.

It has therefore been reserved for Sir E. Loder to clear up the

history of this interesting Gazelle, so long known by reputation,

but until now an unsolved mystery to the scientific world. As

his expedition into the desert was undertaken expressly to obtain

the Reem, and thereby settle a doubtful problem, it is only right

that the species should bear his name, which I have therefore had

great pleasure in attaching to it.

Whether the companion problem of “el Chergui” is equally

solved by Sir E. Loder’s specimen of G. rufina above described is

a point which can be settled only when we know the exact locality

and Arab name of the latter.

Skull-measurements (in millimetres) of the Algerian Gazelles referred to.

(All adult males.)

pics G. cuvieri.| G. rufina.| G. loderi.

Greatest lemoth c2:..casc-sseesonecs 170 210 as 194

Dasalslenwbhy gc.ssceterecndeass ate 158 187 =| (c.)204 175

Greatest breadth..............--...«: 78 92 93 85

Anterior nares, length (gnathion

LOaasall Tip) eae eee cets aeceree: 50 60 69 54

Anterior nares, greatest breadth. 20 25 30 24

Nasala, Length 5,.0s<ceccacssecstacnas 44 65 52 57

Nasals: breadth): <ts2-v.se00- 4.400 23 19 27 o4+ 24

Grathiontolonbiieee..er-eser asst 85 113 124 101

Palate lengths. 2.1000 dc-ess-ceenase 83 111 120 98

Gnathion toalveolus of front pre-

MOLAR Ae eecc Westie coansosehecmetes 37 51 59 44

Length of molar series ............ 55 60 66 Hy)

Horns—length round curves in

ONG voces cauoctoe aasaeeceeee ese 303? 348 292 330

Basal circumference ......... 99% 108 119 95

Least distance of hornsapart

ab base it. cts + sel heehee tees 168 105 22 14

Breadth across outside bases

OL 410 HOME 5.4 5-.05.se0-0 703 73 86 65

SFT 20) El tease vandeseewnce ese Tee 110 141 192

' Expl. Alg., Mamm. p. 69 (1867).

* Mamm. Barb. p. 174 (1885) (Act. Linn. Soc. Bord. xxxix.).

° In another finer specimen, whose basal length is about 5 mm. longer than

in that measured,

walt

1894. | SIR E. G. LODER ON THE “ REEM” ANTELOPE. 473

3. On the ‘ Reem” Antelope of Algeria’. By Sir

Epmunp Gitzs Lopsr, Bart., F.Z.8.

[Received June 1, 1894.]

Seventeen years ago (in 1877) I bought in the bazaar at Biskra

several pairs of Gazelle horns. They obviously belonged to three

species : Gazella dorcas, called by the Arabs “* Rezal” ; Gazella cwviert,

which they call “ Admi”; and a third called “ Reem,” which I was

not able to identify with any described species. All these horns

were on frontal bones only. It is very rarely that the Arabs bring

in any whole skulls or skins for sale, and I have never seen any-

thing but frontlets of the ‘“ Reem.”

In 1891 and again in 1893 I went out to Algeria for the

purpose of hunting Mouflon (Ovis tragelaphus).

In 1877 I had been prevented from going after them except for

a few hours at a time. On these later trips 1 was more successful

and secured some fine male Moufion, a female of the large Moun-

tain Gazelle (Gazella cuvieri), and afew specimens of Gazella dorcas.

At Biskra I again found horns of the Reem, but got no infor-

mation about it except that it was reported to live in the sand. I

heard a French name for it for the first time, “‘ Gazelle des Sables.”

As my friend Mr. Alfred Pease was spending a second winter at

Biskra and had made the acquaintance of several native hunters, I

requested him to try what he could do to find out the habitat of

the Reem. About Christmas-time last year he wrote to me that he

believed he had reliable information that the Reem was to be found

in the desert near Chegga, only about 50 kilometres south of Biskra

on the caravan-route to Touggourt.

We made arrangements for a camping trip, and I left England

on February Ist, and started from Biskra with Mr. and Mrs. Alfred

Pease on February 8th of this year.

After two days’ marching we got to Chegga and made inquiries

respecting the Reem. No one seemed to know anything about the

animal except one Arab, who said that if we went on farther south

we should come to a place called Ain Gebberah, where there were

a tew Reem, but if we went on still farther to Hamraia we should

find the Keem in quantities,

We therefore travelled on for two or three more days until we

came to Hamraia, but on making inquiries about the Reem the

answers were very unsatisfactory. We determined, however, before

giving up the search, to stay here a day to hunt and see what game

there was in this part of the desert.

In the early morning of the next day Pease started off from

camp with an Arab in one direction, while I went off in the other.

By the evening we had covered a considerable extent of country and

had used our glasses from every ayailable rise in the ground. We

[’ GazzLua topert, Thomas, aboye, p. 470.—Eb. |

474 SIR E.G. LODER ON THE “REEM” ANTELOPE. [June 5;

saw several small herds of Glazella dorcas, but no tracks even of any

other Gazelle. We did not seem to be any nearer to obtaining a

Reem than when we started from Biskra.

At night, when we got back to camp, we were told that a negro

camel-herd had been there during the day, and had said that we

were not at all in the right country for Reem, that he was well

acquainted with the animal and knew where it was to be found.

He came into camp again the next morning and told us that the

Reem had long slender hoofs and tender feet, lived only in

the soft sand, and would be unable to run on hard stony desert

such as that round Hamraia. He said he could take us to the

Reem country, in rolling sand-hills, but we should not be able to

camp very near as there was no water for our horses and pack-

animals.

We agreed to go with him, and he led us a day’s march still far-

ther south towards the Oued Souf, and then turned off the carayan-

track to the east and chose a camp in the sand about an hour and

a half from water. (Almost all the water in the desert is brackish

and bad, but the water we got here was positively nasty.)

The next morning we left camp very early on horseback, with

the negro on foot and an Arab hunter riding a mule. The negro

led the way at a tremendous pace, keeping up a good trot in the

soft sand and sometimes running fast for a couple of miles with-

out a stop across the dry arm of a chott, keeping us at a hand-

gallop most of the time.

After two hours anda half the negro pointed out the first track

of the Reem, which is quite easily to be distinguished from that of

Gazella dorcas from its much greater length. We now unsaddled

the horses, tied them up, and went off in two parties to hunt for

Reem. The negro led the way in front of me, going slowly and

with great caution, as the Reem is extremely wary and against the

nearly white sand can detect a moving object a long way off. We

had not walked very far when we saw the head of a Reem looking

over the top of a sand-ridge at about 300 yards distance. We

stayed for a long time perfectly still behind a tuft of tall alpha

erass, till at last the head disappeared. As soon as it was out

of sight we ran as hard as we could across the bare sand to the top

of the next ridge, and again sheltered ourselves behind a tuft of

alpha. When we looked out cautiously we saw that the Reem

had moved on to another sand-hill more to our left, and was again

showing just the top of his head over it. We had, however, con-

siderably reduced the distance. Again he stopped perfectly still for

a long time and then turned and moved off. We ran to another

ridge, and I caught sight of him trotting to the top of the sand-hill

beyond at about 150 yards. At the top he turned and I fired at

once and got him. A lucky shot! as the distance was long for so

small an animal. It was a good male, with horns 13 inches long.

I have not seen any much longer than these.

After taking the Reem back to the place where we had left the

horses, we started off again, and during the day saw several small

1894.) SIR HB. G. LODER ON THE “‘ REEM” ANTELOPE. 475

lots containing both males and females (4, 5, and 2), but did not

get a chance of another shot. Pease also saw a few.

We hunted the sand-hills for two more days; on the third day

our negro guide took us much farther from camp, running before

us with surprising speed and endurance for three and a half hours

before we halted and tied up our horses. In the evening, after

walking all day in a hot sun and on soft sand, he showed himself

still untired and ready to run at the same pace back again to camp.

This remarkable man said that he had lived for seven years in the

desert without sleeping in a house or tent, and had hardly tasted

water, meat, or bread ; during the whole of that time his food con-

sisted of dates and camel’s milk, and he attributed his strength to

this diet. The long distance of our camp from the sand-hills where

the Reem is found was a great hindrance, as we could not hunt for

them at the time they were feeding. By the time we got to the

ground they were already lying down for the day, generally on the

top of the sand-ridges, and keeping a watchful look-out. We saw

sever] small herds each day, but neither of us ever got another

chance of a shot.

We were lucky in having calm weather, as a sand-storm in that

country is a very serious matter. The air gets as thick as during

a bad London fog and one cannot see even a few yards ahead,

making it quite impossible to regain camp, all tracks being blotted

out in a few minutes by the w ind. Our experience of sand-storms

was limited to one day, our last day in the desert, luckily for us

well outside the region of the sand-hills, when leaving our caravan

behind we rode in 50 kilometres to Biskra in the teeth of a cutting

wind filled with dust and sand, an extremely painful experience ;

but we were in no danger of losing our way as we were then on the

broad track worn by the caravans travelling between Biskra and

Touggourt.

The Reem is remarkable for its light and uniform coloration, the

ordinary Gazelle-markings being hardly noticeable. The long

slender hoofs are also very peculiar, reminding one of those of

Tragelaphus spekii, which lives in the swamps on the borders of

lakes and rivers.

It is quite certain that the Reem can never drink, as there is no

water in this country at all, except in the comparatively deep wells

dug by the natives.

The following measurements of the male Reem were taken di-

rectly after it was killed :—Height at shoulder 2 ft. 4 in.; girth at

brisket 2 ft. lin. ; length of horns 13 in. It weighed, after being

brought into camp (without entrails), 34 lb. These are about

the measurements and weight of Gazella dorcas.

For comparison I give the measurements of a good male Gazella

cuviert which [ killed in the mountains a few weeks after the Reem :

Height at shoulder 2 ft. 7in.; girth at withers 2 ft. 83 in.; weight

without entrails 58 lb.

As to the distribution of these species, | may say that Gazella

cuviert is found entirely in the mountains, never down in the true

Sh:

aie

» &

476 ON THE GESTATION OF THE INDIAN ANTELOPE, [June 5,

desert. It climbs like a Chamois to the tops of the highest moun-

tains in the rockiest ground, and is often found in the juniper-

forests on the mountain-slopes. These are also the haunts of the

Mouflon, the two animals being constantly seen on the same

ground.

Gazella dorcas is found all over the hard stony desert and also

on the foot-hills, so that it sometimes overlaps the range of the

Admi. I have seen a few in the sand-hills, the true country of

the Reem; but I believe that still farther south it is not found, its

place being taken entirely by the Reem. I quite believe the state-

ment of the natives that the Reem is never found off the soft

sand,

4. Note on the Period of Gestation of the Indian Antelope,

Antilope cervicapra (Linn.). By Sir Epmunp Gries

Loner, Bart., F.Z.8.

[Received June 1, 1894.]

Well known as is the Indian Antelope, the period of its gestation

does not seem to have yet been ascertained. Blanford, in his ‘ Fauna

of British India,’ 1888-91, quotes Elliot, “The rutting-season

commences about February or March, but fawns are seen of all

ages at every season ;” and adds a note of his own, “I cannot find

the period of gestation recorded.” Jerdon, in his ‘Mammals of

India,’ 1874, gives the same quotation from Elliot. Sterndale,

‘Natural History of the Mammalia of India,’ 1884, copies this

quotation but not quite correctly :—“ The breeding-season begins

in the spring, but fawns of all ages may be seen at any time of

the year.’

Having kept a herd of these Anteiopes for several years, prac-

tically in a wild state, in a park of considerable extent, I should

like to take this opportunity of putting on record my own

observations.

I find that the does of this species breed regularly here twice

every year. One particular doe, which is tamer than the others,

and therefore perfectly well known, had a young one on April 10,

1892, and another young one on November 10 of the same year.

It is usually very difficult, if not impossible, to tell the ewact

date of the birth of a fawn, as the does hide their young ones very

closely in the heather and bracken for a fortnight or three weeks,

visiting them only during the night.

When the young ones are first seen with the herd they are

probably three weeks to a month old.

Another doe had a young one on May 7, 1893, and a second on

October 14, 1893. The period of gestation must therefore be

about 5 months,

oy ay

Rey OW gor Ca ae ve rt,

Moa rs |

* in.

Awan

Sages i+ mew ney

ey,

kg wed

Ph :

P. Z.S.1894. Pl. XXXII.

“

L = se

B. Benham del. J.Srut lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

ABNORMAL VERTEBRAL COLUMN OF RANA MUGIENS

1894.] AN ABNORMAL VERTEBRAL COLUMN OF THE BULL-FROG. 477

5. Notes on a particularly Abnormal Vertebral Column of

the Bull-frog; and on certain other Variations in the

Anuran Column. By W. Buaxtanp Benuam, D.Sc.

(Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian Demonstrator

in Comp. Anat. in the University of Oxford.

[Received April 4, 1894.]

(Plate XX XIIT.)

Among the skeletons of ana mugiens which are kept in spirit

and used for class purposes at Oxford I came across one specimen

which exhibited certain striking abnormalities. Like the rest of

the vertebral columns this had not been entirely macerated, so that

the vertebree were still connected by connective tissue; and as the

outlines of the vertebrze were not well defined, the specimen looked

at a first glance merely slightly carved—the curvature being more

marked on the ventral than on the dorsal surface.

I have had drawings made of this column, natural size, viewed

from below and from above. (See Plate XX XIII.)

There are the normal number of transverse processes on each

side, viz. eight, but it will be noticed how curiously these eight

are distributed. There are only six separate vertebral pieces

(A, B, C, D, E, F), three of them being “compound vertebree ”

and showing more or less distinct signs of their fusion. The

first “‘ piece’ consists of the normal “atlas” fused with the

second vertebra, which possesses the usual pair of transverse

processes. The second piece (B) consists of 23 vertebre ; on the

right side it carries two transverse processes, on the left three.

The next two vertebral pieces appear to be perfectly normal

vertebre, each with a pair of transverse processes, and, as far as

can be judged, they are symmetrical.

The fifth vertebral piece (E) consists of 14 vertebrze, and bears

two transverse processes on the right side, and only one on the

left—thus it is the complement of the second piece.

The last, or ninth, vertebra is normal and articulates with

a normal urostyle.

The separate vertebral pieces, which present abnormalities, are

drawn the natural size; but their side views are represented

twice the natural size.

The first piece (A), figs. 3-6, consisting of ‘‘ atlas” and second

vertebra, is asymmetrical ; the fusion is greater on the right than

on the left side, for on the latter there is a large intervertebral

foramen, just in front of the transverse process, whilst on the

right side there is an extremely small perforation through which

even a very fine needle will not pass, and it is scarcely likely that

the “hypoglossal” nerve could issue here. On this side, however,

the neural arch of the “ atlas” is less extensive than on the left ;

and it is possible that the first spinal nerve, instead of issuing

between the vertebra, passed in front of the arch, for there is

478 DR. W. B, BENHAM ON AN ABNORMAL [June 5,»

a well-marked notch (a, fig. 6) between it and the facet for the

occipital condyle. The dorsal limit of the neural arch of the

“atlas” is fairly distinct, except on the right side; elsewhere the

hinder margin overlaps the anterior margin of the second vertebra

in the usual way, but synostosis of the zygapophyses and arches

has taken place: there is no hole between them.

The centra, too, are entirely anchylosed, but the line of fusion is

very distinct, and, as Howes has noted’, is marked out by a pro-

minence or ridge. This line of fusion is not symmetrical, as the

drawing shows.

The second vertebral piece (B) (figs. 7-11) possesses three neural

spines (a, b, c), but is composed of only two vertebre on the right

side, each with a transverse process (II[.', LV.'); whilst on the left

there are distinctly three vertebree represented by three transverse

processes (III., IV., V.).

If this compound piece be viewed from below (fig. 8), certain

faint lines are seen crossing the compound centrum in oblique

directions: they are not by any means distinct, and result rather

from differences in structure than from any ridge; but they indicate

the planes of fusion and suggest that this piece consists of the

normal 3rd vertebra (IIT.), followed by a semi-vertebra (LV.) on

the left side, and this again by a complete vertebra (LV.', V.). ‘This

suggestion seems to receive a certain amount of confirmation from

the fact that the compound centrum is curved, the concavity being

towards the right. This interpretation acquires further justifica-

tion from the fact that there is a half neural arch with its spine (6)

separating, on the left side, the more normally constituted arches.

The first of these is, however, distorted, the neural spine (a) being

directed distinctly towards the left side; the anterior zygapophyses

are asymmetrical, and other evidences suggest strong compression

of the arch, resulting in a forward thrusting of the left half of the

arch (IL1.) by the extra half vertebra (IV.).

The hinder region of this compound piece is symmetrical.

Here, as before, the fusion between the arches dorsally is

complete, but laterally the intervertebral foramina exist—a small

one on the right side (fig. 10), just admitting an ordinary needle ;

two larger ones on the left (fig. 9).

The transverse processes are curiously unsymmetrical (figs. 7,

8,11). The first on the left side (IIL.), the strongest, is bent

downwards; the third (V.) on this side is directed nearly straight

outwards as in the normal Frog; whilst on the right side the tirst

transverse process (III.') is quite short and ends in an irregular

fashion; the second (LV.’) is long, and appears to correspond in size

with that of the fourth vertebra in a normal coluran, and, like it,

is curved upwards. The corresponding transverse process of ae

left side (LV.) is smaller and irregular; whilst that marked V.

directed upward and agrees with that carried by a normal fifth

vertebra.

‘ Howes, “Notes on the Variation and Development of the Vertebral and

Limb-skeleton of the Amphibia,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 268.

1894. VERTEBRAL COLUMN OF THE BULL-FROG. 479

The next two pieces (C, D) appear to be entirely normal

vertebre, and separated from the rest would undoubtedly be

regarded as such.

The third compound piece (EH) (see figs. 12-15) consists of the

normal eighth vertebra, with an extra half neural arch and trans-

verse process on the right side (VII.'). Ventrally, the centrum

is only slightly unsymmetrical, being a little longer on the right

than on the left side. There is no sign or mark of an extra

centrum. But dorsally there is evidence, in the existence of two

neural spines (d, ¢), together with a deep groove halfway along the

right arch, as well as in the presence of two transverse processes,

ot fusion of an extra half vertebra (VIL.’).

There is an intervertebral foramen between the two transverse

processes of the right side: of the latter the anterior (VII.') is

directed straight out; the posterior (VIII.') is flattened, and its

distal extremity curves upwards, in a manner only slightly different

from the normal.

I have used the word “fusion” of vertebree ; but in the case of

the second or fifth vertebral pieces I do not feel at all sure that

such is the proper term to employ.

Bateson (‘ Materials for the Study of Variation’), in describing

a somewhat analogous case of an extra half vertebra in a Python,

remarks (p. 104) that the bone in question (which is closely like

the 5th piece (fig. 12) of Rana mugiens) “is not two vertebre

simply joined together, as bones may be after inflammation or the

like, but it is two vertebre whose adjacent parts are not formed,

and between which the process of division has been imperfect :

with more reason it may be spoken of as one vertebra partly

divided into two, but this description also scarcely recognizes the

real nature of the phenomenon.”

Bateson refers to one or two other similar cases in Reptiles.

But in the specimen of Rana mugiens we have this point of

difference, that the normal nwmber of vertebrxe and transverse

processes is retained on each side—there being, however, 9

neural spines to the first eight vertebre. There is evidently no

“intercalation” of half a vertebra; but it seems to me that

during development the lines separating the mesoblastic somites

were oblique instead of at right angles to the axis of the body, and

that the wrong halves met across the middle line, as we find in

cases of abnormal segmentation of the body in Cheetopods (see

Cori, Buchanan, &c.), giving rise to “‘ spiral segments.”

Thus the sclerotome destined to give rise to the right half of

the fourth vertebra has united, not with its corresponding left

sclerotome, but with the left sclerotome of the fifth vertebral

segment. If this be the case, then the apparently symmetrical

vertebral pieces C and D are not really so, but, as is indicated on

the drawings, the third piece consists of 3 V. and 4 VI., and the

fourth piece of 4 VI. and 3 VII.—resulting in two entire, and

seemingly normal, vertebre. But what is as curious as anything

is the rectification which occurs in the fifth vertebral piece (B),

« sd ay i Oy OP eee

J ‘ i OE eee

480 AN ABNORMAL VERTEBRAL COLUMN OF THE BULL-FROG. [Juned,

This piece, taken by itself, as we have seen, shows very little

asymmetry—it is quite similar to the Python’s vertebra figured by

Bateson, and his description (p. 105) and explanation would

equally apply here. But we see that, in the Frog, no asymmetry

of the entire column results. “It would, no doubt, be too

laborious to count the entire number of ribs in a Python, but the

suggestion may be made that the apparent ‘ partial division” on

one side (fig. 10, II., of Bateson) may be due to the same cause as

I suggest above, and that it might be “ rectified” further back by

another half on the opposite side. He mentions, however, that

the 185th vertebra of this same Python “had a similar doubling

of the right side,” so that, no doubt, he would have observed any

corresponding doubling on the left side if it had existed.

In his paper on abnormal Frogs’ vertebrz, just mentioned,

Howes refers to the rarity of the “fusion” of the eighth and

ninth in Zt. esculenta, so that it seems worth while to add to his

specimens two others which I have met with ; whereas Adolphi!

found only one such case in 212 Toads examined, I have met with

two cases in eight skeletons of &. mugiens (exclusive of the

abnormal specimen just described). In each of these two

skeletons, in fact, the conditions of the sacral and eighth vertebrae

are precisely those described and figured by Howes on p. 269

(figs. 1 a, 1b, 1 ¢), and, as there, my specimens present the slight

ridge at the line of fusion. It seems, then, that R. mugiens pre-

sents great scope for Mr. Bateson: various kinds of “ variations ”

occurring evidently with considerable frequency.

Having met with these instances, it seemed desirable to look

over the skeletons in our Museum, so as to note any other

abnormalities in the vertebral column which might be presented

by them. I was rewarded by finding two cases in species of

Toads. ‘The first case occurs in a dried skeleton of Bufo agua, in

which the “atlas ” is co-ossified with the second vertebra.

The second and more remarkable case I noted in B. pantherinus.

Here the seven anterior vertebre are perfectly normal, but the

eighth and ninth are united with one another, and the latter with

the urostyle (see fig. 16, nat. size). The transverse process of the

eighth is fairly stout, that of the ninth is, as usually the case in the

genus Bufo, very considerably expanded ; whereas the union of the

eighth and ninth centra is indicated by “ Howes’ ridge,” there is

no indication of the junction between ninth and the urostyle, the

centrum is here quite smooth. The sacral transverse process is

continuous with the lateral flange or ridge of the urostyle, and

there is no “ coccygeal foramen” for the tenth spinal nerve, such

as usually occurs, the last perforation being just behind the

enlarged transverse process.

Similar instances of fusion of the ninth vertebra with the urostyle

? Adolphi, Morph. Jahrb. xix. p, 320.

1894. ] ON THE PUPILS OF THE FELIDA. 481

appear, according to Hoffman (‘ Bronn’s Amphibia’), to be normal,

or at any rate very frequent, in Pipa, Pelobates, and Dactylethra

(Xenopus).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Figs. 1-15 illustrate the abnormal vertebral column of £2. mugiens, and were

drawn by my wife, to whom my thanks are due.

Fig. 1. The vertebral column, ventral view: natural size. A, B,C, D, E, F, the

six movable vertebral pieces. The Roman numerals indicate the

corresponding vertebrae of the two sides,

Fig. 2. The vertebral column, dorsal view: natural size. Lettering as in

moh the

* Bigs, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14, 15 are drawn twice the natural size.

Figs. 5-6 represent the first vertebral piece, A, from above, below, and from

each side.

z. The deep notch on the right side between the neural arch and

the articular cup for the occipital condyle.

y. The minute intervertebral foramen.

Figs. 7-11 represent the second vertebral piece, B, from above, below, the two

sides, and in front. a, 6, ¢. The three neural spines. ¢r.p. The

transverse processes, which are supposed to be cut short. in fig. 9.

The dotted lines in fig. 8 represent the lines of union, but are more

strongly marked than in the specimen.

Figs. 12-15 represent the fifth vertebral piece, H, from above, below, and from

each side. d, e. The two neural spines.

The transverse processes are represented as being cut short.

Fig. 16. Bufo pantherinus, ventral view of terminal region of the vertebral

column, natural size. 9. The foramen’for last spinal nerve. c. Car-

tilage.

6. On the Pupils of the Felide.

By Grorez Linpsay Jounson, M.D., F.R.C.S., F.Z.8.

[Received May 31, 1894.]

There has been considerable controversy with regard to the

shape of the pupils of the eye of the Felide. In the text-books

the statements vary: some say that all the Felide have more or

less vertically oval (or oat-shaped) pupils, others, again, state that

the pupil is round in some and oval in others. Most naturalists

merely refer to the domestic cat, and some go so far as to divide

all domestic cats into two classes, viz. those with round and those

with oval pupils.

In the course of my investigations on the ophthalmology of the

Mammalia I have had abundant opportunities of noticing the

shape of the pupils in the Felide. As a knowledge of the shape

of the pupils of animals and of the comparative anatomy of their

irides may contribute to our knowledge on accommodation

generally, and clear up some important questions connected with

Astigmatism, the observations I am about to record may have

some practical value.

I will first refer to domestic Cats, 180 of which, comprising the

ee " A se) oak et ce i = ee ) eee

482 DR, G. LINDSAY JOHNSON ON THE [June 5,

chief varieties met with in this country, were examined by me

with the same degree of luminosity and classed according to the

shape of their pupils, as shown in the following table, in which I

use the terms relating to shape in the sense hereinafter indicated

and illustrated.

I examined the animals twice over, first by day-light, and then

by gas-light, the results on both occasions being the same.

‘ Number Near] Round | Pointed

Tortoiseshell. examined. Round. Santi oval. oval.

Short-haired Cats

(isiles) Me. eres ee 30 20 1 + 5

Short-haired Cats

(Hemeales) ae. tiescpeaees 33 ih 2 9 5

Short-haired dark-blue

and silver-grey tabbies. . 14 13 1 0 0

Siamese Cats (Males)...... + 3 0 1 0

», (Females)... 2 0 0) 1 1

Short-haired gelded ...... 25 19 1 2 3

Kittens (tabbies) ......... 7 4 i 1 1

Long-haired Cats (Males) 22 16 0 5 1

Long-haired Cats (Fe-

miailes)), . «ich. etuae sts ee 29 15 2 10 2

Long-haired gelded ...... 14 4 2 ff 1

Potal iii. ‘180 111 10 40 19

d e

I understand by :—

Round—Practically a perfect circle. (Fig. 1, a).

Nearly round or Obtuse round—The area common to two equal

circles whose centres are separated by not more than a 5, part of

their diameter. (6.)

Round oval or Rectangular oval—The common area formed when

the circles are separated by about 3 part of their diameter. (c.)

Pointed oval or Acute oval—The common area formed when the

centres of the circles are separated by z or more than a quarter of

their diameter. (d & e.)

It will be seen by the above table that no general rule can be

established as regards variety, with the exception perhaps of the

blue tabbies, in which no oval pupils were observed.

The colour of the iris seems to have no bearing whatsoever on

the shape of the pupils. Sex likewise does not seem to be any

guide, as the following summary of the above table shows :—

1894. ] PUPILS OF THE FELIDE. 483

en Round. ai Rect. Oval.|Acute Oval.

Hee | Ai Rg, ARE pT SG ME

Females............ 64 32 4 20 8

Geldedisees- se enan-e| 37 21 3 9 4

The only condition which appears to have an influence on

the shape of the pupil seems to be age. My observations

on the above-mentioned cats, and on a number of others, all

lead me to the conclusion that the younger the cats the rarer

the cases in which the pupil is round, and conversely, the older

the cats the greater the prevalence of round pupils. This I

think may be due to a decrease of the elasticity and consequent

contractility of the iris as the animals grow older.

In no case have I noticed any convergence of the eyes or any

contraction of the pupil in accommodation for near objects.

Sudden bright illumination, however, invariably causes contraction.

The cat’s iris contracts in a very definite and curious way. It

may be imitated most accurately by causing two discs to overlap,

so as to form the figures indicated in the diagrams shown above,

until the horizontal diameter is equal to half the vertical (Acute

oval), when the contraction ceases in the vertical direction, but

continues horizontally until the sides meet, forming two parallel

vertical lines in close contact (see fig. 3). At the extremities of

this vertical slit there are always two round pinholes, which are

caused by the inability of the fibres of the iris to come further

together; if examined with a strong magnifying-glass, the

radiating fibres of the iris are seen surrounding these points.

Fig. 3.

a —_—_Lyg TZ 3S

MWA S=S

When I held a cat’s face so that the unobscured sun shone

directly on the centre of the pupil, and its image could be seen on

the cornea, I noticed the pupil immediately contract to the above-

mentioned vertical slit. So close was the contact between the tree

margins of the iris that, so far as I could judge, no light entered

the eye except through the two pinholes. In fact, 1 found I could

hold a cat with the lids held apart so that the sun shone directly

484 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON CERCOPITHECUS GRAYI. [June 19,

on to the pupils without it showing any signs of discomfort, nor

did the animal trouble to use its nictitating membranes. In this

respect it had the advantage over the big Felide with pupils which

contract in a circular manner, since a circular pupil can never

contract completely so long as it remains a circle.

I obtained precisely the same contraction with a solution of

eserine, whilst atropine or cocaine invariably dilated the pupil

to its utmost extent, so that under the influence of these two

latter alkaloids all pupils became perfectly circular (fig. 2, p. 483).

In all Mammalia which I have so far examined I have noticed

that when atropine is first dropped into the eye a slight con-

traction invariably precedes the dilatation. This is most noticeable

in the Felidz, as the pupils are so large. In man it may easily be

overlooked, owing to the small size of the pupil.

Suddenly alarming a cat has the effect of momentarily dilating

the pupil; whilst 1 have noticed that during sleep the pupil is

contracted to an oval, but dilates to its normal condition as soon

as the animal wakes.

In the Wild Cat, the Geneta, and the Civet I found the pupils

to be very large and round, but in bright light they contracted to

an oval in the same manner as in the domestic cat. In the Lion,

Tiger, Puma, and Leopard, in fact in all the large Felide, the

pupil is invariably round, and as a rule retains its circular shape

when contracting, thus forming a decided contrast to the smaller

Felide.

June 19, 1894.

Dr. A. Ginrner, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater laid on the table the skin of a Monkey of the genus

Cercopithecus, which had been deposited in the Society’s Gardens

by Mr. Wall, of 4 Lansdowne Place, Russell Square, on the 5th

of March, 1894, and had died shortly afterwards. He pointed

out that this Monkey unquestionably belonged to the local form

which he had spoken of in his paper on the Cercopithect (P.Z.S8.

1893, p. 255) as Cercopithecus diana ignitus, and which differed

from the ordinary Diana Monkey in its bright chestnut thighs,

shorter beard, and other smaller particulars. Mr. Sclater had lately

seen a mounted specimen in the Berlin Museum, apparently also

referable to this form of C. diana.

Mr. Sciater also exhibited the typical specimen of Cercopithecus

gray, Fraser, formerly in the Knowsley Collection, and now

belonging to the Free Public and Derby Museum, Liverpool (cf.

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 256), which had been kindly sent to him for

examination by Mr. Henry O. Forbes, Director of that Museum.

Mr. Sclater pointed out that there could be no doubt that this

P. Z.S. 1894. Pl. XXXIV.

G.H.Fowler del. J. Smit hth. Mintern Bros . imp.

HORNS OF FALLOW DEBE.

1894.] ON VARIATION IN THE ANTLERS OF THE FALLOW DEER. 485

species, which in his paper on Cercopithecus he had placed in the

appendix as unknown to him, was the same as C. erwlebeni of

Pucheran (op. cit. p. 254). Therefore, if the strict law of priority

were followed, Fraser’s name would be adopted for this species ;

but, as it was doubtful whether Fraser’s name (Cat. Knowsley Coll.

p- 8), though in print, had ever been published, Mr. Sclater did

not propose to use it.

Mr. H. Scherren, F.Z.S., exhibited the nest of an Amphipodous

Crustacean (Amphithoe littorina), and made the following remarks :

“The Amphipods in the bottle are probably Amphithoe littorina

of Spence Bate. They were taken at Jersey on May 14th, and

have lived ever since in the bottle in which they are now exhibited.

The nests and runs are at the bottom of the bottle. I have had the

opportunity, which Mr. Spence Bate did not enjoy, of watching the

nests made. The Amphipod gathered sand-grains and vegetable

débris with its antenne, till the material was within reach of its

gnathopods. The material was then applied to the mouth, probably

in order to cover it with some adhesive secretive, and then pressed

down by the feet to the structure, the creature lying on its side the

while. There are tubes in the floating weed constructed probably

by this species. An individual now in the possession of Mr. Pocock,

of the British Museum (Natural History), made such a tube in

the course of one night.”

Prof. Ray Lankester, F.R.S., read a paper on the external

characters which distinguish the two Dipnoid fishes Lepidosiren

and Protopterus, and pointed out that there could be no doubt that

these two forms should be referred to distinct genera.

This memoir will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on some Specimens of Antlers of the Fallow Deer,

showing Continuous Variation, and the Effects of Total

or Partial Castration. By G. Hrerperr Fowrer, B.A.,

Ph.D., Assistant-Professor of Zoology, University

College, London.

[Received May 18, 1894.]

(Plate XXXIV.)

By the kindness of my friend Mr. J. A. Wallace of Loch Ryan,

N.B., Lam enabled to exhibit to the Society an interesting pair

of antlers of the Fallow Deer, put up bya ‘rig,’ or buck castrated

on one side. I have not been able to trace any description of

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1894, No. XXXII. 32

486 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON VARIATION [June 19,»

specimens of this species which show the effects of partial castration

on secondary sexual characters, although the point is of con-

siderable interest; but dogmatic and contradictory statements on

the matter are plentiful enough. When searching for similar

specimens at the College of Surgeons and the British Museum, I

found apparently undeseribed specimens illustrating other points ;

and I venture to submit these incomplete notes to the Society,

chiefly in the hope of directing the attention of gentlemen who

have herds of Fallow Deer to abnormalities in the antlers, especially

with reference to the condition of the generative organs.

The earliest account of experiments on the subject which I have

been able to find is contained in the Introduction to an Essay

entitled ‘The Oeconomy of Nature in Acute and Chronical Diseases

of the Glands,’ by Richard Russell, M.D., F.R.S. (London 1755,

8vo; there is also a Latin edition of the same date).—Exper. i.

A “very young deer” was castrated, which never put up any horns.

—Exper. ii. A young deer ‘“‘some months older” was castrated ; he

had “one little velvet bud instead of a horn on one side, and an

irregular velvet horn, about six inches long, on the other side;

both were cartilaginous ; and the longest had not stability enough

to keep it straight, as in the Pricket Deer, but inclined horizontally.”

—Exper. ili. A deer, ‘somewhat older than the second,” was

castrated, ‘* but not cut clean, as they term it. The event was

this : he had two most irregular horns that never cast their velvet;

and the left testicle and spermatics being least spoiled, the left

horn was (for that reason probably) one third longer than the

right.” From the velvet hung “ soft pensile glands.’ >__Exper. 1y,

Two old bucks were castrated at the end of February; their horns

dropped off on the 21st March, or about five weeks too soon.

‘These horns were renewed next year, and were longer than the

bucks of the same age, but the palms or collateral branches were

less and shorter ; and neither the velvet of the horns nor the

horns themselves were cast ever afterwards.” A postscript states

that a year afterwards these horns had diminished—in the one case

to stumps three or four inches in length; in the other case, the one

horn was about half wasted, the other not so much so, “ possibly

because this buck might not be cut so clean as the former.”

In the Osteological Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

is a series of antlers and frontlets, illustrating the experiments !

made by Sir Philip Egerton for Sir Richard Owen upon the effect

of various degrees of castration on the antlers of Fallow Deer.

The specimens are recorded in the Museum Catalogue of 1853,

and this record is repeated in the present Catalogue; it is

unfortunately silent on many points of importance. The con-

ciusions of Owen on this matter constitute the most authoritative

statement with which I have been able to meet, and supersede the

older statements of Redi (‘Experimenta circa Res diversas

Naturales,’ Amstelodami, 1675, 12mo), which have been copied into

* The only experiments on Fallow Deer, except Russell’s, of which I have

found record.

1894. ] IN THE ANTLERS OF THE FALLOW DEER, 487

many later books. Owen’s views are as follows :—‘ If a Fallow-

buck, with antlers, be castrated, they are shed earlier than usual '*,

and by a more active absorbent process, which leaves an

irregular concavity at the base; the antlers that are subsequently

developed are small, seldom branched ?, retain the ‘ velvet’ longer

than usual’, and become thickened by irregular tuberculate masses

of bone. If a young buck be castrated before it has ‘ put up’

antlers, it does, afterwards, in some cases develop them, but of

reduced size and abnormal shape, retaining them with their forma-

tive covering longer than usual*. Occasionally, though rarely,

they are shed and renewed ; but such shed antlers of a ‘ heavier ’

or castrate deer are characterized by the excavation of their base” *

(Comp. Anat. Phys. Vert. 1868, vol. iii. p. 631). A footnote to

this passage states that Sir Philip Egerton’s experiments yielded.

“in the main” these results, and I have given references above to

the specimens, of which the Catalogue-record confirms the state-

ments of Owen.

Since, so far as I know, none of these specimens have been

figured, and some of them are not included by the passage quoted

above, I append a brief description of the series, and outlines of

the more interesting specimens, by the kind permission of the

Council of the College of Surgeons.

R. Coll. Surg., Ost. Ser.

1555. Castrated at birth. The skull exhibits slender frontal processes, about

two inches in length, resembling those of a Giraffe. They are stated to

have been covered during life by a hairy skin rather than true velvet.

Texture, hard and bony.

1556. Castrated at birth (fig. 1). The frontlet shows somewhat similar Giraffe-

like frontal processes, of more cancellous texture. They have a distinct,

though slight, burr, and measure respectively two and four inches.

1563. “One of a pair that were put up bya castrated buck and retained.”

This is a dag still attached to the frontal bone, six inches in length,

covered by coarse irregular exostoses.

1569. A similar specimen to the former two, but with longer processes covered

by very coarse exostoses. The specimen was figured in Knight’s ‘ English

Cyclopxdia of Natural History,’ i. 844 (1854), art. Cervidee, as “ the

horns of a Fallow Deer that were not shed at the usual time in conse-

quence of the castration of the animal.”

All these specimens exhibit a single short stem or “ dag,” such

as is first put up by a buck, and all are still attached to the frontal

bones.

1566. No statement of age at castration. The frontlet carries antlers which

show a rudimentary brow-tyne; both it and the beam are very short,

and are covered by huge exostoses. They are stated to have been

retained long after the usual time for shedding.

This differs from the previous specimens only in showing signs

of a brow-tyne. It is possible that all these specimens were

castrated at birth, and that the antlers of this type are not shed

1 R. C. 8. Osteol. specimen 1560.

2 BR. C. 8. Osteol. specimen 1565.

3 R. C. 8. Osteol. specimens 1555, 1556.

* R. C. 8. Osteol. specimens passim.

o2*

‘

488 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON VARIATION [June 19 ~

at all; this appears also to have been Owen's opinion. They are

more or less cancellous above the burr.

There is, however, a more complex type of antler formed after

simple castration. Of the four specimens in the College of Sur-

geons which illustrate this type, the age at which castration was

performed is implied in only one case ; but it is probable, from a

comparison of this specimen (1565) and its group with specimens

recorded as having been castrated at birth (1555, 1556) and their

group, that these next four are from deer castrated fairly late in

life, after they had put up horns.

In three of these four specimens there has made its appearance

between brow- and tray-tynes, a third tyne, which, I suggest with

some diffidence, may be regarded as a bay-tyne. In an Elaphine

deer this bay-tyne lies a little above the brow, often somewhat

towards the outer side of the beam; and this is the position of the

third tyne in these abnormal antlers.

1561. No statement of age at castration. The outline here given (fig. 2) is of

the right antler from the outer side; it consists of a heavy beam, a

brow-tyne, and a smaller extra tyne above it. Measurements: burr to

tip, along the curve, 16 in. ; brow-tyne 3 in.; extratyne lin. The left

antler was 1} in. longer, and devoid of the extra tyne.

1565, “ The antlers of a castrated buck eight years old.” ‘‘They were deve-

loped after castration, and were retained two years before the animal

was killed.” Presumably therefore the buck was castrated at the age of

six years. A remarkable feature of these antlers, which are still on a

frontlet, is their very unequal development. The left might pass for

the antler of a “sore,” or buck in its fourth year ; it has a well-developed

brow- and tray-tynes, and two points onthe palm. The right antler, on

the other hand (fig. 3), strongly resembles the preceding specimen (1561) ;

it has a strong thickened beam, a short bifurcating brow-tyne, and the

little extra tyne which may perhaps represent a bay-tyne. On the inner

side, at the level of this lesser tyne, is a minutewart. Measurements:

burr to tip, along the curve, 153 in. ; brow-tyne 22 in. ; extra tyne 1 in.

It is possible, judging from two heads shortly to be described (1567 and

Mr. Wallace’s specimen), that the castration in this case was less com-

pletely effected on the left side than on the right.

1562. No statement of the age at castration. The single antler (fig. 4) exhibits

three tynes and a beam with two points, but little palm. Measure-

ments: burr to tip, along the curve, 19}in.; fork of brow to fork of

extra tyne 3in.; fork of extra tyne to fork of tray, 4in.; brow-tyne

projects 2} in., extra tyne 1} in., tray-tyne 0} in.

1564. No statement of age at castration. The single antler (fig. 5) exhibits a

well-developed brow-tyne, and a palm with four points, but no tray-

tyne. Measurements: burr to tip, along the curve, 15} in.

Of these four specimens, of which one certainly, the rest pro-

bably, were castrated after they had put up horns, all had been shed

except the specimen which had been killed (1565); that is to say,

the horns of castrated bucks can be shed; the burr is always

excavated below, instead of being convex or flat.

1960. The buck which carried these antlers was castrated in August (probably

inits fourth year); by that date the antlers were already ‘“ burnished,”

i.e. the skin or velvet had been rubbed off from them, and the antler

was incapable of further development. ‘They were shed in the following

October, instead of May. In this specimen therefore the effect of

castration was to hasten the shedding or ‘‘ mewing.” Unfortunately the

189+4.] IN THE ANTLERS OF THE FALLOW DEER. 489

antler put up in the next year is not recorded. The antlers are of

course normal.

1558 and 1559. Antlers in the fifth and sixth year of a buck “from which the

testes, but not the spermatic cords, had been removed soon after it was

born.” Ido not understand this statement, since the spermatic cords

are never “removed” in castration, but at most their lower ends. It

may perhaps mean that the testis was simply cut away from the epidi-

dymis; in this case I cannot help fancying that some part of the testis

must have escaped the operation, for the antlers are perfectly normal.

They were formed and shed annually; but they are slightly smaller,

were retained longer, and retained their velvet longer than those of

entire bucks. The specimens, as they stand with their present label, are

in direct contradiction to all the other specimens of this series, and are

probably an example of the same result as the next specimen (1557).

Antler of a specimen from which the half of each testicle had been re-

moved soon after birth (fig. 6). The general development of the antler

is normal, but much slighter than in the entire buck; as the palm is

narrow, the three points appear unusually long. The antler was shed

after the fourth year. Measurements: burr to tip, along the

curve, 18$ in,

The remaining specimen of this collection has the same history

as that of Mr. Wallace.

1567. Cranium and antlers of a buck, “from which the left testis had been

removed, showing a corresponding arrest of development of the left

antler.” ‘* The velvet was retained longer than usual on both antlers.”

The right antler (fig. 7) is that of a full-grown buck, showing not more

than the usual individual variation in the points. The left one (fig. 8)

is very short, carries a rudimentary brow-tyne, and is curved backwards

over the parietals. Measurements: right antler, burr to tip, along the

curve, 204 in.; left antler, same measurement, 53 in.

Mr. Wallace’s specimen (fig. 9) is stated also to be from a ‘‘rig,” or half-

gelding. The right antler is slightly developed, but shows a very

great abnormality; it has brow- and tray-tynes and three points, of

which the lowest is further inwards towards the middle line than is

usual except in old heads. The left antler has a well-developed brow, a

bifurcating (? tray-) tyne, and a thin beam. Measurements: left antler,

burr to tip along the curve 113 in. ; brow Sin. ; tray to bifurcation 23 in.,

its forks $i in., 23 in. respectively: right antler 14in. The tradition

of the head is to the effect that in this case the right testis, 7. e. that of

the side opposite to the abnormal antler, was removed.

Summary of the foregoing specimens :—

1. Complete castration at birth may result in the formation of

simple dags (1555, 1556). Three other specimens (1563, 1569,

1566) resemble these, but the age at castration is not stated.

2. Castration late in life is recorded of only one specimen (1565).

There is great asymmetry in the antlers 1, the one being of a

1 Tt is of course not always easy to castrate an adult completely, and a small

portion of testis may have been left on this side (cf. 1567, and Mr. Wallace’s

specimen and Russell’s Exper. iii.). But even if castration have been completely

effected, the presence of spermatozoa in greater quantity in one epididymis or

vas deferens may be sufficient to affect that side; I am informed that in horses

gelded late in life (e.g. funeral horses, in which the operation is deferred in

order to obtain the crest) the temper is as bad as or worse than in a stallion,

until they have been put to a mare—an observation which shows the marked

effect of the mere presence of spermatozoa in the vas deferens upon the

organism.

490 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON VARIATION [June 19>

normal type, but of a grade characteristic of bucks much

younger than this specimen, the other is profoundly modified.

Other modified specimens, which appear to me likely to have

the same history, are 1561, 1562, 1564.

3. Antlers of castrated deer can be shed (? if castrated at birth).

This is shown by 1561, 1562, 1564; if castrated after the

horns for the year are “ burnished,” the animal may shed them

prematurely (1560); antlers put up after castration may be

retained for at least two years (1565). When shed the burr

is concave below, not flat or convex (passim).

4, Partial castration soon after birth may result in a compara-

tively feeble but normal development of the antlers (1557)’.

5. Castration on one side may result in the nearly normal

development of one antler, and the abnormality and reduction

of the other (1567, and Mr. Wallace’s specimen). This

reduction may occur on the castrated side of the animal

(1567), but is traditionally stated in the second specimen to

be of the opposite side to castration.

There remain two doubtful specimens, the one (1558 and 1559

supra) with the rather incomprehensible label; the other (1568) a

fine head of eight points, which is said to have been castrated ; the

catalogue is, however, uncertain on this point.

Very interesting in the light of the specimens gelded on one

side are the observations of Collyns (‘ Notes on the Chase of the

Wild Red Deer,’ London, 1862, 8vo) :—‘‘ Not unfrequently I have

found deer killed by the hounds with horns deformed, or wanting.

I used to attribute this to injuries done to the horns during their

growth by fighting or otherwise; but from frequent investigations

and dissections I have come to the conclusion that the appearances

have generally been due to the shot or slug of the poacher injuring

the deer in the testicle before his horns are shed, or during the

growth of the new horn.” He figures a pair of antlers of a

specimen killed by the Devon and Somerset hounds ; one of these

was abortive, the other fairly well developed; there were shot-

wounds in the testis of the same side as the defective horn.

At the Natural History Museum at South Kensington is an

interesting series of abnormal antlers of Cervus dama from the

New Forest, to which Mr. Oldfield Thomas has kindly called my

attention (50.2.5.1 to 46). While there is no history as to the

generative organs of these specimens, I have personally little

doubt, after comparison with the R.C.S. specimens, that in the

bulk of cases the abnormality is due to disease, removal, or

incomplete development of the generative organs*. Apart from

? This appears to be commonly practised in some parks (Shirley, ‘Some

Account of English Deer Parks,’ London, 1867, 8vo, p. 241) and among the

Lapps (Caton, ‘ Antelope and Deer of America,’ Boston, 1881, 8vo).

* A belief exists that an injury of almost any kind will affect the development

of the antler ; this may be illustrated by two specimens in the Roy. Coll. Surg.

1894. ] IN THE ANTLERS OF THE FALLOW DEER. 491

this, however, which is pure speculation, a few notes on them seem

to be justified from the standpoint of the increasing interest in

Variation.

They fall into three chief groups :—

i. Antlers in which the abnormality or arrest is approximately

symmetrical on both sides.

36.7 \

29. | Belong to the same type as the first group of the College of Surgeons ;

39 they form short dags, often overgrown by exostoses, cancellous

; in structure, white in colour, and are probably covered by skin

26. ; throughout life.

and downwards. This curious direction is taken in several

23 | Are compact rough dags, obviously burnished, growing backwards

specimens of the next group (ef. Roy. Coll. Surg. 1567).

11. | These specimens increase in size and complexity, in something like

ma the order given. Beginning with no. 34, which exhibits a pair

19. | of simple burnished dags, measuring R. 4}in., L. 73 in. in length,

ai we reach, not by regular steps, but with increase in size corre-

ae sponding on the whole to increase in complexity, to no. 41,

16, which has brow, tray, and two points, and is 154 in. in length.

41.)

ii, Antlers of which the one is fairly developed and of more or

less normal growth, the other arrested at a lower grade and

frequently of abnormal form.

These specimens are sufficiently interesting from the point of

view of “* Continuous Variation” to justify more detail than has

been given of the previous group. The following Table exhibits

the relations of the shorter antler; the lengths are given in

inches. No tray-tyne occurs in any specimen.

The specimens are approximately arranged in the Table (p. 492)

according to their general development, together with that of the

corresponding antler ; not according to total length, brow, or points.

Still there is a fairly regular agreement among these, and the

Pathological Series:—No. 1730 is the head of a Red Deer with the R. antler

less developed than the L., and 1731 the J. tarsal, &e., bones of the same

specimen, evidently severely broken during life, and covered by spongy new bone;

“it is supposed that the injury to the leg was the cause of the defective growth

of the antler.” No. 1752 isa left antler of imperfect development, “probably in

consequence of an injury to the right elbow-joint.” I have italicized two words

in the citations from the Catalogue: fractures of the limbs are not uncommon

in deer, and, apparently, abnormality of the antler is not uncommon; it is

natural therefore that they should occasionally coincide in the same animal,

These two cases relate to the opposite side. On the other hand, Scrope and

Whitaker both cite cases in which a wound, not apparently in the testis, pro-

duced abnormality in the antler of the same side. ‘This is merely one instance

of many which show how necessary is a renewed study of the whole question.

' The full reference numbers are 50.2.5,.36, 50.2.5.29, &e., of the Osteolcgical

series of Mammalia.

[June 19,»

DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON VARIATION

492

*9TQ%L 94} Ut It pepnyzout

qou oavy T ‘oudy vaqxe Ue sv IO UITAq B SY papAvSat oq 0} SLA OUL] AOTTLUIS 94} LOT|JIYM [NJIQNOp Svar jt SV *(YIM Jour avy Os davT T Vy} asva

£jwo 04) ang ou sem oroqy ! Suo] “Ur FT AOLWoysod v puy ‘Suoy ‘ut FF aud} LOLMOJUY UL AOTJUB FYSTA ot} WO pozqryxe [ ‘ou uauMtedg—-azoxr

§ 0 #1 | g

z “We cI a b

‘spavadn ‘spavajno ‘spavayovq posing 0 0 91 a Or

*MOIq oY} JO UOT}ISOd aq} UI BuO OY} SOpIseg s}.IvA TRAAVG 0 "7.08 MA ZI T S

‘sp.ivaut ‘spavadn ‘sptvajno pearing 0 ‘oS pUT OL DY GE

0 t 7 ir &

‘splvaqno ‘sprvzMuUMop ‘splemyouq poamMp 0 ‘oS pLl oyNUIP, g T gags

‘OYT[-AISOLO { spaBAUT ‘sprVMAO} ‘spremyno ‘splwayorq paddy) 0 0 Z9 os g

‘SPpAVMUL PUL SprBMyouq peaammp 0 0 $e T cI

“dry 38 spaeaaoy poaang 0 0 g a 6

‘diy ye sprvaqno paarng 0 ) $G a 8ST

0 0 gy T “JequinuU ou ‘[eqev'T

0 0 ia! 7 Ig

0 0 I a »¢e¢

‘gU0g TeyWOy oy} UO ssauySnos oto v Lq poyuesoadogy 0 0 0 a 86°96 08

‘syaecmoyy ‘s]U10g “moagy jee a *0[JUV ‘momtedg

eg Re oe er eae OR cement ere ees

‘waagy nopjng fo sxaqupr qousougp Jo suammady fo 28vT

1894, ] IN THE ANTLERS OF THE FALLOW DEER. 493

specimens form a fairly continuous series considering their small

number.

The continuity of the variation is equally completely shown in

the case of the brow-tyne :—

50.2.5.88, L.—a ridge. 50.2.5.19, L.—1} in.

30, R.—Z in 22, R.—14 in.

2, L.— in 25, R.—1 in.

22, L.—? in 27, R.— 24 in.

45, L.— in 31, R.—23 in,

25, L.——8 in. 10, L.—3 in.

10, R.—1 in. 41, R.—3$# in.

Ihave not taken it beyond 32 in., as it is then within the

ordinary age-size limits of the normal antler.

A similar if less perfect continuity of variation could be demon-

strated for the length and thickness of the beam and tray-tyne,

but enough has been said to demonstrate its existence in antlers

of the Fallow Deer.

It is not probable that the continuity of the series is appreciably

attributable to the increasing age of the specimens, although it is

not possible to prove this; at least, the condition of the bones

and the sutures does not point in that direction. The age at

death was probably determined by the suitability of the deer for

venison, as the antlers are all on the frontals ; none of these B. M.

specimens had been shed.

iii. Antlers exhibiting extra tynes, &c.

43. One antler still attached to a portion of the frontal bone. The burr

is very thick (5 in, circumference); the antler above it is also very

thick (1# in. high) and carries 3 tynes (14, 2, and 3 in. in length).

37. Frontlet with both antlers. L. antler: from the burr spring 3 tynes

54,64, and12in. long. From the relative position of the three tynes,

and from a deep groove between the two larger, which cuts right

through the burr, these two may represent a split beam.—R. antler:

brow, tray, and a palm with 6 points.

40. Right antler on frontal. From the burr spring almost at once four

tynes—one in the position of a brow-tyne (63 in. long), one in the

position of a bay-tyne (10 in.), a bifurecating tyne presumably repre-

senting the beam (133 in.), and lastly a tyne which springs posteriorly

and grows downwards and outwards.

20. Frontlet with both antlers. R. antler has a curved beam (7#in.);

and, growing on the usual process of the frontal bone, a small tyne

with a separate burr (3 in.), apparently representing the brow-tyne.

L. antler has brow-tyne and beam (14 in.) only.

Here, again, we have apparently steps in a continuous series of

variations ; from the little warts of B.M. specimen no. 2 (see

Table), through the Roy. Coll. Surg. specimen 1561, and through

B. M. 43, we reach B. M. 37°. I have seen no steps leading up to

B. M. 20, except the deep groove interrupting the burr in B. M. 37.

A continuation of such a groove in a half-circle would cut off a tyne

‘ The occurrence of extra beams (? tynes) in the Roebuck is recorded by

Bateson in ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ London, 1894, 8vo (p. 286,

fig. 75).

= te ee ee Fs ae ee | -— - —

) a.) G , ' fe —_

i i ’ : : ; oT © 4

494 ON VARIATION IN THE ANTLERS OF THE FALLOW DEER. [June 49,

with a separate burr’; but it must be remembered that, so far, I

have only been able to handle a few specimens, and there is

room for surprise that on these few such continuity should be

shown.

The remaining specimens of this British Museum series are not

of immediate interest, but are recorded here for the sake of com-

pleteness.

14. Heavy antlers, broken across below the tray-tyne, apparently after full

growth but before burnishing. A tyne had grown outwards from one

of them at the fractured surface °.

44. A single antler of the character of R. C. 8. specimen 1567 (fig. 8),

with a slight brow-tyne, and a bifurcating tyne a little above this.

45. A similar specimen to 44, but with only a brow-tyne.

46, A single antler of stunted growth, with a brow and three points.

In conclusion, I have but to express my thanks to Sir William

Flower, Prof. Charles Stewart, and Mr. Oldfield Thomas, for the

facilities granted to me in the examination of specimens, and to

Mr. J. E. Harting for help with the literature of the subject ; and

my hopes that the incomplete character of these notes may induce

Fellows of the Society, who own a herd of Fallow Deer or have

influence with their owners, to arrange a series of systematic

observations on the abnormalities of antlers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

8. Osteol. Cat., 1556.

8. Osteol. Cat., 1561: right antler from outer side.

8. Osteol. Cat., 1565: right antler from outer side.

S. Osteol. Cat., 1562: left antler from inner side.

C. 8. Osteol. Cat., 1564: right antler from outer side.

C. 8. Osteo]. Cat., 1557 : left antler from inner side.

C. 8. Osteol. Cat., 1567: right antler from outer side.

. R.C.S. Osteol. Cat., 1567: left antler from inner side.

. Specimen in the possession of J. A. Wallace, Esq. : left antler

from outer side.

Fig. 1. R.C

. R.C

. B.C

. R.C

, BO:

. Rk.

. R.

Waa os lore

N=)

1 It is of course possible to regard the small tyne of B. M. specimen 20 as a

separate beam with its own burr, but its direction and position with regard to

the other tyne distinctly indicate that it is really a separate brow-tyne, and not

an instance of reduplication. Of this reduplication, however, an example is

afforded by specimen 582 of the Roy. Coll. Surg. Teratological Series. This

is a calyarium of the Axis Deer, with brow-tyne and a broken beam on the

R. side: on the L. side the usual process of the frontal bone (1) carries

a burr, from which spring a brow-tyne (8 in. from burr to tip; only 1 in.

shorter than that of the other side) and three little tynes about 14 in. in the

clear ; one of these bifurcates slightly, and they surround the spot from which

the beam should spring ; (2) below this burr it grows outwards and down-

wards, at an angle to the horizon of about 45°, and carries another burr, a thick

brow-tyne, and beam of 6 in. in length. Here, therefore, are two distinct

antlers, carried on different points of an elongated and bent process of the

frontal bone. The first one is in the usual position with respect to the head;

the second lies parallel to the long axis of the head, with tyne and beam in

the same line, and therefore, as regards the curvature of the brow-tyne, is not

an optical reflection of even a normal antler.

* Collyns (op. cit.) records that from the stump of the sawn-off antler of a

Red Deer a dag was put up after four years.

1894.] ON THE FLEXOR MUSCLES IN BIRDS. 495

2. On the Perforated Flexor Muscles in some Birds.

By P. Cuatmers Mircue tz, M.A., F.Z.8.

[Received May 30, 1894.]

However opinions may differ as to the value of muscles in

classification, few would dispute that the ambiens muscle of birds,

in the peculiarity and isolation of its position and course, and in

the constancy of its relations, is an anatomical character difficult to

overlook in classification. The ambiens, as all anatomists know

from the researches of Garrod, is a slender muscle which, after

origin from a spine or ridge immediately in front of, or below, the

acetabulum, runs along the inner side of the thigh to end in a thin

tendon which usually crosses the knee and joins the flexor

perforatus digitorum. Its presence and absence are associated

with so many other peculiarities of structure that Garrod divided

all birds into the Homulogonate, which possess the muscle in

question, and the Anomalogonate, in which the ambiens is absent.

While taking advantage of the abundant opportunities afforded

by the laboratory in the Society’s Gardens, by the kindness of my

friend Mr. F. E. Beddard, the Society’s Prosector, I have dissected

the leg- and thigh-muscles in the following birds :—

Balearica chrysopelargus. Aramides ypecaha.

Haliaetus leucogaster. Heematopus ostralequs.

Psophia leucoptera. Nycticorax gardent.

Thaumalea amherstic. Eclectus roratus,

Fulica leucoptera. Corvus capellanus.

Leptoptilus crumeniferus. Bubo maximus.

Palamedea cornuta.

In the first nine of these the ambiens is present, and the relation

of its tendon to the flexor perforatus digitorum is constant. In

these, as in other birds which I have dissected, the perforated

flexors lie immediately under the two “‘ perforated and perforating”

flexors, those of the second and third digits. Fig. 1 (p. 496), which

I have drawn from a dissection of the Cape Crowned Crane, shows

an arrangement which is, in the main, typical of the other eight

birds. Distally, the three tendons pass respectively to the second,

third, and fourth toes. These tendons arise from a mass of

muscle innervated by that branch of the ischiadic nerve that also

supplies the middle head of the gastrocnemius muscle. The mass

of muscle has three distinct origins—an inner head, which arises

from the intercondylar notch very close to, and sometimes in

common with, the head of the flewor longus hallucis; an outer

head, from the outer condyle of the femur under and partly in

common with the origins of the flewores perforati et perforantes, and

from which a strong fibrous connection, sometimes double, runs to

the short arm of the Jiceps sling; and an ambiens head, sometimes

fleshy, sometimes tendinous, from the tendon of the ambiens. From

496 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

these the three tendons arise in a very definite manner. That of

the fourth digit is always the most superficial ; in every case it had

a separate connection with each of the three heads. That of the

third digit lies next below ; it had origin in all but one case from

each of the three heads. The exception is the Pheasant, in which

the outer head was absent, while the head from the ambiens was

much more muscular than in the others. The tendon of the

second digit comes from the deepest part of the muscle and lies

nearest the fibula. In Aramides, in Psophia, and in Leptoptilus it

arose from each of the three heads; in Hamatopus it arose from

the ambiens and the inner head; in all the others from the ambiens

and the outer head, as in the figure of the Crane. Thus in each

of the nine birds the ambiens is connected with the perforated

flexor of each toe.

Fig. 1.

3”

JSibula

4 2

Dissection of the right leg of Balearica chrysopelargus, seen from the outer side,

gastr. Outer head of gastrocnemius, cut and reflected.

Biceps. Biceps, cut across shortly after its passage through the sling.

1, Flexor longus hallucis.

2. Flexor perforatus indicis.

¥ 2 medii. —

as Oe 3 annularis.

2'. Flexor perforatus et perforans indicis.

S's 3 renR medii.

In Nycticorax gardeni, as may be seen from fig. 2 (p. 497), a

condition very closely resembling that in the Crane is present, but

1894.] FLEXOR MUSCLES IN BIRDS. 497

there is a difference of great interest. The three tendons of the

perforated flexors have relations to the outer and inner heads of

the muscle exactly as in the Crane. The ambiens is absent in the

Heron, and in place of the heads from the ambiens a broad

tendinous band arises from the fibula and is distributed to the

three parts of the muscle, precisely as the ambiens is distributed in

those birds which have it. I had the advantage of being able to

show the actual dissection to my friends Mr. F. BE. Beddard and

Mr. Parsons, who are experts in muscular anatomy, and they both

agreed with me that the relations of this slip from the fibula

strongly suggested that it was a surviving vestige of the distal end

of the ambiens tendon.

Fig. 2.

Dissection of the right leg of Nycticorax gardeni, seen from the outer side.

Lettering as in fig. 1.

In Eelectus roratus, from a dissection of which fig. 3 (p. 498) was

drawn, a similar possible relic of the ambiens is present. In that

Parrot the relations of the perforated flexor of the fourth digit to

the inner and outer heads of the muscle and to the tendinous band

from the fibula are exactly as in the Heron. The outer head of

the tendon to the third digit is represented by only a few muscular

fibres, and the inner instead of the outer head of the tendon of

the second digit is present, but both these tendons have a strong

connection with the tendinous band from the fibula.

aes" -— ee ee

ae a

498 ON THE FLEXOR MUSCLES IN BIRDS, [June 19,

Now this Parrot and the Heron, though belonging to widely

separated groups of birds, are alike in that they each belong to

groups which Garrod unhesitatingly placed among the Homalo-

gonate, although he knew that in their cases the ambiens was absent.

In other genera of Parrots the ambiens is present ; in the Storks,

those near allies of the Herons, the ambiens, as Garrod showed, is

absent in two cases, present in most. The existence of this

possible rudiment in Lelectus and Nycticoray is therefore not

surprising when the affinities of the birds are considered ; and if it

be found in other specimens, and still more in the case of those

other members of Garrod’s group that have no ambiens, the cas.

for the ambiens as a character of great importance in classification

will be confirmed.

Fig. 3.

Dissection of the right leg of Eclectus roratus, seen from the outer side.

Lettering as in fig. 1.

In Corvus capellanus, which is of course a Passerine and there-

fore one of Garrod’s Anomalogonate, the three perforated flexor

tendons arise by a single head, in common with one head of

the longus hallucis which corresponds with the inner head

mentioned in this paper. In Bubo maximus there are represen-

tatives of the inner and outer heads for each perforated flexor, but

there is no ambiens nor representative of a rudimentary ambiens,

so that with regard to this point the Ow] is intermediate between

birds with a reduced ambiens and birds with no ambiens.

I hope to have further opportunity of pursuing the points

mentioned in this note, but I bring it forward now in the hope

that other observers into whose hands may come any of the few

members of the Homalogonate without an ambiens may look for

the vestige which I have described.

1894. ] ON THE OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I. 499

3. Biological Notes upon some of the Ophidia of Trinidad,

B. W.I., with a Preliminary List of the Species recorded

from the Island. By Messrs. R. R. Morr and F. W.

URicu.

[Received May 3, 1894.]

The following biological notes are based on observations on a

number of Ophidia kept in confinement from time to time, and on

others seen in the field during the past four years. As we have

not had access to any literature bearing on this subject, we hope

to be pardoned if we have reiterated any well-known facts. Most

of the determinations have been the results of the examination, by

Mr. G. A. Boulenger of the British Museum of N. H., of living

specimens sent to the collection of the Zoological Society of

London, and of spirit-specimens determined by Professor Dr. O.

Boettger of Frankfort-on-the-Main. We are indebted much to

the Society and to these gentlemen for their kindness. We append

a preliminary list (necessarily incomplete) of the snakes found in the

island by others and ourselves up to the present time. The

following species do not seem to have been previously recorded

from Trinidad :—

. Epicrates cenchris, L., var. fusca, Gray.

Corallus cooku, Gray, var. ruschenbergii, Cope.

. Streptophorus atratus, Hallow.

. Laophis regince, L.

. Spilotes pecilostoma, Wied.

. Herpetodryas macrophthalmus, Jan.

Ahetulla liocercus, Wied.

. Homalocranium melanocephalum, L.

. Leptognathus nebulatus, L.

. Lachesis muta, L.

. Bothrops atrox, L.

MID OB WN

“se

KH oc 00

EPICRATES CENCHRIS.

A snake of this species in captivity gave birth to twelve young

ones. The little snakes are very beautifully marked with dark

brown spots and stripes upon a light or coloured surface.

Although called “‘ Thick-necked Tree-Boas,” we have only heard

of one being caught in a tree, though they can climb well. They

are more usually found in holes, and often frequent the palm-

thatched roofs of kitchens in the country, where they go after

mice and rats. They are also caught under houses, and often

in or near water. The species exhibits many of the habits of the

Anaconda, being fond of lying in water. In order to enjoy a bath

it will contrive to get into a bottle of water, in which it would be

almost impossible to put a dead specimen. So tightly does it coil,

that it is with difficulty that it extricates itself from the bottle.

It will remain in such a situation for a week or ten days at a time,

300 MESSRS. MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 19,

When given a large vessel of water it lies in it with the nose just

above the surface, and when in this position woe to the unhappy

mouse or rat which goes to drink, for it is immediately seized by

the nose or foot, dragged into the water, and put to death by

drowning and constriction with the rapidity of a flash of

lightning—a convulsive flourish of an escaped limb or tail, a gasp

for breath from lungs from which all air has been expelled, and

all is over. The snake then devours its prey in the water,

sometimes being as long as a quarter of an hour or twenty

minutes without coming to the surface for air. Snakes of this

species, newly born, only nine or ten inches long, will frequently

prey in this manner. The species is possessed of great constrictive

power, and, though it has a much smaller head than most snakes

in proportion to its size, will devour very large animals, as the

following incident will show:—On Noy. 20, 1893, a female

common rat, in good condition—which after death gave the

following measurements: 104 inches from tip of nose to root of

tail; tail 83 inches long; 54 inches round the chest; head 23

inches from immediately behind the ear to the tip of nose—was

put into a cage containing two Boa Constrictors and three Epicrates

cenchris. ‘The rat was exceptionally ferocious, and frequently

rushed at the big Boas and nipped them. Not being hungry they

coiled themselves up closely in a corner, as also did the F. cenchris

with the exception of one, which at that time was 47 inches long,

and the circumference of which at its thickest part was only 4?

inches, while its head was only 1} inch long. ‘This snake, which

was in poor condition was born in captivity on June 14th, 1890,

and for twelve months previously having had very little food, had

reached a stage when it was with difficulty persuaded to eat. The

rat in running about the cage passed once or twice near this

snake, which on the third occasion seized it by the ear, threw it

on its back, and encircled the animal with a couple of coils round

the chest. Blood gushed from the rat’s mouth, its eyes projected

from their sockets, the hind legs and tail were violently convulsed,

and in less than a quarter of a minute the rat was dead. The

snake then proceeded to devonr it, but was not allowed to do so

because of its emaciated condition, as the meal would probably

have resulted in its death or, at least, permanent injury. This

snake eventually got so low, that it had to be fed compulsorily,

and after months of careful attention is now showing signs of

returning health.

Epicrates cenchris is essentially a night snake. We have never

known it to eat lizards, in which it differs from Corallus. On one

occasion, however, a large lizard, Polychrus marmoratus, being in-

troduced into the cage of one of these snakes, threatened its rightful

inmate. The snake resented the opened mouth and fierce attitude of

the lizard, and seizing it threw several coils round it, gave it a tight

squeeze and then let go again. The lizard thoroughly cowed

retreated into the furthest corner. On another occasion one of

these snakes was given half a dozen young hairless rats. They

Fe.

1894. ] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. 1. o01

were so small that the snake could not constrict them. He

bolted them one after the other, and one of them moving after it

had been swallowed, he flew at the spot and buried his teeth in his

own side.

This snake soon learns to know the person who habitually feeds

it, and will manifest considerable interest when he approaches the

cage, coming up to the glass and crawling out of the box, when

opened, on to his hands and arms. It will often take mice and

small birds from the fingers when offered to it. Like many

poisonous snakes (Crotalus horridus, for instance), E. cenchris knows

when an animal is disabled. A rat given to one was constricted.

Contrary to the usual habit, the snake let go before all pulsation

had ceased. The rat crawled away. The snake seemed surprised

at this, but soon recovered its wits, and, taking hold of the rat by

the tail, dragged it into the centre of the box and without

constricting it a second time (net even attempting to do so),

waited until the rat was dead, when it swallowed it in the usual

manner.

A pair under our observation coupled in January.

We have seen specimens 7 feet in length, but the largest we

have had under observation have not exceeded 5. One specimen

we had inflated its neck when irritated in the style of Coluber corais

and C. boddaerti, but not quite so prominently. When the snake

has recently changed his skin the dark or reddish-brown closely

scaled coat, when seen in sunlight, is glorious, with a lovely

iridescent peacock-blue, which earns for the reptile the Creole

name of Velvet Mapepire.

CoRALLUS COOKIT, var. RUSCHENBERGII.

These snakes couple in the months of February, March, and

April, when many are found in the localities they frequent in close

proximity. They produce some 20 or 30 young ones at a time,

generally about August and September, though we have a young

one which was given us when very young in May, so perhaps there is

not much reliance to be placed in information as to breeding-time ’.

The young ones are very small and thin, with enormous heads, and

probably their first meals consist of small lizards, such as Anolis

alligator, very young birds, mice, and rats. ‘The lizards they

constrict. They are soon able, however, to catch full-grown mice,

and it is really wonderful how the young snakes manage to pass

down their excessively slender necks, which are not so thick as a

lead-pencil, adult mice. These snakes sometimes lie in water,

but very occasionally. The adults attain a length of 7 or 8

feet, and are sometimes of a yellowish-brown colour. More often

they are of a deep dark brown, and as they le in the slender twigs

at the furthest extemities of the thick branches of the tree

partially screened by the leaves are singularly inconspicuous.

' Mr. O. Reilly caught a pair coupling in February, and the young were

produced the following August. They have coupled in our cages in February,

March, and April.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1894, No. XX XIII. 33

502 MESSRS, MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June WN,

When the snake is in motion, however, if he can be induced to

move in sunlight he presents a remarkably beautiful appearance.

The dull dark brown seems to change to a rich mosaic, over which

shimmers a lovely bluish iridescence as he wends his sinuous way

along the branches. Each scale is of a dark brown colour at the

extremity furthest from its attachment to the skin, but under-

neath, where they are overlapped by the other scales, they are

pale or bright yellow. The ventral scales are dark brown and

rich yellow, sometimes punctured with black.

These snakes have very large and prominent eyes with a vertical

pupil. Their teeth are numerous, long, and sharp, and when dis-

_ turbed the snakes are always ready to bite, throwing their heads

forward with a ferocious lunge, which is very formidable to those

unused to snakes’ ways ; but they are not at all sure of their aim,

and their widely distended jaws can be easily avoided. . They rarely

if ever retreat when threatened. This makes their capture very

easy, and the boys who catch them do so by advancing upon them

boldly, presenting to them the palm of the open hand, fingers and

thumb erect and close together. The snake thrusts forw ard its

muzzle to examine the strange object, and the boy simply closes

his hand and secures its head. The reptile can then be dis-

entangled from the branches and placed in a bag. This snake is

known in Trinidad as “ Cascabel Dormillon,” which is patois for

“sleeping rattlesnake ”—Cascabe] being the name given by the

Venezuelan Spaniards to Crotalus horridus. The species is

frequently found in bamboo clumps, and in bushes in the vicinity

of or overhanging streains. They feed principally upon birds and

rats, and are often met in the trees on the banks of the Caroni

river, where no doubt the Porcupine Rat, Loncher ‘es guiane (Thos.),

is its chief food.

Boa CONSTRICTOR.

Boa Constrictors in Trinidad are known as “ Macajuel” or

“ Macacouile,” and tremendous stories are told of the enormous

dimensions they are supposed to attain. Mr. A. B. Carr of

Caparo, a very careful observer, who has seen and caught many of

these reptiles, says that the largest he has ever seen was a female

114 feet long. It contained 41 eggs. We have frequently seen

them 6, 8, and 10 feet, and one in our possession now, which

came from Chaguaramas, and the dimensions of which were taken

the day after its purchase, measured from tip of nose to extremity

of tail 10 feet 6 inches, but it is probable that it is at least 6

inches longer, as the difficulty of getting it to remain quiet was

very great, and it could not be pulled out straight. It was

153 inches in circumference at the thickest part of the body. Its

head measured 4 inches long; the circumference of the head at

the widest part was 8 inches; the tail from anus to tip was

113 inches ; and it weighed 50 lbs. exactly. It is probable that

Boas (in Trinidad, at any rate) never exceed 12 feet. Boas are

frequently found in trees, but we have never heard of large ones

> Fs

1894. ] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W.1. 503

in such situations, those thus caught averaging 6 or 7 feet.

Individuals vary considerably in the animals they prefer for food.

One which we had from the time it was a baby (having the

umbilical still attached) was brought up on mice and now eats rats

with avidity, but will also eat opossums, snipes, and pigeons.

After a meal of the latter he is loath to take rats when feeding-

time comes round again. He would not eat a guinea-pig repeatedly

offered to him at long intervals. Another fed readily upon two

rats soon after it was caught, and a month later on a guinea-pig.

A third, after a fast of 5 months and 20 days, during which he

refused rats and guinea-pigs, ate a couple of pigeons. A large

Boa fed on fowls aud pigeons, and on one occasion ate an old

fowl weighing 6 lbs. These snakes are essentially night animals,

being very sleepy in the daytime; but it is questionable whether

they are great travellers, one which escaped from an open shed

being caught 12 days afterwards disappearing under the floor of

the same building only a few yards distant from the box in which

it had been confined. Another one after an absence of two months

was similarly recovered. If well fed when young, Boas change

their skins about every six weeks. A Boa we have watched for

some three years changes its skin at intervals varying from five to

seven weeks, during which periods it devours six or seven rats.

In their wild state Boas are found in damp localities, but not in

swamps. In the woods at Mayaro hunters frequently have had

their dogs caught by them, and Boas have been killed with young

deer, Cariacus nemorivagas, and Ocelots in their stomachs. Their

droppings contain evidences of the fact that they feed largely on

agouti. In captivity they will frequently devour dead rats and

other animals, but this is rather the exception than the rule.

They all seem to have an aversion to the domestic cat. These

snakes differ considerably in their general coloration, but the

marking is always very much the same. The ground-colour

varies from deep brown to light grey. This difference is probably

owing to the various localities from which they come. In Trinidad

these snakes couple in February and March—sometimes earlier.

Like all the snakes belonging to the Boide, Boas have anal hooks,

which are much more largely developed in some individuals than

in others, probably owing to a difference in sex. Boas have been

described as using these hooks in climbing trees. Although we

have watched them carefully, we have never discovered them

making the slightest use of their hooks for the purposes of arboreal

locomotion, and their small size would appear to point to the

impracticability for such a purpose. These claws, however, are

capable of being slightly protruded and are endowed with

considerable mobility. When about to couple, the male extends

these hooks at right angles to the body and vibrates them in an

extremely rapid manner, scratching, as he does so, the back and

sides of his companion. The claws scratching the scales of his

mate make a noise which can be distinctly heard two yards off,

This habit has also been observed in Eypicrates cenchris. Young

33*

504 MESSRS, MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 19;

Boas soon know those who feed them and get exceedingly tame.

These snakes are very tenacious of life ; one which had been a long

time in captivity—eight or nine months,—during which it had

refused all food, had a hopeless cancer in the nose. It was deemed

necessary to kill it, but as the skin was wanted uninjured it was

resolved to strangle it, and a small rope was placed round its neck

and drawn as tightly as two men could pull it. It was then hung

up. At the end of two hours the snake was apparently dead. It

was placed in a sack and sent to the person who wantedit. Next

morning on being turned out of the sack it fiercely snapped right

and left, and it was some time before it could be secured. Yet

another instance. On April 9th, 1894, Mr. 8. A. Cumberland

asked us to assist him in poisoning a large Boa, caught on April 5th

at St. Bartholomew Estate, Guanapo. At 4.55 P.M. we injected

into the animal’s mouth with a syringe half an ounce of prussic

acid. Beyond expelling the air from its lungs a little violently

the snake seemed uninjured. Mr. Mole was holding it at the

time, and it gave his leg round which it had coiled a squeeze which

lasted for about 15 seconds—had it lasted longer it would soon

have been unbearable. He had had considerable experience, but

never felt such tremendous pressure before, and had it been round

his chest he believed the result would have been serious—broken

ribs at least, if not worse. At 5.15 this poisoned snake crawled

round the room, curiously examining with its tongue tables, chairs,

boxes, &c. It got into a corner amongst some broken furniture,

from which it was taken with considerable trouble. It coiled its

tail round a table-leg and was dislodged with difficulty. It then

seized with its tail a heavy chair which was carried with it into

the middle of the room, and it was some time before the chair

could be disengaged. There being no visible signs of an immediate

approach of death, 5 grains of strychnine were injected into its

throat at 5.30. This brought on a strong muscular contraction,

but still the animal did not knot up. At 5.45, when a gentleman

present went up to its head from behind to examine it, it made a

strong effort to turn round and strike but failed. A rope was

then tied to its neck and it was hung up, only about a foot of its

length being on the floor. At 5.50 all life was apparently extinct.

After it was hung up and all movement had ceased, it was

measured and found to be 10 feet 23 inches long. Of this length

the tail oceupied 117 inches and the head 4 inches. Its girth was

143 inches. The weight was unfortunately not taken.

EUNECTES MURINUS.

This snake, known in Trinidad as the “ Huilia,” is the largest

reptile found in the island. Specimens have been frequently

killed 18 and 20 feet in length. It inhabits the rivers and lagoons

on the east coast and has been found, but less seldom, at Cedros

in the south-west portion. In shape it is very much like Epicrates

cenchris, its neck being the same size as its head. The eyes are

placed far forward and near the top of the head, so that it can lie

1894. ] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I. 505

in water and show very little more than the nostrils and eyes above

the surface. Its body is thick and powerful. A fine young speci-

men lying before us as we write is ofa dark greenish-brown colour,

and its back is ornamented with a series of ovally-shaped bluish-

black spots, arranged more or less regularly in pairs, sometimes

joining and then exhibiting the appearance of an irregular hour-

glass-shaped stripe across the back ; towards the tail these spots

become round. he sides are marked with irregularly proportioned

spots, some of them dark with yellow centres. The under surface

is mottled without pattern in dark buff and black. The upper

surface and sides of the tail are much lighter than the rest of the

body. The black mark, so characteristic of all the Boa Constrictors

we have ever seen, which extends from the eye backwards to the

junction of the lower and upper jaws, is a conspicuous feature in

Eunectes murinus. Its length is about 4 feet. This specimen,

however, is not a native of Trinidad, and is one of tive received

from Pedesnales, Venezuela, on the 12th July, 1892. It was

captured on the 1st July of the same year. The mother, which was

22 feet long, was on that date observed on the bank of one of the

mouths of the Orinoco, giving birth to young ones. She was shot,

and the 30 young ones, with the exception of 8, were killed.

These eight were sent to Mr. Urich, three dying in transit.

When they were received they had still traces of the umbilical

cord. In length they were about 20 inches. They were placed in

a zine tank, with a thick branch to climb out upon. ‘They

habitually lay on the log, but upon the slightest disturbance slid

quietly into the water. On the 22nd July one of them took a

mouse, but the killing occurred when the snakes were not under

observation. When in water they often anchored themselves by a

turn of the tail round the submerged portion of the branch. At

other times they would individually roll themselves into a tight

ball and float on the surface. On August 1st one of them changed

its skin. Eventually all died except the one under observation,

On September 14, upon two mice being thrown into the tank, one

of them swam across the water. A young Anaconda darted across

the whole breadth, seized it, and constricted and swallowed it

underneath the water. On March 20, 1893, it killed and ate a

three-quarter grown common rat. On May 10th it killed two

one-quarter grown rats. ‘The first was sitting on the edge of the

tank, and the snake, instead of seizing it with his teeth as these

reptiles usually do, slid up over its back very gently and quietly,

and then threw round it several coils without once biting it.

Since then this Anaconda has progressed rapidly and is now in

splendid condition. It kills full-grown rats, sometimes ]aunching

its head out of the water a distance of 15 inches to seize them,

The victims are always dragged back into the water, and there

constricted and swallowed. After killing them the snake comes

up to take air, but does not do so again until after the prey is

swallowed, a process which it assists with a coil of the body round

the corpse of the rat. Gorging occupies from 10 minutes to

506 MESSRS. MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 19,

three-quarters of an hour. This particular Anaconda refuses food

out of the water, but, upon a rat in a trap being held close to the

edge of its tank, has darted into the open door and seized the rat

and constricted it inside the trap, trying to drag itself back into

the water at the same time. After he has gorged, the part of his

body containing the rat is naturally much swollen and frequently

floats on the surface, the other portions of the snake except the

head being submerged. Mr. J. S. Wilson informs us he has

frequently seen Anacondas in the rivers of Demerara with a part

of their bodies floating in this manner above the surface.

Anacondas are fond of lying on logs close to or over the water ;

their swallowing capacities are enormous, and they are probably

assisted in this by the fact that they invariably take their food in

the water. The one we have always knows when preparations are

being made to give it food, and comes up to that side of the box

(not always the same) it expects the rat will be driven in from.

Anacondas know those who feed them, but they are uncertain in

temper and allow very few liberties, biting when irritated with

amazing quickness. The Trinidad Anaconda is, judging from the

skins we have seen, identical with the Venezuelan snakes we have

had under observation. We also kept for some time two larger

specimens, each about 7 or 8 feet in length; one of them was

remarkably quiet, but the other would not permit itself to be

handled at all, biting fiercely, and when seized by the neck

constricting with great strength so as to almost stop circulation in

hands and wrists. It also used to ball.

GEOPHIS LINEATUS,

This very handsome little ground-snake is found, as a rule,

tightly coiled up under stones and rubbish in yards and gardens.

When it has changed its skin it is very iridescent. It probably is

never more than 12 inches in length, and specimens of this size

are extremely rare. It increases in numbers rapidly in the yards

and gardens in towns, where they are safe from their principal

enemies the Coral Snakes. They lay comparatively large eggs,

One specimen contained five eggs.

LIOPHIS MELANOTUS.

This little snake rarely exceeds 2 feet in length. Its back is

of a blue-black colour. Two longitudinal stripes run from head

to tail on either side. The underpart is a bright yellowish colour.

They are very harmless creatures, never attempting to use their

tiny teeth on anything but the little lizards and frogs on which

they feed. They sometimes constrict their prey—especially lizards,

when rather too large to be easily managed. One snake of this

species which we had for some time constantly quarrelled with

other small snakes in the same box, and always threw several tight

coils round them. So savage was he towards his companions that

he had ultimately to be kept alone. Liophis melanotus breeds

freely in captivity, but we have not been able to get any of the

1894, ] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. 1. 507

nine or ten eggs which they lay to hatch. They are exceedingly

fond of water, in which they will lie for days at a time. They

often fall a prey to Elaps lemniscatus, of which they stand in the

greatest fear. They only survive its bite about four minutes. The

Creoles call these snakes “ Beh belle chemin,” or “ Beauty of the

Road.” They are frequently to be seen crossing dusty roads in

the early morning or evening, probably for the purpose of hunting

in the ditches which run on either side of our thoroughfares.

LIoPHIS REGINA.

The adult snake is a very beautiful one, being in colour greenish

yellow when it has freshly cast its skin, and looking as if a piece

of black mosquito curtain had been strained over it. Sometimes

the ground-colour is brighter. It feeds well on frogs and lizards

and is not at all fierce. Perfect specimens are rare, a large part

of the tail being usually missing. They flatten their necks when

irritated. They are found in mangrove-swamps and in the

vicinity of streams.

LiIoPHIS COBELLA.

This interesting little creature is found in the mangrove-swamps,

sometimes in brackish water and close to the sea. lt is known to

the Creoles as ‘“‘ Mapepiri Mangue.” It feeds almost solely on frogs,

which it pursues with great energy and devours very quickly,

sometimes eating as many as 12 or 14 at a meal of the little

Yellow-throated Frog, Phyllobates trinitatis (Garman).

The females have usually faint transverse stripes on the back,

caused by the arrangement of slate-coloured scales with grey edges.

The general appearance, however, is mottled slate and grey. ‘The

male is more gorgeous, being mottled with black, olive-brown, and

dirty yellow; the scales of the lower jaw are grey. The ventrals

are chequered with large black spots on a white surface. We have

seen these snakes 3 feet in length, but the average size is

18 inches. Once, and only once, have we known a Cobella to

devour a lizard—a gecko, V’hecadactylus rapicauda. These snakes

are good swimmers, and on one occasion we watched one for half

an hour swimming in a little pool in the swamps. It constantly

dived and thrust its head amongst the weeds at the bottom, from

whence, after remaining a few minutes, it came to the surface for

air. A snake of this species laid several eggs, one of which

hatched. ‘The young one was perfectly black; being deformed it

only survived a week or two, refusing all food.

CoLUBER BODDAERTI.

This snake is known locally as ‘‘ Machete couesse,” which is

explained as meaning ‘‘ Grass Machete.” Machete is Spanish for

cutlass, and many snakes are known as Machetes because their

backs are somewhat ridged, reminding the Creole labourer of a

cutlass. But this description does not apply to Coluber boddaerti,

508 MESSRS. MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 195.

the back of the species being rounded. When adult they are of a

uniform greenish-brown or olive colour, with two lighter longi-

tudinal stripes between back and side, extending the greater length

of the body, one on either side. They are white underneath.

When young these snakes are prettily mottled, the back being

ornamented with cross bands of a lighter hue. The scales in these

bands are edged with white. These bands extend as far as where

the stripes will appear when the snake is adult, and there they

abruptly end. Between these cross bands, beginning on the lower

side of the stripes, are similar bands to those on the back. These

latter extend as far as the ventrals. Towards the tail all these

markings grow fainter, and at its beginning they cease altogether,

the tail being of the colour which the snake will wear when adult.

These snakes probably reach a length of 4 feet. They are

tolerably common, and feed on frogs and lizards when young and

mice and birds when full-grown. The adults have rarely perfect

tails, these appendages being probably damaged in their fights

with mice. They move with great swiftness, and when caught

bite with determination, trying to work their tiny teeth well into

the skin before letting go. They are found in trees and on the

ground indiscriminately.

COLUBER CORAIS.

This reptile in Trinidad, called the “Cribo,” is one of the

commonest in the island and averages 4 or 5 feet in length,

though specimens are not uncommon of 7 and even 8 feet. In

colour it is black with a dirty yellowish-brown tail, which is brighter

towards the extremity. The plates on its head and the labials

frequently exhibit a tawny hue. It moves at a smart pace, especially

when in long grass; climbs and swims well. When captured it

turns fiercely on the aggressor, and, inflating its neck, bites him,

emitting at the same time an offensive odour, which reminds one

of the habit of the English ringed snake, Tropidonotus natriv.

So long, however, as the person holding the Cribo has sufficient

presence of mind not to withdraw the bitten part, the wounds

inflicted by its teeth are the merest punctures; but if the bitten

one forgets this axiom and pulls back, the Cribo, which is somewhat

of a bulldog in disposition, does not let go without a struggle, and

his teeth then inflict long ugly scratches. The Cribo lays from

nine to twelve eggs, rather larger in size than a pigeon’s. The

Cribo preys upon frogs, young birds, and rats, and old specimens

have invariably lost the tips of their tails, and are marked all over

with the scars of wounds which they have received in battles with

their victims. The Cribo, on seeing a rat, rushes on it with a

sudden motion and seizes it by head, tail, or middle of the body,

whichever part comes first, and at once begins to swallow. The

victim turns round and buries his long rodent teeth in the Cribo’s

skin. But the snake keeps on rapidly working his jaws, and the

wretched rat ultimately lets go in order the more freely to gasp

for breath, when he is promptly engulfed in the snake’s jaws.

1894.] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. 1. 509

Cribos are therefore invaluable to the cocoa and sugar planters, who

are always much troubled with rats. Cribos; however, are not

averse to young chicken, which they devour in the boldest fashion,

in spite of the noisy but impotent demonstrations of their mother.

The Cribo moves in bold, graceful, rapid, and continuous curves,

and the worst that is said of him by the people of the island is that

he is a terror to chicken—otherwise he bears a good character.

They are said to be susceptible of kindness, and will even live in

the houses of the peasantry if unmolested, when they amply repay

this toleration by the relentless war they wage on rats and mice.

A Cribo once in our possession struck at a mouse and caught his

own tail; this he diligently swallowed, until at least one-fourth

of his entire length disappeared down his own throat. In this

position he looked like the numeral eight (8). After some

minutes’ consideration he disgorged. These snakes frequently

devour thei own and other species, and the country people credit

them with killing the formidable Crotalines Lachesis muta and

Bothrops atrox.

SPILOTES VARIABILIS.

This snake, which is sometimes entirely black, has, as a rule,

pale yellow stripes and spots upon the first third of its length,

the remaining portions and the tail being of a shining jet-black ;

underneath and as far back as where tke black begins it is pale

yellow, the ventral scales being edged with black. It is more

slender in appearance than Coluber corais. Its scales are large and

of a pointed oval form and are slightly keeled. Its teeth are small

and it makes a great show of fighting, inflating its neck to treble

its ordinary thickness, but, though darting its head at the offender,

it seldom bites. Its length is usually 8 or 9 feet, and we

have heard of specimens measuring 11. One we had laid

nine eggs. They are with difficulty kept in captivity. They feed

on frogs and birds; and the following incident related to us by

Mr. A. B. Carr of Capard shows they have some claim to be called

rat-snakes, though perhaps not such a strong one as the C. corais.

One Sunday afternoon, as he was lying in his hammock in a house

on a plantation he has formed on the verge of the primeval forest,

he saw a Tigre (local name for S. variabilis) come out of the long

grass a little way off, cross the pathway, and make for the house.

It ascended one of the supports of the roof of the verandah in

which he was taking his siesta and disappeared in the palm-leaf

thatch. It had not been there long before sundry squeals and

rustlings betrayed the fact that the Tigre had good reasons for its

visit. The snake had caught and was swallowing a rat. It then.

descended and made off by the way it had come. The Tigre is very

rapid in its movements when alarmed, and is frequently to be seen

in cocoa estates in the higher branches of the trees. Like Scytale

coronatum and Coluber boddaerti, it vibrates its tail when alarmed

very quickly, making a noise amongst leaves like that produced by

the rattle of Crotalus horridus. The Tigre’s back is strongly ridged,

510 MESSRS. MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June bd

HERPETODRYAS CARINATUS.

This is another very lively and swiftly moving serpent, and we

recollect chasing one a distance of 40 yards before catching it.

Its underparts or rather sides are bright yellow ; the ventral scales

are paler, being edged with silver and a line of dark brown. The

back is of a bronze-green colour, and the yellow scales on the sides

have an edging of dark brown. The scales covering the spine are

in pairs and are keeled, while the remainder are smooth. Another

peculiarity about the scales is that those beginning at the back of

the head for a considerable distance along the spine are minutely

pitted at the extremities furthest away from their attachment.

This snake is one of the most beautiful in the island. It feeds on

frogs, and is found alike in trees and grassy savannas, We recol-

lect well the first time we encountered it. We were shooting

on the Caroni River when our attention was attracted by a

streak of pale yellow dangling from a palm (Bactris, sp.) over the

water. The reptile was gracefully turning its small head and

brilliant eyes from side to side, as if admiring its perfect symmetry

of form mirrored in the water beneath it. When caught, the

Machete (local name) bites with surprising rapidity and lashes

with its long tail in a manner not at all pleasant to its captor.

One we had in our possession laid five eggs—each 2 inches long

and as thick as the little finger.

AH#ETULLA LIOCERCUS.

Locally known as “ Lora,” a Spanish word for parrot, because the

sheeny iridescent greenish gold on the neck and anterior portion

when inflated is thought to be like the hues of the feathers on the

neck of the yellow-crested green parrot. Ordinarily, this snake

has a commonplace grey colour. Its head is of a dark greenish-

brown colour, with an under surface of white. When caught, it

opens its enormous mouth to its fullest extent and threatens in a

most ferocious, but at the same time somewhat absurd, manner.

lt rarely bites, but when it does it is apt to inflict small wounds

with the two long teeth which are placed one on each side in the

posterior parts of the upper jaw-bones. They are exceedingly

slender reptiles and their heads at first sight appear large and dis-

proportioned to the rest of their bodies. They frequently reach

a length of 33 and even 4 feet. They feed on frogs and lizards.

On several occasions lizards which have been partially swallowed

by these snakes and have escaped have died soon afterwards. The

Lora is swift in its movements, and when rushing along on a level

surface the outside portions of its curves do not appear to touch

the earth.

OXYBELIS ACUMINATA.

This remarkable-looking tree-snake has a sharply pointed snout,

which in some individuals has the under jaw tinged with yellow,

in others white. The general colour is greenish drab, sometimes

1894.] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I. 511

minutely punctured with black. It much resembles the trailing

branches of the shrubs which it rests upon. It has a peculiar

habit of simulating the swaying of the branches under a gentle

breeze, and it is only when one catches sight of the brilliant eyes that

one realizes he is gazing at a beautiful tree-snake. When about

to seize its prey, which consists principally of lizards, this reptile

projects its head in the direction of the unfortunate saurian, at

which it stares intently for a few minutes, advancing at the same

time—almost imperceptibly—and sometimes imparting to its head

and neck the swaying motion above referred to. It next puts out its

long, brown, yellow-margined tongue once or twice. Just when

about to seize the lizard it pauses and puts its tongue out, points

together, stiffly standing upwards, sometimes at nearly right angles

to the snout. After resting a few seconds, often half a minute in

this attitude, it darts forward and catches the lizard usually by the

middle of the body and draws back again. Its actions up to this

point are so deliberate that the observer is always surprised at the

sudden movement, and we have never been able to follow it well.

One second the snake is simply watching the lizard, and the next

he has it in his mouth; how it got there, one can hardly tell, so

rapidly is it done. The lizard is now suspended in mid air. The

snake holds its victim in this position for some time, and then

slowly working its jaws towards the head swallows it. These

snakes are frequently 43 feet in length, and, except when distended

with eggs or after having devoured an unusually large morsel,

are rarely thicker than an ordinary lead-pencil. They seldom

attempt to bite, and never inflict a wound. ‘They are called

by the Creoles ‘“ Liguis,’ a corruption of “ Rigoise” or “ horse-

whip.” They are exceedingly difficult to observe when wild and

often disappear in the most mysterious and. uncanny manner

when an attempt is made to catch them, so stealthily rapid are they

in their movements. .

DIPSAS CENCHOA.

This is another very peculiar and at the same time extremely

beautiful serpent. It is often 33 feet in length and even longer.

Its triangular-shaped body is marked with a series of saddle-like

dark spots on a light-coloured ground. Its head is as blunt and

round as the Horsewhip’s is acuminate. Its eyes are very promi-

nent. The Dipsas is even thinner than the Horsewhip, and on

account of its attenuated appearance and its markings, which

somewhat resemble those of Lachesis muta, is known by the Creole

labourers as “‘ Mapepire corde violon,” or ‘‘ Fiddlestring Mapepire.”

It is very inoffensive, and lives almost entirely upon the tiny Gona-

todes vittatus, which frequents old walls, trunks of large trees with

a rough bark, and tree-parasites and orchids. The growers of the

latter plants frequently find a Dipsas amongst their treasures. In

captivity it is of a most retirig disposition, during the daytime

coiling its great length in a little heap in one corner of its cage.

At night it moves about in a tolerably lively and a very graceful

"oe;

512 MESSRS, MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 19>

manner. It is most curious to watch these snakes passing from

branch to branch, the distances which they manage to bridge over

without any support, except that given by a small portion of their

bodies and their long tails, being almost incredible.

LEPTODIRA ANNULATA.

This pretty snake, which never exceeds, so far as we have had

opportunities of judging, 30 inches, has many of the habits of the

last-named species, but is more active in its movements, is not

triangular in shape, being more rounded, and has a longer head.

It has a chain of dark brown spots down the back and its ground-

colour is generally ight brown. We have only had two specimens,

one of which was caught in the rotten bough of a tree on a river-

bank. The greater part of the bough was occupied by an ants’ nest.

Leptodira annulata feeds well on frogs and lizards, and when very

much irritated attempts to bite, and when it has hold of a finger

tries to work into the skin the large back teeth, one on either side

of the upper jaw. One we kept for some months laid several eggs,

which she afterwards devoured.

ScyTALE CORONATUM.

This snake when young is a bright coral colour, with a dark

brown, sometimes nearly black, head, sometimes with a white collar.

As the snake grows older it becomes brown, with a whitish-grey

under surface. It is remarkable for its extreme shortsightedness,

not being able to see its prey even when close to it. They feed

largely on mice, and when one watches the clumsy efforts of these

snakes to capture their nimble prey it is a matter for surprise how

they manage to exist at all. The snake, when a mouse is in its

cage, lunges out wherever he imagines the mouse to be. The

nimble mouse avoids him with the greatest ease. It is only after

hours of persevering effort the snake manages to get the mouse,

probably when he is tired out with jumping about. ‘here would be

absolutely no chance for the snake at all if he had to catch his

food in the open. In their wild state, therefore, they follow the

mice and Ameiva lizards on which they feed into their holes and

devour them in the furthest recess of their burrows. When the

Scytale catches a mouse in the open or in a trap or bottle he

constricts it, throwing as many as three coils round it and pulling

hard with his jaws, just as the Boas do. If Scytale finds a nest of

young mice he does not take the trouble to constrict them, but bolts

them as Coluber corais does. Scytale has a very smooth coat, and

there is a peculiar shimmer about it which gives it a slimy-looking

appearance. They are fond of making their homes underneath

houses (West-Indian houses are, with few exceptions, raised from

a few inches to several feet above the ground) and are useful

snakes because of their mice-eating propensities. One in our

possession laid nine eggs, which stuck together after being

deposited. The following incident occurred in our snake-boxes :—

1894. ] OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I. 513

A pair of S. coronatum occupied a box together with a Grenada

Tree-Boa (Corallus cookii) which was about the same size. A

mouse was introduced and one of the Scytales immediately made

several frantic efforts to seize it. The Corallus on hearing the

disturbance woke up from his sleep on a branch above and

partly uncoiled, bringing his head near the level of the floor and

retaining his hold on the branch. As the mouse passed he deftly

caught and constricted it. Scytale, finding that the mouse had

ceased to jump about, happening to come near the Tree-Boa found

that he had killed the coveted morsel, and just as its rightful

captor was preparing to swallow it (having relaxed his coils) it

seized the mouse by the head. Boa finding the mouse being

pulled away from him tighened his coils again and presently seized

the mouse by the hind quarters and tried to swallow it in that

way, whilst Scytale tried at the head, which he succeeded in getting

into his throat, but was not able to proceed further because of the

Boa’s coil. The Boa gave up trying to swallow and simply climbed

up to his former lofty perch, still holding the mouse with the Scytale

dragging at its head. The Boa then formed his body into a loop

and threw acoil round the free ends of it. In the loop he held the

mouse firmly and then settled down quietly until the Scytale had

tired of his futile efforts. At length the Scytale, after a quarter of

an hour’s fruitless endeavour, released the mouse’s head, which was

promptly seized by the Boa, who protected the rest of the body

with coils. Justas the Boa had swallowed his well-earned meal and

the tail was disappearing down his throat, the Scytale, who had been

searching for the body, discovered that the Corallus had outwitted

him. He then seized the victor by the throat and threw four

coils round him. As the Boa was the most valuable snake, being

our only one and having been obtained from Grenada only after

considerable trouble, and fearing it might be injured, we put an

end to the duel by removing the Scytale to another cage.

ELAPS RIISEI.

This snake varies considerably from Z. lemniscatus in coloration

and distribution of the annuli, and in size being smaller. Its

habits are also at variance with those of lemniscatus. laps riiset,

though lively at night, is not averse to feeding in the day. It is

passionately fond of water, and one which we kept for some

months used to bathe regularly every morning. If the bath was

not changed at least twice a week the reptile neglected to take its

diurnal “tub.” Being much smaller than the lemniscatus to be

referred to subsequently, it was with difficulty that snakes small

enough could be obtained for it, and resort had to be made to the

tiny ground-snake, Gcophis lineatus, the largest specimens of which

rarely exceed 12 inches in length. These snakes it would eat at

any time during day or night, but it was noticeable that they did

not succumb to its venom before they were swallowed. On

March 17th, 1894, a G. lineatus 4 inches long was placed in the

box. It was seized at 9.14 P.M., precisely in the manner of lemnis-

514 MESSR&. MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 19,

catus, and was swallowed by 9.243 p.m. At 9.27 another one

9 inches long was introduced, and then directly it was caught

just above the vent. At 9.59 the Coral got its victim’s muzzle in

its mouth, and swallowed it by 10.53. Neither of these snakes,

nor many more besides which we have seen swallowed, were dead

when their tails disappeared down the Coral’s throat. These little

snakes resist the Coral vigorously to the very last, twining their

bodies round their devourer’s head in almost inextricable knots and

doing everything in their power to hinder the gorging process.

ELAPS LEMNISCATUS.

This snake sometimes reaches the length of 4 feet, but

specimens of this size are not at all common. Opinions in

Trinidad are divided as to their being poisonous, owing probably

to the fact that they have been frequently handled without

disastrous consequences. There are, however, cases on record of

persons having lost their lives through the bites of these reptiles

when they have been inadvertently trodden upon. They usually

lie dormant during the day under the dead leaves on sugar estates,

but they are more frequently found in cocoa plantations. At night

they are exceedingly lively and quick in their movements. The

species feeds, so far as we can find out, exclusively upon other

snakes, all efforts to induce Z. lemniscatus and EL. riisei to take frogs

and lizards having been failures. Z. lemniscatus wanders about at

night searching in holes and crevices for the small diurnal Ophidia,

and catches them when they areasleep. Being possessed of a com-

paratively solid head and, for a snake, very small mouth, in which

are two short fangs (situated further back than those of the vipers),

it is very difficult indeed for them to bite anything large,

Naturalists, we understand, are divided in their opinions as to

the use of the poison in these serpent-devouring Ophidia, and it

is asserted that the Indian Ophiophagus does not use his venom

to kill his prey. Though this may be the case with other snakes,

it is certain that the Trinidad Llaps lemniscatus relies upon its

poison very considerably in overcoming its victims; otherwise it

would not be able to secure its active prey even when surprised

asleep. A snake of this species 33 inches long, brought to us in

the first week of May 1893, was placed in a small glass-fronted

box with a jar of water and a wet pad of blotting-paper—it being

an absolute condition for the well-being of these creatures that

they should be kept damp. On May 15 we introduced a Liophis

nmelanotus. The next day it had disappeared, and there was a

slight increase in the Coral’s circumference. On the night of

May 23rd a Coluber bodduerti similarly vanished. Three days later

another Z. melanotus was disposed of. All these snakes manifested

the greatest uneasiness and even terror of the Coral, giving it the

largest berth possible, although, so long as daylight lasted, the

Coral paid no attention to them.

On the night of June 11th we gave a LZ. melanotus (17% inches

long) to the Coral. The moment it entered the box the Coral

1894.) OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B, W.I. 515

raised its head, but immediately resumed its quiescent attitude.

Subsequently it suddenly bit the visitor near the tail. The poor

little victim was at once released and crawled about as lively as

possible, but with the tail raised. Five minutes later it laid its

head down—slightly on one side; its body twitched as if in pain,

and three minutes later it was dead. The Coral at once seized

the dead snake four inches from the head, then worked it through

its jaws to within an inch of its head. It then let go, and, seizing

it again, worked down the body for about three-quarters of its

length. It let go again, and then went up to within an inch of

the head, worked up to the muzzle, and got it into its mouth, and

proceeded to swallow by sharp sidelong jerks following each other

in rapid succession. After it had got the dead snake half down,

it began to make the drawing muscular motions which is a charac-

teristic in the feeding of Boa Constrictor and other Ophidia, the

jaws doing no work at all. After swallowing the Coral yawned

several times. During the first part of the operation the Coral

held its victim down by a bight of its body 23 or 3 inches from

where its jaws were working. The swallowed snake was nearly as

thick as the Coral, and when the latter was going through the

preliminary of passing the former through his jaws, there were to

be heard sundry little cracks as if the bones were being broken.

The whole operation of killing and gorging lasted an hour. In

consequence of a fright the Coral disgorged during the night.

On the night of July 3rd another snake of the same species

(15 inches long) was introduced at 7.59 p.m. It crawled about

cautiously. At 8.4 the Coral raised its head, and the visitor lay

down perfectly quiet. The Coral began to move about, and at 8.114

caught its prey 23 inches from the tip of the tail, and, contrary to

the first occasion, retained its hold. At 8.15; the victim was

dying and turned over on its back. At17 minutes past 8 when

examined it was quite dead—53 minutes from the time of being

bitten.

On July 21st at 8.15 p.m. the Coral was lying in a corner of its

box,on a lamp-lighted table, perfectly indifferent to its surroundings.

A Lnophis melanotus (17 inches long) was introduced. The Coral

roused immediately, and glided about with such rapidity and

attacked its victim with such vigour that it was bitten three times,

almost before we realized the fact. At the last bite the Coral

held the Liophis about the middle of the tail. Four minutes

afterwards the victim was dead. The quick lateral motion in

swallowing was again observed, and the operation in this case

lasted ten minutes.

These observations are interesting because they prove that the

assertion that snake-poison has very little immediate effect upon

the Ophidia, thus being useless in the capture of their prey, is an

erroneous one. ‘They are interesting also because they prove that

the creatures feed on other snakes besides the Calamaride.

On July 29th we shaved the thigh of a large full-grown male

rat, and forced the Coral to bite it at 8.3.p.mM. The rat appeared

516 MESSRS. MOLE AND URICH ON THE [June 19,

to get drowsy almost immediately. It subsequently began to pant

violently, but was still drowsy. Then the tail began to twitch,

also the muscles in the region of the backbone. At 8.11 con-

vulsions set in. At 8.14 the heart had ceased beating. In biting

the Coral held on for about 15 seconds. This snake subsequently

died, owing to being accidently exposed by a careless porter to the

sun.

LACHESIS MUTA.

This snake is locally called ‘‘Mapepire Zanana,” because its

carinated scales are thought to be somewhat of the colour and the

shape of the leaf-like scales on the pineapple fruit. ‘“ The average

length,” says Mr. A. B. Carr, ‘* of those 1 have met and measured

accurately (about fifty) is a little under 73 feet; the largest

of these having been 8 ft. 2 in. and the shortest 6 ft. 2 in.

There is an instance on record (by de Verteuil) in the island, I

believe, of an 11-footer.” The Mapepire, unlike its cousin

Bothrops atrow, prefers rising ground, and is often found on the

crest of small hillocks, apparently because it prefers dry soil.

According to Mr. Carr, the Mapepire is frequently found in

holes, into which, when chased, the Lappe (Celogenys paca) and

the Armadillo (Zatusia novemcincta) run; but rarely, if ever, is he

found inhabiting the same hole (as has been for years believed)

with either of these animals. Most of the bites from this snake

occur at their holes. He rarely strikes without provocation, but

once agitated he becomes vicious and may strike many times in

succession. Dogs when hunting are bitten, and men occasionally,

but seldom fatally. In a paper on Quenck, or Peccary-hunting,

read before the Field Naturalists’ Club, in No. 11, vol. 1,

Mr. Carr stated that on one occasion a pair of peccaries took

refuge in the rotten trunk of a fallen balata tree. They were

killed, and subsequently two more rushed out of the trunk. The

dogs went in a third time and dragged out a Mapepire about

7 feet 10 inches long. In the fight which ensued it bit four dogs,

and the two last bitten died in a very few minutes, owing to the

inability of their masters to capture them for treatment with local

bush remedies ; the first two bitten recovered. The Mapepire is

a sluggish brute. On one occasion one was seen on the top of a

small hillock. The man who found it went to tell Mr. Carr. He

was busily engaged at the time and could not go then. Subse-

quently he went home and had his dinner. A heavy shower of

rain came on, which delayed him half an hour longer still. When

he at last went he found the Mapepire as described still coiled on

the ground, the water streaming down from his coils. His servant

then went and cut a stick, and the snake, after all this delay of at

least 24 hours, was captured alive. The Mapepire and Bothrops

atrox suffer from large parasitic worms in their lungs. The young

ones of L, muta are very rarely seen, while those of B. atroa are

often found. The few specimens of Mapepire we have seen have

not done well in captivity.

1894. | OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. 1. 517

BovrHROPS ATROX.

Found only in swampy places. It ascends a short distance

little bushes 5 feet or so from the ground. BB. atrow is very fierce,

and sometimes ejects its poison a considerable distance. One

which was being teased with a stick ejected its poison in this way.

It fell on the face of a woman some twelve feet off. It is rather

more active than the Lachesis muta and bites more readily. The

largest specimens we have seen were about 6 feet long. The

B, atrox is locally called “‘ Mapepire Balsain,” which is said to mean

striped. It is called in some localities ‘* Valsain,” which no doubt

means dancing (from the French), an allusion to the cireling

motion when in the attitude of defence, which all vipers exhibit.

A Prelinunary List of the Ophidia of Trinidad, B. W. I.

Nore.—The snakes found by us in Trinidad are marked with an

asterisk; where we have not seen the snakes ourselves the name

of the recorder is given.

The names of authorities given within square brackets after the

species are those of the naturalists to whose kindness we are

indebted for the determinations of the species.

OPHIDIA.

TYPHLOPIDA.

*1. Typhlops reticulatus, L.

Recorded from Trinidad by Boettger.

GLAUCONIID&.

2. Glauconia albifrons, Wael.

Recorded from Trinidad by Boulenger and Garman.

Borpz.

*3. Epicrates cenchris, Li. [ Boulenger].

*4, Hpicrates cenchris, L., var. fusca, Gray [Boettger].

New to Trinidad.

5. Corallus cookii, Gray, var. melanea, Gray.

Recorded from Trinidad by Boulenger.

*6. Corallus cookii, Gray, var. ruschenber git, Cope [Boettger].

New to Trinidad.

*7, Boa constrictor, L. [Boettger & Boulenger].

8. Boa diviniloqua, Laur.

Recorded from Trinidad by Boulenger.

*9, Eunectes murinus, L.

Proo, Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XXXIV. 34

518 ON THE OPHIDIA OF TRINIDAD, B. W. I. [June 19,

CoLUBRIDz.

a. Colubrine.

*10. Streptophorus atratus, Hallow. [Boulenger)}.

New to Trinidad.

*11. Geophis lineatus, Dum. & Bibr. [ Boettger].

*12. Liophis melanotus, Shaw [Boettger & Boulenger].

*13. Liophis regine, L. [Boettger & Boulenger].

New to Trinidad.

*14. Liophis cobella, L. [Boettger & Boulenger].

#15. Coluber boddaerti, Seetz. [Boettger & Boulenger|}.

*16. Coluber corais, Boie [Boettger & Boulenger].

*17. Spilotes variabilis, Wied [ Boettger & Boulenger}.

#18. Spilotes pecilostoma, Wied [ Boettger].

New to Trinidad,

*19. Herpetodryas macrophthalmus, Jan {| Boettger }.

New to Trinidad.

*20. Herpetodryas carinatus, L. [Boettger & Boulenger].

721. Ahetulla liocercus, Wied [ Boettger & Boulenger].

New to Trinidad.

*22. Petalognathus nebulatus, L. | Boettger & Boulenger |}.

New to Trinidad.

b. Dipsadine.

*23. Homalocranium melanocephalum, L. [Boettger'.

New to Trinidad.

#24, Oxybelis acuminatus, Wied [ Boettger].

*25,. Dipsas cenchroa, L. [Boulenger}.

#26. Leptodira annulata, L. { Boettger].

*27. Scytale coronatum, Schneid. { Boettger & Boulenger].

28. Oxyrrhopus plumbeus, Wied.

Recorded from Trinidad by Boulenger.

c. Elapine.

*29, Elaps riisei, Jan [ Boettger].

*30. Elaps lemniscatus, L. { Boettger].

31. Elaps corallinus, L.

Recorded from Trinidad by Giinther.

VIPERID2.

#32. Lachesis muta, L. [ Boettger].

New to Trinidad.

*33, Bothrops atrow, L. [Boettger & Boulenger].

New to Trinidad. ‘ ris

1894.] MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 519

4, On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part II.*

By E. Sion’.

[Received May 2, 1894.]

Familia PHOLCID 4.

ARTEMA ATALANTA, Walck. Apt. i. 1837, p. 656.

Pholeus convecus, Blackw. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, in.

1858, p. 332 (pars).

? Pholcus rotundatus, Karsch, Stettin. entom. Zeitung, 1879,

p- 106.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Espéce répandue dans l’Amérique du sud et les Antilles.

SMERINGOPUS ELONGATUS, Vinson, Ar. Réun. &e. 1864, p. 135

(Pholeus).

Pholeus ie Dolesch. Act. Soc. Sc. Ind. Neerl. v. 1859,

p. 47 (pars).

Pholcus tipuloides, L. Koch, Ar. Austr. 1872, p. 281, t. xxii. f. 5.

Pholeus distinctus, Cambr. J. Linn. Soc., Zool. x. 1876, p. 380,

t. xi. ff. 28-30.

Pholcus elongatus, Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. &c. ii. 1878, iii. 1881;

v. Hasselt, Tijds. v. Ent. xx. 1877, p. 53.

Pholeus margarita, Workman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, i.

p- 401, t. xvii. ff. 1, 2.

Pholcus tipuloides, Marx, Pr. Acad. N. 8S. Phil. 1889, t. iv. f. 5.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

PHYSOCYCLUS GLOBOsUS, Tacz.

Pholeus gibbosus, Keyser]. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1877, p. 208.

Physocyclus gibbosus, E. Sim. Hist. Nat. Araig. éd. 2, 1893,

p- 470.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Espéce répandue dans presque toutes les régions tropicales du

monde.

Mopistmvs euaucus, E. Sim. Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1893, p. 322.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Espéce propre aux Antilles: je la posscde de 8. Domingue, de

S. Thomas et de la Jamaique.

PsILOCcHORUS NIGRIFRONS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax paulo latior quam longus,

utrinque ample rotundus, parte thoracica profunde longitudin-

aliter sulcata, lurido-testaceus, reguone frontal clypeoque valde

infuscatis et macula thoracica nigricante magna, latiore quam

longa, antice recte truncata, utrinque cdentata et postice breviter

r For Part I., see P. Z.S. 1891, p. 549.

2 Communicated by Dr. D. Swarr, E.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee

for Investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West-Indian Islands.

34*

Sie °

r* ei

. wae’ eS 4 Z

‘ a) os

520 MONS, EB. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. {June 19,

acuta, notatus. Oculi ordinarii, quatuor antici (apicibus)

lineam rectam formantes, medii minutissimi lateralibus plus

sectuplo minores, inter se contigui sed a lateralibus distincte

separati. Abdomen anguste elongatum, supra omnino luteo-

£ testaceum, subtus dilutius, macula epigasteris subquadrata, linea

a ventrali angusta et abbreviata, et postice utringue macula

Fig. 1.

Psilochorus nigrifrons.

Premaczillaris maris.

confusa, nigricantibus, ornaium. Partes oris, chele et pedes-

maaillares nigricantes, Sternum Wwridum. Pedes longissimi

et gracilimi, obscure fulvi, femoribus tubiusque ad apicem sat

late albido-annulatis. Chele, antice ad apicem, prope radicem

unguis, dente parvo obliquo granuloque armate. Pedum-

macillarium femur claviforme ad basin angustum et apophyst

inferiore parva et obtusa munitum, ad apicem subtus valde m-

flatum et subglobosum ; patella brevis ; tibia sat longa, convexa ;

apophysis tarsalis longa, leviter sinuosa, antice, prope medium,

minute dentata, apice longe attenuata et laciniosa. (Femina

adulta ignota.)

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Dans les foréts sur les trones d’arbres.

PSILOCHORUS LEMNISCATUS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorae paulo latior quam longus,

utrinque ample rotundus, parte thoracica profunde longitudin-

aliter sulcata, fulvus, regione oculart utrinque nigra, elypeo

. infuscuto, parte thoracica vitta media lata, antice bifida, sub-

parallela sed leviter dentata, vittaque marginali lata et leviter

sinudsa, fuscis, ornatus. Oculi ordinarii, quatuor antici

(apicibus) lineam rectam designantes, inter se subcontiqui et

valde inaquales, medii lateralibus saltem sextuplo minores.

Abdomen longum, teretiusculum, supra testaceo-viride, maculis

nigro-virescentibus biseriatis 5-5 (maculis 2' paris reliquis

majoribus) et utringue maculis plurimis ornatum, subtus vitta

nigricanti late leviter attenuata et truncata et apicem haud

attingente, notatum. Chelw, partes oris sternumque fusca, hoc

late testaceo-marginatum. Pedes longissimi et gracillimi, fusci ;

femoribus tibiisque apice sat anguste albido-annulatis. Chele

antice, prope medium, dente crasso attenwato sed obtuso instructe.

Pedes-maxillares fere procedentis, sed fulvo-rufescentes.

1894.| MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 521

Q. Mari subsimilis. Pedes-maxillares fusci. Chele mutice.

Plaga genitali simplex, fusco-nitida, semicircularis, a petiolo sat

late remota sed dimidium ventris haud attingens.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Familia THERIDIIDS.

ARGYRODES CANCELLATUS, Hentz.

Theridion cancellatum, Hentz, Bost. J. N. H. vi. 1850, p. 278,

hie: £8.

Lascola cancellata, Emerton, Tr. Conn. Acad. 1882.

Argyrodes cancellatus, Keyserl. Spinn. Amer., Therid. ii. 1886,

p- 243, t. xx. f. 297.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Répandu dans tout le sud des Etats-Unis, les Antilles, et le

Vénézuela.

ARIAMNES PARADOXUS, Taczanowski.

Argyrodes paradoxus, Tacz. Hor. Soc. ent. Ross. ix. 1872, p. 58,

t. ¥. £15.

Ariamnes paradoxus, Keyserl. Spinn. Amer., Therid. i. 1884,

p- 168, t. vii. f. 103.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Répandu dans une grande partie de l’ Amérique tropicale.

ARIAMNES LONGISSIMUS, Keyserl.

Ariamnes longissimus, Keyser]. Spinn. Amer., Bras. Spinn. iii.

p. 202, t. vii. f. 145.

Insula Sancti Vincenti.

Existe aussi au Vénézuela et au Brésil.

SPINTHARUS FLAVIDUS, Hentz.

S. flavidus, Hentz, Bost..J.. N. H.. vi. 1850, p. 284, t. x. £. 8;

Keyser. Spinn. Amer., Therid. i. 1884, p. 176, t. viii. f. 107.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Trés répandu dans le sud des Etats-Unis.

THERIDION stuDIOsUM, Hentz.

Theridion studiosum, Hentz, Bost. J. N. H. vi. 1850, p. 275,

t. ix. f. 5; Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vi. 1882, p. 14;

Keyserl. Spinn. Amer., Therid. i. 1884, p. 20, t.1. £. 7.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Répandu dans toute ’Amérique depuis les Etats-Unis jusqu’s

la République Argentine.

THERIDION FRONDEUM, Hentz.

Theridion frondeum, Hentz, loc. cit. p. 274, t. ix. f£. 7; Emerton,

loc. cit. p. 15, t. ili. f. 1; Keyserl. loc. cit. p. 69, t. iii. f. 42.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Répandu dans une grande partie de l’ Amérique.

_—- =i

.] “iy ae Oa

“ae a

522 MONS. E.SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [June 1,

THERIDION ANTILLANUM, sp. noy.

Q. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax albido-testaceus, levis, parte

thoracica linea media longitudinali abbreviata nigra notata.

Oculi singulariter et tenwter nigro-cincti, parvi, inter se cequales

et late distantes, medu postici inter se quam a lateralibus

remotiores (spatio interoculart oculo plus quadruplo latiore).

Area oculorum mediorum paulo latior quam longa et antice

quam postice paulo angustior. Abdomen globosum, parcissime

et longe pilosum, pallide luteum, supra punctis nigris minu-

tissimis, quadratum magnum designantibus, ornatum. Chel,

partes oris pedesque albido-testacet subpellucentes ; patellis, tibiis

metatai ‘sisque (3 paris exceptis) apice minutissime ni igro-notatis,

Pedes longi inter se valde inequales (antici posticis multo

longiores) sat longe setosi. Vulva simplew, plagula parva

subrotunda notata.

3. Long. 3°6 mm.—Femine subsimilis, sed abdomine multo minore.

Pedes-mavillares albidi, tarso bulboque luteis; patella brevi,

nodiformi, convexa, seta longa supra munita ; tibia breviore sed

latiore cupuliformi ; tarso maximo, compresso, apice sat abrupte

subacuto et inflexo; bulbo maximo, valde compresso, stylo longo,

cureumdato,

Fig. 2.

Theridion antillanum.

Bulba genitalis maris.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

7’. seemaculato, Keyserl., verisimiliter affine sed certe distinctum.

THERIDION FUESSLYI, sp. Noy.

Q. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax levis et iwitidus, lete fulvo-

rufescens, utrinque sat anguste nigro-mar ‘ginatus, linea media

nigricante, seepe obsoleta, abbreviata ( foveam thoracicam postice

haud superante), interdum in parte cephalica ampliata et ramosa,

notatus. Oculi postici in lineam levissime procurvam, magna,

medir lateralibus paulo majores et a lateralibus quam inter se

paulo remotiores, spatio imteroculart oculo paulo angustiore,

Oculi antici in lineam subrectam, vie procurvam, medi later-

alibus paulo majores et inter se remotiores. Area mediorum

circiter ceque longa ac lata et antice quam postice paulo lator.

Sternum fulvo-rufescens concolor vel rarius anguste nigro-mar-

gunatum, leve. Partes oris fusce vel nigre. Chele fulve

nigricanti-variate. Abdomen globosum, obscure cinereo-testa-

ceum, nigricanti-variatum et subsegmentatum, parce albido-punc-

1894.] MONS. EB. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 523

tatum, vitta media integra, leviter dentata, crebrius albido-punctata

ornatum, subtus obscure fulvwm et vitta transversa nigra vali-

dissime arcuata, fere semicirculari, leviter sinuosa et im medio,

prope mamillas, sensim angustiore, notatum. Pedes luridi

concolores, interdum femoribus tibiisque ad apicem tenuissime

nigro-cinctis, interdum nigricanti-variati et subannulati, sat longe

pulosi, setis erectis patellarum et tibiarum longis, tibiis meta-

tarsisque anticis circiter equilongis. Area vulve fusco-rufula,

convexa, fovea superficial. ovato-transversa impressa.

3. Long. 3 mm.—A femina differt abdomine minore et presertim

multo angustiore, pedibus, presertim anticis, multo longioribus.

Pedes-mawillares luridi; femore gracili ; patella brevi, convewa,

valde arcuata ; tibia brevi sed subtus ampliata, rotunda atque ad

Fig. 3.

Theridion fuesslyt.

Bulba genitalis maris.

marginem longe ciliata ; tarso ovato, apice breviter uncato ; bulbo

ad apicem stylo longo, circulum formante, munito.

Tnsula Sancti Vincenti.

Th. differenti, Emert., et 7. antonii, Keyserl., affine.

THERIDION STYLIFRONS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 1:8 mm.—Cephalothorax levis, fulvo-rufescens, fronte

valde acclivi-turbinata, ad apicem (inter oculos medios) processu

longissimo (cephalothorace toto viw breviore) sat gracili, recto et

apice acuminato insigniter instructa. Oculi postici inter se

Fig. 4.

Theridion stylifrons,

a. Cephalothorax maris. bs Premaxillaris maris.

aqui, in lineam valde recurvam, medit a lateralibus quam inter

se plus duplo remotiores. Oculi antici inier se parum mequales,

524

MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. [June 195.

in lineam valde procurvam. Clypeus altissimus et obliquus.

Sternum late cordiforme, convewum et subleeve sed parcissime

rugosum, fulvo-rufulum. Abdomen globosum, album, subtus

plagula epigasteris fulvo-nitida munitum. Pedes sat longi et

graciles, olivacei, femoribus dilutioribus. Pedes-mawillares fulvi ;

femore gracilr, recto; patella brevi, leviter convexa; tibia brevi sed

subtus ampliata et apice truncata ; tarso bulboque magnis et

ovates.

2. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide luteo-rufescens, versus

marginem leviter infuscatus. Ocul posticc in lineam plane

rectam, inter se fere wquidistantes (spatiis interocularibus oculis

angustioribus), medit leviter elongati et obtusissime triquetri.

Oculi antici in lineam vie procurvam, posticis paulo minores et

inter se aquales, medvi a sese quam a lateralibus remotiores.

Clypeus area oculorum paulo latior, sed chelis brevior. Sternum

pedesque pallide lurida, sternum haud longius quam latum,

leviter conveeum, postice, inter cowas, sat late obtusum, Abdomen

magnum, globosum, cinereo-testaceum, supra vitta media abbre-

viata et utringue vittis obliquis radiantibus paulo obscurioribus

sed parum distinctis ornatum.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.

Nora.—Cette espéce appartient 4 un groupe remarquable assez

répandu dans Amérique du sud mais jusqwici peu connu. Les

femelles sont normales et voisines du Theridion pallens, Blackw.,

d’Europe; tandis que les males présentent des déformations fron-

tales analogues 4 celles qui s’observent dans les genres Cornicularia

et Lophocarenum du groupe des Hrigoninee.

Gen. SPHYROTINUS, nov.

A Theridio imprimis differt oculis anticis inter se valde incequa-

libus, mediis lateralibus plus duplo minoribus et area oculorwm

mediorum antice quam postice multo angustiore.

SPHYROTINUS LUCULENTUS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 1:2 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-olivaceus, tenwiter nigro-

marginatus et leviter nigro-reticulatus, versus marginem sub-

tilissime coriaceus. Oculi postict in lineam leviter recurvam,

magni, inter se fere wque et anguste separati (spatiis interocular-

ibus oculis angustioribus), medvi lateralibus paulo majores et

late ovati. Oculi antici in lineam rectam, medii lateralibus plus

duplo minores. Abdomen globosum, cinereo-lividum, vitta media

Jusca sepe interrupta, angusta sed postice sensim ampliata supra

notatum. Sternwn fuscum. Pedes longi et graciles, pallide

lurid, femore tibiaque 4' paris apice minute fusco-notatis ; tibiis

subtus setis longis paucis munitis.

3. Long. 1 mm -—Cephalothor ax subtiliter coriaceus, obscure

rufescens, ad margimem et supra fusco-lineatus. Oculi femine.

Abdomen minus, ovatum, antice leviter emarginatum, albo-

1894.] | MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF ST. VINCENT. 525

testaceum, postice vitta pennata nigra notatum, subtus obscure

fuluum. = Sternum fusco-rufescens, subtiliter migro-cinctum.

Pedes valde incequales, antici reliquis mulio longiores, femoribus

incrassatis, fusiformibus aurantiaco-tinctis, reliqui pedes graciles

pallide luridi; femorrbus tibusque 4¢ paris apice leviter infuscatis.

Pedes-mavillares flavidi, parvi et debiles ; patella globosa ; tibia

cylindracea ; tarso bulboque sat anguste ovatis.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

J’en ai trouvé une seconde espéce voisine au Vénézuela:

S. bimucronatus, E. Sim.

Gen. Janutus, Thorell.

Janulus, Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. &c. ii. 1881, p. 163.

Theridium, Keyserling, Spinn. Amer., Bras. Spinn. ii. p. 193

(ad part.: 7. bicorne, Keyserl.).

Cephalothorax fere Hpisini sed paulo latior, striis cephalicis

foveaque thoracica parva transversa et utrinque leviter ampliata,

impressus, fronte angusta. Oculi postict magni inter se sub-

aequales, in neam valde reeurvam, medi inter se anguste distantes

a lateralibus haud vel viw separati. Oculc medi antici valde

prominuli, lateralibus paulo majores. Area oculorum mediorum

subparallela, paulo longior quam lata, pone oculos anticos

tuberculis binis geminatis insigniter munita. Oculi laterales

utringue contigui. Chele, partes oris pedesque Episini. Abdo-

men haud longius quam latum, trapezordale, postice ampliatum

truncatum et plerumque utringue angulosum.

Ce genre quia pour type une espéce de Malaisie J. bicornis,

Thorell, a des répresentants dans toutes les régions tropicales du

monde ; une esptce du Brésil a été décrite par Keyserling sous

le nom de Theridium bicorne (J. bicorniger, H. Sim.).

J ANULUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS, Sp. Nov.

3. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide luridus, linea marginah

exillima lineaque submarginali latiore sinuosa, magricantibus

notatus, tuberculis frontalibus contiquis et obtusis nigris, oculis,

saltem posticis, singulariter rufulo-cinctis. Oculi postici &

lineam valde recurvam, subcequales, medii inter se distantes

(spatio interoculari oculum circiter equante) sed a lateralibus

haud separati. Abdomen circiter eque longum ac latum, antice

rotundum, postice amphatum, truncatum, cum angulis prominulis

atque in medio, supra mamillas, plus nunus productum, supra

pallide luridum, grosse et inordinate albo-quttulatum, utrinque

et postice linea nigra sinuosa marginatum, postice in declivitate

fuscum. Sternum pedesque pallide flavida. Pedes longi, antici

leviter rufulo-iincti, tibiis ad apicem minute fusco-notatis,

femoribus tibiisque 4* paris sat late nigricanti-annulatis et

subvittatis. Pedes-mavillares luridi, femore fusco-lineato, tarso

rufulo, patella tibiaque gracilibus et circiter equilongis, tarso

sat parvo et ovato.

526 MR, W. E. COLLINGE ON A NEW [June 19,

Q . Long. 2°5 mm.— Mari subsimilis, sed cephalothorace vittis margi-

nalibus latioribus, interdum omnino fusco-reticulato, abdominis

pictura dorsali valde variabili, plerumque fulva nigricante

reticulata et postice, in declivitate, late nigricanti-vittata, sterno

fusco, pedibus luridis, femoribus tibiisque 4° paris apice nigri-

canti-annulatis.

Insula Sancti Vincenti.

Espéce trés répandue au Vénézuela.

THERIDULA OPULENTA, Walck.

Theridion opulentum, Walck. Apt. ii. 1841, p. 322.

Theridion spherula, Hentz, Bost. J. N. Hist. vi. 1850, p. 279,

t. ix. f. 22.

Theridion gonygaster, E. Sim. Aran. Nouv. 2° mém., Liége, 1873 ;

id. Ar. Fr. v. 1881, p. 109.

Theridula spherula, Emerton, Keyserling, &e.

Chrysso nweopicta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 763.

Insula Sancti Vincentii.

Espéce extrémement disséminée, car elle existe dans la région

Méditerranéenne (7. gonygaster, E. Sim.), dans Jl Afrique occi-

dentale et australe, i Madagascar (Chrysso niveopicta, Butler),

Ceylan, et dans Amérique du nord, d’ou elle a été décrite pour

la premicre fois par Walckenaer sous le nom de Theridion opulentum.

5. Description of a new Species of Slug of the Genus

Janella. By Wauter HE. Corziner, Demonstrator of

Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason College,

Birmingham *.

[Received May 8, 1894.]

T have recently received from Mr. H. Suter, of Christchurch,

New Zealand, a series of Slugs belonging to the genus Athoraco-

phorus, Gould, better known to European malacologists under the

generic name of Janella. Although this latter name is preoccupied

by a synonym, I am decidedly in favour of its retention, for reasons

set forth by Professor Cockerell *.

Of the above specimens, six are J. bitentaculata, Q. & G., four

J. papillata, Hutton, and two I am here describing as belonging

to a new species, which I shall term J. maculata.

To what extent J. bitentaculata varies I am not aware; certainly no

two of the above six specimens are alike. The two examples which

Tam naming J. maculata Mr. Suter included with J. bitentaculata ;

but he has evidently not examined the series, or I feel sure he would

have noticed the very distinct form and colour of these particular

two.

1 Communicated by E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.Z,S,

* «The Conchologist,’ 1893, vol. ii. p, 215,

1894.] SLUG OF THE GENUS JANELLA. 527

JANELLA MACULATA, Sp. nov.

Animal much flatter than J. bitentaculata. |Dorso-median

eroove distinct and continuous to the tip of the tail. Ground-

colour dirty yellow, with numerous irregular black spots and

dashes; a large, black, oval-shaped mark immediately behind the

pulmonary orifice. Head slightly lighter than the rest of the body.

Foot dirty yellow, marginal portions distinct from median plane.

Pulmonary orifice small and inconspicuous.

Length in alcohol 33 millim.

Habitat. Forty Mile Bush, North Island, New Zealand

(A. Suter).

The flat back of this species reminds one of Veronicella, whilst

the colouring is similar to dark-coloured examples of Gieomalacus

maculosus, Allm., which I have occasionally seen.

Anatomy.

Generative System.—There is a single vestibule, from which the

penis passes off as a lateral organ. In its natural position it is

twisted upon itself, as shown in fig.3. Its first portion is slightly

lane as

Generative system of Janella maculata,

(Lettering of this and the four following figures.)

alb.gi, albumen gland. ov, oviduct.

b.c, buccal cavity. pr, prostate,

¢, crop. Pp, penis.

h.d, hermaphrodite duct. 7, rectum.

h.gl, hermaphrodite gland. | 7.m, retractor muscle.

z, intestine. | 7.s, receptaculum seminis.

Z, liver. st, stomach.

@, esophagus. v, vestibule.

ov', free oviduct, v.d, vas deferens,

528 MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON A NEW [June 19;

constricted, and again a little higher up; its upper portion is

convoluted and opens into a long thin tube—the vas deferens.

In J. bitentaculata the penis is much shorter, and usually exhibits

a sharp distinction between that organ and ‘the vas deferens (cf.

Keferstein ' and Macdonald’). Attached to the distal end of the

penis is a small short retractor muscle; its point of attachment to

this organ affords a ready means of distinguishing between penis

and vas deferens. The continuation of the vestibule forms a

simple pouch-like cavity—the free portion of the oviduct. From

reference to figs. 1 & 3, it will be seen that in J. maculata the long

Generative system of Janella bitentaculata.

(For lettering see p. 527.)

tube-like portion of the free oviduct is absent, whilst in J. biten-

taculata it is quite as long as the pouch-like portion. The

receptaculum seminis is a large oval or circular sac, opening into

the lower portion of the free oviduct, just above the opening of

the penis into the vestibule. The combined oviduct and prostate

form a short convoluted tube, not more than two-thirds the length

of that organ in J. bitentaculata. Covered partly by the large her-

maphrodite gland and its duct is a very peculiarly shaped albumen-

gland, consisting of a large oval-shaped mass with a thin flattened

upper portion. The hermaphrodite duct is large and oyal in form,

1 Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. 1865, Bd. xv. t. xxxiv. fig. 3.

* Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1856, vol. xviii. (ser. 2) pl. iii. fig. 6.

“ xf

‘i

1894. ] SLUG OF THE GENUS JANELLA. 529

and consists of a number of loosely-connected lobes. This same

organ in J. bitentaculata is very definite and compact in form, and

may readily be divided into two villiform portions (fig. 2,/.gl). A

long convoluted duct connects the gland with the common duct.

Fig. 3.

Portion of the generative organs of Janella maculata in natural position.

(For lettering see p. 527.)

Fig. 4.

Showing the distinctness between the penis and yas deferens in an example

of Janella bitentaculata.

(For lettering see p. 527.)

Digestive System —The mouth, which has the usual ventral

position common to the genus, opens into the buccal cavity, which

passes into a short cesophagus leading intoa wide crop. In neither

this species nor J. bitentaculat« have I been able to trace any

diverticulum of the crop as figured by Keferstem*. The intestine

makes a double fold in the lobes of the liver, which is proportion-

ately larger and more loosely folded than in J. betentaculata.

Embedded in the lobes of the liver is the small ovoid stomach.

The intestine continues as a long convoluted tube terminating at

the anus.

The two specimens of J. maculata measured 33 and 34 millim.

in length, and the specimen of J. bitentaculata which was dissected

48 millim. Professor Cockerell *, in describing the characteristics

of Neojanella dubia, states that it was 53 willim. long (in alcohol),

while the example of J. bitentaculata he examined was only 16

millim., and he further mentions that Gray’s type in the British

Museum collection is only 19 millim. long. Of course, if these

sizes were characteristic of the species named, they would lend

1 Op. cit. fig. 3.

* Op. cit. p. 226.

a oy 7 ’ = ogf

530 ON A NEW SLUG OF THE GENUS JANELLA. [June 19,

great weight to the separation of NV. dubia from J. bitentaculata,

the specific distinctness of which yet remains to be proved’. It

will be as well, perhaps, to here state the sizes of the specimens

I have received from Mr. Suter, as indicating possibly the average

length which J. bitentaculata attains: these sizes are 32, 32, 40,

43, 45, and 48 millim. In a recent communication received from

Mr. Charles Hedley, he states that he has seen J. papillata 53

millim. in length. My largest specimen, in alcohol, measures

32 millim.

Fig. 5.

Digestive system of Janella maculata,

(For lettering see p. 527.)

The chief points of difference between J. maculata and J. bi-

tentaculata may be summarized as follows :—

The form and length of the free oviduct and penis, the shortness

of the common duct, the form and divisions of the hermaphrodite

gland, the distinct form of the albumen-gland, and the minor

differences in the liver, colour of the animal, and general flattened

form of the whole of the body.

In concluding this description I would remark that the whole

family Janellide requires revision. It is very desirable that we

should have a series of coloured drawings taken from actually

living specimens of each species and variety, with careful drawings

of their anatomy.

1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1892, vol. ix. (ser. 6) pp. 169-171; Trans. New

Zealand Inst. 1892, pp. 156-162; Journal of Malacology, 1894, vol. iii. p. 13.

‘soe — al ial

ann Wal

ned

EE ae >

pa ee

SECTIONS or ASCARIS TRANSFUGA.

1894. | ON SOME NEMATODE PARASITES. 531

6. Notes on Nematode Parasites from the Animals in the

Zoological Gardens, London. By Artuur EH. Surerey,

M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge.

[Received June 8, 1894. |

(Plate XXXV.)

The materials for the following notes on internal parasites

found during the post-mortem examination of various animals

which died in the Gardens of this Society were forwarded

to me by my friend Mr. F. E. Beddard during the autumn of

1893.

The collection included examples of five species of Nematodes

and of one specimen of Pentastoma. I was unable to identify one

small species of Nematode, of which there was but one specimen,

taken from the walls of the lower intestine of a Canis virginianus.

The other Nematodes belonged to the following four species :—

1. DICHEILONEMA BISPINOSUM, Diesing.

There was but one specimen of this species, and this was rather

shrivelled and distorted. It was a male, 28 em. in length, about

3 to 4 mm. in breadth in the middle of the body, and tapering

gradually at either end.

The specimen was taken from the tissue surrounding the

intestine of a Boa constrictor; according to Diesing it is found

under the skin as well as in the abdominal cavity of this snake,

and also amongst the coats of the intestine in Ophis saurocephalus,

and in the membranes surrounding the lungs and cesophagus of

Thamnobius pecilostoma in Brazil.

This species was first called Pilaria boc-constrictoris by Leidy

in the ‘ Proc. of the Acad. of Philadelphia,’ vol. vy. Diesing in his

‘Systema Helminthum,’ 1851, refers to it under the name /laria

bispinosa, a name accepted by Leidy in the ‘ Proc. of the Acad. of

Philadelphia,’ 1856, p. 56; but in his “ Revision der Nemotoden,”

in the ‘ Sitzungsberichte der k. Akad. in Wien,’ Bd. xlii. 1861,

Diesing mentions it under the name quoted above, Dicheilonema

bispinosum.

2. PHYSALOPIERA TURGIDA, Rud.

Numerous specimens of this species were taken from the

stomach and intestine of Azara’s Opossum, Didelphys azare. The

species is described by Dujardin in his ‘ Histoire Naturelle des

Helminthes,’ 1845, p. 92, under the name Spiroptera turgida, and

by Schneider in his ‘Monographie der Nemaioden,’ 1866, p. 62.

It has also been found in Didelphys cancrivora and D. nudicaudata

and virginiana.

“J «#

% _

532 MR. A. E. SHIPLEY ON SOME | June 19,

3. ASCARIS TRANSFUGA. (Plate XXXV.)

Numerous specimens taken from the stomach and small

intestine of Ursus arctos, var. piscator. This seems to be the

commonest nematode parasitic in the intestine of Bears. Dujardin

(‘ Histoire Naturelle des Helminthes,’ 1845, p. 158) describes speci-

mens from the alimentary canal of Ursus arctos and Ursus maritimus,

and Linstow in his ‘Compendium der Helminthologie, 1878, adds

Ursus americanus and U. labiatus to the lists of its hosts. Blan-

chard gives a short description of this species in the ‘Annales des

Sciences Naturelles,’ sér. 3, vol. i., and a figure of the anatomy of

a male.

4. ASCARIS LUMBRICOIDES.

A single specimen from the small intestine of Sima satyrus.

Note on the Histology of Ascaris transfuga.

The histology of Ascaris transfuga has not been described, and

although the structure of the animal departs in but few particulars

from that which obtains in the unusually monotonous group of

Nematodes, I have added a few notes on some of the more

interesting features.

The subcuticular layer of Nematodes has recently attracted a

good deal of attention; in Ascaris transfuga it exhibits the usual

structure—that is, it is composed of numerous fine fibrils closely

matted together, with occasional nuclei scattered through the mass.

The nuclei are small and seem to be degenerating. This sub-

cuticular sheath surrounds the single layer of muscles, and is

heaped up along the ventral and dorsal middle lines and around

the lateral excretory canals; it is most abundant in the latter

position, especially in the region of the middle of the body ; here

it shows signs of being divided into two halves by a line which

runs from the canal towards the cuticle (Plate XX XV. fig. 1), and

in longitudinal sections it often splits along this line. In this

region this tissue with the lateral canal may reach a quarter the

breadth of the body, but anteriorly and posteriorly the bands are

much more flattened. ‘The dorsal and ventral accumulations of this

tissue are much less bulky, only a narrow membrane, compressed

between two contiguous muscles, passes from the subcuticular layer

and surrounds the dorsal and ventral nerves (fig. 1).

Jammes' is of the opinion that this subcuticular layer forms

with the nerves a single tissue, whose basis is the ectodermic

neuro-epithelial element. He attributes the loss of the cellular

outline of the embryonic ectoderm to the direct influence of the

cuticle, which is formed at a very early stage im the life of the

individual, and serves to protect the embryo from the action of

digestive juices of the host in which it lives. This explanation of

the early formation of the cuticle applies, however, only to the

} Ann. des Sci. Nat. vol. xiii. 1892, pp. 821-842.

1894.] NEMATODE PARASITES. 533

parasitic forms, and does not include the numerous cases of free-

living Nematodes, unless we are justified in assuming that the

latter are descended from parasitic forms.

Rohde’ describes the contractile part of the muscle-cells of

Ascaris as consisting of homogeneous pillars, arranged in two

radial rows on the outer side of each fibre: between these pillars

is an “ Intertibrdésmasse,” the fibrils composing which are continuous

on the one hand with the fibrils of the spongioplasm of the

medullary part of the muscle-cell, and on the other with the fibrils

which compose so large a part of the subcuticular tissue. In the

dorsal and ventral longitudinal ridges the fibrils of the subeuticular

layer form a sheath round the nerve-cords. The exact function of

this fibrillar tissue which so closely connects different systems of

tissues is still obscure, but as Rohde points out, in criticizing the

work of Apathy (and the same applies to Jammes), it can hardly be

nervous in function.

My sections of Ascaris transfuga confirm the work of Rohde.

Thus in Nematodes we have a very intimate connection between

the subcuticular tissue (ectoderm) and the muscular and nervous

systems.

The best account of the nervous system of Nematodes is

contained in Hesse’s paper “‘ Ueber das Nervensystem von Ascaris

megalocephala.” * 'The lateral nerves which he describes, lying on

each side of the lateral line, are in Ascaris transfuga very large at

the anterior third of the body, and lie surronnded by the heaped

up subcuticular tissue which forms the lateral line; behind they

diminish in size and are difficult to distinguish from the sub-

cuticular tissue in which they are embedded. At the posterior end

nerves again became conspicuous in the same position; these are

the bursal nerves connected with the ventral median nerve and

they run forward along the lateral line. I believe them to be

connected with the anterior lateral nerves by a very fine filament.

The lateral lines are continued beyond the opening of the

cloaca and at the extreme posterior end pass into one another.

In this region of the lateral lines the cells, which more anteriorly

seem to be degenerate and show little or no structure beyond a

broken-down nucleus, are more distinct.

The alimentary canal consists of three very clearly marked

regions—the muscular cesophagus, the intestine, and the procto-

dzum ; these pass suddenly into one another (figs. 2and 4). Of

these three divisions the intestine is by far the longest; it is lined

throughout by the familiar high columnar epithelium, which does

not change in character from one end to another. Both inside and

out this tube is lined with a well-marked cuticle, which on the inner

surface is frequently charged with vacuoles or vesicles, which seem

to make their way into the lumen of the tube in which many of them

lie freely (figs. 1 and 3, Plate XXXYV.). The nuclei are arranged

? « Apathy als Reformator der Muskel- und Neryenlehre,” Zool. Anz. no, 439,

p- 38.

2 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. liv.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. XXXYV.

ee py er ahs ES ee

‘ . P pas Ling AA

534 MR. A. E, SHIPLEY ON SOME [June9,

very regularly towards the external end of the cells, and the body

of the cell is crowded with granules, in some cases a thin layer of

black granules lies just within the internal ends of the cells

(fig. 3). There is no differentiation into parts of this long tube of

columnar cells, but the tube is a compressed one, its long axis

lying between the two lateral lines; at the sides, as is shown

in fig. 1, the lining cells are much flatter, and instead of being

columnar become cubical. As seems to me not unfrequent in

parasitic Nematodes, the intestine contains no trace of food,

only the above-mentioned vesicles, and these sometimes in great

numbers.

The body-cavity, which, as Hamann! has pointed out, cannot be

regarded as homologous with the celom of, for instance, a

Lumbricus, contains a fluid in which numerous small deeply

staining granules, probably cells, float. It had coagulated in the

anterior end of the body of my specimens in irregular strands and

fibrils, which formed a loose network running ‘between the inner

ends a the muscles and the outside of the int estine, as shown in

fig. 2. At first I was almost inclined to regard this as evidence

ot the existence of a splanchnic layer of mesoblast, but its true

nature soon became apparent.

The proctodeum is very short and lined by a cuticle, continuous

on one side with that of the intestine and on the other with the

external cuticle. The line of demarcation is very sharply marked

(fig. 4). The columnar epithelium ceases suddenly, and just

behind this is a recess or groove, partly formed by the increase

at this spot of the thickness of the wall of the tube by a muscle

which probably acts as a sphincter.

In this region of the body the distribution of the nerves has

been admirably described by Hesse for Ascaris megalocephala, and

although the preservation of my material did not permit me to

follow out all finer details of this system, I have no reason to

doubt the correctness of his observations.

Immediately behind, or at about the same level as the sphincter

muscle, lie ihree problematic ‘al bodies, which are very conspicuous

in both longitudinal and transverse sections, yet which have as a

rule escaped the notice of workers at this group. Hesse mentions

these structures and calls them “ Gewebepolstern,” which does not

help us much; he suggests they may have an excretory function.

It is of course not impossible that these bodies may serve as a

place where the waste nitrogenous material is stored up within the

body of the animal, such as is found in some Ascidians; but there

is no evidence of this, and the canals in the lateral line, which are

usually regarded as excretory, have a quite adequate opening to

the exterior.

At first sight these “ Gewebepolstern” might easily be taken

for three gigantic cells encircling the rectum close behind the level

where the columnar cells of the intestine cease and the rectum

Shite Entstehung des Exkretionsorganes der Seitenlinien und der Leibes-

hohle der Nematoden,” Centralbl. fir Bakteriologie, Bd xi. 1892.

1894. ] NEMATODE PARASITES. 535

commences (figs. 4 and 5), two being situated on the ventral

surface and one, by far the largest, on the dorsal. In the centre

of each is an oval body, which stains more deeply than the

substance in which it lies, though that also stains well, and which

to this extent, at any rate, resembles a nucleus. On the other

hand, its structure is not that of a very typical nucleus; it

consists of a thick coat which encloses a number of deeply

staining large granules, which have the appearance of con-

cretions. The substance of the matrix in which these oval

bodies lie is also differentiated ; it consists of a number of ap-

parently homogeneous bodies pressed together, with thin lines or

triangular chinks between them, which stain somewhat more

deeply than the rest. In spite of the peculiarities of the structure

of these ‘‘ Gewebepolstern,” I am inclined to regard them as cells,

but I can offer no suggestion as to their function. I could not

trace In my sections any connection between them and the lateral

lines or with the nerves ; they seem to fade away at their ends into

the connective tissue which in this region surrounds the rectum.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXyV.

Sections of Ascaris transfuqa.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of the middle of the body. The body-cavity is

almost occluded by the medulary part of the muscle-cells.

2. Longitudinal section through the line of junction of the esophagus with

the intestine. The coagulated fluid of the body-cavity is seen broken

up into strands and strings.

3. A transverse section of part of the wall of the intestine.

4. A longitudinal section through the line of junction of the intestine with

the rectum and the anus, to show the position of the problematical

bodies and of the sphincter muscle.

5. A transverse section through the rectum showing the relations of the

problematical bodies.

6. Section of the integument in the anterior region, to show the lateral line

and the fin strengthened by the forked plate.

Explanation of lettering in all the figures.

a. Cuticle. k. Sphincter muscle surrounding

6. Subcuticular layer. rectum.

ec. Contractile portion of muscle-cells. | 7. Anus.

d. Body of muscle-cell containing the | m. Coagulated fluid of body-cavity.

nucleus. mn. Muscular cesophagus,

e. Lateral canal. o. Intestine.

f. Dorsal nerve-cord. p. Layer full of vesicles at inner end

g. Ventral nerve-cord. of cells lining intestine.

h. Dorso-lateral nerve-cord in lateral | g. Cuticle covering intestine.

line. 7. Forked plate which strengthens the

7. Bursal nerves. lateral flaps on anterior end of

j. Problematical organs surrounding body.

rectum,

536 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

7. On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta. By F. E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society, and

P. Cuatmers MitcHett, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received June 18, 1894.]

The Horned Screamer which had been in the Society’s Gardens

since. September 9, 1890, having died upon April 5, 1894, we

determined to examine its anatomy with some minuteness, as it is

a member of a small group of birds about the position of which

systematists differ in opizion. Moreover, although Chauwna has

been dissected more than once, there is no account extant of the

anatomy of the soft parts of Palamedea.

§ Exrprnat CHARACTERS.

Our specimen wasafemale. The skin was very emphysematous,

as in the case of Chauna; but there were patches of skin not

blown out with air upon the under surface of the humerus near

the shoulder, and the under surface of the greater part of the arm

was similarly undistended.

The number of rectrices was 14. The wing was quintocubital

and the large oil-gland was natiform, covered with feathers and

tufted. This tuft did not completely surround the aperture of the

gland, but formed an arch over the dorsal and lateral margins of

the aperture. From this a median line of feathers bisected the

aperture of the gland. All these feathers were black; two small

white feathers form the middle of each half of the lower margin.

§ Viscera or ABDOMEN.

When the body-wall was cut through near the midventral line

only the left lobe of the liver was exposed. The falciform liga-

ment was pressed to the right side and neither lobe of the liver

was shut off from the subomental space. The omentum was

attached to the parietes and to the oblique septa in front up to

the level of the proventriculus. The stomach was covered by an

emphysematous patch.

A large gall-bladder was present. The cystic duct entered the

intestine at the summit of the ascending lobe of the duodenum ;

next below it, and therefore nearer to the stomach, the hepatic

duct entered, and below that again a single pancreatic duct.

The proventriculus was large relatively to the gizzard; the

proventricular glands, clearly visible from the outside, formed a

continuous cap interrupted only by the entrance of the cesophagus

over the upper end of the proventriculus. The lower margin of this

cap reached to the end of the first quarter of the length of the

proventriculus.

The small intestine was 8 feet 2 inches in length; where it

joined the large intestine the calibre of the gut increased very

|) i

Lea oe cee eee aoe eee ee ae, 7 eae. ‘

1894. ] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 537

greatly. The two large and peculiar ceca are represented in

fig. 1; each was sacculated on a fibrous band and rapidly

narrowed to a blunt-pointed extremity. We did not stretch the

ceca, as we desired to preserve them. Measured in a straight line

Fig. 1. .

Ceca of Palamedea.

from their wide aperture into the gut to their extremities the

left caecum was 4 inches long, the right an inch shorter. The

large intestine, measured from the origin of the ceca to the cloaca,

was 15 inches.

§ WIND-PIPE.

The tracheal rings are ossified; this occurs in no bronchial

semiring ; of these latter there were 9 in the left bronchus, 8 on

the right. The syrinx is deeply notched in front and behind. A

ligament, which may represent an intrinsic muscle, passes from the

tracheal ring which is fifth from the end to be inserted in the first

bronchial semiring. The sternotracheal muscles arise unusually

high up the trachea. The superior pair of extrinsic muscles come

yery close together on the yentral face of the trachea.

ee ~ i. = +s ae ) J hie = - F a eae ”

i pe

an . poe ° x ore

Pea , 7 ui ~s t =

. 538 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE = [June T9,

fe, The syrinx, with its muscles, is displayed in the accompanying

drawing (fig. 2).

Fig. 2.

Syrinx of Palamedea.

§ Myotoey.

Muscles of Neck and Trunk.

Biventer cervicis—The two muscles are perfectly separate from

each other. They arise tendinous from the spinous process of the

first dorsal vertebra. Then follows a tendon of an inch long, a

belly of two inches, again a tendon of four inches, then another

muscular belly of one and a half inches, which is inserted fleshy

on to the occipital below the compleaus.

Compleaus.—This muscle arises from the transverse processes

of the third and fourth cervical vertebre, and from the fibres

covering the intertransversarti of the same. It is inserted,

separated from its fellow by a septum, on to the transverse ridge of

the occipital. The muscle is entirely fleshy.

Longissimus dorsi.—It arises by a series of fleshy fibres from

% 4

ae ee! eo J ee aS oe

1894. | ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 539

the front edge of the ileum, becomes tendinous in the middle,

and then is inserted by fleshy fibres on to the lateral surface of the

vertebral spine next in front; the next anterior part arises tendi-

nously from the spinous process of the most posterior uncovered

dorsal vertebra, and is inserted on to the vertebra next in front;

then follow two of precisely similar relations ; the next is carried

on to the dorsal surface of the longissimus dorsi, as also is the last

or most anterior portion.

Lleo-costalis—This complex muscle lies laterally to the fore-

going muscle; it is fused at the edge with its fibres. It arises

from the ileum and from the transverse process beside the attach-

ment of the rib; two similar slips in front of this arise from the

transverse process and from the adjacent surface of the rib. The

ends of the slips are inserted partly on to the surface of the ribs

and partly pass on to the lateral musculature of the neck.

Cervicalis ascendens.—This is the lateral muscle anterior to the

ileo-costalis. It consists of five distinct slips arising from the

transverse processes of vertebre XvI.—xI. with the exception of

x11. The two posterior are inserted on to the vertebre next in

front; the next two are inserted on to the surface of the oblique

muscles next in front; the last one on to oblique muscle next but

one in front. Behind these slips, which were obvious, there were

indications of additional slips both in front and behind, but these

were not sufficiently differentiated from the adjacent muscles for

separate description.

Longus cervicis—We were not able to separate this median

muscle from the forward continuation of the longissimus dorsi

and from the median underlying part of the spinalis complex.

Spinalis complew.—This system of muscles lies deeper than the

foregoing. It is divisible into three parts. Part I. (sometimes

called the spinalis dorsi) arises apparently only from the longissi-

mus dorsi; it gives off six fleshy bellies which increase in length

from the posterior to the anterior; they are inserted on to the

upper posterior surface of the oblique processes of cervicals x.-

xvi. In addition the superior fibres from these heads form a

well-marked rounded muscular cord, which runs forward to form

the longus colli posticus. Part Il. consists of only four well-

differentiate slender bellies; these arise from the spinous processes

of cervicals x1I.—xv., and they are inserted on to a continuous

longitudinal band, the posterior part of which sends slips to the

three posterior branches of the spinalis dorsi, while the anterior end

is inserted on to the oblique processes of cervicals X., XI., at the

roots of the anterior two spinalis dorsi bellies. Part III. (longus

colli posticus) arises from the sides of the spinous processes of

cervicals 11.-x1., and from part I. of the spinalis complex; it is

inserted by digitations which merge with the intervertebral

muscles in front of its origins.

Rectus capitis posticus—It arises from the spinous process of

atlas and axis; its fibres spread out over the occipital under the

complexus.

an ee en ae

= . | weet Ge Ne ae is (Ce Pee eee

‘ : i]

540 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

Intertransversales—These muscles were obvious all the way

along from the ilium to the neck.

Obliqui (transverso-spinales).—They are clearly differentiated

only from the last to the vith cervical. They are large fleshy

digitations arising from the transverse processes, and inserted on

to the lateral face of the spinous processes next but one in front.

Rectus capitis anticus major.—It arises all along the neck from

the hypapophyses and from fascia; about the middle of the neck

it grades into the longus colli, from a slip of which it first arises

about the levei of the seventh vertebra. Its broad fleshy insertion

is tendinous on the outside, is fused with its fellow in the middle

line, and extends for about a quarter of an inch on the anterior

outer edge of the basi-occipital.

Rectus capitis anticus minor.—This is a fleshy broad muscle

underlying the preceding. Its origin is fleshy and continuous

from first four vertebre. It has a broad fleshy insertion to the

extreme outer posterior face of the ridge behind the meatus

auditorius.

Longus colli.i—lt arises from the middle of the centrum of the

second dorsal vertebre tendinously, and then by a series of tendons

from each vertebra up to the overlap of the rectus capitis. It is

inserted by a series of slips to the vertebre in front of its origins.

Intertuberculares.—These are present, apparently normal.

Interappendiculares costarum.—tThe first arises from the end of

the last free rib, and runs backwards and downwards to the lateral

anterior process of the sternum ; the second from the junction of

the sternal and costal parts of the first complete rib, it shortly

fuses with the third, which arises from the costal part of the next

rib. These two are then inserted together. The fourth arises from

the third, fourth, and fifth costal ribs and from the space between

them, and is inserted immediately behind the others. The

posterior ones are smaller.

Intercostales externi.—These are confined to the whole of the

costal part; the fibres run from above in front and downwards

towards the caudal end.

Intercostales interni.—These are confined to the lower half of

the costal ribs, and are chiefly tendinous.

Costi-sternales.—Four slips arising tendinously from the sternal

ribs, and inserted fleshy to the sternum.

Costo-sternalis externus.—The peculiar muscle to which we have

given this name apparently replaces physiologically the uncinate

processes, as its broad ribbon-like belly runs diagonally across the

outer surface cf the ribs. It arises by a very thin flat tendon

from the third, fourth, and fifth ribs, and from the interspaces

between them. It is inserted to the costal edge of the sternum

half an inch from the posterior end.

Head-Muscles.

Dermo-temporalis.—Arising by a narrow but fleshy head from

about half an inch behind and above temporal fossa, contiguous

1894.] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. dt1

with upper anterior border of biventer maxille, spreads out on to

the skin of sides and ventral surface of throat.

Platysma myoides.—This is a narrow fleshy muscle arising from

the ramus of the mandible just at the angle of the jaw. Itspreads

out fanwise both anteriorly and posteriorly and is inserted on to

the skin between the jaws, meeting the last-mentioned muscle

behind.

Biventer maxille.—It arises from a well-marked area on the

squamosal above and behind the ear, contiguous above and behind

with the complexus. It is inserted on to the inner side of the

angle of the lower jaw.

Digastric or depressor mandibule.—This muscle is divided into

an outer and inner part.

Temporal.—This muscle is divided into three external portions,

which lie so close together as to form a continuous mass separated

only by fibrous septa. An internal portion is quite distinct.

Pterygoid.—This muscle consists of three parts. Part I., usually

present in birds, is absent. Parts IT. and III. are well-marked.

Part IV. is not separable.

The Hyoid Group.

Mylohyoid anterior—This muscle is divided into two parts.

The posterior is larger and quite free of the hyoid; the fibres run

right across the lower jaw, there being no distinct raphe. They

meet the fibres of the platysma myoides behind. The anterior

part is much thinner and has a distinct raphe. It is attached to

the front end of the hyoid.

Mylohyoid posterior.—lt springs tendinously from the lower

posterior margin of the quadrate and from the posterior outer

surface of the angle of the jaw; it at once divides in two. The

posterior smaller portion has been already described as platysma

myowdes. The anterior part is a broad mass of muscle (stylohyoid),

which runs to be inserted along the cornu of the hyoid, reaching

as far as just under the mylohyoid anterior and meeting its fellow

of the other side.

Geniohyoid.—This muscle springs from the inner side of the

jaw just behind the anterior mylohyoid; it passes dorsally to

posterior mylohyoid. It is wrapped round the thyrohyoid bone

to the very end. The texture of the muscle is somewhat coarse.

The genioglossus is entirely absent.

Ceratoglossus'.—This muscle is divided into two parts. The

first part arises from the side of the os entoglossum by a fleshy

belly which meets its fellow in the middle ventral line. It is

inserted by a long tendon to the tip of the tongue.

The second part arises fleshy from the upper and outer. side of

1 This is in accordance with Gadow’s description of the muscle, but in fig. 33

of plate xxxii. of his volume in Bronn’s ‘ Klass, u. Ordn.’ he letters it cerato-

hyoid.

ae ae i ss a ; 4 4

" bial aa : . —_ _ . a

542 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

thyrohyal under the geniohyoid, extending nearly to its tip. It

ends in a long tendon inserted at the side of the os entoglossum.

Ceratohyoid.—This is a broad fleshy muscle arising from the

inner side of basal joint of thyrohyal; the fibres run inwards and

forwards, meeting those of the other side, and are inserted into the

base of urolhyal.

Hypoglossals—These muscles cannot be separated from part I.

of ceratoglossus.

Sternohyoid.—This system is represented by a band of muscle

which arises from the basihyal and entoglossus. It spreads out

over thyroid cartilage and trachea.

Caudal Muscles.

Levator coccygis.—One pair of these muscles, two and half inches

long, very fleshy. It arises from the os ileum and from the latera]

Fig. 3.

PUBO-COCGE

INTERN.

‘,

LEVATOR CoOcc,

PuBo-toce” eXT

Caudal muscles of Palamedea.

faces of the spinous processes and from lateral processes of

anterior to posterior caudal vertebre. It is inserted on to mem-

brane covering rectrices, meeting its fellow in the median line.

1894. ] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 543

Ileo-coccygeus.—This muscle is divided into two slips. The

outer thicker slip is entirely fleshy; it arises from the dorso-

medial face of distal ileum only. Itis inserted on to the outer-

most rectrix.

The inner thinner portion of the muscle is also entirely fleshy.

It arises from the sacro-ileal ligament. It is only one quarter the

size of the outer muscle.

Pubo-coceygeus externus.—This muscle is a flat band with its

wide and fleshy origin from outer posterior dorsal margin of the

pubis behind its connection with ischium. It narrows to be

inserted fleshy upon the under surface of the external rectrix.

Pubo-coccygeus internus.—It arises from the ends of the pubis

and ischium under the last-named muscle. It is inserted on to the

underside of the last one or two caudal vertebre.

Depressor coccygis.—It arises partly from the transverse process

of the last sacral vertebra, and partly from adjacent surface of

ileo-sacral ligament. It is inserted on to the transverse processes

and hemapophyses of last three or four caudal vertebre.

Shoulder-girdle.

Rhomboideus externus—This muscle arises tendinously, the

width of the tendinous part being about the same as that of the

muscular part from the last cervical vertebra and all the dorsal

except the last. The fibres run forwards to be inserted fleshy

along the whole length of the scapula. The extreme front part

of the muscle is double, and may represent a portion of the

cucullaris.

Rhomboideus internus.—This muscle arises tendinously, but has

much less tendon than the last. The fibres run backwards, both

the origin and insertion of this muscle being shorter than in the

case of the externus.

Serratus anticus.—This consists of three portions. The first

arises from the last incomplete and from the first complete rib. It

is inserted on to the scapula between the two parts of the sub-

scapularis. The second part arises from the upper part of last

incomplete rib and runs to the scapula. The third part arises from

the upper part of the first complete rib.

Serratus posticus.—Pars metapatagialis arises from the fifth

complete rib. Part 2 consists of two digitations arising from

complete ribs 3, 4, 5, at the points where the uncinate processes

should be and from the fascia between them. Insertion is on to

the tip of the scapula.

Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle, as usual, consists of two parts,

which are quite separated by a wide space. The anterior part

arises from dorsals 1 to 3; it has a broad and fleshy insertion one

inch long ending just before the end of the deltoid. The posterior

division of the muscle is narrow and strap-like ; it arises from the

last three dorsals and from the anterior margin of the ileum. It

bifurcates just before its insertion; part goes to form a meta-

544 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

patagialis fascia and the anterior tendon is inserted as is described

under the anconzeus.

Peetoralis major.—This muscle arises from the entire length of

the carina sterni, from the lateral and posterior regions of the

sternum, and from the clavicle. There is no origin from the ribs.

The posterior margin of the muscle is entirely tendinous. It is

inserted on to the fascize covering the biceps and on to the deltoid

ridge of the humerus.

Pectoralis minor.—As usual a markedly bipinnate muscle. It

arises from the entire keel of the sternum, except the extreme

anterior end, from the adjacent part of the sternum to a

distance of about half an inch of the keel, from the lower half of

the coracoid, and from the anterior part of the ligament between

coracoid and clavicle. It is inserted on to the beginning of the

deltoid crest by an apparently unusually short though strong

tendon.

Sterno-coracoid.—This muscle is entirely fleshy. It passes from

the anterior lateral border of the sternum to the adjoining part of

the coracoid.

Coracobrachialis longus.—This arises from the distal half of the

coracoid, with a slight overlap on to the sternum. It is inserted

on to the great tuberosity of the humerus, on the side of the

insertion of the biceps remote from that of the teres major.

Coracobrachialis brevis (subcoracoideus).—This arises entirely

from the coracoid, not at all from the ligament between the cora-

coid and the clavicle. <A little before its insertion it is fused with

the ventral half of the subscapularis.

Ooracobrachialis anterior—This muscle is large and springs

from the anterior process of the coracoid dorsal to the biceps

head. It is inserted fleshy over a very broad area of the anterior

face of the humerus under the deltoid crest, where it is covered by

the pectoralis major.

Coracobrachialis internus.—This small muscle lies immediately

under the deltoid minor. It is inserted by a very short flat

tendon on to the end of deltoid ridge, just above but internal to

insertion of deltoides major.

Deltoides major.—This arises from the junction of the scapula

and clavicle. There is a trace of division into two parts, of which

the more dorsal is inserted further down on to the humerus, with

a strongly tendinous insertion ; the other part is inserted fleshy,

but this is quite continuous with that of the last. The entire

insertion of the muscle extends for three inches down the humerus.

Deltoides minor.—This springs entirely fleshy from the scapula

and clavicle at their junction. It lies under the patagial muscle,

but is narrower than that. It is inserted on to the anterior edge

of deltoid crest.

Patagialis.—This arises as a broad band covering the junction

of the scapula and clavicle, external to but broader than the

deltovdes minor. It gives rise chiefly to the brevis tendon, but

gives off a narrow slip to the longus tendon; the pectoral part is

1894. ] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 545

represented by a broad tendinous slip. From this the thickened

anterior edge goes to the longus and the broader thinner portion

to the brevis. A band of tendon arising from the humeral ridge

also runs to the brevis.

The longus tendon passes straight along the edge of the

patagium and gives off to the brevis a rather widish slip, which

goes to the brevis just at the emergence of the nerve.

The brevis tendon is thickened on the outer side; the nerve

passes beneath the outer half of it and superficial to the inner

half, but there are no signs of distinct division of the tendon into

two. Just below the emergence of the nerve a branch is given off

which is fused below with the fleshy head of the extensor meta-

carpi radialis. Another branch is given off on the outer side,

which is inserted in common with the origin of the extensor

metacarpi radialis tendon. The main part of the tendon passes

towards the elbow, and ends on the radius by a short tendon.

There is no biceps patagialis.

Teres major.—Vhis arises from the whole of the outer border of

the scapula. Its tendon is inserted on to the great tuberosity of

the humerus distal to the biceps.

Teres minor (supraspinatus).—This is an excessively delicate and

slender muscle. It arises from the lower border of the scapula

anteriorly, and is inserted on to the humerus between the two

heads of the triceps.

Subscapularis.—There are two heads of origin, from the anterior

half of the under surface of the scapula; the deep head is also

from the coracoid. Both are fleshy, and the superficial muscle

arises exactly above the scapular head of the deeper muscle, the

first part of the serratus anticus being inserted between the two.

The two parts of the muscle fuse about halfway between origin

and insertion.

Expansor secundariorum.—tThis arises fleshy from the quills

covering the elbow-joint, and ends in a characteristically ciconiine

manner.

Biceps.—The long head arises in common with the deltoid; the

short head in common with the insertion of a portion of the

pectoralis major. he latter head is narrow. ‘The insertion of the

muscle is double, and the division into two parts commences in the

fleshy belly of the muscle. The radial tendon is more than twice

the width of the other, and itself divides into two.

Anconeus longus.—It arises by a forked tendinous head from

the scapula, the lower head being thicker than the upper. There

is a double accessory head formed by two equisized tendons separated

by a space, across which run two tendinous bars. With the upper

of these the tendon of the latissimus dorsi posterior is fused and

the extreme superior tip of the latissimus dorsi anterior fuses with

the lower accessory head. There is a broad tendinous insertion

to the ulna, and on to the fascia covering the elbow-joint.

Triceps.—This arises right down the humerus, and the origin

bifurcates above.

’ 4 9 .

ee ? 7 j

546 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

Extensor metacarpi radialis—This has two heads, and the outer

of these is tendinous and is connected with the tendon of the

patagium. The inner head is fleshy, but is covered with fascia on

the side turned towards the radius. The tendons from the two

heads remain separate to about half an inch from the common

insertion at the base of the metacarpal spine ; but the two tendons

are wrapped together by fascia.

Ectepicond ylo-radialis. —This is a strong muscle arising from

the outer condyle of the humerus, where it is covered by a ligament

passing from the outer condyle to the ulna. Its flat tendon of

origin is in common with that of the extensor digitorum communis.

It passes over to be inserted fleshy on to the second eighth of the

proximal surface of the radius.

Evtepicondylo-ulnaris.—This is a stronger muscle than the last.

It arises tendinously from the outer condyle to the humerus, and

passing over to the ulna is inserted fleshy to the first third of its

radial tace.

Extensor metacarpi ulnaris.—This arises from the outer condyle

of the humerus, its tendon being immediately external to that of

the foregoing. It is also connected by a strong band of fascia

with the proximal end of the ulna. It is inserted just above the

junction of the second and third metacarpals.

Extensor digitorum communis—The tendon of this arises from

the external condyle of the humerus. Its slender belly extends a

quarter of the length of the ulna, but it receives no fibres from

the ulna. After passing over a groove in the distal end of the

ulna its tendon forks, a short branch going to the phalanx of the

thumb, and a long branch to the base of the first phalanx of the

second digit.

Extensor longus pollicis —This arises fleshy from four inches

after the first of the shaft of the radius and from the third

proximal inch of the ulna. The tendons from the two heads fuse

about half an inch from their common insertion to the tendon of

the extensor radialis metacarpi.

Extensor indicus longus—Of the two heads of this the first

arises fleshy from the third quarter of the radius. The second is

much smaller and arises from the ligaments binding the radial

carpal to the distal ends of the radius and ulna. The insertion is

to the second phalanx of the index at its base, but it sends a broad

ligament to the base of the first phalanx.

Pronator sublimis.—This arises proximal to the inner condyle of

the humerus, and its fleshy insertion is at the end of the first

third of the radius.

Pronator profundus.—This has exactly the same length as the

sublimis. It arises from the inner condyle of the humerus, and

its tendon of origin sends a slip to the flexors. It is inserted

fleshy on to the radius and on to fascia covering the sublimis.

Brachialis inferior.—This fiat entirely fleshy muscle arises from

the distal end of the humerus, passes over the radius to be

inserted for an inch after the first half inch of the ulna.

1894.] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 547

Flexor digitorum sublimis—A strong band of tendon arises from

the inner condyle of the humerus immediately below the origin of

the pronator profundus. ‘This band is attached by strong fascie

to the ulna, and runs parallel with that bone to be attached to the

ulnar carpal bone. From the dorsal surface of this two inches

above its insertion there arises by a small fleshy head the flexor

sublimis. It is inserted by a tendon to the base of the second

phalanx of the second digit.

Flexor digitorum profundus.—This arises fleshy from the two

middle quarters of the ulna. Its tendon is inserted halfway down

the second phalanx of digit 2.

Flexor carpi ulnaris—This arises from the inner condyle of the

humerus by a strong tendon in which there is a well-marked

sesamoid ; it runs down the inner side of the ulnar to be inserted

in the great tuberosity of the ulnar carpal bone. A thinner muscle

arising from this passes into a tendon which is connected with

the secondary feathers and is inserted alongside the great tendon

of this muscle.

Ulni-metacarpalis ventralis —This arises fleshy from the radial

face of the last quarter of the ulna. Its tendon after passing

over a groove in the radial carpal is inserted into the base of the

first metacarpal proximal to the spur.

Extensor brevis pollicis—This small muscle arises fleshy from

the base of metacarpal one ; it is inserted to the end of the first

quarter of the phalanx of the thumb.

Abductor pollicis—This arises fleshy from the ventral surface

of the tendon of the extensor metacarpi radialis; its insertion is

fleshy to half of the first phalanx of the thumb. A ligament con-

tinuous with it runs to the second phalanx of the thumb.

Flexor pollicis—This arises fleshy between the root of the

metacarpal spur and a knob on the ventral side of the metacarpal ;

its tendon is inserted on to the inner side of the base of the first

phalanx of the thumb, but its fleshy belly gives rise to a slip of

muscle which passes to the abductor indicis.

Abductor pollicis.—This arises from the outer surface of the

metacarpal just beyond the articulation of the thumb; its belly

runs across and is inserted by slips to the feathers on the thumb

having no connection with the thumb-bones.

Abductor indicis—This arises as a delicate fleshy slip from the

flexor pollicis and from nearly the whole of the shaft of the second

metacarpal. Its tendon is inserted at the base of the first phalanx.

Flexor digitti III.—Vhis arises fleshy from the last two-thirds

of metacarpal 3, and its tendon is inserted at the base of the first

phalanx.

Radio-metacarpalis ventralis—The tendon of origin comes from

the lateral face of the distal end of the radius ; the muscular belly

divides in two. The superficial division is inserted by a short

broad tendon to the upper surface of metacarpal III. The deep

division is inserted fleshy to immediately below the superficial

tendon.

548 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

Interosseus dorsalis.—The fleshy heads of this muscle arise from

the greater part of the internal surface of the shaft of the second

metacarpal and from the first quarter of the third metacarpal. The

common tendon is inserted at the base of the second phalanx of

the second digit.

Interosseus palmaris—The origin of this is partly from the

shaft of metacarpal III., but chiefly from the second metacarpal.

The tendon is inserted to the flat part of the first phalanx of the

second digit.

Muscles of the Thigh and Leg. (Figs. 4, p. 549, & 5, p. 552.)

Sartorius——This is very large and strong, it is separated by a

wide space from the gluteus maximus. It arises from fascia over

the gluteus medius, and from the anterior upper and lower margins

of the ileum. It is inserted on to the ligament containing the

patella and on to the crest of the tibia. The patella was not

ossified, but was represented by a cartilaginous nodule.

Gluteus maximus.—There is no postacetabular part of this

muscle. The origin is entirely tendinous from fascia over the

gluteus medius and from the ridge of the ileum above the ace-

tabulum as far as the anterior margin of the biceps, with which

it was fused for a short distance. The insertion is entirely

tendinous to fascia covering the vastus and the crureus. The

innervation of the muscle, so far as it has yet been described, was

from the crural plexus. At the posterior margin of the muscle is

a separate well-developed muscular slip innervated by a twig from

the ischiadicus. This part probably represents the postacetabular

division of the muscle.

Gluteus anterior.—This is a small but very distinct triangular

muscle arising fleshy from the ridge of the ileum above the ace-

tabulum, being covered exactly by the part of the preceding muscle

which arises from the same region ; its tendon rapidly narrows to

its insertion on the outer face of the femur between the tendons

of the external obdurator and those of the third and fourth

gluteals. It is the most superficial of the muscles inserted on to

the upper extremity of the femur. Its nerve comes from the

ischiadic plexus.

Gluteus medius.—The origin of this strong muscle underlaps

that of the sartorius, but does not extend to the anterior edge of

the ileum. The fleshy origin is confined to the ileum, and the

strong short tendon is inserted broadly on to the outer face of the

head of the femur; it has a double innervation, a large branch

from the crural plexus, and a small twig from that branch of the

ischiadicus that supplies the gluteus anterior.

Gluteus minimus.—This muscle arises fleshy from the anterior

lower border of the ileum, not reaching on to the ribs, and con-

tiguous with the lower margin of the medius in its anterior region,

while near its insertion it is separated from that muscle by the

gluteus quartus. It is inserted tendinously on to the upper end

of the shaft of the femur lower down than the insertion of the

1894.] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 549

other gluteals. It is supplied by a large branch from the crural

plexus.

Gluteus quartus.—This small muscle lies between the last two

muscles, from both of which it is quite distinct, though partially

overlapped and concealed by them. It arises fleshy from the

lower edge of the ileum between the minimus and the acetabulum.

Its insertion is by a broad tendon to the femur between the in-

sertions of the medius and minimus. Its nerve is a V-branch of

the crural plexus.

Fig. 4.

LIZZ =

rae

Lge

Bape

ee RE

~FLEAOR $.cf ML oiit,

~FLEX Yor TW

of I. JFLEx.comm

Muscles of leg of Palamedea. Outer view.

Pectineus.—This is a small, round, entirely fleshy muscle, arising

between the origin of the gluteus quartus above and that of the

ambiens below. It runs diagonally across to be inserted on the

anterior inner face of the femur below the head.

Vastus externus.—This arises fleshy from the shaft of the femur

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1894, No. XXXVI. . 36

fel OD

oF ey en eT ee ee Me

> s

es *

ak ae al ee

550 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

from the gluteus to the biceps sling. It is fused with the crureus

in front and terminates in the patellar ligament.

Crureus.—This is tendinous on the outer surface at its origin

from the neck of the femur; it also arises from a considerable

part of the shaft of the femur and is inserted with the vastus.

Vastus internus.—This arises from the whole length of the inner

surface of the shaft of the femur, starting from immediately below

the insertion of the pectineus. Itis inserted on to the tibia along-

side the tibial insertion of the sartorius.

Biceps.—This arises fleshy from the whole of the postacetabular

ridge of the ileum to the anterior edge of the semitendinosus. It

ends in a tendon which passes through a sling and is inserted on

to the fibula.

Femoro-caudal.—This was a large thin tendon at each end. No

accessory is present.

Semitendinosus.—This arises entirely from the ileum behind the

biceps ; it is half an inch broad, and after being joined by the some-

what small accessory, it sends a flat tendinous slip to the tendon

of the membranosus. The rest of the tendon joins the middle

head of the gastrocnemius, with which the accessory semitendinosus

is fused all along its length.

Semimembranosus.—The origin of this is fleshy from the pubis

and ischium. It passes into a flat tendon half an inch broad, which

after receiving the slip from the tendinosus, runs in to be inserted

on to the tibia between the inner and middle heads of the gastro-

cnemius.

Obturator externus—This arises from the postacetabular part

of the ileum, and is inserted exactly opposite the minimus.

Obturator internus.—This has an elongated oval origin and its

insertion is tendinons to the outer surface of the head of the femur.

Gemellus.—This is single and entirely fleshy, surrounding the

tendon of the foregoing muscle.

Adductors.—The outer muscle is much the shorter and narrower

of the two ; its fibres are coarse and run from the tendinous origin

on the ischium to the posterior face of the femur, and a few fibres

are continued to the gastrocnemius.

The deeper adductor is longer and broader, and its fibres are

more delicate. hey arise along the whole length of the ischium,

reaching under the semimembranosus behind. The posterior edge

of the muscle is doubled upon itself, the insertion is double. One

set of fibres run to the femur under the other adductor, the other

set join the middle head of the gastrocnemins.

Ambiens.—This muscle is well marked; it arises as described

above by a tendon under the pectineus; the belly of the muscle

ends above the knee-joint in a flat narrow tendon, which runs

through the capsule of the joint to the front of the leg, and then

passing under the origin of the perforated and perforating flexors,

joins the perforated flexors in a manner presently to be described.

The ambiens is innervated by a twig which comes off the crural

plexus with the nerve for the sartorius.

1894. ] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 551

Gastrocnemius.—The outer head is entirely tendinous, and arises

from the femur distal to the long head of the biceps sling. The

short arm of the biceps sling arises from the underside of this

head of the gastrocnemius very close to its origin. From this

short arm of the sling a broad tendinous band, thicker at the lower

edge, runs in to join the origins of the perforated and perforating

muscles. The outer head becomes tendinous halfway down the

leg, and joins the tendo Achillis just above the ankle. The middle

head arises tendinously from the inner condyle of the femur in

common with the accessory semitendinosus, with which it is fused.

It is joined by the outer adductor and by the tendon of the semi-

tendinosus. This muscle then passes into a tendon which joins

the tendon of the tibial head halfway down the lee. The

inner or tibial head arises fleshy from the crista tibie and from

the fascia covering the peroneus longus; it then joins the middle

head. It is the broadest and strongest part of the gastrocnemius.

Soleus.—This small muscle arises by a fleshy head from the

tibia for a space of three quarters of an inch below its head on the

inner face. Its long slender tendon is inserted on the under and

inner surface of the ankle-cartilage.

Peroneus longus.—This arises from the fascia covering the tibialis

anticus, and from a small part of the upper end of the fibula, from

the fascia over the knee-joint, and from the septum between itself

and the perforated and perforating flexor of the index. Its broad

thin tendon sends a wide fork to the cartilage of the ankle-joint,

and a narrower tendon which joins the tendon of the perforated

muscle of the third digit.

Tibialis anticus.—This has two muscular bellies : the smaller and

rounder arises by a strong tendon from the outer condyle of the

femur; the inner springs fleshy from the crista tibie. The

muscular part of the two heads unite halfway down the leg, and

give rise to a strong tendon which is bifid just at its insertion.

Through this fork a nerve passes.

Extensor communis digitorum.—This arises fleshy from the tibia

from its crest and from halfway down the shaft exactly under the

tibial head of the tibialis anticus. Its tendon passes through

first a bony and then a membranous bridge, and then runs down

the anterior surface of the foot. Halfway down the tarsus meta-

tarsus it divides in two. Each branch again forks. The forks of

one branch are inserted on the second and third digits; the forks

of the other branch on the third and fourth digits.

Peroneus brevis —This very slender muscle arises from the ante-

rior face of the fibula and a small portion of the tibia. Its tendon

is inserted on to a knob on the outer side of the tarsus metatarsus.

Flexor perforans et perforatus indicus—In the woodcut the

perforated and perforating flexors are distinguished by the figure

2 placed before the roman number, which indicates the digit

to which they are attached, while the perforated flexors are dis-

tinguished by the figure 1 correspondingly placed. This is the

most superficial of the flexors ; it arises from the outer condyle of

36*

;

Len Se De

552 MESSRS, BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [June 19,

the femur and from the septum between itself and the peroneus

longus, and from the septum between itself and the flexor perforatus

et perforans of the middle finger. Its tendon is inserted to the

base of the second phalanx of its digit.

Fig. 5.

SARTORIUS

Ke.

BICEPS CN

I soxevs FM &

oa Me

FLEX® HALLS HM,

FLEX PERFORANS.

Muscles of leg of Palamedea. Inner view.

Flexor perforatus et perforans medii.—This has a similar origin

to the last, which it underlies ; but in addition it has an extensive

origin from the fibula. Beginning opposite the insertion of the

biceps, its tendon is inserted to the base of the second phalanx

of the middle finger. Above the first phalanx a short tendinous

connection runs down to it from the flexor perforatus tendon of

the same digit.

Flexor perforatus.—The parts of this muscle are closely united.

The mass arises from two heads. The inner head is large and

fleshy and comes from the intercondylar notch. The outer head

arises tendinously from the outer condyle of the femur, below the

origins of the perforated and perforating flexors. With this outer

head the tendon of the ambiens unites after it has crossed the

1894.] ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA. 553

fibula. Hach of the three tendons running to the digits has a

share in both tendons, and the ambiens tendon can be traced

splitting up to each. The tendons of the index and of the middle

finger are inserted to the base of the first phalanges of their digits.

The tendon of the fourth digit is inserted similarly, but in addition

has a tendinous slip running to the base of the second digit, taking

the place of the absent perforatus and perforans.

Flexor longus hallucis—This has two heads—one fleshy from

the lower face of the external condyle, with a tendinous slip from

the outer side of the intercondylar notch; one tendinous and

slight in common with the inner head of the flexor perforatus.

The whole muscle is very slender. The tendon passes through

the ankle-joint alongside that of the flexor communis, then crosses

over that, giving off to it a slip which is thick relatively to the

very slender tendon which runs to the base of the first phalanx of

the thumb.

Flexor profundus——This common deep plantar tendon arises

fleshy from the fibula and tibia, halfway down the tibial shaft, and

its tendon after receiving slip from the longus hallucis breaks up

into a branch, which runs to the base of the claw on digits JI., IIT.,

and LV.

Popliteus.—There is only one popliteal running from its fleshy

origin from the head of the fibula to a fleshy insertion just under

the head of the tibia.

In the ankle-cartilage the tendons of the perforated and per-

forating flexors are most superficial; the tendon of the perforated

muscle of the third digit wraps round that of the fourth. The

tendon of the perforatus of the index is more deebly situated, and

the tendon of the longus hallucis passes through the cartilage of

the extreme outer side.

Flexor brevis hallucis.—This is stronger than the longus hallucis.

It arises from the upper part of the shaft of the tarso-metatarsus

on the inner side. Jt is inserted at the base of the phalanx.

Flexor brevis hallucis secundus.—This arises from the posterior

side of the greater part of the shaft of the tarsus metatarsus and

is inserted in common with the last.

Flexor brevis indicis—This is a short broad muscle lying in

between the diverging ends of the metatarsal shaft, and inserted

to the base of phalanx I.

Adductor annularis.—This is a large muscle arising from the

whole of the metatarsal shaft.

Extensor hallucis.—A fleshy muscle from the middle quarter of

the metatarsal shaft to the middle of the first phalanx.

Extensor hallucis secundus.—A short entirely muscular slip with

origin similar to the last, and insertion to the base of the first

phalanx.

Abductor indicis.—This is a very short muscle from the meta-

tarsal shaft to the inner side of the basal phalanx.

Extensor medii.—This is represented by a rudimentary patch of

muscle attached to the fascia covering the base of the first phalanx.

Adductor annularis—This long muscle arises down the upper

bak

tape ne ’

, . 4

ie Als

554 MESSRS. BEDDARD AND MITCHELL ON THE [J une 19,

surface of the metatarsal shaft. Its tendon passes through a

foramen in the metatarsus, and is inserted about the middle of the

first phalanx.

§ CoMPARISON OF PALAMEDEA WITH CHAUNA.

We have not deemed it necessary to give a detailed separate

account of the osteology of Palamedea, as all the differences between

, it and Chawna will be found set out in the subjoined table. We

¥ have, however, thought it worth while to figure the pelvis of

. Palamedea, because of the great difference in the angle of inclination

of the postacetabular region.

Fig. 6.

# Pelvis of Palamedea.

We also figure the hyoid, because there is not, so far as we are

aware, any figure of this bone in the Palamedeide.

Fig. 7.

Hyoid bone of Palamedec.

ar 6, ! ee

1894.]

ANATOMY OF PALAMEDHA CORNUTA,

550

The basihyal or copula is longer than it is broad, and in form is

intermediate between the short, broad, copula of Ducks, Accipitres,

and Parrots, and the long slender copula of Waders.

The wrohyal is very long, and cartilaginous at the extremity.

As in the Tinamu, it is movable upon the copula.

The entoglossum is in the extremely primitive condition of being

paired.

in Geese and some other birds.

The ceratohyals consist each of two bony pieces, with a short

cartilaginous segment between them.

This paired condition is indicated by a central aperture

Table of Chief Differences between Palamedea and Chauna.

Pterylosis and cuta-

neous system.

LSA Fiatl Gs steer Bee Boeri Bore

Proyentricular glands.

Liver-lobes ............ «-

Dod enue sere deers

Sternotracheal muscles.

Expansor — secundari-

orum,

Biceps patagialis ......

Brevis tendon............

Pectoralis minor

Origin of obdurator

internus,

Postacetabular part of

gluteus maximus.

SAM DICNS A asares sor dcmenecs

Semitendinosus .........

Accessory semitendi-

nosus.

Femoro-caudal

Accessory femoro-cau-

dal.

Long flexor to hallux...

PALAMEDBA.

CHAUNA DERBIANA.

Differences very slight, as Nitzsch has stated.

12:

Continuous cap.

Right layer.

Hepatic and pancreatic ducts

enter at summit of ascend-

ing loop.

12.

Single patch.

Subequal.

Ducts enter at the bend

(Garrod).

Identical in their very peculiar structure, but slightly

larger in Palamedea.

Unossified; 9 and 8 in

number.

Deeply notched back and

front.

Two pairs; arising 4 rings

higher up.

Ciconiine.

Absent.

Ends on radius.

First two are ossified ; 7 at

each side.

Notched only at back.

Two pairs.

Ciconiine.

Absent.

Passes over to ulna (2ir-

bringer).

Does not reach the posterior margin of the sternum.

Elongate oval.

Represented by a small slip

with separate nerve from

the ischiadic plexus.

Present.

Present, but

gastrocnemius

head.

Present.

Absent,

fused with

middle

Present.

Skeleton.

The whole skeleton generally

slighter and long bones

longer.

Posterior lateral processes

shorter and broader.

No uncinate processes.

6th and ‘7th ribs are

broad and have a faint

Elongate oval.

Absent.

Present.

Present,

Absent.

More anserine,

No uncinate processes

556

eae ewwnweee

Skull

tener tenenee

ON THE ANATOMY OF PALAMEDEA CORNUTA.

PALAMEDEA,

Skeleton (continued).

projection in region of

uncinates.

8th sternal rib short and

does not reach sternum,

rib

Penultimate sternal

plain.

V-shaped ; broadest region

just beyond coracoid.

Ilea cover fourth but last

ribs; hinder part of

pelvis is bent down on

the fore part (see fig. 6,

p. 554). ‘Waist’ of

pelvis very broad.

Proportionately much lon-

ger and bones slighter.

This especially so with

second metacarpal.

Femur and tibia more slen-

der; fibula and digits

much longer.

Ventral processes of anterior

cervicals much less marked.

First pair have a ventral

process.

Neural processes flatter and

higher.

More short and slender.

In proportion and absolutely

much smaller, The horn

arises from a bony process

on middle line, a quarter

of an inch from the

anterior margin. Flatter.

Foramen magnum larger.

The anserine oval space

between periotics and

supraoccipitals absent.

Anterior part of the face

from tip of bill to end of

palatines broad, long, and

goose-like.

Desmognatkous.

Outer long edge of palatine

with a sharp angular

projection as in Geese.

Basipterygoid facets wide

apart, not close together

as in Geese.

Middle superior ramus of

premaxilla separate from

the lateral pieces as in

gallinaceous birds, ot

fused as in Geese.

Angulare of lower jaw nearly

straight.

ate neee

[June 19,

CHAUNA DERBIANA.

8th sternal rib articulates

with costal rib and with

sternum.

Penultimate sternal rib has

a sharp backwardly direc-

ted process near articu-

lation with costal rib.

U-shaped ; broadest region

halfway down from cora-

coid.

Lea cover third but last rib ;

long axis of pelvis straight

and more duck-like.

Waist narrow.

17.

First three have a ventral

process.

Ibid.

Thid.

Ibid.

Angulare of lower jaw

sharply upturned as in

Geese.

PZS.1894 Plate XXXVI.

West,Newman chramo

Horace Knight del.et lith

New Lepidoptera from British Hast Africa.

; i hes Pat A Aty

‘e

i i f

a) » .% >

7 Ch 4 fe Fash

Sid “ht Qu cae Saree

PZ.od0et Plate. Ome

West ,Newma a. chrorno

Horace Knight delet lith

New Lepidoptera from British Bast Africa.

1894. ] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 557

For the present we are content merely to point out the very

wide distinctions existing between the genera Chauna and Pala-

medea. Those who are best acquainted with the anatomy of birds

will realize most readily how considerable these distinctions are. We

hope on a subsequent occasion, when we have had the opportunity

of examining again and more minutely some points in the struc-

ture of Chauna, to deal with the systematic position of the Pala-

medeide. The fact that so great differences obtain between the

genera is confirmatory of the generally received opinion that this

form is one of great antiquity.

8. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from British Hast Africa,

made by Dr. J. W. Gregory between the Months of

March and August 1893. By Artuur G. Burier,

Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Assistaut-Keeper Zoological

Department, British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

[Received June 8, 1894.]

(Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.)

The present collection is rich in species and in number of

specimens, though, unfortunately, many of the latter are not in

first-rate condition: indeed most of the small moths are unidenti-

fiable. Nevertheless the collection contains several novelties, a

fair series of specimens in good preservation, and is particularly

interesting as including a considerable number of grades between

species which hitherto have been easy to distinguish, but are now

clearly shown to be, at most, localized dimorphic developments

from one widely-distributed species.

Of the species which it has been possible to name, or, at any

rate, to assign to their genera, there are no less than 215, of which

10 are described as new to science. Of the remainder several are

new to the Museum, whilst others have previously only been

represented by single examples.

Of Butterflies previously received from Somali-land the collection

contains the following :—

. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS (vars. dorippus and klugi).

. YPTHIMA ASTEROPE.

. NEOCGNYRA DUPLEX.

JUNONIA (PRECIS) LIMNORIA.

. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Byer tirayia (Hypanis ilithyia of my Somali paper).

HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

. PoLYOMMATUS BETICUS.

. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

TERIAS ZOE.

TERACULUS HELYVOLUS (separated subsequently to the publi-

cation of my paper on Somali Lepidoptera).

ROO ONTO Or WN

558 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19.

12. THRACOLUS PROTOMEDIA.

13. THRACOLUS NOUNA.

14, TERACOLUS THRUPPI.

15. BELENors LoRDACA=var. of B. mesentina.

16. SARANGESA DJ ZELELA.

Of the above-named species, Neocenyra duplea, Teracolus helvolus,

and Teracolus thruppi were only known from Somali-land; but the

others are more or less widely distributed. The species obtained

from Kilima-njaro are represented in about an equal degree, as

also those from Nyassa-land.

RHOPALOCERA.

1. AMAURIS DOMINICANUS.

Amauris dominicanus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 323.

Steppes of Thika-Shika, among patches of acacia-scrub ; Kibwezi

and Ndoli.

Some of the specimens obtained have the black outer border of

the secondaries considerably narrower than in the typical form..

2. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).

3 2, Steppes N.W. of Longari.

The typical form of this species appears to have been rare.

2a. LIMNAS KLUGI.

Limnas klugii, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 758. n. 2.

Thiriati, 12th June ; Kithu-Uri, Maranga, 13th June; Ngatana,

December; Barra, near Merifano; Ndara; Guaso, Narok;

Ukikuigu, Thika-Shika, 16th July ; Ndangi River; Kibwezi.

This seems to have been the prevalent form of the species.

26. LINAS DORIPPUS.

Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-4.

3, Ngatanain January; 9, Alng’aria.

One male and two females were obtained, all of them less varied

with white on the secondaries than in the typical form of this

race.

3. TIRUMALA PETIVERANA.

Danais limniace, var. petiverana, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep.

p- 93. n. 37, pl. 12. fig. 1 (1847).

Steppes of Thika-Sika ; Tana, 16th July.

Only three examples were obtained, west of the Lower Falls.

4. MBLANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).

3 2, Ngatana, 29th January, 1893.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 559

5. Mycanesis (MoNOorRICHTIS) EUSIRUS.

Mycalesis eusirus, Hoptier, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 641.

n. 13.

Negatana, December and January; shores of Lake Dumi, 13th

February; Njempo; steppes of Thika-Shika on grassy plateau

west of the Lower Falls, 16th July.

6. ENOTESIA, sp.

One poor example of a species near to EL. ankoma (Mycalesis

ankoma, Mabille); the primaries, however, are a little less angular

than in that species, and the outer edge of the dark central belt is

zigzag throughout.

Ndoro; steppes at base of Kenya, 7000 feet.

Neocenyra, Butl.

The present collection proves that this genus must be much more

extensive than I had supposed. In the first place, there are sexes

of my JV. duplex agreeing very closely in pattern, the female being

entirely without the red markings of my supposed female from

Somali, thus proving that the latter is a distinct species (for

which, therefore, I propose the name of NV. rufilineata). Secondly,

there is a species allied to VV. duplex and N. ypthimoides, but nearer

to the former.

Neocenyra, at first sight, would appear to be scarcely distinct

from Strabena, Mab., if we were to accept that author’s decision as

regards the type of his genus. Although in 1877 M. Mabille

had already described a single species under the generic name

Strabena (S. smith, Pet. Nouv. p. 157), he stated in M. Grandidier’s

‘ Hist. de Madagascar’ that Satyrus tamatave, Boisd., was the

type of his new genus.

If this loose treatment of the types of genera is permitted, it

will necessitate alteration of the names of scores of well-known

groups, the types of which have been figured or referred to by

both Hiibner and Felder, without any definite statement that the

species thus indicated are the types of their genera.

The only safeguard is strictly to follow the method adopted by

Scudder, accepting the author’s first mention of his genus, as

then used, and ignoring all his subsequent decisions: the first

species recorded under a new generic name, if unaccompanied by

other species, or any statement as to the type of the said genus,

thus becomes, and must for ever after remain, the typical species.

The genus Strabena, as represented in the ‘Histoire de

Madagascar,’ contained heterogeneous material, and the so-called

type differs in no structural character from one of the species

placed by the same author under Pseudonympha: thus M. Mabille

says that the latter genus is characterized by its long antenne, the

club of which is distinct, oboval, and laterally compressed ; but his

P. goudotii has the club cylindrical and with a longitudinal groove

below, as in S. rakoto, vinsonii, ibitina, tamatave, &.; it also has

560 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,>

the median vein somewhat swollen at the base, though less so than

in Vpthima, of which genus the whole of these Madagascar forms

might well be considered a section, the angulated-winged species

being alone kept distinct under the generic name of Strabena’.

The absence of any swelling at the base of the median vein in

Neocenyra at once separates it from Ypthima, and, as a matter of

course, from Mabille’s second version of Strabena.

7. NEOC@NYRA GREGORII, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)

Nearest to V. duplex: considerably larger. Olivaceous brown,

slightly rufescent in certain lights on the basal half, which is

always slightly darker ; a well-defined dark brown submarginal line,

somewhat sinuated on the secondaries, particularly towards the

apex ; a second more slender line close to outer margin : primaries

with a large, rounded, subapical, black bipupillated ocelius ; the

pupils white, edged with blue or lavender scales ; iris tawny orange,

with external dark brown zone: secondaries with three or four

similarly coloured, but smaller and unipupillated ocelli as follows :—

one subcostal towards apex, very small in the male but large in

the female, and three in an oblique series from third median branch

to near anal angle, the third smaller than the others and sometimes

wanting in male examples. Wings below slightly more olivaceous

than above, the submarginal lines sienna-red externally, the inner

one of the secondaries zigzag towards apex; two other irregular

lines, dark brown in the male but red in the female, crossing the

wings, angulated on the secondaries; base of costa and discoidal

cell red in both sexes; ocelli nearly as above, but the subanal

ocellus of the secondaries always present and usually double or

geminate, the opposite wings sometimes showing two small ocelli

near together or one geminate ocellus respectively. Body blackish,

with a red spot on the patagia. Expanse of wings, g 43 millim.,

2 46 millim.

Karianduri, ascent of Kilima Meza, Elmeteila Basin, Nawashi

to Baringo Valley, Kariandur, 6100 feet, wooded ravines and cliffs

to the east and salt marshes to the west; Alng’aria; Thegu and

steppes north of Thegu; Ndora steppes at base of Kenya, 7000 ft. ;

Rangatan, Ndari.

8. NEOC@NYRA DUPLEX. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)

3. Neocenyra duplex, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 758. n. 4.

The true female of this species has the tawny area on the

primaries much larger than in the male and continued downwards

to the first median branch, enclosing a second small and unipupillate

ocellus on the first median interspace; the secondaries show a

sinuous dark brown line beyond the cell on the under surface.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Ngomeni to Kinani.

' Apart from colour characters, I fail to see any good reason for distinguishing

“ Strabena” tamatave and allies, even as a Section, from true Ypthima, the only

structural distinction being one of degree.

1894.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 561

Puysoznura, Wller.

In my last paper (on Mr. Johnston’s collections) I failed to

recognize this genus as the Periplysia of Gerstiicker, and con-

sequently, in going through the Records, I overlooked Mr. Godman’s

Physcenura pione and renamed it as a new Periplysia.

9. PHYsSCHNURA LEDA.

Periplysia leda, Gerstiicker, Arch. fiir Naturg. 1871, i. p. 358 ;

Van der Decken’s Reisen, ii. 2, p. 371, pl. 15. figs. 3, 3 a (1873).

Negatana.

10, YPTHIMA ASTEROPE.

Hipparchia asterope, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 29. figs. 11-14

(1832).

Ngomeni to Keriani.

One rather poor example was obtained.

11. EURYTELA DRYOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixxvii. EH, F (1779).

Negatana, 29th January, 1893; Kibwezi and Fuladoya.

12. HuRYTELA OPHIONE.

Papilio ophione, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exiv. E, F (1779).

Ngatana, December or January.

13. BYBLIA ILITHYIA.

Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 17. figs. 1, 2

(1773).

Negatana, 29th and 30th January, 1893; Golbanti; Ndara in

the afternoon; Kinani; Mtoto wa Ande; steppes N.W. of

Longari; steppes of Kiroruma.

14, ByBLIA CORA.

Hypanis cora, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 249.

Ndara and Thagana, in woods beside and park-land between

Ulakuya.

15. ByBiiA ACHELOIA.

Hypanis acheloia, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 29 (1857).

Urtu in garden; Ngatana; Mtoto wa Ande.

16. CHARAXES GUDERIANA.

3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.

Halle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.

2. Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z. 8, 1893, p. 648. n. 18;

Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, pl. v. fig. 8.

3, Fuladoya.

562 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19, ».

17. CHARAXES CANDIOPE.

Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 352. n. 10

(1823).

Summit of Mt. Héhnel, 16,000 feet.

18. PALLA VARANES.

Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. lx. D, E (1779).

No record of exact locality on the specimen: probably Sabaki

Valley.

Dr. Gregory informs me that the bulk of the specimens obtained

in the Sabaki Valley were not labelled; thus nearly all unlabelled

examples would be from that locality.

19. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

3 2, Ngatana, December and January.

19 a. HYPOLIMNAS INARIA.

Papilio inaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. cexiv. A, B (1779).

$, Lamu; 2, Witu; Ngatana, 28th December, 1892; Kinani ;

Njempo ; Athi, plains near Chjanjavi.

20, EURALIA DECEPTOR.

Diadema deceptor, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 105.

Euralia deceptor, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 286. n. 93, pl. vi.

fig. 3.

2, Sabaki Valley.

21. JuNoNIA ETHYRA (or a nearly allied new species).

Salamis ethyra, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1850, p. 250.

Alng’aria.

22. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iy. p. 106. n. 65

(1860).

Sandy steppes of the Kiroruma, Tana; Thika-Shika, west of the

Lower Falls.

23. JUNONIA LIMNOBIA.

Vanessa limnoria, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 6, 7 (1845).

Kibwezi.

24. JUNONIA SIMIA.

Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 26. n. 2; Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 227

(1887); P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 33, pl. iv. fig. 5.

Junonia micromera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol, xviii. p. 482 (1876).

1894. | FROM BRITISH EAST AFRIOA. 563

Kinani; Mtoto wa Ande; Njempo, shores of Lake Baringo,

taken at night.

Evidently a common though somewhat local species. Mr. Trimen

says that he recognized it by the help of a coloured drawing of the

type. I have only recently recognized it through Mr. Trimen’s

plate, a coloured proof of which was submitted to me to pass for

printing. In the description by Trimen (South Afr. Butt.) this

species is clearly compared with my J. calescens, which I find that

Staudinger has superseded in his letterpress, though not on his

plate, by calling it Precis octavia, var. natalensis. That it is not a

variety (as Staudinger imagined from the fact that he had,

apparently, only one example from Natal) is certain ; for it occurs

in lucalities where the allied Junonia octavia is not found, and

which it evidently replaces, as J. simia does in the present

collection. Whether the names natalica and natalensis should both

stand may be questioned.

25. JUNONIA TEREA, var.

Papilio terea, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 18. figs. 38, 4 (1778).

3, Gopo lal Mavari, Laitsipia; 9, Alng’aria.

A very dark suffused pair with orange band almost as narrow

as in J, elgiva, which it tends to link to J. terea.

96. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Jun. pl. 1. figs. 4, 5

(1864).

Kinani, afternoon ; Mtoto wa Ande; steppes of Thika-Shika.

27. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexxxviil. A, B

(1782).

Guaso Laschau, Guaso Nyiro.

28. JUNONIA SESAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3

(1887).

Maka.

29, JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.

Witu; Njempo.

30. JUNONIA CLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1779).

Witu; Ngatana, December and January; Njempo; Guaso

Laschau ; Thagana woods beside Ukikuya; steppes between Athi

and Thika; Sabaki Valley at Tanganyika.

In some of Dr. Gregory’s examples the blue patch is unusually

564 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

large on the secondaries, exhibiting the first step in the direction

of J. bodpis: it varies from cobalt to lilac in tint.

31. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc, London, 1870, p. 353.

Kinani; platform on Kikuyu escarpment, Kedong, Naiva ; shores

of Lake Baringo ; Njempo; Guaso Narok ; Guaso Laschau ; steppes

N.W. of Longari; Thagana; steppes of Thika-Shika; steppes

between Athi and Thika; Athi plains, Chjanjavi; Maka; Ndoli;

Sabaki Valley at Tanganyika and near Makongeni.

As regards the form of the tawny patches and the size, shape,

and colouring of the blue or violet spot on the secondaries the

specimens vary not a little; it therefore seems doubtful whether

the Malagasy form, J. paris, will prove to be specifically distinct.

32, PYRAMEIS ABYSSINICA.

Pyrameis abyssinica, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iii. p. 397.

n. 589 (1867).

No exact locality on the specimen ; probably Sabaki Valley.

This interesting little species is quite intermediate between

P. atalanta and P. dejeanti; but, as Felder says, belongs to the

P. atalanta-group. In colouring it more nearly resembles Zurema

scheneia, Trimen, but has a short ochreous bar beyond the cell of

the primaries representing the white bar in P. atalanta.

Trimen observes that I evidently included E. scheneia under my

Hypanartia commiata (in which he is quite correct); but whether

the date printed with Oberthiir’s paper was that of its actual publi-

cation is, I think, open to question.

33. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276. n. 1054 (1761).

Guaso Laschau; Thagana; Kenya, camp below the old ice-fall ;

steppes between Athi and Thika; Ndangi River.

34. PROTOGONIOMORPHA AGLATONICE.

Vanessa aglatonice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 299. n. 8 (1819);

3, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. 57. tig. 2 (1835).

Var. 3. Salamis definita, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. iv. p. 230 (1879).

9. Protogonomorpha definita, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 653,

3 2. Salamis nebulosa, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881,

p- 441; South Afr. Butt. i. p. 246. n. 79 (1887).

2 9. Sabaki Valley.

Three examples exactly corresponding with typical females of

the three supposed species; thus distinctly proving that they are

mere sports of one variable form, as I previously suggested.

25. PROTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII.

Papilio anacardui, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).

Lanjoro, south of Guaso Thegu.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 565

36. EUPHZDRA VIOLACEA.

Euryphene violacea, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 91.

No exact localities on the pair obtained; probably from the

Sabaki Valley.

An example from Zanzibar in the series of Z. neophron recently

presented to the Museum by Messrs. Salvin and Godman shows

a decided approach to the colouring of Z. violacea, but has the

wing-form of typical Z. neophron. The latter varies remarkably in

colouring, examples from Lake Nyasa being bright green above,

those from Delagoa Bay bluish green or greenish blue, those from

Zanzibar having a more or less pronounced violaceous suffusion,

usually confined to the external area. None, however, have the

produced primaries or uniform violaceous colouring of my species,

though it is possible that more transitional forms may hereafter

be obtained.

37. HAMANUMIDA DEZDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482. n. 174 (1775).

Golbanti; steppes of Thika-Shika ; Ndoli; Ndangi River.

38. GODARTIA WAKEFIELDII.

Godartia wakefieldii, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152; Afric.

Butt. pl. vi. fig. 3 (1878).

No exact localities on specimens, which were therefore probably

obtained in the Sabaki Valley.

39. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).

Ngatana ; Guaso Laschau ; Thiriati; steppes of Thika-Shika.

40. ATELLA COLUMBINA.

Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxvilil. A, B;

iv. pl. ceexxxvii. D, E (1782).

No exact locality on the specimens ; probably Sabaki Valley.

41. ACR#A CABIRA.

Acrea cabira, Hopfter, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin. 1855, p. 640. 0.7;

Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15 (1862).

Thiriati (shrub-covered plateau, with deep gorges) in Tana

river-basin.

42, ACRHA VENTURA.

Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877) ;

Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 655. n. 61.

Rangatan, Ndari, Laitsipia.

43. ACREA PLANESIUM.

Acrea planesium, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Entom. 17th livr. p. 24,

pl. 1. fig. 11 (1893).

Thiriati; Machakos ; Kavaluki Valley ; Maka.

Apparently not a rare species.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1894, No. XX XVII. 37

566 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

44, ACR#A PERRUPTA.

Telchinia perrupta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 102. n. 4 (1883).

Golbanti; Mbololo near summit, 5600 ft.; shores of Lake

Baringo, 8.W. corner; Njempo; Gopo lal Mavari; Guaso Laschau;

Thiriati.

45. ACRMHA LYCIA.

Papilio lycia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 464. n. 94 (1775).

Ngatana; Ndara; Njempo; shores of Lake Baringo.

45 a. ACR#A CECILIA.

Papilio cecilia, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 34. n. 142 (1781).

Ngatana.

One example of the variety noted P. Z. S. 1888, p. 66. The

true A. cecilia is probably a seasonal (certainly a dimorphic) form

of A. lycia: it only differs from the typical phase in its tawny

coloration.

46. ACRHA DOUBLEDAYI.

Acrwa doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378

(1847).

No exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

47. ACRHA PUDORINA.

3. Acrea pudorina, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 84, pl. 33

(1888).

Acrea acrita, var., Trimen, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 28, pl. iv. fig. 4.

Ndara, in the afternoon; steppes of Thika-Shika and between

Athi and Thika ; Athi plains near Chjanjavi; Bondoni and Kapte

plains ; Kibwezi.

Described, according to Staudinger, from a single fresh male ;

this does not appear from the illustration, for fresh males have the

wings far more rosy above, and, below, the apical area of the

primaries and disc of the secondaries are cream-coloured, with inter-

nervular reddish tawny streaks; after they have flown for a time

the cream-colouring seems to get worn (or perhaps darkened) and

the streaking is thereby lost; most males show three black spots

in a slightly angular oblique series across the centre of primaries,

but in some examples the two lower spots are wanting (Staudinger’s

figure shows a trace of the lowest, but not the middle spot). The

female above is of a smoky vinous tint, blackish towards the base,

and quite black at base of cell in secondaries; the apical area of

primaries smoky fulvous, the costal third and the outer margin

more broadly black than in any of the male examples; the external

border of the secondaries black, with faint brownish indications of

the submarginal spots. Expanse of wings 56 millim.

There is not the slightest question that this is a local represen-

1894.} FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 567

tative of A. acrita, from which it only differs in the absence of the

broad apical black patch on the primaries; in well-marked

examples all the spots (on the absence of which Dr. Staudinger

relies) are well defined ; one specimen even shows an additional

spot on the subcostal area, nearer to apex.

48. ACRHA NATADICA.

Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590. n. 57 (1847).

Ngatana, December and January.

49. ACREA MENIPPH.

Papilio menippe, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. 13. figs. 3, 4

(1782).

One worn female from Ngatana.

50. AOCRZA ANEMOSA.

Acrea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i., der. pl. 3. figs. 14, 18

(1865).

Two good specimens without labels of locality, but probably

from the Sabaki Valley.

51. ACRHA INSIGNIS.

Acrea insignis, Distant, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 184, pl. ix. fig. 4.

No exact locality ; probably Sabaki Valley.

52. PLANEMA MONTANA.

3. Planema montana, Butler, P. Z.8. 1888, p. 91.

@. Pattern of male, decidedly larger, the primaries to outer

border of secondaries fuliginous ; the band of primaries and central

area of secondaries white, interrupted by blackish veins; base of

secondaries suffused with dull tawny buff, the black spots of the

under surface showing through. Hxpanse of wings 82 millim.

2, Kibwezi.

We have received both sexes of this species from Kilimanjaro.

53. Hyrnus ZQUATORIALIS.

Lycena cequatorialis, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 637,

pl. xlviii. fig. 5.

3 2, Summit of Mount Héhnel, 16,000 feet ; Kenya and camp

below the old ice-fall, 10,500 feet.

Strictly speaking this species and H. webbianus hardly belong

to Hyreus, as their hind wings are not tailed.

The figure is taken from a somewhat abnormal specimen; most

examples have the dark discal band toothed in the centre, the

prominence emitted from the centre of the band and sometimes

entirely dividing the white submarginal band; this is the case

with Dr. Gregory’s pair of the species, and with several unset

specimens shown to me by Miss Sharpe.

37*

568 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

54. ZizBRA KNYSNA.

Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. i.

p. 282 (1862).

3 2, Mtoto wa Ande; shores of Lake Baringo; Njempo.

55. ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. i.

p. 403 (1862).

3 2, Njempo.

56. LyYCHNESTHES AMARAH.

Polyommatus amarah, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. p. 384,

pl. 11. figs. 5, 6.

3 2, Larabwal, Laitsipia.

57. LYCENESTHES KERSTENI.

Lycena kersteni, Gerstiicker, Archiv fir Naturg. 1871, p. 359.

n. 27; Van der Decken’s Lep. Ost-Sibiriens, p. 373. n. 27, pl. xv.

fig. 5 (1873).

One fragmentary male, from Mtoto wa Ande.

I am at a loss to understand why Mr. Trimen regarded this

species as synonymous with ZL. larydas; the two forms appear to

me as distinct as any of the species in the genus and only show

a resemblance to each other on the upper surface; but even there

the shade of deep blue in the males differs and the form is

strikingly different, the front wings of L. kersteni being elongate-

triangular, those of Z.larydas comparatively short in the costa and

consequently with the outer margin almost straight instead of

very oblique. Taking the entire outline of L. larydas it roughly

represents a semicircle, whilst that of Z. kersteni more nearly

approaches a triangle with truncated apex.

58. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lycena osiris, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1885, p. 642.

n. 21; Peters’s Reise nach Mossambique, v. p. 409, pl. 26.

figs. 11, 12 (1862).

No exact locality given ; probably Sabaki Valley.

59. PoLYOMMATUS BEHTICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789. n. 226 (1767).

3 2, Ngatana im coitu; Kavaluki Valley, Ukamba.

60. CASTALIUS GREGORH, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.)

g. Allied to C. calice and C. cretosus; above nearest to the

latter, the white area of the primaries still wider, the submarginal

spot crossed by the radials larger, but no white spots on the outer

border below it: secondaries above with the basal third greyish,

traversed by nearly straight blackish bars, partly visible through

the wing, and further obscured by long greyish hair; outer border

1894, ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 569

rather narrow and quite regular; only the first of the disco-

submarginal series of spots being present, close to apex; white

submarginal lunules small and inconspicuous. Below, the primaries

are almost the same as in C. calice, but the black spots on the

submarginal white band are smaller, the lowest being absent ; the

white areas generally are also broader: the secondaries below

differ from those of C. calice in that the two irregular series of

black spots crossing the basal half are confluent, forming black

bands, the discal series of spots being only represented by a small

subapical dot; the submarginal partly blue-edged black spots

smaller and reduced to five in number. Expanse of wings

31 millim.

Bondoni and Kapte Plains.

Only one example was obtained, but in tolerably good condition.

61. AZANUS OCCIDENTALIS.

Azanus occidentalis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 571. n. 32.

2, Gopo lal Mavari; ¢, Thagana, woods beside Ukikuya.

62. PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.

Lyccena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).

Njempo. ;

63. PLEBEIUS, sp. ?

One much-worn and broken female example of a species which

I have been unable to identify.

Rangatan, Ndari.

64. TaTURA PHILIPPUS.

Hesperia philippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 283. n. 87

(1793).

No exact locality recorded.

65, VIRACHOLA ANTA,.

Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 402

(1862).

Sabaki Valley.

66. STUGETA BOWKERI.

Tolaus bowkeri, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 225. n. 130,

pl. 4. fig. 4 (1866).

S.W. corner of Lake Baringo.

This is quite distinct from S. marmorea, from the White Nile;

that species shows no trace of the conspicuous blue colouring of

S. bowkert.

67. SPINDASIS NYASSH. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.)

Aphneeus nyasse, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 250 (1884).

Two females, without exact locality,

570 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

68. AXIOCERSES PERION.

Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. B, C (1782).

3, Steppes N.W. of Longari, Laitsipia.

69. CIGARITIS ABBOTTII.

Chrysophanus abbottii, Holland, Entomologist, xxv. (Suppl.)

p- 90 (1892).

Guaso.

70. MYLOTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxvii. D, E (1782).

Mbololo near summit, 5600 feet ; Kibwezi.

71. MYLOTHRIS RUPPELLII.

Pieris riippellii, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 88 (1865).

2, Alng’aria, Laitsipia.

72. NYCHITONA ALCESTA.

Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecelxxix. A (1782).

Ngatana, December and January.

73. COLIAS EDUSA, var. ELECTRA.

Papilio electra, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 764. n. 101 (1767).

Steppes N.W. of Longari; Thagana, in woods ; Thegu, in park-

land; Mt. Kenya, below the old ice-fall, 10,500 feet; Karati,

Konu, Ukikuya, beside swamp; Thiriati, Konu, on shrub-covered

plateau.

In British East Africa this species is very variable, both in size

and depth of colour: one of the males from the first-mentioned

locality has all the appearance of typical C’. edusa (nor do I believe

that it possesses a character to distinguish it therefrom), and none

of the distinctive points indicated in Trimen’s ‘South African

Butterflies ’ avail to separate it, seeing that it does not possess them.

The “ inward nervular dentations of the hind-marginal border ” are

very variable in both types; indeed a male in the Museum from

Malta shows stronger dentations than those normally exhibited in

C. electra, whilst in the specimen above mentioned they are hardly

so well marked as in the majority of typical C. edusa, and a

specimen in the Museum from Kilimanjaro, though dark in colour

and smaller than usual, shows no inward dentation of the border.

74. THERIAS BRIGITTA.

Papilio brigitta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxxi. B, C (1782),

Steppes N. of Thegu.

75. TERIAS zO#.

Terias zoé, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640. n. 5;

Peters, Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. pl. 23. figs. 10, 11 (1862),

1894.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 571

Ngomeni to Kinani; Mtoto wa Ande; Miviruni, Baringo

Valley, Mguki; shores of Lake Baringo; steppes of Thika-Shika ;

Athi plains near Chjanjavi; Machakos; Bondoni and Kapte

plains ; Ndangi River.

76. TERIAS REGULARIS.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 486 (1876).

Mbololo, near summit, 5600 feet.

77. THERIAS DESJARDINSII.

Xanthidia desyardinsiz, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 22,

pl. 2. fig. 6 (1833).

3, Mbololo, near summit.

One rather ragged, but very singular, male specimen, in which

the outer berder of the primaries is formed as in 7’. formosa, Hiibn.,

and the black edging of the costal margin is wanting.

78. THRIAS BOISDUVALIANA.

Terias boisduvaliana, Mabille, Hist. Nat. de Madag. i. pl. 32.

figs. 4-7.

Ngatana in wood, 30th January, 1893; Njempo; Larabwal,

Laitsipia ; Ndoro, steppes at base of Kenya, 7000 feet.

This species is not unlike a pale brimstone-coloured represen-

tative of my 7. ceres, to which Mr. Trimen has unaccountably

given the new designation of 7. ethiopica; our examples of the

latter are from S. Africa, Natal, Mauritius, and Madagascar. The

outer border of the primaries in 7’. boisduvaliana usually resembles

that of 7. brenda.

79. TERIAS ORIENTIS.

Terias orientis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 71. n. 87.

3 2, Ngatana, December and January.

Specimens of the preceding species sometimes agree closely

with this on the upper surface, but not below.

80. TERACOLUS CALAIS.

Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. liii. C, D (1779).

Neatana, near wood on barra, 30th January, 1893; east shore of

Lake Losugata, on grass and scrub.

81. TERACOLUS HANNINGTONII.

Teracolus hanningtoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 104. n. 8 (1883).

2, Sabaki Valley. We originally received this species from the

Victoria Nyanza.

572 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

82. TERACOLUS CATACHRYSOPS.

Teracolus catachrysops, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, 1. p. 178 (1878).

3 3, Ndoli.

Described from specimens collected at Masasi, and since received

from Kilimanjaro.

83. TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 103. n. 7 (1883).

Njempo; Guaso Narok; Guaso Laschau; Guaso Nacrotia;

steppes N.W. of Longari; Thagana, woods beside Ukikuya ;

Theegu.

84, TERACOLUS HELVOLUS.

Teracolus helvolus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 94.

Sabaki Valley, at Tanganyika.

My supposition that 7’. helvolus would prove to be restricted to

Somaliland is thus proved incorrect.

85. TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA.

Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys, pl. 8. figs. 18, 14 (1829).

3 2, Golbanti.

86, THRACOLUS AGOYE, 9 ? (=Idmais fatma, Feld.)

3. Anthopsyche agoye, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15. n. 11.

3 2. Anthocharis agoye, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 325.

n. 219 (1866).

@. Var. ? without indication of exact locality ; probably Sabaki

Valley«

This female differs from that described by Mr. Trimen in having

traces of two spots on the median interspaces of the primaries, and

a faintly indicated internal streak ending in a third spot ; it comes

nearest to the form which I described under the name of Teracolus

johnstont (the descriptions of which and of 7’. opalescens Mr.

Trimen seems to have overlooked), Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 29

(1886). I strongly suspect it to be the female of the “* ¢ from

the Lydenburg District of the Transvaal,” which Mr. Trimen

mentions, as the underside of the hind wings and apex of fore

wings are tinted with pale creamy pinkish; it clearly demon-

strates the affinity of 7. agoye to the 7’. eris group.

Since Mr. Trimen examined our collection, we have added,

through the generosity of Mr. C. G. Barrett, two pairs of 7.

johnstont from Amshaw, King William’s*Town. The male is very

distinct from that of typical 7. eris; the apical area of the

primaries is more restricted, with the ochreous spots brighter,

broader, shorter, and only separated by slender black veins; on

the second (upper) median interspace also there is a very large

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 573

oval white marginal spot, and below this again the black is

externally undulating, leaving three pure white indentations

confluent with the white fringe. On the secondaries the black

costal border, instead of extending almost to the apex, is cut

across transversely and therefore terminates much more abruptly.

I have no doubt that both this and TZ. opalescens constitute

constant local races, far more worthy of specific rank than many

of the species which my excellent, but, as I think, inconsistent,

‘ friend has considered distinct '.

The markings in Dr. Gregory’s example are less strongly

defined than in Felder’s figure ; but there cannot be a question as

to the identity of the species; at the same time, I should doubt

whether the two males associated in the Hewitson collection under

the name of 7’. agoye are actually one species.

87. TERACOLUS PUNICEUS. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 5, 6.)

Teracolus puniceus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 72. n. 92.

3, without label of exact locality ; probably Sabaki Valley.

The female we received from the Victoria Nyanza.

88. TERACOLUS FOLIACEUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 7.)

Q. Above chalky white, the basal third irrorated with fine grey

scales: primaries with a conspicuous spot at the end of the cell;

the apical two-thirds of costa and the apical third of wing to inner

margin, as well as a large almost wedge-shaped spot only separated

from the latter by a large round white spot near external angle,

black, slightly suffused with brown near outer margin ; a series of

six sordid white spots in an arched series between costa and the

above-mentioned large white spot, the first small, the second

large and pyriform, the remainder regularly decreasing in size,

the second, third, and fourth spots flecked with magenta; sub-

median vein, base of inner margin, and subcostal vein of second-

aries tinted with sulphur: secondaries with a very broad external

black border, occupying about one-fourth of the wing, its inner

edge strongly dentated on the veins, and an oblique squamose

subapical black streak from costa to centre of third median branch :

body normal. Primaries below white, the base primrose-yellow,

followed in the cell by a transverse greyish nebula ; black spot at

end of cell as above; costa and a broad apical border, tapering to

first median branch, buff-yellowish, the latter transversely striated

with grey and bounded internally by whitish spots, of which the

first three are defined by an inner diffused bordering of argillaceous

brown shading into grey-brown, and the remainder by a series of

more or less acutely angulated black spots curving inwards to

submedian area, the upper ones also placed on a diffused grey-

brown area answering to the inner edge of the black area of the

upper surface: secondaries whitish, tinted with pearl-grey and.

‘ It has always been a puzzle to me that Lepidopterists, who in one genus

allow unlimited variability and extraordinary ranges to the species, in a nearly-

allied genus restrict both in an equally remarkable degree,

ors

eH ll +

[June 19,

buff and transversely striated with grey; base of costal margin

saffron-yellow ; a rounded pale buff spot at end of cell upon a

triangular greyish testaceous area, partly bounded externally by a

well-defined dull copper-brown oblique bar from costa to third

median branch ; this bar is continued, almost at right angles, by

three brown spots on a buff-tinted nebula; outer border buff ;

abdominal area creamy whitish: body below white. Expanse of

wings 43 millim.’

No exact locality given ; probably Sabaki Valley.

Although evidently belonging to the 7. regina group, this female

is much more heavily black-bordered than any other species of the

group; the striated and clouded under surface give the insect

(when its wings are closed) the appearance of a dead and

mouldering leaf.

aia,

574 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA

89. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 431. n. 3,

pl. xxv. figs. 3, 3a.

3 dg, no exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

90, TERACOLUS IMPERATOR.

Teracolus imperator, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 132. n. 20.

3 6, no exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

91. TERACOLUS PHENIUS.

3. Teracolus phenius, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xviii. p. 488 (1876).

Q. Albino form, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 74. n. 95.

Ngatana; shores of Lake Baringo; Njempo; steppes of the

Kiroruma; Kavaluki Valley ; Ndangi River.

Three of the four females in the above series have crimson tips

to the primaries and therefore differ very slightly from females of

T. miles. The latter will, I think, have to be considered

synonymous with this species.

92, TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

Q. Teracolus ineretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146

(1881).

3. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 23.

3g 3, Steppes of Thika-Shika and Ndangi River.

One of the specimens is larger than any previously received.

93. TERACOLUS SYRTINUS.

3. Teracolus syrtinus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 163. n. 124.

@. White, with black markings above almost exactly as in the

female of 7. phillipsii ; the base of the wings more suffused with

‘grey, but less so than in 7. wanthevarne, 9 ; apical area pale

1 The under surface of Westwood’s reputed female of 7. bu«toni somewhat

approaches this species.

1894.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 575

salmon, sometimes extending beyond the subapical irregular black

band ; under surface nearly as in 7. phillipsii, but more strongly

tinted with yellow, buff, and pink, and with the discal brown

markings larger and better defined.

Expanse of wings 42-43 millim.

Ngatana; platform on Kikuyu escarpment, Kedong, Newa in

forest ; shores of Lake Baringo ; Njempo.

This is evidently an abundant species.

93 a. TERACOLUS CITREUS.

Teracolus citreus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 162. n. 120.

Kinani, in the afternoon; also probably Sabaki Valley.

This differs from 7. syrtinus in its usually inferior size, less

black-bordered primaries, and the pink colouring on the under

surface of the secondaries. It probably bears the same relation-

ship to JZ. syrtinus that T. eucharis of India does to Z. titea,

Unfortunately only one example has an indication of exact locality,

so that it is impossible to tell whether the two types occur

together; but with our present knowledge of the variability of

species I hesitate to consider them distinct.

94, TERACOLUS NOUNA,

Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. p. 350. n. 14,

pl. i. fig. 2 (1845).

3, Machakos, two damaged specimens.

95. TERACOLUS THEOGONE ?

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 575. n. 23

(1836).

3, Thagana, woods beside Ukikuya; 92, park-land between

Thegu and Ulkikuya.

Only one damaged pair was obtained. The male is almost

exactly like typical 7. theogone, but has larger marginal spots to

the secondaries: the female has no trace of the inner marginal

broad black band to the primaries, and therefore nearly approaches

that sex of 7’. epigone; the under surface of the secondaries also is

pink, not yellowish. Possibly this is a species between 7’. theogone

and 7. epigone; but the two specimens are not good enough to

describe.

96. TERACOLUS PYRRHOPTERUS,sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 8,9.)

Allied to 7’. theogone; the male above with the patch upon the

black apical area orange-vermilion, as in the female of that

species; the costal margin black quite to the base; a broad

truncated black streak on internal area from base to second third

of wing: secondaries with a similar though less regular costal

streak; two ill-defined unequal spots on third median and,

radial veins (recalling the marking of female 7’. hippocrene), and a

marginal series of hastate black spots, almost confluent: body

normal, Primaries below white, the costa, apex, outer margin, and

. . r

576 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

fringe soft rose-colour, but towards external angle the fringe is

. tipped with white; a large subapical patch of deep orange-salmon,

blending with the rose-colour at apex: secondaries rose-colour ; a

white diffused subapical nebula; the surface, especially towards

i, the base, sparsely irrorated and striated with blackish; a black-

| dotted orange-salmon spot at end of cell and an imperfect

angulated band, as in 7’. theogone, of brown: body below white.

. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

@. Rather smaller than the male: in pattern nearly resembling

‘ T. procne; but the orange subapical band coloured as in the male,

and the base of both wings much more widely and densely dusted

' with blackish ; the fringe of primaries rosy as in the male: below

as in the male, but slightly deeper in colour, especially on the

secondaries, where the interrupted band is grayel-red. Expanse

of wings 36 millim.

One slightly damaged pair, at Thagana, in woods beside

Ukikuya.

4 In the fiery colouring of the under surface this species is quite

, remarkable. A male variety also occurs which above more nearly

approaches J’. omphale, and below has the apical border of

primaries and ground-colour of secondaries creamy whitish, with

the band of secondaries brick-red.

97. TERACOLUS ZERA.

3 2. Anthocharis zera, Lucas, Revue et. Mag. de Zool. iv. p. 423

(1852).

; 3, Guaso Laschau; 9, Guaso Nacrotia; ¢, Ndoro, steppes at

base of Kenya, 7000 feet.

The description by M. Lucas probably confounds several

different types (species ?); the only safe guide in the description

seems to be the orange tint which he mentions as pervading the

under surface of the secondaries in the male; he, however, fails to

note that on the under surface the veins are dusky; in the

examples above recorded they are black towards anal angle and

i A oll

; , on the abdominal fold. The absence of the small orange spot

attached to the black discocellular dot is not likely to be a constant

4 character.

’ 98. TERACOLUS HELLE.

Teracolus helle, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 149. n. 75.

Gopo lal Mavari, Laitsipia; Guaso Narok; Guaso Laschau ;

Guaso Nacrotia; steppes N.W. of Longari; Ndoro, steppes at

base of Kenya, 7000 feet ; Karati, Konu, Ukikuya, Tana, in dense

forest ; sandy steppes on the south bank of the Kiroruma.

99. TERACOLUS SUBVENOSUS.

Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 105. n. 10 (1888).

$ 2, Miviruni, Elmeteila Basin, Baringo Valley, Mjaki ; Gopo

;

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 577

lal Mavari, Laitsipia; Alng’aria; Guaso Laschau; Thagana,

woods beside Ukikuya; Thegu; Kavaluki Valley, Ukamba.

100, TERACOLUS HERO.

Teracolus hero, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 150. n. 81, pl. vi.

fig. 12.

3 2, no exact locality recorded; probably Sabaki Valley.

101. TeRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572.

n. 18, pl. 18. fig. 3 (1836).

3 2, Guaso Narok.

In T. zera, helle, subvenosus, and hero the veins are more or less

blackened on the under surface, but in 7’. antevippe they are uniform

with the white ground-colour; the black veins when present do not

result from abrasion, but are clothed with black scales. Of course

it is possible that this character may prove to be unimportant, but

that remains to be seen.

102. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122. n. 12 (1819).

3 @, no exact locality recorded; probably Sabaki Valley.

103. TERACOLUS EXOLE.

gd. Anthocharis ewole (part), Reiche, Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss.,

Ent. p. 460, pl. 31. fig. 4 (1849).

2. Anthocharis achine, Lucas (not Cramer), Lep. Exot. pl. 37.

fig. 2 (1835).

2, no exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

This is probably an extreme form (possibly a brood) of the

preceding.

104. TERACOLUS THRUPPI.

Teracolus thruppi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 771, pl. xlvii.

fig. 10.

Barra near Merifano; S.W. corner of Lake Baringo, Ukikuya.

105. TERACOLUS MINANS.

Teracolus mimans, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 229

(1882).

3 2, Njempo.

A melanistic form of the female occurs in this, as in other allied

species.

106. CATOPSILIA PYRENE,

Oolias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. 51 (1820-21).

3 2, Ngatana; Kinani; Thika-Shika.

578 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

107. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

Papilio forella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479. n. 159 (1775).

3 2, Ndoro, steppes at base of Kenya, 7000 feet; Ndangi

River.

108. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA.

Glutophrissa contracta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 75. n. 102.

3, Ngatana; 2, Lake Losuguta.

109. PHRISSURA LASTI.

Mylothris lasti, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. ili. p. 124 (1889).

Belenois lasti, Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. pl. Belen. ii.

figs. 1-3 (1892).

3 2, Sabaki Valley, at Tanganyika.

This is probably the species mimicked by Mylothris narcissus.

110. BELENOIS THYSA.

Pieris thysa, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 639. n. 1;

Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 349, pl. 21. figs. 7-10

(1862).

Kibwezi.

111. BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eccxxxviiil. G, H

(1782).

Ngatana; Barra near Merifano; Golbanti ; Miviruni; steppes

of Thika-Shika.

The majority of the specimens were obtained at Golbanti.

llla. BELEenois rnvipa. (Plate XX XVIL. figs. 1, 2.)

Belenois infida, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 78. n. 111.

Golbanti ; Miviruni; Lake Losuguta; shores of Lake Baringo;

Njempo; Gopo lal Mavari; Guaso Narok; steppes N.W. of

Longari; Thagana; Thegu; ” Ukikuya ; Kithungulu ; steppes of

Thika-Shika ; steppes between Athi and Thika ; Athi plains near

Chjanjavi; Machakos ; Maka; Ndangi River ; ’ Sabaki Valley.

The enormous series of this species collected by Dr. Gregory

proves, beyond dispute, that B. infida is only a Central and East

African development of B. severina, to which every possible link

exists; it is only by eliminating all the specimens having dark

veins on the under surface from the series, that B. severina can be

at all distinguished from this race. The black bar at the end of the

cell, in this genus, proves to be a most unreliable character for the

discrimination of species; indeed I have very little doubt that

Pvris ogygia of Trimen will prove, when a large series can be

obtained, to be simply a development of Belenois thysa of Hopffer.

Belenois zochalia (as will be shown presently) varies in the same

way.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRIOA. 579

112. BELENOIS MESENTINA.

Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iti. pl. cclxx. A, B (1782).

Golbanti; Kinani; Njempo; Guaso Laschau; Kithungulu,

Konu, Ukikuya, on shrub-covered plateau with deep gorges ;

sandy steppes on the south bank of the Kiroruma, Tana river-

basin ; steppes of the Thika-Shika; steppes between Athi and

Thika; Athi plains near Chjanjavi; Bondoni and Kapte Plains;

Ndangi River.

Represented by the form 8. lordaca, and the larger but

otherwise exactly similar B. agrippina.

113. BELENOIS GIDICA.

Pieris gidica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 131. n. 37 (1819).

Witu, in garden; Golbanti; Njempo; Ukikuya; steppes of

Thika-Shika ; steppes between Athi and Thika; Ndoli; Kibwezi.

One female nearly approaches typical B. abyssinica.

114. Beenois zocnania. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 3.)

Pieris zochalia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 508. n. 100

(1832).

3 2, Gopo lal Mavari, Laitsipia; Guaso Laschau; steppes

N.W. of Longari; Thagana, in woods beside Ukikuya; Theeu ;

Ndoro, steppes at base of Kenya, 7000 feet; on shrub-covered

plateau at Kithungulu, Konu, Ukikuya, Tana river-basin.

Two forms of this species were obtained, the first only differing

from the southern type in its usually slightly superior size; the

male with slightly narrower oblique black bar at end of cell, larger

white hastate spots on the apical black area, and primrose-

whitish colouring of the under surface of the secondaries. The

second form, however, has the black discocellular bar reduced to a

spot at the inferior angle of the cell in the male, but in the female

only slightly narrower than in the first form ; on the under surface

the veins are more heavily defined and sometimes quite black. It

is useless to attempt to separate the latter from B. zochalia; and as

it shows a decided tendency in the direction of B. crawshayi, it is

within the range of possibility that, as the fauna of Africa becomes

better known, a series of gradations between B. zochalia and

that apparently distinct form will be discovered. Indeed, after

seeing the series of grades between typical B. infida and B. severina

nothing will surprise me in the way of linking the African species

of Belenois. Iam quite satisfied that B. gidica and B, abyssinica

cannot be regarded as distinct species.

115, SYNCHLOE JOHNSTONII.

Synchloé johnstonii, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 35,

pl. iu. figs. 1-3.

Gopo lal Mavari; Guaso Laschau; steppes N.W. of Longari;

Thagana, in woods beside Ukikuya.

580 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

116. PINACOPTERYX ORTYGNA.

3. Mylothris ortygna, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 985,

986 (1832).

3 2, on grassy steppes at Miviruni.

4 117. PrvacoPrpryx LILIANA.

1 3 2. Belenois liliana, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

a ser. 6, vol. ili. p. 122 (1889).

S Pinacopteryx liliana, Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. Pinac. 1,

figs. 7-9 (1893).

2, Ngatana, 30th January 1893, near wood.

118. PINACOPTERYX PIGHA.

Pieris pigea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 523. n. 124 (1836).

-* 3, Steppes of Thika-Shika.

119. Herpania treratTa. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 4.)

Herpema iterata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 96. n. 8.

Njempo.

120. NEPHERONIA CAPENSIS.

Eronia buquetii, var. y. capensis, Hopfier, in Peters’s Reise

Mossamb. p. 363 (1862).

“ Nzoai.

Only one example, somewhat shattered, was obtained.

121. NEPHERONIA BUQUETII.

Callidryas buquetii, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 607. n. 1

a (1836).

a 3 2, Shores of Lake Baringo. (Common.)

122, NrPHERONIA THALASSINA.

Bs. Pieris thalassina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 443, n. 8 (1836).

aI 3g, no exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

a 123. NEPHERONIA ARGIA.

Papilio argia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 470. n. 118 (1775).

3 2, no exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

The female corresponds with that noted by me (P. Z. S. 1888,

p- 96, from Kilimanjaro), excepting that the patch of red is wanting

on the upper surface of the primaries.

124, ERoNIA DILATATA,

Eroma dilatata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 96. n. 9.

Eronia cleodora, var. latimarginata, Weymar, Stett. ent. Zeit.

1892, p. 96. n. 13.

Kibwezi.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 581

125. PAPILIO KIRBYI.

Papilio Lirbyi, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. ix. p. 146 (1872);

Exot. Butt. v., Pap. pl. 13. fig. 42 (1878).

No record of exact locality ; probably Sabaki Valley.

126. PAPILIO COLONNA,

Papilio colonna, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 151 (1873).

Papilio tragicus, Butler, 1. ¢. xiii. p. 56 (1876).

Kibwezi.

127. Papinio Nyass&.

Papilio nyasse, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

. 459 (1877).

No exact locality recorded; probably Sabaki Valley.

—

128. PAPILIO PHILONOE.

Papilio philonoé, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873).

Ngatana.

129, ParILio DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 214 (1764).

Ndara; Guaso Laschau ; Ndangi River.

130. PAPILIO CONSTANTINUS.

Papilio constantinus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 34 (1871);

Afr. Lép. p. 1, pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1878).

Kibwezi.

131. PaPILIo ERINUS.

Papilio erinus, Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M.1. p. 35. n. 127 (1865).

Kibwezi.

132. PAPILIO PHORCAS.

Papilio phorcas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. pl. i. B, C (1775).

Alng’aria; Rangatan, Ndari.

133. PAPILIO MEROPE,

Papilio merope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 151. figs. A, B (1779).

One female, in bad condition, of the form figured by Trimen

(Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. pl. 43. fig. 4, 1869).

Golbanti.

134. SARANGESA MOTOZIOIDES.

Sarangesa motozioides, Holland, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. x. p. 288. n. 9 (1892).

Mtoto wa Ande; Karianduri ; shores of Lake Baringo, Njempo.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1894, No. XX XVIII. 38

582 DR. A, G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

135. SARANGESA DJ ELELE.

Pteryqospidea djalele, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-

Akad. Handl. 1857; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54.

Ndoro, steppes at base of Kenya 7000 feet; Athi Plains, near

Chjanjavi.

136. OsMopES RANOHA.

Pamphila ranoha, Westwood. in Oates’s ‘ Matabele-land,’ p. 353

(1881).

Fuladoya.

137. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.

Guaso Nacrotia, Laitsipia.

When Mr. Samuel Scudder was last in Europe, he brought with

him a number of carefully coloured drawings of Hespervide for

comparison with types in various collections. Among other species

thus cleared up, he proved, by camparison with Latreille’s type of

G. hottentota, that (instead of being a form of G, letterstedtv) 1t was

the G. obumbrata of Trimen.

138. BAorIs FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hopffer, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1855, p. 643. n. 25; Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 417,

pl. 27. figs. 3, 4 (1862).

No record of exact locality ; probably Sabaki Valley.

139. Baoris INCONSPICUA.

Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Ace. Bol. 1849, p. 15.

Ngatana ; Njempo.

140. RHOPALOCAMPTA PISISTRATUS.

Hesperia pisistratus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 345. n. 311

(1793).

Kabwezi.

141, RHOPALOCAMPTA KEITHLOA.

Rhopalocampta keithloa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48.

No exact locality recorded; probably Sabaki Valley.

There is also one much damaged male, apparently of Cyclopides

quadrisignatus, from Rangatan.

The Moths, unfortunately, are, in many cases, too much injured

for identification, but I have succeeded in determining the

following :—

1894.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 583

142. MacroGiossa TROCHILOIDES.

Macroglossa trochiloides, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 5. n. 6.

Negatana.

143. CH#©ROCAMPA CELERIO.

Sphine celerio, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 800 (1767).

One worn example at Alng’aria.

144. ARGocERA MENETA.

——

Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixx. D (1775).

One worn example from Kinani.

145. ANGocERA TRICOLOR.

Agocera tricolor, Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 155 (1883).

One fairly good female, without record of exact locality, but

probably from the Sabaki Valley.

146. CHARILINA AMABILIS.

Noctua amabilis, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1773).

Negatana.

Hither all the specimens are uniformly faded, or they represent

a distinct race in which the whole of the black and red of typical

C. amabilis are replaced by pale brown, almost like dead gold; the

markings are absolutely normal in pattern.

147. EUCHROMIA AFRICANA.

Euchromia africana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xi. p. 364.

No record of exact locality ; probably Sabaki Valley.

148. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA.

Tinea pulchella, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 534. n. 238 (1758).

No record of exact locality ; probably Sabaki Valley.

149. ARGINA CINGULIFERA.

Deiopeia cingulifera, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 569 (1854).

Var. Deiopera ocellina, Walker, 1. c. p. 571 (1854).

Ndoli.

150, GHORIA NIGRICOsTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 5.)

Primaries dull silvery white with golden reflections; costal

margin black: secondaries pale golden buff; thorax above silvery,

vertex of head brownish; abdomen golden ochreous. Primaries

below leaden grey, with costal and external borders golden ochreous ;

secondaries and body below golden ochreous. Expanse of wings

37 millim.

Platform on Kikuyu Escarpment, Kedong.

584 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

151. Lirnosta ?, sp.

One much damaged example of a species with coarsely pectinated

antenne ; probably new, but not in condition to describe.

Ukikuya.

152. RHANIDOPHORA PHEDONIA.

Bombya phedonia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexlvii. C (1782),

Alng’aria; Maka.

Two much-damaged examples were obtained.

Single examples of Nolide and Sarrothripine in poor condition

are also in the collection, including one specimen of a species of

Siccia allied to S. caffra. With one exception, these are without

exact localities ; therefore probably from the Sabaki Valley.

153. SHNURA LINBATA.

Spilosoma lineata, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 672. n. 17 (1855).

No exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

154. ALPENUS PURUS.

Alpenus purus, Butler, P. ZS. 1878, p. 382.

Two examples from Njempo.

155. TERACOTONA SUBMACULA, Var. RHODOPH®A.

Spilosoma submacula, Walker, Lep. Het. ili. p. 672. n. 15 (1855).

Var. Aloa rhodophea, Walker, |. c. Suppl. i. p. 302 (1864).

No exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

It is just possible that 7’. rhodophex may prove to be a constant

local form : the chief differences from typical 7’. submacula consist in

the absence of the black discocellular spot on the upper surface of

the primaries, the white variegation of these wings, and the uni-

formly rosy ground-colour of the secondaries ; this last character

is, however, shared by a specimen from Natal, to which I gave the

name of 7’. roseata.

156. PLERETES TIGRIS.

Hypercompa tigris, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p. 106. n. 13 (1883).

No exact locality recorded ; probably Sabaki Valley.

The three specimens obtained are all more or less damaged ; they

differ from the types in the much broader leaden-grey bands, the

more creamy ground-colour of the primaries, and the deeper orange

of the secondaries.

157. SECUSIO PARVIPUNCTA.

Secusio parvipuncta, Hampson, Ul. Typ. Lep. Het. viii. p. 46,

pl. 189. fig. 6.

Secusio strigata, Hampson (? Walker), Fauna of Brit. India,

Moths, vol. ii. p. 50. n. 1272, fig. 23.

1894. ] FROM BRITISH FAST AFRICA, 585

Steppes of the Thika-Shika; steppes between Athi and Thika,

and Kavaluki Valley, Ukamba.

It is quite possible that this may be only a variety of Walker’s

S. strigata=hymenea, Gerst.; but, hitherto, intermediate links

between the two forms have not been received, and therefore, for

the present, I prefer to keep them separate ; at the same time the

difference between them is no greater than between individual

examples of S. parvipuncta.

158. LEPLosoMA RESTRICTUM, sp. n.

Allied to ZL. lewconoé, of which it appears to be an Eastern

representative ; it differs in having the band of primaries pure

semitransparent white, without the strong indentations on the

veins which are present in ZL. leuconoé; the white area of the

secondaries much more restricted, owing to the considerably

greater width of the external black border. Expanse of wings

49 millim.

Sabaki Valley.

We have a male from Wasin in the Museum; it is slightly

smaller than temale examples, but otherwise similar in pattern and

coloration.

159. LAcIPA GRACILIS.

3S 2. Lacipa gracilis, Hopfier, in Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb.

pl. xxviii. figs. 4, 5.

3, Tzavo, at night; 92, var. Sabaki Valley.

The female example has lost all the black spots on the primaries

and is larger than in Hopffer’s figure, but I believe it to be a

simple variety.

160. PSALIS SECURIS.

Psalis securis, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 291,

292.

Sabaki Valley.

Does not differ at all from Ceylonese examples.

161. LyMANTRIA, sp.

A single example, probably from the Sabaki Valley, of a species

new to us; but it is without head, and is too much worn for

certain determination.

162. HETERANAPHE, sp.

One yery rubbed example of a species which I have hitherto

been unable to identify ; it is not good enough to deseribe.

Mbololo, near summit, 5600 feet elevation.

PHASICNECUS, gen. nov. (Lasiocampide).

Aspect of Lemonia, but differing entirely in neuration. Costal

yein of primaries normal; discoidal cell short and narrow,

586 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

terminating at basal third ; subcostal branching beyond the end of

cell, the first branch thrown off just beyond the cell, running

obliquely upwards to costal vein, which it joins just beyond its

middle ; the two other branches forming along fork to outer margin

immediately below apex ; upper radial also emitted from the sub-

costal vein immediately beyond the cell ; upper discocellular oblique

and slightly inangled at its upper extremity ; lower discocellular

nearly transverse ; costal vein of secondaries normal; discoidal

cell short, narrow, almost elliptical, not quite extending to basal

third of wing; subcostal branches emitted from a long footstalk,

upper discocellular very oblique, almost in a line with the radial ;

lower discocellular less oblique, half the length of upper; radial

and median branches nearly equidistant, the first and second

branches being widest apart at their origins.

163. PHASICNECUS GREGORL, sp.n. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 6.)

Q. Wings semitransparent buff; primaries with ochreous costal

margin and. basal hairy clothing ; a slightly sinuous series of six

vinous spots across the dise from below subcostal vein to below

first median branch; body ochreous ; antennz rufous brown with

buff pectinations: under surface paler and immaculate, antenna

below somewhat greyish. Expanse of wings 40 millim,

Sabaki Valley.

One slightly rubbed female example.

164. LEBEDA, sp.

A very much shattered female specimen of a species very close

to (if distinct from) L. ferruginea; in pattern it seems to corre-

spond almost exactly; but it is smaller and more sandy in

colouring ; in any case it has been too much injured by Dermestes

to be worth preserving.

Clearing through forest six miles east of Witu, 22nd December,

1892.

165. TRILOCHA VARIANS, var. ALBICOLLIS.

Naprepa albicollis, W alker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 171 (1862).

Ngatana.

166. SATURNIA OUBIE.

Bombyx oubie, Guérin, Voy. in Abyss. p. 387, pl. xii. figs. 1, 2

Platform on Kikuyu Escarpment above Kedong, Newia.

One much shattered example.

167. SaTURNTA, sp.

Two extremely worn pairs of a species close to S. wallengrenii ;

possibly that species.

3 3, Tzavo.

Felder’s figure is not very good, and the specimens now received

are much shattered and rubbed; so that it -is impossible to be

certain whether they are really distinct.

1894.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 587

168. ANTHERHA ARATA,

Antherea arata, Westwood, sea Maassen & Weymer, Beitr.

Schmett. fig. 59 (1881).

¢, in wood on flanks of Mbololo, 4000 feet

169. GYNANISA MAIA.

Saturnia maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. pl. 5. fig. 1 (1836).

9, Ndara, 31st March, 1893.

Slightly larger and more varied with white than southern

specimens, in which respects it is intermediate between the latter

and the example mentioned in P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 678.

170. Duomirts CaPENSIS,

Zeuzera capensis, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1533. n. 11 (1856).

Lari lal Morjo, Laitsipia.

171. AZYGOPHLEPS INCLUSA.

Q. Zeuzera inclusa, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1534. n. 12 (1856).

do, Sabaki Valley.

A third species of Cosside, from Njempo, is too much shattered

for determination: this is also the case with many of the species

in the remaining families of Moths; but the following can be

determined :—

172. HELIoTHIS ARMIGERA.

Noctua armigera, Hiibner, Noct. pl. 79. fig. 870 (1805-24),

One very worn example from Njempo.

173. LEUCANIA TORRENTIUM.

Leucania torrentium, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 88. n. 132.

Sabaki Valley.

174. MicrosrMyYRa, sp.

Sabaki Valley.

Not in good condition ; but apparently the same as a species

from Amshaw, 8. Africa, presented by Mr. Barrett.

175. ACRAPEX, sp.

Sabaki Valley.

One worn example of a species allied to A. leucophlebia, Hampson,

without palpi or antenne.

176. LAPHYGMA ORBICULARIS.

Caradrina orbicularis, Walker, Lep. Het. x. p. 294. n. 26

(1856).

Maka.

“

588 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

177. CARADRINA INDICATA.

Caradrina indicata, Walker, Lep. Het. x. p. 299. n. 39 (1856).

Sabaki Valley.

178. PERIGEA CONDUCTA.

Caradrina conducta, Walker, Lep. Het. x. p. 296. n. 82 (1856).

Thiriati.

179. ILATTIA AXIS.

Amyna avis, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 407. n. 378 6.

Sabaki Valley.

180, EKUPHASIA UMBRIGERA.

2. Acontia umbrigera, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. Het. pl. cviii.

fig. 34.

3, Tzavo, at night.

Felder’s figure is peculiar, the secondaries being intermediate

between the white coloration of the male and the brown of the

female.

181. TaARACHE INSOCIA.

3. Acontia insocia, Walker, Lep. Het. xii. p. 788. n. 18 (1857).

2, Tzavo.

The female was described by Walker under the name of <Acontia

pyralina.

182. TARAcHE sEcTA ?

Acontia secta, Guenée, Noct. 1. p. 221. n. 997.

3 9, Njempo.

183. TARACHE UPSILON.

Calophasia upsilon, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. ui. p. 763 (1865).

Sabaki Valley.

184, TARACHE TROPICA ?

Acontia tropica, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 217. n. 988.

Negatana. (Very much faded !)

185. MuracHrosra MIANOIDES,

zarba mianoides, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ix. p. 98,

pl. clxi. fig. 16 (1893).

Sabaki Valley.

Perhaps slightly greyer than specimens from the Nilgiris, but

not otherwise differing.

186. EvustumMa RepvctTaA, sp.n. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 7.)

Allied to E. olivacea, Walk., but considerably smaller ; primaries

of male whity brown irrorated with grey, of female brownish grey ;

1894. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 589

subbasal line only indicated by a dusky costal spot, antemedial

line by an oblique costal dash and greyish irregular scaling ; the

female also with a short oblique line from inner margin almost to

cell; one or two additional badly-defined costal dusky spots from

middle of costa and a little group of ferruginous scales towards

apex partly enclosed by a horseshoe-shaped dark grey marking,

the outer arm of which is confluent with a dark grey apical patch

enclosing two black dots; fringe of male creamy white: secondaries

of male white, of female greyish brown; body of male white, of

female greyish white; under surface white, the costal area of

primaries more or less sprinkled with grey scales, a dusky spot in

cell, and a second, better defined, at end of cell. Expanse of

wings, ¢ 16 millim., 2 17 millim.

Sabaki Valley.

187. CyLIGRAMMA LATONA.

Phalena (Noctua) latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. xiii. B

(1779).

Kinani; shores of Lake Baringo; Larabwal, Laitsipia; Thagana ;

Thiriati.

188. CYLIGRAMMA LIMACINA,

Cyligramma lmacina, Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim., Ins. pl. 89.

fig. 2, texte, p. 520.

Thagana and steppes of Thika-Shika.

189. BANIANA INTORTA.

Athyrma intorta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, n. 150.

Baniana intorta, Hampson, Ml. ype bep, Het. ix. p- 106,

pl. clxiu. fig. 3 (1892).

Sabaki Valley.

190. PLECOPTERA REVERSA.

Poaphila reversa, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 991 (1865).

Sabaki Valley.

191. CoLBUSA PENTAGONALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 8.)

Primaries above cupreous brown, purplish beyond the middle ;

costal edge creamy white ; a white very oblique stripe commencing

near base of inner margin, bounding the subcostal vein to end of

cell, where it is acutely angulated, and passing obliquely backwards

across the wing to just below first median branch, where it is

again abruptly angulated and runs inwards to inner margin ; this

stripe thus encloses a large purplish-black pentagonal patch ; a

broad blackish marginal band, its inner edge diffused, its outer

edge bounded by a white stripe and then a slender black line ;

fringe white: secondaries with the basal half sericeous whity

brown, bounded externally, from anal angle to cell, by a white

stripe ; external half dusky greyish ; a submarginal slender white

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1894, No. XX XIX. 39

ie dh Tie) : as Sey ey ea ee

. re

‘.

590 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

line from anal angle to radial vein; fringe white. Head and

front of thorax purplish black ; shaft of antennz and a connecting

line across the head white ; back of thorax dusky, abdomen whity

brown. Primaries below sericeous greyish brown; the black patch

of the upper surface faintly indicated by a wedge-shaped whitish-

bordered patch ; fringe white: secondaries whity brown, speckled

with grey-brown, which becomes denser and forms a diffused patch

at apex; a dusky elongated spot at end of cell ; a slender blackish

marginal line; fringe white: body below sericeous whitish.

Expanse of wings 25 millim.

Sabaki Valley.

192. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA. —

Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 99, pl. ecl. E

(1782).

Nzoai.

193. ACANTHOLIPES CIRCUMDATA.

Hydrelia? cireumdata, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1763 (1858).

Nzoai and Sabaki Valley.

194. DRASTERIA MUTUARIA.

Remigia mutuaria, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1506. n. 7 (1857).

Kithungulu.

195. REMIGIA REPANDA.,

Noctua repanda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. in. 2, p. 49. n. 135 (1793).

Neatana; Ndara.

Two much-worn examples of species belonging, probably, to

different genera allied to Zethes complete the typical Voctue.

196. OPHIUCHE MASURIALIS.

Hypena masurialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 38. n. 40.

Sabaki Valley.

197. OPHIUCHE ECHIONALIS.

Hypena echionalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 230 (1858).

Mkonumbi, grassy steppes.

198. HYPENA VULGATALIS,

Hypena vulgatalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 82 (1858).

Hypena palpitralis, Walker, |. c.

Karati; Konu District; Ukikuya country; Tana river-basin,

beside swamp.

Three very much-worn examples.

Three other specimens in the collection I have been unable to

name: two of these may be modifications of H. tristalis ; the third

is probably new, but too bad for description.

1894.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 591

The Pyralide are poorly represented by about a dozen species

in worn condition.

199. PYRAtis, sp.

A single damaged specimen of a species apparently distinct

from any in the Museum; probably most nearly related to

P. ocellalis.

Sabaki Valley.

200. UpDHA MARTIALIS.

Scopula martialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 398. n. 517.

Camp below the old ice-fall, Mount Kenya, 10,500 feet; upper

bamboo zone, 9000 feet ; lower bamboo zone, 8000 feet; Ndoro,.

steppes at base of Kenya, 7000 feet; Karati and Kithungulu,

Ulukuya. .

201. EUDIOPTES INDICA.

Eudioptes indica, Saunders, Zoologist, ix. p. 3070 (1851).

Ngatana.

202. Hypriris ORNATALIS.

Asopia ornatalis, Duponchel, Lép. vil. 2, p. 207, pl. 223. fig. 8.

Nzoai.

203. DUpoNnCHELIA FOVEALIS.

Duponchelia fovealis, Zeller, Isis, 1847, p. 588.

Sabaki Valley.

204, CoproBasis, sp.

A single example of a species near C. tricolor in poor condition.

Karati, Ukikuya.

205. HYMENIA RECURVALIS.

Phalena recurvalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 11. 2, p. 237, n. 407.

Mkonumbi and Njempo.

206. BoccHoRIS INSPERSALIS.

Botys inspersalis, Zeller, Caffr. p. 33.

Sabaki Valley.

207. PasRAMORPHA, sp. ?

One much-rubbed example of a species probably referable to

this genus.

Kithungulu.

208. ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS.

Botys catalaunalis, Duponchel, Lép. viii. p. 530, pl. 232. fig. 8.

Sabaki Valley.

- Vy.

592 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [June 19,

The remainder of the Pyralide, the Crambide, Phycitide, and

Tineide I can do nothing with, excepting that there is one rather

good example of Dysphylia viridella, Ragonot, from the Sabaki

Valley.

The Geometride are also mostly in bad condition, but the

following are identifiable :—

209. TEPHRINA OBSERVATA.

Tephrina observata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 963.n. 32 (1861).

Nzoai.

210, STERRHANTHIA SACRARIA,

Phalena-Geometra sacraria, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 1. 2, p. 863.

n. 220.

Ndara and Njempo.

211. OrrHOLITHA MoNosTiIcra, sp. n. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 9.)

Nearest to O. megalaria : wings silvery greyish white, with faint

brassy reflections ; costa of primaries slightly browner ; an oblique

black bar on the discocellulars; a slightly arched grey stripe

crossing the disc parallel to outer margin and followed by two

very badly-defined submarginal stripes, the inner one often partly

obliterated ; two more slender stripes traverse the fringe of all

the wings. Head, prothorax, and patagia brownish grey; remainder

of body whitish; antenne white, with blackish pectinations in

the male. Wings below greyer, all the veins pale buff; costa of

primaries with a golden reflection, irrorated with grey, traces of

the commencement of the first two transverse stripes as far as

upper radial vein; discocellular bar replaced by a cuneiform

oblique whitish-edged black spot: secondaries white irrorated with

grey; the costa tinted with pale buff; a black spot on upper

discocellular and a series of four black dots on the median and

radial veins ; a submarginal squamose brownish-grey line; margin

also grey: body below brassy, legs slightly dusted with grey.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Guaso Nyiro; steppes N.W. of Longari; Thegu.

212. CATACLYSME ARGYRIDIA, sp.n. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 10.)

Primaries above silver-grey, divided into three nearly equal

parts by two white irregular stripes, which indicate the central

band, the inner stripe }-shaped, the outer wider, better defined,

undulated, almost in the form of the Greek letter & (but with the

tail continued almost to the length of the character) on the left

hand side ; on the right hand it consequently more nearly resembles

a figure 3, also with the lower extremity continued : secondaries

pure white, crossed before the middle by an equally bisinuate grey

band, the centre between the two sinuations forming an acute

angle directed outwards; a dotted grey line, duplex at abdominal

margin, followed by an external rather broad grey border ; a sub-

1894.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 593

marginal series of ill-defined whitish spots on the border; fringes

of all the wings white spotted with grey. Antenne ochraceous ;

thorax grey; abdomen grey, with white segmental bands; anal

extremity ochreous. Wings below slightly paler than above, other-

wise similar: body below creamy whitish, tarsi tinted with ochreous.

Expanse of wings 29 millim.

Mount Kenya, in bamboo-jungle at 7500 feet, and in the upper

bamboo zone at 900 feet.

I know of no species nearly related to this very pretty little

Geometer.

213. PHILEREME NATALATA.

Scotosia natalata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxv. p. 1351. n. 19 (1862).

@, Nzoai.

214. LASIOCHLORA SALIATA.

Racheospila saliata, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iv. pl. exxvii.

fig. 36.

Negatana.

215. PROBLEPSIS VESTALIS.

Argyris vestalis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

p. 419. n. 132 (1875).

Sabaki Valley.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Piate XXXVI.

. Neocenyra duplex, 9, p. 560.

gregorti, p. 560.

. Castalius gregorii?, p. 568.

Spindasis nyasse, p. 569.

Teracolus puniceus, p. 573.

foliaceus, p. 573.

—— pyrrhopterus, p. 575.

On yh gob

ie)

Prats XXXVII.

Fig. 1,2. Belenois infida, p. 578.

zochalia, var., p. 579.

. Herpenia iterata, p. 580.

Ghoria nigricostata, p. 583.

Phasicnecus gregorii, p. 586.

- Hublemma reducta, p. 588.

. Colbusa pentagonalis, p. 589.

. Ortholitha monosticta, p, 592.

. Cataclysme argyridia, p. 592.

SOON ODO Oo

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1894, No. XL, 40

yp ' : is PN a Jr a SS a

594 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov.6,

November 6, 1894.

Sir W. H. Fiower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,

and September, 1594 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June was 113, of which 17 were by

birth, 56 by presentation, 16 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and

22 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 165.

Amongst the principal additions were the following :—

1. Three remarkably large and fine specimens of the Hamadryad

Snake of India and Burmah (Ophiophagus elaps), received in

exchange and on deposit on the 6th and 8th June’. We have

previously had but one example of this species in the Society’s

Reptile-house (see P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 316).

2. A series of Mammals and Birds from British Central Africa,

presented by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., F.Z.S., and carefully

brought home by Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., the Naturalist on

his staff, on June 28th.

It embraces examples of the following species :—

English Name. Scientific Name. Locality.

1 Black Mangabey.

1 Yellow Baboon.

Cercocebus aterrimus. N. of Lake Tanganyika.

1 Duyker Bok.

1 Asthiopian Wart-Hog.

1 Banded Ichneumon.

1 Milky Eagle-Owl.

1 Black-crested Eagle.

2 Green-necked Touracous.

2 Livingstone’s Touracous.

1 Marabou Stork.

1 Bell’s Cinixys.

Cynocephalus babouin.

Cephalophus mergens.

Phacocherus ethiopicus.

Herpestes fasciatus.

Bubo lacteus.

Lophoaétus oecipitalis.

Gallirex chlorochlamys.

Turacus livingstonit.

Leptoptilus crumeniferus.

Cinixys belliana.

Shiré Highlands.

Upper Shiré.

Lake Mweru.

Shiré Highlands.

Lower Shiré.

Shiré Highlands.

”

Lower Shiré.

Shiré Highlands,

As regards the fine Black Mangabey in Mr. Johnston’s series, I

am unable to say while the animal is living whether it should be

referred to C. albigena (Gray), @. aterrimus, Oud. (Zool. Gart.

xxxl. p. 267, 1890), or to a new species, but it certainly belongs to

this section of the genus, and is probably referable to C. aterrimus.

* See Sir Joseph Fayrer's letter in ‘ Nature,’ June 21st, 1894.

1894.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 595

Mr. Johnston writes to me as follows respecting this animal :—

“This is the history of the Black Monkey. He was brought

from the country of Burundi, at the north end of Tanganyika, by

Rumaliza, the Arab who has been fighting recently with the

Belgians. Rumaliza gave it at Ujiji to Mr. Swann, then in the

service of the London Missionary Society. Mr. Swann brought

him down to the south end of Tanganyika, and gave him to the

Mission Station. The missionary in charge of the station, subse-

quently hearing that I was collecting all sorts of beasts, sent him

tome. I got him fetched down from Tanganyika to Zomba, and

thence, as you know, to England. He is undoubtedly a native of

the country at the north end of Lake Tanganyika: in other

words, of the north-eastern border of the great forest-region of

West Africa. Even there he would seem to have been rare, since

he was given by the natives to Rumaliza as a curiosity.”

3. A young male White-tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnu), born in

the Menagerie on June 23, being the produce of the male and

one of the females that were purchased of Mr. C. Reiche, March 7,

1893 (see P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 325).

This is the first occasion of this Antelope having bred in the

Society’s Gardens.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 106 in number; of these, 48 were acquired by

presentation, 10 by purchase, 4 by exchange, 26 by birth, and 18

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period by death and removals was 97.

Among these special attention may be called to the following :—

1. A fine female Eland of the striped form (Oreas canna hving-

stoniz), from the Transvaal, obtained by purchase July 10th, being

the first individual of this variety received by the Society.

2. Two Giant Tortoises from the Aldabra Islands (Testudo

elephantina), presented by Rear-Admiral W. R. Kennedy, F.Z.8.,

July 12th.

3. A young male Pleasant Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus), bred

in the Zoological Gardens, Hamburg, received July 27th.

The following extract from a letter received from Admiral

Kennedy gives particulars respecting the Tortoises :—

‘“‘ By the kindness of Capt. Cragie, R.N., H.M.S. ‘Crescent,’ I

ain able to send you the two Giant Tortoises I promised you some

time ago. They are now in very fine condition and very tame; 1

have kept them in our grounds at Trincomalee, where they were

very happy and had plenty to eat. I also gave them pumpkins,

cabbage-leaves, bananas, Cape gooseberries, &c. In the wild state

they feed on cactus and jungle-leaves.

“ These two are male and female; the former weighs 178 lbs., the

latter 162 lbs.

“They are of an inoffensive and affectionate disposition and will

probably breed, as the female laid an egg some time ago. I am

sure you will value and appreciate these rare and curious creatures.

[ estimate their ages at about 50 years, but this is mere guess-

10*

596 JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR, EMIN PASHA. . [Nov»6,

work; I can only judge approximately by the old Tortoise at

Mauritius, which is twice as big as these and is over 100 years old.

‘The dimensions of these Tortoises are as follows :—

“* Male :—Length, over curve of back, 42 inches:

Height 19 inches.

Plastron, 263 inches long, 22 inches wide.

“ Female :— Length, over curve of back, 403 inches.

Height 17 inches.

Plastron, 26 inches long, 19 inches wide.”

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 61; of these, 37 were acquired by presen-

tation, 4 by purchase, 5 by birth, and 15 were received on deposit.

The number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 87.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 131; of these, 74 were acquired by presen-

tation, 6 by purchase, 7 by exchange, 7 were bred in the Gardens,

and 37 were received on deposit. The number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 86.

The President stated that he had just received a letter addressed

to him by the late Dr. Emin Pasha, C.M.Z.S., without date, but

apparently written very shortly before his assassination by the

Arabs on the Upper Congo in the autumn of 1892. The letter

had been brought from the Congo by M. Dhanis, of the Congo Free

State Service, and transmitted to the President by M. Baerts,

“ Chef de Cabinet ” of the Congo Free State at Brussels. It was

as follows :—

“The notes hereby joined will prove you that I never forgot

how kindly you acted in working out the collections previously

sent by me to England. Twice I have tried to forward you

specimens I collected, and twice I have been disappointed by the

misdirection of my boxes by: those entrusted with them.

“The collections now made, and of which the joined notes give

some idea, are small, but they hail from the remotest corners of

the Continent never before visited by a naturalist, and scarcely to

be visited again for years to come. Such is their only merit; if

there are novelties amongst them I dare not to decide. Certainly

they are a contribution to the knowledge of species as well as of

their geographical range, and if they are welcome to you my

amplest wishes are fulfilled.

“ As for some weeks I shall have to stay here, and the Arabs

very kindly promise to make their people collect for me, I hope

to be able to obtain many interesting objects, amongst which, in

first line, I shall try for a White Chimpanzee.

‘“* The specimens collected for you shall be forwarded with first

opportunity by way of Stanley Falls’, where letters for me should

be addressed, and where you may kindly send whatever you can

* These specimens have unfortunately not been recovered,

1894. ] JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. BMIN PASHA, 597

spare of zoological papers, pamphlets, &c. From two years now |

am hungry for some zoological pasture.

“Tf time and circumstances permit, I should greatly like to make

an excursion into the Manyuema country, where never collections

were made. I shall try to refit myself with arseniate of soda,

naphthaline, shot, &c.,at Stanley Falls. I shall address the speci-

mens to the Zoological Society, but you may inform Mr. Sclater

that such specimens as you choose for your own collection should

be given to you.

** Believe me to be, Sir,

Yours very sincerely,

Dr. Emin.”

The Journal (written in English) which accompanied the letter

was as follows. It appeared to be a continuation of the journal

originally written in English, but translated and published by

Dr. A. Reichenow in the ‘Journal fiir Ornithologie’ for 1894

(pp. 162-171) :—

‘“‘ Left Manyuema settlement on Ituri (29° 50’ L.E., 1° 22’ L.N.)

on May 29, 1892, and reached chief Amende’s place, Ipurungu,

the same evening. Distance 27-28 km.N.N.W. Primeval forest.

Observed: Psittacus erithacus (frequent); a big Woodpecker ;

Smithornis; many kinds of Criniger; an orange-brown Turdus,

with white throat; a very small Muscicapa abundant, underneath

lighter grey, basal half of bill light yellow, rest black; Ceuthmo-

chares australis; Cuculus solitarius; Musophaga rosse; Corythaw

spec. (previously collected); Oriolus brachyrhynchus (very fre-

quent) ; Nigrita canicapilla (near villages in the open) ; Lophoceros

semifasciatus.

** Tndekaru village, June 10, 1892.

“‘ The extreme poorness of animal life is a striking fact in the

forest we have just traversed. Suppose even the birds being

frightened by the noise of a passing caravan—a fact scarcely to be

adinitted, as they frequent mostly the high trees—there is always

a lack of life one can scarcely explain. The ubiquitous Grey Parrot,

Cuculus solitarius, Oriolus brachyrhynchus, and some sp. of Criniger

are to be heard; sometimes the harsh scream of Buceros sounds

through the forest ; flocks of tiny, tit-like birds twitter, and Jrrisor

sharpet chatters. No Pigeons. At night-time occasionally an Owl

is heard. Nevertheless there is life in the forest, but it concen-

trates in the river parts, on old clearings, deserted villages, and

escapes the notice of the traveller. Only these last two days I

have heard the call of Corytheolu, Centropus, Peristera, and a

Corythaiv. Here in the village I might have procured some

specimens but for the rank vegetation, in the midst of which any

bird killed is hopelessly lost. Shot: Hapaloderma narina, 2 jr.,

broken.

“* No. 1807. Lophoceros camurus, Cass., 2 ; cf. no. 1409.

“In leaving Indekaru, flocks of a screaming Coracias were seen,

aud a big species of Hornbill, probably Ceratogymuna atrata, was

598 JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR, BMIN PASHA, [Nova6,

rather common. A belt of very different forest without any village

or inhabitants was then traversed, and on June 18, 1892, we reached

Ipoto, Kilongo-longa’s place, long. 28° 47'50" E. and lat. 1° 07' N.,

where a probably long stay is expected.

“No. 1808. Corythaix (an schuetti, Cab.?), June 20/92; ef.

no. 1695 &e.

* No. 1809. Spermestes poensis, Fras., 3. The easternmost point

where I obtained this pretty species is Bukoba on Victoria Nyanza ;

it was there frequent and many specimens were collected. I may

also record it trom the forests of the Semliki valley, but on

Albert lake it seems not to occur. IL cannot agree with the

statement ‘sexes alike ;’ and if not every female bird I obtained

were a young and every male bird an adult, there is some difference,

as my specimens will show. In company with these birds, which

fly in flocks of from 10 to 40, there is here another apparently

yellow-billed Finch.

“ No. 1810. Ploceus nigerrimus, Vieill., ¢ ad. A very common

bird through the forest country, never entering the steppe. The

whole of Monbuttu and the Niam-niam country up to Macraca

(where I collected it in Tomaja), South Macraca, Kalika, the west

coast of Albert Nyanza from Mrva down to Nssabé, the forest in

the Semliki valley, and all along the Ituri; finally Bukoba. On

Victoria Nyanza were my collecting stations for this species, which

is just as gregarious asitscongeners. It has a marked predilection

for forest villages, often very small, where, infallibly, the biggest

tree in the midst of the huts is full of their nests. They are very

noisy birds, and as every bird coming in is greeted by all his

neighbours, the chatter never ceases.

* No.1811. 9. Laniarius (?). Small: all over olive-green with

white throat.

“Observed : Motacilla vidua; Anthus, sp.; Cisticola, sp., red-

headed ; Corythwola cristata; Psittacus erithacus, very common;

Nigrita canicapilla; Cuculus solitarius; Pycnonotus, sp.; Ploceus

abyssinicus, Gm., similis; Zympanistria tympanistria; Treron

calva, very common ; Artomyias ; Malimbus malimbicus ; Lophoceros

camurus, and a second, small, black and white species ; Spermestes

poensis; Columba, dark grey with white belly, eyelids red ; Astur,

sp.; Ayapornis, sp., not pullaria; a small Parrot, not P. meyeri;

Telophonus ; Centropus, sp.; Chrysococeyx cupreus ; Lamprocolius,

small; Ordolus brachyrhynchus ; Ceuthmochares australis ; different

Cinnyris.

* No. 1812, 13. Malinbus malimbicus, Daud., ¢ 9.

® Nos tbe) S.

* No. 1815. Lophocevos camurus, Cass. Frequent.

“No. 1816, 17. Lophoceros 9 ad., g jr-; of. no. 1660.

Probably new species, as the young resemble the adult.

“No. 1818. Spermestes poensis, Fras, Q ad. Eggs well-

developed. Having dissected this specimen very carefully and

found a pea-sized and several smaller eggs, my statement above

(ef. no. 1809) becomes invalid. Seaves eaactly alike.

1894. ] JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR, EMIN PASHA. 599

“No. 1819. Diaphorophyia castanea, Fras., 9. Common.

“No. 1820. Haleyon senegalensis, L. Common.

“No. 1821. Agapornis, g. This species, never before met with,

is very near to, if not identical with, the Liberian A. swinderniana,

with which it convenes in general colour, black stripe on the

neck, and size. I can, however, not remember if the Liberian bird

has likewise the orange-brown broad belt below the black of the

neck. Iris pale yellow; feet olive-greenish ; bill dark plumbeous,

the under mandible paler. In flocks from 3 to 4 these birds may be

seen and heard at morning and evening time, when leaving the

trees they roost in and returning to them; their shrill twitter is

at those times most loudly heard. During the morning they

frequent with predilection the new ripening sesame and the rice-

fields, and are often on the soil, where they move quickly enough.

They are great friends of water, and the Manyuema tell most

earnestly their feeding on liquid mud. At noon they take repose

on the best trees, congregating there to 10-15; at 2 or 3 o'clock

they are off again in the fields, take then a second time to the

water, and turn in to sleep towards sunset. Their flight is rapid

and not so awkward as that of the Pwocephalus, of which a small

species here exists.

“No. 1822. Asturinula monogrammica, Temm. Monbuttu,

Niam-niam, Macraea, &e. The commonest Hawk in the forest,

where Hawks are rare.

“No. 1823. Laniarius, Q. Entirely black.

“ No. 1824, 25. Spermestes poensis, Fras., g ad., 3 jr.

“ No. 1826. Spermestes cucullatus, Swains. Goes up with the

forest to 4° 30' L. N. Found in Macraca nesting in straw

thatch.

“ No. 1827. Anthreptes, 2.

“No. 1828. Elanus (ceruleus, Desf.). Differs from the typical

bird by having only the median tectrices white, whereas the

remainder show a grey outer web and a white inner web. This

species seems particularly given to skin-diseases : 3 out of 5 speci-

mens had fleshy excrescences on the base of the bill or on the feet.

Likes open country : never on high trees ; fond of insects and mice,

hovering in the air and falling suddenly on its prey like a Kestrel.

Macraca, Lado (winter), Nile valley to Albert lake.

“No. 1829. Ploceus, 6. P. nigricollis, Vieill.

“No. 1830, 31. Laniarius affinis, Gray. Monbuttu, Niam-

niam ; not existing in the Nile valley.

“ No. 1832, 33. Pytelia, P. schleyeli, Sharpe, affinis sed diversa :

3 capite coccineo lavato, The first specimen of this species, a

badly damaged 9, was procured at Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza.

The present pair, ¢ in moult, was found amongst rushes on the

ground. The female has an ochraceous orange face; the male

shows on head and throat bright crimson spots, and will, no doubt,

when fully moulted, have a red head and prove different from

the typical P. schlegeli, to which otherwise it entirely resembles,

43 and @? are, the red except, alike; the spotting is the same.

600 JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. EMIN PASHA. { Nov.6,

“ No. 1834. Barbatula (an scolopacea, Temm.?).

“No. 1835. Lamprocolius splendidus, Vieill.

“No. 1836. Artomyias.

. “No. 1837, 38. Psalidoprocne nitens, Cass. Flocks hovering

4 over the settlement towards evening.

e “No. 1839, Pytelia (P. schlegeli, Sharpe, affinis) ¢ in moult,

whole head in moult.

“ At night big Owls come to my courtyard.

5 “No. 1840. Erythropygia ruficauda, Sharpe. A very common

, bird on Albert lake and southwards to Usukuma. Has a pleasant,

loud note.

“No, 1841. Agapornis swinderniana, Kuhl, 2. Differs from

the male by slightly smaller dimensions ; the blue on hind back

and uropygium is not very dark; the throat and breast more

yellowish ; the bill lighter coloured. Congregates in the morning

to flocks feeding together on fruit.

“No. 1842. Picus 9.

“No. 1843. Cuculus solitarius, Steph., jr. I am not sure if

truly this species.

“No. 1844. Psalidoprocne nitens, Cass.

“No. 1845. Syrnium nuchale, Sharpe, dg. This is the third

specimen of this fine Owl coming into my hands. The first, of a

‘, more reddish colour, was obtained at Trumaja, Macraca ; the second

at Sconga, A-Lendu (1440 m.), on October 9th, 1891, and now the

third. The two latter are somewhat darker coloured.

a “No. 1846, 47. Lamprocolius purpureiceps, Verr., d 3d. Cf. no.

‘ 1143. The differences between this species and L. cupreicauda

are not present to my memory; I leave, therefore, the determina-

tion doubtful.

iy “No. 1848. Pogonorhynchus; cf. no. 1677.

“No. 1849. Pytelia schlegeli, Sharpe (?), ¢ ad. Without tail.

Head bright crimson!

“No. 1850. Coccystes cafer, Licht. Although somewhat small,

I believe this bird with the striped throat to range with the said

species.

“No. 1851. Alseonax (an minima, Heugl.?). Very dark. Basal

half of lower mandible yellow. In pairs near water.

* No. 1852. ¢. Probably an Onychognathus or Pilorhinus, but

no rusty red on the primaries.

“No. 1853. 2. Probably an Onychognathus or Pilorhinus, the

inner web only of the primaries rusty red with black tips. Flocks

of this Starling, from 10-30, on trees, very noisy.

| “No. 1854, 55. Picus, ¢ g. Small, spotted underneath.

“ No. 1856, 57. Pytelia schlegeli, Sharpe?, 6 9. These birds

oh were in moult.

“ No. 1858, 59. Bubo, sp.ine., 6 9. Very dark, long-tailed

. form, long ear-tufts. I have no descriptions of B. leucostictus.

When the male with broken leg and wing came down from the tree,

the female followed it spontaneously and tried to bite and claw.

- “ No. 1860. 6; cf. no. 1852. No rusty red on primaries.

1894.] JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. EMIN PASHA. 601

Wo. [Shik “Pe

“ No. 1862. Spermestes cucullatus, Swains.

* No. 1863. Nigrita canicapilla, Strickl.

“No. 1864; cf. no. 1339 etc. This is a very fine species, of

which I got a matched pair, exactly alike in size and colour, on

June 30, 1891, at Kitimba, Uvamba, 0°43’ L. N. Unfortunately

only one specimen was fit to be preserved, and this is the second I

obtained now. Head and neck shining bluish black, mantle earth-

brown; tail cuneate, black; whole underparts creamy white.

120, 9; 49,18; 13. Sexes fully alike.

*“ No. 1865. Agapornis (an swinderniana, Kuhl ?), ¢.

*“ No. 1866. Anthreptes, 9: 93; 12; 48; 17; 14; tail under-

neath olive not black; perhaps C. chloropygzus ?

* No. 1867 ; cf. no. 1823. Entirely black.

“No. 1868. ¢, not before collected.

“No. 1869. Turdus icterorhynchus, Pr. Wirt. Seems slightly

different from specimens collected at Lado and elsewhere.

“ No. 1870; cf. no. 1860. A fine specimen of this Starling,

without any rusty red on primaries ; tail long.

“No. 1871. Pytelia schlegeli, Sharpe ?, ¢ moult.

“ No. 1872. Alsconaa (an minima, Heugl.?), 2; ef. no. 1851.

Dark coloured. This will prove a different species.

“ No. 1873. Ploceus nigerrimus, Vieill., 9. I have never yet

seen a @ of this species coloured like the ¢.

“ No. 1874. Psalidoprocne nitens, Cass., ¢. An apparently

young bird.

‘No. 1875. Asturinula monogrammica, Temm., 2 ad.

“ No. 1876. Pogonorhynchus ; ef.n0. 1848. More reddish brown.

* No. 1877. Erythropygia ruficauda, Sharpe.

“No. 1878. Agapornis (an swinderniana, Kuhl?), 3.

“No. 1879. Trachyphonus purpuratus, Verr., g. Exactly like

specimens from Njangabo, the only locality where I have collected

this species.

“No. 1880. Cuculus clamosus, Lath., g¢ jr. Without gloss;

underneath mottled, only under tail-coverts barred.

** No. 1881. Artomyias, 3.

“ No. 1882-86. Agapornis (an swinderniana, Kuhl?). <A flock

of more than 30 birds surprised at the drinking-place.

**No. 1887. Trachyphonus purpuratus, Verr., Q. Smaller and

duller in colour than ¢.

“No. 1888. Pogonorhynchus ; cf. no.1876. Forehead with light

coloured stripes, no feather-shafts.

“No. 1889; cf. no. 1870 ete. Primaries without rusty red.

“ No. 1890. Laniarius, ¢. An L. verreauxi, Cab. ?

‘““No. 1891. g. New tome: 132, 9, 84,43, 17:5. Entirely

black, head slightly glossed and scaly ; wing-coverts and primaries

with bluish-grey edgings; irides scarlet. Bill tit-like, strongly

compressed from the sides. A single specimen obtained.

“No. 1892. Diaphorophyia blissetti, Sharpe. A fine male

specimen.

602 JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. EMIN PASHA. [Nov. 6,

“ No. 1893. Ploceus nigricollis, Vieill., 2.

“No. 1894, 95. 9 ad., g jr. A very striking, probably new

species, found on the ground under low brushwood, where it

behaved itself like the Lrythropygia.

“ No. 1896. Alseonax; cf. no. 1872 ete., 2.

“No. 1897; cf. no. 1889 etc., 9. Exactly alike to no. 1853;

inner web of primaries rusty red with black tips. I have very

carefully dissected this specimen and found it a 2. It seems,

therefore, that the ¢, besides being black, show no rusty red,

whereas the Q are grey and show rusty red.

“No. 1898. Accipiter g. Never before collected; seems not

fully adult, as the colour of iris and the rusty tips of some second-

aries show. Measurements: 332 mm. (9'°28); 16 (0:04);

138 (552); 99 (3"°8); 35 (1'"4). I do not know if this is a

younger bird of A. hartlaubi, Verr., of which I have no description.

“No. 1899. Eremomela badiceps, Fras., 9. This is only the

second specimen of this pretty species I ever collected. The first

was obtained on June 29,1891, at Kitimba, Uvamba (0° 43’ L.N.),

in the forest bordering the western hills of the Semliki valley. It

seems, therefore, with many western birds, to find its eastern limit

with 30° L. E.

** No. 1900; cf. nos. 1894, 95. A happy encounter, being the

g to the above noted 2 ad.and ¢ jr. A probably new species.

It is to be distinguished from the 2 only by its colours being

somewhat darker and the bill being entirely black.

* No. 1901. Agapornis (an swinderniana?), 3.

“ No. 1902. Terpsiphone (an cristata, Gm.?), ¢. Seems some-

what different from the dark-bellied species, and has certainly no

white vent nor thighs.

“On August 1 we left Ipoto for Urumbi; another Manyuema

settlement in the forest. On our way to the Ituri, which has to

be crossed, we observed numerous Criniger, Corytheola, Cuculus,

Halcyon senegalensis, several Malimbus. The banks of the Ituri

being thickly clothed with high forest, there were, besides a few

Glareola on the rocks in mid-stream, no water-birds visible. Abun-

dant are here everywhere different species of Hornbills, from the

small Lophoceros camurus to the big Ceratogymna atrata. I may

here observe that during our stay at Ipoto no Raven nor Crow

was seen, and of Columbide only Treron calva and Tympanistria

tympanistria were seen. Once I have seen a big Columba (Turtur-

«nas ?), entirely stone-grey, somewhat scaly, belly and vent pure

white, broad circles around eyes bright red: quid ?

“ On August 9th, by the carelessness of our Manyuema headman,

the whole batch of collections was thrown in the river Lenda,

which had to be crossed by boat. Pity! On the banks of Lenda

river— primeval forest—numbers of a small entirely black Swallow

with white markings on tail or rump. All specimens shot were

swept away by the current.

“No. 1903. Terpsiphone nigriceps, Hartl., ¢. Never before

collected.

1894.) JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. EMIN PASHA. 603

“No. 1904. A broken specimen of Muscicapa lugens, Hartl.

*“ No. 1905. Bubo $; ef. nos. 1858, 59. <A fine male of this

pretty Owl, shot on the march between Lenda river and the Urumbi

station.

“On August 20th we reached, after 19 days’ forest march, the

Urumbi station, the westernmost point of this journey, the road

lying now to south until we reach Kirundi (Kabongi’s place), on

the Upper Congo, where I think Herr Bohndorff collected before

me.

“ No. 1906. Barbatula leucolema, Verr., §. Abundant through

the forest region: northwards to Monbuttu and Macraca

(4° 20' L. N.), and eastwards to the western shore of Victoria

Nyanza (Bukoba).

“No. 1907. Camaroptera § brevicaudata, Cretzschm.

“ No. 1908. Camaroptera 2 (probably younger).

“Shot together. The lighter form, not Syncopta tincta, Cab.

“No. 1909.

‘No. 1910. Hurystomus gularis, Vieill.

“No. 1911; ¢f. no. 1904. Broad yellowish superciliary stripes.

*Nor1912. 3

“No. 191s. 2

“No. 1914. Passer diffusus, A. Smith, g¢ in moult. Very

common. I cannot see very valid difference between P. swainsoni

and P. diffusus.

“The last evening at Majoja brought a novelty in the

shape of :—

“No. 1915. Poeocephalus gulielmi, Jard., 6. <A pair of this

pretty species was seen and, although both brought to bay, only the

male secured, the female (apparently without red forehead) hiding

itself in the high grasses. Seen and heard at Ipoto also but never

obtained. Always in pairs, nesting in tree-holes, selecting always

a branchless spot. Not rare, but shy. Its voice not like Psiit.

erithacus, but a stronger action of that of Pwoc. meyeri.

“On August 27 we crossed the Lindi river and stopped at

Valiasnge on the western bank. Here a very rich avifauna but

no time to collect, the preparation for a new forest march being

made. Obtained :—

“No. 1916. Totanus hypoleucus, L. A small 9.

“No. 1917. Pycnonotus layardi, Gurn., 3.

‘Two entirely spoilt specimens of a Haplopelia brought in, but

found useless.

“No. 1918. Turturenas, sp., ¢. The whole day fruitlessly

spent in pursuit of this species! I had given up all hope of

obtaining a specimen when, after having started, a man overtook me

on the road and brought me the present one living but badly

handled, some primaries and the secondaries having been plucked

out: I kept it, however, just for identification. At Kilongo-

longa’s place this species was not infrequent, but very shy and

never came within range. Here, in Valiasnge, it frequents in the

early morning and towards evening the rice- and Indian-corn

} Cinnyris chloropygius, Jard. Very common.

604 JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. EMIN PASHA. [ Nov. 6, \

fields, and hides during the day in the adjacent forest. They

catch numbers of them on sticks smeared with a viscous matter.

“ On August 28th we left the bank of the river Lindi for another

eight days’ forest march. This part of the country seems rich in

birds; the weather is, however, very inclement and we can scarcely

dry our clothes. Everywhere lots of Grey Parrots, a favourite

nesting-place of which seems to be the banks of a neighbouring

river: Hornbills are abundant. TI should have collected, but as my

two boxes are filled with water, nearly every day, specimens

would perish quickly, and I have no shot to squander—being from

time to time forced to make shot for myself from bullets.

‘‘ September 7th, we reached after a very trying march Ubure,

another Urumbi station; one day has to be spent here.

“No. 1919. Camaroptera brevicaudata, Cretzschm., ¢ -

“ No. 1919 a. Cisticola, 3.

‘*No. 1920. Cisticola, 3.

“ Very frequent Barbatula leucolema, Verr.

“From Ubtre another march through mud and water to Ulike

Urumbi, a village left by its inhabitants, in the midst of extensive

plantain-groves, surrounded by dense forest. Here provisions

have to be made for 10-12 days’ march to Kinene, from where the

Congo is easily reached in ten short marches. Everyone is collect-

ing plantains, which dried and pounded form our only food; no

fat, no animal food being to obtain. At Madjambanis we were

seed-eaters (Indian corn, Caffre corn); at Ismaili’s we became

plantain-eaters ; at Kilongo-longa’s rice-eaters (Oryzornis !) ; and

now we are anew plantain-eaters !

“No. 1921. Spermestes poensis, Fras., 3.

“No. 1922. Andropadus, 3.

“No. 1923. Cossypha (an barttleloti, Shell.), ¢. This bird

differs from the plate in having back and wings dark slate-colour,

the centre pair of the tail-feathers entirely black, and the re-

mainder edged with black on their outer webs. Underparts pale,

belly nearly white. Measurements exactly like those given by the

describer, only tail shorter.

“No. 1924. Picus; cf. nos. 1684, 85.

“No. 1925. Stiphrornis, 2. Next to H. gabonensis, Sharpe.

“No. 1926. Zosterops virens, Sund., 3.

“No. 1927. Smithornis rufolateralis, Gray, 3.

“No. 1928. Corythura cinnamomea, Less. Formerly obtained

in Monbuttu, 1 spec. at Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza, and 1 spec.

very mangled, brought by natives on the upper Ituri; 2 spec. at

Mrva, Albert Nyanza. Contrary to its habit of hiding always in

the grass and reeds near brooks, the present species was found

under a fig-tree—not far from the brook—busily picking at figs

covered with small stingless bees which abound here. This species

seems not exactly rare, but by reason of its hiding always in the

grass and reeds and taking co flight only when forced, it is rarely

seen.

“No. 1929. Turturenas? 2 ad.; of. no. 1918. At last a fair

1894. ] JOURNAL OF THE LATE DR. EMIN PASHA. 605

specimen shot while drinking; the male escaped. Here seen in

pairs only and not frequently. The present specimen is some-

what darker in colour than the male previously obtained ; its head

is, however, with a very slight metalled gloss, whereas the broad

iridescent coppery belt on the lower neck is mostly the same as in

the male. White on tips of rectrices only very limited. Soft

parts resembling to those of the male but duller. The ovary

contained a small cherry-sized and two smaller eggs.

“No, 1930, 31. Picus, ¢ 2 ? Collected at Ismaili’s and here,

Maika forest, frequent.

“Our last halting-place, before reaching the Congo, was reached

on Oct. 12, 1892. It is Muyoméma, commonly called Kinene,

the name of its headsman, a drunken Uniamuezi slave—Said bin

Abeids.

“ No. 1932. Cinnyris chloropygius, Jard., ¢. Very common.

“ No. 1933. Ploceus nigricollis, Vieill., ¢. Common.

“No. 1934. Pycnonotus layardi, Gurney, $. Very common.

“No. 1935, 36. Laniarius leucorhynchus, Hartl., ¢ 2. Black

bills; female slightly greyer in colour than male.

“No. 1937. Cinnyris, g jr. Perhaps chloropygia.

“No. 1938, 39; ef. no. 1894-95. An adult female and a very

young male of this mteresting species. The young, still younger

than no. 1895, has the underparts pure white without any trace

of barring.

“No. 1940. Halcyon senegalensis, Linn., 9.

“No. 1941-42. Corythaix, $ 9; cf. no. 1808 et 19. This is

apparently the most frequent of plantain-eaters through the

Eastern forest. Always in pairs, it feeds with avidity on different

fruit and berries, of which the stomach is always full. Spec.

no. 1941 had in the stomach besides an olive-like fruit a small

shell, probably swallowed while adhering on the fruit.

“No. 1943. Corythaix; of. no. 1941-42, 9 ad.

“No. 1944, 45. Lophoceros camurus, Cass., 6 2. Common.

“No. 1946. Estrelda, g. If this is E&. nonnula, Hartl., col-

lected by the late Mr. Jameson at Yambuya and by Hr. Bohn-

dorff at Stanley Falls, it is certainly different from my birds from

Macraca and Monbuttu, and from its dark colour, great extension

of red, colour of bill, and black vent I should surely range it with

E. atricapilla, Verr. It differs, however, from the beautiful figure

given by Capt. Shelley in having chin, throat, and sides of head

more whitish; and the existence of two different species in localities

so near to each other as Stanley Falls and here is scarcely to be

believed. I call it, therefore, Z. nonnula with some doubt.

“No. 1947. Bubo, 3; cf. no. 1905. Not infrequent. Stomach:

two field-mice.

“ No. 1948, 49. Spermestes poensis, Fras., ¢ 2. Very frequent

everywhere on clearings.

“No. 1950. Estrelda, $3 cf. no. 1946. Of the same dark

colour as the above specimen; red very bright and extended ;

under of belly and vent black.

606 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM MANICA. [Nov. 6, »

“No. 1951. Prinia mystacea, Riipp., 2.

“No. 1952. Cinnyris, g. A small dark bird, perhaps referable

to C. chloropygia, Jard.

“ No. 1953. Spermestes poensis, Fras., 3.

“Observed: Malimbus cristatus ; Halcyon senegalensis ; Diaphoro-

phyia castanea ; Psalidoprocne nitens.

“No. 1954. Corythaiw, 3; ef. no. 1943. The common species;

always in pairs ; call, like a turtle-dove’s. Very lively.

“No. 1955, Andropadus latirostris, Strickl., ¢ jr. Although

the lower mandible is damaged by shot, an interesting specimen in

so far that the malar stripes are still very faintly developed.

“No. 1956. Terpsiphone nigriceps, Hartl., ¢. Only the second

specimen obtained. Not rare.

“Guinea-fowls rather frequent. Corythwola frequent. I am

unable to decide if this Trogon is Hapaloderma narina or H. con-

stantie.

“No. 1957. Passer diffusus, A. Smith, 9. The common

species.

“No. 1958. Hapaloderma narina, Vieill., ¢. Not unfrequent.

“No. 1959. Centropus senegalensis, ¢ 2. Quills and second-

aries without any dark tips, uniform brown.

“No. 1960. Andropadus, ¢. The commonest forest bird, the

voice of which is everywhere and always heard.”

The Secretary exhibited comparative drawings of the heads of

two North-American Swans (Cygnus americanus and C. buccinator),

of which Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S., had lately received living

examples in Holland, and read the following extract from a letter

received from Mr. Blaauw on this subject :—

“J send you a water-colour drawing of the head of the Cygnus

americanus which I received in a living specimen some weeks ago.

For comparison I have had the head of C. buccinator drawn on the

same paper. You will notice that the yellow part of the bill of

C. americanus is of a pale yellow, more or less mixed with blackish

spots; moreover, the line formed by the feathers of the front in

C. americanus goes in a nearly straight line from the eye to the

frontal base of the bill, whilst in C. buccinator this line first goes a

little forward, before it bends upward to the front. In both birds

the edge of the mandibles, especially of the lower one, near the

corner of the mouth, is of a pinkish colour. The line formed by

bill and head is also quite different in C. americanus. On the

whole, C. americanus is of a slighter build than C. buceinator. The

plumage in my C. americanus is of a pure white, without addition

of yellow or greyish feathers on the head.”

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to

the Secretary by Mr. R. Trimen, F.Z.8. (dated South-African

Museum, Capetown, June 25, 1894), with reference to Dr. A. G.

Butler’s remarks on his paper on Butterflies from Manica :—

“ With reference to Dr. Butler’s remarks (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 14,

1894. | MR. R, TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES FROM MANICA. 607

footnote) on my paper descriptive of the collection of Manica

Butterflies formed by Mr. F. C. Selous, I wish to note my regret

that—unaware, of course, of what species had been described in

Mr. Butler’s then unpublished paper on Mr. Johnston’s Nyasa-

land collection—I should have redescribed as new Charawes whytei,

Butl. (as C. selousi), and Castalius hypoleucus, Butl. (as Lycena

exclusa). As to these two species there can be no doubt attaching

to Mr. Butler’s identification; but with respect to his opinion that

Cyclopides mineni, mihi,=Ceratrichia stellata, Mabille, and that

Pumphila zimbazo, mihi,=P. ranoha, Westw., I do not feel at all

sure that the synonymy is accurate. It is true that I have not

seen the type either of Mabille’s or of Westwood’s species, and,

unfortunately, the diagnosis in each case is very brief and leaves

much to be desired; but I wish to specify here the apparent

discrepancies between the two insects that I have described and

the respective diagnoses of Mabille’s and Westwood’s species.

“1. In the first place, my Cyclopides mineni is certainly not a

Ceratrichia; although, as I have remarked (J. c. p. 72), its general

aspect and markings remind one of that genus, the short (instead

of very long) antenne at once indicate a very distant relationship.

M. Mabille (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxv. p. Ixv, 1891) describes his

Cer. stellata as exhibiting ‘huit points blancs vitrés’ in the fore

wings, and notes the position of five of them (including ‘deux

dans la cellule’); my Cyc. mineni has ten smali but well-defined

spots, including two in the discoidal cell. He adds ‘dessous des

ailes inférieures avec la céte rousse’; in my insect this part

(including the discoidal cell) is dull pale yellow, ‘inférieures & bord

abdominal poudré de jaune’; in Cyc. mineni all the hind wing is

yellow, ‘un point blanc dans la cellule et une rangée circulaire de

huit autres points semblables plus petits’; in Cyc. mineni the disco-

cellular spot is fuscous, and the discal series consists of seven white

spots rather large and very conspicuous.

«2. Westwood’s diagnosis of Pamphila ranoha (App. Oates’s

Matabeleland, p. 353) agrees very fairly with my P. zimbazo as far

as the upperside of the wings is concerned ; but ‘alis posticis

fulvis nigro-guttatis’ is not applicable to the underside in my

species, which (as noted by me, /. c. p. 75) is dull pale ochre-yellow,

with a tinge of olivaceous brown or less reddish incompletely

fuscous-edged spots.

“ As stated in my ‘S. Afr. Butt.’ (i. p. 311), I refer P. ranoha,

Westw., to a variety of P. morantii, mihi; but, until comparison

with Westwood’s type can be made, I admit that the identification

is only provisional.

“It is to be wished that the excellent figures illustrating my

paper had given the undersides of the species concerned, as in

that case the differences above pointed out could be more readily

observed.

“There is a small but not unimportant mistake in the figure of

the underside of Chrysorychia cruenta (pl. vi. fig. 13), where the

longitudinal white streak, which is actually a marking of the

608 MR. BOULENGER ON A GECKO FROM souTH AFRICA. [ Noy. 6,.

fore wings between the first median nervule and the submedian

nervure, is depicted as a costal marking of the hind wings.

sa fre the figure of Lyceenesthes lunulata (pl. vi. fig. 12) the charac-

teristic generic character of slender tufts of hairs ‘at the extremity

of both 2nd and Ist median nervules in the hind wings—in this

species white and rather conspicuous—is not indicated.”

A communication received from Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, C.M.Z.S.,

contained the following correction to his paper “ On the Affinities

of the Steganopodes ” (P. Z.S. 1894, p. 160) :—

* Owing to the fact that I was gnanle to correct the proof of my

paper on the Steganopodes, which appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ of

the Society for 1894, an unfortunate error crept into it, which I

here desire to rectify. There is no question but that the Cor-

morants, the Anhingas, and the Gannets, each and all, constitute

good families, and my taxonomic scheme should stand as given

below, instead of the way it appeared, thus :—

SuprERFAMILIES. FAmI.ies. GENERA.

Pelecanide ........ Pelecanus.

é Phalacrocoracide .. Phalacrocorax.

Pelecanoidea ...... cae :

Amnhinigide'\; .).'0.8 Anhinga.

reps Co bss LAMM ee A Sula.

Phaéthontoidea .... Phaéthontide ...... Phaéthon.

Fregatoidea ........ Fregatide ........ Fregata.”

Mr. Salvin exhibited a pair of the newly described Butterfly

(Ornithoptera paradisea, Staudinger, Iris, Dresden, vi. p. 350) from

the Finisterre Mountains, German New Guinea, belonging to the

Godman and Salvin collection.

Mr. Boulenger exhibited an interesting Gecko from South

Africa, with the following remarks :—

“This Gecko has been sent to me by Mr. Richard T. Lewis, with

the remark that it was captured during the recent winter (July

1894) on the snow upon the highest portion of the Drakensberg

range, N.W. Natal, very active and apparently enjoying life

on ice and snow. The fact of a Gecko being found under

such circumstances is highly interesting, considering that this

group of Lizards is almost entirely confined to the hotter parts

of the globe, only a few species extending to the borders of the

Mediterranean and to China and Japan in the Northern Hemi-

sphere, and to New Zealand in the Southern Hemisphere. But

the Lizard itself deserves special notice as belonging to a genus,

(dura, which, until very recently, was believed to be confined to

Australia. In 1888, however, I described a South-African species

from Damaraland under the name of CGdura africana. The

present Lizard, although closely allied, differs in the smaller and

uy WT r

Vrest, NewrrLan Imrip

Tar ke : na af 4 : > s Ord) »n1s

New Coleoptera of the genus Ot'dionychis.

1894.] ON NEW COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS, 609

more convex granules on the upper surface of the head and in the

rostral shield not bordering the nostril; I propose for it the name

dura nivaria. A description will be published in a forthcoming

Report on additions to the Collection of Lizards in the British

Museum” ?.

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn exhibited aud made remarks on a copy

of the reprint of George Ord’s ‘ North-American Zoology,’ recently

published in the United States (Haddonfield, New Jersey, 1894).

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the Genera

(Edionychis and Asphera. By Martin Jacopy, F.E.S.

[Received August 1, 1894.]

(Plate XXXVIIL)

In 1860 a Catalogue of Halticidee was published by the Rev.

Hamlet Clark, forming one of the British Museum Catalogues.

With very few exceptions, no species of Gdionychis and its allies

were described, although they amount to some 450 in number. To

make a beginning I have described those species which are at

present represented in my own collection, and which I have in all

instances compared with the specimens contained in the British

Museum and named by Clark, retaining in every case the latter

author’s name.

The genus @dionychis almost rivals in number of species the

genus Diabrotica amongst the Galerucide, and is as variable in the

coloration as is the case with species of the latter genus. All

species of (dionychis can be separated from the allied genus

Asphcera by the shape of the thorax, which has broadly flattened

sides, with generally slightly outward pointed anterior angles, the

same parts in Asphera being straighter and produced forward,

not outward; the metatarsus of the posterior legs is also in all

cases very short in @dionychis and the inflated terminal claw is

globular. In Asphera the corresponding joint is longer, and the

claw is but moderately swollen; intermediate degrees I have not

observed to any marked extent. With two exceptions, all the

species described here are from tropical South America.

(EDIONYCHIS ALBIPENNIS (Clk. Catal.).

Pale testaceous, the intermediate joints of the anteunz and the

disc of the thorax black; elytra very finely punctured; a spot on

the shoulder black.

Var. a. Obscure fuscous, the elytral spot absent, the tibize and

tarsi black.

1 [ Fide infra, p.722.—Ep.]

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. XLI. 4]

610 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 6)

Var. 6. Thorax with the anterior and posterior margins partly

black, the rest of the surface unspotted.

Length 3-33 lines.

Head impunctate, the eyes large, the intermediate space nar-

rower than their diameter, the frontal tubercles short and broad,

bounded behind by a deep groove; antennz slender, extending

nearly to the middle of the elytra, the basal four and the apical

two joints pale fulvous, the others black, the third and fourth

joints equal; thorax a little more than twice as broad as long, the

anterior and posterior margins nearly straight, the dise black, the

sides rather strongly rounded, narrowed anteriorly, the anterior

angles not produced outward, the surface impunctate, the sides

rather broadly flattened ; elytra very finely and closely punctured,

pale testaceous, with the extreme base and an elongate spot on each

shoulder black; legs streaked with black above.

Hab. Amazons, Ega.

This is a rather variable species and one of those in which the

eyes are larger than the intermediate space; in the normal form

the disc of the thorax is black, but in many specimens only the

anterior and posterior margins are more or Jess marked with this

colour; the femora are either spotted above with black as well as

the tibiz, or are entirely testaceous ; the antenne also vary, having

sometimes the first and the last joint testaceous only, or this

colour is spread over several joints.

(Epionycouis TABIDA (Clk. Catal.).

Pale testaceous, the head, breast, and the apex of the posterior

femora black; thorax impunctate; elytra closely and distinctly

punctured.

Length 2? lines.

Head finely punctured, the vertex piceous, the labrum flavous,

frontal elevations subquadrate ; antennz fuscous, the basal three

joints flavous, third joint scarcely shorter than the fourth; thorax

with strongly rounded lateral margins, the anterior angles acute

but not produced into a tooth, the surface impunctate, the

scutellum piceous; elytra very closely and rather strongly punc-

tured throughout ; abdomen and legs testaceous, the posterior

femora with a piceous spot at the apex, posterior claws piceous.

Hab. Brazil.

Of this species a single specimen, named by Clark, is contained

in my collection ; the general colour is a uniform obscure testaceous,

but the dark head, breast, and the femoral spot, as well as the very

close and rather strong elytral punctuation, will separate this

species from others similarly coloured.

CEDIONYCHIS NIGROSCUTATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 3.)

Robust, convex, black ; head and thorax impunctate, the latter

flavous with a central black spot ; elytra testaceous, rather strongly

punctured, the suture narrowly black.

Length 4 lines.

1894. | COLHOPTERA OF THE GENUS GDIONYCHIS. 611

Of broadly robust shape, the head black, with a narrow flavous

margin near the eyes, and a few fine punctures; clypeus and

labrum black ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra,

black, the third joint shorter than the fourth ; thorax three times

broader than long, the anterior margin deeply concave, the pos-

terior one slightly rounded, sides strongly rounded in front,

nearly straight at the base, the anterior angles thickened and

produced into a short tooth pointing outward, the surface im-

punctate, flavous, the middle with a short irregular-shaped black

spot; scutellum black; elytra strongly convex, closely and rather

strongly punctured, the interstices somewhat wrinkled, testaceous,

the suture narrowly black ; underside and legs black.

Hab. Brazil, Sta. Catharina.

From the species having uniform pale elytra, the present one

may be known by the black suture, the spot on the thorax, and

the black head.

CEDIONYCHIS DISCICOLLIS (Clk. Catal.).

Black, the margins round the eyes, the basal joints of the

antenne, and the margins of the thorax testaceous; elytra

very finely punctured, testaceous or flavous, the suture, two

elongate spots at the base, a transverse spot below the middle and

another near the apex black; the base of the anterior femora and

tibie flavous.

Var. Thorax testaceous, with a black spot on the posterior

margin.

Length 24 lines.

Head impunctate, piceous or black, the margins round the eyes,

the clypeus, and the palpi testaceous ; frontal tubercles transverse,

strongly raised; antenne black, the lower two or three joints

testaceous, third and fourth joints elongate, equal; thorax three

times broader than long, short and nearly parallel, the sides

rounded in front, straight at the base, the anterior angles not

produced outward, the surface impunctate, testaceous, with a

transverse black band across the disc, the anterior margin of

which is indented at the middle, the sides of this band extend as

far as the flattened portion of the thorax; scutellum black ; elytra

extremely finely punctured (the punctures in some specimens

scarcely perceptible), testaceous, the suture, two spots at the base

(sometimes confluent), a subquadrate larger spot below the middle,

and another smaller one near the apex black, none of these spots

extend quite to the sutural or lateral margin; elytral epipleure

testaceous ; underside and legs black, the greater part of the base

of the four anterior femora and their tibiz flavous.

Hab. Brazil, Therezopolis.

Allied to O. spilota, Baly, but differing in the colour of the

thorax and the nearly impunctate elytra.

(Epronycuis EVANIDA (Chevy. in litt.).

Black, the lower portion of the face and the thprax fulvous, the

41*

612 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 6}

latter impunctate ; elytra very finely punctured, flavous, a trian-

gular spot surrounding the scutellum, a small spot on the shoulder,

and a narrow transverse band before the apex black.

Length 3 lines.

Head impunctate, black, the lower part flavous, frontal tubercles

obliquely transverse, strongly raised, carina short and convex ;

antenne rather slender, black, the lower three joints obscure

fulvous, third and fourth joints equal; thorax parallel, the anterior

and posterior margins straight at the middle, the sides rounded,

thickened as well as the anterior angles, which are not produced

outwards, the surface impunctate, shining, fulvous, the base with

an obsolete transverse sulcus; scutellum black; elytra very

rainutely punctured, with a narrow flattened margin, flavous, the

base with a narrow transverse black band which widens at the

suture into a triangular spot and terminates at the shoulders in a

small spot, another narrow band is placed at a little distance from

the apex, the sutural margin also is narrowly marked with black,

neither of the transverse bands extends quite to the lateral

margins; underside and legs black.

Hab. Brazil.

Closely allied to @. faceta, Har., but in that species the head is

entirely black, the thorax is of entirely different shape and has a

black spot, and the elytral bands are purplish violaceous.

CEDIONYCHIS DILECTA (Chevr. in /itt.).

Fulvous ; antenne (the basal joimts excepted) black ; head with

one, thorax with two black spots, impunctate; elytra closely and

strongly punctured, a broad transverse band at the base and the

posterior half metallic blue, the lateral margin fulvous.

Length 22 lines.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the vertex black, the space between

the eyes depressed, with some punctures; antennz with the three

lower joints fulvous, the others black, third and fourth joints

equal ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight

at the base, strongly rounded before the middle but scarcely

narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles tuberculiform, the surface

smooth, shining, fulvous, the dise with two black oblique spots ;

scutellum black; elytra convex, with a narrow flattened margin,

very closely and distinctly punctured, the punctures stronger

anteriorly near the suture than posteriorly, the base slightly

raised, the blue bands interrupted at the middle by a narrow

fulvous band and not extending laterally to the margins, the

posterior margin of the basal band sinuate, the anterior margin of

the posterior band convex ; underside and legs fulvous.

Hab, Constancia, Brazil (Gray).

CEDIONYCHIS QUADRIPUSTULATA (Clk. Catal.). (Plate XX XVIII.

fig. 7.)

_ Rather narrow and elongate, ferruginous ; antenne (the basal

joints excepted) black ; thorax pale flavous, with a ferruginous spot

1894. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS EDIONYCHIS, 613

anteriorly ; elytra closely and distinctly punctured, pale flavous,

the lateral and sutural margin, a transverse band at the base, and

another below the middle ferruginous.

Length 24 lines.

Head impunctate, ferruginous, shining, the frontal elevation

scarcely raised, the carina acute; antennz short, black, the lower

two joints more or less flavous, the fourth joint very elongate,

quite double the length of the third, the following joints short,

equal; thorax but slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides nearly

straight, the anterior angles not produced outward, the surface

impunctate, yellowish white, the anterior margin with a ferrugi-

nous spot at the middle; scutellum fulvous; elytra closely and

rather strongly punctured, of the same colour as the thorax, the

base with a narrow transverse brown band, which is connected by

the lateral and sutural margins with a similar band below the

middle, these bands have a slight tinge of purple; if the dark

colour is taken for that of the ground, the elytra may be described

as brown with a large discoidal ovate spot and the apex whitish ;

underside and legs ferruginous, tibiz and tarsi rather darker.

Hab. Sta. Catharina, Rio Janeiro, Brazil; also Bolivia.

(EDIONYCHIS CRUCIFERA, n. sp. (De}j. in Uitt.).

Black; thorax flavous, impunctate; elytra finely punctured,

metallic blue, a rounded spot at the base and a more transverse

one below the middle, not extending to either margin, flavous.

Length 33 lines.

Head entirely black, scarcely punctured; antenne nearly ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra, black, the intermediate joints

slightly widened, the third joint only half the length of the fourth;

thorax three times broader than long, flavous, the sides broadly

flattened, bounded within by a deep longitudinal groove, the

lateral margins rounded in front, the anterior angles dentiform,

the surface impunctate ; scutellum black; elytra widened at the

middle, broadly margined, the shoulders prominent, bounded

within by a deep depression, very finely punctured, the apex

impunctate ; underside and legs black, the last abdominal segment

of the male with a broad, rounded, and produced medial lobe.

Hab. Brazil.

If the flavous colour of the elytra is taken as the ground-colour,

the blue portion extends across the middle in shape of a narrow

and somewhat oblique band, and a triangular patch is placed at

the apex, all the margins are also narrowly blue; the epipleurz are

flavous within, bluish at the outer margin. The species named by

Clark @. murray?, in his Catalogue, does not differ from the present

one except in the black, not blue, elytral markings.

C(EDIONYCHIS CRUX-NIGRA (Chevr. 7n litt.).

Black ; thorax flavous, impunctate; elytra rather closely and

strongly punctured, flavous, the base, suture, a lateral stripe

614 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 6)

extending to the middle, and connected with a transverse narrow

band below the middle, metallic violaceous.

Length 34 lines.

Head black, impunctate, frontal elevations piceous; antennz

not extending to the middle of the elytra, black, third and fourth

joints equal; thorax about twice and a half broader than long,

the sides strongly rounded and broadly flattened, the anterior

angles produced into a short tooth, the surface impunctate, flavous;

scutellum black; elytra slightly widened towards the middle,

rather closely and strongly punctured, flavous, the basal margin,

the suture, a transverse narrow band below the middle, and an

equally narrow stripe near the lateral margin violaceous blue, all

these stripes are connected with each other; underside and legs

black.

Hab, Brazil.

Not unlike @. crucifera in design and colour, but the transverse

elytral stripe in that species is placed before, not below, the middle,

and the entire lateral margin is of a blue colour.

(EDIONYCHIS BEATULA, n. sp. (Clk. Catal.).

Ovately rounded, short, piceous below; vertex of head black;

thorax flavous, impunctate; elytra nearly impunctate, flavous, a

broad transverse band at the base and another equally broad one

at the posterior half dark violaceous.

Length 23 lines.

Head impunctate, the vertex nearly black, lower part of the

face flavous, labrum black; antenné with slender joints, black, the

lower three flavous, third and fourth joints equal (last three joints

wanting); thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides but

moderately rounded in front, the anterior angles produced into an

acute point or tooth, the surface impunctate, flavous ; scutellum

black ; elytra strongly widened at the middle, almost impunctate,

the surface somewhat uneven, the anterior portion with a broad

transverse violaceous band not extending to the lateral margins,

its posterior edge rather rounded and not reaching quite to the

middle of the elytra, a narrow flavous band separates it from

another broad violaceous patch of similar shape not extending to

the apex nor the sides; underside obscure piceous, posterior

femora and the abdomen of mottled appearance, partly obscure

fulvous.

Hab. Amazons.

The nearly impunctate elytra and the narrow flavous band

dividing the two darker ones at the middle will help to distinguish

this species from several nearly similarly coloured forms.

CEDIONYCHIS QUADRIPLAGIATA (Clk. Catal.).

Black, the head greenish black at the vertex ; thorax flavous,

nearly impunctate ; elytra finely punctured, flavous, with a trans-

verse bluish band at the base extending nearly to the middle, and

another band below the latter not extending to the apex nor the

1894. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS. 615

margins, the lower edge of the posterior band emarginate at the

apex.

ea 23-33% lines.

Head greenish black at the vertex, with some punctures near

the eyes, the space surrounding the latter and the lower portion

of the face flavous; labrum black; antenne short, reaching only

to the base of the elytra, black, the apical joint obscure fulvous, the

basal joints stained with testaceous at the apex, the fourth joint

very slightly longer than the third ; thorax nearly three times as

broad as long, the sides straight at the base, rounded in front, the

anterior angles produced outward into a tooth, the surface with a

few minute punctures, the sides broadly flattened; scutellum

black; elytra convex, nearly parallel, the lateral margins narrowly

and a transverse straight narrow band at the middle as well as the

apex flavous, the rest of the surface occupied by two broad

transverse metallic blue bands, the lower edge of the posterior

band emarginate near the apical angle, the punctuation very fine,

more strongly marked in the flavous portion; underside and legs

black.

Hab. Brazil.

Closely allied in coloration to several other species, notably to

G. honesta, Mlig., @. eburata, Germ., @. bifasciata, Baly, and

G. steinheili, Jac., but differing from @. honesta in the shape of the

posterior blue elytral band, which does not extend to the lateral

margins as is the case in the last-named species, and in the black

colour of the legs: @. eburata is described as having a black hind

margin to the thorax and black elytral bands; @. bifasciata has a

fulvous underside and legs as well as similarly coloured head ;

G. steinheili is much larger and differs likewise in the colour of the

head, antenne, and underside; while @. blanda, Har., has only the

base and the apex of the elytra blue. In the present species the

blue elytral bands are divided by a perfectly straight fulvous band

at the middle, which is half the length of the dark band at the base;

the emargination of the posterior band near the apex will further

help to distinguish @. guadriplaqiata, in one specimen the flavous

central band does not quite reach the suture.

CEDIONYCHIS CENTURIO (Clk. Catal.).

Flavous, the base of the head and the antenne (the basal joints

excepted) black; thorax flavous, impunctate ; elytra finely punc-

tured, a transverse band at the base, another below the middle,

and the extreme apex metallic blue.

Length 2 lines.

Head with a few deep punctures on the vertex, bluish black,

the lower part of the face flayous; antenne black, the lower three

joints obscure fulvous, third and fourth joints equal ; thorax twice

and a half broader than long, the sides moderately rounded, very

obsoletely angulate at the middle, the anterior angles dentiform,

the surface impunctate, flavous, very obsoletely sulcate near the

base; scutellum black; elytra closely and finely punctured, flavous,

——

616 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW (Nov. 6,.

a broad transverse band at the base, not extending to the sides

and anteriorly as far as the shoulders, an equally broad band

below the middle touching the lateral margins and the apex,

metallic blue; the epipleure, underside, and legs flavous, the

femora rather darker, the tarsi piceous.

Hab. Colombia.

A small species, differing from somewhat similar coloured ones

by the blue apex of the elytra; the flavous bands dividing the

metallic colour are narrow, but the central band is wider than

that which separates the posterior band from the apical spot.

(EDIONYCHIS TRIMACULATA (Clk. Catal.).

Black, the clypeus flevous; the thorax impunctate, flavous ;

elytra convex, testaceous, closely punctured and finely rugose, a

transverse band at the base and a subtriangular spot below the

middle bright metallic blue.

Length 4 lines.

Head bluish black, sparingly but distinctly punctured, the

clypeus flavous ; antennee black, the third and fourth joints equal,

terminal joints shorter ; thorax with very strongly rounded sides,

flavous, the anterior angles produced but not dentiform, the

surface impunctate, the sides flattened; scutellum black; elytra

convex, rugose and closely punctured, testaceous, the base with a

transverse light blue band, not extending to the lateral margins,

and a large subtriangular spot of the same colour and transverse

shape near the apex; underside and legs black.

Hab. Colombia.

Principally distinguished by the rugosely punctured elytra.

CEDIONYCHIS OscULANS (Clk. Catal.).

Black, the sides of the head testaceous ; thorax very minutely

punctured, testaceous, the disc with three black spots ; elytra very

finely and closely punctured, testaceous, a sutural, two discoidal,

and a sublateral stripe violaceous.

Length 4 lines.

Head greenish black, the space surrounding the eyes flavous,

strongly punctured, labrum partly flavous; antenne black, the

extreme base of the first joint flavous, third joint much shorter

than the fourth ; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the

sides nearly straight at the base, rounded in front, the posterior

margin evenly rounded, the anterior angles tuberculiform, the

surface very minutely punctured, testaceous, a large spot at each

side and a small spot at the middle of the base greenish black ;

scutellum greenish; elytra extremely finely punctured, with four

narrow longitudinal stripes, a sutural one, two at the disc, joined

at the apex but not extending to the latter, and a sublateral

broader stripe which joins the sutural one at the apex; elytral

epipleure flavous ; underside and legs black.

Hab. Rio Grande, Brazil.

A great many species of @dionychis with longitudinal dark

1894.] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS. 617

stripes have been described, principally by von Harold, but I am

not able to identify with either of them the present species, which

perhaps is most nearly allied to @. imconstans, Schauf., and @. for-

mosa, Har.; none of these or others have, however, three longi-

tudinal stripes on each elytron besides the sutural one as is the

case in @. osculans; there are besides this other differences which

must be compared in the descriptions; my specimen agrees entirely

with the one contained in the British Museum and which served

Clark for his type.

CEDIONYCHIS INTERSIGNATA, n. sp. (Chevr. tn Uitt.).

Very convex, black; thorax impunctate, the sides flavous; elytra

very finely punctured, metallic violaceous, a transverse band at the

middle, not extending to the suture, and a spot at the apex flavous.

Length 3 lines.

Head black, impunctate, shining; the antenne extending only

to the base of the thorax, black, the third joint shorter than the

fourth; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly

rounded, the anterior angles tuberculiform, the surface impunctate,

shining, black, the sides as far as the flattened portion flavous ;

scutellum black; elytra very convex, finely and closely punctured,

of a dark purplish violaceous colour, a broad transverse band at

the middle, interrupted by the suture, and a subtriangular spot

at the apex bright flavous; epipleure violaceous within, flavous

at their outer margin ; underside and legs black, shining.

Hab, Surinam.

Not unlike @. libentina, Germ., in coloration, but larger, more

convex, the elytral band much narrower and not extending to the

suture.

(EpronycHis optonea (Clk. Catal.)

Fulvous, the apical joints of the antennz black; thorax im-

punctate ; elytra fulvous, impunctate, a broad transverse band at

the base and another below the middle, not extending to the sides,

violaceous blue.

Length 3 lines.

Head entirely impunctate, fulvous, the frontal elevations not

strongly raised, carina short and thick; antennz extending to the

middle of the elytra, the lower four or five joints fulvous, the

others nearly black, fourth joint very elongate, slightly longer

than the fifth, third joint scarcely half the length of the fourth;

thorax about twice and a half broader than long, the sides rather

evenly rounded, with the usual flattened margins, the surface

entirely impunctate, with a narrow transverse impressed line or

sulcus near the base, anterior angles rather acutely pointed;

scutellum fulvous; elytra pale fulvous, entirely impunctate, the

base with a broad transverse violaceous band extending nearly to

the middle but not to the sides, the posterior margin of this band

obliquely rounded at the latter place, a similar band is placed

below the middle, the outer margins of this band are also rounded

Ths

618 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 6}

and do not quite extend to the sides or the apex; underside and

legs fulvous, clothed with fine yellowish pubescence.

Hab. Amazons.

CEDIONYCHIS PULCHELLA (Chevr. 7m litt.).

Black, the clypeus and thorax flavous, the latter impunctate ;

elytra finely and very closely punctured, fulvous, » narrow trans-

verse band at the base, the suture, and a broad band below the

middle, nearly extending to the apex, metallic blue.

Length 22 lines.

Head thee closely punctured at the vertex, bluish black, the

frontal tubercles oblique, the carina indistinct; clypeus flavous ;

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower

three joints flayous below, the third joint distinctly shorter than

the fourth ; thorax with rounded sides, rather strongly narrowed in

front, the anterior angles produced into a small tooth, posterior

margins straight, the surface impunctate, flavous ; scutellum black ;

elytra finely but distinctly and very closely punctured, the suture,

connected with and widened at the base into a narrow transverse

band which does not quite extend to the sides, and a broad and

nearly straight band immediately below the middle, extending to

the sides but not to the apex, metallic blue; epipleure flavous ;

underside and legs black, abdomen partly testaceous at the middle.

Hab. Venezuela.

If the blue colour of the elytra is taken for that of the ground,

they may be described as metallic blue, with a broad transverse

fulvous band, not extending to the suture, commencing directly

below the base and extending to the middle, and a small fulvous

spot at the apex; the anterior edge of the fulvous band is very

convex and obliquely rounded towards the suture ; the blue colour

forms a triangular patch at the suture at the base and narrows to

a band near the shoulders; the anterior margin of the posterior

blue band is nearly straight, the posterior margin rounded.

(EDIONYCHIS CYANEO-FASCIATA, nN. Sp.

Black, the clypeus flavous, basal joints of the antennz fulvous;

thorax flavous ; elytra minutely punctured, flavous, a broad trans-

verse band at the base and a similar band below the middle dark

blue.

Length 3 lines.

Head black, shining, with a few punctures near the eyes, the

latter widely separated, the frontal tubercles rather flat, subquad-

rate; the clypeus flavous, labrum and palpi piceous ; antenne fuscous,

the basal five or six joints fulvous, third joint distinctly shorter

than the fourth; thorax bright flavous, the sides nearly straight,

flattened as usual, the anterior angles acutely produced into a tooth,

pointing outwards, the posterior margins somewhat rounded, the

surface convex, flayous, with a few minute punctures when seen

under a strong lens ; scutellum black ; elytra extremely finely punc-

tured, the posterior portion impunetate, the blue transverse bands

‘=a Vert

ees

1894.] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS. 619

very broad, of equal width and not extending to the lateral nor

apical margin, the anterior band with a short but deep indentation

in front of the humeral callus, the posterior band emarginate near

the suture at the apex; underside and legs black, tibiz piceous.

Hab. Bolivia.

Narrower in shape than @. steinheili, Jac., the head and under-

side differently coloured, the elytral bands of different shape.

G. quadriplagiata, Jac., has more strongly punctured elytra, differ-

ently coloured antennz, a much broader thorax, and no emarginate

anterior blue band of the elytra; the finely punctured elytra and

shape of the bands distinguish the species also from @, ornamen-

talis, Har.

(EDIONYCHIS NIGRONOTATA, N. sp.

Testaceous ; the head, the intermediate joints of the antenne, and

the scutellum black; thorax impunctate; elytra finely punctured,

testaceous, a transverse stripe at the middle, two spots at the base,

and two others near the apex black.

Length 3 lines.

Head black, sparingly and finely punctured, frontal tubercles

subquadrate, palpi testaceous ; antenne with the basal four and the

apical three joints testaceous, the others black, third joint very

slightly shorter than the fourth; thorax narrowed in front, the

posterior margin straight, the anterior one semicircular, the anterior

angles acutely pointed but not produced outwards, the sides broadly

flattened, the surface impunctate, pale testaceous ; scutellum black ;

elytra very closely and finely punctured, coloured like the thorax,

with the following black spots—an elongate spot on the shoulder,

a small round one near the scutellum, two small spots placed trans-

versely below the middle, and a narrow transverse band at the

latter place not extending to either margin; underside black, the

legs and the sides of the abdominal segments testaceous, the pos-

terior femora with a black spot at the apex.

Hab. Brazil.

Of this species I possess a single specimen, without exact locality :

the pale ground-colour, that of the antenne, and the position of

the elytral spots will help in the recognition of the species.

(EDIONYCHIS PALPALIS, 0. sp.

Pale fulvous, the head and part of the breast black, palpi

incrassate, thorax impunctate ; elytra extremely finely punctured, a

bifurcate band at the base and a transverse curved band near the

apex black.

Length 33 lines.

Head black, impunctate ; the eyes very large, larger than the space

dividing them ; frontal tubercles and carina strongly raised, the

penultimate joint of the palpi strongly incrassate ; antenne long,

fulvous, the third joint much shorter than the fourth; thorax

scarcely more than twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly,

the anterior angles produced outwards into a small tooth, the sur-

620 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Noy. 6,

face impunctate, flavous ; scutellum flavous ; elytra extremely finely

punctured, flavous or obscure fulvous, with an elongate bifurcate

black mark, placed on the shoulder and near the suture, open at its

lower end, and a transverse narrow and slightly curved band near

the apex not extending to either margin ; underside and legs pale

fulvous.

Hab, Amazons.

The strongly thickened palpi, the narrow space between the eyes,

long antennz, the comparatively narrow thorax, and the shape

of the elytral markings well distinguish this species ; the spot at

the base of the elytra consists of two short longitudinal stripes,

joined at the base, one of which is placed on the shoulder, the other

near the suture, the first of these is slightly longer than the sub-

sutural one, but both are rather thick.

(EDIONYCHIS CHAPUISI, n. sp.

Testaceous, antenne and legs fulvous, vertex of the head black ;

thorax impunctate ; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured, a trans-

verse band at the base and another one below the middle, con-

nected with a triangular spot at the apex, bluish black.

Length 23-3 lines.

Head impunctate, blackish at the vertex, the clypeus and labrum

flavous ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous,

the third joint slightly shorter than the fourth ; thorax with strongly

rounded sides, the anterior and posterior margins straight, the

lateral margins narrowly thickened, the anterior angles not denti-

form and but little produced, the surface impunctate; scutellum

piceous ; elytra nearly impunctate, slightly depressed below the

base near the suture, with a narrow flattened margin, the trans-

verse bands broad, only divided by a narrow band of the ground-

colour, and not extending to the sides but to the suture, the anterior

margin of the posterior band obliquely cut near the suture, the

posterior margin connected at the suture with a triangular-shaped

spot which occupies the apical angle ; legs rather darker than the

underside, the femora with an obscure piceous spot at the apex.

Hab. Amazons.

From most of the transversely banded species @. chapuisi may

be known by the extra triangular-shaped spot at the apex of the

elytra, which is connected by a narrow sutural stripe with the

posterior band. @. labiata, Schauf., seems to be a closely allied

species, but is said to have a distinctly punctured head and

elytra, which is not the case here, both in @. chapuisi being nearly

entirely impunctate ; the elytral bands in @. labiata are further

described as being interrupted at the suture, in the present insect

they extend entirely across the latter place. Three specimens

contained in my collection show no differences in these respects,

but in a fourth the pale narrow space which divides the elytral

bands does not quite extend to the suture. Whether another

specimen from Bolivia which I possess, and which has the elytral

bands more distantly apart, represents the same species, it would

1894. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS. 621

not be safe to say; this specimen agrees otherwise with those from

the Amazons, but has a black underside and legs, beside the other

difference pointed out.

CEDIONYCHIS SEMIDIVISA, nl. Sp.

Flavous, the base of the head black, antenne and legs dark

fulvous, thorax impunctate ; elytra closely and finely punctured, a

subquadrate patch at the base and amore elongate one, more or

less indented at the posterior portion, dark violaceous.

Length 23-3 lines.

Head with a few punctures near the eyes, the vertex black, the

margin in front of the eyes and the clypeus flavous, labrum black ;

antenne extending nearly to the middle of the elytra, dark fulvous,

the third and fourth joints equal; thorax three times broader

than long, flavous, the sides rounded, the anterior angles slightly

produced outwards, the surface rather convex, flavous, shining ;

scutellum black ; elytra very closely and finely punctured, flavous,

a large subquadrate patch at the base not extending to either

margin and indented at its anterior margin at the shoulders,

violaceous black, this patch is followed immediately below the

middle by a similar but a more elongate patch, which is sometimes

strongly constricted at the middle, or if entire encloses a small spot

of the ground-colour.

Hab. Peru.

From other nearly similarly coloured species the present one

may be distinguished by the shape of the elytral markings, the an-

terior one of which shows a short encroachment of the ground-colour

near the shoulders, and the posterior mark a semi-division at the

middle in one specimen or an inclination to divide in the other. I

believe that the shape of these markings and their dark violaceous

colour constitute a specific distinction ; none of the dark patches

quite extend to either margin, but are divided at the middle by a

very narrow band of the ground-colour.

The species seems allied to @. biloba, Illig.

CEDIONYCHIS JAMAICENSIS, n. sp.

Flavous; antennz robust, thorax strongly transverse, impunctate ;

elytra entirely impunctate, metallic violaceous blue.

Length 4+ lines.

Head impunctate, flavous, shining, depressed between the eyes,

the frontal elevations obsolete ; palpi strongly thickened ; antenne

robust, flavous, the third and fourth joints nearly equal; terminal

joints slightly darker ; thorax nearly four times broader than long,

the sides strongly rounded, the anterior angles strongly thickened,

but not produced, the sides with a comparatively narrow flattened

margin, the surface shining, impunctate; elytra convex, with a short

obsolete depression below the base, strongly convex, entirely impunc-

tate, of a bright metallic violaceous colour; underside and legs

flavous.

Hab. Jamaica.

622 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Noy. 6,

G. jamaicensis is readily distinguished by its very transversely

shaped thorax and the entirely impunctate and violaceous elytra.

It is the only species known to me from Jamaica.

CEpIONYCHIS PRINCEPS (Clk. Catal.). (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 4.)

Widened posteriorly, black ; thorax impunctate, black, the sides

flavous ; elytra metallic blue, rugose and finely punctured, the apex

flavous.

Length 3 lines.

Head with a few fine punctures, blackish, the eyes rather closely

approached, frontal elevations oblique, clypeus flavous; antenne

slender, extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the fourth

joint slightly longer than the third, all the joints rather elongate and

pubescent ; thorax strongly narrowed in front, the sides moderately

rounded, the anterior angles thickened but scarcely produced

outwards, the dise impunctate, black, the lateral margins flavous,

posterior margin perfectly straight’; scutellum black ; elytra rugose

and finely punctured, metallic blue, a triangular spot at the apex

flavous, the outer edge of the epipleure flavous, the inner portion

black; underside and legs black.

Hab. Brazil or Bogota.

Clark gives Brazil as the habitat of this species; a specimen in

my collection has Bogotd as the locality attached to it, but I am

unable to say whence I obtained it. The species may be recognized

by the rugose elytra and the colour of the thorax.

CEDIONYCHIS PERUVIANA, N. sp.

Flavous, the intermediate joints of the antenne black ; head and

thorax impunctate ; elytra extremely finely punctured, bluish black,

the apex flavous.

Length 3 lines.

Head flavous, impunctate, rather flattened, the frontal elevations

feeble; the antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, the

lower four joints and the apical one flavous, the others black, third

and fourth joints equal; thorax much narrowed at the middle, the

sides strongly widened, their margins nearly straight, the anterior

angles acutely produced but not dentiform, the surface impunctate,

flavous ; scutellum black ; elytra widened at the middle, the disc

extremely finely and rather closely punctured, bluish black, the

extreme apex in shape of a narrow transverse band, flavous ; elytral

epipleurz, the underside, and legs flavous.

Hab. Peru.

Allied in coloration to @. hégei, Jac., but the antenne are of

different colour, the thorax differently shaped, and the elytra of a

blackish blue.

(EpionycHis BESKII (Clk. Catal.).

Black, the sides of the head and the thorax flavous; elytra black,

finely punctured, the extreme lateral margin and a spot at the apex

flavous.

1894. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYOHIS. 623

Length 3 lines.

Head black, the extreme base with a few punctures, the space

surrounding the eyes and the sides of the clypeus flavous ; antennz

not extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three

joints and the apical one obscure piceous ; thorax rather strongly

convex, three times broader than long, the sides strongly rounded

in front, the anterior angles not produced outwards, the sides with

a broadly flattened margin, posterior margin sinuate at each side,

the surface impunctate, flavous; scutellum black ; elytra very finely

but not very closely punctured, with a double row of deeper

punctures within the shoulders, black, the extreme and thickened

lateral margin, as well as the epipleure and a rounded spot at

the extreme apex, flavous; some rows of deeper punctures also

accompany the lateral margin ; underside and legs black ; sparingly

pubescent.

Hab. Brazil.

Allied in coloration to @. extrema, Har., from Mexico, but in

that species the thorax has mucronate angles, the epipleure within

as well as the underside and legs are piceous, and the elytra are

blue.

(Epronycurs aprcaTa (Clk. Catal.). (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 9.)

Black, the sides of the thorax flavous, the surface impunctate ;

elytra dark violaceous or purplish, impunctate, the apex with a

round flavous spot.

Length 3 lines.

Head impunctate, black, shining, the frontal elevations entirely

wanting, carina acute, palpi flavous; the antennz not extending to

the middle of the elytra, black, the first joint stained with fulvous,

the apical one entirely of that colour, the second and third joints

very short, subequal; thorax with the anterior margin deeply

concave, the anterior angles very prominent but not produced

outwards, the sides evenly rounded, the surface impunctate, black,

shining, the sides broadly pale flavous; scutellum black; elytra

obscure metallic purplish or violaceous, impunctate, the apex of

each elytron with a round flavous spot; underside and legs black.

Hab. Brazil.

This species may not only be recognized by its coloration, but

by the absence of any frontal elevations on the head and by the

short second and third joints of the antenne.

CEDIONYCHIS MOROSA, n. sp.

Black, opaque, impunctate, thorax and elytra narrowly margined

with flavous.

Length 3 lines.

Of a uniform black, opaque colour; the head impunctate, the

frontal tubercles narrowly transverse; the antenne black, short,

the third and fourth joints equal; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides rounded in front, straight at the base, anterior angles

produced forwards, without acute tooth, rather blunt, the surface

624 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 6}

entirely impunctate, black, opaque, all the margins narrowly

flavous, the sides but narrowly flattened; scutellum black; elytra

without any punctuation, of exactly similar coloration as the thorax ;

underside and legs black. .

Hab. Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

This species will be easily known by the sombre coloration, the

proportionally long thorax, and the entire absence of any sculp-

turing.

CEDIONYCHIS FASCIATICOLLIS (Clk. Catal.). (Plate XX XVIII.

fig. 5.)

Black or piceous ; thorax fulvous, with a transverse black band,

impunctate ; elytra flavous, a transverse band at the base, angulate

at the shoulders, another broader band below the middle, widened

at the suture, and a spot at the apex black or fulvous.

Length 3 lines.

Head with a few fine punctures between the eyes, black, rather

flattened, the frontal elevations obsolete, carina short and thick ;

antenne extending to the base of the elytra, black, the basal three

joints dark fulvous, third joint slightly longer than the second but

alittle shorter than the fourth joint ; thorax with the anterior and

posterior margins rounded, parallel, the sides strongly rounded, the

anterior angles slightly produced outwards, the surface impunc-

tate, fulvous with a black transverse band, not extending to the

sides, the edges of this band irregularly notched; scutellum black :

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, widened at the middle,

finely and closely punctured, flavous, with a narrow transverse

black band at the base which turns downwards at the shoulders to

about one third the length of the elytra, but does not extend to

the lateral margin; another broader band is placed below the

middle, this band extends quite to the sides, widens at the suture,

and has the anterior and posterior margins deeply sinuate or

dentate, it is connected by the suture with a small spot at the

extreme apex: underside and legs black.

Hab. St. Paulo, Brazil, also Bolivia.

The band at the thorax is in some specimens divided into two

spots, and the elytral bands may be of bluish-black or fulvous

colour; their shape and position will help to distinguish the present

species from others having transverse bands.

(EDIONYCHIS BRUNNEOFASCIATA,n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 8.)

Below fulvous, above testaceous, head fulvous; thorax scarcely

perceptibly punctured, testaceous ; elytra very finely and closely

punctured, testaceous, two elongate spots at the base and a trans-

verse band at the middle, not extending to the sutural or lateral

margin, pale brown.

Length 4 lines.

Head fulvous, shining, with a few punctures near the eyes and

a deep transverse groove between the latter, frontal tubercles

transverse, strongly raised, carina and clypeus also strongly swollen ;

1894,] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS. 625

antennz fulvous or fuscous, the third joint slightly shorter than

the fourth ; thorax strongly transverse, the sides straight at the

base, strongly rounded in front, the anterior angles produced

outwards into a short somewhat truncate tooth, the surface with a

few extremely minute punctures, testaceous; scutellum fulvous ;

elytra closely and finely punctured, pale testaceous, an elongate

spot on the shoulders, a more rounded one at the suture near the

scutellum, and a transverse band at the middle pale fulvous;

underside and legs dark fulvous or piceous.

Hab. Bolivia.

CEDIONYCHIS FUSCOANNULATA, n. sp. (nigropunctata, Clk. Catal.).

(Plate XX XVIII. fig. 6.)

Dark fulvous ; thorax flavous, with a few fine punctures; elytra

closely and strongly punctured, chestnut-brown, each with six

flavous spots margined with black (1.2.2.1).

Length 4 lines.

Of strongly convex shape, the head punctured near the eyes,

fulvous, frontal tubercles transverse, labrum piceous ; antenne

short, black, the lower three joints fulvous, third joint slightly

longer than the fourth, the following joints equal ; thorax scarcely

narrowed in front, the sides straight at the base, rounded anteriorly,

anterior angles slightly produced outwards, the surface with a few

fine punctures, flavous ; scutellum fulvous ; elytra rather strongly

and very closely punctured, chestnut-brown, a round spot at the

middle of the base, two before and two below the middle, placed

transversely and slightly oblique, and another spot at the apex,

flavous, margined with fuscous; underside and legs dark brown,

pubescent.

Hab. Bahia.

The position, number, and the colour of the elytral spots will

distinguish this species ; the name of nigropunctata given by Clark

being misleading, I have altered it.

CEDIONYCHIS MULTOMACULATA (brunneicollis, Clk. Catal.).

Black ; thorax flavous, with seven black spots ; elytra black, with

a very narrow discoidal and lateral flavous stripe, connected at the

apex by a small transverse branch, opaque, nearly smooth.

Length 23 lines.

Head greenish black, coarsely punctured round the eyes;

antenne very short, black, the third joint only haif the length

of the fourth; thorax more than twice as broad as long, pale

flavous, very finely and sparingly punctured, the sides strongly

rounded, with a narrow flattened margin, the anterior angles not

produced into a tooth, the dise with four black spots placed

transversely, another one near the base at the middle and a smaller

spot at each side, there are also two narrow black markings at the

sides of the anterior margin; scutellum and elytra bluish black,

opaque, nearly impunctate except at the base, where a few very

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1894, No. XLIT. 42

626 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Noyv. 6,

minute punctures are visible, a narrow longitudinal stripe near the

suture from the base to the apex, the extreme lateral margin

joining the other stripe at the apex, flavous, these stripes are

further connected by a very short transverse band near the apex

which includes a spot of the ground-colour; elytral epipleure

black within, flavous at the outer edge; underside and legs

black.

Hab. Brazil.

The many-spotted thorax, the opaque colour of the elytra, and

the apical markings will separate this species from its allies. The

name of @. brunneicollis given to this species by Clark having no

reference to it, I have altered it.

(EDIONYCHIS ADVENA (Clk. Catal.).

Entirely obscure testaceous, the head and thorax impunctate ;

elytra closely punctured, with an obsolete longitudinal discoidal

stripe not extending to the apex and another extremely faint

stripe nearer the suture.

Length 13 line.

A very small species of unattractive appearance, obscure

testaceous or fulvous, the head impunctate, the antennze fuscous,

the lower three or four joints obscure fulvous; thorax rather more

than twice as broad as long, the sides but slightly rounded, the

anterior angles thickened but not produced, the surface with a

rather distinct transverse sulcus near the base, impunctate or with

a few very fine punctures; elytra very closely and rather strongly

punctured, the shoulders prominent, the disc with an obscure

piceous stripe not quite extending to the apex and a similar but

scarcely perceptible stripe near the suture; epipleurz, underside,

and legs coloured as above.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro.

Clark was uncertain as to the habitat of this species, but two

specimens named by Clark and formerly contained in the Baly

collection are labelled Rio Janeiro.

CEDIONYCHIS TURPIS (Clk. Catal.).

Black, the sides of the thorax and the base of the femora flavous ;

thorax nearly impunctate ; elytra extremely minutely punctured,

flavous, the extreme apex black.

Length 23 lines.

Head impunctate, the vertex shining, black, eyes large, frontal

elevations transverse, strongly raised, carina acute, convex, the

clypeus and the labrum flavous ; antennz rather slender, black, the

lower three joints flavous below and partly above, third and fourth

joints equal, the eleventh with a short appendage or twelfth joint ;

thorax three times broader than long, the sides very strongly

rounded and flattened, tbe anterior angles not produced outward ;

the disc black, shining, very minutely punctured when seen under

a strong lens, the sides, as far as the flattened portion, flavous ;

1894. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS @DIONYCHIS. 627

scutellum black; elytra very closely and slightly more strongly

punctured than the thorax, widened at the middle, with a narrow

flattened margin, flavous, the extreme apex with a transverse

black spot ; below black, the prosternum and the base of all the

femora flavous.

Hab. Upper Amazons.

CEDIONYCHIS PARDALIS, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 1.)

Dark fulvous, the vertex, antennex, the scutellum, and the tibiz

blackish ; thorax extremely minutely punctured ; elytra closely and

strongly punctured, fulvous, a spot on the shoulders, another near

the scutellum, a transverse spot below the middle, and two small

ones near the apex, black.

Length 4 lines.

Head punctured round the eyes, the vertex greenish black, the

lower portion fulvous, labrum and palpi piceous ; antenne black,

joints three and four nearly equal; thorax three times broader

than long, the sides straight at the base, rounded in front, the

anterior angles slightly dentiform, the sides broadly flattened, the

surface very finely punctured, only visible under a strong lens ;

scutellum black ; elytra rather strongly and closely punctured, each

with five small black spots, of which one is placed on the shoulder,

another near the suture below the scutellum, the third, of trans-

verse and oblique shape, below the middle, and two very small

spots placed transversely near the apex ; underside and legs dark

fulvous, the anterior tibiz obscure piceous, abdominal segments

rather closely and distinctly punctured, with some yellowish pu-

bescence.

Hab. San Paulo, Brazil.

(EpionycHis vierntinoraTa (Clk. Catal.). (Plate XX XVIII.

fig. 10.)

Black, the terminal segments of the abdomen flavous, above

dark greenish, subopaque; thorax impunctate, with six flavous

spots, anteriorly and posteriorly; elytra with seven flavous spots

each (2.2.2.1), these finely punctured, rest of surface opaque,

impunctate.

Length 22 lines.

Head flat, opaque, with a few punctures near the eyes only,

dark greenish, the frontal tubercles and carina almost entirely

wanting ; antennz short and stout, black, the joints scarcely longer

than broad, slightly thickened towards the apex; thorax scarcely

more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight at the base,

slightly rounded anteriorly, the anterior angles not produced,

rather blunt, the sides with a narrow reflexed margin, the surface

entirely impunctate, more shining than the elytra, the anterior

margin with three small bright flavous spots, one at each

angle, the third at the middle, the base with three similar spots

placed in the same positions; scutellum broader oe long,

42*

628 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Noy. 6,

blackish; elytra of silky, opaque appearance, with four flavous

spots placed ina row near the suture and three others at the

lateral margin, these spots show some fine punctuation ; underside

and legs black, the last three abdominal segments flavous.

Hab, Rio Grande, Brazil.

This is a curiously marked species and not difficult to recognize ;

the thorax has scarcely any flattened sides, but a narrow reflexed

margin, and is entirely impunctate ; the short antenna, silky elytra,

and the spots will further assist in the recognition of the species.

CEDIONYCHIS SEXsIGNATUS (Clk. Catal.). (Plate XXXVIII.

fig. 2.)

Fulvous or piceous, the head, antennz, and the legs black ; thorax

flavous, impunctate ; elytra greenish or violaceous black, each with

a round spot at the base, a transverse band at the middle, another

spot below the latter, and a short lateral stripe near the apex, as

well as the lateral margin, flavous.

Length 3 lines.

Head impunctate, black, the clypeus flavous ; antenne black, the

lower two joints obscure piceous below, the third joint slightly

shorter than the fourth; thorax rather convex, the sides rounded,

with a broad flattened margin, the anterior angles thickened and

produced forward, anterior and posterior margins nearly straight,

the surface impunctate, flavous ; scutellum black ; elytra not percep-

tibly punctured, black or bluish black, a round spot near the scutel-

lum, a similar one near the apex and close to the suture, a narrow

oblique short stripe joining the similarly coloured lateral margin

below the posterior spot, and a narrow transverse band at the

middle flavous; legs black or piceous.

Hab. Colombia.

Closely allied [email protected], Fab., but the shape and the position

of the elytral spots different, as well as the nearly smooth elytra.

CEDIONYCHIS AFRICANA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 12.)

Head, the apical joints of the antenna, and the breast black ;

thorax testaceous, finely punctured; elytra testaceous, the suture,

a spot at the apex, a spot at the base, and an elongate mark at the

middle, black; legs fulvous, spotted with black.

Length 2 lines.

Of nearly parallel and narrow shape; head broad, black, punc-

tured near the eyes; the antenne comparatively widely distant,

separated by a smooth space ; palpi piceous, the apical joint acutely

pointed, the penultimate one moderately incrassate ; antenne short,

the lower four joints testaceous, the others black, third joint dis-

tinctly longer than the fourth, terminal joints transversely widened ;

thorax three times broader than long, the sides strongly rounded,

the anterior margin straight, the posterior one sinuate at the sides

and at the middle, anterior angles oblique, posterior ones acute,

the surface with a distinct sinuate transverse sulcus near the base,

1894. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS ASPHERA. 629

finely and remotely punctured, the sides broadly flattened; scutellum

broader than long, black ; elytra rather strongly and closely punc-

tured anteriorly, the punctures nearly absent below the middle,

testaceous, a rounded spot at the base, a more elongate mark

pointed posteriorly, placed at the middle of the dise and the suture,

connected with a round spot at the apex, black ; abdomen and legs

flavous, the knees, base of the tibize, and the apex of the posterior

femora black, breast black, posterior femora fulvous, posterior

tibis emarginate at the apex, the posterior claw-joint strongly

subglobular.

Hab. Africa, Sierra Leone.

This small species differs in many respects from its South-

American congeners: the short antenne, their incrassate terminal

joints and the broad space dividing them, the thoracic sulcus, and

the general shape of the thorax are not generally found in this

genus: these differences are, however, more those of degree, and

the species may well be included in Gdionychis, which contains

already several other African forms.

CEDIONYCHIS SIAMENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 11.)

Black, thorax nearly impunctate, the sides flavous ; elytra finely

punctured and slightly rugose anteriorly, flayous, a spot on the

shoulder and a transverse band below the middle black.

Length 33 lines.

Head with a few punctures near the eyes, black, shining, the

frontal tubercles transverse, strongly raised; antenne slender, not

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, third and fourth joints

equal; thorax three times broader than long, the sides strongly

rounded and flattened, the surface with a few fine punctures and

a transverse depression near the base at each side, shining, black,

the flattened sides flavous; scutellum black; elytra very finely and

closely punctured, the punctures nearly obsolete near the apex,

flavous, the suture, immediately below the scutellum, a spot on the

shoulders, and a broad, strongly curved, transverse band below the

middle black ; underside and legs black.

Hab, Siam.

ASPHERA HAROLDI, n. sp.

Flayvous, the vertex of the head, the antenna, and the tibiz and

tarsi black; thorax impunctate; elytra metallic green or blue,

impunctate.

Length 3 lines.

Head flavous, the vertex and the labrum black, the space

between the eyes with a deep sinuate, strongly punctured groove,

the frontal tubercles broad, moderately strongly raised; palpi

flavous, the last joint piceous; antenne extending slightly beyond

the middle of the elytra, black, the basal joint flavous below, third

joint as long as the fourth; thorax about twice as broad as long,

the sides rounded at the middle, with a very narrow margin, the

630 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 6,

anterior angles produced and thickened but not toothed, the sur-

face rather convex, impunctate, flavous, posterior margin slightly

sinuate at the sides; scutellum black; elytra with a depression

below the base, very bright metallic green, impunctate; under-

side and femora flavous, the tibize and tarsi black.

Hab. Amazons, also Bolivia.

Allied to A. vwanthocephala, Har., but the clypeus and the entire

underside flavous, the elytra more brilliant metallic.

ASPHERA MELANOCEPHALA, n. Sp.

Flavous, the head, antenne, and tibie and tarsi black ; thorax

impunctate ; elytra bluish black, impunctate.

Length 23 lines.

Head black, with a single puncture near the eyes, frontal tuber-

cles transverse, rather feebly raised ; clypeus strongly developed,

black, the sides flavous; palpi strongly thickened ; antennz rather

long, black, all the joints, the second one excepted, of nearly equal

length; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides nearly

straight, narrowly margined, the anterior angles thickened but not

toothed, the surface impunctate, pale flavous; scutellum black ;

elytra with a small depression below the base, bluish black, im-

punctate; underside and femora flavous, tibiz and tarsi black, the

first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints

together.

Hab. Amazons.

Principally distinguished by the colour of the head and that of

the clypeus.

ASPHERA CLARKI, n. sp.

Flavous, thorax rather narrow, scarcely margined, nearly im-

punctate, scutellum piceous ; elytra impunctate, a transverse band

at the base and another below the middle violaceous blue.

Length 25 lines.

Head pale fulvous, with a few punctures near the eyes, the

latter large, the dividing space scarcely broader than their diameter,

frontal tubercles trigonate; antenne fulvous, extending to the

middle of the elytra, the basal two joints shining, the others

pubescent, third and following joints equal, elongate; thorax

scarcely more than twice as broad as Jong, the sides but slightly

rounded, narrowly flattened, anterior angles produced into a small

tooth, the surface with some very minute punctures when seen

under a very strong lens; scutellum piceous ; elytra with a broadly

flattened margin, sculptured like the thorax, flavous, with a trans-

verse band slightly widened at the suture and not extending to

the sides, and a similar band below the middle, violaceous blue ;

underside and legs flavous, the apex of the femora generally darker

or stained with piceous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as

long as the following joints together, claw-joint moderately

swollen.

Hab, Amazons,

1894. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS ASPHZERA. 631

The coloration of this species resembles many species of Gdio-

nychis and also some of the present genus, especially A. 4-maculata,

Clark, and A. oblecta, Baly, but the shape of the thorax and other

details must be taken into account to separate it; the thorax in

A. clarki is proportionately narrow and the flattened portions of the

sides are not well separated from the rest of the surface; the head

is rather darker in colour and narrowed between the eyes ; the first

band of the elytra is slightly widened at the suture and extends to

about one third of their length, the posterior band is quite straight

and of the same width as the basal one. The long metatarsus

of the posterior legs and the but moderately swollen claw will

separate the species from any true Gdionychis.

ASPHEZRA PLUMBEA, 0. sp.

Flavous, the head fulvous, the antenne black ; thorax impunctate,

narrowly margined ; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured, metallic

bluish black.

Length 4 lines.

Head fulvous at the vertex, the latter with a few fine punctures

near the eyes, frontal tubercles broadly oblique, clypeus flavous ;

antenne rather long, black, the basal joint flavous below, the

second joint very short, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax

about twice as broad as long, the sides moderately rounded, very

narrowly margined, anterior margin deeply concave, anterior angles

thickened, not produced, the surface impunctate, flavous; scutellum

black; elytra almost impunctate, of a leaden-blue colour, very

shining; underside and femora flavous, the tibiz and tarsi black,

the claw-joint but moderately swollen.

Hab. Venezuela.

Closely allied to A. xanthocephala, Har., but larger, without the

black markings of the head and breast, and of a darker bluish

colour.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Edionychis pardalis, p. 627.

. —— sexsignatus, p. 628.

nigroscutata, p. 610.

—— princeps, p. 622.

— fasciaticollis, p. 624.

—— fuscoannulata, p. 625.

. — quadripustulata, p. 612.

brunneofasciata, p. 624.

—— apicata, p. 623.

. —— vagintinotata, p. 627.

siamensis, p. 629.

. —— africana, p. 628,

$2.90) SS. > SUH G9 ROE

Neo

632 MR, W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE _ Nov. 6,

2. On the Hyoid Arch of Ceratodus. By W. G. RipEwoop,

B.Se., F.L.S., Lecturer on Biology at St. Mary’s

Hospital Medical School.

[Received October 8, 1894.]

Since the discovery by Huxley (5) of the hyomandibular carti-

lage of Ceratodus, but little has been published in the way of a

detailed description of the hyoid arch, and as the intermediate

position occupied by the Dipnoi between the Fishes and Amphibia

renders a minute knowledge of every part of their anatomy of the

greatest importance, the following short contribution may, by

collating the views of various observers, be of some assistance to

the student of ichthyopsidan anatomy.

The most conspicuous element of the hyoid arch is the large

ossified ceratohyal (figs. 1 and 2, ch), the extremities of which

remain cartilaginous.

Ceratodus forsteri.—Hyoid arch, ventral view. (The hyomandibular is

not shown.) ch, ceratohyal; hk, hypohyal; 0, basihyal.

Towards its anterior end it is nearly circular in section, but

proximally it becomes vertically compressed, with a delicately

curved posterior edge ending abruptly against the terminal

cartilage.

The cartilage of the distal or anterior end articulates by a flat

surface with the hypohyal. .

1894.] HYOID ARCH OF CERATODUS. 633

The hypohyal (figs. 1 and 2, hh) is paired, cartilaginous, and

isodiametric, and the two hypohyals are applied to one another in

the middle line by flat, vertical, articular surfaces which open out

in front to receive the wedge-shaped posterior extremity of the

basihyal,

Fig. 2.

Z ay p siultteey

Ce YY , | i

SY AO ae ai

; GY

ma 4, Qs

Ceratodus forsteri.—Hinder portion of the skull with the hyoid arch ; left side.

The opercular and interopercular bones are removed. 0h, basihyal ;

hh, hypohyal; ch, ceratohyal ; hm, hyomandibular ; Asp, hyosuspensorial

ligament ; sg, squamosal or pre-opereular; gw, quadrate condyle; oc,

eye-capsule.

Ea ae

The basihyal (figs. 1 and 2, bh) is a median unpaired cartilage

which tapers off to a blunt point in front.

In Giinther’s (4) original description of Ceratodus the hypohyals

are called basihyal, while the figures, and the words (p. 526) “the

basihyal is short, thick, cartilaginous, interposed between the ends

of the ceratohyals and the acutely conical glossohyal,” fail to indi-

cate the paired nature of these cartilages. Seeing, however, that

they are paired and that the term basihyal is always applied to a

median copula, and seeing that they are, from their relation to

the ceratohyal, evidently homologous with the hypohyals of the

634 MR, W, G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [ Nov. 6}

Ganoid fishes and Rays, the application of this name needs no

further support.

The term basihyal is here applied to the median conical cartilage

in preference to Giinther’s original name glossohyal, because the

cartilage is a ventral copula, corresponding in all essential respects

with the basihyal of the Sharks, and it is with the Elasmobranch

and Ganoid, rather than with the Teleostean fishes, that com-

parisons should be instituted.

The chief feature of interest in connection with these three

anterior cartilages is the contact of the hypohyals in the median

lane, in addition to their articulation with the basihyal.

Brith] (2) (Taf Ixi. Fig. 1) follows Giinther in calling the

hypohyal the basihyal, but in another place (Taf lxvii. Fig. 1) he

describes it as the epiphysis of the ceratohyal'. This, in addition

to being an inconsistency, is an error, since there is a cartilaginous

epiphysis to the ceratohyal in addition to the hypohyal cartilage

in question, assuming even then that the term epiphysis may be

employed in describing the skeleton of animals other than

mammals,

Briihl also claims to have discovered a small median wrohyal,

projecting back from the hypohyals and lying between the anterior

ends of the ceratohyals. There is certainly a small rod of cartilage

in this situation, but, from its position between the lower ends of

the first ceratobranchials, it is more reasonable to regard it as a

basibranchial than as a constituent of the hyoid arch.

On comparing the hyoid arch of Ceratodus with that of a Shark,

but little doubt can be entertained as to the homology existing

between the elements called in each case the ceratohyal; the

proportionate size, position, and the relations to the hyoid demi-

branchia and to the mandibular and branchial arches, the nature

of the ligamentous attachment to the mandible (seen better in

Protopterus than in Ceratodus), all point to this conclusion. So

that, arguing along these lines, the small cartilage (hm, fig. 2)

closely bound to the cranial cartilage, if an element of the hyoid

arch at all, is a much reduced representative of the well-developed

and functional hyomandibular of the Shark, a view first propounded

by Huxley (5), and which has not been challenged except by

Briithl (2), who proposes to call this cartilage the ‘ stylhyale,”

without, however, giving his reasons for the change.

Van Wijhe (12) accepts Huxley’s determination, but in a foot-

note remarks :—‘‘ Es scheint mir jedoch nicht unméglich, dass

dieses Knorpelstiick ein Jnterhyale reprisentire.”

In a revolutionary paper by Pollard (10), this cartilage is

regarded as an opercular. This author, however, elects to compare

the skull of Ceratodus with that of the Siluroids, which are by no

means the most typical nor the most primitive of the Teleostei ;

? Briihl calls the ceratohyal the epihyal, and is supported by so recent a

writer as Teller (11).

-1894.] HYOID ARCH OF CERATODUS. 635

and on comparing his figs. 3 and 4 it will be seen that the

hyoidean nerve passes in front of the hyomandibular in Silurus

and behind the suspensorium of Ceratodus, which in his figure

he separates from the palatine cartilage by a firm line and

designates the “ hyomandibular.” Nerves, from their early dis-

tribution, may safely be employed as tests of homology of parts,

and the spiracle, being as it is a visceral cleft, has claims of equal

importance, so that Pollard’s deduction, drawn from his conclusion

of the non-homology of the hyomandibular of Teleostei and

Elasmobranchii, that the spiracle and the hyoidean nerve are not

constant in their relations to the hyomandibular, tends to falsify

the premises. It is not, however, on this account to be assumed

that the hyomandibular of Teleostei is here considered homologous

with that of the Elasmobranchii, for, as first suggested by Parker,

later researches may subsequently show their want of corre-

‘spondence.

Seeing that accessory nodules of cartilage are so common as

fringes to the opercular and interopercular bones and on the

cranial ribs (as also in the Sturgeon), it might certainly be

suspected that the ‘* hyomandibular ” of Ceratodus, lying as it does

on the inner side of the operculum, belonged to this category, but

its relation to the seventh nerve and to the ceratohyal, and its

position between the quadrate cartilage and the first branchial

arch, all point to its being a constituent of the hyoid arch.

Gadow (3) writes (p. 458) :—‘ The outer surface of this hyo-

mandibular remnant is ]oosely connected with the small carti-

laginous operculum, which we know to be the result by fusion of

the branchiostegal rays, carried by the hyomandibula.”

The name opercular has hitherto been applied in Ceratodus to the

large bone of the dermal series, situated behind the pre-opercular

and fringed with accessory cartilages, and to re-apply the name,

without apology or argument, to a small cartilage must necessarily

lead to confusion.

There is no synovial articulation, in Ceratodus, between the

hyomandibular and -the opercular, on the inner surface of which

it lies, such as occurs in the Teleosteans and the bony Ganoids.

The anterior edge of the hyomandibular is united with the skull

just where the cranium proper passes into the suspensorium ; and

the distance between this spot and the auditory capsule, in the

vicinity of which the hyomandibular of fishes usually articulates,

marks the extent of the reduction which the upper part of the

hyoid arch has undergone. This hyomandibular cartilage was

apparently overlooked by Giinther (4), who figures (pl. xxxiv.

fig. 3, r) a tubercle for the suspension and articulation of the

hyoid arch.

A comparison of the original specimen with this figure, which

by the kindness of Dr. Giinther I was allowed to make, shows

that: this is, as he states, a protuberance of the suspensorium for

the attachment of the ligament suspending the ceratohyal; and

636 MR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE (Nov. 63

Huxley (5) was therefore unduly confident in assuming that this

tubercle was the hyomandibular cartilage which he had discovered,

and in writing (p. 34) that ‘‘this is neither a process of the

suspensorium, nor does it articulate with, nor take the principal

share in, suspending Hy, which is Dr. Giinther’s ‘ hyoid arch,’”

The hyomandibular is still present in this specimen, and lies

dorsally to the “tubercle,” to which a portion of the ligament still

remains attached.

The lower end of the hyomandibular cartilage, which Huxley calls

the symplectic, is not embedded in the hyosuspensorial ligament,

but, as a careful dissection will show, is articulated to the dorsal

surface of the suspensorial tubercle, whereas the hyosuspensorial

ligament is attached to its posterior surface at a slightly lower

level.

Gadow’s replacement of Huxley’s accurate term “ hyosuspen-

sorial ligament” by “ligamentum hyomandibulo-hyoideum” is

thus singularly unfortunate.

The hyomandibular is not connected directly with the ceratohyal,

but indirectly by means of a process of the palato-quadrate

cartilage, so that, by a slight stretch of the imagination, the skull

of Ceratodus might be regarded as partially hyostylic; the bulk of

the evidence, however, is distinctly opposed to this view.

Briih] (2) (Taf. Ixiii. Fig. 6), in a figure said to be copied from

Huxley, shows a ligament running from the ceratohyal to the

mandible and to the opercular, but not to the suspensorium nor to

the hyomandibular, and in his original figures he is hardly more

fortunate.

Assuming the determination of the ceratohyal and hyomandibular

correct, it is worthy of note that the region of union of these

elements, in the Sharks just behind the mandibular articulation, is

here, in Ceratodus, raised considerably above the level of the

quadrate condyle of the upper jaw (see fig. 2).

The shape of the hyomandibular is by no means constant, but is

subject to great individual variation, and this even on the right

and left sides of the same skull.

By far the commonest form is that shown in fig.3, a (p.637). The

cartilage is rhombic in shape and applied by its anterior edge to the

cranial cartilage, while a ventral process, separated from the skull

by a space for the passage of the hyoidean branch of the seventh

nerve, is attached to the upper surface of the suspensorial tubercle.

In one case examined (fig. 3, 6) there is in addition a nodule of

cartilage in the hyosuspensorial ligament which may possibly

have the value of an interhyal. A similar nodule is mentioned by

Pollard (10), but not figured.

The two sketches, fig. 3, c and d, show what variation may

occur in the relative lengths of the vertical and horizontal diameters

of the cartilage, and also that when the longer diameter is hori-

zontal the extent of the attachment to the cranium is reduced to a

minimum,

1894.) HYOID ARCH OF CERATODUS. 637

In each of these cases the ventral process mentioned above is

segmented off as a separate cartilage. This may possibly bea

symplectic from its position, as suggested by Huxley (5), but, in

Fig. 3.

Ceratodus forsterit.—The hyomandibular and adjacent parts.

Letters as before.

view of the great variability exhibited by the hyomandibular, it is

doubtful whether any importance can be attached to its indepen-

dence. In the last two cases (fig. 3, ¢ and f) the aperture for the

638 MR, W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Nov. 6,

hyoidean nerve, instead of lying between the hyomandibular and

the cranium, penetrates the cranium itself, and the hyomandibular

is separated by a wide gap from the tubercle to which the hyo-

suspensorial ligament is attached.

It is not impossible that the bar of cartilage behind the nerve-

aperture is the symplectic process, which has fused above with the

cranium and below with the tubercle (which latter in the specimen

represented in fig. 3, e,is practically obsolete); but it is more

reasonable to suppose that the nerve has been enclosed by the

posterior union of the edges of the notch in the cranial cartilage

in which it originally ran, parallel cases of the enclosure of nerves

and blood-vessels being not uncommon.

Little doubt can be entertained of the fact that the whole

branchial and hyoid system has become reduced in Ceratodus in

relation with the partial adoption of pulmonary respiration ; and the

hyomandibular thus furnishes another and a very interesting

example of individual variation in vestigial structures.

This reduction of the branchial skeleton is even more pronounced

in Protopterus, where the hyomandibular is absent and where only

the second and third branchial arches have epibranchial elements,

the other four consisting of slender ceratobranchials only.

The hyoid gill-filaments in Ceratodus are set on the ventro-

internal edge of the ceratohyal, and the series extends backwards

and upwards, internal to the hyosuspensorial ligament, but stops

short for about a quarter of an inch in the region of the hyoman-

dibular and is continued again in a line running back, parallel to

the long axis of the body, to meet the upper end of the series of

gill-filaments of the first branchial arch. Thus not only is the

continuity of the gill broken in the region of the hyomandibular,

but the direction of the series of filaments becomes changed.

The gill-rakers, on the other hand, form a continuous series run-

ning along the upper and inner edge of the ceratohyal, curving

forwards and upwards in front of the hyomandibular, and termi-

nating at the upper extremity of the first branchial cleft.

While the series of hyoid gill-rakers and gill-filaments are close

together along the inner surface of the ceratohyal, they become

widely divergent above, the upper end of the first branchial arch

being situated some little distance behind the pharyngeal opening

of the cleft.

The upper gill-filaments are not supported by any part of the

hyoid skeleton, but simply project from the mucous membrane and

readily come away when the latter is stripped off, and the lower

filaments, although supported by the ceratohyal, are but very feebly

attached to it and leave no marks on removal, the gill-filaments of

Ceratodus not being supported by gill-rays.

As before mentioned, the hyoid arch of Ceratodus is less reduced

than in the other living Dipnoi.

In Protopterus there is a pedicle for the attachment of the

hyosuspensorial ligament, situated much as in Ceratodus, and to

the inner side of this short ligament lies a much longer and whiter

1894.] HYOID ARCH OF CERATODUS. 639

ligament, more strongly developed than in Ceratodus, running

upwards and inwards from the upperand inner end of the ceratohyal

to the base of the skull at the side of the parasphenoid.

There is no basihyal nor hypohyal, but the lower ends of the

ceratohyals are connected by ligament.

No cartilage which might correspond with the hyomandibular of

Ceratodus is to be distinguished.

Owen (7), evidently describing an improperly articulated skull,

writes: ‘‘a strong cylindrical and almost straight styloid bone is

articulated by a somewhat compressed and expanded upper extre-

mity to the cartilaginous petrous element of the temporal ; it extends

downwards and forwards, parallel with the os tympanicum* and is

articulated to the upper part of the expanded posterior extremity

of the ceratohyoid bone.” The ceratohyal is named correctly, but is

unfortunately articulated with the lower end of the cranial rib,

which, in the figure, is made to point forwards instead of backwards

and is called “ styloid.”

Writing later (8) in 1866 he adopts Bischoff’s (1) view that

this latter bone is the suspensor of the pectoral girdle, for, in his

fig. 41. no. 51, it is called scapula and is articulated at its lower

end with the shoulder-girdle, which is called coracoid.

Two years later Parker (9) described it as the first pharyngo-

branchial ; and it was left to Giinther (4) in 1871 to demonstrate

that this bone, which had suffered such vicissitudes of nomenclature,

is simply the first rib which has acquired a secondary connection

with the sknll.

There are no careful descriptions of the hyoid arch of Lepidosiren,

but it may be concluded that it differs but little from that of

Protopterus.

Brihl (2) (Taf. lxiii. Fig. 8, Punkt 2) speaks of an articular

cavity in the postero-external border of the chondrocranium for

insertion of the hyoid apparatus; and Hyrtl (6) states that the

hyoid is attached to a blunt process of the quadrate, and that the

ventral ends are united by a rigid synchondrosis and not by a

ligament as in Protopterus.

Ginther (4, p. 526) mentions the absence of basihyal and

glossohyal (7. ¢. the elements named in this article the hypohyal and

basihyal).

We may, happily, now look forward to more minute descriptions

of the visceral skeleton of this once rare Dipnoan in the publications

of the numerous investigators who are prosecuting their researches

on the specimens recently collected by Dr. Bohls in Paraguay.

A careful examination of the hyoid system of living Dipnoi leads

one to conclude that there is no connection between the reduction

of the hyomandibular in these fishes and its adaptation as a secondary

suspensorium in the Elasmobranchii (excluding the Holocephali)

and the osseous fishes, and there appears to be very little evidence

in support of Gadow’s view (3, p. 459) that the reduction of the

1 Pre-opercular.

640 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Nov. 6,

hyomandibular has resulted from the Joss of a suspensorial func-

tion.

It is unfortunate that the remains of extinct Dipnoi do not

furnish any clue to the solution of this problem ; but it is highly

probable that the Dipnoi are derived from a stock in which the

hyomandibular was as free from this suspensorial function as in the

modern representatives of the group.

REFERENCES.

. Biscnorr, Ann. Sc. Nat. 1840, xii. pp. 123 and 126.

. Broun, Zool. aller Thierklassen. Wien, 1880.

. Ganow, Phil. Trans. 1888.

. Gintuur, Phil. Trans. 1871.

Huxtety, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876.

. Hyrrt, Lepidosiren paradoxa. Prag, 1845, p. 12.

Owen, Trans. Linn. Soe. xviii. 1839, p. 337.

Owen, Anat. of Vert. vol. i. 1866, p. 83 and fig. 41.

. Parxer, Monograph on Shoulder-girdle, Ray Soc. 1866.

10. Potuarp, Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. x. no. 1, 1894.

11. Tuntmr, Abh. d. k.-k. geol. Reich. Wien, Bd. xv. Heft 3.

12. v. Wisu8, Niederl. Archiv f. Zool. v. Heft 3, 1882, p. 295.

CO OMIM oP wwoH

3. Third Report on Additions to the Batrachian Collection

in the Natural-History Museum.’ By G. A. Bov-

LENGER, F.R.S.

[Received October 12, 1894.]

(Plates XX XIX. & XL.)

I. List of the Species, new or previously unrepresented, specimens

of which have been added to the Collection since April 1890.

(An asterisk indicates type specimens.)

EcaupDATA.

1. Rana limborgii, Sclater f., P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 344.—Karin

hills (Fea).

*2. Rana palavanensis, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894,

p- 85.—Palawan (Zverett).

*3. Rana holsti, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) x. 1892, p. 302.—Great

Loo Choo Islands (Holst).

4, Rana boylii, Baird.—Marin Co., California (Higenmann).

*5. Rana greca, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891, p. 346.—

Parnassos (Kriiper); N. Morea (Douglass).

6. Rana chrysoprasina, Cope.—Costa Rica (Underwood).

1 Cf. P.Z.8. 1890, p. 323.

P. Zo, 1694) BE eas

Peter Smit del et lith Mintern Bros. imp.

1. RANA QUECKETTII 2.PHRYNOBATRACHUS RANOIDES.

3.CASSINA OBSCURA. 4.HYLAMBATES MILLSONTI.

PZ See Pi wine

Peter Smit. del et lith Mintern Bros. imp.

1. NECTOPHRYNE SIGNATA 2.HYLA GHELDII 3 HYLELLA PARVULA.

4.DERMOPHIS GREGORII. 5.DERMOPHIS THOMENSIS.

1894.] BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 641

We)

col).

. Rana quecketti, Blgr., infra.—Natal (Queckett).

. Rana nyasse, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 558.—Nyassaland

(Johnston).

. Rana johnstonii, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 620.—Nyassaland

(Johnston).

Rana tenasserimensis, Sclater f., P. Z. S. 1892, p. 345.—

Tenasserim (Indian Museum).

. Rana lateralis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887,

p- 483.— Rangoon (Fea).

. Rana monticola, And.—Darjeeling (Ganmie, Blanford).

. Rana granulosa, And.—Assam (Peal); Burma (Limborg,

Fea).

. Rana varians, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894, p. 86.—

Palawan (Hverett).

. Rana nigrovittata, Blyth.—Burma (Theobald, Fea, Oates).

. Rana oatesu, Blor. Aun; N. H. (6) ix. 1892, p. 141-—

Toungoo (Oates); Bangkok (Greening).

- Rana hosu, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 290.—

Sarawak (Hose, Everett).

. Rana cavitympanum, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 525.—N.

Borneo (Hverett).

. Rana whiteheadi, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 96.—

N. Borneo (Whitehead); Sarawak (Everett).

. Rana aluta, Peracca, Boll. Mus. Tor. viii. 1893, no. 156,

p- 12.—Madagascar (Peracca).

. Phrynobatrachus ranoides, Blgr., infra.—Natal ( Queckett).

. Rhacophorus liber, Peracca, Boll. Mus. Tor, vill. 1893,

no. 156, p. 14.—Madagascar (Peracca).

. Lhacophorus everetti, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894,

p- 87.—Palawan (Averett).

. Rhacophorus macrotis, Bler. Ann. N. H. (6) vu. 1890,

p. 282.—Sarawak (Hose); Balabac, Palawan (Hverett).

. Rhacophorus colletti, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1890, p. 36.—N. Borneo

(Averett).

. Rhacophorus otilophus, Bler. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 527.—

N. Borneo, Sarawak (Hverett).

. Rhacophorus edentulus, F. Mull. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x.

1894, p. 840.—Celebes (Sarasin).

. Lthacophorus acutirostris, Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 163.—

Mt. Kina Baloo (Paris Mus., Everett).

. Rhacophorus verrucosus, Bler. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiii.

1893, p. 337.—Karin hills (Fea).

. Rhacophorus dulitensis, Blgr. P. Z. S. 1892, “p. 507.—Mt.

Dulit, Sarawak (Hose).

. Rhacophorus fee, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii. 1893,

p- 338.—Karin hills (fea).

32. Rhacophorus dennysii, Blanf.—Foochow (Jtickett).

33. Rhacophorus madagascariensis, Ptrs— Madagascar.

*34, Ivalus travancoricus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891,

Proc,

p- 291.—Travancore (ferguson).

Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XLII. 43

oe a li

MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [ Nov. 6,

. Ivalus longicrus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894, p. 88.—

Palawan (vereit).

. Ivalus carinensis, Blgy. Ann. Mas, Genova, (2) xiii. 1893,

p- 389.—Karin bills (Fea).

. Ivalus parvulus, Blgr. 1. e-—Karin hills (Fea).

. Ivalus pictus, Ptrs—N. Borneo (Hverett).

walus latopalmatus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,

p- 97.—N. Borneo ( Whitehead, Everett).

. Chirivalus doriw, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiii. 1893,

p- 341.—Karin hills (va).

. Phrynoderma asperum, Bler. 1. e. p. 342.—Karin hills

(fea).

. Cassina obscura, Blgr., infra.—Shoa (Doria).

. Hylambates millsonii, Blgr., infra.

Mouths of the Niger

(Millson).

. Sphenophryne celebensis, F. Mull. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x.

1894, p. 841.—Celebes (Sarasin).

. Engystoma albopunctatum, Bttgr. Z. £. Naturw. lviii. 1885,

p. 240.—Paraguay (Bohls).

. Engystoma muelleri, Bttgr. 1. c. p. 241.—Paraguay (Bohls).

. Mantipus hildebrandti, Ptrs. SB. Berl. Ac. 1883, p. 166.—

Madagascar (Peracca).

. Phrynocara tuberatum, Ptrs. 1. c. p. 167.—Madagascar

(Peracea).

. Elosia bufonia, Gir—Theresopolis ( Gold‘).

. Hylodes latrans, Cope.—Texas (Taylor).

. Hylodes melanostictus, Cope-—Monte Redondo, Costa Rica

( Underwood).

2. Hylodes urichii, Bttgr. J. Trinid. Club, 1. 1894, p. 88.—

Trinidad (Caraciollo).

. Leptodactylus bufonius, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiii. 1894,

p. 348.—Paraguay (Bohls).

. Phanerotis fletcheri, Blgr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) v. 1890,

p- 593.—Dunoon, N. 8. Wales (fletcher).

. Nectophryne misera, Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 182.—Kina

Baloo, N. Borneo (Averett).

. Nectophryne signata, Blgr., infra.—Dutch Borneo (Lvereit).

. Nectophryne host, Blgr. P. ZS. 1892, p. 508.—Sarawak

(Hose, Everett).

. Bufo spinulifer, Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 181.—Kina

Baloo (Lverett).

. Bufo nigricans, Wiegm.—Tarapaca, Chili (James).

. Bufo surdus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 282.—

Baluchistan.

- Bufo penton, Anders. Ann. N. H. (6) xii. 1893, p. 440.—

Suakin (Penton, Anderson).

. Bufo ferguson, Blgr. J. Bomb. Soe. vii. 1892, p. 317.—

Travancore (ferguson).

. Bufo luetkenvi, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891, p. 455.—

Costa Rica (Oersted).

1894.] BALRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 643

64. Chorophilus feriarum, Baird.—N. Carolina.

65. Chorophilus ornatus, Holbr.—Texas (Indian Mus.).

66. Hyla punctatissima, Ptrs.—Theresopolis (Goldz).

67. Hyla spegazzinii, Bler. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) vii. 1889,

p- 247.—Paraguay (Bohils).

68. Hyla prosoblepon, Bttgr. Kat. Batr. Senck. Ges. p. 45

(1892).—Costa Rica (Senckend. Mus.).

*69. Hyla goeldii, Blgr., infra.—Theresopolis (Géld?).

*70. Hyla chloris, Bler. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) vu. 1892,

p. 403.—Dunoon, N. 8. Wales (fletcher).

71. Hyla congenita, Ptrs. & Doria.—N. Guinea (Doria).

*72. Hylella parvula, Bler., infrt—Brazil (Michaélis, Goldi).

73. Agalychnis helene, Cope, P. Am. Phil. Soc. xxii. 1885,

p- 182.—Guatemala (Greening); Nicaragua (Rothschuh).

74. Pelobates syriacus, Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1889, p. 145.—Smyrna,

(Christiania Mus.); Haita (Senckenb. Mus.); Damascus

(1. Barrois).

*75. Leptobrachium pelodytoides, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2)

xi. 1893, p. 345.—Karin hills (fea).

*76. Leptobrachium parvum, Blgr. l. ¢. p. 344.—Karin hills

| (Rea).

*77. Leptobrachium carinense, Blgr. op. cit. (2) vii. 1889,

p- 748.—Karin hills (va).

CaAUDATA.

1. Salamandra caucasica, Waga.—Near Batoum (Senckenb.

Mus.).

*2. Tylototriton andersonii, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) x. 1892,

p- 304.—Loo Choo Islands (olst).

Avopa.

*1. Dermophis gregoru, Blgr., infra—Ngatana, E. Africa

(Gregory).

. Herpele ochrocephala, Cope.—Panama (Christiania Mus.).

. Siphonops paulensis, Bttgr. Kat. Batr. Senck. Ges. p. 62

(1892).—S. Paulo, Brazil (Lhering).

. Lyphlonectes compressicauda, D. & B.—Manaos, Brazil

(Antony).

He Co bo

Il. Descriptions of new Species.

RANA QUECKETTI. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series between the

choanze. Head a little longer than broad; snout obtusely pointed,

a little longer than the diameter of the orbit; nostril a little

nearer the eye than the tip of the snout ; canthus rostralis obtuse;

loreal region very oblique, concave; interorbital space narrower

than the upper eyelid; tympanum a little smaller than the eye.

43*

Stee 33

oF) SPT Te a

644 MR. G, A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE [Nov. 6, \

Fingers moderate, first not extending beyond second ; toes mode-

rate, two-thirds webbed ; subarticular tubercles feeble; a small,

elliptic metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

between the eye and the nostril. Back with narrow, interrupted

folds. Olive above, with black spots and a yellow vertebral stripe ;

a blackish canthal streak and a brown temporal spot ; limbs with

blackish cross-bars ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 48 millim.

A single female specimen from near Pietermaritzburg, Natal.

Presented by Mr. F. J. Queckett.

PHRYNOBATRACHUS RANOIDES. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2.)

Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Habit slender.

Head as long as broad; snout obtuse, as long as diameter of orbit,

with indistinct canthus ; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid; tympanum distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye.

First finger as long as second; toes two-thirds webbed ; tips of

fingers and toes not dilated; two small metatarsal tubercles ; a

small tubercle on the inner side of the tarsus and another higher

up below the heel. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches far

beyond the tip of the snout, the tibio-tarsal articulation between

the eye and the tip of the snout. Above with small smooth warts,

larger on the sides; no folds. Olive-grey above; a darker cross-

bar "between the eyes; limbs with faint darker cross-bars; lips

with dark spots ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 22 millim.

A single female specimen from near Pietermaritzburg, Natal.

Presented by Mr. F. J. Queckett.

CassINA OBSCURA. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.)

Vomerine teeth in two small, oblique, rather indistinct groups

between the choanz, Head once and two fifths as broad as long ;

snout rounded, without canthus, hardly as long as the diameter of

the orbit ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym-

panum hidden. Fingers moderate, first shorter than second ; toes

moderate, one-third webbed ; a very indistinct metatarsal tubercle.

The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the posterior border of

the orbit. Above with flat smooth warts, beneath with large

granules. Dark olive above, sides lighter, with numerous roundish

chestnut-brown spots; a white (red?) inguinal spot; greyish

brown beneath, with small dark brown spots. Male with a large,

black, external vocal sac on each side of a subcircular gular disk.

From snout to vent 39 millim.

A single male specimen from Let Merafia, Shoa, received from

the Marquis Doria.

HYLAMBATES MILLSONII. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.)

Vomerine teeth in two small groups between the choane.

Head a little broader than long; snout as long as the diameter of

1894.] BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 645

the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym-

panum two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers fully half

webbed; toes nearly entirely webbed; disks well developed; a

small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin shagreen

above, granular beneath. Dark purple above, sides with white

dots ; no white line along the upper lip; indistinct dark cross-

bands on the head and limbs; whitish beneath, with small brown

spots.

From snout to vent 65 millim.

Two female specimens from the mouths of the Niger. Pre-

sented by Mr. Alvan Millson.

NECTOPHRYNE SIGNATA. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

Habit slender. Snout prominent, obliquely truncate; loreal

region vertical; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum very distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye.

Fore limb very slender, as long as the distance between the vent

and the eye. Fingers moderate, webbed at the base, dilated and

truncate at the end; first finger very short, half as long as second ;

toes three-fourths webbed, the disks smaller than those of the

fingers ; two small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articula-

tion reaches the tip of the snout. Above with small scattered

warts of unequal size; belly granular. Olive above, with black

spots surrounding an -shaped light marking on the back; limbs

yellowish, barred with black; whitish beneath, spotted with black.

From snout to vent 15 millim.

Two specimens from Robong Mt., Kapuas district, Dutch

Borneo. Collected by Mr. A. Everett.

Hyta Gornpit. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked behind, slightly free behind

and on the sides. Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups close

together just behind the level of the choanz. Head as long as

broad; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit;

canthus rostralis angular; loreal region concave; interorbital

space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the

diameter of the eye. Fingers free ; no distinct rudiment of pollex;

toes one-third webbed; disks nearly as large as the tympanum ;

no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin

smooth above, granular beneath, the granules strongest on the

belly. Olive or brown above, with a few large, darker, light-edged

spots, the anterior extending to between the eyes ; a dark canthal

streak and a dark, light-edged temporal band; limbs with dark

cross-bars ; lower parts dirty white or pale brown. Male with an

internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent: ¢ 26 millim., 2 40 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from Colonia Alpina, Thereso-

polis, Brazil. Presented by Dr. E. A. Géldi, who will shortly publish

some highly interesting notes on the breeding-habits of this frog.

646 BATRACHIAN COLLECTION IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. [Nov. 6,

HYLELLA PARVULA. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)

Tongue circular, entire. Head as long as broad; snout short,

rounded ; no canthus rostralis; eye large and very prominent ;

upper eyelid very narrow; interorbital space broad and convex ;

tympanum distinct, hardly one third the diameter of the eye.

Fingers distinctly webbed at the base, first slightly shorter than

second; toes two-thirds webbed: disks moderate. Tibio-tarsal

articulation reaching a little beyond the tip of the snout. Skin

smooth above; belly and lower surface of thighs granulate. Greyish

or pale brown above, speckled with white ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 17 millim.

Two specimens. One from Lages, Santa Catharina, collected

by Hr. Michaelis; the other from Theresopolis, presented by

Dr. Géldi.

This species appears to be most nearly allied to H. carnea, Cope,

but the tympanum is perfectly distinct and the coloration is entirely

different.

DERMOPHIS GREGORII. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)

15 teeth on each side of the upper jaw, 12 on each side (outer

row) of the lower jaw. Snout rounded, moderately prominent ;

eyes distinct, the distance between them a little less than the

length of the snout; tentacle in front of and beiow the eye, twice

and a half as distant from the nostril as from the eye. Body

moderately elongate; 160 folds, the posterior close together

(duplicated), all except the anterior and posterior interrupted

above and often also beneath. Tail indistinct, rounded. Dark

brown above, paler beneath.

Total length 280 millim.; greatest diameter of body 10 millim.

A single specimen was obtained at Ngatana, E. Africa, by Dr. J.

W. Gregory. It was referred to D. thomensis, Bocage, by

Dr. Giinther (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 88). The latter species (Pl. XL.

fig. 5) differs in the more pointed snout, the length of which does

not exceed the interocular width, and the distance between the

tentacle and the nostril is four to five times as great as between

the tentacle and the eye (cf. Pl. XL. fig. 5).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXXIX.

1. Rana quecketti, Blgr., p. 643.

2. Phrynobatrachus ranoides, Blgr., p. 644.

3. Cassina obscura, Blgr., p. 644.

4, Hylambates milisonii, Blgr., p. 644.

Fig.

Puatz XL.

Fig. 1. Nectophryne signata, Blgr., p. 645.

2. Hyla goeldii, Blgr., p. 645.

3. Hylella parvula, Blgr., p. 646.

4. Dermophis gregorii, Blgr., p. 646. (x 2.)

5. thomensis, Bocage, p. 646. (xX 2.)

Beige nly

sat

La] if

Vy ah .

Pay

re ; 4

ae kee

Cis A Bae

ero aa a

aft or Bs a Ni

ead eee

* Fl ie Y :

fn tae Maina ae LS

na ; 7‘ os Pe ¥, fen) tate wings?

» <r

‘ue. i

; Shae vor we vr ’ ;

iS) rae a

aR a,

uA’

P.Z5.1894. Plate ALA

L.L.Walter del. é

FH Michael hth. West,Newman imp.

Foraminifera from the microzoic deposits of Trinidad.

1894. ] ON SOME FORAMINIFERA FROM TRINIDAD. 647

4. On some Foraminifera from the Microzoic Deposits of

Trinidad, West Indies. By R. J. Lucumerr Guppy,

C.M.Z.S.

[Received August 27, 1894.]

(Plate XLI.)

$1. Introductory.

A paper of mine on the Microzoic deposits of Trinidad was read

before the Geological Society of London on the 8th June, 1892, and

published in the November 1892 part of the Journal of the

Society. Subsequently I communicated to a local scientific

society of Trinidad a notice on the subject. But in these papers

I did not deal with the novelties I had discovered in these rocks.

Having been prostrated by a most serious illness I was unable for

a long time to follow up the subject ; and when I did so my work

progressed but slowly. Hence I am only now in a position to

make known some forms which appear to be new, and to bring

forward some observations which may possibly throw light on the

evolution of certain forms of the Foraminifera.

The species of Foraminifera have possibly as definite a form as

most other species of organic beings. The amount of variation

among what are called the higher animals is very great, as is shown

by the fact that in some cases a single natural species has been

made into a dozen or more by naturalists. We are not always

acquainted with the limits of variation of a species, and we are

often misled, or surprised and puzzled, by the occasional appearance

and partial persistence of an embryonic condition which we do not

understand ; for example, the exceptional appearance of a specimen

of Frondicularia or Nodosaria with a Cristellarian commencement.

But in what are called the higher animals we are are not unfamiliar

with the occurrence or persistence of what are known as embryonic

characters. Such characters have thrown most valuable light upon

the affinity and course of development of animals and plants. So

they will probably do in the case of Foraminifera.

§ 2. On the Initial Stage of Frondicularia.

The specimen exhibited (Plate XLI. fig. 7) might, by some rhizo-

podists, be called Lagena globosa. It is in all essential respects

similar to the specimens figured under that naine by Sherborn and

Chapman (Journ. R. Microsc. Soc. 1886, pl. xiv. figs.11,12). But

my impression is that it is none other than the initial chamber of a

Polymorphina. Messrs. Parker and Jones, in a memoir on North-

Sea Foraminifera (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 278,

1857), perceived that the primordial segment of Polymorphina

resembled a Lagena’. They remark of specimens of this kind

1 See also the specimens figured by Reuss, ‘ Lagenideen,’ pl. i. figs. 1-3. The

figures of L. globosa in the ‘Challenger’ Report are true Lagene, and do not

exhibit this form.

648 MR, R. J. LECHMERE GUPPY ON SOME [Noy. 65,

that “ they exhibit an early condition of Polymorphina, in which

we see an entosolenia, slightly modified, playing the part of the

primordial chamber of this form. This entosolenian condition of

Polymorphina is nearly always apparent in specimens sufficiently

small or unadvanced to leave the early chambers translucent and

open toexamination........ As they advance in growth the

individual Polymorphine are invested with additional chambers

after a type peculiar to themselves, but in a very irregular manner

as regards the capacity and shape of the chambers.”

If such a unicellular Polymorphina as the one shown in my

fig. 7, or in Parker and Jones’s figure just referred to, takes on

additional chambers in a regular series on one side only instead

of alternately on different faces of the shell, it becomes a

Cristellaria either straight, curved, or involute. In further explan-

ation it may be stated that in Polymorphina the chambers are de-

veloped alongside of, and adherent to, each other and the primordial

chamber like drops of resin which have exuded from a tree. But

if the chambers are developed in a single symmetrical and regular

series, straight or curved, each segment being developed from and

adherent to the preceding one only, the organism is a Cristellaria,

and so may attain a considerable development in this shape. The

Cristellarian segments are added consecutively on one side only of

the previous segment, and may be represented as one of the

branches of a letter V inverted, the aperture being at the one end

(the apex) of the V; the other branch, in the case of a true

Cristellaria, not being developed. If, however, at a certain stage,

the other branch of the V becomes developed, the previous segment

being embraced, not on one side only, as in the Cristellarian form,

but on both sides, and the aperture being at the apex, we have a

Flabelline Frondicularia. In this form, generally speaking, the

segments are extremely compressed, the whole test being scarcely

as thick as ordinary paper.

In fig. 1 (Plate XLI.) we have a shell with a Cristellarian

beginning, passing into a Nodosaria. This may be called

the Amphycoryne-form of Nodosaria, just as the specimen de-

lineated in fig. 3 may be called the Flabellina-form ot Frondicu-

laria. The specimens figured illustrate the development of the

genera to which we give the names of Frondicularia and Nodosaria,

and suggest the conclusion that the primordial forms from which

they were evolved resembled a Zagena and that the next steps of

the evolution were represented by Polymorphina and Cristellaria.

Frondicularia is no doubt the next step in one direction ; whilst

in another the evolution takes the line of Vodosaria. Hence it

appears that Nodosaria is not directly developed from Lagena,

The generic forms called Polymorphina, Uvigerina, and Sagrina

intervene. We have thus an explanation of facts hitherto not

quite easily explicable, namely, for example, the development of

many Foraminifera from a more complex (biserial, triserial) form to

a simpler (uniserial) form. In most individuals belonging to

genera such as Frondicularia and others of the Nodosarian series

1894. ] FORAMINIFERA FROM TRINIDAD. ~ 649

what may be called the embryonic development is hidden and

masked within so small a space (generally a mere lump or boss)

that its details cannot be made out. But here and there a specimen

delays, as it were, the development of its mature form beyond the

usual period, and enables us to catch a glimpse of the genealogy of

the type. What I have endeavoured to express and explain in the

preceding remarks may be represented in a tabular form as

follows :-—

FProndicularia Nodosaria,

(including HCA LY

Sagrina.

Cristellaria. Uvigerina.

vik

vn ‘iS

Lagena. Polymorphina,

mS ma

Primordial Form.

This, of course, represents the development of the Nodosarian

and Frondicularian series only. The biserial and triserial structure

of the Textularians, Bulimines, &c. suggests that their develop-

ment has lain through Polymorphina also. The Globigerine,

Rotaline, and Milioline series may have risen from the same

primordial form; but in these the course of development was

different.

§ 3. Descriptions of new Forms of Foraminifera.

1. STILOsSTOMELLA RUGOSA, nov. gen. et sp. (Plate XLI.

figs. 10, 11.)

Test usually consisting of 3-4 (but occasionally more) nodosari-

form chambers, rather rapidly increasing. The axis is generally

slightly arcuate. Texture rough. Aperture crescentic, often

situated in a produced neck. Internally the aperture is furnished

with a hollow conical process, shaped somewhat like a shoe-horn,

the open side of the process being on the inner side of the

crescentic aperture.

The shape of the shell is fairly represented by the figure of

D’Orbigny’s model of Nodosarvia radicula given by Parker, Jones,

and Brady in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xvi. 1865, pl. i. fig. 27.

The last chamber is, however, often more produced and terminates

in a neck, at the end of which is the aperture. The texture of the

shell is apparently of the character of that of Lagena aspera, or of

‘ . A eee typ ee 4. > ee

650 MR. R. J. LECHMERE GUPPY ON SOME [Nov. 6).

the Nodosaria from the Naparima beds of Trinidad I have iden-

tified (rightly or not) with WV. rugosa, D’Orb. Mr. Joseph Wright,

F.G.S., gave it as his opinion that it was a new species of Olavu-

lina; but the internal structure, including the hollow pillar, seems

to suggest a relationship to Ellipsoidina and Pleurostomella,

From the Naparima Microzoic beds, Trinidad.

2. ELLIPSOIDINA SUBNODOSA, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 12.)

Elongate, cylindrical, smooth, shining, generally tapering,

having 4-12 chambers. Aperture crescentic, with a hooked and

projecting lip and an internal hollow pillar.

Notwithstanding the resemblance in shape to a Nodosuria, this

may generally be distinguished by its more regularly cylindrical

shape, the separation between the chambers being less strongly

marked than in most Nodosarie. The aperture and interior

structure are more distinct marks of difference. The species

represents a close approach to Plewrostomella; but the aperture is

not situated in a depression as it is in that genus, it is terminal or

nearly so. Further, in our new species the segments rarely show

a tendency to alternate as they do in Pleuwrostomella, though it is

to be observed that in one or two specimens there is an indication

of such a tendency near the apex. The aperture resembles that of

Ellipsoidina ellipsoides, as represented by Brady’s figure (Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliv. 1888, pl. i. fig. 1). Some specimens of

Pleurostomella subnodosa come very close; see, for instance, the

figures given by Burrows, Sherborn, and Bailey (Journ. R. Microsc.

Soe. 1890, pl. vill. figs. 27-30). The shape varies from almost strictly

cylindr ical to subclavate and tapering. The texture is usually very

close and fine and rather waxy-shining ; but in what appear to be

old specimens the surface becomes very finely roughened and seems

to put on an arenaceous appearance. In this respect it makes an

approach to Stilostomella rugosa (described above), whose aperture

is somewhat similar.

Ellipsoidina subnodosa is a lengthened-out form of the type I

have indentified as ZL. eaponens, Brady, MS. (see Brady’s remarks,

quoted by Jukes-Browne and Harrison, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

1892, p. 196). It is found in the Tertiary Microzoic rocks of

Naparima, Trinidad.

3. ELLIPsOrDINA EXPONENS, Brady, MS. (Plate XLI. fig. 13.)

A smooth ovoid Foraminifer, having a crescentic aperture with a

projecting hooked lip. The aboral end is generally smaller than

the other extremity, and shows several successive chambers divided

by very slightly sunk sutures.

It has the internal structure of E7hpsoidina (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. i. (1868), p. 333, pl. xiii.), and I believe it to be

identical with the form so named by H. B. Brady, in Jukes-Browne

and Harrison’s paper on the Geology of Barbados (quoted under

the foregoing description of £. subnodosa). It runs into forms near

E, ellipsoides ; indeed the three species (HZ. subnodosa, E. eaponens,

1894.] FORAMINIFERA FROM TRINIDAD. 651

and E. ellipsoides) may turn out to be only extreme variations of

one species. #. subnodosa and E. exponens are found in the Tertiary

Microzoic rocks of Naparima in Trinidad; and, as already stated,

E. exponens is found in the oceanic deposits of Barbados. Brady

truly remarks that it is more than probable that specimens

belonging to the group may have been mistaken for forms of

Lagena, Glandulina, and Nodosaria. I add that Hilipsoidina may

be found to bear a somewhat similar relation to Plewrostomella that

Glandulina does to Nodosaria.

4, FRONDICULARIA FLABELLIFQRMIS, n.sp. (Plate XLI.figs. 5,6.)

Test fan-shaped, widening rather rapidly, sometimes with an-

gular projecting ends to the segments. The aperture is a narrow

(linear) fissure between thickened everted and plaited or corrugated

lips. The form delineated in fig. 6 is stouter and of more even

outline, the ends of the segments not projecting. Some examples

(not figured) have the ends of the segments very decidedly

projecting.

This is wonderfully like Pavonina flabelliformis, which occurs

with it in the Microzoic rocks of Naparima, Trinidad; so much so

that at first I confounded the two, and sent specimens of the

Frondicularia to the British Museum (Natural History) under the

name of the Pavonina. But the aperture distinguishes it easily ;

and when once recognized there is no likelihood of one being

mistaken for the other.

5, GAUDRYINA PARIANA, n. sp. (Plate XLI. figs. 21, 22.)

A Gaudryina of somewhat angular sectional contour. The

triserial initial portion is triangular, the test afterwards taking on

the biserial Textularian form. The test is roughened by minute

sand-grains.

This species is very much smaller than the dimensions usually

attained by other members of the genus, e. g. G. pupoides; and

the other Foraminifera found in the same deposits are with certain

exceptions also of small size. It is from the Ditrupa-bed of

Pointapier, Trinidad.

6. GAUDRYINA LOBATA, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 20.)

Test elongate, somewhat compressed, tapering, subarcuate, the

chambers projecting in the form of lobulated segments. Aperture

large, surrounded by a raised lip.

The nearest relation of this species is probably G. baccata,

Schwager ; but its segments are prominent and distinct. It also

recalls Bolivina lobata, Brady. It occurs in the Microzoic rocks

of Naparima, Trinidad.

7. GONATOSPHHRA PROLATA, nov. gen. et sp. (Plate XLI.

figs. 14-19.)

Test a many-chambered somewhat prolate spheroid, the initial

end generally of rather smaller diameter than the other. Chambers

SS a ee aS

T - ss

652 ON SOME FORAMINIFERA FROM TRINIDAD. [Nov. 65

closely embracing. Sometimes each successive chamber embraces

all the previous ones ; in other cases some of the initial chambers

are visible as indistinctly marked annular segments. A thread-like

ridge, like a flange, surrounds the spheroid in the direction of its

length. This ridge, which often appears to be double, expands at

the larger end of “the test, and its two elements separating, leave

between them a fissurine aperture. This is an elongated narrow

opening between two pouting lips, the lips being a continuation

and extension of the ridge or flange. Many specimens show a

ridge at right angles to the longitudinal ridge ; but this is produced

by the breaking-away of the last chamber at the line of suture.

This singular organism appears to differ in some essential

characters from any Foraminifer hitherto known, at least so far

as I have been able to find out. It varies in shape from an almost

perfect sphere to a spheroid of very prolate shape, the initial

(aboral) end being sometimes a very rounded and blunt projection.

The longitudinal ridge is sometimes obsolete towards the aboral

pole, sometimes it is single, and occasionally it is triple, the two

lateral elements being the most raised. In shape the test resem-

bles a very round Glandulina, like G. obtusissima, Reuss (Tert.

Foram. Fauna, 1863, pl. vi. fig. 93; also G. globulus, figs. 94, 95),

or G. abbreviata, Neug. (Sherborn and Chapman, London Clay

Foram., Journ. Microsc. Soc.- 1886, pl. xiv. fig. 20), or a Lagena

like L. obtusa, Ege. (Reuss, ‘ Lagenideen,’ 1862, pl. vii. figs. 92, 93).

The test is hyaline, glistening, and very fine and close-grained in

texture.

It has only been found in the Ditrupa-bed of Pointapier, Trinidad.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

Fig. i. Amphicoryne-form of Nodosaria hispida, D’Orb., var.

2. Cristellaria aculeata, D’Orb., var. A form found abundantly in the

Ditrupa-bed of Pointapier, Trinidad. Closely allied to C. wetherellii,

Jones, and C. fragaria, Gimb. Compare also Marginulina cristella-

rioides, Gimb. For comparison with fig. 1.

3. Frondicularia complanata, Defr. Flabelline variety showing Cristel-

larian initial portion.

4. Frondicularia alata, D’ Orb. (complanata, Defr.). Specimen showing

(a) Cristellarian initial portion, and (4) portion reproduced after loss

by fracture of the original oral portion.

5. Frondicularia flabelliformis, n. sp. Usual form. In many specimens

the ends of the chambers project more than is shown in this drawing

6. Frondicularia flabelliformis, nu. sp. A thicker and stouter form than

the preceding. This may be compared with F. spissa, Terquem

(Rupert Jones, ‘Monthly Microscopical Journal,’ 1876, pl. exxviii.

fig. 24).

7. Initial segment of Polymorphina, comparable with Lagena globosa, Mont.

8, 9. Specimens showing the development of Frondicularia from a

Polymorphina segment. These may be compared with Flabellina

ponderosa and triquetra, Terquem (Rupert Jones, ‘ Monthly

Microscopical Journal,’ 1876, pl. cxxviii. figs, 25, 26).

10. Stilostomella rugosa, n. sp. A specimen with a protuberant neck.

11. The same. A specimen with a less protuberant neck.

12. Ellipsoidina subnodosa, n. sp.

13. Ellipsoidina exponens, Brady, MS.

1894. ] ON THE PETREL NAMED @STRELATA LEUCOPHRYS. 653

Fig. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Gonatosphera prolata, nu. gen. et sp. Specimens

figs. 15, 17, and 18 showing the unbroken test with the aperture and

ridges ; and figs. 14, 16, and 19 the ridge left by the breaking away

of the last chamber.

20. Gaudryina lobata, n. sp.

21, 22. Gaudryina pariana, n. sp.

5. Note on the Petrel named Mstrelata leucophrys by

Captain Hutton. By Sir Watrer L. Butier, K.C.M.G.,

F.R.S., C.M.Z.8., &c.

[Received August 15, 1894.}

I am indebted to Captain Hutton for a copy of his paper “ On

a Collection of Petrels from the Kermadec Islands,’ which

appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society for last

year (see P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 749).

In this paper Captain Hutton describes what he takes to be a

new species of Petrel under the name of @strelata leucophrys, as

to which I desire to offer one or two observations. But before

doing so, I should like to notice another point, although it is of

only trivial consequence. It is this: Captain Hutton, in writing

of Puffinus chlororhynchus gives the following as a synonym :—

“ P. carneipes, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol.

xxiii. p. 226, not of Gould.” Now I should like to know what

authority Captain Hutton has for quoting me here. J never saw

Mr. Cheeseman’s specimen and was never consulted about it.

On turning to Mr. Cheeseman’s paper, cited above, I find that he

says :—‘ 1 am not quite certain whether this species is correctly

identified, all my specimens being fledglings that have not yet lost

their down.”

The same remark, as to want of authority, applies to the fol-

lowing quotation, as a synonym of @. nigripennis, Rothschild :—

“ (EZ. cookit, Cheeseman (fide Buller), Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxiii.

p. 224, not of Gray.”

Where Mr. Cheeseman sought my assistance in the identification

of species he has mentioned the fact in his paper.

As to “ @strelata leucophrys” (of which an excellent figure is

given in the ‘ Proceedings’) I may mention that I took to England

with me on my last visit a good series of specimens which I had

received from the Kermadec Islands. These I submitted to

Mr. Salvin, our acknowledged authority on the Procellaruide, and

he unhesitatingly referred them to the highly variable G@strelata

neglecta. At his suggestion I afterwards called at the Zoological

Society’s rooms to examine the specimen sent home by Captain

Hutton, and the type of his new species, of which a drawing was

then being prepared for the ‘ Proceedings.’ It was undoubtedly

of the same species.

654 MR. BR. LYDEKKER ON A MODEL OF A UNIQUE EGG. [Nov. 20,

November 20, 1894.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of October 1894 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 108, of which 66 were

acquired by presentation, 12 by birth, 14 by purchase, 4 by ex-

change, and 7 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 108.

Amongst the additions are a pair of Somali Ostriches (Struthio

molybdophanes), from Somaliland, purchased Oct. 26th. This is

the first pair of the blue-skinned form of Ostrich, which inhabits

Eastern Africa, that has reached us. These birds have been placed

in the Giraffe-House, along with a pair of the ordinary form and

with an example of a curious pied variety of the Ostrich, deposited

by the Hon. W. Rothschild, I'.Z.S.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Dr. C, Kerbert, C.M.Z.S.,

a photograph of a Mountain-Antelope (Nemorhedus sumatrensis)

from a specimen living in the Gardens of the Royal Zoological

Society of Amsterdam, and remarked that he had never seen a

living example of this rare animal, and that specimens of it in

Museums were very scarce.

Mr. R. Lydekker exhibited photographs and a model of a unique

egg, the original of which had been obtained many years ago in

Southern Patagonia, and was now preserved in the Museum at La

Plata. If not an abnormal specimen, it could not be assigned to

any known species of bird.

When travelling in the district where the specimen was obtained,

Dr. P. Moreno, Director of the Museum at La Plata, many years

ago saw numbers of small Ratite birds, which he at first took to

be small Rheas. By the natives, to whom they were well known,

he was, however, assured that they were adult birds, allied to

the Rheas. Desirous of confirming this information, Dr. Moreno

applied to a friend acquainted with the district; who replied that

not only did he well know the birds, but that he possessed an egg,

that egg being the original specimen of which a model was now

exhibited.

Assuming the egg to be a normal one, Mr. Lydekker was of

opinion that, taken in connexion with the evidence of two inde-

pendent witnesses who had seen the birds, it pointed to the

existence in Southern Patagonia of a small unknown Ratite bird

more or less nearly allied to the Rheas.

Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited the felted covering of a long-haired

2G era ree

ete alee ate

Th ole ees

2 vin naa mg ee

aa"

‘

‘SISUOLSOMO | soptodems(

wrLae TP PPI ih

LULL We Uma ISAM

TLIX °F 81d Vests Zd

PZS1694.Plate XLIT

FH Michael delet ith. West, Nevnnan imp.

1. Elopopsis crassus.

2-6. Aulolepis typus.

1894.] SO-CALLED SALMONOID FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. 655

Angora Rabbit which had shed its entire coat in one piece for two

years in succession. This seemed to show an analogy in a mammal

to the simultaneous moulting of certain birds.

Sir William Flower exhibited a specimen of a Hairy Armadillo

(Tatusia pilosa), obtained by M. J. Kalinowski in the Maraynioc

district of Central Peru. It had been acquired by the British

Natural History Museum in exchange from the Branicki Museum,

Warsaw, through the kind offices of Dr. Stolazmann. In dimen-

sions and other characters it exactly resembled the specimen

belonging to the Scarborough Museum, that Sir William Flower

had brought before the Society on November 16, 1886 (see P. Z.8.

1886, p. 419), which was identified with Cruptophractus pilosus

of Fitzinger (32 Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1856,

Tageblatt No. 6, 8. 123), and with Praopus hirsutus of Burmeister.

A communication from Mr. J. T. Cunningham treated of the

significance of diagnostic characters in the Pleuronectide. In this

paper the specific and generic characters of the so-called Top-knot

(Zeugopterus) were first considered. The principal generic cha-

racters were the perforation of the gill-septum, found also in

Arnoglossus megastoma, and the prolongation of the dorsal and

ventral fins on to the right side at the base of the tail. The

marked peculiarity of habit was that of adhering to vertical surfaces.

It was shown that this was independent of either of the characters

mentioned, and was due to the pumping-action of the longitudinal

fins and their muscles posteriorly, the enlargement of these parts

being also a generic character. No evidence of the utility of the

specific characters could be discovered. The characters of other

Pleuronectidz were similarly examined, and the conclusion reached

was that there are two kinds of characters, the adaptive and the

morphological.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Description of the so-called Salmonoid Fishes of the

English Chalk. By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z.S.

[Received November 6, 1894.]

(Plates XLII. & XLIII.)

It is remarkable that among British fossils many of the

commonest and most typical species have been the least satis-

factorily studied and described. Among fishes this is more

especially the case, and none have received less attention than

those of the English Chalk. Some of them, such as the so-called

656 MR, A, SMITH WOODWARD ON 'THE SO-CALLED [Nov. 20,

Salmonoids, have been assiduously collected since the days of

Mantell, and are well represented in many museums ; but nothing

of importance with reference to their osteology has been published

within the last half-century. It is impossible to make further

progress in comprehending the fish-fauna of the Cretaceous period

until a detailed study of all the known skeletons has been accom-

plished ; and it is the object of the present communication to

begin such a review of the materials at present available for

discussion.

A beginning is made with the so-called Salmonoids of the English

Chalk, because these have been the least elucidated by recent

discoveries in corresponding strata elsewhere. The great Sauroid

fishes like Portheus and the long-snouted Protosphyrena have been

discovered in perfection in the Chalk of North America, while

Enchodus and Dercetis have been found beautifully preserved in

Westphalia and the Lebanon; but tolerably complete specimens

related to the supposed Salmonoid Osmeroides are known only from

the Chalk of Bohemia, and as these exhibit merely natural casts

ot the actual fossil they are comparatively unsatisfactory for study.

The generic name Osmeroides was originally given by Agassiz to

some fishes from the Cretaceous of Westphalia, regarded by Pictet

and the present writer as undoubted Scopeloids. Many examples

of these species exhibit very distinctly the characteristic exclusion

of the maxilla from the margin of the upper jaw; and they have

few, well-spaced branchiostegal rays, without any gular plate.

When the same name was afterwards applied to fossils discovered

by Dr. Mantell in the English Chalk, it was expressly stated by

Agassiz that the determination of generic identity was uncertain

and provisional; and the following description will demonstrate

that the Westphalian and English fishes in question belong even to

distinct families. Although Agassiz himself hesitated to distinguish

between Salmonoids and Clupeoids when dealing with fossils, pre-

ferring to combine them in one family “ Halecide,”’ subsequent

authors appear to have unanimously assigned the English Osmeroides

lewesiensis to the Salmonide. It is thus of much interest to turn

to a detailed examination of the known specimens.

1. OsMEROIDES LEWESIENSIS. (Plate XLII.)

Osmeroides lewesiensis, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i.

p- 14, pt. ii. p. 105, pl. lx. b. figs. 1, 2, 5-7 (mee figs. 3, 4), pl. lx. ¢.

(1834-44) ; A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. x. p. 322

(1888).

Salmo lewesiensis, G. A. Mantell, Foss. South Downs, p. 235,

pl. xxxiii. fig. 12, pl. xl. fig. 1 (1822).

Osmeroides mantelli, L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb. f. Mineral. 1839,

p- 121 (name only); G. A. Mantell, Wonders of Geology, ed. 3,

vol. i. p. 427 (1839).

Though many of the smaller features in the skeleton of this

fish still remain to be discovered, nearly all its principal characters

can now be ascertained. The beautiful series of specimens in the

1894.] SALMONOID FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK, 657

British Museum exhibit both the head and trunk with fins, and

these form the basis of the following detailed description.

The hinder half of the cranial roof, the facial and opercular

bones, and the upper branchiostegal rays are ornamented with

rug, mostly radiating. The cranial roof is flattened, with a faint

tendency to a depression mesially, and the occipital border is

excavated by a re-entering angle. The parietal bones (Plate XLII.

fig. 2, pa.) are relatively small, longer than broad, and meet

throughout their length in the median line, excluding the supra-

occipital from the roof. The squamosals (fig. 2, sq.) flank the

parietals, forming the postero-external angle of the cranial roof,

and produced forwards a little along the outer margin of the

frontals. The frontals (figs. 2, 3 a, fr.) are very large, broad, and

rugose behind, tapering and nearly smooth forwards. In their

hinder half the median suture between them is feebly dentated ;

the anterior extremity of each exhibits a A-shaped excavation

(fig. 3a). Occupying an indent in the outer margin of each

frontal above and partly in advance of the orbit is a rugose

elongated membrane-bone covering the prefrontal region, which is

perhaps best named supraorbital (fig. 2, sp.o.). The depressed

and expanded ethmoidal region (fig. 3 a, eth.) is widest at the

palatine articulation. The supraoccipital exhibits a large vertical

keel on its hinder face, but neither the occipital nor otic elements

are sufficiently well displayed for description. In the pterygo-

palatine arcade the quadrate (figs. 3,4, qu.) is often seen. It is

triangular in shape, with a robust articular head, and an upwardly

directed process arising from the lower end of its hinder border,

clasping the thick styliform symplectic (fig. 4, sym.). The whole

of its upper margin is apposed to the thin triangular metapterygord

(figs. 3, 4, m.pt.), and its anterior edge is similarly in contact with

the downwardly curved hinder extremity of the ectopterygoid (fig. 3,

ectp.). The twisted and expanded hyomandibular is also shown in

one specimen, reaching the upper end of the symplectic; and

there are remains of a relatively large and thin, antero-posteriorly

elongated entopterygoid. In specimen no. P. 5680 there is evidence

of minute clustered, pointed teeth on some thin internal bone; and

this may have been either ecto- or ento-pterygoid. The mawilla

(figs. 3, 5, mw.) is robust and arched, with a large upwardly

directed process at its anterior end and a convex oral margin.

The upper portion is overlapped by two large supramawillaries

(figs. 3, 5, sma. 1, 2), the hinder the deepest, and sending a

narrow process forwards above the upper margin of the anterior

plate. The premasilla, underlapping the maxilla, is small, and both

this and the maxilla are provided with very minute clustered teeth.

The dentary portion of the mandible (figs. 5 a, 6, d.) is very robust

at the symphysis, with a cluster of minute teeth in several series ;

the points of attachment of these teeth are shown in fig.5a, The

dentary rises in the coronoid region, and its hinder margin is

excavated for the reception of the large angular (fig. 6, ag.). The

lower border of the mandible is slightly bent inwards; and just

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1894, No. XLIV. 44

oo ea eae

658 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE SO-CALLED [Nov. 20).

below the angle there extends the sensory canal, opening by a

series of pores (seen in Brit. Mus. nos. 4294, P. 6456). There

are two large postorbital cheek-plates (fig. 3, pt.o.), thinner than the

other external bones (except the gular plate), and there are also

remains of suborbitals extending to the anterior border of the

preoperculum.

The opercular apparatus is complete and the bones are robust.

The operculum (fig. 3, op.) is trapezoidal in form, about two-thirds

as broad as deep, and marked with coarse branched ruge radiating

from the point of suspension. The suboperculum (fig. 3, s.op.),

likewise ornamented, is almost sickle-shaped and deeply over-

lapped by the operculum, and bears a large ascending process at

its antero-superior angle. The interoperculum is small, smooth,

and much overlapped. The preoperculum (fig. 3, p.op.) is sharply

angulated and marked with radiating ruge. There are not less

than eighteen branchiostegal rays (as shown by B.M. no. P. 5680),

the uppermost large, broad, and rugose; and five of these are

supported by the epihyal. In advance of the branchiostegal rays,

between the rami of the mandible, there is also a conspicuous

gular plate (fig. 1, gu.), remarkably thin and elongated, but shown

both in the specimen figured and in others in the British Museum

numbered 4207, 4296, 4299, and 49891.

The axis of the trunk is only imperfectly known. The vertebral

centra are strengthened by secondary calcifications in the form of

small irregular longitudinal ridges; those of the anterior abdominal

region and the hinder caudal region are deeper than long, while

the remainder are about as long as deep. Ribs are observable, and

there are much thickened neural and hemal arches fused with the

centra towards the base of the tail (B.M. no. 4803). Some styli-

form bones in the abdominal region of no. 49892 also appear to be

intermuscular elements.

There is nothing worthy of remark in the pectoral arch, of

which the long supraclavicle and relatively large and smooth

clavicle are shown in a British Museum specimen, no. P. 5680.

The pectoral fin-rays (fig. 1, pet.) are unjointed for a considerable

distance proximally, and the foremost ray (shown in B.M. no.

49894) exhibits an oblong expansion at its base of attachment.

The rays of the pelvic fins (fig. 1, plv.) are not less than 11 in

number and are similarly only divided quite at the distal end;

their supporting elements are unknown. The dorsal fin, placed in

the middle of the back, opposite to the pelvic pair and arising

somewhat in advance of the latter, is incompletely known, but

consists of robust rays unjointed for a long distance proximally,

very closely divided at the distal end; the supports (shown in

B.M. no. 49892) are large and dagger-shaped, having wide

“wings.” The anal fin (fig. 1, a.) is small and remote; the

caudal fin appears to have been forked (B.M, no. 49891).

The scales are very deeply overlapping, the covered portion

being marked by few radiating grooves terminating at the anterior

truncated margin. The posterior border is gently rounded, and

1894.] SALMONOID FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. 659

the exposed portion of the scale sometimes shows only the con-

centric lines of growth, sometimes is ornamented with very fine

closely-arranged radiating lines of tubercles. The latter ornamen-

tation is probably normal and varies with the state of abrasion of

the fossil. The scales of the lateral line are not enlarged; the

course of the sensory canal is marked by a feeble ridge and a notch

in the hinder border of most of the scales.

2. Enopopsis crassus. (Plate XLIII. figs. 1, a—c.)

Osmeroides crassus, F. Dixon, Geol. & Foss. Sussex, p. 376

(1850); A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. x. p.322 (1888).

The name of Osmeroides crassus was given by Dixon toa unique

specimen from the Chalk of Sussex now in the Brighton Museum,

but the fossil has hitherto been only briefly noticed without

detailed description. The writer has thus availed himself of the

kindness of Henry Willett, Hsq., and the ex-Chairman of the

Museum Committee (Edward Crane, Esq.), to examine the original

specimen more closely. It comprises the head with the anterior

part of the abdominal region of a large fish, much fractured and

crushed and exhibiting part of the pectoral fin on the left side.

The right side of the head is represented in Pl. XLIII. fig. 1; an

upper view of the ethmoidal region is given in fig. la ; and separate

drawings of the left premaxilla and dentary are given in figs. 1 6, ¢.

The superficial bones exhibit no ornamentation, merely the lines

of growth and in places sensory canals. The cranial roof is much

crushed and fractured and thus too imperfect for description. The

great extent of the frontals, however, is well shown, and the much-

expanded and truncated ethmoid (fig. la, eth.) is completely

preserved. The postorbital plates (fig. 1, pt.o.) cover the cheek

between the orbit and the preoperculum, and there are also remains

of well-developed suborbitals (s.0.). The premavilla (figs. 1, 16,

pm.) is relatively small, elongate-triangular in shape, and furnished

on its oral margin with a close series of small conical teeth.

Within the mouth, and apparently fixed on the same bone, are

also two much-enlarged teeth, laterally compressed but without

trenchant edges; the foremost, placed at the anterior end of the

bone and shown only by the base, is the smaller of the two; the

second, well-preserved on each side, occurs at about the middle of

the bone. In the fossil the anterior ends of the premaxille are

widely separated, but this may be due to crushing. The mawilla

(fig. 1, mw.) is very large, extending backwards beyond the orbit,

and overlapped above by either one or two supramaaillary bones

(s.mx.), which are too much crushed for description. The oral

margin of the bone is convexly arched, and in the fossil curves

slightly inwards; it bears a single regular series of very short and

stout conical teeth, larger than the marginal teeth of the pre-

maxilla, and there are appearances of a second series of smaller teeth

occuring immediately within. The dentary bone of the mandible

(fig. 1c) is deep behind and tapers rapidly to an almost pointed

symphysis; it bears a single series of well-spaced, large, conical

44%

a a 2s" "2

le ns oh it

660 MR, A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE SO-CALLED [Nov. 20,

teeth, laterally compressed but without trenchant edges. There is

also a pair of still larger teeth of a similar character immediately

within the symphysis of the mandible. All the teeth are smooth.

The preoperculum (fig. 1, p.op.) is relatively thin, broad at its

angle, and marked with radiating sensory canals. The limits of

the operculum and suboperculum are not quite clear; and of the

branchiostegal rays it can only be said that they are numerous,

perhaps about 20 on each side. A gular plate may or may not

have been present, but no remains of it are preserved.

The centra of the anterior abdominal vertebre are deeper than

long, and strengthened by peripheral secondary calcifications in

the form of irregular longitudinal ridges. The scales are large and

smooth.

As shown by the characters of its dentition, the fossil thus

described evidently pertains to a genus distinct from that to which

Osmeroides lewesiensis is referred. In the absence of the trunk,

however, it is difficult to determine its precise position ; and it can

only be said to approach most nearly the Hilops-like fishes from

the Chalk of Bohemia and Dalmatia to which the generic name

Elopopsis has been applied. It agrees with these especially in the

nature of the dentition, the form of the mandible, and the

characters of the preoperculum. As a temporary expedient, the

Brighton fossil may therefore bear the name of Hlopopsis crassus.

3. AULOLEPIS TyPUS. (Plate XLIII. figs. 2-6.)

Aulolepis typus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i. p. 14, pt. ii.

p- 109, pl. lx.a. figs. 5-8 (1834-44) ; A. 8S. Woodward, Proc. Geol.

Assoc. vol. x. p. 324 (1888).

Another generic type from the English Chalk commonly regarded

as a Salmonoid is named Awlolepis. Only a single species, A. typus,

is known; but this is represented by so large a series of specimens

in the British Museum that it makes an important contribution

to our knowledge of the osteology of the Cretaceous physosto-

matous fishes.

The head is known almost exclusively by the external bones.

The cranial roof (fig. 2) is flattened mesially, but somewhat arched

downwards at the lateral margin; and the occipital border is

either straight or with a shghtly re-entering angle. The supra-

occiyntal exhibits a median vertical keel on its hinder face, but the

bone is almost or quite excluded from the superior aspect of the

skull. The parietals (pa.) meet in an irregular wavy suture, as also

does the hinder portion of the frontals (fr.), and the former bones

scarcely attain one-third of the length of the latter; the transverse

suture between these two pairs of elements is likewise unsymmetri-

cally wavy. The squamosals (sq.) are as broad as the parietals, but

extend further forwards on the outer margin in a narrow process.

Each frontal (fig. 3) is very broad behind and much tapering in

front, while the longitudinal sensory canal opens on its surface in

a series of small pores. The ethmoidal region of the cranium can

only be described as narrow, not much expanded at the extremity.

1894.] SALMONOID FISHES OF THE ENGLISH CHALK. 661

The cheek-plates are large, but comparatively thin ; and the only

evidence of ornament consists in radiating lines on the large postero-

inferior suborbital (B.M. nos, 49903, P. 5681). The mavilla is

very robust and arched so that the oral margin is convex (fig. 4,

mx.). Anteriorly it is produced upwards and inwards as a long

narrow process (p.) above the premaxilla towards its attachment in

the front of the ethmoidal region; the upper portion is a thin

lamina overlapped by two supramaxillary plates (figs. 3a, 4, s.mv.),

of which the hindermost is deepest and has an anteriorly directed

process at its front upper angle. The premawilla (fig. 4, pm.) is

shown to have been moderately extended beneath the maxilla.

The mandible is deepest in the coronoid region, and the angular

element (fig. 2a, ag.) is very large, extending for a length of more

than two-thirds that of the dentary (d.) on the outer surface. The

inferior border of the ramus is slightly bent inwards, and along the

angle thus formed the sensory canal opens in a longitudinal series

of small pits (fig.5). The teeth are very minute and clustered on

the margin of both jaws.

Behind the occipital on each side there is a small supratemporal

plate, and partly covered by this is a large post-temporal element.

The operculum (fig. 5, op.) is trapezoidal in form, nearly twice as

deep in front as behind. The suboperculum (s.op.) is somewhat less

than half as deep as the latter, and has a prominent ascending

process at its antero-superior angle. The preoperculum (fig. 4, p.op.)

is well exposed, with the inferior limb sharply bent forwards; and

its outer face is marked by a sharp vertical ridge giving rise to a

few radiations at the angle. The interoperculum (fig. 5, t.op.) is

long and narrow, and the branchiostegal rays, shown to the number

of eight or nine in fig. 5 (br.), are broad. It is also interesting to

observe that between the rami of the mandible (fig. 5, d.) there is

a long narrow azygous gular plate (gu.), quite smooth on the outer

face and regularly rounded at each end.

One specimen (no. 47932) exhibits at the back of the head

remains of a close series of small styliform bones, acutely pointed

at the anterior end, attached by a slight expansion at the hinder

end. These are probably gill-rakers.

The vertebral centra are robust and the secondary lateral ossifi-

cations are in the form of delicate longitudinal ridges. Appear-

ances in nos. 49905 and P. 4247 suggest that there was a perfora-

tion in the middle of each centrum allowing for the passage of a

persistent thread of notochord; while it is clear that the neural

arches throughout and the hemal arches in the caudal region are

fused with the supporting centra. ibs also are seen in the

abdominal region, not extending quite to the ventral border. The

number of vertebre cannot be counted, but there seem to have been

not less than twenty in the abdominal region. The anterior

abdominal vertebral centra are deeper than long—those most

posteriorly at least as long as deep.

The pectoral arch is obscure, but the remains, shown from the

inner aspect in fig, 6, exhibit the relatively large elongated supra-

wt 7

662 MR, A. SMITH WOODWARD ON THE 80-CALLED [Noy. 20,

clavicle (s.cl.) and the arched clavicle (cl.) expanded at its lower

end. Posteriorly may also be seen the large scapula (sc.), pierced

by an oval foramen. The pelvic arch (fig. 6, plv.) is of the

ordinary form, the two halves separate, each expanded at the

origin of the fin and tapering forwards. It is situated in a

remarkably advanced position, for the figured specimen seems to

show that the anterior fins represented in the type specimen

are truly the pelvic pair; while each of these fins is very well

developed and comprises not less than eight rays’. The dorsal fin

(fig. 2, ¢.f.) occupies about the middle of the back and seems to

comprise two or three spinous rays anteriorly.

The anal fin is small and remote, consisting of robust rays

which are unjointed for a considerable length at their base.

The scales are thick, cycloid, and very deeply overlapping; the

external markings are merely those produced by the concentric

lines of growth, but there are a few traces of radiating lines and

crimping in the covered portion. The peculiar longitudinal

elevations, described by Agassiz as marking the course of the

“ Jateral line,” are apparently confined to the scales of the caudal

region.

4, ACROGNATHUS BOOPS.

Acrognathus boops, Iu. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. i. p. 14,

pt. ii. p. 108, pl. lx. a. figs. 1-4 (1834-44); A. 8S. Woodward, Proc.

Geol. Assoc. vol. x. p. 323 (1888).

No new evidence is forthcoming as to this supposed deep-sea

Salmonoid. It is represented in the British Museum only by the

type specimen and a fragment.

Conclusion.

In determining the systematic position of these fishes from the

English Chalk it is, of course, impossible to refer to the most

distinctive external feature by which Salmonoids can be separated

from Clupeoids. The nature of the matrix would not admit of

the preservation of an adipose dorsal fin, even if it were originally

well-developed. Three osteological characters of Osmeroides and

Aulolepis, however, now made known for the first time, combine

to suggest comparisons only in one direction, namely, with the

modern genera Hlops, Megalops, and their extinct allies. These

characters are :—(i.) the union of the parietal bones mesially to the

exclusion of the supraoccipital from the cranial roof; (ii.) the

arched maxilla overlapped above by two large supramaxillary

bones ; and (iil.) the presence of a large gular plate. It is true

that although in the typical Salmonidée the supraoccipital separates

the parietals on the cranial roof, there are rare instances (¢.4.,

Thymallus) in which the parietals are in contact throughout their

‘ Since this paper was read the writer has observed a specimen in the

Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge (Forbes-Young collection), in which the

pelvic fins are beautifully preserved in the advanced situation here described,

1894.] SALMONOID FISHES OF THE FNGLISH CHALK. 663

length. Further, it is known that the double supramaxilla is not

quite constant in the Clupeoids, Elopines, and their allies. It

may also be argued that, as Dr. Giinther admits to the Clupeide

living fishes with a gular plate (Hlops, Megalops), there is no

reason for excluding from the Salmonide any primitive fishes

which differ only from the living members of this family in the

possession of such a plate. Nevertheless, so far as the present

writer is aware, supramaxillaries of the form described above in

Osmeroides and Aulolepis have not hitherto been observed in any

Salmonoid, while they are a very common feature among

Clupeoids and Elopines. The two Cretaceous genera under dis-

cussion may therefore be provisionally associated with the latter.

The fishes named Osmeroides from the Chalk of Mount Lebanon

may also be placed here, for they likewise exhibit a large gular

plate ; and Elopopsis is already assigned to the same systematic

position by common consent. Hlops and Megalops, indeed, have

many more close allies in Cretaceous and early Tertiary strata

than has hitherto been suspected, and the type they represent

seems to have been dominant among the earliest Physostomi.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XLII.

Fig. 1. Osmeroides lewesiensis; fish from ventral aspect, two-thirds nat. size.

a., base of anal fin; d., dentary; gw., gular plate; mz., maxilla;

op., operculum ; pet., pectoral fins; plv., pelvic fins ; sme.2, posterior

supramaxillary; s.op., suboperculum. [P. 7188.]

2. Ditto; hinder portion of cranial roof, upper aspect. j/7., frontal ;

pa., parietal; s.¢., supratemporal ; sp.o., supraorbital ; sg., squamosal.

[4295.]

3. Ditto; side view of head. 38a. Rostral region of same specimen, upper

aspect. r., branchiostegal rays ; ™.pt., metapterygoid ; d., dentary;

ectp., ectopterygoid; eth., ethmoid; fr., frontal; ma., maxilla; op.,

operculum; o7d., orbit; p.op., preoperculum; pt.o., postorbital ;

qu., quadrate; s.mzx.1,2, supramaxillaries; s.op, suboperculum.

[4296. ]

4, Ditto; right quadrate (qu.), metapterygoid (m.pt.), and symplectic

(sym.), outer aspect. [P. 5680.]

5, Ditto; left maxilla (mz.) and supramaxillaries (s.mx. 1, 2), outer aspect.

5a. Symphysis of mandible, oral aspect, showing attachment of

teeth. [49891.]

6. Ditto; right mandibular ramus, outer aspect. ag., angular; d.,

dentary. [4296.]

Puate XLITI.

| ‘Fig. 1. Elopopsis crassus ; lateral view of head, two-thirds nat. size. 1a. Upper

view of ethmoidal region. 16. Left premaxilla, outer aspect, 1 c¢.

Left dentary, outer aspect. eth., ethmoid; fr., frontal; md., man-

dible; m., maxilla; orb., orbit; p.op., preoperculum; pmz2., pre-

maxilla; pt.o., postorbital; s.mx., supramaxillary; s.0., suborbital.

[Willett Collection, Brighton Museum, no, 61.]

2. Aulolepis typus; imperfect fish, dorsal aspect. 2a, Right mandibular

ramus. ag., angular; ar., articular; d.,dentary; df, dorsal fin ;

fr., frontal ; pa., parietal; sg., squamosal, [P, 5681.]

3. Ditto; right frontal, upper aspect. [P. 1854. ]

664 MR. WALTER GARSTANG ON COLPODASPIS PUSILLA. [Nov. 20,

Fig. 4. Aulolepis typus; head, right lateral aspect. p., palatine process of

maxilla; other letters as above. [P. 4247.] ;

5. Ditto; head, left lateral aspect, with gular plate (gu.). 7., branchio-

stegal rays; iop., interoperculum ; op., operculum ; s.op., suboper-

culum ; other letters as above. [49903.] ;

6. Ditto; pectoral and pelvic arches. cl., clavicle ; plv., imperfect pelvic

bone with fin ; s.c/., supraclavicle; sc., scapula. [47932.]

All the specimens were obtained from the English Chalk, and unless otherwise

stated the figures are of the natural size. Except the original of Pl. XLIIT,

fig. 1, the specimens are preserved in the British Museum, and the numbers

placed in brackets refer to the Register of the Geological Department.

2. On the Gastropod Colpodaspis pusilla of Michael Sars.

By Watrer Garstane, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow and Lecturer

of Lincoln College, Oxford.

[Received November 20, 1894. ]

(Plate X LIV.)

The mollusk which forms the subject of the present communi-

cation has been so rarely seen, and presents such interesting

peculiarities, that no apology is needed for the description of a

new specimen. In the main my observations confirm those of

the discoverer of Colpodaspis, Michael Sars; but the few points in

which I have to modify, or supplement, Sars’s interpretations seem

to render the position and relations of the genus somewhat clearer

than has hitherto been the case.

The literature on Colpodaspis pusilla is not extensive, as the

only original observations on the creature are contained in Sars’s

memoir’ on the fauna of the Christiania fjord. Two specimens

were found by Michael Sars at Drébak, one in August 1864 at a

depth of 70-80 fms., the other in June 1865 at a depth of 20 fms,

A slightly larger specimen was obtained a little later by G. O. Sars

at Horten in 14-20 fms. Since the capture of these Norwegian

specimens thirty years ago no additional individuals appear to have

been obtained until on Feb. 21st of the present year (1894) I

found? a specimen in the results of a day’s dredging in the imme-

diate neighbourhcod of Plymouth, about two miles south of the

Mewstone, at a depth of some 15 fms. The ground was rough, and

consisted of hard clean red sandstone covered with Caryophyllia,

with which were associated Sertularia argentea, Henricia (Cribella)

sanguinolenta, and a sponge resembling Bowerbank’s figure of

Lsodictya dissimilis (Brit. Spong. iii. pl. lv.).

This Plymouth individual was one eighth of an inch (3125 mm.)

in length. In colour it was snow-white, speckled with opaque

white spots. When the animal was inverted, a position which it

1 M. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna, ii. (Christiania,

1870), pp. 70-74, plate xi. figs. 1-6.

* Garstang, “ Faunistic Notes at Plymouth during 1893-94,” Journal Mar.

Biol. Assoc, iii, 1894, p. 219.

BoA “eo e eee.

oc. /

Ah.

ae <2) a9

/ f \

W. Garstang adnat del R Mintern lith.

Mintern Bros. mp.

SOL Ooms ieee Sn LAL,

1894,] MR. WALTER GARSTANG ON COLPODASPIS PUSILA. 665

frequently assumed in captivity in order to creep, after the manner

of so many Nudibranchs, along the surface-film, a large glandular

mass of an orange colour could be seen through the skin in the

anterior part of the posterior prolongation of the mantle, where

this organ lay beneath the foot. This glandular mass of an orange

colour in all probability represents the ‘“‘rounded brownish-yellow

mass” observed by Sars in a similar position and termed by him

the liver. The anterior edges of the foot, the dorsal and posterior

edge of the tentacles, and parts of the ventro-lateral region of the

mantle were ciliated.

The animal consists of a foot, a small tentaculated head, an

elevated globose body, and a posterior tail-like pallial appendage.

The Foot.—Sars states that the foot is well-developed and of

about the same length as the mantle; that in front it is as

broad as the mantle, but becomes considerably narrower behind,

and terminates in an obtusely rounded. extremity. He further

states that its anterior edge is divided in the middle by a deep

incision into a pair of lappets with rounded extremities. These

statements are perfectly borne out by his figures (pl. xi. figs. 1, 4);

but comparison with those supplied by myself shows that a some-

what different interpretation must be made of the anterior parts

of the foot. The two lappets, which in Sars’s figures are shown

to be directed forwards, are not really, as he maintains, the divari-

cated halves of the anterior part of the foot, but are rather to be

regarded as a pair of expansions of the antero-lateral margins of

the foot, analogous to the anterior horns of the foot in many

A£olids, but differing from the latter in their greater size and

obtuse extremities (Pl. XLIV. fig. 2). Sars’s figures also indicate

that they are capable of being directed forwards; but I never

observed them in this position myself, and must regard the con-

dition represented in my figures as more normal than the former.

These antero-lateral processes are so considerable that, in view of

the affinities indicated by other organs of Colpodaspzs, I am strongly

inclined to regard them as homologous with those pleuropodial ’

expansions so frequently met with among Opisthobranchiate mol-

lusks. This view receives strong support from the fact that in

Haminea hydatis of the Mediterranean (which appears to be a

different species from the H. hydatis of British naturalists) the

pleuropodia, according to Roule’, are scarcely developed except on

the sides of the anterior region of the body. Here—-to judge from

Roule’s figure—they form elongated obtuse flattened expansions

of the foot remarkably like those of Colpodaspis, differing only in

their greater size and in their power of retroflexion over the back

of the body.

1 The term plewropodia was suggested by me in 1890 as a substitute for the

undesirable word parapodia as applied to the lateral pedal expansions of Opis-

thobranch mollusks, and has been accepted by Bergh and other writers (Journ.

M. B. A. i. p. 419).

2 Roule, ‘Recherches sur les Tectibranches etc.,” Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat,

Marseille, ii, 1885, Mém. no, 3, p. 22, fig. 15.

666 MR. WALTER GARSTANG ON COLPODASPIS PUSILLA. [Noy. 20,

The foot, upon this interpretation, must accordingly be described

as T-square shaped, with gracefully arched anterior wings and

rounded extremities, and of about the same length as the shell-

bearing portion of the mantle. The median furrow of its plantar

surface is shown in my drawing (fig. 2) to have the same extent as

in Sars’s specimens.

The Head.—The grooved tentacles in my specimen correspond

with Sars’s description, except that no mention is made in the

latter of a low curved ridge which can be seen in my figure 1

crossing the anterior part of the head from side to side and con-

necting the postero-dorsal edges of the two tentacles with one

another. The eyes also are much closer together in the Plymouth

individual than they are represented to be in Sars’s figures; and

the statement of the latter that they are situated “close behind

and within the base of the tentacles” cannot be said to be appli-

cable in the present case. I do not, however, think that any great

importance should be attached to these slight discrepancies.

When Colpodaspis pusilla is creeping upon a flat surface, the

antero-lateral horns of the foot are just perceptibly in advance of

the tentacles (fig. 1); but when the creature is swimming inverted

at the surface of the water the tentacles are then seen to be con-

siderably in front of the horns of the foot (fig. 2).

The Body.—I have no addition to make to Sars’s account of the

body proper, except that in the Plymouth specimen the edges of

the pallial siphon were more closely apposed than seems to have

been the case with Sars’s individuals.

Pallial appendage-—When the animal is creeping upon the

bottom of a vessel, a broad flattened tail-like appendage projects

behind the mantle and seems at first sight to be the posterior

section of the foot. Examination of the animal from the ventral

aspect, however, reveals that this appendage is in reality a pos-

terior prolongation of the hinder margin of the mantle to the

morphological left of the pallial siphon (fig. 2).

Sars adduces no homologue of this peculiar appendage, but it is,

in my opinion, to be directly compared with the posterior pallial

lobes of various genera of Bulloid Tectibranchs. For example, in

Haminea cornea Roule* writes as follows :—‘‘.. @ sa partie pos-

térieure le manteau devient assez charnu et forme alors une expansion

arrondie que de prime abord on serait tenté de considérer comme

Téxtremité du pied. Cette expansion nous parait étre Vanaloque du

lobe palléal postérieur de droite que Von observe chez le Doridium

meckelii, mais qui serait privé de son flagellum.”

Forbes and Hanley * mistook this pallial lobe for a “supra-caudal

(equivalent to opercular) lobe,” but they correctly describe it in

Haminea hydatis as being “large and reflected on the spire.”

In Philine catena also, according to Roule’, the mantle terminates

posteriorly in a convex margin, a little below which are two fleshy

ae ey Be

2 «British Mollusca,’ vol. iii. p. 542, pl. UU. fig. 3,

2 Lc. p. 36.

1894,] MR. WALTER GARSTANG ON COLPODASPIS PUSILLA. 667

- prolongations, *‘ which can be mistaken for the posterior border of

the foot when the animal is contracted.” His figures unfortunately

do not show this point at all well (pl. i. fig. 25), and Forbes and

Hanley’s figure, though clearer, does not seem to represent the

anatomical relations correctly (l.c. pl. UU. fig. 4).

In Philine aperta the plantar surface also consists both of foot

and mantle; but this part of the mantle does not correspond with

the pallial appendage of Colpodaspis, as it contains the viscera

and shell. If it be examined, however, from the ventral aspect, the

pallial siphon is seen on the left hand, as in Colpodaspis (fig. 2),

and, to the right of the siphon, the mantle is seen to be prolonged

into a short free membranous border, which overhangs the siphonal

groove and even extends slightly behind it. The relations of this

slight expansion are such that I think it may be regarded as the

rudimentary, or probably vestigial, representative of the pallial

appendage of Colpodaspis.

Radula.—This organ was not described in Sars’s original paper,

but a figure of it was given (without description) in a later work

by G. O. Sars’. There is a single admedian series of sickle-shaped

denticles on either side, and two series of slender laterals, the

formula thus being 2,1, 0,1, 2. I was unable to lay open the

contracted radula of my specimen, owing to its excessive minute-

ness; but I determined that the number of rows in the radula

was from 25 to 30, and isolated individual denticles and half-rows

by teasing with needles. Some of these are drawn as figure 3 of

my Plate. The admedian denticles of this radula differ from those

figured by Sars in presenting a sharp distinction between their

terminal and proximal parts. The handle of the sickle shows an

angular projection from its inner or concave edge, like the corre-

sponding denticle in Colobocephalus costellatus as figured on the

same plate (fig. 16). The lateral denticles also furnish an additional

point of resemblance between the radulze of these two types in

that their points are slightly bent in a plane at right angles to that

of their general surface, so that, when the denticles are mounted

flat upon a slide, their points are directed upwards towards the

observer.

Shell,—Sars has described the shell so accurately that I have

nothing to add to his description ; but my figures, being on a larger

scale, represent its form and wonderful delicacy rather better.

Summary.—On the whole, I think this Plymouth specimen pre-

sents features which indicate a slight advance on the organization

of those described and figured by Sars. I may mention its greater

size (3°125 mm. as compared with 2°5 mm.), the greater differen-

tiation of the tentacles, pallial siphon, and admedian denticles, and

perhaps some increased extension of the free margin of the shell.

Affinities. —Sars was not quite certain whether Colpodaspis

belonged to the Opisthobranchia at all, and was much impressed by

the fact that the foot is attached to the body by a somewhat

1 «Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Arktiske Fauna. I. Mollusca Regionis

Arctic Norvegizx ’ (Christiania, 1878), plate xii. (Tabule anatomice) fig. 15,

668 MR. WALTER GARSTANG ON COLPODASPIS PUSILLA, [Noy. 20,

narrow stalk—a feature which it shares with most Prosobranchs.

Gwyn Jeffreys even informed him that he was inclined to consider

Colpodaspis as the young of Cyprea europwa—a view which now,

at any rate, can no longer be entertained.

In spite of our ignorance of the anatomy of Colpodaspis we may,

however, as a result of the above observations, be certain that

Colpodaspis is a true Opisthobranch. It resembles various Cepha-

laspidea in the pleuropodial expansions of its foot (cf. Haminea),

in the posterior appendage of the mantle (Haminea, Philine), in its

inflated shell (Haminea, Utriculus), and in its radula (Philine).

On the other hand it resembles the Notaspidea, and differs from

the above types of Cephalaspidea, in the great extent of the mantle

and in the form of the head and tentacles. In the latter point it

again resembles the Anaspidea, for in the young Aplysia, as I have

often observed, there is only one pair of tentacles (the anterior

one) for a considerable period, and these are grooved just as in

Colpodaspis and Pleurobranchus. These various points of resem-

blance are all explicable if we regard Colpodaspis as a very primitive

type of Tectibranchiate mollusk, belonging indeed to the Cephal-

aspidea, but retaining in an unspecialized condition an unusual

number of those primitive characters which the common ancestors

of the Cephalaspidea and Notaspidea alike possessed, It supplies

an indubitable connecting-link between these two great subdivisions

of the Tectibranchia; but it belongs to the group Cephalaspidea,

in spite of the inappropriateness of the name, owing to its acquisi-

tion of pleuropodial expansions and a posterior pallial appendage—

two associated features which are especially characteristic of this

roup.

: The question still remains open whether or not the creature

described by Sars and myself has assumed its adult features.

Fischer! has suggested that Colobocephalus costellatus and Colpo-

daspis pusilla are possibly only young stages of Philine or of

neighbouring genera of Tectibranchs, owing to the radula in these

two types resembling very closely the radula of certain species of

Philine (velutinoides, lima, angulata). This theory, however, is, in

my opinion, altogether untenable in the case of Colobocephalus,

which, beyond the radula, presents no particularly Cephalaspidean,

or even Opisthobranchiate, features. The probability, on the other

hand, that the Philinide have been derived phylogenetically from

a Colpodaspis-like ancestor is sufficiently great to render Fischer’s

view in this case worthy of consideration. The white colour of

the body and the early enclosure of the shell by the mantle

support this view; but the fact that all the specimens so far taken,

which have been captured at such different times of the year as

June, August, and February, have been practically identical in

structure, and have shown no special approach towards the adult

organization of Philine, seems to me to render the view improbable.

The possession of a similar radula by so different a creature as

1 «Manuel de Conchyliologie,’ 1887, p. 564,

1894.] ON-.A CASE OF ONE SNAKE SWALLOWING ANOTHER. 669

Colobocephalus rather minimizes than supports the view which

Fischer has expressed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XEIV.

Fig. 1. Colpodaspis pusilla, from Plymouth. Dorsal view of the animal creep-

ing upon a flat surface; enlarged.

FE. Foot.

M. Mantle enclosing shell.

P. Pallial appendage.

8. Pallial siphon.

2. Ventral view of same, as creeping inverted on the surface-film.

Pl. Pleuropodial expansion.

T. Tentacles.

8. Denticles from the radula of same. Zeiss, Obj. D, Oc. 4, Cam. luc.

a. A balf-row, showing the sickle-shaped admedian and the pair

of lateral denticles. The apices are recurved upwards

towards the observer.

b. Same as a, but from the growing part of the radula. The

denticles are seen to be connected by a chitinous sheet.

e. Two admedian denticles.

d. Lateral denticles.

4, Two views of shell of same, enlarged.

3. On a singular case of one Snake swallowing another

in the Society’s Reptile-House. By A. D. Barrterr,

Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

[Received November 5, 1894.]

Since January last, two fine examples of the Common Boa (Boa

constrictor) have lived together on friendly terms in one of the

large compartments in the Reptile-House. One of these, rather the

larger, was presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich, Oct. 12, 1892,

the other, rather smaller one, was purchased on Jan. 9, 1894.

The Snakes are usually fed at dusk once a week, and on the

evening of October 5th, Tyrrell, the keeper of the Reptile-House,

placed two pigeons in the den of the two Boa Constrictors.

The larger one seized one of the pigeons, and no doubt swallowed

it, after which the keeper closed the house and left. On his

return the next morning he was astonished to find only one Boa

in the compartment instead of two, and from the enormously

increased size of the remaining one, he concluded at once that the

larger Boa had swallowed its companion. That this was so was

evident to all who visited the house. The enormous enlargement

of the creature’s body was most remarkable. It had no longer the

power of curling itself round, as snakes usually do, but remained

extended nearly its full length in a straight line, and appeared to

be at least three times its normal size in circumference. It was

almost painful to see the distended skin, which had separated

the scales all over the middle of the body. After examining the

snake, my expectation was that it would ultimately disgorge its

670 PROF. R. COLLETT ON A NEW AGONOID FIsH. [Nov. 20,

companion. I have, however, been disappointed. Recalling to

mind a former and very similar case, in which the decomposing

body of the snake swallowed caused the death of its destroyer, I

had much doubt about the digestive powers of this animal. But in

the present instance the snake has not only digested its companion,

but has regained its appetite as well as its normal size. On Friday,

Nov. 2nd, the keeper, finding the creature moving about as

if in search of food, placed a pigeon in its den, which was

seized and swallowed immediately.

I have had this voracious serpent measured, and find it to be

11 feet in length. The one which it swallowed was about 9 feet

in length. It will be seen by this that a serpent of 11 feet in

length can not only swallow and digest another serpent only about

two feet shorter, but is ready to feed again twenty-eight days

afterwards.

4, On a new Agonoid Fish (Agonus gilberti) from

Kamtschatka. By R. Cotzert.

[Received October 29, 1894.]

(Plate XLV.)

I propose to call this new Fish

AGONUS GILBERTI, sp. nov. (Plate XLV.)

Disaen.— Body very elongate and compressed, the tail everywhere

higher than broad. Head 33-4 times i total length (caudal in-

cluded) ; height of body 8 times. Snout very long, 3 times longer

than the interorbital space. Barbels on lower side of snout and on

the jaws. Teeth in villiform bands on the jaws ; none on vomer or

palatines. Spines on head and plates on body much as in A. acipen-

serinus, the spines very high and pointed ; plates on breast about 10.

First dorsal begins at the end of 4th scale; 3 scales between the

dorsals. Ventrals received in a longitudinal groove. Greyish brown

with darker spots ; head with shortish bands.

1D.8. 2D.8-9. A.10-11. P.15-17. Lian. lat. 38.

Habitat. Kamtschatka (type specimens in the Christiania

Museum).

Descriprion.—The body is very elongated and compressed,

rather high in front, and tapering to the tail. Its height (from

ventrals to first dorsal scale) equals the length of the snout, and is

contained in the total length about 8 times.

The tail is compressed, long and slender ; its height everywhere

greater than its breadth.

The head.—Its length is contained in full-grown specimens 4

times, in younger ones about 37? times in the total length (caudal

included).

VES etre Sino

dat sowg uzayayy, ORAS Tsp Sse esa Ma

alse

foie tcl Yeel SZ ‘dd

1894.] PROF, B. COLLEIT ON A NEW AGONOID FISH. 671

Thus in four specimens of different sizes the proportions are the

following :—

Total length 183 millim. .... Head-length 3°66 times.

Total length 254 millim. .... a Ta vag

Total length 277 millim. .... es 401 ,,

Total length 290 millim. .... = 4°02 ,,

Snout very long, 3 times longer (or more) than the interorbital

space (between the bases of the supraocular spines).

Posterior part of the head comparatively smooth, the inter-

orbital space rather concave; no quadrangular pit on the occiput

in front of the dorsal scales.

Eye comparatively large ; the horizontal diameter a little larger

than the vertical. It is contained a little more than 2 times in the

length of the snout, and rather more than 4 times in the length of

head.

Cirri on lower side of snout (in front of the premaxillary) and at

the angles of the jaws’. Their length equals that of the eye.

Mouth entirely inferior ; distance from premaxillaries to tip of

rostral spines about equal to the length of the eye.

Teeth in the jaws; vomerine or palatine teeth none.

Armature of the head—Much like that of A. acipenserinus.

The rostral spines 4, two projecting horizontally forwards, two

(behind the first) curved backwards. A third pair on the snout

(much nearer the eye than the rostral spines).

Orbital ridge with a single spine (supraocular, no preocular) ;

the lower ridge finely serrated.

Occipital ridges, operculum, and preoperculum as in A. acipen-

serinus, but the spines more pointed and longer.

Suborbital with a double ridge at its lower margin, the upper

ridge with two distinct spines behind, and a third (sometimes

indistinct) at equal distance from the eye and the tip of the snout.

Head with about 18 distinct spines altogether.

Armature of body.—Plates on the back and sides of the same

number as in A. acipenserinus, but the spines are longer and curved

more backwards, and strong everywhere from head to caudal.

Between the two dorsal keels and between the two lateral keels

there are no traces of another keel (as in A. valsus).

Breast with about 10 polygonal plates, 4 of which form a series

on each side and 2 a median series ; bases of pectorals and ventrals

also surrounded with plates. All the plates have a short spine in

their centre.

Dorsal plates numbering :—

Plates.

From occiput to first dorsal ...... (Pair) 4

First dorsal extending over........ 3 8

Between the dorsals.............. en 3

Second dorsal extending over..... . s 9+1

From second dorsal to caudal...... (Single) 15

1 All the specimens are in a bad state of preservation and most of the barbels

are lost.

672 PROF, R. COLLETT ON A NEW AGONOID FISH. [ Nov. 20,

The dorsal keel (coalescing with the keel on the other side at the

15th plate in front of the caudal fin) is consequently composed of

38 to 39 plates ; the lower lateral keel, extending from lower base

of the caudal to base of the 10th pectoral ray, contains 35 plates.

Abdominal plates numbering :—

Plates.

From ventrals to anal ............ (Pain), 1

The anal extending over .......... “a 10

From anal to caudal ..05. sss 7- 55 (Single) 17

The abdominal keel (coalescing at the 17th plate in front of the

caudal) is formed by a series of 38 plates.

Lateral line distinct ; 38 pores.

Fins.—In the 10 specimens, at present preserved in the museum

at Christiania, the fin-rays are the following :—

1iD.s8 2Di 8 A, 10) PeljAlF

8 9 10 t, 16

8 9 10 16-16

8 8 10 15-16

8 8 10 17-17

8 8 10 16-17

8 (+1) 8 it 16-17

8 8 10 15-16

‘ 8 9 10 17-17

First dorsal begins behind the fourth dorsal plate and has 8 rays

(one specimen has an additional slender ray in the space between

the two dorsals).’ Its height equals its distance from the head.

It extends over 8 scales; the first two rays in the space between

the fourth and fifth plate.

The dorsal fins are separated by 3, sometimes by 4 plates.

Second dorsal has 8, sometimes 9, rays, and extends over 8

plates ; behind the last ray is one pair of plates, before the unpaired

series. begins.

Anal has commonly 10 rays (in one specimen 11); its height

equals that of the 2nd dorsal, and is rather less than that of the

1st dorsal. It commences between the 11th and 12th pairs of

scales in the abdominal series.

Ventrals short in the female, shorter than the vertical diameter

of the eye; longer in the male, equalling the length of the snout.

Each has one short spine and three articulated rays, two of which

are divided to their base. They are received in a longitudinal

common groove (‘* Podothecus.””).

Pectoral has 16-17, rarely 15 rays, some of which are sometimes

branched in their upper half, but not always. The first ray is

short, about equal to half the second ray; the lowermost rays a

little thicker than the rest. Its form is a little emarginate, the

5th lower ray being a trifle longer than the 6th and 7th. The tip

extends to a distance from the anal of 2 or 3 plates.

1894. ] PROF. R. COLLETT ON A NEW AGONOILD FISH. 673

Cotour.—Greyish brown, with dark spots and shortish bands ;

belly whitish.

On the upper part of head the spots form longitudinal bands—

one of these (single) running down in the median line of front,

between the eyes. A second (and more distinct) band extends on

each side of the snout from the tip to the anterior margin of the

eye, hence running under the orbital rim; in some specimens it

is continued as a narrow ring round the eye, but commonly this is

broken and indistinct.

On the opercles and sides of the snout the spots are roundish

and well marked.

_ On the body also the spots are roundish, rarely oblong, their

size equalling that of the pupil. They are darkest and most

pert on the back, being sometimes almost obliterated on the

sides.

The colour of the fins is rather indistinct in the badly-preserved

specimens before me. The pectorals have a dark oblong spot at

their bases (from about 6th to 11th ray); the dorsals have two

dark bars, separated by whitish, and with the tip in 1st dorsal also

blackish (in 2nd whitish). The caudal has a dark cross-bar a

little behind the base, and a dark margin. The anal is apparently

whitish to the margin in the female; in the single male specimen

at least the outer half is blackishe

Measurements (in millimetres).

Nos. 1 to 9 are females, No. 10 is a male.

(C. incl.) of head, | of body.} anus. | dorsal. | of eye. jof snout.

th 183 50 22 48 61 9 26

2 254 68 35 66 84 15 34

3 258 64 él 64 80 14 31

4 263 63 ol 60 81 14 32

5 263 65 30 61 80 14 ol

6 270 68 33 64 84 15 ot

7 274 68 3l 69 86 15 34

8 277 69 35 70 86 16 34

9 290 72 32 72 89 16 38

10 258 63 30 65 80 14 3l

Ova.—Several of the females were filled with ripe ova; their

number in the two ovaries together about 3000. ‘The roe had a

diameter of 1:2 millim. ;

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1894, No. XLV. 45

Sie ee

674 PROF. R. COLLELT ON A NEW AGONOID FIsH. _[Noy. 20,

Locatiry.—Kamtschatka. In 1879 the museum of Christiania

received from Consul Henry Lund in San Francisco a small

collection of fishes and marine invertebrates, collected by a

Norwegian sailor at Kamtschatka. Amongst the first were 12

specimens of this species, some of which were rather defective and

in a bad state of preservation. All except one were full-grown

specimens. The exact locality was not given.

Remarxs.—A. gilberti is allied to A. (Podothecus) acipenserinus,

Tiles. 1810, but differs from that species in several characters,

viz. :-—

The more elongated body. In A. gilberti the end of the 2nd

dorsal is midway between the caudal and the middle of 1st dorsal ;

in A. acipenserinus between the caudal and the beginning of the

1st dorsal.

The more compressed body. From head to caudal everywhere

higher than broad ; in A. acipenserinus much broader than high.

The longer snout. The interorbital space is contained 3 times

in the length of the snout; in A. acipenserinus a little more than

twice.

Dorsals more separated ; interdorsal space with 3 or 4 plates,

in A. acipenserinus only 1 plate (sometimes 2), or the fins almost

contiguous.

Ventral groove present in A. gilberti, absent in A. acipenserinus.

Colour with distinct stripes on head and spots on body; in A.

acipenserinus cross-bars on the body, the head being almost

unspotted.

The other species of the same subgenus, A. (Podothecus) valsus,

Jord. and Gilb. 1880, has the body everywhere broader than high.

The spines of the head are more numerous (more than 70 spines

and tubercles on the head); there is a deep quadrangular pit on

the occiput; no barbels on lower side of snout; the 1st dorsal

commences behind the seventh dorsal plate, and the fin-formula is

different.

The genus Podothecus was established by Gill in 1861* for a

species called P. peristethus, which is commonly believed to have

been based on a badly-preserved specimen of A. acipenserinus.

But it must be borne in mind that one of the characters of the said

genus (the very one from which the name is derived), ** ventral fins

received in a long lanceolate groove,” is not shown by A. acipen-

serinus.

As other essential characters of the genus are mentioned “the

longer spinous dorsal and the greater number of plates on the

breast.”* None of these characters, however, are of sufficient

importance to justify the establishment of a new genus.

As another character for Podothecus, Jordan and Gilbert state *

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 258.

? Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. iii. 1880, p. 332.

> “Synopsis of the Fishes of North America” (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. 16,

p. 714, Wash. 1882).

1894, ] ON THE ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA. 675

“that the gill-membranes are united to the isthmus, not forming

a fold across it.” But this character is not always constant. The

museum of Christiania has three specimens of A. acipenserinus,

received through the kindness of Dr. Gilbert from the Stanford

University, Cal. In two of these the gill-membranes form a

short but distinct fold across the isthmus; in the third it is hardly

perceptible. In A, gilberti some of the specimens show a trace of

a similar fold, whilst in others the isthmus is smooth.

A. decagonus, Bl. Schn. 1801, forms another transitional stage

between the last group and the other, in which the gill-membranes

form a distinct fold across the isthmus (as in A. cataphractus). In

the first species the fold is always present, but very short.

Consequently Podothecus can hardly rank as a genus, but forms

in the typical genus Agonus a group of species which, by the

structure of the snout and the dentition, may be separated from all

Agonide,

Christiania, Oct. 1894.

5. On the Anatomy of Atherura africana compared with

that of other Porcupines. By F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S.,

F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at

St. Thomas’s Hospital.

[Received October 12, 1894.]

The specimen of Atherura africana from which the accompanying

notes were made was kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. F. E.

Beddard, Prosector to the Society. I was induced to make a

rather more exhaustive examination of certain parts of it than I

otherwise might have done because I hope that some day I may have

the chance of dissecting its Eastern relative, Atherwra macrura, and

of comparing the anatomy of the two. Professor Mivart’s account

of the anatomy of Hrethizon dorsatum was of great value in com-

paring Atherura with the Tree-Porcupines; but I was unable to

find a complete account of a dissection of a Ground-Porcupine,

and am indebted to Professor Stewart for the gift of a spirit-

specimen of a young Hystrix cristata, which I dissected pari passu.

I am also indebted to Professor Howes and to Mr. Oldfield

Thomas for their kindness in allowing me the use of their osteo-

logical collections.

OsTEOLOGY.

The skull of Atherura has already been described by Gray* and by

Giinther *. The former gives the chief characteristics of it and

1 P, Z. 8. 1847, p. 104.

2 P. Z, 8. 1876, p. 743. ve

676 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 20;

describes the teeth; the latter figures the base of the skull in

A, africana and A. macrura, and mentions several points by which

they can be distinguished. The teeth of the animal I examined

agree with Gray’s description, except that I was unable to make

out any folds on their hinder edge. The premolars were in the

process of being replaced by the permanent teeth, and this process

was much further advanced in the upper than in the lower jaw.

As I believe that the date of the shedding of the milk-premolars

is unknown, it may be worth recording that the following epiphysial

lines could be distinctly made out :—Upper end of humerus, lower

end of femur, tip of olecranon, lower end of radius, upper and

lower ends of tibia, lower end of fibula, hinder margin of ramus

of ischium. The epiphysis for the crest of the ilium had practically

disappeared.

i |

ye}

=~]

: Ayia

Base of Skull, showing the temporary premolar tooth being replaced by the

permanent one.

a. Permanent premolar.

b. Temporary premolar.

In addition tothe points noticed by Gray and Giinther, which it

is unnecessary to recapitulate here, there are one or two others

which seem of value in distinguishing the skull. In the first

place, in A. africana the frontal bone projects forward as a

triangular spine for some little distance between the nasal bones.

This characteristic was noticed in six out of seven skulls of

A. africana, while in only one out of four specimens of A. macrura

was it present. All the other Porcupines which I have examined

have a straight suture between the nasals and the frontal.

1894.] _ ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA. 677

In A. africana the suture between the malar bone and the

maxilla is much further forward than in A. macrura, its distance

from the nearest point of the great infraorbital foramen being

from 4 to j in., while in A. macrura it is considerably over 3 in.

Another point worthy of notice is that in 4 out of 6 skulls of

A. africana an os antiepilepticum or Wormian bone at the junction

of the coronal and sagittal sutures was present. In four skulls

of A. macrura it was not seen once’.

The cervical vertebre are remarkable for the large and recurved

spine of the atlas. The sixth shows a large ventral tubercle on

the transverse process corresponding to the carotid tubercle of

human anatomy. In the seventh this tubercle is suppressed.

The thoracic vertebre are 14 in number, the anticlinal being the

13th. The transverse processes gradually broaden and tend to

bifurcate until at the 8th there is a fairly distinct metapophysis

projecting from the anterior part and an anapophysis from the

posterior.

The lumbar vertebre (fig. 2, p. 678) are 5. The anapophyses are

well marked until the last one, where they disappear”. Ventral to

the dise between the first and second vertebre are two ossitic nodules

about the size of pins’ heads, which apparently are serially homo-

logous with the chevron-bones in the caudal region, and probably

correspond to the intercentral in the Mole, although 1 believe

that these structures have not yet been described in Rodents. In

another specimen which I examined I found these nodules between

the 2nd and 3rd, 3rd and 4th, and 5th and 1st sacral’.

The sacral vertebrae are sometimes three, sometimes four. All

the costal processes are completely fused into a horizontal plate,

while the spines are only slightly fused. In the structure of the

sacrum Atherura agrees with Hystriv and differs considerably from

the Tree-Porcupines.

There are 24 caudal vertebree, the first four of which have

projections from the ventral surfaces of the costal processes.

Between the last sacral and first caudal vertebre chevron-bones

are seen as small nodules. Between the first and second caudals

there is a small hemal arch ending ventrally in a point; beyond

this the hzemal spines broaden out anteriorly but are compressed

laterally ; there are altogether 16 of them.

The sternum consists in one case of five and in another of six

sternebre. In front of the anterior one there is a leaf-shaped

cartilage. The anterior sternebra or manubrium is remarkable in

the animal I dissected in that the first and second costal cartilages

1 W. Gruber in ‘Mémoires de l’Académie de St. Pétersbourg,’ xix. no. 9,

describes the presence of this bone in several Rodents, but not in Porcupines.

2 In another specimen they were absent in the last two.

3 The occurrence of these paired intercentra is interesting when compared

with a paper by Boulenger, P. Z, 8. 1891, pp. 114 & 170. In it he points out

that, in Lizards, the intercentra or hypapophyses may be either paired ‘or

median. ;

678 - MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 20,

are attached to it, close together, about its middle’. In all other

Porcupines the second rib is attached to the junction of the first

and second sternebre, as it is in most other mammals.

Fig. 2.

we woe

Lumbar Vertebrx, showing the position of the intercentra.

aad, Intercentra.

The xiphisternum is long and narrow and tipped with a cres-

centic piece of cartilage.

There are fourteen ribs, of which eight are vertebro-sternal, two

vertebro-costal, and four vertebral.

The clavicle is thin and curved and is cartilaginous at each end.

Internally a rod of cartilage half an inch long connects it with the

sternum, while externally there is aleaf-shaped cartilage which

overlaps the coracoid process. The clavicle is firmly attached to

the coracoid by the coraco-clavicular ligaments, but there is

practically no connection between it and the acromion.

1 In another specimen at the British Museum, the second cartilage was in its

normal position,

1894.] - ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA. 679

The scapula is remarkable for the straightness of the axillary

border, which always shows more or less of a curve in the other

Porcupines. The metacromial process is flat and triangular and

fairly broad at its base; it is situated at the extreme end of the

spine, and the acromion is aborted beyond it. This arrangement

is the same in Hystria and Hrethizon, but differs from Sphingurus,

where the metacromion is some distance from the tip of the

acromion.

The humerus closely resembles that of Hystrix ; it differs from

that of the Tree-Porcupines in the patency of the supratrochlear

foramen.

The radius is more arched than in Hystriv, but less so than in

the Tree-Porcupines. The grooves for the radial extensors of the

wrist and the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis are well marked.

In the ulna the lower epiphysis is united to the shaft; it ends in

a well-marked styloid process which fits like a pivot into the

cuneiform bone. In adult specimens of Hrethizon and Sphingurus

the lower epiphysis of the ulna was separate.

The first row of carpal bones consists of a scapho-lunar, cunei-

form, and a large pisiform. The radial sesamoid lies across the

palm and articulates with the scapho-lunar. The bones of the

second row are normal except that, owing to the smallness of the

unciform, the 5th metacarpal articulates largely with the cuneiform.

The phalanges of the thumb are distinct as they are in Hystriv.

In Erethizon and Sphingurus they are fused together.

The os innominatum resembles that of Hystrivin the prominence

of the anterior and posterior ventral spines (corresponding to the

anterior superior and anterior inferior spines of human anatomy),

in the length of the symphysis pubis, and in the pyriform

shape of the obturator foramen. The iliac surface is narrow

and looks downward. In the Tree-Porcupines the iliac surface

is broader, the spines less marked, the symphysis shorter, and the

obturator foramen more rounded.

The femur of Atherwra agrees with that of Hystrix and differs

from that of the Tree-Porcupines in that the trochanters project

more and the digital fossa is deeper. A third (gluteal) trochanter

is only present in Hrethizon.

There are two fabelle in Atherura.

The tibia, as in all Porcupines, shows a prominent cnemial

crest about the middle of the shin.

The fibula is broad and flat above but soon becomes prismatic

below ; it articulates at both ends with the tibia and below with the

astragalus.

The tarsus shows a calcaneum singularly flattened from above

downward, forming a very deep groove for the flexor longus

hallucis.

The navicular, as in all Porcupines, consists of two portions

lying side by side; articulating with the inner one there is a large

triangular bone, presumably the prehallux, which is folded under

680 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 20,

the sole, lying beneath the head of the astragalus instead of pro-

jecting from the inner side of the foot as in the Tree-Porcupines.

There are three cuneiforms and a cuboid.

The two phalanges of the hallux are. distinct, as they are in

Hystriv and Erethizon; in Sphingurus they are fused together.

Tur MvuscuLar System.

The muscles of Atherura were found to resemble very closely

those of Hystrix, described in the “‘Myology of the Sciuromorphine

and Hystricomorphine Rodents.”* In that paper I stated that I

had only noticed two definite muscular characteristics of the

Hystricide as a family :—

1. The latissimus dorsi at its insertion wraps round the lower

border of the teres major.

2. The scalenus anticus is absent.

Both of these points are noticeable in Atherura.

The points of difference suggested between the Tree- and the

Ground-Porcupines were much more numerous, and I have care-

fully tested them on Atherura :-—

1. The digastric agrees with Hystriv in only having a slight

constriction between the two bellies, in this constriction a thin

layer of tendinous fibres is found on the surface. It differs from

Sphingurus in not having a strong tendinous slip from the posterior

belly to the hyoid bone.

2. The omo-hyoid is absent, agreeing with Hystriv, in which it

is either absent or rudimentary, and differing from the Tree-

Porcupines, in which it is a large muscle.

3. The levator clavicule rises from the basioccipital bone as in

Hystrix. In the Tree-Porcupines it comes from the atlas.

4, The sterno-scapularis rises from the first part of the bony

sternum, not the leaf-shaped cartilage. A few fibres go to the outer

part of the bony clavicle, the rest are continued as the claviculo-

scapularis, which runs to the spine of the scapula but only covers

the outer part of the supraspinatus. This arrangement corresponds

with that found in Hystriv, in which the two parts of the sterno-

scapularis are continuous, in Sphingurus they are practically

separate.

5. The biceps cubiti has only the long head as in Hystrivx. In

the Tree-Porcupines both heads are present.

6. The coraco-brachialis is inserted from just below the insertion

of the latissimus dorsi to just above the internal condyle by one

continuous attachment. The musculo-cutaneous nerve passes

through the muscle, 7. e.a few fibres which are inserted lowest

pass superficial to it. If we regard the musculo-cutaneous nerve

as the separation between the second and third heads of the

coraco-brachialis, both these heads are present in Atherura, and

1 P. Z, 8, 1894, p. 251,

1894.] ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA. 681

in this respect it differs from Hystria and agrees with the Tree-

Porcupines.

7. The brachialis anticus consists of two parts as in Hystria,

but these two parts are closely blended. In Sphingurus only the

external or long head is present.

8. The extensor secundi internodii pollicis is absent in Atherura

as it is in the Tree-Porcupines. It was found in Hystriv.

9. The pyriformis is present, as in the Tree-Porcupines. It is

absent in Hystrix. [am not inclined to place any great reliance on

the presence or absence of this muscle, as it seems occasionally to

miss its attachments to the sacrum and to rise from the upper

margin of the great sciatic notch ; in these cases it becomes so closely

connected with the gluteals as to be almost indistinguishable.

10. The biceps femoris consists of two parts, as in the Tree-

Porcupines.

11. The peroneus quarti digiti is present as in Hystriv, In the

Tree-Porcupines it is wanting.

It will thus be seen that in most of these points Atherura agrees

in its musculature with Hystrix, although in a few it approaches

that of the Tree-Porcupines.

Further observation is, however, necessary in order to eliminate

individual variation, and to determine which muscles are really

valuable for classificatory purposes.

The rest of the muscles were examined, but were found to

correspond so closely with those of Hystria# that it would be

almost a recapitulation of that animal to describe them in detail.

Tue DIcEstTrve SYSTEM.

The tongue is long and narrow, and is marked by a median

furrow which is most distinct in the anterior part. ‘The anterior

third of the dorsum is covered by transverse rows of horny scales,

the free edges of which are directed backwards and are serrated,

but not so deeply as in Hystriv. There are usually three scales in

each row. The posterior two-thirds of the dorsum of the tongue

is covered with fine, backwardly directed, filiform papille, which

give the organ a velvety appearance. The fungiform papille occur

on each side of the median furrow, but are most numerous in the

anterior and posterior thirds of the organ. There are two circum-

vallate papillae. The papillee foliatez consist of about ten parallel

vertical slits, their posterior margin extending as far back as the

level of the circumvallate papillee.

On the under surface of the tongue the fungiform papille are

seen to extend over the tip and, with some of the filiform, to cover

about a quarter of an inch of the lower surface. The rest of this

surface is quite smooth.

On comparing the tongue of Atherura with that of Hystrix

682 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 20,

cristata and H, javanica, it will be noticed that the general resem-

blance is very great. The chief points of difference are :—

1. That the scales are more deeply serrated in Hystrix.

2. That the fungiform papille are more numerous.

3. That the foliate papille have more ridges and grooves. In

the specimen of H. javanica examined there were sixteen parallel

grooves, while in that of H. cristata there were twenty. I do not

know whether the number of ridges and grooves in the foliate

papille is constant in different individuals of the same species.

The tongue of EHrethizon dorsatum described by Mivart* differs

a good deal from that of Atherura. There is no median groove

except at the hinder margin, while the serrated scales so remark-

able in Atherura and Hystrix are not noticeable.

Buccal cavity. On each side of the mouth there is a smal] cheek-

pouch lined with hair, and opening between the incisor and

premolar teeth.

The pharynz is a continuation of the cesophageal tube up to the

posterior nares. There is a small round opening into the mouth

in its anterior wall, just above the laryngeal aperture. There is

no uvula.

The «esophagus is narrow above and is remarkable for the

thickness of its mucous membrane.

The stomach is simple and resembles that of Man in its shape ; it

differs from Hystriv cristata and javanica in the absence of the

sacculus, and from that of Hrethizon in not being bent on itself and

in its less elongated form.

The pylorus has a very thick muscular ring with a calibre only

large enough to admit a small quill. Immediately to the outer

side of this is the opening of the large bile-duct.

The pancreas is a solid tongue-like gland situated behind the

stomach ; as the viscera were somewhat decomposed before they

came under observation, I failed entirely to find the pancreatic

duct or its place of opening.

The spleen resembles that of Hystriv in being a tongue-like

gland, without any notches, situated close to the great cul-de-sac

of the stomach. Its total length is 31 inches. In Lrethizon this

organ is oval.

The duodenum forms a large open loop, its calibre at first is

very great, but it narrows rapidly.

The great omentum is about 1 inch long, it reaches a little

beyond the umbilicus, but not as far as the bladder.

The small intestine is 15 ft. 4 in. long, including the duodenum.

The cecum is very much shorter than in LErethizon, being only

72 inches instead of 28. The ileo-czcal valve is an oval opening

1 inch long, the lips of the valve are slightly patulous. There is

no sacculus rotundus and no constriction as in Erethizon at the

place where the cecum joins the colon. The mucous membrane

1 P.Z,8, 1882, p. 271.

1894. | ANATOMY OF ATHHRURA AFRICANA. 683

is puckered, but there is no appearance of a spiral valve. The

three longitudinal muscular bands are well marked on the outside,

but disappear in the colon; one of them marks the attachment of a

mesentery which is continuous with the mesocolon and which

maintains the horseshoe curve of the cecum. Sacculations

between the bands are well marked.

The large intestine measures 34 inches from the ileo-cecal

valve to the anus; its muscular coat is quite smooth, as is also its

mucous coat. Several round or oval agminated glands are seen in

the mucous membrane.

Fig. 3.

Posterior surface of the Liver.

L.L. Left lateral lobe. C. Caudate lobe.

L.C. Teft central lobes. Sp. Spigelian lobe.

P.C. Right central lobe. P.V. Portal vein.

F.L. Right lateral lobe. B.D. Bile-duct.

The liver (fig. 3) agrees in its lobulation very closely with that of

Hystrix cristata and javanica, As in these animals, the right

central lobe is larger than the right lateral, while the left central

has a small portion near the middle line of the liver cut off, so that

684 . MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Nov. 20,

in the Ground-Porcupines there are practically two left central

lobes, a large one externally and a small one internally. I found

no gall-bladder in Atherwra or in the specimen of Hystriw cristata

with which I compared it, but the liver of H. javanica in the

Museum of the College of Surgeons shows a very large and

somewhat sacculated one. In Lrethizon' the left central lobe is

undivided, and the right lateral is as big as, if not bigger than, the

right central. In this specimen also there was no gall-bladder ’*.

The kidneys are smooth on the surface, and on section show

several papille ; the right one is, as usual, in advance of the left.

CIRCULATORY AND RESPIRATORY SYSTEMS.

The suprarenals are closely adherent to their respective kidneys,

On section they show a yellow cortex and a red medulla.

The thymus is large.

Fig. 4.

The Lungs from the front.

al, Azygos lobe. p.v. Pulmonary vein.

-p.a. Pulmonary artery. b. Bronchus. .

The laryna is remarkable for the great size of the cricoid as

compared with the thyroid cartilage. The epiglottis is broad and

notched ; on its laryngeal surface is a vertical ridge corresponding

1 P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 276.

? Neither is there any in Sphingurus,

1894.] ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA, 685

to the cushion of the human larynx. The arytenoids project

backward a good deal and are concave towards one another; they

are attached to the side of the ring of the cricoid, facing one

another, instead of at the back as in Man. The true vocal cords

are therefore short, but they are well marked. There are no

sacculi laryngis or false vocal cords’.

The lungs (fig. 4) are perhaps the most remarkable part of the

anatomy of this animal; they are divided into a great number of

distinct lobules, which are kept in position by connective tissue.

Of these lobules the left lung contains 34, while the right has

over 40. Five lobes can be indistinctly made out in the right

lung by their more patent furrows, including the azygos lobe,

which itself has five lobules’. There is no eparterial bronchus on

either side.

The heart is rounded at the apex. There is no definite

moderator band. The musculi papillares are very long and the

chorde tendinez short.

The aorta has one trunk coming off from the summit of the

arch, which immediately gives off the left subclavian and soon

after the left carotid. Asa rule the left subclavian is a separate

branch in Poreupines.

There are two anterior vene cavee and only one azygos vein.

REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM.

The Repropucrive Sysrem of the male resembles that of Hystria.

Only the globus minor of the epididymis lies in the inguinal

pouch, to the bottom of which it is connected by the guber-

naculum.

The vesicule seminales are double on each side, the upper

pair being very large and the lower quite small. The prostate is

large, and the posterior part is more glandular than the anterior.

When the prostatic urethra is opened, a very prominent verumon-

tanum is seen with a small utricle in the anterior part of it, about

xin. deep. On each side of this are two large crescentic openings,

the outer pair leading to the small (lower) vesicule: seminales, the

inner being the opening of the ejaculatory ducts formed by the

large vesicles and the vasa deferentia. About 3 inch in front of

the prostate is the thin-walled vascular bulb, on each side of which

1 Owen says, ‘Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ p. 585:—‘“In the Porcupines both

the vocal cords and ventricles are wanting; they are mute save at the rut, when

the male emits a low grunt.”

? The lobulation of the lungs of Hystrix cristata is figured by Aeby, ‘Der

Bronchialbaum der Saugethiere,’ pl. vi. fig. 12; and I found a similar arrange-

ment in a specimen of the same animal. Iam doubtful, however, whether it is

a constant condition, because Owen, ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ p. 577, says :—

“In the Porcupine the right lung has four lobes besides the azygous lobe.”

Mivart describes the upper lobe of the left lung of Hrethizon as being divided

by two deep notches,

686 ME. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Noy. 20,

lie Cowper's glands. The penis is 4 inches long, and has embedded

in the dorsum of the glans a triangular os penis, into the base of

which the tendons of the levatores penis are inserted.

Tue Nervous Sysrem.

The Bratn of Atherura (figs. 5, 6), when viewed from above, differs

very much in its general appearance from the brains of other Por-

cupines. Beddard says’ that “the Hystricide form a perfectly

natural family. Their brain is characterized by its peculiar shape,

rounded in front, and by the fact that the convolutions for the

most part are transverse and not longitudinal in direction.” This

description, although it is true for every other Porcupine I have

seen, unfortunately would not give a good idea of the brain of

Atherura, for in this animal the frontal part of the cerebral

hemispheres is quite narrow and the transverse width increases

to nearly the posterior end. At the posterior end of the central

longitudinal fissure the hemispheres form a deep notch, in which

the corpora quadrigemina would be exposed were it not for the

great development of the anterior part of the central lobe of the

cerebellum. Two fissures are marked, but not deeply; they are

the posterior part of the longitudinal and the Sylvian. The Sylvian

fissure does not reach the rhinal fissure below.

The convolutions and fissures of the brain of Aiherura are less

well marked than those of Hystrix, but better than those of

Erethizon or, apparently, Sphingurus. On the base of the brain

the chief points of interest are, the large size of the tuber cinereum,

from which the pituitary body depends, and the great development

of the external arcuate fibres, which run just behind the pons to

join the anterior pyramids at right angles. The same points are

present in Hystriw and, according to Mivart’s figures*, in Hre-

thizon.

In a sagittal section of the brain, the chief point that attracts

attention is the peculiar funnel-shape of the aqueduct of Sylvius;

this is of very small calibre where it leaves the third ventricle, but

rapidly dilates so that the posterior end of the lamina quadrigemina

which forms its roof, and on which the corpora quadrigemina are

situated, is tilted up.

Tue Sprnat NERVES.

Owing to injuries inflicted on the head in removing the brain

and tongue before the animal came into my possession, I was

unable to make a complete dissection of the cranial nerves. I have

therefore contented myself with a description of the nerves

supplying the extremities.

1894.] ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA. 687

The brachial plexus (fig. 7, p. 688) is remarkable for its com-

plexity ; in other words, the different nerves of which it is composed

are not bound together into cords as in Man and the higher

mammals, but each one can be traced into the different nerve-

roots from which it is derived.

The plexus is formed by the 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th cervical, and

the greater part of the 1st dorsal nerve.

Fig. 5.

The Brain.

a. From above. | b, From below.

The Brain from the side.

The following are its branches :—

The suprascapular nerve rises from the fifth and sixth cervical

and supplies the supra- and infraspinatus.

The phrenic comes entirely from the 5th C. and runs to the

diaphragm. The nerve to the subscapularis comes from the 5th C.

688 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 20,”

round the neck of the humerus in the usual way, supplying the

teres minor and deltoid muscles.

Fig. 7.

e€

Brachial Plexus.

a. Suprascapular. ° g. Ulnar.

b, Nerve to subscapularis. h. Internal cutaneous,

e. Circumflex. z. Internal anterior thoracic.

d. Musculo-cutaneous. k. Nerve to Latissimus dorsi. (The

e. Musculo-spiral. origin of this is only approxi-

Sf. Median. mate.)

The external cutaneous is bound up for some little distance with

the median, its fibres being derived from the 6th and 7th C. It

supplies and pierces the coraco-brachialis and then divides into

two branches, the larger of which supplies the biceps, while the

smaller runs down to the front of the elbow, where it communi-

cates with the median and sends a small branch to the short head

of the brachialis anticus ; after this it crosses deep to the biceps

and supplies part of the outer side of the forearm.

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA, 689

The median nerve rises from the 6th, 7th, and 8th C. and 1st D.

In the lower third of the arm it gives off a large branch to supply

the outer side of the forearm as far as the dorsum of the hand.

Just below this twigs are given off to the brachialis anticus, after

which the nerve enters the forearm and supplies all the flexor

muscles except the flexor carpi ulnaris, but there is no definite

anterior interosseous nerve. In the hand the median supplies the

thumb-muscles and the skin of the palmar surface of all the

fingers.

The musculo-spiral derives fibres from all the roots forming the

brachial plexus; it winds round the back of the humerus,

supplying the triceps, dorso-epitrochlearis, and skin of the upper

arm, but I was unable to find any branch going into the brachialis

anticus. Just above the elbow it divides into radial and posterior

interosseous; the former runs through the substance of the

extensor carpi radialis longior, supplying it and the brevior, after

which it is continued down to the back of the hand to supply the

skin of the dorsum of the radial three and a half fingers. The

posterior interosseous passes deep to the supinator brevis and

breaks up into a brush of nerves for the extensor muscles.

The ulnar nerve rises from the 8th C. and 1st D. and runs

down behind the internal condyle, supplying the epitrochleo-

anconeus, flexor carpi ulnaris, and palmaris brevis, but not the

flexor profundus digitorum. In the hand it supplies all the deep

muscles of the palm but no skin. Before it reaches the wrist a

dorsal cutaneous branch is given off, which supplies the skin of

the back of the ulnar one and a half fingers.

The internal cutaneous nerves come from the 1st D. and supply

the skin of the inner side of the arm and forearm.

The anterior thoracic nerve rises from the 8th C. and Ist D.,

and is one of the largest nerves in the plexus; it supplies the

pectoral muscles and the ventro-lateral part of the panniculus.

The posterior thoracic nerve comes from the 7th C. and runs

back behind the plexus to supply the serratus magnus.

I am not certain of the origins of the nerves to the teres major

and latissimus dorsi. The former does not supply any of the sub-

scapularis.

The lumbar plexus is formed by the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th lumbar

nerves. ‘The first lumbar is quite separate and runs round the

body-walls after the manner of the intercostal nerves; it divides

into two branches, which probably correspond to the ilio-hypo-

gastric and ilio-inguinal nerves of human anatomy.

The genito-crural nerve rises from the 2nd L. and appears on

the surface of the psoas magnus, after which it crosses the tendon

of the psoas parvus from within outwards; it then runs back to

supply the skin over the region of the groin. I failed to notice

any branches going to the muscular wall of the inguinal pouch.

The external cutaneous nerve comes from the 2nd and 3rd L.

and appears on the surface of the psoas magnus external to the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XLVI. 46

690 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [Nov. 20.

Fig. 8.

-_—~

LAST | t

THORACIC

) 4 a

ie | (

Lumbo-sacral Plexus.

a. Last rib. Jf. Anterior crural.

6. Last thoracic nerve. g. Obturator.

ce. Ilio-bypogastric and h. Superior gluteal.

ilio-inguinal. i. Nerve to hamstrings.

d, External cutaneous. hk. Great sciatic.

e. Genito-crural, Z. Pudie.

1894.] ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRICANA. 691

tendon of the psoas parvus ; it supplies the skin of the outer side

of the thigh.

The anterior crural nerve rises from the 3rd and 4th L. and

emerges from the front of the psoas beneath Poupart’s ligament ;

it then gives off a large cutaneous branch, which soon divides into

anterior and posterior branches to supply the inner side of the leg ;

the anterior branch supplies the skin of the front of the inner side

of the thigh and leg as far as the dorsum of the foot. In company

with this cutaneous branch, from the superficial surface of the

anterior crural, a branch is given off to the pectineus, which enters

it on its deep surface. The rest of the anterior crural supplies

the quadriceps, but does not supply the sartorius.

There is no long saphenous nerve apart from the cutaneous

branch already described.

The obturator nerve rises from the 3rd and 4th L. and emerges

from the inner side of the psoas; it pierces the obturator

membrane supplying the obturator externus, after which it divides

into branches for the pectineus, adductors, and graciles.

There is no accessory obturator. The sacral plexus is formed

by the 5th L. and the 1st and 2nd 8., joined by a branch from the

obturator. From the cord formed by the last L. and the branch

of the obturator, a nerve is given off to supply the sartorius,

tensor vagine femoris, and gluteus maximus, while close by twigs

are given off to the other gluteals and short external rotator

muscles.

The nerve to the hamstrings is nearly as large as the great

sciatic ; it is derived from the 5th L. and 1st 8.

The great sciatic comes from the whole of the plexus, but the

twig from the 2nd S. is very small. It runs down the back of the

thigh as in Man, and gives off a cutaneous branch corresponding

to the small sciatic. It divides into external and internal popliteal

in the lower third of the thigh. The external popliteal gives off

a branch corresponding to the communicans fibularis of human

anatomy, which pierces the biceps to supply the skin of the back

and outer side of the leg; after this it divides into musculo-

cutaneous, anterior tibial, the nerves to the peronei and nerves to

the extensor muscles of the leg. The musculo-cutaneous runs

down to the dorsum of the foot. The anterior tibial supplies the

extensor brevis digitorum and the skin of the contiguous sides of

the 2nd and 3rd and 3rd and 4th toes. The internal plantar nerve

gives off the short saphenous nerve to the back of the leg and

outer side of the foot, after which it-runs down the leg as the

posterior tibial, supplying the superficial and deep muscles of the

calf. At the ankle it divides into the external and internal

plantars, which, in their distribution, correspond to the ulnar and

median nerves of the hand, The external plantar supplies all the

muscles of the sole except the flexor brevis digitorum and abductor

hallucis, but gives off no cutaneous branch. The internal plantar

supplies these two muscles and the skin of all the toes on their

46*

692 ON THE ANATOMY OF ATHERURA AFRIOANA. [Nov. 20,

plantar surface. I was unable to satisfy myself as to the nerve-

supply of the lumbricales.

The pudie nerve comes almost entirely from the 2nd 8S. and

supplies the muscles and skin of the perineum.

In comparing the plexuses of Atherura with those of Hrethizon

as figured by Mivart', it will be noticed that the brachial plexus

of the latter receives no branch from the 5th C. as it does in

Atherura and Man, but that all the branches of the plexus are as

easily traced to their origins from the spinal cord as they are in

Atherura. In the sacral plexus the small sciatic of Hrethizon seems

to rise from the same place as the pudic of Atherura, viz. the 1st

and 2nd sacral, but then no indication is given in the figure of the

origin of the pudic in Erethizon.

The nerves of a specimen of Hystria cristata, which I dissected

in order to compare with those of Atherura, show a striking

resemblance to the latter animal.

The following are the only differences I noticed :—The circum-

flex comes from the 6th and 7th C. instead of the 5th and 6th.

The external cutaneous communicates with a branch of the median

going to the brachialis anticus and sends no cutaneous branch to

the forearm. The median rises from 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th C. and

lst D., and receives a large branch from the external cutaneous,

which branch is bound up with the median, and eventually comes

off to supply the outer side of the forearm. The nerves to the

teres major and latissimus dorsi which I failed to notice in

Atherura rise in Hystriv from the circumflex.

The supplies of the fingers and toes are identical in both animals.

The arrangement of the nerves in the hand and foot already

mentioned seems of some interest from the point of view of

variation.

In Man the ulnar supplies one finger and a half on the palmar

surface, and the external plantar one toe and a half on the plantar

surface. In Atherwra and Hystria neither of these nerves supplies

any of the fingers or toes.

I do not think that this arrangement is peculiar to the Hystricide,

because it occurs also in the Hamster and possibly in other Rodents.

Since Man and the Porcupines agree in having the same arrange-

ment of nerves in the hand as in the foot, but differ in that

arrangement, it looks as if the cause that brought about the change

of arrangement was identical for the two extremities.

+ P.Z,8. 1882, p. 279.

Mintein Bros. imp.

RoRtImpDa SITS RD ATRIOTTIANTIC

AS Se IN A Sa A aS BENNE LIAINUS.

1894.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 693

December 4, 1894.

Henry SErsoum, Esq., F.Z.8., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1894:—__.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of November was 169, of which 65 were

by presentation, 16 by birth, 8 by purchase, 10 by exchange, and

70 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 122.

Amongst the additions I wish to call special attention to the

following :—

1. Ten Surinam Water-Toads (Pipa americana), kindly presented

by Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S., and received November 14th, 1894

These have been placed in one of the large tanks in the Reptile-

House, where they are kept at a temperature of between 75° and

80°. They are free swimmers, and in their present stage appear

to pass the whole of their time in the water. They were in rather

poor condition on arrival, but have since fed well on worms and

small fishes, and appear to be thriving. We may, therefore, hope

to see the extraordinary phenomena of their development exhibited

in the Gardens.

2. A fine example of Pel’s Owl (Scotopelia peli), brought home

from Sierra Leone by the Hon. C. B. Mitford, C.M.Z.S., Deputy

Governor of the Colony, and presented November 16th. A single

other specimen of this species was received by the Society from

the Gambia in 1866. (For a figure of this Owl, see ‘ Ibis, 1859,

p. 445, pl. xv.) The iris in the present species is dark.

3. Two Tree-Kangaroos from Queensland, received in exchange

from the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria,

Melbourne, as examples of Bennett's Kangaroo (Dendrolagus

bennettianus), which appears not to have yet been sufficiently

described’.

I exhibit a coloured drawing of this animal by Mr. Smit

(Plate XLVI.). -It is apparently quite distinct from Dendrolagqus

lumholtzi. Mr. Le Souef has kindly sent me a photograph of four

examples of this rare animal, taken when high up in a leafless tree

in the Zoological Gardens at Melbourne, which I now exhibit.

An account of the capture of these interesting animals at Wyalla,

near Bloomfield, in Northern Queensland, by Mr. D. Le Souef will

be found in the ‘ Victorian Naturalist’ for April 1894 (vol. xi.

p- 11). Mr. Le Souef speaks of them as follows:—“The Tree-

climbing Kangaroo (Dendrolagus bennettianus) is generally found

on or near the top of these ranges, where the timber is not so high

or difficult to climb. They remain during the day on the highest

branches of a tree, and descend at night to pass from one tree to

1 See Thomas, ‘Catalogue of the aa ake and Monotremata in the

Collection of the British Museum,’ 1888, p. 9

694 MR. T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dee. 4,

another. ‘They seem to feed on bird’s-nest ferns, leaves of certain

trees, creepers, and probably on wild fruits.”

Our specimens may be shortly described as follows :—

DENDROLAGUS BENNEDTIANUS. (Plate XLVI.)

Dendrolagus bennettianus, De Vis, Abstr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.

p. v (Oct. 27, 1886) ?

Dark mouse-brown above and beneath, head and sides of neck

rufescent; muzzle and ears blackish; patch on back above the

tail black ; hands and feet blackish; lower surface of tail and tip

of tail blackish. Length of body about 24 inches, of tail about

30 inches.

Hab. Queensland.

Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., called attention to the acquisition

by the Natural History Museum of some specimens of remarkable

Corals of great size from North-west Australia, of which he

showed some admirable photographs taken by Mr. Percy Highley.

Prof. Bell urged the necessity of the acquisition of large specimens

of Corals, before coming to any conclusion as to their specific

distinctions.

The following papers were read :—

1. On some Points in the Anatomy of Ornithorhynchus

paradocus. By T. Manners-Smiru, B.A. (Cantab.),

M.R.C.S., Chief Demonstrator of Anatomy, Mason

College, Birmingham.

[Received October 30, 1894.]

The following is a series of notes upon certain points in the

anatomy of Ornithorhynchus paradowus. Though the muscular

system of this animal has been frequently described, ¢.g., by

Meckel*, Owen *, and more recently by Coues *, it has occurred to

me that there is room for a description of the muscles of the

limbs, together with the nerve-supply in those cases where such

supply is peculiar, wholly or partially, to the animal under

examination.

The work of Coues was undertaken without reference to Meckel’s

memoir, and Coues differs, in some particulars, from the description

of the muscles as given by Owen.

In view of these circumstances, and considering the development

1 ‘Ornithorhynchi paradoxi Descriptio Anatomica,’ 1826; and ‘ Traité

général d’ Anatomie Comparée,’ vi.

; Article on Monotremes in Todd’s ‘ Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology,’

vol, 111. ; z

% Proceedings Essex Institute U.S. 1868, vol. vi,

1894.] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS, 695

of opinion during recent years as to the value of nerve-supply

in determining muscular homologies, the present seems opportune

for a re-examination of the limb myology, and a description of the

nerve-plexuses of this animal.

I injected the animal with the intention of giving an account

of the vascular system, but as I proceeded I observed that an

investigation of the arterial and venous systems would be more

successfully undertaken upon a fresh specimen. I have incorpo-

rated a few preliminary observations on the trunk and head

arteries, and I hope to give a complete description of this part of

the anatomy of the animal.

My best thanks are due to Professor Windle for kindly pro-

viding me with the specimen.

Trapezius.—This muscle consists of two portions, an anterior

and posterior. The upper portion is broad. It arises from the

occipital bone and from the ligamentum nuche. It is inserted

into the spine and acromion of scapula and into the outer third of

clavicle. The lower portion is triangular in shape. It arises from

the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth dorsal vertebree, and from

the ninth, tenth, and eleventh ribs. It is inserted by its narrow

apex into the spine of the scapula. Both parts of the muscle are

supplied by the same nerve: this passes out just below occiput,

gives small branches to anterior part, turns round posterior edge

of this portion of the muscle, and ends in posterior part.

Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle has an extensive origin from

the lower eleven ribs, all the dorsal and lumbar vertebree, and the

crest of the ilium. It is inserted by two portions, upper and

lower, into the humerus, reaching down nearly to the elbow.

Both parts are supplied by a nerve derived from the seventh

cervical. Coues speaks of the slight spinal and extensive costal

origin of this muscle*, Costal origin seventh to fourteenth ribs.

Spinal origin from dorsal vertebrz fourth to ninth. No lumbar

origin is mentioned by him. I found both origins more extensive

than those mentioned by Coues, and agreeing more with the

description given by Owen. The muscle gives off a distinct dorsi-

epitrochlearis.

Rhomboideus.—Is a single muscle having both an occipital and

a nuchal origin. It is inserted into the base of the scapula.

Epicoraco-brachialis—This is a triangular muscle. It arises

from the epicoracoid and is inserted close to the anterior portion

of the deltoid.

Pectoralis major.—This is a large muscle, extending posteriorly

almost as far as pubes. It arises from the sternum and from the

upper six ribs. The lower part unites with the muscle of the

opposite side in a thin aponeurosis. It is inserted into the

pectoral ridge of humerus. The muscle is supplied by a large

nerve derived from the front of the Jower trunk of brachial plexus,

It divides into several branches before passing to the muscle.

Levator anguli scapule (Trachelo-scapular).—This muscle arises

' Vide Proceedings of Essex Institute U,S. vol. vi. 1868, p. 142,

696 * MR. T, MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dee. 4,

from the transverse process of the atlas in conjunction with the

trachelo-acromial. Below, it is inserted into the superior border

of the scapula, blending with serratus magnus. It is supplied by

a branch of the same nerve which supplies the next muscle. This

muscle is called atlanto-scapularis by Coues ’.

Trachelo-acromial.—ls a fairly large muscle. Jt arises by a

narrow strong tendon from the transverse process of the atlas.

Below, it is inserted into the spine and acromion process, and also

into a small portion of outer end of clavicle. It is supplied by a

branch from cervical plexus. Mivart mentions two muscles in

this position in Echidna as levator clavicule*. This muscle is

called atlanto-acromialis by Coues *.

Serratus magnus.—This is a large compound muscle. It arises

in separate slips from the lower five or six cervical vertebre * and

from the upper three ribs. It is this costal portion only which

Coues describes as serratus magnus, costo-scapularis, or s. anticus.

The vertebral portion of the muscle consists of two parts, an

anterior and a posterior. The anterior passes to the acromion,

the posterior to the base of scapula. It is this portion which is

continuous posteriorly with the costal part of the muscle; this

latter passing also to the base of the scapula. The whole of these

muscles, viz., trachelo-acromial, trachelo-scapula, together with cer-

vical and costal part of serratus magnus, appear to be segmentations

of one large muscular sheet. The whole sheet might be called

costo-scapular.

Supra-spinatus.—Is a narrow slender muscle arising from a

small portion of costal surface of scapula. It is inserted into top

of radial tuberosity. In Echidna it is much larger and fills the

whole costal surtace of the bone.

Infra-spinatus.—Arises from the scapula immediately below

the spine and from the veriebral border. It is inserted just

below the head of humerus into the radial tuberosity, beneath

epicoraco-brachialis. It is supplied from the upper trunk of the

brachial plexus. Testut ° (quoting Sabatier) says that the infra-

spinatus and teres minor are fused in Ornithorhynchus. Coues

also considers them probably fused.

Teres major °.—Arises from posterior part of vertebral border

of scapula. It is inserted into the humerus just below the head.

Teres minor.—Is placed underneath infra-spinatus. It arises

from the scapula just below the spine, and is inserted close to the

head of humerus, more anteriorly than the infra-spinatus. It is

supplied by a special branch from the upper part of the brachial

plexus. Testut says the muscle is fused with infra-spinatus.

Vide supra.

Proceedings of Linnean Society, 1866.

Vide supra.

This vertebral portion is described by Coues as levator anguli scapule.

‘Les Anomalies Musculaires,’ Testut, 1884.

part of teres major. The part described by Coues as upper part of teres

major would appear more probably to belong to subscapularis,

oF © Ne

= Fg

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 697

Owen does not mention it in this animal. Mlivart says it is absent

in Echidna.

Subscapularis.—There would appear to be a difference in the

origin of the two muscles supra-spinatus and subscapularis in the

two species of Monotremes. According to Mivart, in Echidna,

supra-spinatus occupies the whole of the costal surface of scapula,

while subscapularis is confined to outer surface. Owen states that

subscapularis is a narrow muscle in Ornithorhynchus. It would

appear, rather, to be a large muscular sheet arising from the

so-called subscapular fossa, 7. ¢., posterior part of outer surface, and

from almost the whole of the costal surface, so-called supra-

spinous fossa. The two parts are intimately blended, as they pass

beyond scapula to humerus, and are inserted together on the ulnar

tuberosity. In the portion of the tendon which springs from the

costal surface is a sesamoid bone; the other portion is inserted

into the ulnar tuberosity just below the sesamoid bone. It is,

however, an artificial dissection to separate the two portions.

The larger portion, containing the sesamoid bone, would seem from

its insertion to represent the subscapular muscle of human

anatomy ; the portion arising from the so-called subscapular fossa,

t. é., posterior part of outer surface, would seem to represent that

portion of the subscapularis of human anatomy which arises close

to axillary border of scapula. This portion is often separate, and

is called in human anatomy subscapulo-capsularis by Macalister.

It is in Man inserted just below the chief portion of the sub-

scapular muscle. In this animal it is also inserted below the rest

of the muscle. If we imagine the axillary border of the human

scapula twisted backwards, so that it, together with the origin of

triceps, comes to occupy the middle of the bone, then this sub-

scapulo-capsularis would be also twisted backwards and its origin

would occupy the exact position which it has in Ornithorhynchus.

The two portions of the muscular sheet are supplied by the

separate branches of the same nerve which is a branch from the

upper part of brachial plexus. Coues describes this muscle as

upper part of teres major, i. ¢., the muscle which he speaks of as

arising from both sides of scapula and embracing the bone. Since,

however, the two portions of his teres major are quite distinct

from their origin to their insertion, and separated, moreover, by

the long head of the triceps, this would lead one to think that

that portion which passes to ulna tubercle is subscapularis,

Mouscrzes oF ARM.

Deltoid.—Consists of two parts, anterior and posterior. They

are both inserted into strongly marked deltoid ridge of humerus,

and are quite distinct to their insertion.

Biceps.—Arises by two heads; both are coracoid in their origin

and both are radial in their insertion. The larger arises from

sternal extremity of coracoid, the smaller arises nearer the glenoid

cavity from epicoracoid. They blend about the middle of the arm

698 MR. T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dec. 4,

and are inserted into the radius at the junction of the upper and

middle thirds. Between the two heads of origin a muscle is

inserted which is probably the pectoralis minor. Only one head

is present in Echidna (Mivart, loc. cit.).

Fig. 1.

Muscues or Arm.

«. Brachialis anticus. (. Triceps. y. Infra-spinatus. 6. Epicoraco-

brachialis, e. Deltoid.

Coraco-brachialis—Two portions of the typical coraco-brachialis

are present. A longer superficial portion, arising in conjunction

with inner (larger) head of biceps from sternal portion of coracoid ;

it is inserted into the bar of bone bridging over the well-marked

supra-condyloid foramen. The deeper portion arises from coracvid

and whole of epicoracoid, just below and in front of glenoid

cavity; it is inserted into the upper third of the humerus. The

two portions are entirely distinct, the tendon of latissimus dorsi

separating them from below; both parts are supplied by a branch

from the median nerve. The first portion only is called by Coues

coraco-brachialis ; the second he describes as epicoraco-brachialis ;

the same two portions are found in Echidna (Mivart, loc. cit.).

There is a distinct epicoraco-brachialis, but in addition two

portions of the typical coraco-brachialis are present, as described

above.

Brachialis anticus.—Arises from humerus, its origin extending

as high as the head of the bone. The muscle is inserted into the

upper fourth of the shaft of the ulna.

Triceps.—This is a very large, strong muscle, consisting of four

aon

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 699

heads. The long head may be split up into three portions. It

arises from the glenoid ridge, on outer surface of scapula, and

passes down as a large separate muscle to the large expanded

olecranon. The inner head, also large, arises from and covers

the posterior surfaces of humerus; it is inserted into olecranon

beneath outer and long heads. The outer head, smaller and

longer, arises by a narrow tendon from outer surface; it blends

with the long head at olecranon. Beneath the inner head is a

fourth head, arising from posterior surface of humerus just above

the lower extremity ; it is inserted into the olecranon beneath

inner head. It is this portion of the muscle with which the

anconeus externus is continuous. Coues describes this part of

the muscle as a portion of anconeus.

The triceps is supplied from posterior trunk of brachial plexus.

Anconeus externus.—Is a small muscle having the usual origin

and insertion. It is supplied by a branch of one of the nerves

which supplies triceps.

Anconeus nternus.—Passes from internal condyle to olecranon.

It is supplied by the ulnar nerve.

MUSCLES OF THE FOREARM.

Flexor digitorum.—tThis is a large muscle. It arises by three

heads :—(a) from the internal surface of the ulna; (6) from the

lower end of humerus; (y) a central portion also arises from

lower end of humerus. The three portions blend in the lower

part of the forearm, where the muscle becomes tendinous, just

above the wrist. The tendon expands into two portions, inner

and outer, each portion containing a sesamoid bone. From the

outer of these divisions tendons pass to the terminal phalanges of

the fourth and fifth digits; from the inner, tendons pass to the

first, second, and third. At the under surface of the muscle at

the wrist is a strong tendinous band arising from cuneiform and

passing to the sesamoid bone in the radial division of the tendon.

The whole muscle has a very regular arrangement. The ulnar

portion is supplied by the ulnar nerve, z. ¢., the larger posterior

portion of the plexus, from seventh and eighth C. and first D.; the

central and humeral portions are supplied by median nerve. Four

heads to this muscle are described by Mivart* in Iguana. Two

are humeral, one is ulnar. His fourth head arises from the carpus

and is inserted into the deep surface of a tendon containing a

palmar sesamoid. The tendinous band mentioned above might

represent the fourth head of the muscle as described by Mivart in

the muscle of this Saurian.

Flexor sublimis digitorum.—There is a small sublimis. — It

consists of four distinct muscular bellies. They arise from the

front part of the tendon of longus (profundus), which contains the

sesamoid bones. They pass to the first, second, third, and fourth

digits. The fibres of these small muscles arise both from the

* “Myology of Iguana,” Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 785,

700 MR. T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dec..4,

tendon and from the sesamoid bones in the tendon. They ter-

minate in very slender tendons, which, after resting upon the

corresponding tendon of sublimis, spread out into a thin fascia

which blends with the digital sheaths of the profundus. The first,

third, and fourth are larger than the second, which is very small.

The first is more probably an abductor than a flexor of the pollex.

The others give off two slender fascial slips, one on each side of

the profundus tendon, to first phalanx, and send a third slip

forwards to blend with the digital sheaths of the tendons of

profundus. This muscle is not mentioned by Owen. Mivart

says that flexor brevis is most probably absent in Hehidna and

Ornithorhynchus. Whilst the origin of a sublimis from the tendon

of a profundus is common in Amphibians, it is rare amongst

Mammals.

Flexor carpi radialis is a large muscle. It arises from the lower

end of the internal condyle, and is inserted below into a fairly

large radial sesamoid bone. From the sesamoid bone slips pass

on the radial side to the scapho-lunar and trapezium; on the

ulnar side to pisiform and, downwards, to second metacarpal.

The muscle is supplied by the median nerve. In LHehidna this

muscle passes to metacarpal bones of pollex and index.

Pronator radii teres.—Arises from the inner condyle of humerus.

It is inserted into middle of radius, a little below and on the

opposite surface to supinator brevis.

Fleaor carpi ulnaris is a large flat muscle, arising by two heads

from the internal condyle of the humerus: from the posterior

border of the ulna and expanded upper extremity of olecranon.

The tendon is inserted into the pisiform, and sends slips to the

fourth and fifth metacarpals. This muscle is supplied by the

ulnar nerve.

Supinator brevis —This is a somewhat triangular muscle. It

arises from the external condyle, beneath the radial extensors of

the wrist. It is inserted into the upper and middle fourths of the

shaft of the radius. It is supplied by the posterior interosseous

nerve. This muscle is not mentioned by Owen.

Extensor carpi radialis longior.—Arises from the lower third of

the supinator side of the shaft of the humerus. Below it divides

into three tendons, which pass to the bases of the second, third,

and fourth metacarpal bones.

Supinator longus.—Arises from the lower end of the humerus,

beneath the longior. It is inserted into the posterior surface of

the peculiar large scapho-lunar. The muscle having this origin

and insertion in Echidna is described by Mivart as the extensor

carpi radialis longior. Only one radial extensor is deseribed by

Owen in Ornithorhynchus corresponding to longior. Supinator

longus is not described by him.

Extensor communis digitorum.—Arises by a common tendon

from the external condyle. It expands on the back of the wrist,

the expansion containing a fibro-cartilage. The expansion divides

into two parts, each part giving off three tendons. ‘Two go to the

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 70L

middle finger, one from each part; the remaining digits have one

each.

A slip is sent round radial side of manus. Nerve-supply

from posterior interosseous.

QWhea ow DA

Muscuzs or Front or ForEARM AND Hanp.

. Flexor profundus digitorum.

. Flexor carpi ulnaris,

. Portion of insertion of Panniculus.

. Extensor minimidigiti, | Muscles of posterior surface seen at left’ side

. Extensor indicis. }

. Expanded olecranon.

. Lower end of internal condyle of humerus,

. Lower part of shaft of ulna.

of diagram.

Extensor minimi digiti.—This is a fairly large muscle. It arises

from the lower end of the humerus, in common with the other

extensors. It is inserted into the fifth digit. There is also a

slender special extensor passing to the fourth digit.

702 MR. T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dec.4,

Extensor indicis—Arises from the posterior border of ulna and

from expanded olecranon. It divides into two tendons which go

to the second and third digits. This muscle is not mentioned by

Coues as distinct; he describes an abortive slip of communis as

probably representing an indicis. In my specimen indicis was a

most distinct separate muscle, situated on a deeper plane than

extensor communis.

Fig. 3.

Musctiss or Posterror Surrack or ForrarmM AND Hanp.

a. Extensor communis digitorum.

8. Extensor indicis going to 2nd and 3rd digits.

y. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis.

6, Extensor carpi radialis.

e, Extensor minimi digiti.

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 703

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis—Arises chiefly from ulna;

slightly also from radius. It is inserted, in usual position, into

base of first metacarpal bone. There is a tendinous band arising

from the cuneiform, which crosses the back of the carpus to join

the ulnar margin of the tendon.

Myonocy or Manvs.

There is a small short muscle of the thumb, which is most

probably a combined flexorand abductor. There is a small muscle

passing to the little finger, which appears to be an abductor.

Palmar inter-osseit—Are fairly well marked and are three in

number.

MUSscLES OF THE PosTERIOR ExtTREMITY.

Gluteus maximus.—ls a large flat muscle, which arises from the

posterior part of the crest of the ilium, from the sacral, and upper

eight caudal vertebre. It is inserted into the lower end of the

tibia, this part being closely united with the inter-tibialis, and into

the sole of the foot, this portion going partly to os calcis and

partly to bone supporting the heel. The muscle has a very

similar origin and insertion in Echidna’. Meckel mentions its

attachment into the bone supporting the heel in the male.

Beneath the gluteus maximus is a muscle which arises from the

first four caudal vertebre. It is inserted into the femur about its

middle, just below the gluteal ridge. This deeper portion is

supplied by a branch from great sciatic. This is the muscle

described by Meckel as medius ; Mivart, too, in Echidna describes

a muscle having a similar position. The next-mentioned muscle

they both look upon as minimus. Mivart, however, mentions that

the muscle described above may represent a deep part of maximus.

Its insertion would point to that conclusion. Coues describes this

muscle as pyriformis: neither its origin nor insertion would

indicate that it corresponds to the ordinary pyriformis.

Gluteus medius.—This is a large thick muscle divided at its

origin into two parts, superior and inferior. The superior, the

larger, arises from the crest and posterior surface of the ilium.

The anterior has a narrow origin, from the same surface, close to

the cotyloid border of the bone. The two portions are united

below, at their insertion into the great tuberosity of the femur.

The superior part is supplied by a branch from the sacral plexus.

The anterior part is supplied by a branch which arises in abdomen

from the anterior crural, and, passing under the rectus, is dis-

tributed to this portion of the muscle. Meckel and Mivart in

Echidna describe this as minimus. From the nerve-supply it

would seem that only posterior portion corresponds to ordinary

gluteus medius. The anterior portion may be a muscle divorced

from the muscles in front of the thigh. There is a small muscle

1 Mivart.

704 MR. T, MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dec. 4,

placed deeply between superior and inferior portions of medius ;

at its insertion it is blended with medius. It arises from dorsum

ilii just behind the superior part of medius. It is a very narrow

muscle. It may represent minimus.

There is a muscle arising from the lateral processes of the

caudal vertebre, and inserted into the upper part of the femur.

A muscle is described by Mivart in Eehidna, in this position,

which he states he is disposed to regard as the pyriformis. Meckel

says pyriformis is present and fairly large. Owen does not

mention it. This is apparently the muscle described by Coues

as quadratus femoris. Its origin and insertion would approximate

it more to pyriformis than the muscle described by Coues under

that name.

Muscies oF Front or THIGH.

Sartorius.—Is a long muscle. It arises from the pectineal spine

of the pubes and is inserted into the head of tibia.

Rectus femoris.—Arises from the cotyloid border of ilium and is

inserted into the patella. It is supplied by a branch of the

anterior crural, which arises within the abdomen below the nerve

which supplies the anterior part of the gluteus medius. This

muscle is quite distinct from the rest of the quadriceps.

The remainder of the extensor mass can be separated where the

nerve enters into two portions, inner and outer vastus; the two

vasti arise from the superior surface of the shaft of the femur,

the outer vastus extending as high as greater tuberosity, They

are inserted into patella and are supplied by the anterior crural

nerve.

Psoas magnus and Iliacus have the usual position, relations, and

attachments. Their insertion into femur extends as far as a little

below the middle. They are supplied by the obturator nerve.

Adductor Group.

Gracilis.—This is a large muscle concealing the other adductors.

It arises from the marsupial bone and from the inferior surface

of the pubes. It is inserted into the inner side of tibia. The

muscle sends a slip to sphincter ani. It is supplied by the ob-

turator nerve. Jt has much the same origin and insertion in

Echidna (Mivart).

' he named adductors consist of well-marked and easily separ-

able longus, brevis, and magnus. Meckel mentions two only.

Adductor longus.—Arises from the pubes close to marsupial bone,

It is inserted into the lower end of femur. It receives a distinct

branch of the obturator nerve on its deep surface. This muscle is

apparently absent in Echidna (Mivart).

Adductor brevis.—This is a narrow muscle, arising by a flat tendon

from the mesial portion of the inferior surface of the pubes; it is

inserted into the lower end of the femur. In position it is situated

1894.] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 705

between the longus and the magnus. It receives a fine branch of

the obturator nerve.

Fig. 4.

Muscuzs or Tues.

Gracilis reflected.

y. Adductor mass. 1. Upper one, going to femur, is longus. 2. Middle,

slender one is brevis. 3. Lowest, going to tibia, is magnus,

6. Is a small portion of semi-membranosus seen from the front.

e, Sartorius cut through.

Adductor magnus.—Is a thick muscle which has a comparatively

narrow origin from the inferior surface of ramus of ischium, its

origin extending as far back as tuberosity, It is inserted by its

base into the upper third of tibia. It may be separated into two

parts, anterior and posterior. Each part receives a branch from

the obturator nerve. The anterior portion receives in addition a

branch from great sciatic, which enters it on its superior surface.

The nerve supplies three muscles, adductor magnus, semimem-

branosus, and two slender branches to supposed inferior gemellus,

In Echidna, this muscle is inserted into linea aspera, in common

with brevis (Mivart, Joc. cit.). The muscle Coues describes as

adductor magnus is inserted into thigh-bone. He homologizes it

by its insertion into femur. Its nerve-supply, however, together

with the fact that in many mammals adductor magnus is inserted

into tibia, lead me to think that the one described above is true

adductor magnus.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1894, No. XLVII. 47

706 MR. ‘. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [ Dee. 4,

Pectineus.—There are two pectinei, an internal and an external.

The internal arises from the lesser spinous process, as it is called by

Owen. The muscle is inserted into the femur just below lesser

tuberosity and close to the obturator externus. It is supplied by

the obturator nerve. The pectineus externus arises from the

pectineal spine (greater spinous process of Owen). It is inserted

into the femur halfway down the shaft.

Obturator externus.—Occupies the usual situation. At first sight

it appears to be divided into a superior and an inferior portion.

Superior portion is more probably inferior gemellus, or, since it

receives two branches from the same nerve, it may represent

inferior gemellus and quadratus femoris. Its origin, too, would

correspond in position to the combined origin of those muscles.

The two parts of the obturator externus are easily separated at

their origin, but not so at their insertion. The inferior portion is

supplied by obturator nerve; the superior by two fine twigs from

that branch of great sciatic which supplies adductor magnus in

part and semimembranosus'’. Quadratus femoris is present in

Echidna and appears to have a similar origin and insertion to the

muscle described as superior part of obturator externus. The

muscle is most probably combined quadratus femoris and gemellus

inferior.

Obturator internus is absent. The muscle which occupies the

usual situation of origin of this muscle is one of the ischio-caudal

muscles. Coues describes three ischio-femoral muscles in the

region of externus, a, 6, and ¢: a, and probably}, he considers

represent obturator externus ; c he considers represents obturator

internus.

Hamstring Muscles.

Semi-membranosus.—This is a fairly large muscle arising from

the tuber ischii. It is situated between the muscle representing

semi-tendinosus and biceps above and the adductor group below.

It is inserted into the inner side of the head of the tibia. The

chief nerve-supply is from the sciatic, the nerve reaching the

muscle on its superior surface. There is, in addition, a very

slender branch of the obturator nerve, which supplies the inferior

posterior portion of the muscle *.

Semi-tendinosus, with which biceps appears to be blended, is

a large sheet which arises by a narrow tendon from the tuber

ischiil, The muscle spreading out is inserted by its anterior fibres

into the expanded upper extremity of the fibula and into a strong

tendinous band which passes from this process to patella. These

portions most probably represent biceps ; the posterior part becomes

thin and apneurotic and is inserted into the crest of the tibia.

Coues describes this muscle entirely as biceps, looking upon semi-

Macalister mentions a large gemellus (‘ Vertebrate Morphology’). Meckel

says they are both absent in Ornithorhynchus.

* It appears to have very much the same attachment and position in Echidna

(Mivart, doc. cit.).

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 707

tendinosus as a portion of the muscle described above as semi-

membranosus.

MUSCLES OF THE LEG.

Gastrocnemius.—Is a large muscle. It arises by two distinct

heads: a larger from the upper expanded portion of the head of

the fibula; a smaller head arises from the lower end of the femur.

The two portions blend and the tendon is inserted into the os

calcis. It does not fuse with the soleus. The femoral head is

supplied by the internal popliteal.

Soleus.—Arises from the expanded head of the fibula and from

the shaft of the same bone. few fibres arise also from the

tibia. The fibres from the fibular shaft arise on the -anterior

aspect of the bone, and pass backwards between the tibia and

fibula to join the other fibres. The two heads blend and pass

deeply in a groove beneath the bone supporting the spur on heel.

The tendon is here in company with the tibialis posticus. In this

situation the soleus divides into two tendons—one passes to the

astragalus, the other to the bone supporting the heel. ‘Tibialis

posticus passes between the two tendons. Owen states that soleus

arises from a large proportion of tibia. This is certainly a mistake ;

a few fibres only arise from this bone.

Flevor longus digitorum.—tIs a large strong muscle. It arises

from the upper expanded extremity and from the shaft of the

fibula. At the ankle it passes between a process of caleaneum and

the bone which supports the spur. In the sole it expands and

divides into five strong tendons, one for each digit. Coues describes

three tendons.

Flewor brevis digitorum (perforatus).—This muscle is in two

parts. One portion springs from superficial surface of flexor

longus and passes to the second and third toes. Another portion

arises from the caleaneum and passes to the remaining toes.

There is a small flexor accessorius seen on reflecting flexor longus,

having the usual relationship of that muscle to the longus tendon,

2. €. passing from caleaneum to deep surface of flexor tendon. The

flexor longus is also attached to os calcis by a strong tendinous

band. Coues describes the portion arising from flexor longus only

as flexor brevis. The part arising from the calcaneum he describes

as a dismemberment of flexor fibularis. The two portions have,

however, an entirely similar relationship to the longus tendons. I

am disposed to regard both the tendinous part and the calcaneal part

as dismemberments of the same muscle, 2. ¢. a plantaris, which has

contracted separate attachments in its course. The resemblance

of the tendinous part to the flexor sublimis (brevis) of the anterior

extremity will be at once apparent.

Tibialis posticus—Arises from the upper expanded extremity of

the fibula. The tendon passes deeply at the ankle together with

the soleus, and, after perforating the latter muscle, very much in

the same way that the profundus passes through sublimis'in human

anatomy, is inserted into a sesamoid bone at junction of the

47*

708 MR. T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dec:4,

scaphoid and ento-cuneiform. In the leg it is superficial to

soleus.

Fig. 5.

MUuscLEs OF THE Posterior SuRFACE OF LEG AND Soun oF Foor.

a, Adductor magnus.

8. Femoral head of gastrocnemius,

y. Inter-tibialis.

6, 6. Tibialis posticus (its tendons seen below).

e. A part of soleus.

@, Flexor longus digitorum.

x, x. Tendinous and calcaneal parts of flexor brevis digitorum.

Extensor longus hallucis.—Arises by two heads, the superficial

head from the expanded upper extremity of fibula and the deeper

1894.) ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 709

one from the shaft of the bone. The muscle is inserted into the

first digit; the superficial portion from the upper extremity of

fibula is supplied by a branch of the same nerve which supplies

tibialis anticus.

SLAIN

Nh)

Y iy u ( { |

Uf “a3

Muscres of ANTERIOR SurFACE oF LzG AND Dorsum or Foot.

a. Tibialis anticus.

8, Extensor longus hallucis.

. Extensor indicis,

t Superficial extensor of the toes,

e. Deep extensor of the toes.

@. Peroneus longus.

xc. Peroneus brevis.

Extensor longus digitorwm.—There are two long extensors of

the toes, superficial and deep. They both arise from the expanded

upper extremity of the fibula. Superficial extensor also from part

of shaft of bone. They both expand on the dorsum of foot and

give tendons to the second, third, fourth, and fifth digits, Super-

710 MR. T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE [Dec.4.

ficial extensor is supplied by the same nerve which supplies the

extensor indicis. There is a distinct extensor for second digit

arising from upper expanded extremity of fibula, from head of bone,

and from a tendinous band between these two points; it is

supplied by a slender branch from the peroneal nerve. It will be

noticed that index receives three tendons—one from superficial

extensor, one from deep, together with a special extensor.

Tibialis anticus.—Arises by two heads: a superficial from upper

expanded extremity of fibula, from a strong tendinous band

passing from fibula to patella, from patella itself, and from tibia.

The deep head from shaft of tibia. It is inserted into ento-cunei-

form. Both heads are supplied by a nerve from the front of the

thigh, which passes beneath the above-mentioned tendinous band.

Peroneus longus.—Arises from the upper expanded extremity of

the fibula. Passing down the outer side of the leg, it reaches the

interval between the large os calcis and the cuboid, and passes

deeply into the sole of the foot, traverses the sole, and is inserted

in the usual situation. It is supplied by the peroneal nerve.

Peroneus brevis—Arises beneath longus from the expanded

extremity of fibula. Its tendon divides below into two slips, one

passing to first, the other to second phalanx of fifth toe. It is

supplied by the peroneal nerve. Coues describes this as peroneus

tertius. Its origin and nerve-supply would rather correspond to

that of brevis.

Myonoey oF Pas.

Of the muscles of the big toe, flexor brevis hallucis is the only

one which can be made out, and this is extremely small.

Of muscles of the litttle toe, the flexor brevis, the adductor,

and the abductor, and a small abductor minimi digiti can be made

out.

Plantar and dorsal inter-ossei are also present.

PLEXUSES.

Brachial plewus.—This is formed by the fifth, sixth, seventh,

eighth cervical and first dorsal nerves. There is a small filament,

in addition, from the fourth cervical, and the first dorsal receives a

small branch from the second. The plexus consists of two main

trunks—an upper and a lower. The fifth and sixth unite and

form the upper trunk. Immediately beyond the formation of this

trunk two nerves arise: one passes upwards and forwards and,

joining the branch to the plexus from the fourth cervical nerve, it

is distributed to the so-called infra-spinatus muscle; the other

nerve passes downwards and backwards and forms one head of

median. The trunk itself passes backwards in a somewhat similar

manner to the circumflex of human anatomy, gives off a branch

to subscapularis, and divides into two parts—one passes into fore-

arm and supplies the skin on the outer posterior aspect of the

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 711

hand, and gives off a branch to the sup. longus and extensor

carpi radialis longior. The lower trunk, formed by the seventh

and eighth cervical, first dorsal, and a filament from second dorsal,

is much the larger of the two. This trunk divides into three

terminal branches about the middle of the arm:—(a) One passes

downwards, enters forearm, and is distributed to the cleft between

the index and middle fingers on palmar aspect ; (3) The next, also

a cutaneous branch, is about the same size as the first; it is

distributed to the third and fourth clefts. The above two nerves

would seem to represent superficial portion of median and part of

ulna. (y) The third branch of the lower trunk, the largest of the

three, passing down arm, gives off two branches to the triceps,

which curve round the lower border of latissimus dorsi. One of

these is the posterior interosseous, which passes through triceps,

winds round humerus something like the musculo-spiral of

human anatomy. This nerve next passes between brachialis

anticus and muscles arising from the radial condyle of humerus,

and, passing into forearm, perforates the supinator brevis and

supplies the usual muscles on the back of the forearm, with the

exception of extensor carpi radialis brevior, extensor primi and

secundi inter-nodii pollicis, all of which muscles are absent.

The continuation of the third branch passes into forearm, beneath

the anconeus internus, and, after supplying the muscle, gives off

branches to the flexor carpi ulnaris and the ulnar portion of

the flexor sublimis digitorum ; it then continues its course down

forearm and ends by supplying the ulnar side of the fifth digit.

It communicates in the forearm with the branch to the fourth

cleft.

Other branches from lower part of plexus :—The seventh nerve

gives off a branch to latissimus dorsi before it joins the plexus.

From the lower part of plexus a branch is given to the pectoralis

major. The median nerve arises by two roots, and, after supplying

the biceps, coraco-brachialis, and brachialis anticus, passes through

supracondyloid foramen into the forearm.

Inmbar Plexus.

Obturator nerve.—Its chief origin is from the sixteenth dorsal

nerve, allowing two lumbar vertebre. The nerve passes out

between the sixteenth and seventeenth dorsal vertebra. It is

joined by a slender branch from the seventeenth dorsal, a

subcostal nerve. The nerve passes along pelvis in the usual

position and supplies the usual muscles, together with a slender

branch to the semi-membranosus. It also gives off a branch in the

abdomen, which, after dividing into several branches, passes to

psoas and iliacus.

The anterior crural nerve arises by two fairly large branches

from the seventeenth dorsal and the first lumbar nerves. The rest

of the first lumbar together with the whole of the second pass

into the pelvis, forming the lumbo-sacral cord.

712 MR, T. MANNERS-SMITH ON THE (Dec. 4,

Sacral Plevus.

The nerves entering into this plexus are a large part of the first

lumbar, the whole of the second lumbar, and the whole of the first

sacral. Portion derived from lumbar nerves divides into two

branches ; the first sacral also divides into two branches. One of

the branches from lumbar part of plexus fuses with one of the

branches from sacral part of plexus and forms the peroneal nerve ;

this, as it passes down the leg, divides into two branches, which

seem to represent peroneal and external plantar. Peroneal divides

into a muscular branch passing to muscles mentioned in text and

a cutaneous branch to the dorsum. The external plantar divides

into a cutaneous branch to outer side of foot, and supplies certain

muscles of the sole. The remaining branch from lumbar part of

plexus unites with remaining branch from sacral part, and forms

the internal popliteal nerve; this divides into three branches:

two lateral, to the inner and outer heads of the gastrocnemius ;

one to outer head supplying flexor longus digitorum in addition ;

one to inner head supplying soleus and tibialis posticus. The

continuation of the trunk passes down and becomes the internal

plantar, which is mainly cutaneous.

A Nove on THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM.

The arch of the aorta has the usual mammalian arrangement,

turning to the left side. It gives off the three large cervical and

brachial branches in the usual order, viz. innominate, left carotid,

left subclavian.

The trunk aorta passes down to the nineteenth vertebra (last

lumbar), where it ends by dividing in a peculiar tree-like manner

into three small and exceedingly short trunks on each side and a

median caudal continuation of the vessel itselfi—thus there are

seven trunks in all.

Passing from without inwards, the outermost of the three

trunks divides almost immediately into the following branches :—

A small outermost branch for the region of the crest of the

ilium. A large branch which passes beneath the psoas parvus

and divides here into three branches, which, running down parallel

to each other, are all distributed to the deep part of the front of

the thigh, as seenin the diagram. A fairly large branch which soon

divides into three, two passing to the superficial part of the front

of the thigh, the remaining branch to the abdominal wall. These

arteries pass over the psoas parvus ; they may represent superficial

femoral and epigastric. The last branch from the outermost

trunk is a vessel which is partly distributed to abdominal wall and

also gives off branches which descend into pelvis, together with

two obturator arteries—large and small.

The second trunk division of the abdominal aorta: this 2nd

division corresponds in its distribution with Hyrtl’s’ internal iliac,

1 Denkschriften Wiener Akademie, Bad. vy.

1894. ] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 713

This divides at once into the following branches proceeding from

without inwards :—

A slender branch to bladder. This is Hyrtl’s cystic artery.

A large branch, which runs downwards and backwards ; leaves

pelvis beneath symphysis pubes; runs down on the side of the

rectum, and is distributed to the penis and to Cowper’s gland.

This may represent internal pudic; it gives off branches to bladder,

rectum, and an artery, which divides into a pencil of fine vessels

and passes to the under surface and side of middle of tail. This

artery Hyrtl speaks of as the common pudendal.

A pencil of fine vessels, four in number, which descend into

the pelvis parallel to each other, soon subdivide, and passing

from thence are eventually distributed to the sides of the tail.

This pencil has divided into a set of ten or twelve fine vessels at

the side of the anterior part of caudal region.

The mnermost of the three trunk branches divides at once into

three vessels ; these descend into pelvis parallel to each other, and

emerging from thence are distributed to the gluteal region; the

largest of the three passes to the back of the thigh. These arteries

represent gluteal and sciatic.

The central caudal artery descends in the middle line to tip of

tail.

The whole arrangement is repeated on the opposite side.

Branches of the Trunk Aorta.

The only branches given off from thoracic trunk are the inter-

costal arteries. These are nine in number on each side. The

first supplies the third and fourth spaces, running along the line

of the fourth rib and giving off branches anteriorly and posteriorly

to third and fourth spaces. The fifth to the twelfth intercostal

intervals are supplied by the second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth,

seventh, and eighth arteries. The thirteenth, fourteenth, and

fifteenth intervals are supplied by the ninth aortic intercostal.

The sixteenth interval is supplied by the first and second lumbar

arteries. The upper two spaces are supplied by a superior inter-

costal. There are five lumbar arteries. They come off by a

common trunk which immediately divides into the arteries of

opposite sides; the first and second supply the last intercostal

spaces; the others are quite below the ribs; the last one passes

backwards to the posterior surface of the sacrum and traverses

the sacral arcade of Howes’.

Visceral Branches.

There is a coeliac or coelio-mesenteric axis dividing into gastro-

hepatic, splenic, and superior mesenteric. They are distributed to

the structures indicated by their names.

Renal arteries—There are two short renal arteries, which are

not very large. Midway between the renal and the division of

the aorta is a slender spermatic artery which is extremely tortuous.

+ ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ vol. vii., n. s., 1892-93,

ON THE ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. [ Dec. 4,

Fig. 7.

. Ceelio-mesenteric axis.

. Renal.

. Spermatic.

Lumbar arteries.

. Internal pudic.

. Lateral caudal.

Superficial and deep

branches to front of

thigh.

a. Branches to back of

ula, thigh and = gluteal

= y region.

p. Central caudal.

c. Branch to _ supra-

hyoidian region,

r. Lingual arteries.

v. Sub-mental.

y. Arteries which seem

to represent internal

and external ptery-

goid vessels. The one

curving downwards

5 going to the cheek-

pouch,

p. Terminal vessel.

g. Internal carotid,

A OM Se WR

ALOT

Scneme or Arrerres or Trunk, Heb, AND NECK,

1894.] ON THE VISCERAL ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 715

There is no separate inferior mesenteric artery, in this respect

agreeing with certain Marsupials.

Arteries of Head and Neck.

The common carotid.—Is a large artery arising from arch of

aorta on left side, from innominate on the right. It divides at

about the level of the thyroid cartilage into external and internal

carotid. Just at the point of bifurcation an artery is given off

which passes directly inwards and divides in a regular cross-like

manner into ascending, transverse, and descending. The ascending

and descending pass to the pre-vertebral muscles; the transverse

to the back of the larynx and trachea.

The external carotid.—Passes upwards and backwards; gives

off a branch to the supra-hyoid and genio-hyoid muscles. More

anteriorly a small lingual artery arises. There is a second smaller

lingual just above this, next to submental branch which runs

along the whole length of the inferior surface of the lower jaw,

close to the bone. Coming off here, in addition, are two slender

branches, one passing to the sub-lingual gland, the other to super-

ficial structure, skin, &c. A little higher arises an artery which

divides almost immediately into two branches, one passing to the

inner surface of the lower jaw, the other to the outer surface; they

may represent internal and external pterygoid arteries. The

internal is fairly large and gives off several branches to the cheek-

pouch. The trunk artery passing a little further on divides into

two branches ; one, passing to the superficial structures on the side

and roof of the skull, is distributed to the deep structures in these

regions.

Internal carotid.—Passes deeply at the neck and divides into

two branches. The smaller passes deeply beneath pharynx and in

front of the longus colli muscle to the anterior margin of foramen

magnum. The other is the continuation of the trunk, passes

upwards and enters the skull.

2. On some Points in the Visceral Anatomy of Ornitho-

rhynchus. By Franx H. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Pro-

sector to the Society.

[Received December 4, 1894.]

Mr. B. P. Lascelles, assistant master at Harrow School, was

so good as to allow me to examine a frozen Ornithorhynchus which

he had obtained for the purpose of making a skeleton for the

Butler Museum at Harrow. After thawing, I found the viscera

in a very fair condition for anatomical investigation, though they

were naturally somewhat softened.

The first point to which I directed my attention was the

716 MR, F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 4,

epigastric vein. Some years since I described’ in the Echidna “a

large vein running along the ventral wall of the body in very close

connection with it,” which I identified with the Anterior Abdo-

minal Vein of the lower Vertebrata, and regarded as a persistent

Allantoic Vein, persistent nowhere else among the Mammalia.

I am not quite certain whether Prof. Gegenbaur* actually saw

this vein himself two years later. But in any case he quotes its

existence to emphasize the remoteness of the Monotremata from

other Mammalia—‘ den Besitz einer Abdominalvene theilen sie

mit Reptilien.” This sentence seems to imply an agreement

between Echidna and Ornithorhynchus, which is not the fact, as our

principal authority upon the vascular system of the Vertebrata,

Prof. Hochstetter, has quite recently pointed out *. In the paper

referred to, the author entirely confirms my discovery of the vein

in Echidna, without entirely pledging himself to the comparisons

made by me. He examined Ornithorhynchus with quite negative

results. If the vein in question were present in that animal and

happened to be turgid with blood, it could hardly, judging from

my experience of Hchidna, be missed, even in a spirit-specimen.

But if not in this favourable state, it might conceivably be

passed over. The matter therefore appeared to be worth looking

into again, particularly since Prof. Howes has dealt with it from

a far different point of view.

Prof. Howes* has recently directed attention to the matter

in connection with the visceral anatomy of the Australian Torpedo,

Hypnos subnigrum. He considers that the falciform ligament of

the liver in mammals is a vestige of the continuous ventral

mesentery preserved in the Dipnoi and Amphibia, and remarks as

follows ° :—‘‘ Beddard has briefly described (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 553)

a median epigastric vein in the adult Hchidna. It is most desirable

that the relationships of this vessel should be more fully worked

out. JI cannot reconcile with this the belief (Balfour, Comp.

Embryology, vol. ii. p. 623) ‘that the falciform ligament is not a

remnant of a primitive ventral mesentery.’ Beddard’s discovery

would appear to me fatal to this consideration, and it calls for a

re-investigation of the matter.”

My investigation of the fresh Ornithorhynchus fully bears out

Prof. Howes’s criticism of the late Prof. Balfour’s opinion of the

falciform ligament. I am also able to confirm Hochstetter’s

statement that the epigastric vein is wanting in Ornithorhynchus.

The confirmation is of some little importance, as it might con-

1 “Note on the Presence of an Anterior Abdominal Vein in Echidna,”

P. Z.S. 1884, p. 553.

2 «Zur Kenntniss der Mammarorgane der Monotremen.’ Leipzig, 1886.

3 «Ueber die Entwicklung der Abdominalvene bei Salamandra maculata,”

Morph. Jahrb. xxi. 1894, p. 26.

4 “On the Visceral Anatomy of the Australian Torpedo (Hypuos subnigrum),

with especial reference to the Suspension of the Vertebrate Alimentary Canal,”

P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 669.

> Loc. cit. p. 673, footnote,

. 1894. ] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. ris irs

ceivably be a variable structure. The animal, after havingbeen

skinned, was carefully opened to the left of the middle line so as

not to interfere with any structures which might be there. I

found in the middle ventral line a fold of thin membrane depending

From the parietes into the body-cavity. This fold was crumpled up,

but could be readily extended and was then seen to be fully a

quarter of an inch in diameter. This fold was attached posteriorly

to the bladder, and anteriorly became continuous with the faleiform

ligament of the liver. This fold must, I think, be regarded as the

remains of the primitive ventral mesentery. I strongly suspect,

but have unfortunately an insufficient recollection of the facts to

confirm my suspicions, that a similar fold exists in Hchidna.

That it should be anangious in the one case and bear a blood-

vessel in the other is interesting but not unintelligible. To quote

one out of many analogous instances, certain of the mesenteries

supporting the cecum in the Lemurs may or may not have blood-

vessels *.

The Alimentary viscera have been described by so many authors,

including Home’, Meckel*, and Owen*, that I can limit myself

to a very few remarks. The expression “de grandeur moyenne,”

applied by Meckel to the stomach’, and repeated by Sir R.

Owen °, is less applicable to the stomach which I examined than

the expression used by the translators of Meckel, viz. ‘ extré-

mement petit.” In Meckel’s original figure, copied by Owen in

the ‘Comparative Anatomy,’ the dimensions are too great. I

found the greatest diameter of the stomach to be 13 inch (exactly

Sir E. Home’s measurement), as against 5 feet 4 inches total

length of alimentary canal.

When the viscera were fully displayed by cutting and reflecting

the abdominal parietes, the omentum was seen to extend right

back to the pelvic region. It is attached to about the last four

inches of the large intestine.

The slender cecum is about one inch long and is about 11

inches from the cloaca. The valvule conniventes of the small

intestine have been figured by Meckel; but as his figures are a

little rough and do not quite do justice to the structures, I have

thought it worth while to have the accompanying drawing

prepared (fig. 1, p. 718). At about the distance of one foot from

the cecum the valvule conniventes come to an end. Their termi-

nation is rather more abrupt than I should have supposed from

1 Beddard, “ Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus,” P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 451

et seqq.

2 “A Description of the Anatomy of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus,” Phil.

Trans. 1802, p. 67.

8 Ornithorhynchi paradoci descriptio anatomica.

4 “On the Young of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, Blum.,” Tr. Z. 8. vol. i.

. 221

Aik Traité général d’Anatomie Comparée,’ Trad. Fr, (Paris, 1838), vol. viii.

. 539.

fo Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates’ (London, 1868), vol. iii. p. 410,

[ Dec. 4,

MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE

718

Fig. 1.

Stomach and commencement of duodenum of Ornithorhynchus.

Pp; pylorus.

@s, cesophagus,

1894. ] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 719

reading the current descriptions of the gut. Though they are not,

as Owen remarks, nearly so close together in the posterior as in

the anterior part of the gut, I could detect no oblique disposition

of the folds. The Peyer’s patches are very slightly developed in

this animal ; I only found one about 2 feet from the cecum and a

second one just below the origin of the cecum.

The spleen in the animal dissected by myself was not bifid as it

has been described. It was a flat band lying diagonally across the

body-cavity and looked almost exactly like a coil of intestine.

§ Male Generative Organs.

Meckel’s figure of these organs, which is copied by Sir Richard

Owen, does not appear to me to be accurate in every particular.

The testis is of a loose texture and is enveloped in a tough mem-

brane which can be readily dissected off. This is continuous with a

sheet of mesentery which supports the anterior convoluted portion

of the sperm-duct. It is not, however, only attached to one side

and to only a portion of that, as shown in the drawing of Meckel,

but is disposed as in the accompanying drawing (fig. 2, p. 720), an

inspection of which will render a detailed description unnecessary.

The appearances presented are chiefly due to the fact that the

mesorchium is attached to the sperm-duct, not along a straight,

but a curved line. This brings about the formation of a pocket

which is faint comparable to a similar pocket which is usually

found between the ovary and the Fallopian tube in female Mam-

malia. The convoluted character of the sperm-duct is well

illustrated in Meckel’s figure referred to. It could be readily

injected with coloured fluid.

§ The Heart.

The heart of Ornithorhynchus has been so recently described, with

a full account of the previous memoirs relating to the matter, by

Prof. Lankester ’, that I need not trouble the Society with any

general description. There are, however, some new facts to record

concerning the right auriculo-ventricular valve (fig. 3, p.721). I

have thought it worth while to have a drawing prepared of one of

the two hearts in my possession, which differ from each other to

some extent. Prof. Lankester found in the hearts examined b

himself that the “ septal flap ” of the valve in the half of the collar

which borders the septal side of the ostium was either entirely

wanting or but slightly represented by a small flap on the right

side. This statement was contrary to that of Gegenbaur, who

asserted the existence of a complete circular valve like that of

other Mammalia. It appeared to Prof. Lankester that the absence

or rudimentary character of the septal flap was of greater import-

1 “On the Valves of the Heart of Ornithorhynchus, &c.,” P. Z. 8. 1882,

p. 549; and “On the Right Oardiac Valve of Echidna and of Ornithorhynchus,"’

P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 8.

720 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 4,

ance as diagnostic of the Monotreme heart than the fact of the

greater muscularity of the valve.

This conclusion was obviously warranted by the facts discovered

by Prof. Lankester; but the heart of Ornithorhynchus is more

variable, apparently, as regards this valve than would be inferred

Fig. 2.

Testis and vas deferens of Ornithorhynchus,

é, remains of testis.

s, sac in which it is enclosed.

m, membrane attaching this sac to vas deferens (Sp).

nm, membrane attaching sperm-duct to body-wa ll.

from Prof. Lankester’s paper. The first of the two hearts which

I dissected was, at first sight, almost exactly like that figured by

Prof. Lankester in fig. 14 of plate xl. of his memoir, The muscle

“6” was single and there was a small membranous septal flap

“Te

1894. ] VISCERAL ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 721

“be.” But between the apparent end of this flap and the muscle

“e” was a slight thickening, ligamentous in texture, of the inter-

ventricular wall of the heart. I hardly noticed this until I had

examined the second heart. In the latter the septal flap of the

Heart of Ornithorhynchus, with right ventricle opened.

sp, septal flap of valve. | a, a’, severed muscles of outer valve-flap.

right auriculo-ventricular valve was completely developed. It was

tied down to the interventricular septum by two slight papillary

muscles, which, however, did not, as in the case of the other half

of the valve, at all invade the tendinous tissue of the valve. They

were attached to its edge merely by the tendons. This septal

half of the valve lay close to the interventricular wall, as, indeed, is

generally the case among mammals ; in the first of the two hearts

it was so little detached from the ventricular wall as almost to

suggest a case of cardiac disease rather than a normal structure.

But the state of affairs in the second heart showed plainly how it

was necessary to interpret the first heart. It will be noticed that

my observations agree entirely with those of Gegenbaur, particu-

larly in the case of the first heart, in which (to quote from Prof.

Lankester’s translation of Gegenbaur’s paper) “ no trabecule pass

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1894, No. XLVIII. 48

722 MR.G. A. BOULENGHR ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIZARD [Dec. 4,

to its (the septal half of the valve’s) free margin, and, moreover,

no muscular fibres can be detected in its substance.”

It is very desirable that more hearts of Ornithorhynchus should

be examined. At present it is uncertain whether the hearts

described by Prof. Lankester or those described by Prof. Gegen-

baur and myself have the stronger claim to be regarded as the

normal.

' Postscript, added Dec. 31.—Since writing the above I have seen,

through the kindness of Prof. Weldon, another specimen of

Echidna. There was, as he pointed out to me, an epigastric vein

turgid with blood, supported by a fold of membrane in parts at

least an inch deep.

3. Second Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in

the Natural-History Museum’. By G. A. Boutencer,

E.RS.

[Received November 20, 1894.]

(Plates XLVII.-XLIX.)

L. List of the Species, new or previously unrepresented,

added to the Collection since February 1890,

(An asterisk indicates type specimens.)

1. Tropiocolotes tripolitanus, Ptrs.—Tunisia (Lataste) ; Egypt

(Anderson).

*2. Gymnodactylus pequensis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiii.

1823, p. 314.—Pegu (fea).

*3. Gymnodactylus baluensis, Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 144.—

Kina Baloo, N. Borneo (Paris Mus., Everett).

. Phyllodactylus androyensis, Grand.— Madagascar.

» Phyllodactylus julieni, Cope.-—Curacgao (Hartert).

. Edura nivaria, Blgr., infran—Natal (Lewis).

. Hemidactylus greeffii, Bocage.—S. Thomé (Bocage).

. Bunocnemis modesta, Gthr. P. Z.8. 1894, p. 85.—Ngatana,

E. Africa (Gregory).

* *

OD ST OD OV

9. Phyllopezus goyazensis, Ptrs.—N. Paraguay (Turin Mus.).

*10

. Lygodactylus miops, Gthr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891,

p. 287.—Madagascar (Majastre).

*11. Lygodactylus angularis, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 555.—Shiré

Highlands (Johaston).

*12. Geckolepis polylepis, Bttgr. Kat. Senck. p. 35 (1893).—

Madagascar (Senckenb. Mus.).

13. Eurydactylus vieillardi, Bavay.—New Caledonia.

1 Of, P.Z. 8. 1890, p. 77.

PZ: S; 1694) Pl Ava

Mintern Bros. imp

H.Grénvold del.et lith.

1.G@DURA NIVARITA. op LAS OMAC ruts) DUB Brew LOS ths

3.UROCENTRUM GUENTHERI

| ik hs ae oS

‘a

a *

3 al

»é

: ,

iT .9.¢

¥ ’

a va

yy? aaa!

] +

a : a

4 és

ne H

war

&. Sy

Rem a = 5 S|

‘

i 7

™~ *

’

a ik

}

* Pr.

imp.

Minterr. Bros

j.et hth

Grérevol

IPLOGLOSSUS B

--y 44>

ae | y

peed A Ba Se

fe son howe PE,

‘ST

imryo

Nantern Bros

7 1 NT

FU REN,

H. Grénvold del. et Jith.

CHYDROMUS HOLST. 2-LYGOSOM

ENS. 4. ABLEPHARUS CARSONII

DE CIP iE:

TACH

OSOMA DE

ive GOS

1894.]

14.

F115.

=1G

ive

#18.

=£9,

*20.

*21,

*22.

*26.

COLLECTION IN THH NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 723

Phelsuma dubium, Bttgr.—-Madagascar (Senckenb. Mus.).

Elasmodactylus tuberculosus, Blgr., infra.—Lower Congo

(Pinnock).

Spherodactylus vincenti, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 354.—

St. Vincent, W.I. (Godman).

Delma impar, Fisch.—S. Australia (Stirling).

Draco quadrasi, Bttgr. Katal. Senck. p. 41 (1893).—

Sibuyan Island, Philippines (Senckenb. Mus.).

Draco walkeri, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 279.—

Timor ( Walker).

Draco modighann, Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii.

1892, p. 523.—Engano (Modighant).

Draco microlepis, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 523.—N. Borneo

(Everett).

Draco maximus, Blgr. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 522.—Sarawak

(Hose).

. Gonyocephalus boydi, Macleay.—Herbert R. (Boyd).

. Acanthosaura kakhienensis, And.—S. Shan States (Oates) ;

Karin hills (Fea).

. Japalura ornata, v. Lidth de Jeude, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv.

1893, p. 251.—Kina Baloo, N. Borneo (Hverett).

Agama gregoru, Gthr. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 86.—Mkonumbi,

E. Africa (Gregory).

. Phrynocephalus vlangalii, Strauch.—Swan Sje (St. Peters-

burg Mus.) ; KE. Turkestan and W. China (Littledale).

. Phrynocephalus przewalskii, Strauch.—S. Aljarchan (St.

Petersburg Mus.).

. Phrynocephalus arabicus, Anders. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894,

p. 377.—Hadramut (Anderson).

. Amphibolurus decresii, D. & B.—Australia (Christiania

Mus.).

. Aporoscelis bentiit, Anders. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894,

p- 376.—Hadramut (Anderson).

. Anolis wattsii, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894, p. 375.—

Antigua, W.1. ( Waits).

. Anolis limifrons, Cope.—Nicaragua (Rix).

. Anolis rivi, Blgr., infra.—Nicaragua (fiw).

. Anolis rhombifer, Blgr., infraa—Nicaragua (Rix).

. Polychrus gutturosus, Berth.—Nicaragua (fiw); Panama

(Christiania Mus.) ; Ecuador (Gunter),

. Anisolepis grilli, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) x. 1891,

p. 909.—Parana (Grillo); 8. Paulo (Ihering).

. Aptycholemus longicauda, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891,

p- 85.—Riacho del Oro, Argentina (Copenhagen Mus.).

. Ctenoblepharis jamesii, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 3.—Tarapaca,

Chili (James).

. Urocentrum guentheri, Blgr., infra.—Yquitos, Peru.

. Sceloporus bulleri, Blgr., infra.—Jalisco, Mexico (Buller).

. Sceloporus melanorhinus, Bocourt.—S. Domingo de Guzman,

Mexico (Buller).

48*

724

*44,

45.

46.

*47,

*48,

*49,

*50.

*51.

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIZARD [ Dec. 4)

Sceloporus orcuttz, Stejn. N. Am. Faun. no. 7, pt. 2, p. 181

(1893).—California (Gilbert).

Sceloporus heterolepis, Blgr., infra.—Jalisco (Buller).

Phrynosoma coronatum, Blainy.'—California (Christiania

Mus.).

aaa vittifer, Reichen. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 372.—Zulu-

land (Christiania Mus.).

Zonurus jonesii, Blgr. Aun. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 417.—

Transvaal (Jones).

Chamesaura miopropus, Blgr., infra.—Brit. C. Africa

(Carson).

Diploglossus bivittatus, Blgr., infra.—Nicaragua (Rothschuh).

Ophiodes intermedius, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiii. 1894,

p. 343.—Paraguay (Bohls).

Varanus heteropholis, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 506.—Sarawak

(Hose).

. Varanus togianus, Ptrs—Macassar (1. Weber).

. Centropyx viridistriga, Blgr. Aun, N. H. (6) xiii. 1894,

p- 343.—Paraguay (Bohls).

. Cnemidophorus arubensis, v. Lidth de Jeude, Notes Leyd.

Mus. ix. 1887, p. 182.—Aruba (Hartert).

. Amphisbena bohlsit, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xii. 1894,

p. 344.—Paraguay (Bohls).

. Amphisbena camura, Cope.—Paraguay (Bohls).

. Amphisbena quadrifrons, Ptrs.—Kalahari (Cunninghame).

. Lepidosternum latifrontale, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiii. 1894,

p-. 345.—Paraguay (Bohis).

. Tachydromus holsti, Blgr., infra—Chimabara, Japan

(Holst).

. Tachydromus formosanus, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) xiv. 1894,

p- 462.—Formosa (Holst).

. Lacerta simonyi, Steind. Anz. Ak. Wien, 1889, p. 260. —

Zalmor, near Hierro, Canary Islands (Tristram).

. Algiroides moreoticus, Bibr.—Morea (Douglass) ; Cephalonia

( Werner).

. Evemias sexteniata, Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi.

1894, p. 718.—Lamu, E. Africa (Jackson).

. Eremias erythrosticta, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii.

1891, p. 10.—Somaliland (obecchi).

. Mabuia pulchra, Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. 1893,

p. 29.—S. Arabia (Anderson).

. Mabuia hildebrandtit, Ptrs.—Somaliland (Robecchi).

. Lygosoma sanctum, D. & B.—Java (M. Weber).

. Lygosoma florense, M. Weber, Zool. Ergebn. p. 173

69.

(1890).—Flores (M. Weber).

Lygosoma striolatum, M. Weber, 1. c. p. 172.—Damma

Island ( Walker).

1 The specimens referred to P. coronatum in the Catalogue belong to a dis-

tinct species, P. blainvillii, Gray, as pointed out by Stejneger, N. Am. Faun,

no. 7, pt. 2, p. 187 (1893), and Vanderburgh, Proc. Cal. Ac. (2) iv. 1894, p. 296.

1894,] COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 725

*70. Lygosoma amabile, F. Miill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, x. 1894,

p- 385.—Celebes (Sarasin).

*71, Lygosoma subceruleum, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891,

p- 289.—Travancore (Fer: quson).

72. Lygosoma variabile, Bavay.—New Caledonia.

73. Lygosoma delicatum, De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. W. (2)

ii, 1888, p. 820. —Queensland (Boyd).

74. Lygosoma pectorale, De Vis.—N.W. Australia (Walker).

*75. Lygosoma maccooeyi, Rams. & D. Ogilby, Rec. Austral.

Mus. i. 1890, p. 8.—Brawlin, N. 8. Wales (Australian

Mus.).

*76. Lygosoma spencert, Lucas, Proc. R. Soc. Vict. (2) vi. 1894,

p- 81.—Victoria (Lucas).

77. Lygosoma whiteheadi, Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 144.—

Labuan (Averett).

*78. Lygosoma luzonense, Bler., infra —N. Luzon ( Whitehead).

*79. Lygosoma decipiens, Bler., infra.—N. Luzon ( Whitehead).

80. Lygosoma anchiete, Bocage.—Angola (Bocage).

*81. Lygosoma relictum, Vineig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii.

1892, p. 524.—Engano (Modigliani).

*82. Lygosoma maccoyt, Lucas, Proc. R. Soc. Vict. (2) vi. 1894,

p- 85.—Victoria (Lucas).

*83. Lygosoma walkeri, Blgr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891, p. 405.

—_N.W. Australia (Waller).

*84. Ablepharus boulengeri, D. Ogilby, Rec. Austral. Mus. i.

1890, p. 10.—Brawlin, N. 8. Wales (Austrahan Mus.).

*85. Ablepharus carsonit, Blgr., infra.—Brit. C. Africa (Carson).

*86. Ablepharus cee Peracca, Bull. Mus. Torin. ix. 1894,

no. 167, p. 8.—Syria (Festa).

io Ome aoilapnan us mocquardi, Blgr., infra.—N. Borneo (Lve-

rett).

88. Humeces schwartzu, Fisch W. Indies (Christiania Mus.).

89. Scincopus fasciatus, Ptrs.—Suakin (Penton, Anderson).

90. Ophiomorus brevipes, Blanf.—Transcaspia (Hylandt).

*91. Chalcides boulengeri, Anders. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 17.—Tunisia

(Anderson).

92. Chalcides delish, Lataste—Suakin (Anderson).

93. Scelotes astrolabi, D. & B.—Madagascar.

94. Sepsina tetradactyla, Ptrs.—Nyassaland (Johnston).

*95. Chameleon longicauda, Gthr. Ann. N. H. (6) viii. 1891,

p. 287.—Madagascar.

96. Chameleon tavetensis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, c. 1891,

p- 310.—Taveta, E. Africa (Anstruther).

*97. Brookesia stumpffii, Bttgr. Zool. Anz. 1894, p. 182.—Nossi

Bé (Senckenberg Mus. i

*98. Rhampholeon platyceps, Gthr. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 556.—

_ Nyassaland (Johnston).

*99. Rhampholeon brachyurus, Gthr. 1. c. p. 557.—Nyassaland

(Johnston),

“

726 MR.G, A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIZARD [Dec. 4,

IL. Descriptions of new Species.

(Epvra Nivarta, (Plate XLVII. fig. 1.)

Head moderate, much depressed, oviform; snout as long as the

distance between the eye and the ear-opening, once and a half the

diameter of the orbit; ear-opening small, oval, oblique. Head

covered with small, round, convex granules, largest on the snout;

rostral twice as broad as deep, without cleft; nostril between five

scales, the upper largest and separated from its fellow by a granule ;

eight or nine upper and as many lower labials ; mental and ante-

rior lower labials followed by small flat shields, gradually passing

into the small granules of the throat. Back covered with uniform

granules, as large as those on the snout; ventral scales larger,

subimbricate, smooth. Digits strongly dilated, the basal portion

not quite so broad as the distal expansion; two pairs of large

plates at the extremity of the basal portion, followed by smaller

single plates. Male with a curved series of 15 preanal pores.

Tail slightly longer than head and body, depressed, tapering to a

fine point, its basal portion divided into distinct segments composed

of six transverse series of scales above and five beneath. Pale

brown above, mottled with darker and with undulous dark brown

transverse bands; tail above with blackish transverse spots and’

with whitish annuli in its distal half.

millim. millim

Total length...... 118 Fore limbie iiss 20

Head ba 52) 15 Hind limb. ».)...i. 25

Width of head.... 13 Tail 1: (ot. do ewe 62

ODF orice ake aasiane 41

A single male specimen, captured on the snow on the Drakens-

berg Range, Natal (see above, p. 608). Presented by Mr. R. T.

Lewis.

ELASMODACTYLUS, g. nn. Geckonidarum.

Digits strongly dilated, free, with transverse undivided lamelle

below ; all digits with a minute claw fitting in a notch of the distal

lamella. Body covered with unequal-sized juxtaposed tubercles.

Pupil vertical.

In its digital structure this new form approaches Rhoptropus,

Peters (= Dactychilikion, Thominot'), and to a certain extent

bridges over the gap separating the latter from Gecko. But it

is well distinguished from Rhoptropus by the shorter digits ex-

panding more gradually towards the end, the incomplete palpebral

ring, and the dorsal lepidosis,

? One of the principal characters on which Dactychilikion was founded, viz.

the hair-like fringe of the subdigital lamellz, is common to all Geckos and more

or less easily visible when the outer layer of the epidermis has been removed.

These cuticular hairs were first noticed in the Geckos by Cartier, Arb. Zool.

Inst. Wiirzb, i. 1872, p. 86, in the Anoles by M, Braun, op. cit. y. 1879, p. 31.

—

1894.] COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 72

ELASMODACTYLUS TUBERCULOSUS. (Plate XLVII. fig. 2.)

Body stout, limbs short. Head longer than broad, moderately

depressed, distinct from neck; snout obtusely pointed, a little

longer than the distance from the eye to the ear-opening, once and

a half the diameter of the orbit; ear-opening oval-subtriangular,

its greatest diameter not quite half that of the orbit. Upper sur-

face of head covered with small granules, which are intermixed

with larger ones behind; nostril pierced between the rostral and

four scales; rostral once and a half as broad as deep, with median

cleft above; ten upper labials; nine lower labials; mental large,

posterior border rounded; no chin-shields; throat finely granulate.

Body and limbs above with granules and tubercles of unequal sizes,

the largest of which are subconical and concentrically striated; the

vertebral line with uniform small granules ; belly covered with very

small, subimbricate, cycloid, smooth scales. Digits moderately

elongate, not very unequal in length, depressed at the base, dilated

into an elongate ovate disk in the distal half; 20 lamelle under

the median toe. Uniform dark grey-brown aboye, dirty white

beneath.

From: snout to, vent 5.6 ..+..<.%->- 70 millim.

5 TESTE EE TRS ee eae SR ee RR Or 20F 2

a Ta leo ell (210 Peas Se a SP Wa

GLIVTTR ELT | 1e eer maa ne eRe COR ee Do oe

a Ihave Li) eee Oe ae ey ee eer renn te ae aes

The only specimen, collected by the Rev. J. Pinnock in the

district of the Lower Congo, is a female with the tail in an early

stage of regeneration.

ANOLIS RIxI. (Plate XLYVIII. fig. 1.)

Head once and two-thirds as long as broad, slightly longer than

the tibia; forehead concave; frontal ridges strong, divergent ;

upper head-scales mostly keeled, very small on the snout; scales

of the supraorbital semicircles strongly enlarged, strongly keeled,

separated by one series of small scales; five or six large, strongly

keeled supraoculars; occipital small, separated from the supraorbital

semicircles by two series of rather large scales ; canthal scales three ;

loreal rows nine; nine upper labials to below centre of eye; ear-

opening large, vertically oval. Gular appendage moderately large;

gular scales keeled. Body slightly compressed; no dorso-nuchal

fold. Dorsal scales large, larger than the ventrals, irregular, and

rather unequal in size, feebly imbricate, feebly keeled; flanks

covered with small granular scales; ventrals subrhomboidal, scarcely

imbricate, keeled. The adpressed hind limb reaches the centre of

the eye; digits very feebly dilated; 14 lamelle under phalanges

II. and ILI. of the fourth toe. Tail slightly compressed, once and

a half length of head and body. No enlarged postanal scales.

Coppery brown above, with a dark brown lateral stripe proceeding

from the eye; a pale stripe from the shoulder to the groin, edged

728 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE TIZARD [Dec. 4,

below by a dark brown line; upper lip white, crossed by two

oblique brown streaks on each side of the snout; limbs with brown

cross-bars; lower parts white, the gular appendage greyish on the

sides.

millim. millim

Total length...... 147 Tore Timp. »ss¢-2s 23

“LE PR ee a 15 Bing) 410 wae 44

Width of head.... 9 SPIT a2 Be tia wien eee 88

SOU, wm. cin B Sch Rae 44

A single male specimen from Chontales, Nicaragua, collected by

Mr. R. A. Rix. Presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. M.

Crowfoot.

ANOLIS RHOMBIFER. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)

Head nearly once and two-thirds as long as broad, longer than

the tibia; forehead concave; frontal ridges feebly marked; upper

head-scales feebly keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles

strongly enlarged, separated by one or two series of small scales ;

twelve to fourteen enlarged supraoculars, separated from the supra-

orbital scales by a series of very small scales ; occipital as large as

the ear-opening, separated from the supraorbitals by three or four

series of scales ; canthal scales four; loreal rows seven; six upper

labials to below centre of eye; ear-opening large, vertically oval.

Gular appendage moderately large; gular scales keeled. Body

slightly compressed ; no dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales small,

subimbricate, strongly keeled, much smaller than ventrals; flanks

covered with minute, granular scales; ventrals imbricate and

strongly keeled. The adpressed hind limb reaches the centre or

the anterior border of the eye; digits moderately dilated ; 14 or

15 lamelle under phalanges II. and III. of the fourth toe. Tail

scarcely compressed, once and one-fourth to once and one-third

length of head and body. No enlarged postanal scales. Pale

greenish golden above, with two brown stripes originating on the

nape above and behind the ears; between these stripes five large

rhomboidal brown spots, the last between the hind limbs; a small

blackish ring on the base of the tail ; lower parts whitish.

3 2.

millim millim,

OUR) ACTS oy. 0m ace «ot siine oat 90 128

HE 1 aR Ra Ra aN, aC a ee 12 15

WAGE OL GRO soo ieo are ke vis be T5 9

os LA ia Re eee ateNeys 28 40

Bare tmnt oo.5. as oe vs ies Rae 19 24

Hin San: neat Gus ces eate 34 44

DST Ian Sy ape Pelee «ge 50 73

Two specimens, male and female, from Chontales, Nicaragua,

collected by Mr. R. A. Rix. Presented to the British Museum by

Mr. W. M, Crowfoot.

1894.] COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 729

UROcENTRUM GUENTHERI. (Plate XLVII. fig. 3.)

Snout short, rounded; nostril directed upwards; upper head-

scales with small granular asperities; a series of four or five large

transverse band-like supraoculars, separated from the supraciliaries

by a single series of very small scales; occipital longer than broad,

narrower than the supraocular region; four or five upper and five

lower labials; ear-opening as large as the eye-opening, without

denticulation on its anterior border. Sides of head plicate ; second

gular fold strongest. Lateral and anterior dorsal scales very small,

granular, smooth; posterior dorsal scales larger, smooth or very

obtusely keeled ; ventrals larger, squarish, feebly imbricate, smooth.

Digits slender. The adpressed hind limb reaches the axilla. Tail

shorter and narrower than the body, flat inferiorly, twice as broad

as deep, with whorls of very large, obtusely keeled, spinose scales,

the spines strongest on the sides. Head and nape bluish grey,

back and limbs pale olive; head spotted with black; nape and

anterior part of back with curved black cross-bands; posterior half

of body with a wide-meshed black network ; belly greenish white.

millim. millim

Total length...... 122 Hore mbirs 7.445 32

ea) ad seediotose 18 einad: toma) eer 38

Width of head.... 11 Tail pees ea abe ene aes 34

BOW: bask icrs sisaa specs 70

A single female specimen from Yquitos, Peru.

SCELOPORUS BULLERI. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)

Head moderate; snout much flattened. Head-shields smooth ;

a series of four large, transversely enlarged supraoculars, bordered

inwards by one series of small scales; two canthal scales; occipital

(interparietal) as long as broad or longer than broad, much larger

than the parietals; four or five pointed scales form a denticulation

on the anterior border of the ear. Dorsal scales much larger than

ventrals, a little broader than long, keeled, mucronate and denti-

culate, converging towards the median line ; 36 to 39 scales between

the occipital shield and the base of the tail; 8 or 9 scales corre-

spond to the length of the shielded part of the head; lateral scales

graduating into the dorsals and ventrals, directed obliquely upwards

and backwards; ventrals smooth, bi- or tricuspid; 41 or 44 scales

round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind limb reaches

the shoulder or the ear; tibia as long as the shielded part of the

head; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and the extre-

mity of the fourth equals the distance between the end of the

snout and the ear. 15 to 18 femoral pores on each side. Caudal

scales as large as dorsals. Male with enlarged postanal scales.

Dark olive above, with a black uninterrupted collar, which may be

more or less distinctly edged with yellowish or greenish; sides of

belly dark blue, black-edged, in both sexes; a patch of blue may

be present on the throat, the greater part of which is black or dark

olive.

730 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIzaARD [Dec. 4,

3. 2

millim. millim

Miowal SONU. s 22s. we ete cae 231 194

Po, ce fas > ob eee 26 22

Wrath or head 2... 72.45% 22 18

Buty 32. os ee nena 7 69

Kore limb... <i Piavedee. 42 38

iEbiate Vinaty.” 2 ee 2 eee 64 55

PPA “3° S.00gs stesso alee 135 103 (reproduced)

This species appears to be nearest allied to S. dugesii, Bocourt.

Several specimens were obtained in the State of Jalisco, at Colonia

Brizuela and at La Cumbre de los Arrastrados, 8500 feet altitude,

by Dr. A. C. Buller.

Among the Reptiles brought home by Dr. Buller from the

Isthmus of Tehuantepec there are specimens which I refer to

S. melanorhinus, Bocourt. As that species is still very imperfectly

known, and as the specimens I have referred to it differ in a

few points from Bocourt’s diagnosis, I append the following

description :—

ScHLOPORUS MELANORHINUS, Bocourt, Journ. de Zool. v. 1876,

p. 401.

Head large; snout much flattened. Head-shields smooth; a

series of four large transverse supraoculars, separated from the

frontal and from the supraciliaries by one series of small scales, the

fourth in contact with the parietal ; occipital (interparietal) a little

broader than long, as broad as or broader than the parietals, which

are large and broader than long; ear-opening nearly hidden under

the large pointed scales in front of it. Dorsal scales much larger

than ventrals, as broad as long, strongly keeled and mucronate,

entire or feebly denticulate, forming parallel longitudinal series ;

26 or 27 scales between the occipital scale and the base of the tail ;

6 or 7 scales correspond to the length of the shielded part of the

head; lateral scales keeled, directed upwards and backwards,

graduating into the dorsals and ventrals ; latter smooth, bicuspid ;

36 to 40 scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed

hind limb reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia a little shorter

than the shielded part of the head; the distance between the base

of the fifth toe and the extremity of the fourth equals the distance

between the end of the snout or the nostril and the ear. 19 or 20

femoral pores on each side. Caudal scales nearly as large as

dorsals. Male with enlarged postanal scales. Yellowish or

greyish olive above; a yellowish, black-edged cross-bar between

the eyes; a yellowish band from behind the eye to above the

axilla, between which a blackish blotch or bar extends across the

scapular region ; some less distinct dark cross-bars may follow on

the back; male with the lower surface of the head black and

white in front, pale blue behind, yellowish green on the sides ;

the breast and median line of belly salmon-red; the belly pale

blue near the median line, yellowish green on the sides. .

1894,] COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 731

Se Ou

millim, millim.

Motal leneth “Nees ware ore es 208 193

Gages Looe Se 25 28

Widtlt of head o.9. 2% 202 22 28

101052 SPAT Se yeti 73 EG

HRorelimb: / 22 b eee 43 46

Handblimily) hae es ege teeters BY 63

A TU aan met yn sauna ate 110 95

Three specimens (male, female, and half-grown) obtained at

Santo Domingo de Guzman, Mexico, by Dr. A. C. Buller.

SCELOPORUS HETEROLEPIS. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)

Head small. Head-shields smooth; one or two more or less

irregular series of transversely enlarged supraoculars ; two canthal

scales; occipital large, as long as broad or broader than long ;

parietals small, sometimes indistinct ; anterior border of ear with a

denticulation formed by three or four pointed scales. Dorsal scales

very unequal in size, irregular, some nearly smooth, others

strongly keeled; a pair of vertebral and a latero-dorsal series of

large strongly keeled scales form sorts of crests along the body ;

ventral scales smooth, mostly bicuspid. ‘The adpressed hind limb

reaches the shoulder or the ear; tibia as long as the shielded part

of the head ; the distance between the base of the fifth toe and

the extremity of the fourth exceeds the distance between the

end of the snout and the posterior border of the ear. 14 to 19

femoral pores on each side. Caudal scales as large as largest

dorsals, strongly keeled, spinose. Male with strongly enlarged

postanal scales. Coloration very much as in S. microlepis. Greyish

or pale brown above, with indistinct darker and lighter blotches

and symmetrical blackish markings in the form of transverse or

angular lines, the first of which crosses the frontal and supraocular

regions ; male with a black bar (sometimes interrupted) across the

throat and with a large pale blue blotch on each side of the belly,

broadly edged with blackish blue on the median ventral line.

ou Q.

millim. millim.

Potal lengthy 3.25 Saweh 135 125

Pipa trina? ha Rs Cha i 16 14

Width’ot head). #i%'ad.de: 14 12

Bidiys y/o), ss MEME eves 44 46

Bote lunb 44s. ete 29 26

Ebndilimb', ate ikea 39 37

Pali a2s Aes Bee eat V5) 65

Several specimens were collected by Dr. A. C. Buller at various

localities in the State of Jalisco (La Cumbre de los Arrastrados,

Real Alto, Riocho La Berberia, Sierra de Bolanos), at altitudes

varying between 7800 and 8500 feet,

‘

732 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIZARD [ Dec. 4,

CHAMZSAURA MIOPROPUS.

Fore limb reduced to a minute clawed vestige, no longer than a

scale; hind linb much more developed, nearly half as long as the

head, ending in a single claw, as in C. anguina. One femoral

pore. Head-shields and scaling of the body as in C. anguina.

Yellowish, with four pale brown stripes, the median pair edged

with black on the outer side.

millim

Total Jongtih sy weeps <i bk e.~ «neue 550

Head ies ooRe seats sie een 15

Tail ait ed Jee US eRe eae as 430

Pore litbrit fects et Anak i

Hind limbus. Joaht ince fe

A single specimen from Fwambo, British Central Africa. Col-

lected by Mr. A. Carson.

In the first Report I described a species (C. didactyla) inter-

mediate between C. enea and C. anguina. The one now established

fills up the gap between C. anguina and C. macrolepis.

The five species of Chamesaura may be distinguished as

follows :—

A. Both pairs of limbs very distinct.

Limbs pentadactyle ; 28 scales round the body ......... 1. enea, Wem.

Limbs didactyle; 26 scales round the body .............0+ 2. didactyla, Blgr.

Limbs monodactyle ; 26 scales round the body ......... 3. anguina, L.

B. Fore limb yery minute or absent ; hind limb monodactyle.

Fore limb distinct ; 26 scales round the body ............ 4. miopropus, Blgr.

No trace of fore limb externally; 22 scales round the

[Cee ea ereer errr crea ar reerce Mercere reer er 5. macrolepis, Cope.

DreLoeiossus Bivirratus. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.)

Head slightly distinct from neck; snout moderate, with obtuse

canthus; ear-opening small. A large azygous prefrontal, in

contact with the frontal and the first and second supraoculars, in

contact with the second loreal, and separated from the rostral by

two pairs of shields; frontal twice as long as broad; parietal

separated from the frontal and supraoculars by two shields; nasal

in contact with the rostral, followed by two superposed postnasals,

two loreals, and a preocular; rostral alittle narrower than the

symphysial; the suture between the sixth and seventh upper

labials falls below the centre of the eye; three chin-shields on

each side, first in contact with the second and third lower labials.

Scales smooth, 33 round the middle of the body. Limbs short,

not meeting when adpressed; digits moderate, claws exposed.

Tail cylindrical, covered with smooth scales. Black above, with

two greenish-white stripes from the end of the snout, where they

unite, to the base of the tail, passing above the eye ; lips and sides

of neck whitish with black bars; throat whitish ; belly greyish ; tail

salmon-pink.

1894,] COLLECTION IN THE NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. 733

millim, millim

Total length...... 75 Bore lambs..< << 8

eadliog, ah vad wes 9 Hind limbs. 6. . 2 10

Width of head.... 5 Maal! Sees hehe: 4! 43

Body... oer 23

A single young specimen from the Hacienda Rosa de Jericho,

Nicaragua, 3250 feet ; collected by Dr. E. Rothschuh.

TactypRomus HOLSTI. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.) »

Head rather short. Rostral forming a suture with the fronto-

nasal, entirely separating the nasals ; supraoculars in contact with

the supraciliaries; a small shield separates the large anterior

supraocular from the loreal; temporal scales very small, obtusely

keeled ; three or four chin-shields on each side’. Six longitudinal

series of strongly keeled dorsal shields, the two median smaller ;

eight longitudinal series of keeled ventral shields ; three series of

smaller keeled shields on each side of the ventrals. Two inguinal

pores on each side. Olive above, greenish white beneath; a white

streak from the eye to the shoulder, passing through the tym-

panum.

millim millim.

Total length...... 113 ‘Bore lambivicn sn. 16

Fea) tee ce bss 10 Ehindiiimibae fee. 22

Width of head .. 7 Tail (reproduced) . 58

Ody siete stale 45

Two specimens, from the Osen Mt., Shimabara, Japan ; collected

by Mr. Holst.

LYGOsOMA LUZONENSE. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)

Section Hinulia. Body elongate; limbs weak; the distance

between the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once

and a half in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short,

obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in the

nasal; no supranasal; frontonasal broader than long, forming a

suture with the rostral; prefrontals in contact; frontal not quite

so long as the frontoparietal, which is single, in contact with the

first and. second supraoculars ; four supraoculars, first largest ;

seven supraciliaries ; parietals forming a suture-behind the inter-

parietal ; no enlarged nuchals ; fourth to sixth upper labials below

the eye. Har-opening round, small, not larger than the pupil.

28 smooth scales round the middle of the body ; dorsals as large as

ventrals, laterals smaller. A pair of feebly enlarged preanals.

The length of the hind limb equals the distance between the

posterior border of the eye and the fore limb; fourth toe a little

longer than third. ‘Tail thick, once and one-fourth the length of

1 The adult has three chin-shields on the right side and four on the left ; the

young has four shields on each side.

734 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIZARD [Dec.M,

head and body. Pale reddish brown above, with small darker

spots, a slightly undulous blackish line on each side, and a series cf

blackish spots forming an interrupted vertebral line; sides dark

brown, with light dots ; lower parts whitish.

millim. millim.

Total length........ 88 Fore limb...... 8

MAGA, Sean ness einem 8 Hind limb .... 10

Width of head .... 45 dW Ma eed are F 50

OY wes ds ee 30

A single specimen from Mt. Benguet, N. Luzon, collected by

Mr. Whitehead. Presented by the Subscribers to the Whitehead

Exploration Fund.

Liycosoma DECIPIENS. (Plate XLIX. fig. 3.)

This small Scink so much resembles the preceding in coloration

and in the scaling of the head that one would at first be inclined

to refer it to the same species. It differs, however, in several

important characters. The ear-opening is much larger and oval,

nearly two-thirds the size of the eye-opening. The rostral forms a

much broader suture with the frontonasal ; the frontal is slightly

longer than the frontoparietal. The body is shorter, the distance

between the end of the snout and the fore limb once and one-

fourth to once and one-third in the distance between axilla and

groin. The length of the hind limb equals the distance between

the nostril and the fore limb. There are 36 scales round the

middle of the body. The tail tapers gradually from the base.

As stated above, the coloration is much the same as in ZL. luzonense ;

there are, however, no other dark spots on the back but those

forming the interrupted vertebral line ; a well-defined dark brown

streak, continued as a dorso-lateral line, extends along each side of

the head and neck, passing through the eye, and the temple and

neck below it are white.

millim. millim.

Total length...... 80 Fore: limbiis iste > 10

TIGA» castes ator 9 Ea limps ee 12

Width of head.... 5 Wail ire ae Oates 45

GLY: i setatetadie wrx es 26 ;

Both this species and the preceding connect the sections

Hinulia and Homolepida, but should be referred to the former, as

defined by me’.

Two specimens were obtained by Mr. Whitehead on Isabella,

N.E. Luzon.

! Through an oversight, the section Hinwlia is stated in my Catalogue to be

characterized by distinct frontoparietals; Z.acutwm forms an exception in

having these shields fused.

1894,] COLLECTION IN THB NATURAL-HISTORY MUSEUM. —- 735

ABLEPHARUS CARSONII. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.)

Snout very short, obtuse. Hye entirely surrounded by a circle

of granules. Rostral forming an extensive suture with the fronto-

nasal, which is in contact with the frontal ; no supranasal ; frontal

small, hardly one third the size of the single shield formed through

fusion of the frontoparietals and interparietal ; three supraoculars,

first largest and in contact with the frontal; five or six supra-

ciliaries ; a pair of nuchals; four upper labials anterior to the sub-

ocular. Har-opening roundish, as large as the pupil. 26 scales

round the middle of the body, laterals a little smaller than dorsals

or ventrals. Przanals scarcely enlarged. Limbs pentadactyle,

narrowly separated when adpressed. Bronzy brown above.

greenish white beneath; a black vertebral line; a black line edged

above with yellow, on each side, from the end of the snout to the

base of the tail.

millim. millim

Total length...... g Hore‘limb- jaa os 8

Ueady Satis Is cabs 6 ind) limb) sere: 10

Width of head.... 4°5 Dail oc sessile sh} stat 46

Body. Weer. S426 ul. 28

A single specimen from Fwambo, British Central Africa.

Collected by Mr. A. Carson.

TROPIDOPHORUS MOCQUARDII.

This species, specimens of which have been referred to 7. beccariz

by Dr. Mocquard in his paper on the reptiles of Kina Baloo (N. Arch.

Mus. [3] ii. 1890, p. 135), agrees with 7’ beccariz in its smooth

scales, with 7’. brookii in its smaller postmental, behind which two

pairs of shields are in contact, and in its larger head, which is

more swollen at the temples; it differs from both in the greater

number of scales round the body, viz. 34. The coloration is the

same as in 7’. brookiz. From snout to vent 95 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from Kina Baloo, N. Borneo,

received from Mr. A. Everett.

The female contains four fully developed young, measuring

30 millim. from snout to vent.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatrze XLVII.

Fig. 1. Edura nivaria, Bligr., p. 726.

la Lower surface of foot, x 2.

2. Elasmodactylus tuberculosus, Blgr., p. 727.

2a. Lower surface of foot, x 2.

3. Urocentrwm guentheri, Blgr,, p. 729.

736

Fig.

ON ADDITIONS TO THE LIZARD COLLECTION, [Dec: 4,

Piate XLVIII.

. Anolis rivi, Blgr., p. 727. Upper surface of head, x 2

. Anolis rhombifer, Blen p. 728. Upper surface ‘of fae x 23.

. Sceloporus bulleri, lee . 729. Head and anterior part of body.

. Sceloporus heterolepis, Bler, p. 731.

. Diploglossus bivittatus, Blgr., p. 732.

es Upper surface of head, x 24.

Crotty Cobo eS

Puate XLIX,

4: Sais ic 3 holsti, Blgr., p. 733.

% 4, Upper surface of head, x 3.

,, Lower surface of head, x 3.

A ges luzonense, Blgr., p. 733.

2a. Upper surface of head, x 3.

3. Lygosoma ae Blgr., p. 734.

3a, Upper surface of head, X 3.

4. ‘Ablepharus carsonii, Blgr., p. 735.

4a. - - Upper surface of head, x 3.

LIST

Jane le

C2 ho

10.

Proc.

APPENDIX.

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1894.

2 Purple-capped Lories (Zoriws domicella). Purchased.

1 Long-billed Butcher-bird (Barita destructor). Deposited.

. 1 Coot (#ulica atra). Presented by Mrs. L. Spender.

. 1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (A teles ater), 9. Presented by

Mr. L. Clarke.

2 Wedge-tailed Eagles (Aquila audar). Presented by F. W.

Burgess, Esq.

1 Diademed Amazon (Chrysotis diademata). Purchased.

. 1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Snow-Leopard (Felis uncia), $. From Lahoul, Punjab,

Himalayas. Purchased. See P. Z. 5. 1894, p. 92.

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus), Presented by Mrs.

Brightwen.

1 Common Hamster (Cricetus frumentarius). Presented by

Mrs. Brightwen.

1 Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta). Purchased.

. 2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus). Purchased.

1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.

2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens), Purchased.

4 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis). Purchased.

2 Common Teguexins (Tupinambis teguecin). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus),3. From

Beira, E. Africa. Presented by H. P. Hast, Esq.

2 Lapwings (Vanellus vulgaris). Received in Exchange.

2 Dunlins (Tringa alpina). Received in Exchange.

. 2 Jackdaws (Corvus monedula). Presented by Miss Williams.

1 Melodious Jay-Thrush (Leucodioptron canorum). Purchased.

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda),3. Deposited.

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus),3. From

Mauritius. Presented by Mrs. Adams.

. 1 Clifford’s Snake (Zamenis cliffordi). From Egypt. Presented

by W. L. Tod, Esq.

. 1 Himalayan Monkey (Macacus assamensis), 9. From Sikhim.

Presented by Capt. Edmund A. Grubbe.

Zoot. Soo.—1894, No. XLIX. 49

738

Jan.

Feb.

16.

17,

18.

20.

APPENDIX. *

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by the

Rev. Thos. Rickards.

2 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor), § Q. Presented

by W. Rudge Rootes, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Gigantic Salamanders (Megalobatrachus maximus). De-

posited.

1 Cuvier’s Podargus (Podargus cuvieri). Purchased.

8 Gigantic Salamanders (Megalobatrachus maximus). De-

posited.

2 Spanish Terrapins (Clemmys leprosa). From Mellila, N.

Africa, Presented by Bennet Burleigh, Esq.

. 1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by

E. Wingate, Esq.

. 4 Fishes (Nemachilus, sp. inc.). From China. Presented by

A. Herbert Allen, Esq., M.D.

23. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra), 3. Presented by Mr. W.S. Ber-

ridge.

8 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 4 3,

49. Purchased.

. 2 Abyssinian Guiuea-fowls (Numida ptilorhyncha), From

Somaliland. Purchased.

2 Burrowing Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Purchased.

. 1 Rose-ringed Parrakeet (Palgornis docilis),2. Presented by

J. Hickman, Esq.

2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

Mrs. G, E. Russell.

. 1 King Snake (Coluber getulus). From Florida. Presented by

Lawson Reuss, Esq.

. 2 Weka Rails (Ocydromus australis). Presented by the Hon.

Lancelot Lowther.

. 1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus),9. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Waxwing (Ampelis garrulus). Purchased.

2 Long-tailed Titmice (Parus caudatus). Purchased.

2, 2 Kyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by T. Keen, Esq.

20 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea), Presented by T.

Keen, Esq.

. 1 Chilian Conure (Conwrus smaragdinus). Presented by Mrs.

Gibney.

1 Madagascar Porphyrio (Porphyrio madagascariensis). Pur-

chased.

2 Swainson’s Lorikeets (Trichoglossus nove-hollandie). Pre-

sented by John Biehl, Esq.

. 1 Green-winged Trumpeter (Psophia viridis). Deposited.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus),2. Presented by Col. J.

T. North.

1 Red-eared Bulbul (Pycnonotus jocosus). Presented by C. S.

Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

1 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothriz luteus). Presented by

C. 8. Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

3 Indian Silver-bills (Mania malabarica) (vars.). Presented by

C. 8. Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

1 Chestnut-breasted Finch (Donacola castaneothorax),3. Pre-

sented by C. 8. Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

2 Java Sparrows (Padda oryzivora) (vars.). Presented by C. 8.

Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

Feb. 6.

“I

ce OO

10.

13.

14.

15.

16.

20.

21.

24,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 739

1 Crimson-crowned Weaver-bird (Euplectes jflammiceps), 3.

Presented by C. S. Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

2 Russ’s Weaver-birds ( Quelea russt),$ 2. Presented by C.S8.

Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

2 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveolus). Presented by OC. S. Simp-

son, Hsq., L.R.C.P.

1 Grey-necked Serin Finch (Serinus canicollis). Presented by

C. 8. Simpson, Esq., L.R.C.P.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus),?. Presented hy

F. Reynolds, Esq.

. 1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus),2. Deposited.

. 1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus). Presented by Miss M. A.

Farmer.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Hewett.

1 Chaffinch (Fringilla celebs)). Presented by L. V. Druce, Esq.

1 Brambling (Fringilla montifringilla). Presented by L. V.

Druce, Esq.

1 Greenfinch (Ligurinus chloris). Preseuted by L. V. Druce,

Esq.

3 Lesser Redpolls (Linota rufescens). Presented by L. V.

Druce, Esq.

1 Linnet (Linota cannabina). Presented by L. V. Druce, Esq.

1 Hedge-Sparrow (Accentor modularis). Presented by L. V.

Druce, Hsq.

1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fascatus),3. Presented by

Capt. W. H. Besant.

2 Vulturine Guinea-fowls (Numida vulturina). Presented by

Capt. W. H. Besant.

A Red-bellied Waxbills (Estrelda rufiventris). Deposited.

2 Madagascar Weaver-birds (Foudia madagascariensis). De-

posited.

2 Alario Sparrows (Passer alario). Deposited.

1 Viverrine Phalanger (Phalangista viverrina), 3. Presezted by

Mrs. Percy Morton.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macaews eynomolyus), §. Presented by

Mr. James Carter.

1 Goshawk (Astur palumbarius) 2. Presented by Duncan

Parker, Esq.

1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Presented by Mrs. Dixon-

Brown.

2 Garden Dormice (Myoxus quercinus). Presented by Dr.

R. B. Sharpe, F.Z.8.

2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata). Purchased.

1 Reichenow’s Guinea-fowl (Numida reichenowi). Purchased.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Presented by

Mr. W. Hughes.

1 Hairy Porcupine (Sphingurus villosus). Deposited.

1 Hooded Crow (Corvus cornix). Presented by Mrs. Wroughton.

2 Mozambique Monkeys (Cercopithecus pygerythrus),3 2. Pre-

sented by Lieut.-Gen. Owen L. C. Williams, F.Z.8.

1 Puff-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Ksq.

1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

. 2 Ceylonese Hanging-Parrakeets (Loriculus asiaticus). Pur-

chased.

4AQ*

740

APPENDIX. ‘

Mar. 1. 1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.

oO S> Or

14. 2

1 Grey Plover (Sguatarola helvetica). Purchased.

1 Dunlin (Tringa alpina). Purchased.

. 1 Eland (Oreas canna),?. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Kite (Milvus ictinus). Presented by the Crystal Palace

Company.

1 Common Kestrel (Tinmnunculus alaudarius). Presented by the

Crystal Palace Company.

1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by the Crystal

Palace Company.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by the Crystal

Palace Company.

1 Spotted Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculatus), Presented by the

Crystal Palace Company.

1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by the Crystal Palace

Company.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by the Crystal

Palace Company.

2 Levaillant’s Francolins (Francolinus levaillanti). Presented

by J. E. Matcham, Esq.

2 Barn-Owls (Strix flammea). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana ignitus),?2. Deposited.

. 1 Bluethroat (Cyanecula sueciea). Purchased.

3 Alpine Accentors (Accentor collaris). Purchased.

. 1 Wild Cat (Felis catus),3. From Inverness-shire. Presented

ib B

by Mrs. Ellice.

1 Solitary Thrush (Monticola cyanus), Presented by J. Young,

Esq., F.Z.S.

Collared Peccaries (Dicotyles aes 2. Presented by

H.E, Sir Alfred Moloney, K.C.M.G.

1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera),g. Presented by H.E.

Sir Alfred Moloney, K.C.M.G.

2 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalis capensis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Cape Viper (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E. Mat-

cham, Esq.

2 Crossed Snakes (Psemmophis crucifer), Presented by Messrs.

H. M. & C. Beddington.

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriz). Presented by

Messrs. H. M. & C. Beddington.

1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by Messrs. H. M. & C. Beddington.

1 Crossed Snake (Psammophis crucifer). Deposited.

1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). Deposited.

1 Puff-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by Messrs. H. M. &

C. Beddington.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by Miss

L. D. Summerbell.

2 Redshanks (Totanus calidris). Purchased.

. 1 Wild Cat (Felis catus), 2. From Inverness-shire. Presented

by Mrs. Ellice.

. 1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie), 2 3. Presented by

Mrs. Tidey. ;

1 White-bellied Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster). Presented

by Mrs. Scales.

Mar. 20,

30.

31,

April 2.

D ox

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. TAL

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

J. Ward, Esq.

2 Alpine Accentors (Accentor collaris). Purchased.

. 2 Black Apes (Cynopithecus niger), 23. Deposited.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Mrs.

White.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palzornis torquatus), 2. Presented

by Miss Castle.

. 2 Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus). Presented by Penn C.

Sherbrooke, Esq.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by H. Godman,

Esq.

24, 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-

posited.

. 2 Syrian Bears (Ursus syriacus). Presented by Arnold Pike,

. 1 Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Presented by Seftor Don

D. M. Macleod.

1 American Turkey (Meleagris gallo-pavo), $. Presented by

A. Blayney Percival, Esq.

28. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Presented by A. Murray,

Esq.

. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Presented by Capt.

W. E. Clift.

1 Common Tecuexin ( Tupinambis teguexin). Presented by Capt.

W. E. Clift.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mr. W.

Chrystal.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothria sciurea). Presented by Mrs.

EK. M. Parkinson.

2 Noisy Pittas (Pitta strepitans). Purchased.

1 Green Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Thomas

Plowman, Esq.

2 Pink-footed Geese (Anser brachyrhynchus). Presented by

Col. W. H. Feilden, C.M.Z.S.

1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by George

Hollis, Esq.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), §. Presented by

Raymond W. Cooper, Esq.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by G. L. Hunt,

. 2 Leopards (Felis pardus), 6 2. Presented by J. Gardiner

Muir, Esq.

4 Bahama Ducks (Dafila bahamensis), 29,29. Purchased.

2 Mandarin Ducks (4r galericulata), 29. Purchased.

1 Spotted-billed Duck (Anas peecilorhyncha), 2. Purchased.

1 Ruddy Sheldrake (Tadorna casarca), 2. Purchased.

4 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Purchased.

. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovs burrhel), g. Received in Ex-

change.

1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by Miss Leigh.

1 Malabar Parrakeet (Paleornis columboides), 2. Deposited.

1 Maculated Snake (Ungalia maculata). Deposited.

- 1 Sand-Badger (Meles ankuma). Purchased.

1 Pointed Tree-Snake (Dryiophis acuminata). From Trinidad,

W.I. Presented by R. R. Mule, Esq.

10.

14.

16.

17:

18.

19.

APPENDIX.

1 Clouded Snake {Leptognathus nebulosus). From Trinidad,

W.I. Presented by R. R. Mole, Esq.

1 Coralline Elaps (Elaps corallinus). From Trinidad, W. I.

Presented by R. R. Mole, Esq.

. 1 Brown Capuchin ( Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Mrs. Walter

Palmer.

1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora), 3. Presented

by Mr. G. Stephen.

. 1 Cape Zorilla (Jetonyx zorilla). Deposited.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by Mrs.

Carter.

1 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Deposited.

3 Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Robert

O'Callaghan, Esq., F.R.C.S. ;

1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Deposited.

1 Smooth Snake (Corvnella levis). Presented by Ignatius

Bulfin, Esq.

1 Tayra (Galictis barbara). Purchased.

1 Yellow-billed Coot (Fulica leucoptera). Purchased.

1 Orange-thighed Falcon (Falco fusco-cerulescens). Purchased.

1 Meller’s Duck (Anas melleri), Presented by H. H. Sharland,

Ksq., F.Z.8.

. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), 2. Received in

Exchange.

3 White’s Tree-Frogs (Hyla cerulea). Deposited.

4 Golden Tree-Frogs (Hyla aurea). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), Q. Presented by J.

Pearson Callum, Esq.

2 Rabbit-eared Perameles (Perameles lagotis), § 2. Deposited.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystriaz cristata). Born in the Mena-

eerie.

1 Water-Vole (Arvicola amphibius). Presented by Col.

L’Estrange.

1 Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Col. C. B. Rash-

leigh.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Presented by Capt.

Spalding.

2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus),2 9. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Lioness (Felis leo), From India. Presented by H.G. The

Duke of Newcastle, F.Z.S.

1 Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by Miss I. L. Graham.

2 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata), G2. Presented

by H. H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Black Gallinule (Limnocoraxr niger). Presented by H. H.

Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Madagascar Moorhens (Gallinula pyrrhorhoa). Presented by

H. H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.

20. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 9. Purchased.

2 Sooty Mangabeys (Cercocebus fuliginosus),2 2. Presented by

the Rey. Canon J. Taylor Smith.

1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Presented by the Rev.

Canon J. Taylor Smith.

2 Royal Pythons (Python regius), Presented by the Rey. Canon

J. Taylor Smith.

1 Short-tailed Parrot (Pachynus brachyurus). Purchased.

Apr. 20.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 743

1 White-backed Trumpeter (Psophia leucoptera). Purchased.

2 Golden Agoutis (Dasyprocta aguti). Purchased.

. 2 Crested Porcupines (Hystrix cristata). Presented by Adrian

Vanderbyl, Esq.

4 Swainson’s Francolins (Francolinus swainsont), 2 3, 2 9.

Presented by J. E. Matcham, Esq.

1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalundii). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

ei Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypeltis scabra). Presented by J. E.

23.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Blackish Sternothere (Sternotherus subniger). Purchased.

1 Wattled Crane (Grus carunculata). Presented by Sir Henry

B. Loch, G.C.B., K.C.M.G.

2 Cape Crowned Cranes (Balearica chrysopelargus). Presented

by Sir Henry B. Loch, G.C.B., K.C.M.G.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by John

Penn, Esq., M.P., F.Z.S.

2 Indian Cobras (Nata tripudians). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

C. Palmer, Esq.

1 Long-legged Buzzard (Buteo ferox). Captured in the Red

Sea. Purchased.

2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Presented by

Barry M°Millan, Esq.

25. 1 Mexican Deer (Cartacus mevicanus), $. Purchased.

26. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Miss A. Orvis.

2 Variegated Jackals (Canis variegatus). From Suakin. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. See P.Z.S.

1894, p. 391.

2 Fennec Foxes (Canis cerdo). From the Libyan Desert. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Pale Fennec Foxes (Canis pallidus). From Suakin. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1 Syrian Fennec Fox (Canis famelicus). From Suakin. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1 Fettered Cat (Felis maniculata). From Suakin. Presented

by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1 Senegal Genet (Genetta senegalensis). From Suakin. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S. See P. Z. 8.

1894, p. 391.

1 Libyan Zorilla (Ictonyx libyca). From the Libyan Desert.

Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

1 Zorilla (Ietonyx frenata). From Suakin. Presented by Dr.

John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S,

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). From Suakin. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Lesser Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus egyptius). From Egypt.

Presented by Dr. Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Larger Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus pyramidum). From

Suakin. Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

2 Dwarf Jerboas (Dipodillus, sp. inc.). From Egypt. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

3 Hunter's Spiny Mice (Acomys huntert). From Suakin. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

4 Cairo Spiny Mice (Acomys cahirinus). From Egypt. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

744

Apr. 26.

10.

71;

APPENDIX. ; *.

3 Varied Field-Rats (Isomys variegatus). From Egypt. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

3 Long-eared Hedgehogs (Erinaceus auritus). From Egypt.

Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S,

6 Adorned Uromastix (Uromastix ocellatus), From Suakin.

Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

3 Egyptian Jerboas (Dipus egyptivs). From Alexandria.

Presented by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

. 1 Indian Civet ( Viverricula malaccensis). Deposited.

. 4 Red-headed Pochards (Fuligula ferina), 2 3, 22. Pur-

chased.

2 Australian Waxbills (Zstrelda temporalis). Purchased.

. 2 Glass Snakes (Pseudopus pallasi). Purchased.

4 Dark-Green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Purchased.

. 2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Purchased.

1 Chicken-Snake (Coluber quadrivittatus), From Gainsville,

Florida, U.S.A. Presented by Master James W. Philips.

. 1 De Filippi’s Meadow-Starling (Sturnella defilippi). Presented

by Sir Harry B. Lumsden, C.B., F.Z.S.

2Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus),2 9. Presented by

Richard Hunter, Esq.

. 1 Jaguar (Felis onca), G- Purchased.

2 Plumed Ground-Doves (Geophaps plumifera). Purchased.

2 Four-lined Snakes (Coluber quadrilineatus, vax. leopardinus).

Purchased.

2 Vivacious Snakes (Tachymenis vivax). Purchased.

4 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis), Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). From Trinidad, W.I. Pre-

sented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

2 Tree-Boas (Corallus hortulanus). From Trinidad, W.I. Pre-

sented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Epicrates cenchris). From Trinidad,

W.1. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

1 Carinated Snake (Herpetodryas carinatus). From Trinidad,

W.1I. Presented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

. 2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), 2 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2Cape Vipers (Causus rhombeatus), Presented by J. E,

Matcham, Es

. 1 Yellow-billed dheath-bill (Chionis alba). Deposited.

. 1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis), Presented by Miss 8. Borgaes.

7 Say’s Snakes (Coronella sayi). Deposited.

. 1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Black Iguana (Metopoceros cornutus). Deposited.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Dr.

W. J. Mackie.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by H. Tattenhall, Esq.

2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by A. E.

Henniker, Esq.

2 Berigora Hawks (Hieracidea berigora). Presented by A. E.

Henniker, Esq.

1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Deposited.

May 12.

23.

29.

30.

dl.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 745

7 Spanish Blue Magpies (Cyanopolius cooki). Presented by

H.R.H. The Comte de Paris.

1 Geoffroy’s Terrapin (Hydraspis geoffroyana). Deposited.

1 Egyptian Trionyx (Trionyr e@gyptiacus). From Beulah

River, W. Africa. Presented by F. W. Marshall, Esq.

. 1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholt). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢ Q. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), ¢. Presented by Mrs.

Tannenbaum.

- 1 Monteiro’s Galago (Galago monteiri). Deposited.

1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-

sented by C. W. Prebble. Esq.

. 2 Pinche Monkeys (Medas edipus). Deposited.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

H. M. Dodington, Esq.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), §. Presented by Charles

Gordon- Frazer, Esq.

2 Hoary Snakes (Coronella cana), Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

1 Crossed Snake (Psammophis crucifer). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Infernal Snake (Boodon infernalis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), $. Presented by Miss

Florence Marryat.

1 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus ska), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Deposited.

2 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydra serpentina). Deposited.

1 White-bellied Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster). Purchased.

2 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata). Purchased.

. 2 Four-horned Antelopes (Tetraceros guadricornis),2 3. Pre-

sented by W. F. Sinclair, Esq.

3 Stock-Doves (Columba cnas). Presented by Lionel A.

Williams, Esq.

.4Commou Swans (Cygnus olor). Presented by the Lord

Braybrooke, F.Z.S.

. 2 Jameson’s Gulls (Larus nove-hollandie). Presented by Sir

Ferdinand von Mueller, K.C.M.G., C.M.Z.S.

. 2 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Presented by Miss

Peckham.

1 White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates lar), Deposited.

2 Gazelles (Gazella dorcas), § 2. From Suakin. Deposited.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

Joseph Wells, Esq.

2 Hamadryad Snakes (Ophiophagus elaps). Purchased.

1 Silky Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus), g. Pur-

chased.

l'Garrulous Honey-eater (Myzantha garrula). Purchased.

4 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Purchased.

4 Cape Doves (Gna capensis), 2 ¢,2 2. Purchased.

2 Goliath Beetles (Goliathus druryi). Presented by Capt. G. L.

Mitchell.

1 Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by Harry Burgess, Esq.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus ertthacus). Presented by Mrs. Lem-

mine.

2 Stale Cranes (Tetrapteryx paradisea). Purchased.

“J

Lt.

12.

13.

APPENDIX. ‘

. | Beech-Marten (Mustela foina). Purchased.

1 Pine-Marten (Mustela martes). Purchased.

1 Timneh Parrot ((Psittacus timneh). Purchased.

. 1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica chrysopelargus). Presented

by Luscombe Searelle, Esq.

2 Common Peafowls (Pavo ecristatus), ¢ 9. Presented by A.

Tannenbaum, Esq.

1 Putf-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

sq.

. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Triangular-spotted Pigeon (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

. | Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by Robert O’Callaghan,

Esq., F.R.C.S.

1 Hamadryad (Ophiophagus elaps). Deposited. See P. Z. 8.

1894, p. 594.

4 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natriz). Presented by Mr.

Harold Attewell.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. Harold

Attewell.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

F. Erskine Paton, Esq.

1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucos). Presented by

F. Erskine Paton, Esq.

1 Ashy-black Macaque (Macacus ocreatus), $. Purchased.

1 Turkey Vulture ( Cathartes aura). Purchased.

1 Yellow-headed Vulture (Cathartes urubitinga). Purchased.

1 Guianan Crested Eagle (Morphnus guianensis). Purchased.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), g. Presented by Miss

Florence Marryat.

3 Varied Field-Rats (Isomys variegatus). Born in the Mena-

erie.

1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus, var.). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Beech-Marten (Mustela foina). Purchased.

1 Red-and- Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Purchased.

1 Hamadryad (Ophiophagus elaps). Deposited.

4 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrixr luteus). Deposited.

1 Natterjack Toad (Bufo calamita). Presented by F. Wallace,

Esq.

¥!

. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Harry Furniss,

Esq., F.Z.S.

lIsabelline Bear (Ursus isabellinus), . From Cashmere.

Presented by E. C. Haag, Esq. (18th Hussars).

1 Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus). From the Hills of Orissa,

Bengal. Presented by J. W. Currie, Esq.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3.

Born in the Menagerie.

2 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa). Purchased.

1 Black Stork (Ciconia nigra). Purchased.

1 Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased.

1 Eroded Cinixys (Cinivys erosa). From Cape Lopez, Gaboon.

Presented by Commander J. L. Marx, R.N.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Hawk’s-billed Turtles (Chelone imbricata). Presented by J.

Arthur, Esq.

June 14.

15.

16.

18.

19.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 747

1 Puma (Felis concolor), 2. Presented by Miss Florence

Dickinson.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus), S. Presented by Major Owen,

BAS.

1 Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus). Presented by Major Owen,

F.Z.8.

1 Black-winged Peatowl (Pavo nigripennis), 3. Deposited.

1 Moor Macaque (Macacus inornatus), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Florence Firman.

1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock). Deposited.

1 Black-handed Teetee ( Callithrix melanochir). Deposited.

2 Chaffinches (Fringilla calebs), Presented by Miss E. G.

Woodd.

1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Presented by Dr. H. A.

Goeldi.

1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by H. K. Bartlett,

Esq.

5 Heloderms (Heloderma suspectum). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), $. Presented by

the Hon. Mrs. Fellowes.

1 Maholi Galago (Galayo maholi). Deposited.

1 Muscat Gazelle (Gazella muscatensis), $. From Bushire.

Deposited.

1 Slender-horned Gazelle (Gazella leptoceros?), 9. From

Muscat. Deposited.

2 Fossas (Cryptoprocta ferox),2 3. Deposited.

1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), §. Presented by

G. Lindsay Johnson, Ksq., M.D., F.Z.8.

3 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaht). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), ¢. Presented by J. W.

Hunter, Esq. ,

1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). From Scotland. Pre-

sented by the Maclaine of Lochbuie.

1 Stump-tailed Lizard (T'rachydosaurus rugosus). Presented by

Capt. Jamieson.

. 1 Military Macaw (Ara militaris). Deposited.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

2. 1 Brown Capuchin ( (Cebus fatuellus), 2. Presented by ° Mrs.

J. L. Johnson.

23. 1 Black Mangabey (Cercocebus aterrimus), §. From Lake

Tanganyika. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B., F.Z.S.

See P. Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babowin), 2. From British

Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,

F.Z.S. See P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 594.

1 Duyker Bok ( Cephalophus mergens), 9. From British

Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,

F.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1894, p. 594,

1 Athiopian Wart-Hog (Phacochoer us ethiopicus), $. From

British Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.,

C.B., F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus), $. From British

Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,

F.Z.8. See P.Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

1 Milky Eagle-Owl (Budo "botany, From British Central

Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B., F.Z.S.

See P. Z. S. 1894, p. 594.

748

APPENDIX. %

June 23. 1 Black-crested Eagle (Zophoaétus occipitalis). From British

July

co bo

Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,

F.Z.8. See P.Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

1 Marabou Stork (Leptoptilus crumeniferus). From British

Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B.,

F.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

2 Green-necked Touracous (Corythaix chlorochlamys). From

British Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.,

C.B., F.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

2 Livingstone’s Touracous (Corythaix lvingstonii). From

British Central Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.,

C.B., F.Z.S. See P.Z.S, 1894, p. 594.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cintxys belliana). From British Central

Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq., C.B., F.Z.S.

See P. Z.S. 1894, p. 594.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Flowers.

1 White-tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnu), ¢. Born in the Mena-

gerie. See P. Z. S. 1894, p. 595.

1 Black-headed Conure (Conurus nanday). Presented by A.

Harrison, Esq.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢. Presented by Mrs.

M‘Hugh.

3 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by the

Misses E. and P. Mackenzie.

. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), §. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), g¢. Born in the Mena-

erie.

. 1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus), 9. Purchased.

1 AXthiopian Wart-Hog (Phacocherus e@thiopicus), 2. Re-

ceived in Exchange.

2 Red-headed Merlins (Hypotriorchis chicquera). Purchased.

. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Mr. W. Green.

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Miss

Maitland.

1 Anomalous Snake (Coronella anomala). Deposited.

. 3 Indian Cobras (Nata tripudians). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by Conrad

W. Cooke, Esq.

1 Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus), 3. Deposited.

4 Carolina Anolises (Anolis carolinensis). Presented by the

Southern Curio Co.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Wheeler.

1 Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus), §. From Somaliland. Pre-

sented by Wm. Mure, Esq.

4 Hedgehogs (Hrinaceus europeus). Presented by F. C. Smith,

Esq.

1 Mediterranean Peregrine Falcon (Falco punicus). Captured in

the Mediterranean. Presented by Arthur L. Sclater, Esq.

2 Obsolete Tinamous (Crypturus obsoletus). Purchased.

. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Purchased.

. 2Senegal Touracous (Corythaix persa). Presented by Miss

EK. R. Redwar.

July 6.

12.

15.

14.

16.

18.

19.

20.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 749

3 Philander Opossums (Didelphys philander). Deposited.

. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Brush-tailed Porcupine (Atherwra africana). Presented by

W. H. Boyle, Esq.

. 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), g. Presented by

Charles Gardiner, Esq.

2 Lesser White-nosed Monkeys (Cercopithecus petaurista), 5 2.

Presented by W. H. Boyle, Esq.

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 9. Presented

by W. H. Boyle, Esq.

1 Eland (Oreas canna), 3. Purchased.

1 Livingstone’s Eland (Oreas canna livingstonii), 2. From

the Transvaal. Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 595.

1 Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus), 2. Deposited.

2 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina), 6 2. From

Aldabra Island. Presented by MRear-Admiral W. R.

Kennedy, F.Z.S. See P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 595.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Born in the Mena-

rere.

2 Pharttaed Hedgehogs (Erinaceus brachydactylus). From

Somaliland. Purchased.

1 Long-eared Fox (Otocyon megalotis). Deposited.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by Mrs. J. R. W. Pigott.

1 Monk Seal (Monachus albiventer). From Madeira. Pre-

sented by C. F. R. Blandy, Esq.

1 Lioness (Felis Jeo). From East Africa. Presented by Major

Owen, F.Z.S.

1 Common Jackal (Canis aureus). Presented by Gerard

Gurney, Esq.

1 Cockateel (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Presented by Miss

Sloane Stanley.

1 Puff-Adder (Vipera arietans). Presented by J. KE. Matcham,

Esq.

1 Hinata Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2 Tiger Cubs (Felis tegris), g. From Pahang, Malay Penin-

sula. Presented by Lieut.-Col. Sir Charles B. H. Mitchell,

K.C.M.G.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Geoffroy’s Terrapin (Platemys geoffroyana). Deposited.

1 Ceylonese Terrapin (Clemmys trijuga). Deposited.

1 Ocellated Monitor (Varanus ocellatus). From Lake Tangan-

yika. Deposited.

2 Black-and-White Snakes (Pituwophis melanoleucus). Deposited.

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Willingham

F, Rawnsley, Esq.

1 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), 2. Purchased.

1 Muscat Gazelle (Gazella muscatensis), 2. Received in Ex-

change.

6 Grey-winged Francolins (Francolinus afer). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq.

4 Mandarin Ducks (4¢z galertculata). Bred in the Menagerie.

6 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Slender Ducks (Anas gibberifrons), Bred in the Menagerie.

750

APPENDIX. ‘

July 20. 1 Magellanic Goose (Bernicla magellanica). Bred in the

Aug

Dp:

21.

23.

Bl.

Menagerie.

1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Bred in the Menagerie.

‘1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 2. Presented by

W. Clayton Pickersgill.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq. ,

1 Hygian Snake (Elaps hygia). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), $. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Cairo Spiny Mice (Acomys cahirinus). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Hunter’s Spiny Mice (Acomys hunter’), Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 1 Common Paradoxure (Paradozurus typus). . Presented by

E. Stallard, Esq.

1 Rat-tailed Opossum (Didelphys nudicaudata). Deposited.

1 Murine Opossum (Didelphys murina). Deposited.

1 Common Cassowary (Casuarius galeatus). Deposited.

2 Slowworms (Angus fragilis). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), $. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by Miss Champ-

neys.

2 Hamadryads (Ophiophagus elaps), 3. Deposited.

1 Indian Cobra (Naia tripudians), Presented by Angus M.

Kinloch, Esq.

. 1 Pleasant Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus),3. Purchased. See

P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 595.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

J. A. Brand, Esq.

1 Hawk-headed Parrot (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Deposited.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by Mrs. Keirnander.

1 Blotched Genet (Genetia tigrina). Presented by Miss M.

Clode.

1 Condor (Sarcorhamphus grypus), 6. Purchased.

. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by John Gray, Esq.

. L Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), Presented by Miss

Sullivan.

2 Triangular-Spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

3. 1 Blackcap (Sylvia atricapilla), 3. Presented by Capt. John

10.

Richardson, H.L.1.

. 1 Four-horned Sheep (Oves aries, var.),g. Presented by Frank

C. Strick, Esq.

1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Deposited.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by — Anderson,

Esq.

. 1 Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger), 3. Presented by Gambier

Bolton, Esq., F.Z.S

_ 1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Deposited.

. 4 Alpine Newts (7riton alpestris). Presenied by Mr. Malcolm

O. Smith,

1 Slender Loris (Loris gracilis). Presented by Thomas E.

Remington, Esq.

4 Guanhami Land-Crabs (Cardisoma guanhami). Presented by

Percy Walter Jarvis, Esq.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIRF. 751

Aug.11.1 Cayenne Lapwing (Vanellus cayennensis). Bred in the

13.

15.

16.

20.

21.

Menagerie.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Capt. Philip Langdale.

1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis). Purchased.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Barry Burge,

Esq.

1 Horanedin (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. George

Haynes.

2 ine -Guccls (Turdus torquatus). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by H. P.

Nicholls, Esq.

1 Ocelot (Fels pardalis),?. Presented by Miss Edith Zambra.

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Sharp-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus acutus). Presented by

D. Poole, Esq.

1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosws), g. Presented by Mr.

George Simpson.

2 Heloderms (Heloderma suspectum). Deposited.

2 Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by E. Palmer,

Esq.

2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by E. Penton,

Esq.

. 1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), ¢. Presented

by Capt. R. H. R. Helpman.

3 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phleganas cruentata). Purchased.

. 1 Large Bamboo-Rat (Rhizomys sumatrensis). Presented by

Angus M. Kinloch, Esq.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Mena-

cerie.

2 Common Vipers ( Vipera berus). Presented by Hugh Bromley,

Esq.

. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis). Deposited.

27.

1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus). Presented by W. N. Gordon,

Esq., Lieut. R.A.

1 Stone-Curlew (Cdicnemus crepitans). From Norfolk. Pre-

sented by Col. H. W. Feilden, C.M.Z.S.

1 Elephantine Tortoise (Testudo elephantina). From the

Seychelles. Presented by Arthur Gladstone, Esq.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by Darent

McDonald, Esq.

. 5 Meyer’s Parrots (Pewocephalus meyeri). Deposited.

2 Brown-throated Conures (Conwrus eruginosus). Deposited.

2 Hawk’s-billed Turtles (Chelone imbricata). Presented by

Capt. E. Fleetham, s.s. ‘ Cyrus.’

. 1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 9. Deposited

1 Puma (Felis concolor),3. Presented by Ponsonby Ogle, Esq.

2 Javan Wild Swine (Sus vittatus), 9. Presented by E. J ;

Kerkhoven, Esq.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 3. Deposited.

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by W. R. Ogilvie Grant,

Esq.

2 Shamas (Cittocincla macrura). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Japanese Teal (Querquedula formosa). Purchased.

1 Brazilian Blue Grosbeak (Guraca cyanea). Received in Ex-

change.

17.

18.

19.

APPENDIX. ‘“

. 1 Red-headed Marsh-bird (Ageleus ruficapillus). Teceived in

Exchange.

. 2 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa), 6Q. From Turkish Arabia.

Presented by F. G. Beville, Esq., I.S.C., H.B.M. Consul.

. A collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.

. 1 Slender Loris (Loris gracilis). Presented by Miss Grace

Thompson.

3 West-Indian Agoutis (Dasyprocta antillensis). From Tobago,

W.I. Presented by Hon. William Low.

2 Orange-winged Amazons (Crysotis amazonica). From Tobago,

W.L. Presented by Hon. William Low.

. 1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by Mr. E. Leach.

. 1 Bosch-bok (Tragelaphus sylvaticus), 2. Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 2. De-

posited.

1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by G. H. Morton

Middleton, Esq.

. 1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Presented by Mr.

A. W. Arrowsmith.

. 1 Silver Pheasant (Euplocamus nycthemerus),3. Presented by

Thomas Harris, Esq.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Crysotis estiva). Deposited.

. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mr. J.

C. Alleyne.

1 Large Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by

Charles E. Brooke, Esq.

2 Vinaceous Turtle-Dovyes (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Mitred Guinea-fowl (Numida mitrata). Purchased.

1 Redstart (Ruticilla phenicurus). Purchased.

20 Painted Terrapins (Clemmuys picta). Presented by the

5 Stink-pot Terrapins (Aromochelys odorata). | Museum of Com-

1 American Box-Tortoise (Terrapene cari- ( parative Zoology,

nata). Cambridge, Mass.

. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. G. T. Elphick.

1 Bull Frog (Rana cateshbiana). Purchased.

1 Collared Hedgehog (Erinaceus collaris), From Karachi.

Purchased.

20 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by G. B,

Coleman, Esq.

1 pain Eclectus (Zclectus pectoralis), TReceived in Ex-

change.

1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Received in Exchange.

2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by L.

Watson, Esq.

1 Axis Deer (Cervus azis), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 African Wild Ass (Equus teniopus), §. Born in the Mena-

erie.

2 Giant Toads (Bufo marinus), Presented by F. E. Blaauw,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. Presented by

Miss Marion E. Leitch.

1 Toco Toucan (hamphastos toco). Received in Exchange.

1 Field-Rat (Nesokia, sp. inc.). From Suez. Presented by Dr.

John Anderson, F.R.S.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 753

Sept. 20. 1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus), 3. Deposited.

Oct.

1 Greater Sulphur-creasted Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita).

Deposited.

1 Common Tench (Tinca vulgaris). Presented by T. G.

Bridgman, Esq.

wie Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Capt. W. Townsend.

. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by A. E.

W. Burns, Esq.

25. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by Mrs.

Ling.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), . Presented by Philip

E. Morel, Esq.

1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata),?2. Presented

by Lady Isabel Clayton.

. 1 Deadly Sines ( Trigonocephalus atrox). From Trinidad. Pre-

sented by Messrs. Mole and Urich.

. 1 Patagonian Cayy (Dolichotis patachonica). Born in the

Menagerie,

1 Mouse (Mus, sp. inc.). Deposited.

2 Cerastes Vipers (Vipera cerastes). Deposited.

2 Egyptian Eryx (Zryx jaculus). Deposited.

1 Clifford’s Snake (Zamenis cliffordi). Deposited.

1 Simony’s Lizard (Lacerta simonyt). From the Island of

Hierro, Canaries. Presented by Sydney Crompton, Esq.

. 3 Australian Cranes (Grus australasiana). Presented by E. W.

Marshall, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Brown Crane (Grus canadensis). Presented by E. W.

Marshall, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Indian White Crane (Grus leucogeranos). Presented by E.

W. Marshall, Esq., F'.Z.5

1 South-African Ground Hornbill (Bucorvus cafer). From

Beira, 8.E. Africa. Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.,

C.B: EAS.

2 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica), § 2. Presented

by H. H. Howard-Vyse, Esq.

3 Engnculba (Glareola pr atincola). Presented by Lord Lilford,

E.ZS.

4 Night-Herons (Nycticorax griseus). Presented by Lord

Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda). Presented by Lord Lilford,

E.Z.8

By Papuan Wreathed Horn-bill (Rhytidoceros plicatus), 3.

Presented by Mrs. Wilkinson.

3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by C.

Stonham, Esq., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S.

1 Axis Deer (Cervus azis), Q . Born in the Menagerie.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens), §. Born in

the Menagerie.

. 1 Moose (Alces machlis, jr.), 3. From Sweden. Presented

by Guy Nickalls, Esq.

2 Horned’ Screamers (Palamedeu cornuta). From Para, Brazil.

Presented by H. A. Astlett, Esq.

3 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevest), 2 5,192. Bred in

the Menagerie.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1894, No. L. 50

— =

754

Oct.

10.

16.

17.

18.

19.

APPENDIX. ‘

. 1 Amherst Pheasant (Thaumalea amherstie), 2. Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Morris.

1 Mexican Guan (Penelope purpurascens). Purchased.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata), Presented by

Dr. Sydney W. Thompstone.

1 Banded Parrakeet (Palzornis fasciatus), 2. Presented by

Thomas Hodgson, Esq,

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Presented by Mrs.

Collcutt.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by H. J. Clowes, Esq.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus, jr.). Presented by Thomas E. C.

Remington, Esq.

1 Bennett's Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), . Presented by

Capt. G. W. Banks.

1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Deposited.

1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Deposited.

2 Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), 3. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Short-tailed Parrot (Pachynus brachyurus), $. Purchased.

. 2 Pig-tailed Monkeys (Macacus nemestrinus), ¢ 2. Presented

by the Rev. Sidney Vatcher.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 29. Presented by

the Rev. Sidney Vatcher.

2 Robins (Lrithacus rubecula), Presented by A. T. Binny, Esq.

4 Bright-spotted Finches (Spermospiza guttata). From

Mashonaland. Purchased.

1 Manx Shearwater (Puffinus anglorum). Presented by Mrs.

E. 8. Smith.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

W. L. Strong, Esq.

1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymmnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by Miss Vincent.

. | Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by E, Logan,

Esq.

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Deadly Snake (Trigonocephalus atror). From Trinidad,

Presented by Dr. A. Stradling, F.Z.S.

. 1 Tiger (Felis tigris, jr.). From China. Presented by Robert

Bruce, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 9. Presented by

Seymour Willoughby, Esq.

2 Brazilian Cariamas (Cariama cristata). Deposited.

2 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis). Presented by

Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), g. Presented by

H. M. Vincent, Esq.

1 Tiger Cub (Felis tigris). From Burmah. Presented by John

Halliday, Esq.

2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-

sented by Frank Blackley, Esq.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Deposited.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Mrs. J. C.

Symonds.

Oct. 19.

93.

30.

él.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, Too

1 Patagonian Conure (Conurus patagonus). Presented by

Mrs. Novelli.

1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 2. Presented by Alfred

J. Gosling, Esq.

1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis). Presented by Alfred J.

Gosling, Esq.

4 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by

Alfred J. Gosling, Esq.

4 Barbary Partridges (Caccabis petrosa). Presented by Alfred J.

Gosling, Esq.

1 Crested Lark (Alauda cristata}. Presented by Alfred J.

Gosling, Hsq.

1 Caracal (Fels caracal). Presented by J. KE. Matcham, Esq.

1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Capt.

R. Workman.

1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius?). Presented by A. J. Elliott,

Esq.

1 Hawik’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by Capt.

Tyacke.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 2. Presented by T. A.

Jenkins, Esq.

2 Long-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented

by J. Banks Elliott, Esq.

3 Rusa Deer (Cervus hippelaphus),1 $,22. From Mauritius.

Presented by Rear-Admiral Kennedy, F.Z.S.

26. 2 Somali Ostriches (Struthio molybdophanes), ¢ 2. Purchased.

See P. Z.S. 1894, p. 654.

4 Plumed Ground-Doves (Geophaps plumifera), 2 3, 2 Q.

Received in Exchange.

. 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by D. B.

Macdougall, Esq.

2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by

Claude Southey, Esq.

2 Vinacecus Tutle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Mena-

erie.

1 Triangular-spotted Pigeon (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Black Salamander (Salamandra atra). Presented by Maurice

Suckling, Esq.

2 Lions (Felis leo), 2 3. Deposited.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), ¢. Presented by G.S.

Pownall, Esq.

3 Crossbills (Lovia recurvirostra), 2 3,12. From Russia.

Presented by Capt. A. Newnham, F.Z.S.

2 Parrot Crossbills (Loxia pityopsittacus), ¢ 2. From Russia.

Presented by Capt. A. Newnbam, F.Z.S.

1 European White-winged Crossbill (Loaia bifasciata), 3.

From Russia. Presented by Capt. A. Newnham, F.Z.S.

1 Yellow-breasted Bunting (EZmberiza aureola), ¢. From

Russia, Presented by Capt. A. Newnham, F.Z.S.

2 Northern Marsh-Tits (Parus borealis). From Russia. Pre-

sented by Capt. A. Newnham, F.Z.S.

3 Dunlins (Zringa alpina). Purchased.

1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

50*

co CONT

16.

Li.

19.

APPENDIX. ~

2. 1 Double-ringed Turtle-Dove (Turtur bitorquatus ?). Presented

by the Hon. Rose Hubbard.

1 Rigeie Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.

. 2 White-shafted Francolins (Francolinus leucoscepus),2g. Pre-

sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

2 Nilotic Crocodiles (Cr ocodilus niloticus). Presented by J. A.

M*‘Diarmid, Esq.

_ 1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus). Purchased.

. 1 White-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis leucocephala). Purchased.

. 4 Hispid Lizards (Agama hispida). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

. 1 Muscat Gazelle (Gazella muscatensis), 2. Deposited.

. 2 Bronze-winged Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera), 6 Q. Presented

by Mrs. Amy Jones, F.Z.S.

5 Three-streaked Euprepes (Zuprepes trivttatus). Presented

by J. E. Matcham, Esq.

. 10 Surinam Toads (Pipa americana). Presented by F. E.

Blaauw, Esq. See P.Z.S 1894, p. 693.

. 2 Ibean Baboons (Cynocephalus ibeanus). Presented by Charles

Palmer, Esq.

1 Chilian Sea-Eagle (Geranoaétus melanoleucus), Presented by

the Rey. F. L. Curne.

4 Lapwings (Vanellus cristatus). Purchased.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 2.

Presented by the Hon. C. B. Mitford.

1 Pel’s Owl (Scotopelia peli). Presented by the Hon. C. B.

Mitford. See P. Z. 8.1894, p. 693.

1 Angola Vulture ( Gypohierax angolensis). Presented by the

Hon. C. B. Mitford.

1 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). Presented by the Hon. C. B.

Mitford.

1 Augural Buzzard (Buteo auguralis). Presented by the Hon,

C. B. Mitford.

1 Echidna (Echidna hystrix). Deposited.

1 Spix’s Macaw (Ara spizi). Deposited.

2 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis levaillanti). Deposited.

. 2 Domestic Sheep (Ovis aries, var.). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

2 Puff-Adders (Vipera arietans), Presented by Claude

Beddington, Esq.

1 Cape Bucephalus ( Bucephalus capensis). Presented by Claude

Beddington, Esq.

6 Hispid Lizards (Agama hispida). Deposited.

5 Rough-tailed Lizards (Zonurus corylus). Deposited.

‘1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandii). Deposited.

1 Yellow-throated Lizard (Gerrhosaurus flavigularis). De-

posited.

1 Crossed Snake (Psammophis crucifer). Deposited.

. 1 Snowy Owl (Nyctea scandiaca). Captured in Mid-Atlantic,

700 miles from land. Presented by F. Harston Eagles, Esq.,

R.N.

1 Allied Goshawk (Astur approximans). Deposited.

3 Long-necked Chelodines (Chelodina longicollis). | Deposited.

17 White’s Tree-Frogs (Hyla cgrulea). Deposited.

22 Golden Tree-Frogs (Hyla aurea). Deposited.

1 Peron’s Tree-Frog ( (Hyla peront). Deposited.

3 Peron’s Frogs (Lymnodynastes peroni). Deposited.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERID. 757

Noy. 22. 2 Benneti’s Tree-Kangaroos (Dendrolagus bennettianus), $2.

24,

26.

27.

28.

From N. Queensland. Receivedin Exchange. See P. Z.S.

1894, p. 693.

4 Brush-Turkeys (Talegalla latham:), 4 3. Received in Ex-

change.

2 Bennett’s Tree-Kangaroos (Dendrolagus bennettianus). From

N. Queensland, Deposited.

1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco), S$. Presented by John

D. Roche, Esq.

2 Carolina Conures (Conurus carolinensis). Purchased.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), §. Presented by

J. HW. Prestwich, Esq.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), S. Pre-

sented by C. O. Gridley, Esq.

2 Canary Finches (Serinus canarius), 6 2. From Madeira.

Presented by H. Bendelack Hewitson, Esq., M.R.C.S.,

F.Z.S.

4 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda). From Madeira.

Presented by H. Bendelack Hewitson, Esq., M.R.C.S.,

B.ZS.

4 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by

H. Bendelack Hewitson, Esq., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S.

16 Deadly Snakes (Trigonocephalus atr on). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by John Christie, Esq.

1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Deposited.

2 Spotted Eagle-Owls (Bubo maculosa). Presented by R. A.

Langford, “Esq.

4 Nuterackers (Nucifraga caryocatactes). Purchased.

1 Pepoaza Tyrant (Tenioptera nengeta). Captured at Sea.

Presented by C. F. Reed, Esq.

1 Antipodes Island Parrakeet (Ci ynorhamphus pe Pre-

sented by Sir Walter L. Buller, K.C.M.G., F.Z.S

7 South-Island Thrushes (Turnagra crassirostr is). “Deposited.

. 1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq.

. 2 Common Cassowaries (Casuarinus galeatus), Deposited.

1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Deposited.

2 Orange-flanked Parrakeets (Brotogerys pyrrhopterus). Depo-

sited.

. 1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), $. Presented

by Mrs. Robinson.

1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Presented by Sigis-

mund Bruzaud, Esq.

. 1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus, var. cinnamomea).

From the Rocky Mountains. Deposited.

1 Short-billed Toucan (#hamphastos brevicarinatus). Received

in Exchange.

1 Spotted Owlet (Athene brama). Presented by E. W. Harper,

Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Grey Francolins (Francolinus ponticerianus). Presented by

E. W. Harper, Esq., F.Z.S.

3 Rain-Quails (Coturnix coromandelica). Presented by E. W.

Harper, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Spotted Turtle-Dove A Turtur meena). Presented by E. W.

Harper, Esq., F.Z.S

“J

28.

ey.

APPENDIX. x

. 1 Indian House-Sparrow (Passer domesticus). Presented by

E. W. Harper, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Red-headed Buntings (Emberiza luteola). Presented by

E. W. Harper, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Nutmeg Finches ( Munia punctularia). Presented by E. W.

er, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Chestnut-bellied Finches (Munia rubro-nigra). Presented

by E. W. Harper, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 4 Dunlins (7ringa alpina). Purchased.

1 Redshank (Totanus calidris). Purchased.

. 1 Smooth-footed Scops Owl (Scops glabripes). From Formosa.

Deposited.

. 1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by Mr. Harold yon

Lohr.

2 Curlews (Numenius arquatus). Purchased.

. 1 Spotted Ichneumon ( Herpestes nepalensis), Presented by the

Misses Violet and Sylvia Brockebank.

. 2 Grisons (Galictis vittata). Presented by H. A. Catlett, Esq.

. 1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Deposited.

5 Shore-Larks (Otocorys alpestris). Purchased.

. 1 Song-Thrush (Turdus musicus), Presented by B. M. Smith,

Esq. , F.Z8.

1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans). Presented by B. M. Smith,

Esq., F.Z.S.

2. 1 Grenadier Weaver-bird (Euplectes oryx), $. Presented by

Lady M‘Kenna.

1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), 9. From Mashona-

land. Presented by General Owen Williams, F.Z.S.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), . Presented by Mr. J.

Hussey.

2 Red-eared Bulbuls (Pyenonotus jocosus),2 ¢. Presented by

Brig.-Surg. Lieut.-Col. E. F. Drake Brockman, F.R.CS.

1 Cape. Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Preseuted by J. E.

Matcham, Esq.

1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq.

Abantis

zambesina, 18, 81.

Abisara

gerontes, 342.

Ablepharus

boulengeri, 725.

carsonii, 725.

JSeste@, 725.

Acanthia

humilis, 212.

lectularia, 202.

marginata, 222.

sacchari, 202.

serrata, 180.

Acanthoceras

lobatus, 178.

Acantholipes

cireumdata, 590.

Acanthosaura

kakhiensis, 723.

Accipiter

sp., 6U2.

hartlaubi, 602.

Aclytia

rufiventris, 228.

Acontia

insocia, 588.

ralina, 588.

peti 588.

tropica, 588.

umbrigera, 588.

Acrzea

acara, 29.

acrita, 18, 28, 29, 82,

566.

aglaonice, 27, 28.

anemosa, 28, 567.

asema, 18, 24, 25, 26,

axina, 26.

bosce, 24.

bresia, 537.

buxtoni, 30, 337.

cabira, 80, 387, 565.

INDEX.

Acrea

cecilia, 566.

caldarena, 27.

circeis, 337.

doubledayi, 26, 566.

encedon, 29.

horta, 23.

hova, 28.

igola, 24.

insignis, 567.

Jjohnstoni, 30, 338.

lycia, 338, 566.

menippe, 567.

natalica, 27, 28, 337,

567.

nohara, 24.

obeira, 23.

omrora, 24, 26.

oreas, 338.

perenna, 338.

perrupta, 566.

pharsalus, 338.

proteina, 31, 338.

— fulvescens, 338.

pudorina, 566.

rahira, 30.

regalis, 337.

ventura, 565.

vinidia, 337.

violarum, 26.

zetes, 30.

(Planema) johnstoni,

30.

Acrena

planesium, 565.

Acrapex

sp., 587.

leucophlebia, 587.

Acrognathus

boops, 662.

Actias

luna, 134.

mimosé, 134,135.

selene, 138.

Actinocucumis

typica, 394.

Actinometra

bennetti, 396.

cumingit, 402.

duplex, 396.

echinoptera, 402.

jimbriata, 396.

maculata, 395, 396.

multifida, 394.

multiradiata, 394.

nobilis, 394.

parvicirra, 394,

396.

paucicirra, 394,

pectinata, 394.

peregrina, 396, 402.

regalis, 396.

rotaluria, 396.

simplex, 396.

variabilis, 394.

Egocera

meneta, 583.

tricolor, 583.

/®lurus

Sulgens, 358, 375.

Epyceros

melampus, 182, 145.

/Epyornis

sp., 109, 110.

cursor, 117.

hildebrandti, 108, 109,

TOS Delis

118.

lentus, 117.

maximus, 108, 109,

HOS La as

117, 118.

medius, 111, 117.

modestus, 111, 118.

mulleri, 111, 128.

titan, 111, 112, 113,

114, 115, 116, 117,

118, 123.

pag >

760

/Ethria

hemorrhoidalis, 227.

paula, 227.

/Ethus

margo, 171.

spinole, 171.

Agalychnis

helene, 643.

Agama

cyanogaster, 86.

dorie, 86.

gregorii, 86, 723.

gapornis

a 598, 599.

swinderniana, 599, 600,

601, 662.

Agonosoma

flavolineata, 169.

trilineata, 170.

Agonus

acipenserinus, 671,

674,

decagonus, 674.

gilberti, 670, 674, 675.

valsus, 671, 674.

Ahetulla

liocercus, 499, 510, 518.

neglecta, 88.

punctata, 88.

Alena

amazoula, 60.

johanne, 338, 3538.

nyassa, 61, 82.

Alectaga

indica, 252, 254, 256,

257, 260, 262, 263,

268, 276.

Alestes

affinis, 90.

imberi, 90.

Algiroides

moreoticus, 724.

Alleorhynchus

armatus, 207.

flavipes, 207.

Aloa

rhodophea, 584.

Alpenus

purus, 584.

Alseonax

minima, 600, 601.

Alyceus

canaliculatus, 154, 156.

microdiscus, 155.

perakensis, 154,

roebelent, 154, 156.

Alydus

pallescens, 180.

Amauris

dominicanus, 19, 558.

echeria, 18, 19, 335.

INDEX.

Amauris

echeria, var. albimacu-

lata, 18, 31.

hanningtonii, 19.

jacksoni, 19.

ochlea, 19.

Amblorhinus

nototenia, 87.

Ammodoreas

clarkei, 318.

Amnestus

pusillus, 171.

subferrugineus, 171.

Amphibolurus

decresii, 723.

Amphidromus

annamiticus, 150.

moniliferus, 150.

roseotincta, 150.

Amphisbena

bohisii, 724.

camura, 724.

quadrifrons, 72A.

Amphithoe

littorina, 485.

Amphiura

olivacea, 396.

andamanensis, 457.

asa

bellator, 180.

scorbutica, 179.

Ancyloxypha

mackenit, 78.

philander, 78.

Andropadus

sp., 604.

latirostris, 606.

Anguilla

bengalensis, 91.

Anisolepis

grilli, 723.

Anisops

elegans, 223.

Anisoscelis

zonata, 178.

Anisota

rubicunda, 134.

Annona

labeculata, 194,

Anolis

alligator, 5OL.

limifrons, 725.

rhombifer, 723, 728.

rixt, 723, 727.

wattsii, 723.

Anomalurus

Fraseri, 243, 245.

peli, 244.

Sw) ee 2a ht Pee cette ie

Antarctia

venata, 233.

Antedon

sp., 396.

bassett-smithi, 393, 396,

399, 402, 412.

brevicirra, 396, 400.

carinata, 396.

compressa, 401,

Jieldi, 396, 400, 401.

flavomaculata, 396,

400.

inopinata, 396, 398.

micronema, 394, 399,

00.

milberti, 394.

moorei, 396, 400, 401.

serripinna, 394.

spicata, 396.

variipinna, 394.

variispina, 396.

vicaria, 396, 400.

Antherza

sp. ine., 134.

arata, 587.

belina, 134.

mylitta, 133.

tyrrhea, 134.

Anthochzra

carunculata, 457.

Anthocharis

achine, 577.

agoye, 572, 573.

amina, 67.

antevippe, 577.

celimene, 67.

exole, 577.

leo, 350.

nouna, D75.

phlegyas, 574.

regina, 66.

theogone, 575, 576.

zera, 516, 577.

Anthreptes

sp., 599, 601.

Anthropsyche

agoye, 972.

gavisa, 67.

zone, GO.

Anthus

sp., 598.

Antigastra

catalaunalis, 591.

Antilope

cervicapra, 476.

corinna, 469.

Apatelodes

parvula, 233.

Aphelonotus, gen. nov.,

simplus, 209.

Aphneeus

homeyeri, 54.

masilikazi, 54.

nyasse, 569.

Aporoscelis

bentit, 723.

Aptycholemus

longicauda, 723.

Ara

azare, 457,

Arachnis

tenebra, 231.

Arachnoides

placenta, 397, 412.

Aramides

ypecaha, 495.

aAMUS

giganteus, 250.

Archaster

tenuis, 396, 402, 418.

typicus, 396, 402.

Arctocephalus

cinereus, 358.

Arctomys

marmotia, 252,277,282,

356.

Areva

perpensa, 241,

Arge

galathea, 134.

Argina

cingulifera, 583.

Argynnis

euphrosyne, 134.

paphia, 134,

Argyris

vestalis, 593.

Argyrodes

cancellatus, 521.

paradoxus, 521.

Ariamnes

longissimus, 521.

paradozus, 521.

Ariophanta

weinkauffi

149.

Arnoglossus

megastoma, 655.

Artema

atalanta, 519.

Artomyias

sp., 600, 601.

Arvelius

albopunctatus, 173.

Ascaris

lumbricoides, 532.

megalocephala,533, 534.

inflata,

transfuga, 532, 533,

535.

Asopia

ornatalis, 591.

INDEX.

Asphera

clarki, 630, 631.

haroldi, 629.

melanocephala, 630.

oblecta, 631.

plumbea, 631.

4-maculata, 631.

zanthocephala, 630,631.

Asterias

volsellata, 396, 405.

(Stolasterias) volsellaia,

405.

Asterina

cepheus, 396.

gibbosa, 409.

Astropecten

polyacanthus, 394, 395,

396

schenleini, 394.

zebra, 394.

Astrophyton

clavatum, 395.

Astropyga

radiata, 397.

Astur

sp., 598.

Asturinula

monogrammica,599,601.

Atella

columbina, 565.

phalantha, 31.

Athenerzea

yama-mat, 134.

Atherura

africana, 675, 676, 677.

macrura, 675, 677.

Athyrma

intorta, 589.

Attacus

atlas, 138.

cynthia, 133.

pernyi, 138.

Aulacodus

swindernianus, 251,357.

Aulolepis

typus, 660, 663, 664.

Avahis

(Microrhynchus) Jani-

ger, 308.

Axiocerces

perion, 342, 570.

Azanus

occidentalis, 569.

Azygophleps

inclusa, 587.

Balearica

chrysopelargus,495,496.

Banasa

imbuta, 174.

lenticularis, 167, 174.

Banasa

packardit, 174.

Baniana

intorta, 589.

Baoris

Fatuellus, 582.

inconspicua, 582.

Barbatula

leucolema, 603, 604.

scolopacea, 600.

Barbus

intermedius, 91.

taitensis, 91.

tanensis, 90, 91.

Bathyergus

maritimus, 356, 3862,

371, 375.

Belenois

abyssinica, 579.

agrippina, 345, 579.

boguensis, 345.

crawshayi, 579.

gidica, 346, 579.

infida, 345, 578, 593.

lasti, 578.

liliana, 580.

lordaca, 558, 579.

mesentina, 558, 579.

severina, 345, 578, 579.

thysa, 346, 578.

zochalia, 345, 579, 593.

Berecynthus

delirator, 172.

Blera

bolivari, 2438.

Blissus

leucopterus, 185.

Boa

constrictor,502,517, 669.

diviniloqua, 517.

Boccharis

inspersalis, 591.

Bolivina

lobata, 651.

Bombyx

oubie, 586.

phedonia, 584.

Boodon

lineatus, 88.

Bos

gaurus, 249.

Bothrops

atroz, 499, 509, 516,

bly, DLS;

Botys

catalaunalis, 591.

inspersalis, 591.

Boysidia

strophastoma, 151.

Brachymetra

albinervis, 212.

a . da res

762

Brachysteles

pallidus, 156, 201.

Breynia

australasia, 395.

Brookesia

stumpffii, 725.

Bubalis

caama, 456.

lichtensteini, 132, 145.

Bubo

sp., 600, 603, 605.

lacteus, 59A.

leucostictus, 600.

maximus, 495, 498.

Buceros

melanoleucos, 391.

Bufo

agua, 480,

Sergusonii, 6A2.

luetkenii, 642.

nigricans, 642.

pantherinus, 480, 481.

pentoni, 642.

reqularis, 88.

spinulifer, 642.

surdus, 642.

Bunocnemis, gen. nov.,

85,

modestus, 85, 91,

ilithyia, 342, 557,

561.

Callidryas

buquetii, 580.

florella, 68, 347.

pyrenne, 347.

Callosune

anax, 66.

hetera, 348.

hildebrandti, 350.

ignifer, 349.

imperator, 348.

omphale, 348.

phleqyas, 348.

phenius, 349.

vulnerata, d7A.

Calocoris

canus, 195.

(Megacelum) rubri-

nervis, 191.

Calophasia

upsilon, 588.

Calydisme

socotrana, 336.

Camaroptera

brevicaudata, 603, 604.

INDEX.

Camelopardalis

giraffes, var. ethiopica,

136.

Camelus

bactrianus, 446.

Canis

sp. ine., 299.

azareé, 298, 300.

cancrivorus, 299.

Jubatus, 299, 300.

mesomelas, 146.

pallipes, 450.

variegatus, 591.

virginianus, 531.

Capra

egagrus, 3.

cylindricornis, 453.

dorcas, 453.

severtzovii, 453.

walie, 454.

Capromys

fournieri, 252, 280, 281.

melanurus, 252, 257,

259, 260, 262, 264,

270, 277, 280, 286.

pilorides, 251, 259, 260,

262, 264, 277.

Capsus

caligineus, 193.

| Caradrina

conducta, 588.

indicata, 588.

orbicularis, 587.

Cardiastethus

assimilis, 201.

consimilis, 156.

elegans, 156, 201.

Cariacus

campestris, 313.

nemorivagus, S05.

Cassina

obscura, 642, 644,

646.

Castalius

calice, 568, 569.

cretosus, 568.

gregorii, K68, 593.

hypoleucus, 14, 607.

margaritaveus, 343.

mélend, 343.

Castor

canadensis, 252, 269,

277, 282, 284, 291,

356.

Siber, 356,

Cataclysme

argyridia, 592, 593.

Catoblepas

gorgon, 131.

Catochrysops

osiris, 557, 568.

Catopsilia

jlorella, 847, 578.

pyrene, 577.

Catorhintha

selector, 179.

Causus

jacksonii, 88.

Cavernularia

glans, 376.

liitkeni, 378.

malabarica, 376, 378,

379.

Cavia

aperea, 309.

cobaya, 252, 256, 257,

260, 261, 263, 264,

265, 270, 276, 277,

278, 280, 281, 282,

283, 284, 287, 289,

290, 291, 292, 293.

ecaudatus, 356, 375.

Centropus

sp., 098.

senegalensis, 606,

Centropyx

viridistriga, 724.

Cephalophus

sylvicultriz, 456.

Ceratocoumbus

brasiliensis, 156, 196,

197.

minutus, 156, 196.

Ceratodus

forsteri, 632, 633,

637.

Ceratogymna

atrata, 597, 602.

Ceratrichia

stellata, 15, 607.

| Cercocebus

albigena, 594.

aterrimus, 594.

| Cercolabes

(Synetheres) instdiosa,

B07.

Cercoleptes

caud.volvulus, 358.

Cercopithecus

albigularis, 137.

cephus, 359.

cynosurus, 359.

diana, 484.

— ignitus, 484,

erzlebeni, 485.

erythrarchus, 137.

erythrogaster, 1.

grayi, 4>4.

mond, 359.

petaurista, 1.

ruber, 359.

Cercopithecus

wolfi, 83.

Ceredon

rupestris, 252, 256, 257,

260, 261, 263, 264,

272, 276, 282, 283,

284, 287, 288, 289,

293.

Cervicapra

arundinum, 146.

Cervus

dama, 490.

paludosus, 314.

schomburgki, 314.

stmplicornis, 314.

Ceuthmochares

australis, 597, 598.

Chrocampa

celerio, 583.

elpenor, 154.

nerit, 134.

Chetaster

moore?, 396, 40+.

Cheetomys

subspinosus, 307.

Chalcides

boulengert, 725.

delislii, 725.

Chameleon

biteniatus, 87.

hoehnelii, 87.

longicauda, 725.

ropert, 37.

tavetensis, 725.

Chamesaura

ened, 732.

anguind, T32.

didactyla, 732.

macrolepis, 731, 732.

miopropus, 724, 732.

Chapra

prominens, 77.

Charaxes

achemenes, 41, 42, 82.

azota, 16, 18, 40.

bohemani, 16, 43, 44.

candiope, 562.

castor, 40, 41.

citheron, 48.

cynthia, 40.

ephyra, 43, 44.

ethalion, 42, 43, 44.

guderiana, 18, 42, 82,

561.

jasius, 134.

lasti, 18, 39, 82.

lysianassa, 40.

manica, 18, 43, 82.

pheus, 42, 44.

pollux, 18, 41.

saturnus, 41, 42, 43.

INDEX,

Charaxes

selousi, 14, 18, 45, 82,

- 607.

tiridates, 341.

varanes, 39.

violetta, 46.

* whytei, 14, 607.

wipharis, 45,

zoolina, 38.

Charilina

amabilis, 583.

Chauna

derbiana, 550.

Chinchilla

lanigera, 251.

Chirixalus

dorie, 642.

Chiromantis

petersit, 88.

Chiromys

madagascariensis, 359.

Chironectes

minimus, 8D0.

palmatus, 465.

variegatus, 355.

Chloritis

gabata, 150.

platytropis, 150, 156.

samuiana, 150.

Choria

separata, 240.

Chorisochismus

dentex, 423, 430.

Chorophilus

feriarum, 643.

ornatus, 643.

Chromis

spilurus, 89, 91.

Chrysococeyx

cupreus, 598.

Chrysophanus

abbottii, 570.

Chrysorychia

amanga, 55, 56.

eruenta, 18, 55, 56, 82,

607.

harpax, 55, 56, 342.

Chrysothrix

sceiurea, 359.

Chrysotis

hecki, 457.

Chrysso

niveopicta, 526.

Cidaris

baculosa, 395, 397.

metularia, 397.

Cigaritis

abbottii, 570.

Cimex

albopunctatus, 173.

bellutor, 180.

Cimex

carinatus, 209.

crenator, 172.

culiciformis, 210.

delirator, 172.

jitiformis, 180.

fusca, 178.

lectularia, 202.

perditor, 173.

picta, 179.

reticularis, 171.

sagitta, 172.

scorbutieus, 179.

trilineata, 170.

upsilon, 172.

victor, 173.

viridulus, 176.

Cinnyris

chloropygia, 606.

chloropygius, 603,

605.

Cinyxis

belliana, 85,594.

Cirina

Sorda, 134.

Cisticola

sp., 598, 604.

Clarias

lazera, 89.

Clarotes

laticeps, 89.

Clavigralla

teniola, 180.

Clotho

arietans, 88.

pilchardus, 164.

Clypeaster

scutiformis, 397.

Cnemidophorus

arubensis, 724.

Cobus

ellipstprymnus, 131,

316.

Coccy stes

cafer, 600.

Ccelogenys

paca, 251, 271; 2733

287, 516.

Colbusa

pentagonalis,

593.

Colias

edusa, var. electra, 570.

electra, 67, 347.

pyrene, 577.

Colobocephalus

costellatus,

589,

667,

Colobus

bicolur, 359.

764

Colobus

ursinus, 359.

Colochirus

tuberculosus, 394,

Colpodaspis

pusilla, 664, 666, 668,

669.

Coluber

boddaerti, 501, 6507,

509, 514, 518.

corais, 501, 508, 509,

512, 518.

Colymbus

adamsi, 94.

Conepatus

mapurito, 303, 358.

— monzoni, 302.

Connochezetes

gnu, 595.

Coptobasis

sp., 591.

tricolor, 591,

Corallus

cookii, 5138.

—, var.

Dive

—, var. ruschenbergii,

499, 501, 517.

Corisa

cube, 224,

reticulata, 224.

Coriscus

capsiformis, 205.

crassipes, 205.

sericans, 205.

signatus, 205.

Corizus

hyalinus, 180.

pictipes, 181.

side, 181.

Coronella

olivacea, var. dumerilit,

melaned,

Corvus

capellus, 495, 498.

Corythzola

cristata, 598.

Corythaica

carinata, 203.

Corythaix

sp., 605, 606.

schuetti, 598.

Corythuca

decens, 204.

Corythura

cinnamomea, 604.

Cosmosoma

plutona, 226.

tigris, 226.

Cossypha

bartteloti, 604.

INDEX.

Cotinga

cincta, 457.

Crambidia

corcovada, 240.

petrola, 240.

Crambomorpha

argented, 240.

marcata, 240.

virginia, 240.

Crato

urbicus, 174.

Crenis

boisduvali, 36.

Creontiades

(Megacelum) rubri-

nervus, 191.

Cresera, gen. noy., 282.

annulata, 232.

Cricetomys

gambianus, 142.

Cristellaria

aculeata, 652.

fragaria, 652.

wetherelli, 652.

Crocidura

murina, 449.

Crocodilus

robustus, 108.

Crossarchus

fasciatus, 140.

Crotalus

horridus, 501, 502, 509.

Cry ptophractus

pilosus, 655.

Cryptoprocta

ferox, 357.

Cryptostemma

JSasciata, 156, 197.

Ctenoblepharis

Jjamesit, 723.

Ctenomys

brasiliensis, 308, 309.

magellanicus, 308, 309.

Cuculus

clamosus, 601.

solitarius, 597, 598,

600.

Culcita

sp. noy., 396, 405, 413.

pentangularis, 394.

Cupido

beticus, 3438.

gaika, 343,

Juba, 342.

moriqua, 342.

Cyanocephalus

babouin, 594.

mergens, 594.

Cyclophorus

aurantiacus, 153.

cucullatus, 153.

Cyclophorus

diplochilus, 153, 156.

malayanus, 153.

Cyclopides

derbice, 73.

malgacha, 72.

metis, 71, 72, 353.

mineni, 14, 18, 72, 82,

607.

quadrisignatus, 582.

willemi, 71.

Cydnus

subferrugineus, 171.

Oygnus

americanus, 606.

buccinator, 606.

Cyligramma

latona, 589.

limacina, 589.

Cynzlurus

Jubatus, 357.

Cynictis

penicillata, 357.

Cynocephalus

anubis, 359.

(Hamadryas) egyptia-

cus, 859.

Cynogale

bennettii, 296.

Cynomys

ludovicianus, 356.

Cynopterus

marginatus, 358.

Cypreea

europea, 668.

Cyrestis

camillus, 342.

Cyrtocapsus

caligineus, 193.

Cyrtomenus

ciliatus, 170.

Dalaca

assa, 236.

serta, 236.

Dalmera

Fumata, 238.

tijucana, 258.

Danais

chrysippus, 18.

—, var. alcippus, 18.

formosa, 335.

limniace, var. petiver-

ana, 5d8.

Dasypeltis

scabra, 87.

Dasyprocta

cristata, 251, 277.

Dasypus

sexcinetus, 307, 356.

villosus, 307.

Dasyurus

viverrinus, 466.

Davida

nallescens, 187.

Davila

consanguineus, 186.

Deilephila

euphorbie, 134.

ranzani, 69.

vespertilio, 154.

Deiopeia

cingulifera, 585.

ocellina, 583.

pulchella, 588.

Delma

impar, 728.

Dendraspis

polylepis, 88.

Dendrolagus

bennettianus, 693, 694.

lumholtzi, 693.

Dermophis

gregorit, 648, 646.

thomensis, 85, 88, 646.

Deudorix

antalus, 52.

cerulea, 17, 53.

obscurata, 53.

Diadema

deceptor, 562.

misippus, 17, 37, 341.

sacatile, 395, 397.

Diapheromera

FSemorata, 135.

Diaphorophyia

blissetti, 601.

castanea, 599, 606.

Dicheilonema

bispinosum, 531.

Dicyphus

separatus, 194,

Didelphys

albiventris, 459, 460.

alboguttata, 466, 467.

americana, 466.

aurita, 355, 457, 459,

460.

azare, 314, 355, 459,

460, 531.

californica, 458.

cancrivora, 459, 460,

5dl.

cinerea, 461.

crassicaudata,

355.

elegans, 355, 461, 462.

grisea, 461.

lepida, 462.

marsupialis, 355, 359,

367, 376, 458, 459.

—, var. azare, 458.

315,

INDEX,

Didelphys

marsuptalis, var. typica,

458.

nudicaudata, 531.

opossum, 460.

philander, 355.

velutina, 461.

virginiana, 458, 531.

Diomedea

albatrus, 162.

ari cege

2vittatus, 724, 732.

Diplommatina

(Sinica) samutana, 155,

Dipsas

antalus, 52.

cenchoa, 511, 518.

obtusa, 85, 88.

Dipus

egyptius, 252, 254,

256, 257, 260, 262,

263, 264, 268, 276,

277, 281, 282, 283,

284, 285, 287, 288

290, 291.

hirtipes, 252, 254, 256,

257, 260, 262, §

268, 276, 281.

Jjaculus, 356, 363.

Dolichotis

patagonica, 276, 288,

289.

Draco

guadrasi, 723.

maximus, 723.

microlepis, 728.

modighanti, 723.

walkeri, 723.

Drasteria

mutuaria, 590.

Dukintieldia, gen.

234.

suprema, 234.

Duomitus

capensis, 587.

Duponchelia

crs 591.

Durbania

aslauga, 59, 60.

hildegarda, 17, 58, 59,

noy.,

otlanga, 59.

puella, 59, 60.

pucllaris, 18, 59, GO, 82.

Dycladia

cingla, 227.

Dysdercus

annuliger, 189.

ruficollis, 190.

suturellus, 189, 190.

765

Dysphyha

viridella, 592.

Eacles

imperialis, 154.

regalis, 134,

EKecritotarsus

atratus, 193.

incurvus, 193.

Echidna

aculeata, 3, 13.

hystrix, 5.

spinosus, 9.

Kehinanthus

testudinarius, 395.

Echinaster

purpureus, 394, 396.

Echinodiscus

orbicularis, 412.

Echinometra

lucunter, 395.

Echinoneus

cyclostomus, 397.

Hchinus

gratilla, 411.

placenta, 412.

Eclectus

roratus, 495, 497,

498,

Edema

astuia, 242.

mandela, 242.

Edessa

albirenis, 176, 177.

bifida, 176.

cornuta, 176, 177.

meditabunda, 177,

178.

rufo-marginata, 177.

rugulosa, 177.

sigillata, 177.

Elanus

ceruleus, 599.

Elaps

corallinus, 518.

lemniscatus, 507, 518,

514, 518.

ruset, 513, 514, 518.

Elasmodactylus, gen.nov.,

726.

tuberculosus, 723, 727.

Elephas

africanus, 2, 356, 363,

371

Ellipsoidina

ellipsoides, 650, 651.

exponens, 650, 651,

652.

subnodosa, 650,

652.

651,

766

Elopopsis

Crassus,

663.

Elosia

bufonia, 642.

Emesa

angulata, 212.

Emesopsis

nubilus, 212.

Endromis

versicolor, 134.

Engystoma

albopunctatum, 642.

muelleri, 642.

Engytatus

geniculatus, 193.

Enotesia

sp., 559.

ankoma, 559.

Entomyza

auricomis, 457.

cyanotis, 457.

Kpicrates

659, 660,

cenchris, 499, 500, 501, ~

503, 504, 517.

—, var. fusca,

517.

Episcopus

ornatus, 199.

Epomophorus

erypturus, 137.

gambianus, 137.

macrocephalus, 137,

minor, 187.

wahlbergi, 137.

Equus

boehmi, 457.

grevyt, 320.

Eremias

erythrosticta, 724.

sexteniata, 724.

499,

Eremomela

badiceps, 602.

Erethizon

dorsatus, 252, 260, 263,

264, 265, 267, 268,

283, 284, 285, 290,

291, 357, 375, 675,

682.

epixanthus, 252,

268, 283, 285,

Ergolis

enotrea, 340.

Ericulus

setosus, 356.

Erinaceus

ethiopicus, 391.

europeus, 356.

niger, 449.

Eronia

argia, 68, 547.

264,

291.

INDEX.

Eronia

buquetiz, 347.

—, var.

580.

cleodora, var. latimar-

ginata, 580.

dilatata, 346, 580.

leda, 346.

thalassina, 67, 68,

347.

verulanus, 67.

Erythropygia

ruficauda, 600, 601.

Estrelda

atricapilla, 605.

nonnula, 605.

Eublemma

olivacea, 588.

reducta, 588, 598.

Euceron

aroa, 229.

costulatwm, 229.

dentatum, 229.

Euchromia

africana, 583.

Eudicella

trimeni, 43.

Eudiocrinus

granulatus, 396,

398, 412.

indivisus, 392,

398.

Eudioptes

indica, 591.

Eumeces

schwartzti, 725.

Kunectes

MuUrinus,

Hie

Euphedra

neophron, 37, 565.

violacea, 565.

capensis,

504,

Euphasia

umbrigera, 588.

Euphractus

minutus, 856, 369, 375,

376.

Eupleres

goudott, 357.

Huplea

dorippus, 538.

ochlea, 19.

Euralia

deceptor, 562.

Eurema

brigitta, 344.

pulchella, 62.

scheneia, 564.

senegalensis, 62.

Euryale

aspera, 395.

Eurydactylus

vieillardi, 722.

Euryphene

calabarensis, 342.

Eurystomus

gularis, 605.

Eurytela

dryope, 36, 340, 561.

hiarbas, 36, 340.

ophione, 340, 561.

Euschistus

crenator, 172.

Eutropius

depressirostris, 89.

Felis

concolor, 298.

geoffroyi, 298.

macrocelis, 357.

macrura, 357.

onca, 457.

paguros, 357.

pardus, 357.

passerum, 298, 457.

serval, 139.

tigrina, 397.

tigris, 357.

wncia, 92.

Filaria

bispinosa, 531.

boe-constrictoris, 531.

Flabellina

ponderosa, 652.

triquetra, 652.

Fondicularia

alata, 652.

complanata, 652.

flabelliformis, 651,

652.

spissa, 652.

Fromia

milleporella, 396.

Fregata

aquila 162.

Fulica

leucoptera, 495.

Fulvius

atratus, 192.

lunulatus, 192.

Gadus

dipterygius, 414.

esmarkii, 422,

saida, 421.

virens, 416.

Galago

moholi, 137.

Galeopithecus

philippinensis, 356.

Galictis

vittata, 306.

Galictis

(Grisonia)

358.

(—) vittata, 358.

alidea

olivacea, 357.

Gallirex

chlorochlamys, 594.

Garrulax

picticollis, 457.

Gaudryina

baccata, 651.

lobata, 651, 653.

pariana, 651, 653.

pupordes, 651.

Gazella

bennetti, 469, 470.

corinna, 469.

cuvieri, 467, 469, 472,

473, 475.

dorcas, 467, 470, 478,

474, 475, 476.

granti, 469.

loderi, 468, 470, 471,

472, 473.

muscatensis, 449, 451.

rufifrons, 467, 468, 469.

rujina, 467, 468, 469,

470, 472.

seemmerring?, 469.

Geckolepis

polylepis, 722.

Gegenes

hottentota, 582.

letterstedti, 582.

obumbrata, 582.

Genetta

pardina, 357.

senegalensis, 391.

Geomalacus

maculosus, 527.

Geomys

hispidus, 356.

Geophis

lineatus, 506, 518,

518.

Georissa

monterosatiana, 15d.

samuiana, 155.

Georychus

capensis, 356.

Geotomus

spinolai, 171.

Gerbillus

nanus, 450.

(Dipodillus) dasywrus,

450.

barbara,

Gerris

marginatus, 212.

Ghoria

nigricostata, 583, 593.

INDEX.

Giphonogaster

millsonia, 379.

Glandulina

abbreviata, 652.

globulus, 652.

obtusissima, 652.

Glauconia

albifrons, 517.

Glossina

morsitans, 3.

Glutophrissa

contracta, 350, 578.

Gnesia

perenna, 338.

Gnophodes

diversa, 23.

Godartia

wakefieldii, 565.

Goliathus

druryi, 135.

Gonatas

divergens, 188.

Gonatodes

vittatus, 511.

Gonatosphera, gen. nov.,

651.

prolata, 651, 653.

Gonepteryx

rhamnt, 134.

Gonioctena

variabilis, 391.

Goniodiscus

sp. 403.

rugosus, 396, 405.

Gonomita

postica, 134.

Gonyocephalus

hoydit, 723.

Grampus

sp., 455.

Graphea, gen. nov.,

232.

marmorea, 232.

Grymomys

agilis, 462.

Gulo

borealis, 358.

Gymnelia

arod, 225.

Gymnodactylus

baluensis, 722.

peguensis, 722.

| Gymnura

rafflesti, 356.

Gynanisa

maia, 587.

Gypagus

papa, 163.

Habrothrix

olivaceus, 308.

Hematopus

ostralegus, 495.

Haleyon

senegalensis, 599, 602,

605, 606.

Haliaétus

brannichii, 457.

leucogaster, 495.

pelagicus, 457.

vociferoides, 108.

Halisidota

lineata, 230.

pagana, 230.

Halobates

albinervis, 212.

pictus, 218, 214.

Halticus

minutus, 195.

uhleri, 195.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 37, 38, 341,

557, 560.

Haminea

cornea, 666.

hydatis,

666.

Hapalemur

griseus, 717.

Hapaloderma

constantie, 606.

narina, 597, 606.

Harmostes

serratus, 180.

Hebrus

concinnus, 221.

consolidus, 222.

pusillus, 221.

sobrinus, 222.

Helictis

orientalis, 358.

Heliothis

armigera, 587.

Hemicentetes

nigriceps, 356.

variegatus, 356.

Hemidactylus

brookii, 85.

greeffit, 722.

mabuia, 85.

Hemigalea

galera, 357.

hardwickti, 357.

Hemiglypta

siamensis, 149.

665,

| Hemileuca

dukinfieldi, 235.

Hemitragus

hylocrius, 454, 455.

jayakari, 449, 452,

453, 455.

Jjemlaicus, 454, 455,

768

Hemiurus

tristriatus, 464.

Henricia

(Cribella) sanguino-

lenta, 664.

Herpexnia

ertphia, 64.

iterata, 350, 580,

593.

Herpele

ochrocephala, 645.

Herpestes

albicauda, 450.

griseus, 357, 9865,

372.

fasciatus, 357, 594.

ichneumon, 357.

Javanicus, 357.

pulverulentus, 857.

Herpetodyras

carinatus, 510, 518.

macrophthalmus, 499,

518.

Hesperia

anchises, 852.

borbonica, 77.

diomus, 353.

dromus, 353.

forestan, 81.

galenus, 80.

hottentota, 78.

inconspicua, 77, 582.

letterstedti, 582.

mohopaani, 77.

moritili, 77.

philippus, 53, 569.

pisistratus, 582.

roncilgonis, 78,

sataspes, 353.

unicolor, 18, 81.

zetterstedti, 78.

(Oxynetra) zambesina,

81.

Hesperomys

squamipes, 465.

Heteranaphe

sp., 085.

Heterocampa

paranensis, 248.

Heteropterus

metis, 353.

willemi, 71.

Hipparchia

asterope, 561.

Hippoglossoides

platessoides,

423.

Hippoglossus

vulgaris, 423.

Hipposiderus

caffer, 138.

421,

INDEX.

Hippotragus

equinus, 456.

niger, 457.

Homalocranium

melanocephalum,

518.

Homeocera

cincta, 225.

Hyzena

crocuta, 139.

striata, 857.

Hydrelia

circumdata, 590.

Hydrias

castrensis, 239.

Hydriris

ornatalis, 591.

Hydrocheerus

capybara, 309.

Hyla

chloris, 643.

congenita, 645.

goedti, 643, 645, 646.

prosoblepon, 643.

punctatissima, 643.

spegazzinii, 643.

Hylambates

millsonii,

646.

Hylella

carnea, 646.

parvula, 643, 646,

Hylobates

lar, 359.

Hylodes

latrans, 642.

melanostictus, 642.

urichii, 642.

Hymenia

recurvalis, 591.

Hymenobates, gen. nov.,

214.

499,

642, 644,

imitator, 214.

Hypanartia

commixta, 564.

delius, 339.

Hypanis

acheloia, 561.

cora, 561.

ilithyia, 36, 342,

357.

Hypena

echionalis, 590.

masurialis, 590.

palpitralis, 590.

tristalis, 590.

vulgatalis, 590.

Hypercompa

tigris, 584,

Hypnos

subnigrum, 716.

Hypochera

io, 134.

Hypolimnas

inaria, 562.

misippus, 341, 562.

Hypolycena

ceculus, 53.

philippus, 53.

(Tatura) pachalica,

343.

Hypselostoma

bensonianum, 152.

crossei, 151.

hungerfordianum, 151,

152.

- striolatum, 152.

transitans, 151,

156.

Hyrax

brucei, 363, 371.

mossambicus, 144.

Hyreus

@equatorialis, 567.

webbianus, 567.

Hystrix

cristata, 251, 268, 273,

275, 282, 285, 675,

682, 683, 684, 685,

692.

Javaniea, 357, 682, 685,

684.

malabariensis, 357.

152,

Iconaster

longimanus, 394.

Ictonyx

(Zorilla)

358.

Idalus

enervis, 229.

Idmais

calais, 349.

chrysonome, 347.

eris, 348.

fatma, 572.

lattia

axis, 588.

Indris

brevicaudata, 358.

Tolaus

aphneoides, 53, 54.

bowkeri, 54, 569.

ceculus, 53.

sidus, 53.

Trrisor

sharpei, 597.

Ischnorhynchus

championi, 184.

Ismene

anchises, 352.

unicolor, 81.

capensis,

Isodictya

dissimilis, 664.

Tsomys

dorsalis, 142.

Ixalus

carinensis, 642,

latopalmatus, 642.

longicrus, 642.

parvulus, 642.

pictus, 642.

travancoricus, 641.

Jadera

lateralis, 181.

Janella

bitentaculata, 526, 527,

528, 529, 530.

maculata, 526,

529, 530.

papillata, 526, 530.

Janulus

bicorniger, 525.

erythrophthalmus, 525.

Japalura

ornata, 723.

Junonia

artaxia, 35.

boépis, 52, 563, 564.

calescens, 563.

cebrene, 32, 389, 564.

clelia, 32, 339, 563.

cloantha, 563.

crebrene, 339.

cuama, 38, 563.

elgiva, 34, 563.

ethyra, 562.

limnoria, 562.

micromera, 15, 562.

natalica, 339, 562.

enone, 339.

paris, 564.

sesamus, 563.

simia, 562.

terea, 563.

westermanm, 339.

(Precis) limnoria, 557.

527,

Kaliella

perakensis, 149.

sculpta, 149.

subsculpta, 149, 156.

Kobus

ellipsiprymnus, 145,

Labeo

gregorit, 90, 91.

Lacerta

stmonyt, 724.

INDEX,

251,

Lachesis |

muta, 499, 509, 511, |

516, 517, 518.

Lachnocnema

bibulus, 61, 342.

durbani, 62.

Lacipa

gracilis, 585.

Lemocharis

multiguita, 226.

Laganum

decagonale, 395, 397,

411, 413.

depressum, 395.

orbiculare, 412, 413.

Lagena

globosa, 647, 652.

obtusa, 652,

Lagocheilus

liratulus, 154, 156.

townsendianus, 154.

Lagostomus

trichodactylus,

3138.

Lamprocolius

gp., 598.

cupreicauda, 600.

purpureiceps, 600.

splendidus, 600.

Lampruna, gen.

231.

rosea, 231.

Langsdorfia

aroa, 235.

dukinfieldi, 235.

Laniarius

sp., 599.

affinis, 599.

leucorhynchus, 605.

verreauxrt, OOL,

Laphygma

orbicularis, 587.

Lasexola

cancellata, 521.

Lasiocampa

montetri, 1384, 135.

Lasiochilus

nov.,

basalis, 200.

traternus, 156, 199.

fusculus, 199, 201.

nebulosus, 157, 200.

pallidulus, 156, 198.

pictus, 156, 157, 200.

variabilis, 156.

varicolor, 198.

Lasiochlora

saliata, 598.

Latastia

longicaudata, 87.

Latax

lutris, 358.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.— 1894, No. LI.

Lebeda

sp., 586.

Serruginea, 586.

Legena

aspera, 649.

Leiaster

leachi, 396.

speciosus, 396.

Lemur

catta, 358.

macaco, 308.

Lepidolemur

microdon, 358.

mustelinus, 358.

Lepidosiren

articulata, 316.

paradoxa, 316.

Lepidosternum

latifrontale, 724.

Leptobrachium

carinense, 643.

parvum, 643.

pelodytoides, 643.

Leptocorisa

jiliformis, 180.

Leptodactylus

bufonius, 642.

Leptodira

annulata, 512, 518.

rufescens

, 88.

Leptoglossus

zonatus, 178.

Leptognathus

nebulatus, 499.

Leptoptilus

erumeniferus, 495,

594.

Leptosoma

leuconoé,

restrictum, O85.

Lepus

capensis,

585.

142.

netscheri, 450, 451.

ochropus, 142.

omanensis, 449, 450.

whytei, 142.

Leucania

torrentium, 587.

Libythea

laius, 46.

Lichanotus

indri, 858.

Limenitis

disippus,

Limnza

natalensis, 166.

Limnas

134.

chrysippus, 557, 558.

dorippus, 557, 558.

klugit,

558.

335,

557,

770

Limnometra

marginata, 212.

Linckia

marmorata, 394.

megaloplax, 394, 395,

405.

Linsang

gracilis, 364, 372, 376.

(Poiana) gracilis, 357.

(Prionodon), pardi-

color, 357.

Liophis

cobella, 507, 518.

melanotus, 506, 514,

515, 518.

reging, 499, 507,

518.

Lirimiris

mephitis, 242.

Lithocranius

walleri, 319.

Lithosia

gp., 584.

peruviana, 239.

venosa, 239.

Lituaria

phalloides, 379.

Loncheres

guiane, 502.

Lophoaétus

occipitalis, 594.

Lophoceros

camurus, 597, 598, 602,

605.

semifasciatus, 597.

Lophodonta

pallida, 242.

Lophotibis

cristata, 94.

Lopus

militaris, 190.

Loris

gracilis, 359.

Lotta

elongata, 414.

Lovenia

elongata, 395, 397.

Lucia

bibulus, 342.

Luidia

sp., 405.

aspera, 894, 396.

Jorficifer, 396, 403.

hardwickii, 394, 396.

longispinis, 396, 403.

maculata, 396, 403.

Luteva

gundlachii, 212.

Lutra

brasiliensis, 301, 358.

canadensis, 358.

INDEX.

Lutra

leptonyx, 297.

maculicollis, 140.

platensis, 300, 358.

Lycxena

adonis, 134.

anta, 569.

antinorit, 17, 18, 50.

artemenes, 50.

asopus, 47.

betica, 49, 50, 348.

cissus, 48.

corydon, 134.

exclusa, 14, 18, 47, 48,

49, 82, 607.

guika, 49, 343, 568.

Juba, 50, 842.

kersteni, 568.

lingeus, 50.

mahallokoena, 48.

mashuna, 18, 48, 49.

melena, 345.

moriqua, 342.

osiris, 568.

parsimon, 47, 49.

patricia, 49.

plinius, 50.

poggei, 18, 50.

pulchra, 343.

sichela, 49.

telicanus, 49, 50.

trochilus, 569.

Lycznesthes

amarah, 568.

kersteni, 568.

larydas, 51, 343,

ligures, 343.

liodes, 51.

lunulata, 18, 51, 82,

608

neglecta, 51.

otacilia, 51, 52.

Lycophidium

horstockii, 88.

Lygzeus

bicrucis, 189.

fasciatus, 189.

hyalinus, 180.

leucopterus, 185.

side, 181.

varicolor, 189.

Lygodactylus

angularis, 722.

miops, 722.

picturatus, 86.

anchieta, 725.

decipiens, 725

equatorialis, 567.

Lygosoma

delicatum, 725.

Jlorense, 724.

luzonense, 725, 733.

maccooeyi, 725.

maccoyt, 725.

pectorale, 725.

relictum, 725.

sanctum, 724.

spenceri, 725.

striolatum, 724.

subceruleum, 725.

variahbile, 725.

walkeri, 725.

whiteheadi, 725.

Lygus

cuneatus, 192.

uvidus, 195.

Lymantria

sp., 585.

Mabuia

hildebrandtii, 724.

maculilabris, 87.

pulchra, 724.

Macacus

inornatus, 359.

laniger, 359.

leoninus, 359.

Macheraptenus, gen.nov.,

ventralis, 229.

Macrochlamys

limbata, 148, 149,

156.

resplendens, 149.

Macroglossa

stellatarum, 13A.

trochiloides, 583.

Macropus

bennetti, 361.

giganteus, 12.

(Halmaturus) bennetti,

355.

Macropygium

reticulare, 171.

Madoqua

damarensis, 323, 325,

326, 329.

guentheri, 324, 325,

326, 328, 329.

kirki, 323, 324, 325,

326, 329.

phillipsi, 324, 326, 327,

328, 329

saltiana, 323, 325, 326,

328.

swaynei, 326, 328,

329.

Madura

perfida, 179.

Malimbus

cristatus, 606.

malimbicus, 598.

Manis

temmincki, 145.

Mantipus

hildebrandti, 642.

Margaroperdix

striata, 94,

Marginulina

cristellaroides, 652.

Margus

inornatus, 179.

Marissa

eane, 227.

regia, 227.

Megaladapis

madagascariensis, 108, |

123.

Megalixalus

fornasini, 88.

Melanitis

bankia, 335.

diversa, 23.

leda, 22, 23, 335.

libya, 18, 22, 23, 82.

solandra, 335, 558.

Melanocoryphus

bicrucis, 189.

Meles

taxus, 358.

Melinda

formosa, 335.

Melinna

modesta, 191.

Melitza

cinxia, 134.

Mephitis

chilensis, 303.

mephitica, 358.

suffocans, 303.

Merluccinus

vulgaris, 415, 416, 417.

Mesovelia

amena, 218.

bisignata, 217.

Mespilia

globulus, 397.

Metacanthus

capitatus, 181.

elegans, 181.

Metachirus

quica, 460, 461.

Metachrosta

mianoides, 588.

Metrodira

subulata, 394.

Micoureus

griseus, 461.

pusillus, 462, 463, 464, |

465.

| Mus

INDEX.

Microsemyra

sp., O87.

Microvelia

sp., 221.

capitata, 218.

longipes, 219, 220.

marginata, 219.

modesta, 219, 220.

robusta, 219.

| Millsonia

nigra, 381, 383, 385,

387

rubens, 381, 382, 384,

385, 386, 387.

Mithrodia

clavigera, 396,

Modisimus

glaucus, 519.

Molva

abyssorum, 413, 414,

415, 418, 420, 421,

492, 445.

byrkeldnge, 413.

dipterygia, 413, 422.

elongata, 414, 415.

vulgaris, 445.

Monitor

albogularis, 87.

niloticus, 87.

Mononyx

raptorius, 223.

Monotrichtis

safitza, 335.

Mormidea

upsilon, 172.

Motacilla

vidua, 598.

Mullerornis

agilts, LIN Ti Like;

125.

| Munona, gen. nov., 288.

tridescens, 233.

dolichurus, 141.

modestus, 141.

musculus, 308.

rattus, 450.

— rufescens, 450.

Muscardinus

avellanarius, 462.

Muscicapa

lugens, 603.

Musophaga

ross@, 597.

violacea, 457.

Myealesis

ankoma, 5d9.

campa, 8\, 82.

doleta, 336.

ena, 82.

perspicua, 336.

Mycalesis

sdfitza, 22, 81, 82,

335.

socotrana, 336.

(Monotrichtis) eusirus,

Byto)

(—) safitza, 335.

Mydaus

meliceps, 358.

Mylothris

agathina, 63, 68, 346,

070.

jacksont, 346.

lasti, 578.

narcissus, 346, 578.

ortygna, 580.

popped, var.

68.

rhodope, 346.

riippellii, 570.

trimenia, 68.

Myodocha

unispinosa, 186.

Myogale

moschata, 356.

Myopotamus

bonariensis, 357.

coypu, 251, 315.

Myoscalops

(Heliophobius) argen-

tocinereus, 356.

Myoxus

glis, 356.

Myrina

jicedula, 54.

Myrmecophaga

Jubata, 356.

spica,

Nabida

capsiformis, 205.

Nabis

erassipes, 205.

sericans, 205.

Naja

nigricollis, 88.

Nannodrilus

africanus, 380, 388.

Nanotragus

scoparius, 146.

Naprepa

albicollis, 586.

Nardoa

tuberculata, 394, 395,

396.

Narvesus

carolinensis, 210.

Nasua

nasica, 358.

Naucoris

femorata, 223.

raptoria, 223.

—=*

772

Nebroda

echeria, 335.

Nectophryne

hosit, 642.

misera, 642.

signata, 642, 645,

646

Nemorhzdus

sumatrensis, 654.

Neoceenyra

duplex, 336, 557, 558,

559, 560, 593.

gregorii, 560, 593.

rupilineata, 599.

ypthimoides, 559.

Neojanella

dubia, 529, 530.

Neoninus

illustris, 184.

Neoproba

varians, 193.

Neotragus

pygmeus, 323,

scoparius, 132.

Nepheronia

argia, 347, 580.

buquetit, 347, 580.

capensis, 580,

thalassina, 347, 580.

Neptis

agatha, 36, 341, 568.

goochii, 37.

marpessa, 37.

Nezara

marginata, \75.

viridula, 176.

Nigrita

canicapilla, 597, 598,

601.

Ninus

notabilis, 184.

Ninyas

sirabo, 185.

Nisoniades

djelele, 353.

motozi, 79.

Noctua

amahilis, 583.

armigera, 587.

meneta, 583.

repanda, 590.

tricolor, 583.

Nodosaria

hispida, 652.

radicula, 649.

Notonecta

americana, 225.

Numida

tiarata, 94.

Nychitona

alcestu, 344, 570.

INDEX.

| Nycticebus

(Stenops) tardigradus, |

358. |

| Nycticorax

_ gardeni, 495, 496, 497.

Nymphalis

candiope, 562.

ephyra, 43, 46.

guderiana, 42, 561.

tiridates, 341.

zoolina, 38.

Nysius

californicus, 183, 184.

inequalis, 183.

providus, 182.

scolopax, 182.

Ocha

brunnea, 238.

falsa, 238.

famata, 238.

marginata, 239.

Octodon

cumingit, 251.

Odontoscelis

pulicarius, 170.

CEdemasia

tropica, 241.

CEdionychis

advena, 626.

africana, 628, 631.

albipennis, 609.

apicata, 623, 631.

beatula, 614.

beskii, 622.

bifasciata, 615.

biloba, 621.

blanda, 615.

brunneicollis, 625, 626.

brunneofasciata, 624,

631.

centurio, 615.

chapuisi, 620.

crucifera, 618, 614.

erus-nigra, 613.

cyaneo-fasciata, 618.

dilecta, 612.

discicollis, 611.

eburata, 615.

evanida, 611.

extrema, 623.

Saceta, 612.

fasciaticollis, 624, 631.

Sormosa, 617.

fuscoannulata, 625,

631.

higei, 622.

honesta, 615.

inconstans, 617.

intersiynata, 617.

jamnaicensis, 621, 622.

| C&dionychis

labiata, 620.

libentina, 617.

morosa, 623.

multomaculata, 625.

murrayi, 613.

nigronotuta, 619.

nigropunctata, 625.

nigroscutata, 610, 631.

oblonga, 617.

ornamentalis, 619.

osculans, 616, 617.

palpalis, 619.

pardalis, 627, 631.

peruviana, 622.

princeps, 622, 631.

pulchella, 618.

quadriplagiata, 614,

615, 619.

quadripustulata, 612,

631.

semidivisa, 621.

sexsignatus, 628, 631.

siamensis, 629, 631.

spilota, 611.

steinheili, 615, 619.

tabida, 610.

trimaculata, 616.

turpis, 626.

vigintinotata, 627, 631.

Cidura

africana, 608.

nivaria, 609, 722, 726.

(Estrelata

cookii, 653.

leucophrys, 653.

neglecta, 653.

nigripennis, 653.

Olceclostera

azteca, 234.

castrona, 233.

Ommatides, gen. nov.,

156, 159.

insignis, 156, 159.

Oncerodes, gen. nov., 156,

159.

robusta, 156, 160.

Oncerotrachelus

acuminatus, 2\1.

conformis, 211.

Oncopeltus

cingulifer, 189.

fasciatus, 189.

varicolor, 189.

(Erythrischius) cingu-

lifer, 189.

Onychognathus

sp., 600

Opeas

Siliforme, 151, 156.

gracile, 151.

Opharus

gemma, 230.

Ophiarachna

clavigera, 397.

Ophidiaster

helicostichus, 394, 405.

Ophiocoma

pica, 395, 396.

scolopendrina, 395, 397.

Ophiocrene

enigma, 392, 394, 397, |

410, 413.

Ophiodes

intermedius, 724.

Ophiolepis

annulosa, 395.

irregularis, 395.

Ophiomastix

caryophyliata, 397.

Ophiomaza

cacaotica, 395.

obscura, 395.

Ophiomorus

brevipes, 725.

Ophiomyxa

australis, 395, 397.

brevispinis, 397.

longipeda, 397.

Ophionereis

dubia, 395.

Ophiopeza

conjungens, 395.

Ophiophagus

elaps, 594.

Ophioplocus

imbricatus, 395.

Ophiopieron

elegans, 392, 397,

408. -

Ophiothrix

capillaris, 397.

comata, 397.

longipeda, 395.

martensi, 895, 408.

melanogramma, 399d,

397.

melanosticta, 399.

punctolimbata, 395,

397.

purpurea, 597, 407.

rotata, 397.

smaragdina, 399.

trilineata, 395.

Ophis

saurocephalus, 531.

Ophiuche

echionalis, 590.

masurialis, 590.

Opisthoporus

corniculum, 152.

setosus, 152, 156.

INDEX.

Oreas

canna, 131, 145.

— livingstonti, 595.

Oreochromis

hunteri, 89.

niger, 89, 91.

Oreotragus

megalotis, 320.

saltator, 145.

Oriolus

brachyrhynchus, 597,

598.

Ornithoptera

paradisea, 608.

Ornithorhbynchus

anatinus, 13.

paradoxus, 694, 717.

Ortholitha

megalaria, 592.

monosticta, 592, 593.

Oryx

beatriz, 449, 451.

Osmeroides

crassus, 699.

lewesiensis, 656, 660,

663.

mantellt, 656.

Osmodes

ranoha, 582.

Otaria

Jubata, 301.

Otogale

kirki, 137.

Otolicnus

galago, 358.

Ovis

tragelaphus, 473.

Oxybelis

acuminata, 510, 518.

Oxyrrhopus

plumbeus, 518.

Ozophora

burmeisterii, 186.

consanguinea, 186.

pallescens, 187.

Pachycoris

deplanatus, 170.

obliguus, 170.

Pachygrontha

bimaculata, 185.

longiceps, 185.

edancalodes, 185.

Pachytylus

migratoroides, 2.

Palamedea

cornuta, 495, 536.

Palla

ussheri, 341.

varanes, 341, 562.

773

Pamera

bilobata, 186.

curvipes, 186.

parvula, 186.

vincta, 186.

Pamphila

borbonica, 77.

chirala, 18, 76, 77, 82.

dysmephila, 77.

erinnys, 17.

JSatwellus, 582.

gillias, 77.

harona, 74, 75.

hottentota, 78, 352.

inconspicua, 77, 352.

mackenti, 78.

matchus, 77.

mathias, 77.

micipsa, 77.

mohopaant, 77.

morantti, 74, 75, 607.

moritili, 77.

mystic, 77.

ophiusa, 72.

peckius, 77.

philander, 78.

ranoha, 15, 74, 582,

607.

roncilgonis, 78.

zabulon, 77.

zeno, 76, 352.

zimbazo, 15, 18, 74, 82,

607.

Pangeeus

margo, 171.

| Papilio

agatha, 36, 565.

agathina, 63, 570.

ajax, 134,

alcesta, 62, 570.

anacardii, 85, 564.

archesia, 34.

argia, 58).

asterias, 134.

beticus, 568.

bibulus, 61.

brasidas, 69.

brigitta, 570.

brontes, 351.

brutus, 70.

cecilia, 566.

calais, 571.

camulus, 41.

cardui, 564.

castor, 41,

cenea, 18, 70, 8d1.

chrysippus, 558,

clelia, 32, 563.

cloantha, 32, 5638.

colonna, 351, 581.

columbina, 565.

774

Papilio

constantinus, 352, 581.

corinneus, 69.

cresphontes, 134.

dedalus, 37, 565.

dardanus, 351.

demoleus, 69, 350, 581.

dryope, 36, 561.

echerioides, 70, 71.

electra, 67, 570.

encedon, 29.

erinus, 581.

flesus, 80.

florella, 68, 578.

forestan, 81.

harpax, 5d.

hesperus, 351.

hiarbas, 36.

hippocoon, 70.

ilithyia, 36, 561.

inaria, 562.

jacksoni, 71, 351.

kirby, 581.

laches, 61.

larydas, 51.

leda, 22.

leonidas, 68, 350.

lingeus, 50.

lyeus, 69, 70.

lycia, 566.

machaon, 134.

mackinnoni, 351.

menestheus, 69.

menippe, 567.

merope, 70, 351, 581.

mesentina, 579.

metis, 71.

misippus, 562.

nireus, 69, 70, 350.

nyass@, 351, 581.

octavia, 34.

ophidicephalus, 69, 352.

ophion, 80,

ophione, 561.

parsimon, 47.

perion, 570.

phalantha, 31.

philonoé, 581.

phoreas, 351, 581.

podalirius, 134.

pollux, 41.

pringlet, 352, 353.

rhodope, 68.

saba, 63.

severina, 64, 578.

similis, 68.

solandra, 5d8,

terea, 563.

thysa, 68.

tibullus, 70.

tragicus, 581.

INDEX,

Papilio

troilus, 134.

trophonius, 70.

turnus, 134,

varanes, 39, 562.

vindex, 72.

zoroastres, 71.

Paracarnus

mexicanus, 194.

Paradoxurus

sp., 366,

philippinensis, 357.

typus, 357.

Paramorpha

sp., 591.

Pardaleodes

fulgens, 80.

Parus

varius, 457.

Passer

diffusus, 603, 606.

swainsoni, 603.

Patiria

briareus,

4138.

Payonina

Alabelliformis, 651.

Pectinura

arenosa, 406.

capensis, 406.

elegans, 396, 406.

heros, 406.

infernalis, 396, 406.

megaloplax, 394.

396, 404,

sphenisci, 394, 406, 4138.

spinosa, 406.

Pedetes

capensis, 357, 362.

Peirates

sulcicollis, 210.

Pelobates

syriacus, 643.

' Pelocoris

Femorata, 223.

Pelogonus

marginatus, 222.

Pelomedusa

galeata, 85.

Pentaceros

nodulosus, 394.

Pentatoma

bifida, 176.

ciliata, 170.

marginata, 175.

teniola, 173.

Pentila

abraxas, 57, 58.

muhata, 58.

peucetia, 58.

tropicalis, 57, 58, 60.

undularis, D7.

Phasienecus,

Peramys

americanus, 464, 460.

henseli, 465

theringti, 464, 465.

tristriatus, 463, 460.

Perichxta

sieboldi, 380.

Perigea

conducta, 588.

Periplysia

Johnstoni, 15.

Perodictycus

calabariensis, 359.

Perola

admirabilis, 237.

Peronella

decagonalis, 412.

orbicularis, 412.

Petalognathus

nebulatus, 518.

Petissius

diversus, 188.

Petrodromus

tetradactylus, 139.

Petrogale

penicillata, 12.

Phacochcerus

ethiopicus, 145, 594.

Phegoptera

arpt, 231.

jonesi, 230.

Phaéthon

flavirostris, 161.

Phalacrocorax

brasiliensis, 301.

Phalena

recurvalis, 591,

sacraria, 592.

(Noctua) hyppasia, 590.

(—) latona, 589.

Phanerotis

fletcheri, 642.

Phascolomys

wombat, 355.

gen. nov.,

585.

gregorii, 586, 593.

Phelsuma

dubium, 728.

Philereme

natalata, 598.

Philine

angulata, 668.

aperta, 667.

catena, 666.

lima, 668.

velutinoides, 668.

Philognoma

azota, 40.

ussher?, 341.

varanes, 841.

Phoca

vitulina, 358.

Pholcus

convexus, 519.

distinetus, 519.

elongatus, 519.

gibbosus, 519.

margarita, 519.

phalangioides, 519.

rotundatus, 51%.

tipuloides, 519.

Phrissura.

lasti, 578.

Phrynobatrachus

ranoides, 641, 644,

646.

Phrynocara

tuberatum, 642.

Phrynocephalus

arabicus, 723.

przewalskit, 723.

vlangalii, 723.

Phrynoderma

asperum, 642.

Phrynomantis

bifasciata, 88.

Phrynorhombus

unimaculatus, 437.

Phrynosoma

blainvilliz, 724.

coronatum, 724.

Phyllacanthus

annulifer, 395.

Phyllium

gelonus, 135.

Phyllobates

trinitatis, 507.

Phyllodactylus

androyensis, 722.

julient, 722.

Phyllopezus

goyazensis, 722.

Phyllostoma

hastatum, 358.

Phymata

angulata, 204.

Physaloptera

turgida, 531.

Physczeneura

leda, 20, 21, 561.

panda, 20, 21. (

pione, 15, 18, 20, 82,

561.

Physocyclus

globosus, 519.

Physopsis

africana, 166.

Phytocoris

eximius, 191.

Picus

sp., 600, 604, 605.

INDEX.

Pieris

agrippina, 345.

alba, 64.

boguensis, 345.

charina, 344,

eriphia, 64.

gidica, 346, 579.

zone, 6D.

malatha, 63.

ogygia, 578.

omphale, 577.

orbona, 63.

pigea, 344, 580.

riippellit, 570.

saba, 638.

severina, 64, 845.

simana, 64, 344.

spilleri, 344.

thalassina, 67, 580.

thysa, 346, 578.

zochalia, 374, 579.

(Belenois) dasti, 68.

Piezodorus

guildingi, 175.

Piezostethus

sordidus, 156, 201.

Pilorhinus

sp., 600.

Pinacopteryx

alba, 64.

liliana, 580.

nigropunctata, 344.

ortygna, 580.

pigea, 544, 580.

simana, 344.

spilleri, 344,

Pipa

americana, 456, 693.

Pirithous

pallipes, 193.

Planema

esebria, 31.

Ffulvescens, 338.

johnstoni, 18, 80, 31,388.

lycoa, 31.

montana, 338, 567.

proteina, 338.

| Platessa

jlesus, 249.

Plea

striola, 224.

Plebeius

sp., 069.

pogget, 50.

trochilus, 569.

Plecoptera

reversa, 589.

Pleretes

tigris, 584.

Plesioneura

galenus, 80.

Ligh

Pleurechinus

bothryoides, 410.

ruber, 410.

variabilis, 410.

Pleuronectes

Jlesus, 423, 434, 439.

limanda, 423, 438.

microcephalus, 423,

436.

platessa, 423, 436.

Ploceus

abyssinicus, 598.

nigerrimus, 598, 601.

migricollis, 599, 602,

605.

Plociomera

oblonga, 187.

Poaphila

reversa, 589.

Podisus

gaumeri, 172.

sagitta, 172.

Podothecus

peristethus, 674.

Peeocephalus

gulielmi, 603.

meyeri, 603.

Peeciloscytus

(Lygus) cuneatus, 192.

Pogonorhynchus

sp., 600, 601.

Polyboroides

typicus, 457.

Polychrus

gutturosus, 723.

marmoratus, 500.

Polyommatus

amarah, 568.

betieus, 557, 568.

ctssus, 48.

Polypoetes

rufipuncta, 236.

Pontia

alcesta, 62, 344.

eris, 6D.

protomedia, 572.

Potamocherus

africanus, 92.

edwardsi, 92.

penicillatus, 92.

Potamophilus

barbatus, 297.

Praopus

hirsutus, 655.

Precis

archesia, 34.

artaxia, 18, 35.

ceryne, 32.

chapunga, 34.

cloantha, 32, 340.

cuama, 83, 840.

778

Precis

elgiva, 34.

limnoria, 340.

natalica, 34, 839, 562.

octavia, 32, 34.

—, var. natalensis, 563.

pelasgis, 34.

sesamus, 32, 34, 340,

568.

simia, 15, 18, 33, 82,

562, 563.

sinuata, 340.

staudingerii, 34.

terea, 339.

tukuoa, 33.

Prinia

mystacea, 606.

Prionidus

carinatus, 209.

cristatus, 209.

Problepsis

vestalis, 593.

Procavia

abyssinica, 148, 144.

bocaget, 144.

brucei, 144, 145.

capensis, 148, 144, 145. |

Johnstoni, 144,

145,

shoana, 148, 144.

syriaca jayakari, 455.

Procyon

cancrivorus, 302, 358.

lotor, 358.

Proteles

cristatus, 357.

Protogoniomorpha

aglatonice, 564.

anacardii, 564.

definita, 564.

Protopterus

» annectens, 89, 355.

Proxys

victor, 173.

Psalidoprocne

nitens, 600, 601, 606.

Psalis

securis, 585.

Psallus

politus, 195.

Psammorphis

biseriatus, 88.

sibilans, 88.

Pseudapistosia

ordinaria, 230.

Pseudoboletia

maculata, 397.

Pseudomya

picta, 226.

Pseudonympha

goudotii, 559.

142,

INDEX.

Pseudonympha

vigilans, 18, 21.

Psilochorus

lemniscatus, 520.

nigrifrons, 519, 520.

Psittacus

erithacus, 597, 598.

Psoloptera

basifulva, 225.

thoracica, 225.

Psophia

leucoptera, 495,

Ptenidiophyes

mirabilis, 168, 198.

Pteromys

oval, 252, 2938.

Pteropus

medius, 358.

| Pterygospidea

Qelele, 79, 358, 582.

Jlesus, 80.

galenus, 17, 80.

motozt, 79.

Pthia

picta, 179.

Ptochiomera

oblonga, 187.

Ptychotricos, gen. nov., |

227.

zeus, 228.

Puffinus

carneipes, 653.

chlororhynchus, 653.

Pupa

hunanensis, 151.

Pupina

artata, 155.

arula, 155.

pallens, 155, 156.

| Pupisoma

orcella, 150,

Pycnonotus

sp., 598.

layardi, 603, 605.

Pygzeus

sp., 091.

ocellalis, 591.

Pyrameis

abyssinica, 564.

atalanta, 564.

cardut, 32, 564.

dejeanti, 564.

| Pyrgus

diomus, 358.

dromus, 73, 558.

elma, 73.

inconspicuus, 352.

sataspes, 353.

vindex, 72.

Pytelia

schlegeli, 599, 600. 601.

Pyxicephalus

delalandii, 88.

Racheospila

saliata, 593.

Rana

aluta, 641.

boylii, 640.

cavitympanum, 641,

chrysoprasina, 640.

esculenta, 107, 480.

galamensis, 88,

greca, 640.

granulosa, 641.

holsti, 640

hosii, 641.

Johnstonii, 641.

lateralis, 641.

limborgii, 640.

mascareniensis, 88,

monticola, 641.

mugiens, 477, 479, 480,

48].

nigrovittata, 641.

nyasse, O41,

oatesti, 641.

palavanensis, 640.

quecketti, 641, 643, 646.

temporaria, 107.

tenasserimensis, 641.

varians, 641.

whiteheadi, 641.

Raphigaster

guildiniz, 175.

Rappia

concolor, 88.

Rasahus

hamatus, 209.

sulcicollis, 210,

Reduvius

hamatus, 209,

stria, 209.

Remigia

mutuaria, 590.

repanda, 590.

Rhabdosia :

sp. inc., 134, 135.

| Rhacophorus

acutirostris, 641.

colletti, 641.

dennysii, 641.

dulitensis, 641.

edentulus, 641.

everetti, 641,

fee, 641.

liber, 641.

macrotis, 641.

madagascariensis, 641.

otilophus, 641.

Rhacophorus

verrucosus, 641.

Rhagerrhis

oxyrhynchus, 88.

triteniata, 87.

Rhagovelia

angustipes,

collaris, 217.

elegans, 216.

obesa, 215.

plumbea, 217.

Rhampholeon

brachyurus, 725,

herstenti, 87.

platyceps, 725.

Rhamphorrhina

petersiana, 43,

Rhanidophora

phedonia, 584.

Rbaphiceropsis

pringlei, 336, 353.

Rhaptus

collinus, 189.

Rhinacloa

Jorticornis, 196.

Rhinoceros

915, 216.

bicornis, 145, 321, 329,

331, 382.

simus, 329, 330, 331,

332.

Rhinogale

melleri, 159, 140.

Rhinolophus

ethiops, 138.

capensis, 138.

Jerrum-equinum, 138.

hildebrandti, 138.

landeri, 138.

lobatus, 138.

Rhinopoma

microphyllum, 449.

Rhiostoma

asiphon, 152, 156,

housei, 152.

Rhipidaster

vannipes, 396, 405,

Rhombus

levis, 246, 249,

423.

maximus, 434,

norvegicus, 437.

punctatus, 437.

Rhopalocampta

keithloa, 582.

pisistratus, 582.

Rhynchocyon

cirnet, 146.

Rhynchogale

melleri, 139.

Rifargia

masta, 241,

Proc,

INDEX,

' Romaleosoma

neophron, 37.

Senura

lineata, 584.

Saica

annulipes, 210.

recurvata, 210,

Salacia

picturata, 188.

Salamandra

caucasica, 643.

maculata, 716.

Salamis

aglatonice, 341.

anacardit, 35, 341.

ceryne, d2.

definita, 564.

ethyra, 562.

nebulosa, 35, 564.

tukwoa, 3d.

Salda

humilis, 212.

Salmacis

globator, 3995.

rufa, 397, 411, 413.

sulcata, 395.

Salmo

lewesiensis, 656.

Salopola

argented, 241,

vestalis, 241.

Samanta

perspicud, 336.

Samia

cecropia, 134.

Sarangesa

djelele, 558, 582.

motozioides, 581.

Saturnia

sp., 586.

earpint, 134.

maida, 587.

oubie, 586.

pyri, 134.

wallengrenit, 586.

Satyrus

ibitina, 559.

rakoto, 559.

tamatave, 559.

vinsonit, 5D9.

Scalops

argentatus, 356.

Scapteromys

(Hesperomys) twaidus,

308.

Sceloporus

bulleri, 723, '729,

dugesii, 730.

heterolepis, 724,

melanorhinus us, T2e

Zoo. Soc.—1894, No. LII.

Sceloporus

oreutti, 724,

Scelotes

astrolabt, 725,

Schizoptera

capttatu, 156, 158.

jlavipes, 156, 158, 197.

ruttert, 157.

scutellata, 156, 157.

Scincopus

Sasciatus, 725.

Sciurus

arizonensis, 356, 362,

370, 376.

mutabilis, 140, 141.

niger, 356, 370.

palliatus, 140.

prevosti, 252.

vulgaris, 356.

Scopula

martialis, 591,

Scotopelia

peli, 693.

Scotosia

natalata, 593.

Scutella

decagonalis, 411.

Scytale

coronatum,

513, 518.

Scytaster

nove-caledoniea, 395.

Secusio

hymenea, 585.

parvipuncta, 584, 585.

strigata, 584.

Semnopithecus

mitratus, 809.

Semyra

bela, 237.

cardia, 236.

Sepacontias

modestus, 87.

Sepsina

tetradactyla, 725,

Sertularia

argentea, G64.

Sesia

bembiciformis, 134,

135.

culiciformis, 134, 135

Siccia

caffra, 584.

Sigara

‘socialis, 224.

Simia

satyrus, 532.

Siphonops

paulensis, 643.

Sirthenea

strid, 209.

509, 512,

778

Sitalia

insularis, 149, 156.

Smeringopus

elongatus, 519.

Smerinthus

ocellatus, 134.

quercus, 134,

tilie, 134.

Smithornis

rufolateralis, 604.

Solea

vulgaris, 423, 432.

Spalax

typhlus, 356,

Spartocera

fusca, 178.

Spermestes

cucullatus, 599, 601.

poensis, 598, 599, 604,

605, 606.

Spermophilus

mexicanus, 252.

Spherodactylus

vincenti, 723.

Sphecosoma

arctata, 225.

simile, 225.

Sphenophryne

celebensis, 642.

Sphingurus

prehensilis, 251, 257.

Sphinx

carolina, 134.

celerio, 583.

convolvult, 134.

ligustri, 134.

pinastri, 134.

Sphyrocoris

obliquus, 170.

Sphyrotinus, gen. noyv.,

524.

bimucronatus, 525,

luculentus, 524.

Spilosoma

lineata, 584.

submacula, 584.

Spilotes

pecilostoma, 499, 518.

variabilis, 509, 518.

Spindasis

masilikazi, 54, 55.

nyass@, 569, 593.

Spintharus

jlavidus, 521.

Spiroptera

turgida, 531.

Stellaster

incei, 394.

Stencderma

achradophilum, 138.

montserratense, 133.

INDEX.

Stenoderma

nichollst, 133.

Stenolemus

sp., 211.

Stenopoda

cana, 210.

culiciformis, 210,

Stephania

picta, 213.

Sternothzrus

sinuatus, 85.

Sterrhanthia

sacraria, 592.

Stilostomella, gen. nov.,

649,

rugosa, 649, 650, 652.

Stiphrornis

sp., 604.

Strabena

smithii, 559.

Strepsiceros

kudu, 145.

Streptaxis

depressa, 1406.

elisa, 147.

exacutus, 147.

hanleyanus, 147.

mirificus, 147, 156.

roebeleni, 147, 156.

siamensis, 146.

(Oophana)bulbulus, 148.

(—) strangulatus, 148,

156,

Streptophorus

atratus, 499, 518.

Struthio

molybdophanes, 457,

Stugeta

bowkert, 569.

marmorea, 569.

Symphylus

deplanatus, 170.

Synchloé

johnstonii, 579.

Syncopta

tincta, 608.

Synetheres

prehensilis, 357.

Synodontis

zambezensis, 90.

Syrnium

nuchale, 600.

Tachydromus

formosanus, 724.

holsti, 724, 733.

Tachyris

agathina, 546,

rhodope, 346.

Tagiades

insularis, 80.

Talpa

europea, 356,

wogura, 356.

Taimandua

(Myrmecophaga) ¢etra-

dactyla, 355,

Taphozous

nudiventris, 449.

Tarache

insocia, 588.

secta, 588.

tropica, 588.

upsilon, 588.

Tarsius

spectrum, 359.

Tarucus

pulcher, 343.

Tatura

pachalica, 343.

philippus, 569.

Tatusia

novemcincta, 307, 516.

pilosa, 655.

septemeincta, 307.

Taxidea

americana, 858.

Telchinia

perrupta, 566.

Telea

polyphemus, 154,

promethea, 184.

Teleonemia

sacchari, 202.

Temnopleurus

bothryvides, 395, 3897,

410.

granulosus, 410.

reynaudi, 397, 410,

torcumaticus, 397.

Tenebrio

molitor, 463.

Tephrina

observata, 592.

Teracolus

achine, 67.

agoye, 572.

anax, 66, 67.

antevippe, 577.

aurigineus, 348, 572.

buatoni, 574.

calais, 349, 571.

catachrysops, 572.

celimene, 18, 67.

chrysonome, 347.

citreus, 575.

eliza, 66.

epigone, 575,

eris, 65, 348, 572.

eucharis, 575,

Teracolus

exale, 577.

Joliaceus, 573, 598.

gavisa, 67.

hanningtont, 349, 571.

helle, 576, 577.

helvolus, 557, 558, 572.

hero, 577.

hetera, 348.

hildebrandti, 35\).

hippocrene, 575.

ignifer, 349.

imperator, 348, 574.

ineretus, d49, STA.

zone, 65.

johnston, 572.

leo, 350.

miles, 574.

minans, 349, 577.

nound, 558, 575.

omphale, 548, 576, 577.

opalescens, 572, 573.

phillipsti, 348, 574,

575.

phlegyas, 348, 574.

phenius, 349, 574.

procne, O76.

protomedia, 558, 572.

puniceus, 573, 593.

pyrrhopterus, 575, 593.

regina, 66, 67, 974.

subvenosus, 576, 577.

syrtinus, 574, 575.

theogone, 575.

thruppt, 558, 577.

titea, 575.

vanthevarne, 574.

zera, 576, 577.

Teracotona

roseata, D84.

submacula, var. rhodo-

phea, 584.

Terias

ethiopica, 62, 63.

boisduvaliana, 571.

brenda, 571.

brigitta, 344, 570.

butleri, 62, 63.

ceres, 571.

desjardinsti, 571.

ethiopica, 571.

floricola, 63.

formosa, 571.

hecabe, 63.

orientis, 344, 571.

reqularis, 63, 57).

zoé, 62, 344, 557,

570.

Teriomima

hildegarda, 58.

puella, 59.

INDEX.

Terpsiphone

cristata, 602.

nigriceps, 602, 606.

Testudo

elephantina, 595.

pardalis, 85.

Thais

polyxena, 134,

Thamnobius

pecilustoma, 531.

Thaumalea

amherstie, 495.

Thecadactylus

rapicauda, 507.

Thelphusa

berardi, 166.

depressa, 166.

Jjohnstont, 166.

nilotica, 166.

Theridion

antillanum, 422.

cancellatum, 521.

Jrondeum, 521.

Suesslyi, 522, 523.

gonygaster, 526.

pallens, 524.

studiosum, 521.

stylifrons, 523,

Theridium

bicorne, 525,

Theridula

opulenta, 526.

spherula, 526.

Theriodesmus

phylarchus, 374.

Thrinacia

salta, 226.

Thyanta

casta, 174.

perditor, 175.

teniola, 173.

Thymelicus

capenas, 18, 73.

macomo, Td.

wallengrenii, 73.

Thyreocoris

pulicaria, 170.

Tinea

pulchella, 585.

Tingis

decens, 204.

Tingra

lasti, 58.

tropicalis, 57.

Tirumala

petiverana, 558.

Totanus

hypolencus, 603.

Trabala

rubens, 237.

truncata, 237.

Trachinus

draco, 431.

vipera, 431.

Trachyphonus

purpuratus, GOL.

Tragelaphus

decula, 317.

gratus, 456, 595.

scriptus, 145.

spekti, 475.

Trapezus

fasciatus, 188.

Trepobates

pictus, 213.

Treron

calva, 598, 602.

Trichaster

palmiferus, 409,

Trichechus

TOSMATUS, BD8.

Trichosurus

vulpecula, 855, 361,

368, 376.

Trigonodes

hyppasia, 590.

Trilocha

varians, var. albicollis,

586.

Triphleps

perpunctatus, 156,

201.

Tripneustes

gratilla, 397, 411.

Triptogon

modesta, 1384.

Tropidonotus

natrix, 508.

Tropidophorus

mocquardtt, 725, 735.

Tropiocolotes

tripolitanus, 722.

Truncatella

semicostata, 152.

valida, 152.

Tupaja

tana, 359.

Turacus

livingstonti, 594,

Turdus

icterorhynchus, 601.

Tursiops

tursio, 455,

Turturcenas

sp., 603, 604.

Tylototriton

andersonii, 643.

Tympanistria

tympanistria, 598,

602.

Typhlonectes

compressicauda, 645.

aye

780

Typhlops

punctatus, 87.

reticulatus, 517.

uniteniatus, 87.

Typonotus

planaris, 203.

Udea

martialis, 591,

Uriechus

capensis, 87.

Urocentrum

guentheri, 723, 729,

Urotrichus

talpoides, 356.

Ursus

americanus, 532.

arctos, 532.

—, var. piscator, 532.

labiatus, 532.

maritimus, 532,

Vanessa

aglatonice, 564.

antiopa, 134.

atalanta, 134.

limnoria, 562.

pelasgis, 34.

polychlorus, 134,

Velia

stagnalis, 215,

Velidia, gen. nov., 206.

berytoides, 207.

INDEX.

Veranus

heteropholis, 724.

togianus, 724.

Vertigo

(Staurodon) moreleti,

151.

(—) samuiana, 151.

Vesperugo

montanus, 307.

nanus, 138,

Vesperus

megalurus, 138,

Virachola

anta, 569.

Viverra

tangalunga, 307.

Viverricula

malaccensis, 357, 3867,

372, 376.

schlegeli, 457,

Vulpes

leucopus, 449, 450.

Xantharpyia

amplexicaudata, 449.

Xanthidia

desjardinsti, 571,

Xenopus

levis, 101, 102, 107,

Xerus

erythropus, 356.

getulus, 252,

THE END,

Ypthima

albida, 336, 353.

asterope, 19, 557, 561.

doleta, 336.

ttonia, 19.

Zaitha

anura, 223.

Zelus

recurvatus, 210,

Zeritis

amanga, 55,

perion, 342,

Zeus

Saber, 438.

Zeuzera

capensis, 587.

inclusa, 587.

mason, 235.

Zicca

teniola, 180.

Zizera

gaika, 568.

knysna, 568.

Zonurus

Jonesii, 724.

vittifer, 724.

Zosterops

virens, GO.

ygeena

Silipendule, 134.

Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”’

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),

payable on the lst July in each year; but this privilege

only holds good if the subscription is paid before the Ist of

December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, Ii.C.),

or through any bookseller.

(April, 1895. }

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Ato. 12 vols. and 9 Parts.

Price to. Price to the

Fellows. Public.

= et ard BOR fF.

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1853-35) .... 313 6.... 418 O#

a + Pe 41 yy cose s (IODO—S1) TS. A Os) Oe

me LAG 5 BD 5 avs (dOee-4D) See. ee SO) SO py oe

oc) LN. 11 | gy ls gos oO an ok te eee 8.2486

oF V5 a G7) yp epee LOO2Z—OD) bien = Dena ge 619 O

Aa Ls; i OF" * sy pide Sate tn eg BIebk yes ie 15. OG

care Ll., ¥ 78 f gosh) tele BOD TZ) jeiass au, ee 312 0

cory Lil, * G2 top n face « QOL EIA) wide | ee Beene Tees

er 13., 5 99™... waes (18/077) "SS LE 6 ee

3 Xs ne 95 4g. sees (1877-79) “OL. 1000 “3 oe

eR. V Ol. Lk. ¢ Sarah tas pales (1838-79)... °O. 7 Gas. fie

Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 1216 0

el, 5), BOW am, os CLOOUSE) gat, gee Soe (ie 9 ol)

peli; Pied i Go ie ioe ss (ARTEL) ce lo eres 1) 2

aks gn ee = OF gtlxs TAprmIgely. OU teetens 1 ae

i Hi eg et) 59 GO vgades ss (OCR ISOI sts ss ve fae: Ha

3 ye ee 53 Li gy -.. (Apr 1892). OSes 0" GB

ms pee ei a = OD. Gnp ce LGW: LOU) a ances CA UE o corn 015 O

= poe Leis (6 :. 4 gy «2 Aotitie L808) ..° (Ok a Gre OIA Cu,

PF ed - Gas.) (Aug 1393) OF o> Os, 0.1270

a 3 Stns i Be igen (os Ae : ai ee NOS WO) Ouse

. ee Et hs 6) gs une (eb Le04) OP bile wage Oa sy eo)

- Se bak iss, 5 yo (Feb. 1895). . OE O (Oe Ft)

PROCEEDINGS OF “THE “COMMITTEE aa SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. Svo. 2 vols. Price to Price to the

Fellows, Public.

Patiele elses ol) VOI VOl cine cis ee¥el. ce pies 48> Ode oss al OBaT:

5) OL. 1882. ah pet Rca 5 Gat hic AS, Os. svete, AOS

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows,: Public.

Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. Gs.

Peailisst As. Ga, 6s. » . Xx 18494, tS AB ag eee

PMOL 1695, - ,,.-dan@d. .. 6a, yo 1848; 5). ae, ie

Peery. ieee =. | Ay /Gd, oes. RTT a844, 9! OR

NOR iS... 14a, Bids e oy Xb 4845, a) ay) Bae

PVE sees 7A aed Len oy XEV, 1846," 9). OS edge

WEL. 1880.01, 1) 40.iGds 5 Get!’ 4, 2 IV 1B47.0 0 epi) Aa de Leer ee

5 VIL. 1840, 4s. Gd. .. 6s.+ | Index 1830-1847. fs 4s. 6d. .. 6s,

8vo. 13 vols. aa Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.

Asie Bi the 8s ne

Part NOVI LSAS: Micvalisvorcla mada) ae alGss ee ae oS Ll 7 365

He XVII. 1849. ae AsGa. | Mowe NGs? ieee rea 1-0: 48 iL Gr

# XVITI. 1850, a ASG: Aisys gy GS. ek oe De Moh ao: 1 18) OF

“y. XIX. 1851. ” AS Odes | ot) OS nase nore OULb EAS diet 80),

a XX. 1852. “ AShGd, Bons \G8%, Ate ata 015 9 Eid sOF

a 2Oc0 ANSE}. o AG OG) = OSS. eae. eae 0-18-50 L407

_ XXII. 1854. a3 ASNGOs* ¥.tn nO cee ee ee 019 6 b Mie iat On

- XXITI. 1855. se ASNGAE NEE GSPmn me ny nt eee Ors 216 LS ony

5 XXIV. 1856. ‘i Asi6as PCR eee DAOtMSere Le. OF

is XXYV. 1857. s ASiGdd Wa Gs: USA ae LeAO. WS lL 7 G6

» XXVI. 1858. 3 Ae sGins'} ri Gai ei), ae eee 1 dL) dO. 12 2) OF

» XAXVII. 1859. a 49,60... pct GSk. Bae ce LT eB kit 2 0e

» XXVIII. 1860. r AS Gd ke OS tee anes ok Gros. 2 2 OF

Index 1848-1860. * 4s,6d. .. 638,

* No perfect copies in stock, + Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.

WSGIe ee 4s Odes wee Gssa Ay cos 9s. ei 9] 21s eg aes Behn Seb soo6 GLK,

MSO Dats ASN OU ee eS eee 9s. pi Penge WOE "oe Minbar nee BE lh aca, ZS:

TVG pe ee (Gr aaa ALO Re 9s. sata aol LOK estan BB ih Hao, ZS

TiS eee Ge A ellie A Pe 9s. Bidens SOS epee nr cs Bay, QV noc 45s.

SGom ets Odean Sa cas 9s. Pe DSO ea a Oost. Ode ty. ee eLose

SGGpee eS OdS ae Ose erates 9s. Lee ee Abc Gon ieee 5 25m;

TSG (teens: | asc Ara reat Qs. Ne Ges NE DSO Aa 6 cee Se

TUSKoTSS., AAS Me rs fare eral a PR oga MEY 9s. By Cha SHARE ROS seh, Buh wend Choe

BRS GPapatra cas Pes catst hoa Soy eae wien 9s. Se OS ee a OSE O Om LOSS

SOR cretae Ute crea teen what evar e ate Qs. Sata LS ings erate OS MLO CL eer LOS

dex, ULSRMRS CO 2 ke es cee als (Sth Sage OSE

TOL: ae Re at se ni oe NRA an ame enh Qs. Breet Ui Kire. ao lk 308. 9d. .... 458.

TIE AY Soa A a Sais cai cea ee eA an 9s. ers gl Ds hreae ee das, 9d. .... 40s:

THEV/BS bs 0 Hecht eee OR De ve Mita ee eee 9s. Sede LS a) eee pans OOS Os a eS:

TSV (EL, Soar ohana et rey See OSes tage tte Sire we tateened OSs oe icsinr

TUS VEG Ge Send Parsi oie se eel teste de 9s. State neste areca 36s. ose

THES) EAS tiers Fo pit renner ce 9s. Ear ORES 3 epi 36s. nana Ui.

TUS Peet cake eG Lae ee 9s. rapa Lele 36s, Rash Musk,

Gansta et cad tetera es raat honeiscsl ils 9s. Appareiend AAR aoe ne 36s. Bean Hees.

TSA a ama A asl A ae Re a 9s. Lee, seem 36s. wee. 48s.

THEIR Os irk eee 5 ct cae tat Aes ane iene ete A ham 9s. ey i, SD Sten ee Pan 36s. sna whe:

Pndexs LSS 1S" yeti 3 a'eeten 4S (6 ae — OBE

ALES Siler peer hea pean ie cue vege fees Mee ge 9s. Bie elisa t Noa OSs tt PA Bae

USS Beach Won eon haha s ack hard Genet 9s; Sagi le Santepive cccka reuse sen Zhe

TUS ISBS ee sad eel ec eR EY mos Beri LAG! aeons care Oby PAR Loh

iisfeZ De AeA ee ae aes eee ea 9s. ditt DS Aad coats 36s. ease

RS Sei weie reer eka cee ares: avacee a 9s. <A ot Dowie ae) 2 36s. Ee tere

SS Ome a reece see seere tl te 9s. Lean LOSE eh Tease Shoe ZR

TESA? ye has ena an rd EM 9s. TLD gt Rages hee 36s. Apioe MESSI

MSSSe ere a tela ars pees hes fe 9s. rk WIG ae ee ee ess LR eLOSe

LS Oe ae Soh aes: Setar de a) aia aN Qs. STveh sf Se careeeeny % 36s. we 48s

HSS Ome wasp tracey stbave ke ohamerite siacaha 9s. tial LOR. nae wee s 36s. Anibis. 4ekh

Index, ASSt 190 ers he ois on ee 4s, 6d. .... 6s

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tos GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tus ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Price to Price to the

Fellows, Public.

TRACI stn URE gral hr ER Rn Ooi ete nee ee eR Ser AR oa Soh Rn I DOE, an Lee 48s,

Te) 2, BR ee ESL a ee eee iis 6d Pera nme Surin in Pee OSE ay chonctere 48s

SoS 5 ete RA ine 4 he ere air ie itunes bia hee rl a BOS teen 48s

USS Ameer Rees Clete tn cep hatte: aly obeua A aeatsoa te ie Ghat atal ndeli ake ta atouaithare ais SOR oo eee 48s

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (First Hdition.) 8vo. 1862. Price ls. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d,

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

error

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.

1875. Price 1s.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London, (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.

Svo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society ‘of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d,

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London, (Highth Edition.) Cloth,

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

Tue ZootoctcaL Recorp.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two

volumes, Price £5 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E,

Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx FE.

Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-seventh

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1891; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,

Esq., M.A., F.R.8., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the Twenty-ninth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,

Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1893. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1893; being Volume the Thirtieth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp,

Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Cloth, 8vo. 1894. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orricr

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Humrury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrres, and other eminent

individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

Batroness.

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

Gice-Patron.

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.

COUNCIL.

SIR W. H. FLOWER, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., President,

Dr. Joun AnpERSON, F.R.S.

Witr1am Bareson, Ksa., M.A.,

F.R.S.

Wirttruam TT. Branrorp, Esa.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Bovrreneur, Kse., ||

Henry E. Dresser, Esa.

‘Hersert Druct, Esa., F.L.S.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esa,

Treasurer.

Sir JosrepH Fayrer, K.C.S.1.,

F.R.S., Vice-President,

Joun P. Gassrot, Esa.

Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwiy-Avsten,

F.R.S.

| Henry Seesoum, Esa,

Dr. Auserr Gtwraer, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Epwarp Hamitton, Vice-

President.

| Proressor Grorcr B. Howes.

Lr.-Cot, Leonarp H. Irsy.

| Mason Henry P. Sr. Jonn

MinpMay.

| Prorzssorn ALFRED Newton,

F.R.S,, Vice-President.

Howarp Saunpers, Esa.

Puiie Luriey Scrarer, Esa,

M.A., Pu.D)., F.R.S., Secre-

tary.

Vice-

President.

JosrrH Travers Suiru, Ese.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o'clock p.m.

The Library (8 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Wareruovuss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.;

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the 1st of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Frttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on

each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the

Saturday Orders are not available if the Frtiow shall have used

his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same

day.

Fettows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

- Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Fettow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Ferttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Frxtows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the

subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.

Frettows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,

an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-

diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens

with One Companion daily.

They may also obtain a TransFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

April, 1895.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY -OF LONDGOT

FOR

SCLIENTLIRTC BUSINESS

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1894-1895.

1894.

Turspay, NovemBer 6 and 20 | ‘Tuxrspay, Decemperr 4

1895.

Turspay, JANUARY 15 Turspay, APRIL .. 2

oe Fesruary 5 and 19 bs MAY ities ane

- Maren... -64...5 19 ee JUNE.... 18

The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o’clock in the Evening

precisely.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED

AFRICA.

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata.

AUSTRALASIA.

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne,

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto,

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Zoologischer Garten (Direction of), Frankfort-on-Main.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gittingen.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Geological Society, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Athenzum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

RUSSIA.

The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania,

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen,

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Canton de Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne,

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United- States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

RRA DAA AAAAPDRAARAAAAEDAALAAAAN

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Savane, Lonpon, W.,

April, 1895.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD

YHE object of the Zootoarcat Recorv is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain

its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the 1st of July in every year, but the privilege

of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the

Ist of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the

first twenty-two volumes at the price of £5 10s. Volumes of any

single year (exclusive of the last three volumes and Vol. 6) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

“Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

P, EL. SCLATER,

Seeretary.

Dec. 21st, 1894.

Zoouoaican Socrety or Lonpon,

3 Hanover Squarn, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.

Edited by Arzert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.

London, 1865, Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.

Edited by Atperr C. L. G. Gtyrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.

London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.

Edited by Atsert C. L. G. Gonrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RS.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.

Edited by Apert C. L. G. Gunrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RS.,

F.Z.8., &e. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth,

Edited by Atbert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Arrrep Nrwron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. London, 1873. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, F.L.8., V.P.Z.8., &c. London,1874. Price 10s,

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Canpwrtt

Ryr, F.Z.8., Librarian to the Royal Geographical Society. London,

1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELL

Ryg, F.Z.S., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett Ryg,

F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal Geo-

graphical Society. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.8., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELh

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpweELL

Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwrLh

Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.S., “Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarn CatpwEti

Rysg, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twenticth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwer1

Ryez, F.Z.8., M.E.S., Editor Ent. M. Mag., Librarian to the Royal

Geographical Society. London, 1884. Price 10s.

‘

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-

first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey

Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the Twenty-

second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jurrrey

Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and

Zoology in King’s College, London. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-

third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

FE. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887: being Volume the Twenty-

fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

FE. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-

fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frayx

EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-

sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank

E. Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Dayis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-

seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the

Zoological Society of London. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1891; being Volume the Twenty-

eighth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin

Suarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1892. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1892; being Volume the Twenty-

ninth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davrp

Saarp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. London, 1893. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1893; being Volume the Thirtieth

of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davm Suarp,

Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1894. Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s OFrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurnry ann Jackson (Pater:

noster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.

a :

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1894.

PARE.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY anp FEBRUARY.

JUNE Ist, 1894.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

(Price Twelve Shillings} 9°

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I.—1894. —™

January 16, 1894.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1893... 1

Mr. Selater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a coloured drawing of the head of Cerco-

pithecus erythrogaster so .cveevvceeetevcsereb erence este ee sceseeereene tents ae 1

Mr. C. B. Mitford. Extract ofa letter from, containing an account of a visitation of Locusts

in. Sierra LGOne. oi Sse sie oes Past ee Weve He vas Solan Vow eee eee 1:

Mr. C. B. Mitford. Extract of a letter from, respecting the occurrence of the Elephant in

Qibirra TiS OTE. solo aay dae cok oe Oo aa iat as SS FL Le EE Pee ee

Mr. R. Lydekker. Remarks on a visit to the La Plata Museum, and observations on some

of the principal objects contained therein............ AER Een ee, eee ee @.-

Mr. BR. Lydekker. Exhibition of a painting of the head of a Wild Goat (Capra egagrus)

OP unusual-aiwmensigus; 4. eke as She ein OR we oda nlee We red Sin He Pe ein ae 3

Mr. J. Jenner Weir. Exhibition of a specimen of the “Tsetse” (Glossina morsitans) from

LHe U PATis Heal os. CRS ee go owes eee ee Fn eeca alban See eau SPT atta etre rape a aes 8

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Pheasant in abnormal

PUR BO: 5 Se pe. Fis so RG BO ae g wae nis write CaM ET SST Helene tele Melek aX acim Din heim dae ihe

1. On some Points in the Structure of the Young of Hchidna aculeata. By W.N. Parker,

Ph.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Biology in the University College of S. Wales and

Monmouthshire; Cardiff; Plates: 1.-ELL:) > 4-03. oom os stele aac oT ce ean re 3

2. On a Collection of Butterflies made in Manica, Tropical South-east Africa, by Mr. F. C.

Selous, in the year 1892. By Ronanp Trimen, F.R.S., &., Curator of the South-

‘African Museum; Cape Town: (Plates IV.-VE.) oc ct ea oe ete ose 14

53. Remarks on an African Monkey, Cercopithecus wolf. By A. B. Mrvzr. (Plate VII.).. 83

4, Report on the Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made. by Dr. J. W. Gregory during his

Expedition to Mount Kenia. By Dr. A. Gtyruer, Keeper of the Zoological Depart- ~

ment, British’ Museums (Plates: VISTAS cant Cin tai ts cele oe ee ek 84

February 6, 1894.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1894

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of the River-hog

of Madagascar (Potamocherus edwardsi), with notes on its habits by Mr. J. T. Last. . 92

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper,

}

See | [Price Twelve Shillings.) =

Bee

PROCREDINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1894.

PART II.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MARCH anp APRIL.

August Ist, 1894.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

Dr. J. W. Gregory. Remarks on. the factors that appear to have influenced Zoological

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I.—1894.

March 6, 1894.

Page

Distribution in Africa, and exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of photographie

slides, illustrative of his recent expedition to Mount Kenia ..... 165

. Note on Three Species of River-crabs of the Genus Thelphusa, from Specimens collected

Jackson; By F., Jurrrey; Beit, Meas a pec Goins vein) re fhe baste Sons alals so 6 2 dE See DD 166

. On the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the Island of Grenada, West Indies, By P. R. Unter. 167

. On new Species of Heterocera from Tropical America. By W. Scnaus, F.Z.S.°.,..-. _. 295

. On the Habits of the Flying-Squirrels of the Genus Anomalurus. By W.H.Apams .. 2437

. On two Cases of Colour-variation in Flat-fishes illustrating principles of Symmetry.

By W. Barsson, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (Plate XVII.)...... 246

March 20, 1894.

The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of a young male Gaur or

Endiam Bison (Bas: Garis) 2.28 Seco ae Pe oe ea eae Ve heag ny AS eee ee OE Ee _249

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, C.M.Z.S. On the Osteology of certain Cranes, Rails, and their Allies,

with remarks upon their affinities

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF aie

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON, —

FOR THE YEAR

1894.

PARE AL:

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY anv JUNE.

OCTOBER 1st, 1894.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,

| PATERNOSTER-ROW.

: RE

{Price Twelve Shillings] oo

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART II.—1894.

May 1, 1894.

Page

‘The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1894 .......+.. 2.45 390

Dr. Ginther. Exhibition of a portion of the hollow trunk of a Tree in which a pair of

ELSE DiS HAG MOSUEG so 5 a.i-v epee ob Rael EIE De SES bas PRG sao Boreas tanec ewok

Mr. W. Bateson. Exhibition of specimens and drawings of a Phytophagous Beetle, in

illustration of discontinuous variation im colour... ese... cee et ee ee eens eee ee ens . ool

Dr. H. E. Sauvage. Exhibition of a vertebra of what was believed to be the earliest

known. Snake yet discovered 2... ees as este ences ne ce cece eeees eerie nnn Binred see Rates 891

J. On the Echinoderms colleeted during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Penguin’ and by H.M.S,

‘ Kgeria,’ when surveying Macclesfield Bank. By F. Jerrrey Beit, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

(Plates XXTIT,-XXVI1.) 6 eee eee Baie Caly-8 Siacans Bo cp hin 04a dey s eata ce ate BAN Bas Wiame 392

. Studies in Teleostean Morphology from the Marine Laboratory at Cleethorpes, By

Ernest W. L. Hout, Naturalist on Staff, M.B. Assoc. - (Plates XXVITL.-XXX:)...... 413

3. Field-Notes on the Wild Camel of Lob-Nor. By Sr. Grorcs LitrrLepaue, F.R.G.S. .... 446

4. On some Specimens of Mammals from Oman, 8.E. Arabia. By Oxprimtp Tuomas.

(Pl ate SK RT) oS Fone a eae wie oie ohana ayiake EN ee ee eRe i eo ese 448

June 5, 1894.

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1894 .............. 456

Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon animals observed in the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam,

Amsterdam, Hanover, Berlin, and Hamburg ..... Meat kis se aE PO eae SEG gears 456

1. Critical Gleanings on the Didelphyide of the Serra dos Orgaos, Brazil. By Dr. Emir

Av«eust Gox.ps, Director of the Colonia Alpina (Theresopolis) ......... SS 457

2. On some Gazelles brought by Sir Edmund Loder from Algeria. By Oxupririp Tuomas.

CPiatis BX RTE ee Se eee We wT eee ence wp a eee ETE le RM RNA Coes 467

3. On the ‘‘ Reem” Antelope of Algeria. By Sir Epmunp Giues Lopnmr, Bart., F.Z.S. .... 473

4. Note on the Period of Gestation of the Indian Antelope, Antilope cervicapra (Linn.).

By Sir Epirown Gites: Lovnny Bart, HA8e e283 ag yee ots « Shwe woes, Lape gee DNRC EN 476

5. Notes on a particularly Abnormal Vertebral Column of the Bull-frog; and on certain

other Variations in the Anuran Column. By W. Braxnanp Brennan, D.Se. (Lond.),

Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian Demonstrator in Comp, Anat. in the University of

Oxfordi: (Plate Soe MITTS phos onal pnars SRS sale eg ee PRR ee a ee teen aes 477

6. On the Pupils of the Feide. By Guorcr Linpsay Jonnson, M.D., F.R.C.S., F.Z:8. .... 481

June 19, 1894,

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of an African Monkey (Cercopithecus

VU MY WU UB) Sar 5 waa Saggy nee PAYS OM GIN beet EERE Oe a es eae ee ee 484

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the typical specimen of Cercopithecus grayi,

SYASON «ese Eo ae eS ee Te cee tee Cee tg SSC pe es 4

Mr. Hi. Scherren, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the nest of an Amphipodous

Crustacean:(Amphithoe Uitiortiad) TEP wing es ons Bawls oS Woke ATS Ree gba bys IO tee DR Se

Prof. Ray Lankester, F.R.S. Notice of a Memoir on the external characters which distin-

guish the two Dipnoid Fishes Lepédosiren and Protopterus 0.0... ve eee sce cc ec ee ence 485

J. Notes on some Speciinens of Antlers of the Fallow Deer, showing Continuous Variation,

and the Effects of Total or Partial Castration. By G. Hersert Fowrnr, B.A., Ph.D.,

Assistant-Professor of Zoology, University College, London. (Plate XXXIV.) ....,. 485

2. On the Perforated Flexor Muscles in some Birds. By P. Cuaumers Mircnenn, M.A.,

3. Biological Notes upon some of the Ophidia of ‘Trinidad, B.W.L., with a Preliminary List

of the Species recorded from the Island. By Messrs. R. R. Moin and F. W. Unien ;. 499

4, On the Spiders of the Island of St, Vincent.—Part II. By E. Simon ......... wee O19

. Description of a new Species of Slug of the Genus Janella. By Waxrur BE. OCoLLinGe, :

Demonstrator of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham ,. 526

a Contes continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

| OF LONDON,

FOR THE YEAR

1894.

| PART IV.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.

APRIL 1st, 1895.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE

LONDON ;

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

Ra eee oi eam __ [Price T Twelve e Shillings.) pax = g

ERSTE A Oe Re SS RIN OD ROE ECE NOS

LIST OF CONTENTS:

PART IV.—1894.

November 6, 1894.

Page

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in June, July, August, and }

September, 1894 5 sri niy ciao eb nial ets Cxigiath yhes oars S ctwrrip a wT d gy eR daia's ove webs 594

Sir W. H. Flower, K.C.B. Letter and Journal of the late Dr. Emin Pasha, O.M.Z.S., and

remarks thereon: Sejees toe wate tw pany ope Hs Up OWN cpa Doe Ate Td nl Cy oe «eres eigen 596

Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S.. Remarks upon drawings of the heads of two North-American

Swans (Cygnus americanus and CO. buccimator).. 6. cb eee cece cee ce eee et et beee gees 606

Mr. R. Trimen, C.M.Z.S. Letter from, with reference to Dr. A. G. Butler’s remarks on his

paper on Butterflies from Manica... ie sede cee ie eek eke cbaie s wd Pee dae pecans 606

Stéganopodes se 3 5 Gs ans Gave oa ett aes gla V vsty cea tn Betecd meee 3 Miayeie eae 608

Mr. O. Salvin. Exhibition of a pair of the newly described Butterfly, Ornithoptera para-

LS Lee ae eee PAE ES TN LRT RRR SA OE RO DOT Ce RIP ee fe

Mr. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks. upon, a specimen of a new Gecko from South

Africa (Hidurdmeyuriayess fF hace ip pp tn ge ods aye Clk ke ee a5 oy ee es eeihs viet iso 608

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn. Exhibition of, and remarks .upon, a copy of the reprint of

George Ord’s ‘ North-American Zoology’ Sig Saal ccna aioe! DRG MLE Rs aah wie aioe Paked SRI 609

1. Descriptions of new Species of Coleoptera of the Genera @dionychis and Asphera.

By. Martin Jacosy, F:E.8. 2 (Plate SAVILLE s 2 ocd cH aad he este Se Waele ob ee 609

2. On the Hyoid Arch of Ceratodus. By W. G. Rivewoop, B.Sc., F.L.S., Lecturer on

Biology at St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School ....0....6ccceescce sa tentvesecveses 632.

» Third Saas on Additions to the Batrachian Collectionin the Natural-History Museum. :

By. G. A, Bouvenour, F°R.S_.. (Plates XXXTX. -& XD). eves cs ea awe e ys see oo 640

4, On some Foraminifera from the Microzoic pee of Trinidad, West Indies. Sis. R. J.

Lecimere Gurry, C M.Z.S.. (Plate XLI.) . Fig ees hee auntie . 647

5. Note on the Petrel named (strelata deg us oe Content Hutton. re Sir Warrer L.

Buuusr, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., C.M.ZS8., &e. Listers ster p ela nee eeES

November 20, 1894.

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October 1894

Dr. C. Kerbert,O.M.Z.8. Exhibition of a Photograph of a Mountain Antelope (Nemorhedus

sumatren sis)

Mr. R. Lydekker, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Photograph and Model of an Bgg

from Southern Patagonia in the La Plata: Musoam ~.002., Se Acs Big 654

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapzer

Pe PU oe es eee <i ees ee KB.

ConTENTs (continued).

February 6, 1894 (continued).

: Page

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a stuffed specimen of the White-billed

Great. Northern Diver (Colymbus adamst) from Norway 2.2... eee ee ee eee es 94

1, On Synostosis and Curvature of the Spine in Fishes, with especial reference to the Sole.

G. B. Howes, F.L.S.; F.Z.8., Assistant Professor of Aooloeys R. Coll. Sci. hon

(Plate XIL) . er are 95

2. Notes upon the Tadpole of Xenopus levis (Dactylethra capensis). By Frank E. Bepparp,

M.A... ¥.B-S., Prosector'to the Society... (Plate XII?) °c. Sa nee te ee wets 101

3. On some Remains of Mpyornis in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). By Onas. W.

Anprews, B.Se., F.Z.8. (Assistant in the Geological Picea 1E ee XIV. &

XV.). < ee igre ae BOR

4. On the Bones of the Zpyornis, and. on the Loealities and Conditions in which hers are

PO UNC s aed Ee LASTED ena tyes tee Shae Sane pete PaaS BR eet Re eo aS 128

5. Notes upon the Antelopes of the Pungué Valley. By MacDonatp Barkuey .,-....... 130

6. Deseription of a new Bat of the Genus Stenoderma from Montserrat. By Oxprmp

METOMEAB Re SA Dee BRooae ok ake De area T Saows oceans Caw Mia apete eae eos pei ea eee tes Gem 132

February 20, 1894.

Mr, Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1893 .....0..00.. ects ssee recs : - 183

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks ae a skin of a Giraffe from Se a 135 — |

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, C.M.Z.S. Ccuaenneion eh containing remarks upon the methods

used in preparing certain Invertebrates adopted i in the U.S. National Museum ...... 136

1. On the Mammals of N yasaland :. third Contribution. By Oxtprmip Tuomas, F.Z.8...... 136

. On a Collection of Land-Shells from the Samui Islands, Gulf of Siam. By O, F, von

Moxrianporrr, Ph.D. (Plate XV LE)! 2060 Ges he aes eee eRe pe eeee nw hee 146

3. A. List of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the Families Anthocoride and Ceratocombide

collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in the Island of St. Vincent ; with Descriptions of New

Genera and Species.. By P. Ro UHinr...2.. ee eee ke ge tee sees te tnenes 156

4. On the Affinities of the Steganopodes. By Dr. R. W. Suurenpr, C.M.Z.S8............. 160

March 6, 1894.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1894 .... 162

Mr. W. Bateson. Exhibition of specimens of the Common Eu caer Eline Sees eat

showing variation in the number and size of the scales . . 164:

LIST OF PLATES,

1894,

PAT r1:

Plate Page

IT. ; Structure of young Echidna ...........-.. gees a bee abe 3

Ty.

V. ¢ Butterflies from Manica, 8.E. Africa.....-..0..-.....40.. V4

VI.

Vid:~ Cercopithoens Wolly See ic 2 ip apce taka Lpriveseed or ted

VEL Bunocnentis modesttis =< ts. 54h hang o's hated beers tod ope, |

TS: > Ohromnia niger 74 SiS bike xcnes Vig etd oo alee ete Oe es

X. Fig. A. Chromis spilurus; Fig. B. Labeo gregorii ........ es

A; Barbus taneawis 6 os pag ove os to 0 Mine ieee es oe eb Protas )

XII. Synostosis and Curvature of the Spire in Fishes .......... 95

MITT. Padpoles:of Xenopus levis’: 0... saves gees ree ov amee es 101

¥.

et } Fossil Bones of Hpyornis ......-...4ees eee TENE eae 108

XVI. Land-Shells from the Samui Islands ................+-+. 146

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

II. - ss » March and April, on August Ist.

Til. * 5} », May and June, on October Ist. -

ly. * ¥ ;, November and December, on April Ist.

4 ee Fe Pe ts 4 nn | 2 eee ee

-ConrTENTS (continued).

March 20, 1894 (continued).

; Page

1. On the Myology of the Sciuromorphine and Hystricomorphine Rodents. By F. G.

Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas's

Hogmtak soso )2 Oss 230 ot Seng Se aanrele@ efeted nn” acaip ot Solas gm abies ak SEs ee 251

2. Notes on Cynogale bennetti, Gray. By Basu Ram Brana Sanyat, O.M-ZS.........3. 296

3. Field-Notes on the Mammals of Uruguay. By ONE ARR Oar tes ed gas ; PRE ST

April 3, 1894. .

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in March 1894 ...... 316

Dr. Ginther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Lepidosiren paradoza,

collected by Dr. Bohls on the Upper Parapuiy.o ssi vee eo Pa ees 316—

1. Further Field-Notes on the Game-Animals of Somaliland. By Capt. H. G. C. Swayne,

R,E., C.M.ZS. .:.. 316—

2. On the Dwarf Antelopes of the Genus Madogua. By Owpriewy Tuomas, F.Z8......... 323

3. On the Occurrence of the White or Burchell’s Rhinoceros in Mashonaland. By

R. T. Corynypon, (Plate XVIIL) ...-..:.......... ten “igs gia Saree hte neers 329

4. List of Butterflies collected by Captain J. W. Pringle, R.E., on the March from Teita to

Uganda, in British East Africa. By Etty Mary Suarpe. (Plate XE.) 2. tsi

April 17,1894.

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the Specimens of Protopterus annectens living in the Society’s

Peeplale-hawee $5162. sihex Wee sik cee ahh ard a yo Tew oT 353

1. On the Bones and Muscles of the Mammalian Hand and Foot. By Prof. Karn vox

Barpevesen, M.D. Berol. (Plates XX. & PG 4S eee ay ee ee a) Be. 354

2. On two Sea-pens of the Family Veretil/ide from the Madras Museum. By G. Herserr

Fow.er, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology in University College, London.

EIA AAEL Sores, 458i s tk fds ao etd oe Se es Pa aes Es Tee 376

3. On Two-new Genera, comprising Three new Species, of Earthworms from Western

Tropical Africa, By Franx 2. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.... 379

LIST OF PLATES,

1894.

PART II.

Plate Page

XVII. Variety of Rhombus levis .......... 2.0.0.5 here Serr 246

MVIIT, “Rhinoceros sims; Gi ese bs. Sows Sth ee ee ee aes ee ee ee

XIX. New Butterflies from British Bast Africa ..............+. 384

XX. Bones-of Mammalian Hands and Feet .........+......0% | ee

XXI. Muscles of Mammalian Hands and Feet -....... aes Ree :

XXII. Cavernularia malabarica) 22.3.5, oo a eee os nee ve O10

NOTICE,

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

aA Be F, » March and April, on August Ist.

Til. * * ,, May and June, on October Ist. :

EY 5 x », _ November and December, on April Ist.

1894.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. _ <eite, 599

marginal series of ill-defined whitish spots on the border; fringes

of all the wings white spotted with grey. Antenne ochraceous ;

thorax grey; abdomen grey, with white segmental bands; anal

extremity ochreous. Wings below slightly paler than above, other-

wise similar: body below creamy whitish, tarsi tinted with ochreous.

Expanse of wings 29 millim.

Mount Kenya, in bamboo-jungle at 7500 feet, and in the upper

bamboo zone at 900 feet.

I know of no species nearly related to this very pretty little

Geometer.

213. PHILEREME NATALATA.

Scotosia natalata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxv. p. 1351. n. 19. (1862).

9 , Nzoai. ;

914, LAstocHLORA SALIATA.

Racheospila saliata, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iv. pl. exxvii.

fig. 36.

Neatana.

915, PROBLEPSIS VESTALIS.

Argyris vestalis, Butler, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

p- 419. n. 182 (1875).

Sabaki. Valley.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTe XXXVI.

1. Neocenyra duplex, 2, p. 560.

2. —— gregorii, p, 560.

3. Castalius gregorii?, p. 568.

4. Spindasis nuasse, p. 569.

). Leracolus puniceus, p, 073.

foliaceus, p. 573.

8,9, —— pyrrhopterus, p. 575.

Prater XXXVII.

. Belenois infida, p. 578.

zochalia, var., p. 579.

. Herpenia iterata, p. 580.

. Ghoria nigricostata, p. 583.

« Phasicnecus gregorii, p. 586.

. Lublemma reducta, p. 588.

8. Colbusa pentagonalis, p. 589.

9. Ortholitha monosticta, p. 592.

10. Cataclysme argyvridia, p. 592.

to NI Sp Os bo

CoNnTENTS (continued),

June 19, 1894 (continued).

Page

6. Notes on Nematode Parasites from the Animals in the Zoological Gardens, London. B ;

Arrnur KE, Suirtyy, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge.

(Elite RRR) cae cob ns Pry Sepa AE fH ee tape poe EMIS A AY =e dente 581

7. On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta, By F. 8. Bepparp, M.A., F-R.S., Prosector to

the Society, and P. Ciatmurs Mircunun, M.A., B.Z.8. v.00. ceca e te ete es secs 536

8. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from British East Africa, made by Dr. J. W. Gregory

between the Months of March and August 1893, By Axrnuur G, Burize, Ph,D.,

E.LS.,#.Z.8., &c., Assistant-Keeper Zoological Department, British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

(Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.) ...... Ante GER S9 oa Vis betcny Sea Cone 6

LIST OF PLATES,

1894.

PAR ETE.

Plate Page

XXITI.: Hudioerinus granulatus... 2. 2...005 ewes oc dee ee ee eee \

XXIV... Antedon bassett-smithi ........sseecceccteceeeredeaes

XXV. Figs. 1-3. Patiria briareus; Figs. 4-6. Archaster tenuis ; |

Figs. 7-9. Pectinura’sphenisci +... 0... 000. ee vee eaees 4392

XXVI. Fig. 1. Culcita; Figs. 2, 3. Salmacis rufa; Figs. 4 & 5: |

Laganum decagonale® 0% 6 oe eek Veee hae oe eee |

AXVIT, Ophiocrans*enipma ss vw SSN ae ewe koe pe cede wee ee ve )

XXVIII. Fig. 1. Molva abyssorum ; Fig. 2..M. vulgaris ..........

XXIX. Abdominal Viscera of Molva: Figs, 3-3a. M. abyssorum ; |

Pigs. Mowularis (ooo k sty a. ee eae bees |

413

XXX. Dissections of Flat-fishes: Figs. 5, 6, 7. Pleuropedtesst

platessa; Fig. 8. Hippoglossus vulgaris; Figs. 9, 10. |

Solea wulparia’2s. S097 co. hag ae ea Sopra iow come ence )

XEN Hemitrague jayakati of. Nie sat c yaelbske <0 mney va Ree NE 448

PEROT Graze lia Hacer Sas Gio sag aden ins apne okte alain s Meoraeaate 467

XXXIII. Abnormal Vertebral Column of Rana mugiens .........- 477

XXXIV... Horns of Fallow Deer ~oo. 027 oo ysieilie as ghee sane eso 485

XXXY. Sections of Ascaris transfugay . 0)... 6ed.s ceee cheese sees 531

XXXVI.

‘ New Lepidoptera from British East Africa ..........+. 557

XXXVI.

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows :—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

II. + y; » March and April, on August Ist.

III. 3 4s » May and June. on October Ist.

IV. * Ke », November and December, on April Ist.

ConTENTS (continued).

November 20, 1894 (continued).

Page -

Mr. Tegetmeier. Exhibition of, and remarks ee the felted cayenne of a long-haired

Angora Rabbit . . Sioa vin Nap n-als, ghee eee eT EET Ek RCT 2 RIO ane tat, & oe eee

Sir William H. Flower. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a-hairy Armadillo

CL GEUSUD-PULOST) Sai a Diane ap oe peew eee Seale eh ala ok W SSIs Whe BLD Wale soak Swe wae aera aes RCS 655

Mr. J. T, Cunningham. Notice of a communication from, eats of the mipnifcente of

diagnostic characters in the Pleuronectidee .....csse+ce+eccsctucsecsvenestteecs .. 655

1. A Description of the so-called Salmonoid Fishes of the English Chalk. By A. Ssarn

Woonwarp. 1.4.9) {Plates XDIG MLTIT,) 2% a eo WL Oe Sic Oe Rae pant ok 655 |

2. On the Gastropod Colpodaspis pusilla of Michael Sars. By Waurnr GArstana, M.A.,

F.Z.8S., Fellow and Lecturer of Lincoln College, Oxford. (Plate XLIV.) ............ 664

3. On a singular case of one Snake swallowing another in the Society’s Reptile-House. . By

A. D. Bartuerr, Superintendent of the Society's Gardens..........0... 020s seen eee 669

4. On a new poe Fish Sh a ee pe from Kamtschatka. By BR. Couzerr. .

(Plate MEV aie pee ter ame ery er er 6 CO

5. On the Anatomy of Atherura africana compared with that of other Porcupines. By

F,. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., P.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative a at St.

. Thomas's Hospital pe Set CAN the aA ES Py PE Meth BE UAE alo ee Mesa hey haa 675

December 4, 1894.

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in November 1894. (Plate

9. 98 eee SY ee ce PUA oe tee SS ee cial chy ciate we hti.> Wiehe thie tetra Pune eee 693

Prof, F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.8. Notice of the acquisition by the Natural-History Museum

of some specimens of remarkable Corals of great size from North-west Australia ...... 694

1. On some Points in the Anatomy of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, By T. Mannurs-Sarn,

B.A. (Cantab.), M.R.C.S., Chief Demonstrator of Anatomy, Mason College, Birmingham. 694

2, On some Points in the Visceral Anatomy of Ornithorhynchus. By Frank E. Bupparn,

MAS. KUBS;; Prosecton tothe Socieby:.< 33 ior to, dang Fase Oo oe he Pon eos 715

3. Second Report on Additions to the Lizard Collection in the Natural-History Museum.

By G: A. Bourancer, F.RS. (Plates XLVIT-XLIX.) 0. 6 ee ne 722

Appendix: List of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the Year’ 1894... 5.035053 MBE

PVs ya oss See ee RS poh eePnty eos gee MUTT RERS heen Ponds ate ER o deen bh hl cee Seek SAL OO

IN 2 pce REN Cg 8 Mg tee. a om Fe OMe ChE LEY Dp boee! egies CaN BEN SN IO oe i

CRASH OL COOTRUNVOLIUORS sie oie ed maT ik mg tke nee ke he ecale eo Reere ao HPS ale APe Be Miata ents, Oe ED

Pct Oe VOOM CNtGn. bars cher o aa ad hse Sega doe e Naern aay Deca’ BRET LIP aos aie aa XVii

Pastor NeW rAneric: Periass <i yaoi scece sd bite) a Soordte.c dv klawey wie HONS TOWA Thales Malateee a rs nea eave xix

LIST OF PLATES.

1894.

PART IV.

Plate . _ Page

XXXVIII. New Coleoptera of the genus (dionychis ---- TEE marie 609

XXXIX. Fig. 1. Rana quecketti; Fig. 2. Phrynobatrachus ranoides 2

Fig. 3. Cassina obscura ; Fig. 4, Hylambates millsonii: ..

XL. Fig. 1. Nectophryne signata ; Fig. 2. Hyla goeldii; Fig. 3. +640

Hylella parvula ; Fig. 4. Dermophis gregorii; Fig. 5.

D. thomensis 2.1. .see ee ee test teen ees St are ery

XLI. Foraminifera from the Microzoic deposits of Trinidad .... 647.

XLIL Osmeroides lewesiensis ... .. 0s 6. ee ee eet eet ee eters 2 *

XLII. Fig. 1. Elopopsiscrassus ; Figs. 2-6. Aulolepis typus.. - G00

XLIV. Colpodaspis pusilla. .--..5+-+-0+. 550+ eee Cs de ER OEMS 664

XLV. “Agonus.pilbertivcs... 2. 5 ees eee ce serene ent ee ee ns es 670

XLVI. Dendrolagus bennettianus....---- . 693 -

XLVII. Fig. 1. Cidura nivaria ; Fig. 2: fasieules tuber- =

culosus ; Fig, 8. Urocentrum guentheri .-+.++-+ ++: |

XLVIII. Fig. 1. Anolis rixi;- Fig. 2. A. rhombifer;. Fig. 3.. Sce- |

loporus bulleri; Fig. 4. 8. heterolepis ; uae 5. Diplo- \ 722

glossus bivittatus ..++ seer sere esse terrae steers sess

XLIX. Fig. 1. Tachydromus holsti; Fig. 2. Ly gosoma luzonense ;

Fig. 8. L. decipiens ; Fig. 4. Ablepharus earsonii .... /

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts, as follows :—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Isé,

ai . Fe ,. Mareh and April, on August Ist.

1s Ws a 4 » May and June, on October Ist.

IV. ‘ = »» November and Decenspen on April Ist.

* P97 pO